As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 24, 2002
Registration No. 333-                    



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


     
Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  TAYC Capital Trust I
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
  (Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
Delaware
  Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
         
36-4108550
  6712   01-6209821
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code No.)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois, 60090, (847) 537-0020

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

J. Christopher Alstrin

Chief Financial Officer
350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois, 60090, (847) 537-0020
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

     
Jeffrey R. Patt, Esq.
Ernest W. Torain, Jr., Esq.
Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman
525 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60661
(312) 902-5200
  William R. Kunkel, Esq.
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher &
Flom (Illinois)
333 West Wacker Drive
Chicago, Illinois 60606
(312) 407-0700

     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

     If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:     o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering:     o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box:     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                 


Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Amount to be Aggregate Offering Aggregate Offering Amount of
Securities to be Registered Registered Price Per Unit Price(1) Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share
          $57,000,000   $5,244

     % Cumulative Trust Preferred Securities of TAYC Capital Trust I
  1,600,000   $25   $40,000,000   $3,680

     % Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2032 of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.(2)(3)
               

Guarantee of Preferred Securities(2)(4)
               

Total
              $8,924


(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
 
(2)  This Registration Statement is deemed to cover the     % junior subordinated debentures due 2032 of Taylor Capital Group, Inc., the rights of holders of     % junior subordinated debentures of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. under the Indenture, and the rights of holders of the preferred securities under the Trust Agreement, the Guarantee and the Expense Agreement entered into by Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
 
(3)  The     % junior subordinated debentures due 2032 will be purchased by TAYC Capital Trust I with the proceeds of the sale of the preferred securities. Such securities may later be distributed for no additional consideration to the holders of the preferred securities of TAYC Capital Trust I upon its dissolution and the distribution of its assets.
 
(4)  No separate consideration will be received for the guarantee.

     The Registrants hereby amend this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrants shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.




 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

      This Registration Statement contains a prospectus relating to an offering of our common stock, together with separate prospectus pages relating to a concurrent offering by TAYC Capital Trust I, a Delaware trust formed by us for the purpose of offering           % cumulative trust preferred securities guaranteed by us. The complete prospectus for the offering of common stock follows immediately. Following the common stock prospectus are alternate pages for the prospectus for the offering of trust preferred securities, including:

  •  Front and back cover pages;
 
  •  Table of Contents;
 
  •  “Prospectus Summary;”
 
  •  “Risk Factors;”
 
  •  “Use of Proceeds;”
 
  •  “Capitalization;”
 
  •  “Principal Stockholders;” and
 
  •  “Description of the Trust Preferred Securities.”

      The trust preferred securities offering prospectus will include the following sections, which are in addition to the sections contained in the common stock offering prospectus:

  •  “Description of the Trust;”
 
  •  “Description of the Debentures;”
 
  •  “Book-Entry Issuance;”
 
  •  “Description of the Guarantee;”
 
  •  “Relationship among the Trust Preferred Securities, the Debentures and the Guarantee;” and
 
  •  “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences.”

      Finally, the trust preferred securities offering prospectus will not contain the following sections, which are contained in the common stock offering prospectus:

  •  “Dividend Policy;”
 
  •  “Dilution;”
 
  •  “Principal and Selling Stockholders;”
 
  •  “Shares Eligible for Future Sale;” and
 
  •  “Description of Capital Stock.”

      Final forms of each prospectus will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in accordance with Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act.


 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY      , 2002

PROSPECTUS

                            Shares

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

Common Stock

$                            per share


        We are offering           shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders are offering           shares of our common stock.

      This is an initial public offering of our common stock. We currently expect that the initial public offering price will be between $          and $          per share. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. We have applied to include our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “TAYC.”

      Concurrently with this offering, TAYC Capital Trust I, a Delaware trust we formed for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities, is offering $          aggregate principal amount of           % cumulative trust preferred securities guaranteed by us, assuming an offering price of $25 per trust preferred security.

      Although our common stock and the trust preferred securities are being offered separately, each offering is conditioned upon the completion of the other.

       Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 6.

                 
Per Share Total


Initial public offering price of common stock
  $       $    
Underwriting discount
  $       $    
Proceeds (before expenses) to Taylor Capital Group
  $       $    
Proceeds (before expenses) to the selling stockholders
  $       $    

      This offering is on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to  additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments, if any.

      These securities are not savings accounts, deposits or other obligations of any bank and are not insured by any insurance fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or regulatory authority has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

      The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2002.


 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company
Incorporated

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2002.


 

[INSIDE FRONT COVER]

Front inside cover:

  A map of the Chicago metropolitan area with pinpoint references to Cole Taylor Bank branch office locations.


 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights only some of the information contained in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, “Taylor Capital,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, the “Bank” refers to Cole Taylor Bank, the “Trust” refers to TAYC Capital Trust I and “Cole Taylor Financial” refers to Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc.

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

      We are a bank holding company headquartered in Wheeling, Illinois, a suburb of Chicago. We derive virtually all of our revenue from our subsidiary, Cole Taylor Bank. As of December 31, 2001, the Bank was the tenth largest commercial bank headquartered in the Chicago metropolitan area based on assets. We provide a range of products and services concentrating in four primary banking areas: middle-market business banking, small business banking, commercial real estate lending and wealth management. We currently operate 11 branches throughout the Chicago metropolitan area with approximately $2.4 billion of assets and $173.0 million of stockholders’ equity, as of March 31, 2002.

      The Taylor family entered the banking business in 1929 to provide credit and depository services to local businesses. Over the course of our 73-year history, we have worked to build solid foundations in the Chicago metropolitan area business community by providing our customers with personalized, professional and experienced service.

      Our primary business objectives are to enhance our profitability and be a premier Chicago business bank for small and mid-sized businesses and the people who own and manage them. We believe the Chicago market, with over 57,000 small and mid-sized businesses, is receptive to a locally owned and managed banking institution that provides responsive, personalized service, customized products and local decision making. We believe that our opportunities for expansion in this market are favorable and will increase as the Chicago banking market continues to experience significant consolidation.

Our Strategy

      In the fall of 2001, we adopted a strategic plan designed to capitalize on our perceived market opportunity within Chicago’s small and middle-market business banking environment by focusing on owner-operated, family-held and closely-held companies. It is with these core customers that we believe we can add the most value by understanding the challenges that owners experience and offering them advice and solutions to help them achieve their business and personal financial goals. The key elements of our strategy are:

  •  Expand Our Core Customer Base. We will continue to focus on expanding our core customer base by increasing the number of businesses we serve in the Chicago metropolitan area. We intend to increase our market share by providing a high level of customer service, competitive products and delivery systems and competing for customers of recently acquired banks in our market area. We believe our growth objectives can be achieved while maintaining our historical risk standards and effectively managing credit risk.
 
  •  Capitalize On Our Relationship Banking Approach. We intend to leverage our business banking relationships in order to capture more personal wealth management business. Closely held business owners often have complex needs for the management of personal and family wealth. We believe our existing relationships with their businesses provide a natural opportunity to assist with their personal financial needs. We also believe that providing personal wealth management services will strengthen our commercial banking relationships.
 
  •  Focus On Our Core Customers. We focus our time and resources on core customer segments: small- and mid-size businesses as well as the individuals who own and manage them. As part of our effort to

1


 

  increase resources available to invest in serving these core customers, we have reduced or eliminated other activities. We have stopped originating non-customer conforming first mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market, the offering of certain fiduciary trust services, and the funding of broker-originated auto and manufactured housing loans. We intend to reallocate these resources to expand our core businesses of commercial banking and wealth management.
 
  •  Enhance Our Operational Efficiency. We plan to further centralize and automate important operational functions to enhance operating leverage as well as service quality. We intend to realign our people, processes and systems in support of the high quality sales and service requirements that our customers desire. We anticipate that this realignment will involve the relocation and consolidation of currently dispersed facilities, processes and personnel.

Other Information

      We were incorporated in Delaware in 1996. Our principal executive offices are located at 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois 60090. Our telephone number is (847) 537-0020 and our web site is www.coletaylor.com. Information contained in our web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained in our web site as part of this prospectus.

2


 

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by us                      shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders                      shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering                      shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use our net proceeds from this offering of common stock and the concurrent offering described below to satisfy our obligations pursuant to the settlement agreements described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement,” to reduce our outstanding indebtedness, to enhance our regulatory capital levels and for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol TAYC

      The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of                     , 2002. This number does not take into account (1)                     shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $           per share, and (2)                     shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants under our stock option plan.

Concurrent Offering

      Concurrently with this offering, the Trust is offering $ aggregate principal amount of      % cumulative trust preferred securities guaranteed by us, assuming an offering price of $25 per trust preferred security. For information regarding the trust preferred securities, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of the Trust Preferred Securities.”


      Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

  •  the completion of a                     for                     stock split;
 
  •  the completion of the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities;
 
  •  the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and
 
  •  the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option with respect to this offering.

3


 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The summary consolidated financial data presented below under the caption “Taylor Capital Group, Inc.” as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 and as of and for the four years ended December 31, 2001, and for the period from February 12, 1997 to December 31, 1997, is derived from our historical financial statements. Our consolidated financial statements for each of the four years ended December 31, 2001, and for the period from February 12, 1997 to December 31, 1997, have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent accountants. The financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 is derived from unaudited financial information. The summary financial information presented below under the caption of “Cole Taylor Bank” is derived from unaudited financial statements of the Bank or from our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read this information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results from past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

                                                               
Period from
For the Three Months February 12,
Ended March 31, Year Ended December 31, 1997 to


December 31,
2002 2001 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997







(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.                                                
Income Statement Data:
                                                       
 
Net interest income
  $ 24,760     $ 22,191     $ 91,718     $ 87,322     $ 78,834     $ 70,736     $ 62,156  
 
Provision for loan losses
    2,475       2,075       9,700       7,454       6,000       5,135       4,061  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net interest income after provision for loan loss
    22,285       20,116       82,018       79,868       72,834       65,601       58,095  
 
Noninterest income:
                                                       
   
Service charges
    2,850       2,706       11,513       10,346       9,609       8,997       8,279  
   
Trust fees
    1,530       1,446       6,425       4,654       4,563       3,971       3,331  
   
Mortgage-banking revenues
    134       199       2,122       1,534       2,682       5,083       2,598  
   
Gain on sale of investment securities, net
    8             2,333       750       108       11       401  
   
Other noninterest income
    418       566       1,880       1,989       2,228       2,559       3,264  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total noninterest income
    4,940       4,917       24,273       19,273       19,190       20,621       17,873  
 
Noninterest expense:
                                                       
   
Salaries and benefits
    10,705       9,785       43,207       39,383       38,205       37,303       31,683  
   
Legal expense, net
    720       1,656       2,504       12,053       6,226       4,364       2,227  
   
Goodwill amortization
          579       2,316       2,326       2,393       2,431       2,230  
   
Other noninterest expense
    7,376       7,035       31,105       26,821       25,720       26,330       23,394  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total noninterest expense
    18,801       19,055       79,132       80,583       72,544       70,428       59,534  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    8,424       5,978       27,159       18,558       19,480       15,794       16,434  
 
Income taxes
    3,171       2,597       9,528       9,604       7,973       6,353       6,321  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income taxes
                            (214 )            
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    5,253       3,381       17,631       8,954       11,293       9,441       10,113  
 
Preferred dividend requirements
    861       861       3,443       3,443       3,442       3,442       3,052  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income applicable to common stockholders
  $ 4,392     $ 2,520     $ 14,188     $ 5,511     $ 7,851     $ 5,999     $ 7,061  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Common Share Data:
                                                       
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.55     $ 3.10     $ 1.19     $ 1.69     $ 1.29     $ 1.56  
 
Diluted earnings per share
    0.96       0.54       3.08       1.19       1.68       1.29       1.56  
 
Cash dividends per share
    0.09       0.09       0.36       0.36       0.36       0.36       0.36  
 
Book value per share
    29.57       27.30       29.11       25.87       23.64       22.94       22.16  
 
Dividend payout ratio
    9.34 %     16.43 %     11.61 %     30.13 %     21.30 %     27.93 %     23.15 %
 
Weighted average shares — basic earnings per share
    4,556,902       4,601,526       4,575,174       4,613,167       4,644,685       4,654,031       4,540,129  
 
Weighted average shares — diluted earnings per share
    4,576,696       4,655,499       4,605,380       4,640,329       4,660,985       4,663,844       4,540,129  
 
Shares outstanding — end of period
    4,556,852       4,601,526       4,557,352       4,601,526       4,626,160       4,658,533       4,640,453  

4


 

                                                             
Period from
For the Three Months February 12,
Ended March 31, Year Ended December 31, 1997 to


December 31,
2002 2001 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997







(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                       
 
Total assets
  $ 2,405,273     $ 2,318,352     $ 2,390,670     $ 2,263,323     $ 2,044,370     $ 1,910,330     $ 1,855,711  
 
Investment securities
    508,967       534,201       494,208       510,187       433,412       426,732       463,821  
 
Total loans
    1,763,140       1,656,389       1,741,637       1,611,692       1,456,805       1,335,981       1,204,437  
 
Allowance for loan losses
    32,494       31,079       31,118       29,568       26,261       24,599       25,813  
 
Goodwill
    23,354       25,091       23,354       25,671       28,860       31,903       34,334  
 
Total deposits
    1,818,967       1,727,218       1,833,689       1,742,830       1,607,550       1,439,737       1,377,957  
 
Short-term borrowings
    247,225       266,738       244,993       249,819       147,129       171,718       186,053  
 
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    139,200       127,500       111,000       77,000       114,500       131,500       112,000  
 
Preferred stock
    38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250  
 
Common stockholders’ equity
    134,732       125,622       132,666       119,061       109,347       106,883       102,820  
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    172,982       163,872       170,916       157,311       147,597       145,133       141,070  
Earnings Performance Data(1):
                                                       
 
Return on average assets
    0.88 %     0.59 %     0.75 %     0.40 %     0.57 %     0.51 %     0.61 %
 
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    12.07       8.51       10.62       5.93       7.70       6.57       8.64  
 
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)(2)
    4.47       4.24       4.22       4.25       4.39       4.22       4.23  
 
Noninterest income to revenues
    12.03       9.96       12.72       9.84       11.82       13.15       12.72  
 
Efficiency ratio(3)
    63.32       70.29       69.62       76.13       74.09       77.10       74.77  
 
Loans to deposits
    96.93       95.90       94.98       92.48       90.62       92.79       87.41  
 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities
    122.90       122.28       122.48       122.58       124.09       124.49       122.80  
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4):
                                                       
   
Including interest on deposits
    1.65 x     1.25 x     1.33 x     1.19 x     1.27 x     1.22 x     1.25 x
   
Excluding interest on deposits
    3.19 x     1.93 x     2.21 x     1.68 x     1.89 x     1.65 x     1.78 x
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.84 %     1.88 %     1.79 %     1.83 %     1.80 %     1.84 %     2.14 %
 
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans(5)
    213.16       276.11       178.84       264.69       180.90       175.92       189.34  
 
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans(1)
    0.25       0.14       0.49       0.27       0.31       0.50       0.27  
 
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus repossessed property(6)
    0.88       0.70       1.03       0.71       1.06       1.29       1.25  
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
 
Total stockholders’ equity to assets — end of period
    7.19 %     7.07 %     7.15 %     6.95 %     7.22 %     7.60 %     7.60 %
 
Average stockholders’ equity to average assets
    7.26       6.98       7.09       6.79       7.41       7.69       7.06  
 
Leverage ratio
    6.08       5.68       5.99       5.55       6.11       6.17       5.85  
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    7.68       7.24       7.70       7.25       7.77       7.76       7.95  
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
    8.94       8.50       8.96       8.51       9.03       9.02       9.21  
COLE TAYLOR BANK:
                                                       
 
Net income(7)
  $ 6,340     $ 5,323     $ 22,508     $ 21,797     $ 18,112     $ 14,906     $ 16,498  
 
Return on average assets(7)
    1.07 %     0.95 %     0.96 %     0.98 %     0.92 %     0.80 %     0.89 %
 
Stockholder’s equity to assets — end of period
    8.38       8.36       8.41       8.35       8.46       8.85       9.09  
 
Leverage ratio
    7.34       7.12       7.37       7.06       7.41       7.33       7.26  
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    9.29       9.07       9.46       9.22       9.41       9.42       9.90  
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
    10.54       10.33       10.72       10.47       10.68       10.67       11.16  


(1)  Selected earnings performance data and net loan charge-offs to average total loans are annualized for the three month periods ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 and for 1997.
 
(2)  Net interest margin is determined by dividing taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets.
 
(3)  The efficiency ratio is determined by dividing noninterest expense by an amount equal to net interest income plus noninterest income, less investment securities gains.
 
(4)  For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle plus interest and rent expense. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, rent expense and preferred stock dividend requirements.
 
(5)  Nonperforming loans include loans contractually past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
 
(6)  Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, other real estate and other repossessed assets.
 
(7)  Financial data for Cole Taylor Bank represents a full year for 1997.

5


 

RISK FACTORS

      An investment in our common stock involves a number of risks. You should read carefully and consider the following risks as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the notes to those financial statements, before making an investment decision. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to an Investment in Us

 
We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness, which reduces the cash available to finance our operations.

      We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2002, our total indebtedness at the holding company level, including current maturities, was $27.2 million, and we had the ability to borrow an additional $7.8 million under our revolving credit facility. Following the completion of this offering and the application of our net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities as described in this prospectus, our total indebtedness at the holding company level, including current maturities, will be $                    , and we will have the ability to borrow an additional $                    under our revolving credit facility. Our credit facility contains covenants that may limit our operating flexibility as well as our ability to pay any dividends on our capital stock.

      Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, as well as to fund our operations and any future growth, depends on our ability to generate cash. Our success in doing so depends primarily upon the results of the Bank and the ability of the Bank to dividend its earnings to us. Other determinants of our ability to generate cash include general economic, financial and competitive conditions and other factors beyond our control.

      Our indebtedness could, among other things:

  •  make us more vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions;
 
  •  make it more difficult to pursue our strategic objectives;
 
  •  require us to dedicate or reserve a large portion of our cash flow from operations to making payments on our indebtedness, which would prevent us from using it for other purposes, including payment of any dividends on our capital stock; and
 
  •  make us susceptible to fluctuations in market interest rates that affect the cost of our borrowings because a portion of our indebtedness is currently payable at variable rates.

 
Our business is subject to the vagaries of domestic and international economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and could significantly harm our business.

      Our business is directly affected by domestic and international factors that are beyond our control, including economic, political and market conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, competition, changes in government monetary and fiscal policies, consolidation within our customer base and within our industry and inflation. For example, a significant decline in general economic conditions, such as recession, unemployment and other factors beyond our control, would significantly impact our business. A deterioration in economic conditions may result in a decrease in demand for consumer and commercial credit and a decline in real estate and other asset values. Delinquencies, foreclosures and losses generally increase during economic slowdowns or recessions, and we therefore expect that our servicing costs and credit losses would increase during such periods.

      Our success is dependent to a significant extent upon economic conditions in the Chicago metropolitan area, where virtually all of our loans are originated. For example, our small- and middle-market business and commercial real estate customers in the Chicago metropolitan area could be significantly affected by a local

6


 

recession or economic downturn, which may result in an increase of defaults on outstanding loans and reduced demand for future loans, both of which could adversely affect us. Adverse changes in the economy of the Chicago metropolitan area could also impair our ability to gather deposits and could otherwise have a negative effect on our business, including the demand for new loans, the ability of customers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our loan portfolio involves loans that are to some degree secured by real estate properties located primarily within the Chicago metropolitan area. In the event that real estate values in the Chicago area decline, the value of this collateral would be impaired.
 
As a holding company, we are dependent on receiving dividends from the Bank in order to pay dividends and other obligations, and there are restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, there are restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

      We are a holding company, and we conduct no business operations. Our principal asset is the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. As a result, we must rely on payments from the Bank to meet our obligations. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to Illinois law and to regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and current and retained earnings, imposed by the various regulatory agencies with authority over the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to regulatory restrictions if paying dividends would impair its profitability, financial condition or other cash flow requirements.

      While we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock in the future. If we stop paying dividends, the price of our common stock could be adversely affected. The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to secure any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other matters deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Substantially all of our consolidated assets are held by the Bank, and, in the event of liquidation of both us and the Bank, creditors of the Bank, including depositors, would have first claim to our assets before holders of any of our capital stock. As of March 31, 2002, the Bank had outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities, including deposits, of $2.2 billion.

      The Federal Reserve System has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. In the policy statement, the Federal Reserve expressed its view that a bank holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or which could only be funded in ways that would weaken its financial health, such as by borrowing. The Federal Reserve also may impose limitations on our payment of dividends as a condition to its approval of certain applications, including applications for approval of mergers and acquisitions. As a bank holding company, we are required by the Federal Reserve to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. While our regulatory capital is currently above the minimum requirements, we do not qualify as a well-capitalized organization under these regulations, nor will we qualify as a well-capitalized organization following this offering and the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities. Because we do not qualify as a well-capitalized organization, we will be subject, at a minimum, to greater regulatory scrutiny by the Federal Reserve if we elect to pay cash dividends under the circumstances described in this paragraph or if we seek to engage in transactions that might be beneficial to us, such as certain strategic transactions. We are also subject to the requirements of Delaware law. For a detailed discussion of the regulatory restrictions applicable to our business, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Supervision and Regulation.”

      The terms of our outstanding preferred stock and loan agreements may also restrict our ability to pay dividends. Generally, unless we have paid all declared dividends on our Series A preferred stock or set apart payment for the current dividend period, no dividend may be declared and paid, or set aside for payment, on our common stock. We have obtained a $23.0 million five-year term loan and a $12.0 million revolving line of credit that each contain restrictive covenants, including a covenant not to pay dividends on capital stock if certain events of default exist or would result therefrom, and certain other covenants which require maintenance of minimum levels of Tier I capital. Finally, we will also be prohibited from paying dividends on

7


 

our common stock if we fail to make distributions or required payments on the trust preferred securities issued by the Trust. For further information about these restrictions, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of the Trust Preferred Securities.”
 
Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.

      We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which include Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, advances, brokered deposits, out-of-market certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased. Generally, we have paid a premium for brokered and other out-of-market deposits. These premiums are included in interest expense. Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to an inability to replace these additional funding sources at maturity. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability will be adversely affected.

 
As a result of the settlement described in this prospectus under the caption “Litigation and Settlement,” we will record a substantial charge to earnings no later than the quarter in which this offering is completed. This charge may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

      We have entered into settlement agreements on the terms and conditions described in this prospectus under the caption “Litigation and Settlement.” Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities, we expect to use a portion of our net proceeds from these offerings to satisfy our obligations under the settlement agreements. Assuming an initial public offering price of $          per share, the total amount of our obligation under the settlement agreements would be $                    . Our accounting policies require that we recognize as a loss legal and other contingencies when, based on available information, it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss contingency or range of amounts can be reasonably estimated. The settlement agreements specify certain conditions that must be satisfied before a comprehensive settlement can be finally consummated, including, among other things, the completion of this offering and the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities. As a result of the settlements, we would expect to recognize a substantial charge to earnings no later than the quarter in which this offering is completed. This charge will negatively affect our earnings in the quarter in which it is recorded and may also adversely affect the market price of our common stock. For a discussion of our accounting policies regarding loss contingencies, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies.”

 
Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.

      We believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Management’s estimates are used to determine an allowance for loan losses that we consider adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider historical charge-off experience, growth of our loan portfolio, changes in the composition of our loan portfolio, trends in delinquency and criticized assets, general economic conditions, information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and collateral values and other factors and estimates that are subject to change over time. Estimating the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective, and actual losses may vary from current estimates. Depending on changes in economic conditions and other factors, including those described in the second risk factor, our actual loan losses could increase significantly and exceed our current allowance estimates.

8


 

      In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses by recognizing provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 
If we do not successfully implement our business strategy and manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

      We have adopted a new business strategy that involves an enhanced focus on commercial banking and wealth management activities. To implement our strategy, we intend to discontinue offering certain products and services in order to deploy additional resources to our commercial banking activities. Specifically, we have decided to discontinue non-customer conforming first mortgage loan originations, certain fiduciary trust services and the funding of broker-originated auto and manufactured housing loans. As a result, the risks associated with our commercial banking activities will have a greater impact on our overall performance as our operations become less diversified.

      Our business strategy also involves increasing our small- to middle-market business customer base and expanding the range of financial products and services we offer these customers. This growth may place a significant strain on our management, personnel, systems and resources. We must continue to improve our operational and financial systems and managerial controls and procedures to accommodate this growth, and we will need to continue to expand, train and manage our workforce. For example, the expansion of our commercial banking business may increase our need for internal audit and monitoring processes that are more extensive and broader in scope than those we have historically required. We must also maintain close coordination among our technology, compliance, accounting, finance, marketing and sales organizations. We cannot assure you that we will manage our growth effectively. If we fail to do so, our business could be materially harmed. Further, unless our expansion of commercial banking and wealth management activities results in an increase in our revenues that is proportionate to the increase in our costs associated with this expansion, our operating margins and profitability will be adversely affected.

 
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.

      The banking business is highly competitive. We encounter substantial competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in obtaining loan customers. Our principal competitors are numerous and include other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual funds, money market funds, finance companies, credit unions, mortgage companies, the United States Government, private issuers of debt obligations and suppliers of other investment alternatives, such as securities firms. In recent years, several major multi-bank holding companies have entered the Chicago metropolitan market. Many of our competitors are significantly larger than us and have access to greater financial and other resources. As a result of these and other factors, our future growth opportunities may be limited. In addition, many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks and state regulations governing state chartered banks. As a result, our non-bank competitors may have advantages over us in providing some services.

      We expect that competition will intensify in the future, particularly as a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or GLB Act. The GLB Act has expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company. The GLB Act allows qualifying bank holding companies to elect to be treated as financial holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, or are incidental or complementary to, financial activities. The GLB Act also eliminated restrictions imposed by the Glass-Steagall Act, adopted in the 1930s, which prevented banking, insurance and securities firms from fully entering each other’s business. While it is uncertain what the full impact of this legislation will be, it is likely to

9


 

result in further consolidation in the financial services industry. In addition, removal of these restrictions will likely increase the number of entities providing banking services and thereby create additional competition. For more information concerning the competitive nature of our industry and the challenges we face, see the section of this prospectus captioned “The Company — Competition.”
 
Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability.

      We are subject to interest rate risk. We realize income primarily from the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience gaps in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-earning assets will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-bearing liabilities, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this gap will work against us, and our earnings may be negatively affected.

      We are unable to predict fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by, among other factors, changes in the following:

  •  inflation rates;
 
  •  levels of economic activity;
 
  •  unemployment levels;
 
  •  money supply;
 
  •  domestic and international financial markets;
 
  •  domestic and international political activity; and
 
  •  other factors which are beyond our control.

      We principally manage interest rate risk by managing our mix of financial instruments. In a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage this risk effectively. If we are unable to manage interest rate risk effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

 
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud.

      There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees of financial services firms in recent years. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers or improper use of confidential information. Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

      We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate against these occurrences and insurance coverage for these risks, but should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or it is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 
We are subject to security risks relating to our internet banking activities that could damage our reputation and our business.

      Security breaches in our internet banking activities could expose us to possible liability and damage our reputation. Any compromise of our security also could deter customers from using our internet banking services that involve the transmission of confidential information. We rely on standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These

10


 

precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures that could result in damage to our reputation and our business.
 
We rely heavily on our management team and key personnel, and the unexpected loss of key managers and personnel may adversely affect our operations.

      Our future success largely depends upon the continued service of our executive officers and other key management personnel who are experienced in banking and financial services. In addition to the services of Jeffrey and Bruce Taylor, the two most senior ranking officers of both the holding company and the Bank, and Christopher Alstrin, the Chief Financial Officer of both the holding company and the Bank, we depend on the services of our lending officers and our operational and staff officers. Our lending officers maintain strong community ties and personal banking relationships with our customer base, which is a key aspect of our business and our strategy to increase our market presence. Their skills, years of experience and relationships in the communities we serve are among our competitive strengths. Our operational and staff officers maintain our systems and processes in an effort to deliver to our customers the highest possible quality products and services. This is another key aspect of our business and strategy. We rely on these officers to ensure customer satisfaction. We do not have employment agreements with any of our key personnel. The unexpected loss of the services of any one of these key people would materially harm our business. Furthermore, our future success depends upon the ability of our key personnel, including several recently recruited individuals, to function effectively as a team.

      Our future success and growth will also depend upon our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees with strong community relationships and specialized knowledge in the financial services industry. The level of competition in our industry for people with these skills is intense, and from time to time we have experienced losses of key employees. Significant losses of key personnel, particularly to our competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 
We may need additional capital in the future, and adequate financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

      The net proceeds from this offering and the trust preferred securities offering, along with our cash flow from operations, may not be sufficient to maintain our capital at requisite regulatory levels or the level of growth contemplated under our business strategy. Because we do not qualify as a well-capitalized bank holding company under Federal Reserve regulations, nor will we qualify as a well-capitalized bank holding company after giving effect to this offering and the trust preferred securities offering, we will be subject, at a minimum, to greater regulatory scrutiny by the Federal Reserve if we seek to engage in transactions that might be beneficial to us, such as new activities, acquisitions or redemptions of securities. If the Federal Reserve were to conclude that we did not have adequate capital to support the proposed transaction, it might deny our requests or condition approval on our raising additional capital.

      We may seek additional capital in the future to fund the growth of our operations and to enhance our regulatory capital levels. We may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing, or, if available, it may not be in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or, it may impose conditions on our ability to pay dividends or grow our business. If we are unable to obtain the funding we need, we may be unable to continue to implement our business strategy, enhance our financial products and services, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to grow our business. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities, your ownership interest in us will be diluted.

 
We will incur costs and may experience difficulties in relocating and consolidating our administrative and operational functions.

      In an effort to improve our service levels, risk profile and efficiency, we have initiated a plan to review the consolidation of our administrative and operational functions. Our plan includes process and operational restructuring, and may expand to include the repositioning of branches, all designed to improve service levels

11


 

and create operational efficiencies and promote profitability. We anticipate that we will incur significant costs in connection with this plan. We cannot assure you that we will be able to implement our plan or that, if implemented, our plan will help us achieve our desired objectives.
 
Our business may be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment in which we operate.

      We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, which is primarily for the protection of depositors and customers rather than for the benefit of investors. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision primarily by the Federal Reserve. The Bank, as an Illinois-chartered commercial bank, is subject to regulation and supervision primarily by the Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate, or ICBRE. We must undergo periodic examinations by our regulators, who have extensive discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks and bank holding companies. Our failure to comply with state and federal regulations can lead to, among other things, termination or suspension of our licenses, rights of rescission for borrowers, class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with these regulations. Recently enacted, proposed and future legislation and regulations have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on the financial services industry. Regulatory or legislative changes could cause us to change or limit some of our loan products or the way we operate our business and could affect our profitability.

      Our operations are also subject to a wide variety of state and federal consumer protection and similar statutes and regulations. For example, consumer loan originations are highly regulated and recent regulatory initiatives have focused on the mortgage and home equity lending markets. Federal, state and local government agencies and legislators have begun to consider, and in some instances have adopted, legislation to restrict lenders’ ability to charge rates and fees in connection with residential mortgage loans. In general, these proposals involve lowering the existing federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act thresholds for defining a “high-cost” loan and establishing enhanced protections and remedies for borrowers who receive these loans. The proposed legislation has also included various loan term restrictions, such as limits on balloon loan features. Frequently referred to as “predatory lending” legislation, many of these laws and rules extend beyond curbing predatory lending practices to restrict commonly accepted lending activities, including some of our activities. For example, some of these laws and rules prohibit any form of prepayment charge and severely restrict a borrower’s ability to finance the points and fees charged in connection with his or her loan. It is possible that passage of these laws could limit our ability to impose various fees and charge what we believe are risk-based interest rates on various types of consumer loans and may impose additional regulatory restrictions on our business in certain states.

 
We rely on third party professionals to provide certain financial services to our customers.

      We rely on selected outside investment managers to provide specialized investment advice and asset management services to our customers. We cannot assure you that any of these providers will be able to continue to provide these services to our customers or that they will be able to adequately meet our customers’ or our needs. Further, we cannot be sure that our customers will continue to utilize the services of these investment managers through us, rather than directly from the investment management firms themselves. The loss of any of these outside investment managers may impact our ability to provide our customers with quality service or certain types of portfolio management without incurring the cost of replacing them.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock

 
The Taylor family, which may have interests that differ from or conflict with those of other stockholders, owns a significant majority of our common stock and, after this offering, will continue to control all fundamental matters affecting our business.

      The Taylor family, which includes Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor, Cindy Taylor Bleil and certain trusts for their benefit and the benefit of certain of their family members, in the aggregate, beneficially owns or controls in excess of 89% of our outstanding common stock. Immediately after we complete this offering, the Taylor family will, in the aggregate, own or control more than      % of our common stock. As a result, these

12


 

stockholders, if they act together, will have the ability to control virtually all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including amending our charter, approving mergers or similar transactions and electing all of our directors (except that holders of our Series A preferred stock have the right to elect one director, or in some circumstances, two directors). If the Taylor family acted together, they could cause a result that is not in the best interests of all stockholders. In addition, the Taylor family may have interests that differ from or conflict with yours and those of other stockholders. The concentration of ownership of our common stock among the Taylor family may delay or discourage others from initiating potential merger, takeover or other change in control transactions. As a result, the market price of our common stock could be adversely affected.

      Conversely, the death of one or more of our substantial stockholders, or the decision by the Taylor family to sell or liquidate their position in us for any reason, would have the effect of altering the balance of our effective stockholder control and, among other things, the composition of our Board of Directors. Jeffrey Taylor, Bruce Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil serve as members of our Board of Directors. Jeffrey Taylor and Bruce Taylor also serve as members of the Bank’s Board of Directors and as both our and the Bank’s highest ranking officers. Melvin Pearl, a member of the Board of Directors, serves as trustee of certain Taylor family trusts. These persons may experience conflicts of interest in the execution of their duties on our behalf and on behalf of the Bank. We cannot assure you that these conflicts would be resolved in a manner favorable to us or the Bank.

 
Future sales of common stock by existing stockholders may have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock.

      Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that large sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or limit our future ability to raise capital through an offering of equity securities. After completion of this offering, there will be                     shares of our common stock issued and outstanding. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the federal securities laws unless purchased by our “affiliates” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The                     remaining shares of outstanding common stock, representing approximately      % of the outstanding common stock upon completion of this offering, will be “restricted securities” under the Securities Act, subject to restrictions on the timing, manner and volume of sales of those shares. Our directors, officers and existing stockholders have agreed for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, to not, without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., directly or indirectly, offer to sell, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, other than shares acquired in this offering. Following the closing of this offering, we also intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering                      shares reserved for future issuance under our stock option plan. Accordingly, subject to applicable vesting requirements and exercise with respect to options, shares registered under that registration statement will be available for sale in the open market immediately after the 180-day lock-up agreements expire. For a more detailed description of additional shares that may be sold in the future, see the sections of this prospectus captioned “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting.”

 
Our stock does not have a trading history and you may not be able to trade our common stock if an active trading market does not develop. Additionally, the price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will lead to an active trading market in our common stock or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price of our common stock will be determined through negotiations between us and representatives of the underwriters. This price may not indicate prices that will prevail in any future trading market. You may not be able to sell shares of our common stock at or above our initial public offering price.

13


 

      Additionally, the market price of our common stock may be highly volatile and subject to wide fluctuations in response to numerous factors, including but not limited to the following:

  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
 
  •  changes in interest rates;
 
  •  the public’s reaction to our press releases, announcements and filings with the SEC;
 
  •  changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by research analysts;
 
  •  future sales of our common stock;
 
  •  changes in general conditions in the U.S. economy, financial markets or the banking industry; and
 
  •  other developments affecting our competitors or us.

      The stock markets, from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock, regardless of our trading performance.

      In the past, stockholders have often brought securities class action litigation against a company following periods of volatility in the market price of their securities. We may be the target of similar litigation in the future, which could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and resources.

 
As a new investor, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution.

      If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will experience an immediate and substantial dilution of $                    net tangible book value per share of your investment. This means that the price you pay for the shares you acquire in this offering will be significantly higher than their net tangible book value per share. If we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, you may experience further dilution in the net tangible book value of your shares. You will incur additional dilution if the holders of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock at prices below our net tangible book value per share after this offering exercise their options.

 
Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, by-laws and Delaware law, as well as state and federal banking regulations, could delay or prevent a takeover of us by a third party.

      Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws and Delaware law could delay, defer or prevent a third party from acquiring us, despite the possible benefit to our stockholders, or otherwise adversely affect the price of our common stock. For example, our charter contains advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors and for proposing matters that shareholders may act on at shareholder meetings. In addition, we are subject to certain Delaware laws, including one that prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years from the date the person became an interested stockholder unless certain conditions are met. These provisions may discourage potential takeover attempts, discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over market price or adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors other than the candidates nominated by our board.

      Any individual, acting alone or with other individuals, who is seeking to acquire, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of our outstanding common stock must comply with the Change in Bank Control Act, which requires prior notice to the Federal Reserve for any acquisition. Any entity that wants to acquire 5% or more of our outstanding common stock, or otherwise to control us, may need to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or BHCA. As a result, prospective investors in our common stock need to be aware of and to comply with those requirements, to the extent applicable. Approval may also be required by Illinois Office of Banks and Real Estate.

14


 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      Some of the statements under the captions “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “The Company” and elsewhere in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. You can identify these statements from our use of the words “may,” “should,” “could,” “potential,” “continue,” “plan,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “project,” “believe,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “target,” “is likely,” “will,” or the negative of these terms, and similar expressions. These forward-looking statements may include, among other things:

  •  statements and assumptions relating to projected growth, earnings, earnings per share, and other financial performance measures as well as management’s short-term and long-term performance goals;
 
  •  statements relating to the anticipated effects on results of operations or financial condition from recent and expected developments or events;
 
  •  statements relating to our business and growth strategies; and
 
  •  any other statements, projections or assumptions that are not historical facts.

      We believe that our expectations are based on reasonable assumptions. However, these forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause our actual results, performance or achievements, or industry results, to differ materially from our expectations of future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. In addition, our past results of operations do not necessarily indicate our future results. We discuss these and other uncertainties in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus.

      The risk factors and cautionary statements contained or referred to in this prospectus should be considered in connection with any subsequent written or oral forward-looking statements that we, or persons acting on our behalf may issue. You should not place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. These statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as otherwise required by federal securities laws, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements or the risk factors described in this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason after the date of this prospectus.

15


 

THE COMPANY

Overview

      We are a bank holding company headquartered in Wheeling, Illinois, a suburb of Chicago. We derive virtually all of our revenue from our subsidiary, Cole Taylor Bank. As of December 31, 2001, the Bank was the tenth largest commercial bank headquartered in the Chicago metropolitan area based on assets. We provide a range of products and services concentrating in four primary banking areas: middle-market business banking, small business banking, commercial real estate lending and wealth management. We currently operate 11 branches throughout the Chicago metropolitan area with approximately $2.4 billion of assets and $173.0 million of stockholders’ equity, as of March 31, 2002.

      The Taylor family entered the banking business in 1929 to provide credit and depository services to local businesses. Over the course of our 73-year history, we have worked to build solid foundations in the Chicago metropolitan area business community by providing our customers with personalized, professional and experienced service.

      Our primary business objectives are to enhance our profitability and be a premier Chicago business bank for small and mid-sized businesses and the people who own and manage them. We believe the Chicago market, with over 57,000 small and mid-sized businesses, is receptive to a locally owned and managed banking institution that provides responsive, personalized service, customized products and local decision making. We believe that our opportunities for expansion in this market are favorable and will increase as the Chicago banking market continues to experience significant consolidation.

Our Strategy

      In the fall of 2001, we adopted a strategic plan designed to capitalize on our perceived market opportunity within Chicago’s small and middle-market business banking environment by focusing on owner-operated, family-held and closely-held companies. It is with these core customers that we believe we can add the most value by understanding the challenges that owners experience and offering them advice and solutions to help them achieve their business and personal financial goals. The key elements of our strategy are:

  •  Expand Our Core Customer Base. We will continue to focus on expanding our core customer base by increasing the number of businesses we serve in the Chicago metropolitan area. We intend to increase our market share by providing a high level of customer service, competitive products and delivery systems and competing for customers of recently acquired banks in our market area. We believe our growth objectives can be achieved while maintaining our historical risk standards and effectively managing credit risk.
 
  •  Capitalize On Our Relationship Banking Approach. We intend to leverage our business banking relationships in order to capture more personal wealth management business. Closely held business owners often have complex needs for the management of personal and family wealth. We believe our existing relationships with their businesses provide a natural opportunity to assist with their personal financial needs. We also believe that providing personal wealth management services will strengthen our commercial banking relationships. We deliver our products and services through relationship managers who lead a team of banking professionals. Collectively, the team is responsible for providing for our customer’s banking needs. With this relationship banking approach, we believe we are able to quickly address the critical needs for both the customer’s business as well as personal financial goals.
 
  •  Focus On Our Core Customers. We focus our time and resources on core customer segments: small- and mid-size businesses as well as the individuals who own and manage them. As part of our effort to increase resources available to invest in serving these core customers, we have reduced or eliminated other activities. We have stopped originating non-customer conforming first mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market, the offering of certain fiduciary trust services, and the funding of broker-originated auto and manufactured housing loans. We intend to reallocate these resources to expand our core businesses of commercial banking and wealth management.

16


 

  •  Enhance Our Operational Efficiency. We plan to further centralize and automate important operational functions to enhance operating leverage as well as service quality. We intend to realign our people, processes and systems in support of the high quality sales and service requirements that our customers desire. We anticipate that this realignment will involve the relocation and consolidation of currently dispersed facilities, processes and personnel.

Our Core Customers

      Our delivery of financial services is built around the customers we serve rather than the products we offer. Our core customers are middle-market companies, small companies, real estate developers and investors, and owners and executives of our business customers. Our relationship managers lead teams of bank professionals that are responsible for providing for the banking needs of a large portion of our core customers. Through their relationship managers, these customers have a single point of access to all of our services.

      Middle-Market Companies. Our middle-market business customers characteristically have annual sales ranging from $5 million to $50 million. We offer products and services to a wide variety of middle-market businesses involved with manufacturing, wholesale and retail distribution, construction contracting, transportation, and service providers. We believe these customers value our executive management access and attention as well as experienced and responsive relationship managers. We work to provide them with products customized to fit their needs and seamless execution, from sales to delivery to ongoing servicing. Loans to middle-market businesses comprised approximately 42% of our commercial loan portfolio as of March 31, 2002.

      Small Companies. Our small business customers typically have annual sales of $500,000 to $5 million. We believe our success with small businesses is based on the fast and convenient offering of standard products specifically designed for businesses in this category. Many of these customers reside in the neighborhoods around our branch offices. Another important segment of our small-business customers includes health care service businesses, such as medical, dental and veterinary practices, and their owners, for which we believe we have developed financial services expertise. We provide professional practice financing as well as equipment and capital expansion credit facilities to these businesses. Loans to small businesses and professionals comprised approximately 26% of our commercial loan portfolio as of March 31, 2002.

      Real Estate Developers and Investors. Our real estate development and investment customers seek acquisition, development and construction loans and stand-by letters of credit for terms from 18 to 36 months. Approximately 60% of our development and construction lending is for residential single-family home development, primarily in the suburban communities of Chicago. We also finance condominium developers within the city of Chicago. Our real estate investment customers also seek term financing on selected income producing properties including multi-family, retail, office and industrial properties. Our real estate banking relationship managers have an average of 20 years of specialized real estate lending experience. Loans to real estate developers and investors comprised approximately 32% of our commercial loan portfolio as of March 31, 2002.

      Owners and Executives of Our Business Customers. We cross-sell products and services to the owners and executives of our business customers designed to help them meet their personal financial goals. We focus on facilitating the cycle of wealth creation, preservation and transfer for the owner-operators of small- and middle-market businesses in Chicago. These products and services include personal customized credit and cash management, personal financial planning, investments, investment management and insurance products. While we directly provide credit and cash management products, we offer brokerage, insurance and most investment management products and services with the assistance of third-party providers. We believe these arrangements with third-party providers allow us the flexibility to select and sell non-proprietary products that may provide an optimal solution for our customers’ needs.

      Other Customers. We also provide services and offer banking products to community-based customers located near our branch locations. These customers, typically individuals and municipalities, seek credit and depository products from a convenient, reliable and stable institution with reasonably competitive products and automated delivery channels such as automated teller machines, or ATMs, and telephone and internet banking.

17


 

Our Business

      Our primary business is commercial banking. As of March 31, 2002, approximately 72% of our loan portfolio was comprised of commercial loans. We also offer wealth management, community banking, home equity lending, mortgage banking and trust services.

 
Commercial Banking

      Our commercial banking business is comprised of commercial lending and real estate construction lending activities. Our commercial lending activities consist of providing loans for the following customer needs: working capital, business expansion or acquisition, owner-occupied commercial real estate financing, revolving lines of credit and stand-by and commercial letters of credit. Additionally, we offer asset-based credit facilities including, in some cases, where strong asset values and financial controls support businesses with otherwise minimally acceptable operating performance or experience. Our real estate construction lending activities consist of providing loans to professional home builders, condominium and commercial real estate developers and investors.

      We offer collateralized as well as unsecured commercial banking loans. Typical collateral includes accounts receivable, inventory, equipment and real estate. Commercial real estate loans are generally collateralized by owner-occupied properties used for business purposes or property to be developed or acquired for investment. Commercial real estate construction loans are structured primarily to fund construction of pre-sold homes or units. Under our commercial lending policies, as of March 31, 2002, our internal management-designated lending limit was $12 million with some limited exceptions.

      We also offer our commercial banking customers deposit products such as checking, savings and money market accounts, time deposits and repurchase agreements. We offer corporate cash management options including internet balance reporting, automated clearing house products, lock-box processing, controlled disbursement accounts, and account reconciliation and positive pay feature to help them meet their cash management needs.

 
Wealth Management

      As part of our strategy, we intend to offer enhanced wealth management services to owner-operators and executives of our core business customers. These products and services are provided through a relationship manager with wealth management experience and include personal financial planning services, personal wealth management loans, customized residential real estate loans and home equity lines of credit, enhanced deposit products and investment management services. We also offer insurance products and brokerage services through third-party providers.

 
Community Banking

      Our community banking approach relies on personal service and the delivery of an array of financial products, including checking, savings and money market accounts, certificates of deposit, personal lines of credit and vehicle loans. We offer convenient account access through our ATM network, internet banking, internet bill payment, telephone banking, direct deposit service and debit cards. We provide portfolio management expertise, offering stocks, bonds, mutual funds, annuities and insurance products through a third party broker-dealer with representatives within our branches .

 
Home Equity Lending

      We originate home equity loans and lines of credit through our branches as well as through mortgage brokers. The majority of our outstanding home equity assets were sourced through mortgage brokers, but underwritten by us. Our underwriting guidelines do not allow home equity credits in excess of 100% of appraised value. As of March 31, 2002, approximately 39% of these currently on our books exceed 80% of appraised value after giving effect to any outstanding first mortgage. As of March 31, 2002, we held $305.4 million of home equity loans.

18


 

 
Mortgage Banking

      We offer mortgages to our core customers and our community banking customers. We also act as a broker for our customers needing reverse or sub-prime mortgage products that are not funded or retained by us. Historically, until the fall of 2001, we were active in the conforming first mortgage loan origination market. We offered both conforming and selected non-conforming mortgage products to our existing customers as well as through mortgage brokers. The majority of the loans originated were sold into the secondary market with servicing released. We subsequently elected to discontinue origination of non-customer conforming first mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market. As of March 31, 2002, we held $147.1 million of mortgage loans.

 
Trust Services

      Trust services offered by our trust professionals have historically included corporate trust, asset management, land trust and tax-deferred exchange services, as well as fiduciary services for personal and employee benefit trusts. As a result of our strategic focus on core customers, we have elected to discontinue offering fiduciary services for personal and employee benefit trusts. We are negotiating the transfer of certain accounts in these categories to other providers who will maintain these accounts and handle future customer inquiries for similar services on our behalf. Revenue from these accounts totaled $1.6 million during the year ended 2001. In addition, certain asset management accounts and a few individual managers will be transferred from our trust department to our wealth management department as described above.

      We anticipate that in the future the services offered by our trust professionals will relate primarily to corporate trust, land trust and tax-deferred exchange activities.

Competition

      We encounter intense competition for all of our products and services, including substantial competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in obtaining loan customers. The principal competitive factors in the banking and financial services industry are quality of services to customers, ease of access to services and pricing of services, including interest rates paid on deposits, interest rates charged on loans and fees charged for trust, investment and other professional services. Our principal competitors are numerous and include other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual funds, money market funds, finance companies, credit unions, mortgage companies, the United States Government, private issuers of debt obligations and suppliers of other investment alternatives, such as securities firms.

      In recent years, several major multi-bank holding companies have entered the Chicago metropolitan market. Many of our competitors are significantly larger than us and have access to greater financial and other resources. In addition, many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks or the state regulations governing state chartered banks. As a result, our non-bank competitors may have advantages over us in providing some services.

      We expect that competition will intensify in the future, particularly as a result of the GLB Act. The GLB Act has expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company. The GLB Act allows qualifying bank holding companies to elect to be treated as financial holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, or are incidental or complementary to, financial activities. The GLB Act also eliminated restrictions imposed by the Glass-Steagall Act, adopted in the 1930s, which prevented banking, insurance and securities firms from fully entering each other’s business. While it is uncertain what the full impact of this legislation will be, it is likely to result in further consolidation in the financial services industry. In addition, removal of these restrictions will likely increase the number of entities providing banking services and thereby create additional competition. For more information on the GLB Act, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Supervision and Regulation — The Bank — Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act.”

19


 

Properties

      Our principal offices, including the principal offices of the Bank, are located in our main office building at 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois 60090. We lease our main office under a lease that commenced on January 1, 1995 and expires on March 31, 2010, with options to extend until March 31, 2025.

      We own seven of the buildings from which bank branches are operated, including Ashland, Skokie, Burbank, Yorktown, Broadview, Old Orchard and Milwaukee. We lease the land under the buildings at Yorktown, Old Orchard and Milwaukee. We lease the buildings for our Woodlawn, Jackson and West Washington branches, which in accordance with the current lease terms expire in, or may be extended to, May 2013, February 2004 and December 2007, respectively. In January 2002, we closed the Cicero branch when the lease expired. Our Cicero customers are now directed to our Burbank branch.

      The following is a list of our eleven operating branch locations:

             
Square
Facility Address Feet



Wheeling
  350 East Dundee Road, Wheeling, Illinois     58,310  
West Washington
  111 West Washington, Chicago, Illinois     40,662  
Jackson
  850 West Jackson, Chicago, Illinois     3,995  
Ashland
  47th Street and Ashland, Chicago, Illinois     79,260  
Milwaukee
  1965 North Milwaukee, Chicago, Illinois     27,394  
Woodlawn
  824 E. 63rd Street, Chicago, Illinois     2,100  
Broadview
  Cermak and 17th Street, Broadview, Illinois     5,550  
Burbank
  5501 West 79th Street, Burbank, Illinois     37,500  
Yorktown
  One Yorktown Center, Lombard, Illinois     12,400  
Skokie
  4400 West Oakton, Skokie, Illinois     15,800  
Old Orchard
  Golf Road and Skokie Boulevard, Skokie, Illinois     10,000  

Legal Proceedings

      We are from time to time a party to litigation arising in the normal course of business. As of the date of this prospectus, except for the proceedings described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement,” management knows of no other threatened or pending legal actions against us that are likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. For further information about our pending litigation, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.”

Employees

      As of March 31, 2002, we had a total of approximately 528 full-time equivalent employees. None of our employees is subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relationships with our employees to be good.

20


 

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale of our common stock in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $          per share, the midpoint of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, will be approximately $          . If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option, we estimate our net proceeds will be $          . Net proceeds are what we expect to receive after paying the underwriters’ discount and other expenses of the offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

      We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering of our common stock to satisfy a portion of our obligations under the settlement agreements described more fully in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.” The remainder of our obligations under the settlement agreements will be satisfied by our proceeds from the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities. We estimate the net proceeds from the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities will be approximately $          . For a detailed description of the terms of the settlement agreements, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.”

      We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities to reduce our outstanding indebtedness under our term loan with an unaffiliated bank, to enhance our regulatory capital levels and for other general corporate purposes. Our term loan bears interest, at our option, at either the lender’s prime rate or the London Interbank Offering Rate, or LIBOR, plus 1.15%. The interest rate was 2.89% at March 31, 2002. The term loan is currently scheduled to mature on April 30, 2003. We expect to extend the maturity of the remaining term loan for five years.

      Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing investment grade securities, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the United States of America.

21


 

DIVIDEND POLICY

      Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive any cash dividends that may be declared by our Board of Directors. Since 1997, we have paid regular cash dividends on our common stock. The declaration and payment of future dividends to holders of our common stock will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, the capital requirements of our subsidiaries, regulatory conditions and considerations and other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. It is our intention to continue to pay cash dividends on the common stock to the extent permitted by our loan agreement, applicable banking regulations and the terms of the trust preferred securities. For further information, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Capital Stock — Common Stock.”

      As a holding company, we ultimately are dependent upon the Bank to provide funding for our operating expenses, debt service and dividends. Various banking laws applicable to the Bank limit the payment of dividends, management fees and other distributions by the Bank to us, and may therefore limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. We will also be prohibited from paying dividends on our common stock if we fail to make distributions or required payments on the trust preferred securities. In addition, our loan agreement also limits our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. For further information concerning these restrictions, see the sections of this prospectus captioned “Risk Factors,” “Supervision and Regulation” and “Description of the Trust Preferred Securities.”

      The following table sets forth, for each quarter in 2001 and 2000, and the first quarter of 2002, the dividends declared on our common stock:

                         
2002 Dividends 2001 Dividends 2000 Dividends
Per Share of Per Share of Per Share of
Common Stock Common Stock Common Stock



First quarter
  $ 0.09     $ 0.09     $ 0.09  
Second quarter
            0.09       0.09  
Third quarter
            0.09       0.09  
Fourth quarter
            0.09       0.09  

22


 

DILUTION

      Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of our common stock to be sold in this offering exceeds the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities and preferred stock from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding as of that date.

      Our net tangible book value, as of March 31, 2002, was approximately $110.4 million, or $24.23 per share of common stock. After giving effect to adjustments relating to the offering, our pro forma net tangible book value as of March 31, 2002 would have been approximately $                    , or $          per share. This represents an immediate decrease in pro forma net tangible book value of $          per share of common stock to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $          per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering. The adjustments made to determine pro forma net tangible book value per share are:

  •  increasing total assets to reflect the estimated net proceeds of this offering as described under “Use of Proceeds,” assuming that the public offering price will be $     per share, the midpoint of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus;
 
  •  decreasing retained earnings to reflect recognition of the estimated charge of $       against earnings arising from the full satisfaction of our obligation under the settlement agreements as described in “Litigation and Settlement;” and
 
  •  adding the number of shares offered by this prospectus to the number of shares outstanding.

      The following table illustrates the pro forma decrease in net tangible book value of $     per share and the dilution to new investors:

                   
Assumed initial public offering price per share
          $    
 
Net tangible book value per common share before this offering
  $ 24.23          
 
Decrease in pro forma net tangible book value per common share resulting from this offering
               
     
         
Pro forma net tangible book value per common share after giving effect to this offering
               
             
 
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
             
 

      The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 2002, the differences between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to:

  •  the number of shares of common stock purchased from us;
 
  •  the total consideration paid to us, assuming an initial public offering price of $          per share of common stock, the midpoint of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus (before deducting the estimated underwriting discount and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering); and
 
  •  the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering.

                                           
Shares Purchased Total Consideration Average


Price Per
Number Percent Amount Percent Share





Existing stockholders
              %   $           %   $    
New investors
                                       
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
            100 %   $         100 %   $    
     
     
     
     
     
 

      The tables and calculations above do not take into account (1)                     shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $          per share, and (2)                     shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants under our stock option plan. To the extent that any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors.

23


 

CAPITALIZATION

      Set forth below is our capitalization as of March 31, 2002:

  •  on an actual basis, and
 
  •  on an adjusted basis to give effect to the following events, as if each event had occurred on March 31, 2002:

   •  the issuance and sale of the                     shares of common stock offered by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $               per share, the midpoint of the range shown on the cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds therefrom; and
 
   •  the issuance and sale of                     shares of trust preferred securities in the concurrent offering at an assumed offering price of $25 per trust preferred security and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.

      The outstanding share information excludes (1)                shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $               per share, and (2)                shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants under our stock option plan.

      The information presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                     
March 31, 2002

Actual As Adjusted


(in thousands)
Indebtedness:
               
 
Notes payable
  $ 27,200          
 
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in the    % junior subordinated debentures due 2032 of Taylor Capital, Inc. 
             
Stockholders’ Equity:
               
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, Series A 9% noncumulative perpetual, $25 stated and redemption value; 3,000,000 shares authorized; 1,530,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted
    38,250       38,250  
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 7,000,000 shares authorized; 4,711,172 shares issued and 4,556,852 shares outstanding, actual;       shares issued and       shares outstanding, as adjusted
    47          
 
Surplus
    102,265          
 
Unearned compensation — stock grants
    (556 )     (556 )
 
Retained earnings (deficit)(1)
    35,493          
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,823       2,823  
 
Treasury stock, at cost, 154,320 shares, actual and as adjusted
    (5,340 )     (5,340 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    172,982          
     
     
 
Total capitalization
  $ 200,182     $    
     
     
 
Capital Ratios:
               
 
Leverage ratio(2)
    6.08%          
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    7.68%          
 
Total risked-based capital ratio
    8.94%          
 
Total stockholders’ equity to assets
    7.19%          
 
Tangible total stockholders’ equity to tangible assets
    6.24%          

(1)  Reflects recognition of the estimated charge of $          million against earnings arising from the full satisfaction of our obligations under the settlement agreements. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.”
 
(2)  The leverage ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly assets, after deducting goodwill, intangible assets and net deferred assets in excess of regulatory maximum limits.

24


 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The summary consolidated financial data presented below under the caption “Taylor Capital Group, Inc.” as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 and as of and for the four years ended December 31, 2001, and for the period from February 12, 1997 to December 31, 1997, is derived from our historical financial statements. Our consolidated financial statements for each of the four years ended December 31, 2001, and for the period from February 12, 1997 to December 31, 1997, have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent accountants. The financial data as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 is derived from unaudited financial information. The summary financial information presented below under the caption of “Cole Taylor Bank” is derived from unaudited financial statements of the Bank or from our audited consolidated financial statements. You should read this information in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Results from past periods are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected for any future period.

                                                               
Period from
For the Three Months February 12,
Ended March 31, Year Ended December 31, 1997 to


December 31,
2002 2001 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997







(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. (consolidated):
                                                       
Income Statement Data:
                                                       
 
Net interest income
  $ 24,760     $ 22,191     $ 91,718     $ 87,322     $ 78,834     $ 70,736     $ 62,156  
 
Provision for loan losses
    2,475       2,075       9,700       7,454       6,000       5,135       4,061  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net interest income after provision for loan loss
    22,285       20,116       82,018       79,868       72,834       65,601       58,095  
 
Noninterest income:
                                                       
   
Service charges
    2,850       2,706       11,513       10,346       9,609       8,997       8,279  
   
Trust fees
    1,530       1,446       6,425       4,654       4,563       3,971       3,331  
   
Mortgage-banking revenues
    134       199       2,122       1,534       2,682       5,083       2,598  
   
Gain on sale of investment securities, net
    8             2,333       750       108       11       401  
   
Other noninterest income
    418       566       1,880       1,989       2,228       2,559       3,264  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total noninterest income
    4,940       4,917       24,273       19,273       19,190       20,621       17,873  
 
Noninterest expense:
                                                       
   
Salaries and benefits
    10,705       9,785       43,207       39,383       38,205       37,303       31,683  
   
Legal expense, net
    720       1,656       2,504       12,053       6,226       4,364       2,227  
   
Goodwill amortization
          579       2,316       2,326       2,393       2,431       2,230  
   
Other noninterest expense
    7,376       7,035       31,105       26,821       25,720       26,330       23,394  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total noninterest expense
    18,801       19,055       79,132       80,583       72,544       70,428       59,534  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    8,424       5,978       27,159       18,558       19,480       15,794       16,434  
 
Income taxes
    3,171       2,597       9,528       9,604       7,973       6,353       6,321  
 
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income taxes
                            (214 )            
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
    5,253       3,381       17,631       8,954       11,293       9,441       10,113  
 
Preferred dividend requirements
    861       861       3,443       3,443       3,442       3,442       3,052  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income applicable to common stockholders
  $ 4,392     $ 2,520     $ 14,188     $ 5,511     $ 7,851     $ 5,999     $ 7,061  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Common Share Data:
                                                       
 
Basic earnings per share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.55     $ 3.10     $ 1.19     $ 1.69     $ 1.29     $ 1.56  
 
Diluted earnings per share
    0.96       0.54       3.08       1.19       1.68       1.29       1.56  
 
Cash dividends per share
    0.09       0.09       0.36       0.36       0.36       0.36       0.36  
 
Book value per share
    29.57       27.30       29.11       25.87       23.64       22.94       22.16  
 
Dividend payout ratio
    9.34 %     16.43 %     11.61 %     30.13 %     21.30 %     27.93 %     23.15 %
 
Weighted average shares — basic earnings per share
    4,556,902       4,601,526       4,575,174       4,613,167       4,644,685       4,654,031       4,540,129  
 
Weighted average shares — diluted earnings per share
    4,576,696       4,655,499       4,605,380       4,640,329       4,660,985       4,663,844       4,540,129  
 
Shares outstanding — end of period
    4,556,852       4,601,526       4,557,352       4,601,526       4,626,160       4,658,533       4,640,453  

25


 

                                                             
Period from
For the Three Months February 12,
Ended March 31, Year Ended December 31, 1997 to


December 31,
2002 2001 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997







(in thousands, except share and per share data)
(unaudited)
Balance Sheet Data (at end of period):
                                                       
 
Total assets
  $ 2,405,273     $ 2,318,352     $ 2,390,670     $ 2,263,323     $ 2,044,370     $ 1,910,330     $ 1,855,711  
 
Investment securities
    508,967       534,201       494,208       510,187       433,412       426,732       463,821  
 
Total loans
    1,763,140       1,656,389       1,741,637       1,611,692       1,456,805       1,335,981       1,204,437  
 
Allowance for loan losses
    32,494       31,079       31,118       29,568       26,261       24,599       25,813  
 
Goodwill
    23,354       25,091       23,354       25,671       28,860       31,903       34,334  
 
Total deposits
    1,818,967       1,727,218       1,833,689       1,742,830       1,607,550       1,439,737       1,377,957  
 
Short-term borrowings
    247,225       266,738       244,993       249,819       147,129       171,718       186,053  
 
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    139,200       127,500       111,000       77,000       114,500       131,500       112,000  
 
Preferred stock
    38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250       38,250  
 
Common stockholders’ equity
    134,732       125,622       132,666       119,061       109,347       106,883       102,820  
 
Total stockholders’ equity
    172,982       163,872       170,916       157,311       147,597       145,133       141,070  
Earnings Performance Data(1):
                                                       
 
Return on average assets
    0.88 %     0.59 %     0.75 %     0.40 %     0.57 %     0.51 %     0.61 %
 
Return on average stockholders’ equity
    12.07       8.51       10.62       5.93       7.70       6.57       8.64  
 
Net interest margin (tax-equivalent)(2)
    4.47       4.24       4.22       4.25       4.39       4.22       4.23  
 
Noninterest income to revenues
    12.03       9.96       12.72       9.84       11.82       13.15       12.72  
 
Efficiency ratio(3)
    63.32       70.29       69.62       76.13       74.09       77.10       74.77  
 
Loans to deposits
    96.93       95.90       94.98       92.48       90.62       92.79       87.41  
 
Average interest-earning assets to average interest bearing liabilities
    122.90       122.28       122.48       122.58       124.09       124.49       122.80  
 
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges(4):
                                                       
   
Including interest on deposits
    1.65 x     1.25 x     1.33 x     1.19 x     1.27 x     1.22 x     1.25 x
   
Excluding interest on deposits
    3.19 x     1.93 x     2.21 x     1.68 x     1.89 x     1.65 x     1.78 x
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
 
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.84 %     1.88 %     1.79 %     1.83 %     1.80 %     1.84 %     2.14 %
 
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans(5)
    213.16       276.11       178.84       264.69       180.90       175.92       189.34  
 
Net loan charge-offs to average total loans(1)
    0.25       0.14       0.49       0.27       0.31       0.50       0.27  
 
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus repossessed property(6)
    0.88       0.70       1.03       0.71       1.06       1.29       1.25  
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
 
Total stockholders’ equity to assets — end of period
    7.19 %     7.07 %     7.15 %     6.95 %     7.22 %     7.60 %     7.60 %
 
Average stockholders’ equity to average assets
    7.26       6.98       7.09       6.79       7.41       7.69       7.06  
 
Leverage ratio
    6.08       5.68       5.99       5.55       6.11       6.17       5.85  
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    7.68       7.24       7.70       7.25       7.77       7.76       7.95  
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
    8.94       8.50       8.96       8.51       9.03       9.02       9.21  
COLE TAYLOR BANK:
                                                       
 
Net income(7)
  $ 6,340     $ 5,323     $ 22,508     $ 21,797     $ 18,112     $ 14,906     $ 16,498  
 
Return on average assets(7)
    1.07 %     0.95 %     0.96 %     0.98 %     0.92 %     0.80 %     0.89 %
 
Stockholder’s equity to assets — end of period
    8.38       8.36       8.41       8.35       8.46       8.85       9.09  
 
Leverage ratio
    7.34       7.12       7.37       7.06       7.41       7.33       7.26  
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    9.29       9.07       9.46       9.22       9.41       9.42       9.90  
 
Total risk-based capital ratio
    10.54       10.33       10.72       10.47       10.68       10.67       11.16  


(1)  Selected earnings performance data and net loan charge-offs to average total loans are annualized for the three month periods ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 and for 1997.
 
(2)  Net interest margin is determined by dividing taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets.
 
(3)  The efficiency ratio is determined by dividing noninterest expense by an amount equal to net interest income plus noninterest income, less investment securities gains.
 
(4)  For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before income taxes and cumulative effective of change in accounting principle plus interest and rent expense. Fixed charges consist of interest expense, rent expense and preferred stock dividend requirements.
 
(5)  Nonperforming loans include loans contractually past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
 
(6)  Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, other real estate and other repossessed assets.
 
(7)  Financial data for Cole Taylor Bank represents a full year for 1997.

26


 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following discussion and analysis presents our consolidated financial condition and results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001, as well as for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999. This discussion should be read together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” our financial statements and the notes thereto and other financial data included in this prospectus. In addition to the historical information provided below, we have made certain estimates and forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ significantly from those anticipated in these estimates and forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those discussed in the section captioned “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      We are a bank holding company headquartered in Wheeling, Illinois, a suburb of Chicago. We derive virtually all of our revenue from our subsidiary, Cole Taylor Bank. As of December 31, 2001, the Bank was the tenth largest commercial bank headquartered in the Chicago metropolitan area based on assets. We provide a range of products and services to our commercial and consumer customers. We currently operate 11 branches throughout the Chicago metropolitan area. The Taylor family entered the banking business in 1929 to provide credit and depository services to local businesses. Over the course of our 73-year history, we have worked to build solid foundations in the Chicago metropolitan area business community by providing our customers with highly personalized, professional and experienced service.

      Our net income from the first quarter of 2002 was $5.3 million, or $0.96 per diluted common share outstanding, as compared to $3.4 million, or $0.54 per diluted common share, during the first quarter of 2001. Net income during the first quarter of 2002 was impacted by the adoption of a new accounting standard on January 1, 2002, which eliminated the amortization expense on our goodwill. See “New Accounting Pronouncements” for additional details. Net income during the first quarter of 2001, without the amortization expense on goodwill, would have been $4.0 million, or $0.66 per diluted common share outstanding. Net income in the first quarter of 2002 represents an increase of $1.3 million, or 32.7%, over adjusted net income during the first quarter of 2001. A $2.5 million increase in net interest income, partly offset by a $325,000 increase in adjusted noninterest expense, mainly produced the higher level of net income.

      We recorded net income of $17.6 million, or $3.08 per diluted common share, for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $8.6 million, or 96.9%, as compared to 2000 net income of $9.0 million, or $1.19 per diluted common share. This increase was primarily a result of higher net interest income and noninterest income and slightly lower noninterest expense, partially offset by a higher provision for loan losses. Net income in 2000 was $9.0 million, a decrease of $2.3 million, or 20.7%, as compared to net income of $11.3 million in 1999, or $1.68 per diluted common share outstanding. This decrease was primarily attributable to an $8.0 million increase in noninterest expense, which was partially offset by higher net interest income. We have incurred significant expenses in connection with litigation discussed in this prospectus under the caption “Litigation and Settlement” and Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements. At the holding company level, we have incurred legal fees, net of reimbursements, primarily related to this litigation of $415,000 and $1.3 million during the first quarter of 2002 and 2001, respectively. These legal expenses totaled $674,000, $10.7 million, and $5.4 million during the years of 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively.

      Total assets were $2.40 billion at March 31, 2002, a slight increase over year-end 2001. During the first three months of 2002, total gross loans were $1.76 billion, an increase of $21.5 million, or 1.2%, compared to total gross loans of $1.74 billion at December 31, 2001. Total deposits were $1.82 billion, a decrease of $14.7 million, or 0.8%, compared to total deposits of $1.83 billion at December 31, 2001. Stockholders’ equity was $173.0 million at March 31, 2002, an increase of $2.1 million, or 1.2%, compared to $171.0 million at December 31, 2001. Our total assets were $2.39 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $127.3 million, or 5.6%, over total assets of $2.26 billion at December 31, 2000. Total gross loans at December 31, 2001 were $1.74 billion, an increase of $130.0 million, or 8.1%, as compared to December 31, 2000. Total deposits were $1.83 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $90.9 million, or 5.2%, as compared to December 31, 2000.

27


 

Total stockholders’ equity was $170.9 million at December 31, 2001, an increase of $13.6 million, or 8.6%, as compared to total stockholders’ equity of $157.3 million at the previous year-end.

      During the first quarter of 2002, our annualized return on average assets and return on average equity was 0.88% and 12.07%, respectively, as compared to an annualized return on average assets and return on average equity of 0.59% and 8.51%, respectively, during the first quarter of 2001. In comparison, return on average assets was 0.75%, 0.40% and 0.57% for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively, while our return on average equity was 10.62%, 5.93% and 7.70% over the same periods, respectively.

Critical Accounting Policies

      The following accounting policies materially affect our reported earnings and financial condition and require significant judgments and estimates.

 
Allowance for loan losses

      We have established an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety. The allowance is periodically increased by provisions for loan losses charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Although we charge-off a loan when we deem it uncollectable, collection efforts may continue and future recoveries may occur.

      We maintain the allowance for loan losses at a level considered adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our portfolio as of the balance sheet date. In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider historical charge-off experience, growth of our loan portfolio, changes in the composition of our loan portfolio, trends in delinquency and criticized assets, general economic conditions, information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and collateral values, and other factors and estimates which are subject to change over time. Estimating the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective and actual losses may vary from current estimates. We review our estimates on a quarterly basis and we identify changes in estimates in income through the provision for loan losses in the appropriate period.

      A portion of our total allowance for loan losses is related to impaired loans. A loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that we will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Certain homogenous loans, including residential mortgage and consumer loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment and, therefore, excluded from impaired loans. Commercial loans exceeding established size thresholds are individually evaluated for impairment. The amount included for impaired loans in our allowance for loan losses is based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that collateral-dependent loans may be measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral.

 
Loss contingency

      We recognize as a loss legal and other contingencies when, based upon available information, it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss contingency or range of amounts can be reasonably estimated. We have entered into settlement agreements with respect to the litigation described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.” The settlement agreements specify a number of contingencies and conditions that must be satisfied before a comprehensive settlement can be finally consummated, including, among other things, the completion of the concurrent common stock and trust preferred securities offering described in this prospectus. Although we desire to achieve a settlement that can be accomplished on acceptable terms, certain critical conditions that are not within our control and influence remain unresolved. Consequently, we have not determined, at this time, that the loss contingency represented by the settlement agreements is probable. Therefore, an estimate of the financial impact of the proposed settlement has not been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets and statements of income.

28


 

      The loss contingency, when recorded, will negatively impact our earnings. For additional information concerning this charge, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.”

 
Goodwill Impairment

      In June 2001, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” Under the provisions of SFAS 142, goodwill will no longer be amortized against earnings. Instead, goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life would be reviewed for impairment at least annually. Intangible assets with finite lives will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful life. We adopted this standard on January 1, 2002.

      In accordance with SFAS 142, the goodwill we recognized in connection with our acquisition of the Bank will be tested periodically for impairment. Although guidance exists with respect to evaluating impairment, the process will involve critical judgments. The amount of goodwill subject to impairment testing totaled $23.4 million at March 31, 2002. Amortization expense associated with goodwill was $579,000 during the first quarter of 2001 and $2.3 million for year ended December 31, 2001.

Results of Operations as of and for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 and as of and for the Years Ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999

 
Net Interest Income

      Net interest income is the difference between total interest income earned on interest-earning assets, including investment securities and loans, and total interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, including deposits and other borrowed funds. Net interest income is our principal source of earnings. The amount of net interest income is affected by changes in the volume and mix of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and the level of rates earned or paid on those assets and liabilities.

      Three Months Ended March 31, 2002 as Compared to Three Months Ended March 31, 2001. Our consolidated net interest income, with an adjustment for tax-exempt income, for the three month period ended March 31, 2002 was $25.2 million, an increase of $2.5 million, or 11.0%, as compared to $22.7 million during the same three month period in 2001. An increase in average interest-earning assets as well as a higher net interest margin produced the increase in net interest income. Net interest margin, which is determined by dividing taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets, increased to 4.47% during the first quarter of 2002 as compared to 4.24% during the same quarter in 2001. The significant decline in market interest rates between the two periods caused both the yield on interest-earning assets and the cost of interest-bearing liabilities to fall. However, the decline in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities was larger, resulting in an overall increase in the net interest margin. Between the two periods, the cost of interest-bearing liabilities declined 263 basis points, while the yield on interest-earning assets declined by 193 basis points. The larger decline in the cost of interest-bearing liabilities also caused the net interest spread, which is the difference between the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets and the rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities, to increase to 4.00% in the first quarter of 2002 as compared to 3.30% during the first quarter of 2001.

      Average interest-earning assets during the first quarter of 2002 totaled $2.28 billion, an increase of $118.2 million, or 5.5%, as compared to average interest-earning assets of $2.16 billion during the first quarter of 2001. In the first quarter of 2002, our average loans totaled $1.76 billion, an increase of $134.6 million, or 8.3%, as compared to average total loans of $1.62 billion during the same period in 2001. Higher average commercial and commercial real estate loans of $90.6 million and home equity and consumer loans of $88.3 million produced the growth in total loans. The yield on interest-earning assets declined to 6.49% during the first quarter of 2002 as compared to 8.42% during the first quarter of 2001. Declining market interest rates, including a 475 basis point decline in the Bank’s prime lending rate during 2001, caused the decline in the yield because much of the commercial loan and home equity line portfolios are indexed to the Bank’s prime lending rate. On the funding side, the rapidly declining interest rate environment also lowered our cost of funds. The cost of interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 2.49% during the three months ended March 31,

29


 

2002 as compared to 5.12% during the same period in 2001. Our cost of deposits declined 254 basis points while our cost of borrowings declined by 295 basis points. As interest rates declined, the Bank was able to lower interest rates on deposit products and replace some maturing higher cost certificates of deposit and our borrowings with lower cost funds.

      Year Ended December 31, 2001 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2000. Our consolidated net interest income, with an adjustment for tax-exempt income, for 2001 was $93.8 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 4.63%, as compared to $89.6 million in 2000. This increase resulted from higher interest-earning assets, which was partially offset by a decline in our net interest margin. Net interest margin decreased to 4.22% for the year ended December 31, 2001 as compared to 4.25% during 2000. The net interest spread increased to 3.47% during 2001 as compared to 3.29% in 2000 as funding costs declined more than asset yields between the two periods. Despite the increase in the our net interest spread, our net interest margin contracted as a result of a larger volume of interest-earning assets re-pricing downward, as compared to interest-bearing liabilities, during the falling interest rate environment in 2001.

      Average interest-earning assets during 2001 totaled $2.22 billion, an increase of $112.9 million, or 5.4%, as compared to average interest-earning assets in 2000. In 2001, our average loans totaled $1.66 billion, an increase of $109.7 million, or 7.1%, as compared to 2000. This increase is primarily attributable to increases occurring in commercial and commercial real estate loans of $78.1 million and home equity and consumer loans of $41.5 million. The yield earned on assets declined 87 basis points to 7.60% during 2001 as compared to 2000. Declining market interest rates, including the decrease in the Bank’s prime lending rate during 2001, caused the decline in the yield on interest earning assets. On the funding side, the rapidly declining interest rate environment also lowered our cost of funds by 105 basis points, to 4.13%, during 2001. Our cost of deposits declined 88 basis points while our cost of borrowings declined by 172 basis points. As interest rates declined, the Bank was able to lower interest rates on deposit products and replace some maturing higher costing certificates of deposit and our borrowings with lower costing funding sources. In addition, funding from customers in 2001 not only supported loan growth, but also allowed for reductions in our wholesale funding. During 2001, the level of average brokered certificates of deposit declined by $59.5 million. The cost of our wholesale funds is generally higher than the rate we pay on our customer funds.

      Year Ended December 31, 2000 as Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1999. Our consolidated net interest income, with an adjustment for tax-exempt income, was $89.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2000, an increase of $8.4 million, or 10.3%, over net interest income in 1999. The higher level of net interest income in 2000 was due to an increase in interest-earning assets, which was partly offset by a 14 basis point decline in our net interest margin.

      Average interest-earning assets were $2.11 billion in 2000, an increase of $256.2 million, or 13.9%, as compared to $1.85 billion in 1999. During 2000, average loan balances totaled $1.55 billion, an increase of $156.2 million, or 11.2%, as compared to 1999. This increase is primarily attributable to increases occurring in commercial and commercial real estate loans of $101.2 million and home equity and consumer loans of $45.3 million. Because the asset growth in 2000 outpaced our ability to generate deposits, we also relied on short-term borrowings and wholesale funds, primarily brokered certificates of deposit. During 2000, average short-term borrowings rose by $35.5 million while brokered certificates of deposit rose by $96.8 million. Our net interest margin was 4.25% in 2000 as compared to 4.39% in 1999. Market interest rates generally increased during 2000, with the Bank’s prime lending rate rising 100 basis points during the year. Our cost of funds increased faster than the yield on interest-earning assets. Our yield on interest-earning assets rose by 60 basis points from 7.87% in 1999 to 8.47% in 2000 while our cost of funds rose by 86 basis points from 4.32% in 1999 to 5.18% in 2000. The increase in brokered certificates of deposit, which tend to pay a higher interest rate as compared to customer funds, negatively impacted our net interest margin.

      The following table presents, for the periods indicated, certain information relating to our consolidated average balances and reflects our yield on average interest-earning assets and costs of average interest-bearing liabilities. These yields and costs are derived by dividing income or expense by the average balance of assets or liabilities. Interest income is measured on a tax-equivalent basis using a 35% tax rate.

30


 

                                                         
For Three Months Ended March 31,

2002 2001


Yield/ Yield/
Average Rate Average Rate
Balance Interest (%)(6) Balance Interest (%)(6)






(in thousands)
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
                                               
Investment securities(1):
                                               
 
Taxable
  $ 435,679     $ 6,123       5.62 %   $ 447,593     $ 7,178       6.43 %
 
Tax-exempt (tax equivalent)(2)
    61,159       1,179       7.71       68,268       1,345       7.88  
     
     
             
     
         
     
Total investment securities
    496,838       7,302       5.88       515,861       8,523       6.62  
     
     
             
     
         
Cash equivalents
    21,726       94       1.74       19,179       265       5.54  
     
     
             
     
         
Loans(3):
                                               
 
Commercial and commercial real estate
    1,262,937       20,548       6.51       1,172,326       26,267       8.96  
 
Residential real estate mortgages
    153,358       2,811       7.33       197,653       3,761       7.61  
 
Home equity and consumer
    342,331       5,050       5.98       254,021       5,632       8.99  
 
Fees on loans
            777                       557          
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net loans (tax equivalent)
    1,758,626       29,186       6.72       1,624,000       36,217       9.03  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Total interest earning assets
    2,277,190       36,582       6.49       2,159,040       45,005       8.42  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NON-EARNING ASSETS:
                                               
 
Allowance for loan losses
    (31,861 )                     (30,280 )                
 
Cash and due from banks
    58,663                       55,863                  
 
Accrued interest and other assets
    93,509                       91,742                  
     
                     
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 2,397,501                     $ 2,276,365                  
     
                     
                 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
                                               
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
                                               
     
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 674,446       2,533       1.52     $ 422,102       3,594       3.45  
     
Savings deposits
    88,924       196       0.90       88,678       332       1.52  
     
Time deposits
    719,849       6,448       3.63       892,038       13,559       6.16  
     
     
             
     
         
       
Total interest-bearing deposits
    1,483,219       9,177       2.51       1,402,818       17,485       5.05  
     
     
             
     
         
Short-term borrowings
    247,678       954       1.56       239,554       2,997       5.07  
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    122,053       1,223       4.01       123,322       1,790       5.81  
     
     
             
     
         
   
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,852,950       11,354       2.49       1,765,694       22,272       5.12  
     
     
             
     
         
NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
                                               
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    342,969                       318,465                  
       
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    27,562                       33,341                  
     
                     
                 
       
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities
    370,531                       351,806                  
     
                     
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    174,020                       158,865                  
     
                     
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 2,397,501                     $ 2,276,365                  
     
                     
                 
Net interest income (tax equivalent)
          $ 25,228                     $ 22,733          
             
                     
         
Net interest spread(4)
                    4.00 %                     3.30 %
                     
                     
 
Net interest margin(5)
                    4.47 %                     4.24 %
                     
                     
 


(1)  Investment securities average balances are based on amortized cost.
(2)  Calculations are computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35%.
(3)  Nonaccrual loans are included in the above stated average balances.
(4)  Net interest spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)  Net interest margin is determined by dividing taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets.
(6)  Yield/ Rates are annualized.

31


 

                                                                               
Year Ended December 31,

2001 2000 1999



Yield/ Yield/ Yield/
Average Rate Average Rate Average Rate
Balance Interest (%) Balance Interest (%) Balance Interest (%)









(in thousands)
INTEREST-EARNING ASSETS:
                                                                       
Investment securities(1):
                                                                       
 
Taxable
  $ 438,469     $ 27,318       6.23 %   $ 453,512     $ 28,821       6.35 %   $ 366,018     $ 20,631       5.64 %
 
Tax-exempt (tax equivalent)(2)
    67,253       5,212       7.75       69,517       5,391       7.76       70,941       5,439       7.67  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total investment securities
    505,722       32,530       6.43       523,029       34,212       6.54       436,959       26,070       5.97  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cash equivalents
    53,612       1,993       3.67       33,071       2,105       6.26       19,180       973       5.07  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Loans(3):
                                                                       
 
Commercial and commercial real estate
    1,206,629       96,484       7.89       1,128,567       105,046       9.16       1,027,353       88,765       8.64  
 
Residential real estate mortgages
    186,356       14,023       7.52       196,275       14,910       7.60       186,509       13,459       7.22  
 
Home equity and consumer
    267,097       20,886       7.82       225,561       20,267       8.96       180,296       14,801       8.21  
 
Fees on loans
            2,665                       2,280                       1,583          
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net loans (tax equivalent)
    1,660,082       134,058       8.08       1,550,403       142,503       9.17       1,394,158       118,608       8.51  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest earning assets
    2,219,416       168,581       7.60       2,106,503       178,820       8.47       1,850,297       145,651       7.87  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NON-EARNING ASSETS:
                                                                       
 
Allowance for loan losses
    (31,407 )                     (28,457 )                     (25,959 )                
 
Cash and due from banks
    58,655                       60,741                       69,389                  
 
Accrued interest and other assets
    95,823                       82,947                       86,699                  
     
                     
                     
                 
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 2,342,487                     $ 2,221,734                     $ 1,980,426                  
     
                     
                     
                 
INTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
                                                                       
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
                                                                       
   
Interest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 527,905       14,231       2.70     $ 413,515       14,927       3.60     $ 371,020       11,498       3.10  
   
Savings deposits
    88,531       1,181       1.33       95,182       1,465       1.53       105,215       1,775       1.69  
   
Time deposits
    823,889       43,763       5.31       863,816       52,217       6.03       705,308       35,859       5.08  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest-bearing deposits
    1,440,325       59,175       4.11       1,372,513       68,609       4.99       1,181,543       49,132       4.16  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Short-term borrowings
    247,393       9,010       3.64       224,778       12,526       5.56       189,250       8,665       4.58  
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    124,352       6,631       5.26       121,198       8,065       6.55       120,241       6,593       5.48  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    1,812,070       74,816       4.13       1,718,489       89,200       5.18       1,491,034       64,390       4.32  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NONINTEREST-BEARING LIABILITIES:
                                                                       
 
Noninterest-bearing deposits
    333,000                       322,073                       318,287                  
   
Accrued interest and other liabilities
    31,365                       30,241                       24,428                  
     
                     
                     
                 
   
Total noninterest-bearing liabilities
    364,365                       352,314                       342,715                  
     
                     
                     
                 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
    166,052                       150,931                       146,677                  
     
                     
                     
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 2,342,487                     $ 2,221,734                     $ 1,980,426                  
     
                     
                     
                 
Net interest income (tax equivalent)
          $ 93,765                     $ 89,620                     $ 81,261          
             
                     
                     
         
Net interest spread(4)
                    3.47 %                     3.29 %                     3.55 %
                     
                     
                     
 
Net interest margin(5)
                    4.22 %                     4.25 %                     4.39 %
                     
                     
                     
 


(1)  Investment securities average balances are based on amortized cost.
(2)  Calculations are computed on a taxable-equivalent basis using a tax rate of 35%.
(3)  Nonaccrual loans are included in the above stated average balances.
(4)  Net interest spread represents the difference between the average yield on interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities.
(5)  Net interest margin is determined by dividing taxable equivalent net interest income by average interest-earning assets.

32


 

    The following table presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of the changes in interest earned and interest paid resulting from changes in volume and rates for the major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on a fully taxable equivalent basis. The impact of changes in the mix of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities is reflected in net interest income:

                                                                             
For the Three Months Ended
March 31, Year Ended December 31,


2002 over 2001 2001 over 2000 2000 over 1999
Increase/(Decrease) Increase/(Decrease) Increase/(Decrease)



Volume Rate Net Volume Rate Net Volume Rate Net









(in thousands)
INTEREST EARNED ON:
                                                                       
 
Investment securities:
                                                                       
   
Taxable
  $ (184 )   $ (871 )   $ (1,055 )   $ (944 )   $ (559 )   $ (1,503 )   $ 5,342     $ 2,848     $ 8,190  
   
Tax-exempt
    (138 )     (28 )     (166 )     (175 )     (4 )     (179 )     (110 )     62       (48 )
 
Cash equivalents
    209       (380 )     (171 )     982       (1,094 )     (112 )     837       295       1,132  
 
Loans
    16,642       (23,673 )     (7,031 )     9,630       (18,075 )     (8,445 )     13,915       9,980       23,895  
                     
                     
                     
 
Total interest-earning assets
                    (8,423 )                     (10,239 )                     33,169  
                     
                     
                     
 
INTEREST PAID ON:
                                                                       
 
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    7,869       (8,930 )     (1,061 )     3,583       (4,279 )     (696 )     1,406       2,023       3,429  
 
Savings deposits
    7       (143 )     (136 )     (98 )     (186 )     (284 )     (162 )     (148 )     (310 )
 
Time deposits
    (2,274 )     (4,837 )     (7,111 )     (2,333 )     (6,121 )     (8,454 )     8,887       7,471       16,358  
 
Short-term borrowings
    690       (2,733 )     (2,043 )     1,162       (4,678 )     (3,516 )     1,790       2,071       3,861  
 
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    (18 )     (549 )     (567 )     205       (1,639 )     (1,434 )     53       1,419       1,472  
                     
                     
                     
 
Total interest-bearing liabilities
                    (10,918 )                     (14,384 )                     24,810  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
  $ 1,313     $ 1,182     $ 2,495     $ 4,461     $ (316 )   $ 4,145     $ 10,501     $ (2,142 )   $ 8,359  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
      Provision for Loan Losses

      We determine a provision for loan losses that we consider sufficient to maintain an allowance to absorb probable losses inherent in our portfolio as of the balance sheet date. For additional information concerning this determination, see the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for loan losses.”

      Our provision for loan losses was $2.5 million during the first quarter of 2002, an increase of $400,000, or 19.3%, as compared to $2.1 million during the first quarter of 2001. In addition, our provision for loan losses increased to $9.7 million during 2001, as compared to $7.5 million and $6.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999, respectively. These increases resulted from the adverse impact of economic conditions on the financial performance of the Bank’s customers. We expect that our provision for loan losses will increase with continued growth in our loan portfolio and, if the current economic downturn continues, may result in an increase in the future level of our net charge-offs. For additional details concerning nonaccrual loans and net charge-offs, see the sections captioned “Nonperforming Loans and Assets” and “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

33


 

 
Noninterest Income

      The following table presents, for the periods indicated, our major categories of noninterest income:

                                           
For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, Year Ended December 31,


2002 2001 2001 2000 1999





(in thousands)
Service charges
  $ 2,850     $ 2,706     $ 11,513     $ 10,346     $ 9,609  
Trust fees
    1,530       1,446       6,425       4,654       4,563  
Mortgage-banking activities
    134       199       2,122       1,534       2,478  
Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights
                            204  
ATM fees
    241       277       1,111       1,068       1,026  
Gain on sale of investment securities gains, net
    8             2,333       750       108  
Other noninterest income
    177       289       769       921       1,202  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total noninterest income
  $ 4,940     $ 4,917     $ 24,273     $ 19,273     $ 19,190  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Our noninterest income was $4.9 million during the first three months of 2002, a slight increase as compared to the first quarter of 2001. Noninterest income was $24.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $5.0 million, or 25.9%, as compared to $19.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2000. The increase in noninterest income during 2001, as compared to 2000, was largely due to higher deposit service charges, an increase in trust fees, and $2.3 million in gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities. Our noninterest income was relatively flat in 2000 as compared to 1999 as higher deposit service charges and gains on the sale of available-for-sale securities were partially offset by declines in our mortgage banking revenues.

      Service charges, principally on deposit accounts, were $2.9 million during the first quarter of 2002, an increase of $144,000, or 5.3%, as compared to $2.7 million during the first quarter of 2001. Service charges totaled $11.5 million during 2001, an increase of $1.2 million, or 11.3%, as compared to $10.3 million during 2000. These increases resulted from increased sales of corporate cash management products and higher fees received on business deposit accounts as a result of a declining earnings credit rate in 2001. The earnings credit rate determines the amount of credit given to customers for their collected balances and is available to offset account service charges incurred. Service charges in 2000 were $737,000 higher than the $9.6 million of service charges in 1999. Increased service charge schedules/rates implemented in 2000 and increased sales of corporate cash management products principally contributed to the increase in our deposit service charges.

      Trust fees totaled $1.5 million during the three months ended March 31, 2002, an increase of $84,000, or 5.8%, as compared to the $1.4 million of trust fees during the same period in 2001. Our trust fees during 2001 were $6.4 million, an increase of $1.8 million, or 38.1%, as compared to $4.7 million during 2000. This increase primarily resulted from our acquisition of a trust and asset management business of another financial institution in October 2000. Our trust fees were $4.7 million during 2000, a slight increase as compared to the $4.6 million of fees in 1999. The level of our trust fees in the future is expected to be impacted by management’s decision to focus primarily on certain lines of trust business while de-emphasizing and exiting certain others. We are currently evaluating the sale of selected fiduciary personal and employee benefit retirement accounts currently managed by our trust department. These product lines contributed approximately $2 million annually in trust fees in 2001, 2000 and 1999.

      Our mortgage banking revenue consists primarily of net gains on sales of loans and mortgage brokerage fees. Mortgage brokerage fees relate primarily to the reverse mortgage and sub-prime mortgage products that are funded or retained by third parties. The level of mortgage banking revenues is expected to be impacted by our management’s decision, announced in September 2001, to discontinue origination of mortgages for sale into the secondary market. We have discontinued originating first mortgage loans for non-bank customers. The volume of first mortgage loans originated for our customers is expected to be comparatively modest. While the

34


 

Bank plans on retaining for its portfolio customer adjustable rate mortgage loans, the total volume of loans sold, brokered and/or retained is expected to decline in 2002. This decision was part of a strategic effort to focus our attention and resources on the Bank’s core commercial banking customers.

      During the first quarter of 2002, mortgage banking revenues were $134,000 as compared to $199,000 during the same period in 2001. The decline was mainly due to the discontinuation of origination of first mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market. Our mortgage banking revenues were $2.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $588,000, or 38.3%, as compared to $1.5 million during 2000. This increase resulted from higher volumes of loans sold. The volume of loans sold increased approximately 67% to $109 million in 2001 while the average gain expressed as a percentage of principal sold declined 44 basis points to 116 basis points. Declining mortgage interest rates in 2001 produced a higher volume of loan originations and corresponding loan sales. An increase in mortgage brokerage fees also contributed to the higher revenue. Our mortgage banking revenues were $1.5 million in 2000, a $944,000 decline, as compared to the $2.5 million of revenue in 1999. Loan sale volume declined 66% between 2000 and 1999, causing the decline in revenues. The Bank also sold servicing rights relating to approximately $74 million of mortgage loans in 1999, resulting in a gain of $204,000. These servicing rights were generated from loans that were originated by the Bank and subsequently sold.

      ATM fee income was $241,000 during the first quarter of 2002 and $277,000 during the first quarter of 2001. Lower surcharge revenue resulted in the decline in income. In the yearly comparisons, ATM fee income was $1.1 million during both 2001 and 2000 and $1.0 million during 1999. The slight increase in income during 2001 and 2000 was due to an increase in ATM fees charged to customers for use of non-Bank owned ATMs and an increase in the surcharge fee to non-customers implemented in late 2000. In February 2001, the Bank announced that it had joined an alliance of more than 80 other financial institutions in Illinois and now waives the surcharges for customers of the other financial institutions in the alliance who use a Bank-owned ATM.

      Net gains on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities were $8,000 for the first quarter of 2002 and $2.3 million, $750,000 and $108,000 during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The securities sales in 2001 resulted from a restructuring of a portion of the investment portfolio in which U.S. government agency securities that were maturing within the next two years were sold at a gain and replaced with longer-term mortgage related securities. The $750,000 gain on the sale of investment securities in 2000 resulted from the Bank’s sale of an investment in an organization that operated the ATM network.

      Other non-interest income, which principally includes standby letters of credit fees, fees from financial services (i.e., the sale of certain insurance and other financial services products), and safe deposit rental fees, totaled $177,000 and $289,000 during the first quarter of 2002 and 2001, respectively. For the yearly comparisons, other non-interest income was $769,000, $921,000, and $1.2 million for 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The sequential decline in other noninterest income is primarily related to a decline in import/ export letters of credit.

35


 

 
Noninterest Expense

      The following table presents for the periods indicated the major categories of noninterest expense:

                                         
For the Three Months
Ended March 31, For the Year Ended December 31,


2002 2001 2001 2000 1999





(in thousands)
Salaries and employee benefits
  $ 10,705     $ 9,785     $ 43,207     $ 39,383     $ 38,205  
Occupancy of premises
    1,666       1,698       6,940       6,440       6,472  
Furniture and equipment
    977       1,110       4,421       4,126       4,291  
Computer processing
    553       551       2,254       2,234       2,411  
Legal fees, net
    720       1,656       2,504       12,053       6,226  
Consulting
    238       431       2,422       1,704       936  
Advertising and public relations
    456       150       1,069       1,028       1,275  
Goodwill amortization
          579       2,316       2,326       2,393  
Other intangible assets amortization
    66       57       251       68       18  
Other real estate and repossessed asset expense (income)
    147       (3 )     602       104       229  
Other noninterest expense
    3,273       3,041       13,146       11,117       10,088  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total noninterest expense
  $ 18,801     $ 19,055     $ 79,132     $ 80,583     $ 72,544  
     
     
     
     
     
 

      Noninterest expense was $18.8 million during the first quarter of 2002, a $254,000, or 1.3%, decrease as compared to the $19.1 million of noninterest expense in the first quarter of 2001. The slight decrease was produced by a $936,000 decline in legal fees, net of reimbursements, and the elimination of amortization expense on goodwill of $579,000. These decreases were partly offset by a $920,000 increase in salaries and benefits. Without the amortization expense on goodwill, noninterest expense in the first quarter of 2001 would have been $18.5 million, a decrease of $325,000, or 1.8%, from the first quarter of 2002. Our noninterest expense was $79.1 million during the year of 2001, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 1.8%, as compared to noninterest expense in 2000. A $9.5 million decline in net legal fees was partially offset by higher salaries and employee benefits, consulting, and other noninterest expense. Total noninterest expense was $80.6 million, an increase of $8.0 million, or 11.1%, in 2000 as compared to $72.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1999. This increase was attributable primarily to an $5.8 million increase in legal fees, as well as higher salaries and benefits. In 1999 and 2000, the higher legal fees were primarily associated with the defense of litigation described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.”

      Salaries and employee benefits represent the largest category of our noninterest expense. During the first quarter of 2002, salaries and benefit expense increased $920,000, or 9.4%, to $10.7 million as compared to $9.8 million during the first quarter of 2001. An increase in base compensation and incentives, along with higher costs associated with the employee benefit plans, produced most of the increase in expense. At March 31, 2002, we had 528 in full-time equivalent, or FTE, employees as compared to 538 FTE employees at March 31, 2001. For the year ended December 31, 2001, salaries and employee benefits totaled $43.2 million, an increase of $3.8 million, or 9.7%, as compared to $39.4 million during 2000. This increase primarily resulted from the $2.0 million of additional expense related to our employee stock ownership plan, or ESOP, annual merit increases, and the new employees that were added when the Bank purchased the trust and asset management business of another financial institution in October 2000.

      In the fourth quarter of 2001 and during the first quarter of 2002, we recorded $2.0 million and $115,000, respectively, of additional expense related to the ESOP. In connection with the acquisition of the Bank, we and the ESOP trustee entered into an agreement that required us to value the shares that were in the ESOP at the time of acquisition (control-value shares) at the same value that the shares of the controlling owners are valued. Semiannually, a third-party appraisal of our common stock is performed. The appraisal computes a value for minority shareholders and a separate value, with a premium, for the control-value shares. At

36


 

December 31, 2001, the ESOP held 174,874 control-value shares entitled to this control-value premium. We and the ESOP trustee agreed to terminate the original agreement and, in consideration for the termination, pay into the ESOP a control-value cash premium of $2.1 million for those participants in the ESOP with control-value shares. The amount paid was allocated to the profit sharing portion of the ESOP for those participants with control-value shares. An estimate of the control value premium was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2001 when the agreement between us and the ESOP Trustee was signed, which was adjusted during the first quarter of 2002 when the third-party appraisal was completed and the actual control value premium was calculated.

      Salaries and employee benefits totaled $39.4 million in 2000, an increase of $1.2 million, or 3.1%, as compared to $38.2 million of expense in 1999. Annual merit and long-term incentive increases mainly produced the increase. This increase was partially offset by a modest decline in FTE employees to 592 at December 31, 2000 as compared to 612 at December 31, 1999.

      Our occupancy of premises expense was $1.7 million during both the first quarter of 2002 and 2001. We closed our Cicero branch facility in January 2002 when the lease expired, and our customers are directed to another of our branches located less than one mile from the Cicero facility. Occupancy of premises expense was $6.9 million during 2001, a $500,000 or 7.8% increase over the $6.4 million of expense during 2000. This increase was largely due to additional space leased at our West Washington Street location to consolidate certain of our lending and trust operations. Our occupancy expense in 2000 was slightly lower than the $6.5 million of expense during 1999. In 1999, we significantly reduced the number of square feet leased at our West Jackson Street facility, resulting in reduced rent and related leasehold expense.

      Furniture and equipment expense was $977,000 during the three months ended March 31, 2002, a decrease of $133,000 over the expense of $1.1 million during the same period in 2001. Lower depreciation expense produced most of the decrease. Our furniture and equipment expense for 2001 was $4.4 million as compared to $4.1 million and $4.3 million during 2000 and 1999, respectively. During 2001, higher depreciation and maintenance charges, associated with furniture and equipment for the additional leased space and certain technology projects, produced the increase in expense in 2001. Costs associated with technology readiness for 2000 increased equipment expense in 1999.

      Our computer processing expense is comprised of payments to third party processors, primarily for our “mission critical” data processing applications, including loans, deposits, general ledger and ATM operations. Our computer processing expense was $553,000 and $551,000 during the first quarter of 2002 and 2001, respectively. For the years of 2001, 2000, and 1999, computer processing expense was $2.3 million, $2.2 million, and $2.4 million, respectively.

      Legal fees include our costs related to the defense of litigation relating to the split-off transactions described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement,” as well as normal operating activities of the Bank. During the first quarter of 2002, legal fees, net of reimbursements, were $720,000, a decline of $936,000 as compared to the legal fees of $1.7 million during the first quarter of 2001. In the yearly comparison, legal fees, net of reimbursements, during 2001 declined $9.6 million to total $2.5 million for the year. Legal fees for the years ended December 31, 2000 and 1999 were $12.1 million and $6.2 million, respectively. During 1999 and 2000, we incurred significant legal fees for defense of lawsuits associated with the split-off transactions as the number of lawsuits increased and the cases progressed. Legal fees declined in 2001 and into 2002 as we began to discuss a possible settlement of this litigation. We expect to continue to incur legal expenses in connection with the litigation, which may continue to adversely affect our overall profitability, until the settlement becomes effective or the litigation is otherwise resolved. A portion of our defense costs and a portion of the settlement have been submitted to insurance carriers for reimbursement. However, we cannot predict to what extent these amounts will be reimbursed. During the first quarter of 2001, we received $136,000 of reimbursements that reduced our overall legal fee expense. We received no such reimbursements in the first quarter of 2002. For the year of 2001, we received $2.9 million in reimbursements as compared to reimbursements of $3.4 million and $5,000 in 2000 and 1999, respectively.

      Consulting expense was $238,000 during the first three months of 2002 as compared to $431,000 during the first three months of 2001. Consulting expense increased in 2001 to $2.4 million as compared to

37


 

$1.7 million and $936,000 during the years of 2000 and 1999, respectively. The increase during 2001 was largely due to higher expense for information technology projects, strategic and facilities planning, and marketing consultation. The increase in expense between 2000 and 1999 was largely due to the engagement of consultants in 2000 to perform an operational review of the Bank designed to identify cost savings through process improvements and revenue enhancement opportunities.

      Advertising and public relations expense was $456,000 during the first quarter of 2002 as compared to $150,000 during the same quarter in 2001. Advertising and public relations expense was $1.1 million, $1.0 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. Our advertising expense in 2002 and in the future is expected to increase as a result of a new program to increase the visibility of the Bank and the public awareness and understanding of our extensive business and product capabilities. Our new marketing program also includes a new corporate identity and a more contemporary logo.

      Goodwill amortization expense relates to the goodwill created when we acquired the Bank in 1997. A new accounting standard adopted on January 1, 2002 eliminated the amortization expense on goodwill. At March 31, 2002, we had $23.4 million of goodwill that will no longer be subject to amortization, but will be subject to possible write-downs based upon annual impairment testing. Amortization expense on goodwill was $579,000 during the first quarter of 2001 and $2.3 million during the year ending December 31, 2001. See the section captioned “New Accounting Pronouncements” for additional information.

      At March 31, 2002, we had $965,000 of intangible assets related to the purchase of trust assets which are amortized over their estimated useful life. Other intangible assets amortization expense was $66,000 during the first quarter of 2002 as compared to $57,000 during the first quarter of 2001. Other intangible assets amortization expense was $251,000 in 2001 as compared to $68,000 and $18,000 during 2000 and 1999, respectively. The increase in 2001 was primarily due to the additional amortization expense from our trust business acquisition in 2000.

      Other real estate and repossessed asset expense was $147,000 during the first quarter of 2002 as compared to a gain of $3,000 during the same quarter of 2001. In the annual periods, other real estate and repossessed asset expense increased to $602,000 in 2001 as compared to $104,000 in 2000 and $229,000 during 1999. This expense is net of gains on sales of, or rental income from, such properties. This net expense is influenced to a large degree by the number and complexity of properties being maintained pending their sale.

      Other noninterest expense, which principally includes certain professional fees, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or FDIC, insurance, corporate insurance, outside services, operating losses, and other operating expenses such as telephone, postage, office supplies and printing, totaled $3.3 million and $3.0 million during the first quarter of 2002 and 2001, respectively. Other noninterest expense was $13.1 million during 2001, a $2.0 million, or 18.3%, increase over the other noninterest expense in 2000 of $11.1 million. An increase in operating losses, which primarily relates to fraud losses on customer deposit accounts, and miscellaneous expenses contributed to the increase in expense in 2001. Other noninterest expense totaled $10.1 million for 1999.

      The FDIC has proposed an increase in FDIC insurance premiums of up to five basis points of insurable deposits beginning as early as the second half of 2002. If the FDIC insurance premiums were to increase by the maximum amount proposed, we expect that our FDIC insurance expense will increase by approximately $850,000 annually. We also expect our noninterest expense to increase as a result of us becoming a publicly-traded company. Specifically, we expect increases in audit fees, legal fees associated with public reporting, printing costs, proxy solicitation costs, additional directors and officers’ insurance cost and other expenses generally associated with publicly-traded companies.

 
      Income Taxes

      Our income tax expense was $3.2 million during the first quarter of 2002, resulting in an effective income tax rate of 38%, as compared to $2.6 million of income tax expense, a 43% effective tax rate, during the first quarter of 2001. A higher level of pre-tax income primarily produced a higher income tax expense in the first

38


 

quarter of 2002. Income taxes totaled $9.5 million for 2001, resulting in an effective income tax rate of 35% for the year. In comparison, during 2000 and 1999, our income tax expense was $9.6 million and $8.0 million, respectively. Our effective income tax rate was approximately 52% and 41% for the years ended December 31, 2000, and 1999, respectively. The higher effective tax rate during 2000 and 1999, as compared to 2001, was primarily due to certain legal fees that were not fully deductible for tax purposes. In connection with the acquisition of the Bank, we acquired state tax net operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences totaling approximately $60 million. In accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, the state income tax benefit of these items was applied against goodwill when recognized, rather than as a reduction of income tax expense. We utilized all of the acquired net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $34 million by the end of 1999.
 
Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

      On January 1, 1999, we adopted Statement of Position 98-5 (SOP 98-5), “Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities,” which requires that the cost of start-up activities and organization costs be expensed as incurred. The initial adoption of SOP 98-5 resulted in a charge of $214,000, net of a tax benefit of $146,000, and is reported in our Consolidated Statements of Income as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. The charge represents remaining organization costs associated with the acquisition of the Bank that had not yet been fully amortized.

 
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

      The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto presented in this prospectus have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, which require the measurement of our financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the effects of the general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or, to the same extent, as the price of goods and services.

Financial Condition

      Our total assets increased slightly during the first three months of 2002 to reach $2.41 billion at March 31, 2002. An increase in loans accounted for most of the increase. Total stockholders’ equity increased $2.1 million during the first three months of 2002 to $173.0 million at March 31, 2002. Total assets were $2.39 billion at December 31, 2001, an increase of $127.3 million, or 5.6%, over total assets of $2.26 billion at December 31, 2000. Loan growth of $128.4 million produced the majority of the increase. During 2001, the growth in our total assets was primarily funded with a $90.9 million increase in deposits and higher FHLB advances of $35.0 million. Stockholders’ equity rose to $170.9 million at December 31, 2001 as compared to $157.3 million at December 31, 2000.

      For the first quarter of 2002, average interest earning assets increased $118.2 million, or 5.5% to total $2.28 billion, as compared to $2.16 billion during the first quarter of 2001. A $134.6 million increase in average loan balances produced the increase in average interest-earning assets. Average interest-earning assets totaled $2.22 billion in 2001, an increase of 5.4%, or $112.9 million, as compared to $2.11 billion of average earning assets in 2000. Loan growth of $109.7 million accounted for most of the increase between the two periods. Average interest earning assets in 2000 increased $256.2 million, or 13.9%, over average interest earning assets of $1.85 billion during 1999. Loan growth was also the primary contributor to the expanded level of interest earning assets during 2000.

 
Interest-bearing Cash Equivalents

      Interest-bearing cash equivalents consist of federal funds sold, deposits with the Federal Home Loan Bank, and investments in money market mutual funds managed by other financial institutions. These

39


 

balances are overnight or over weekend investments and are maintained primarily for liquidity management purposes.
 
Investment Securities

      Our investment portfolio primarily serves as a source of income and secondarily as a source of liquidity and for interest rate risk management purposes. In managing our investment portfolio within the composition of the entire balance sheet, we balance our earnings, credit and interest rate risk, and liquidity considerations, with a goal of maximizing longer-term overall profitability.

      The following tables present the composition and maturities of our investment portfolio by major category as of the dates indicated:

                                                   
Available-for-Sale Held-to-Maturity Total



Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated
Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value






(in thousands)
March 31, 2002:
                                               
U.S. government agency securities
  $ 150,742     $ 152,861     $     $     $ 150,742     $ 152,861  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    221,589       221,886                   221,589       221,886  
Mortgage-backed securities
    71,864       73,537                   71,864       73,537  
State and municipal obligations
    59,580       59,833                   59,580       59,833  
Other debt securities
                850       890       850       890  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 503,775     $ 508,117     $ 850     $ 890     $ 504,625     $ 509,007  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
December 31, 2001:
                                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 10,013     $ 10,078     $     $     $ 10,013     $ 10,078  
U.S. government agency securities
    140,710       144,011                   140,710       144,011  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    192,073       193,985                   192,073       193,985  
Mortgage-backed securities
    80,820       82,647                   80,820       82,647  
State and municipal obligations
    62,317       62,637                   62,317       62,637  
Other debt securities
                850       900       850       900  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 485,933     $ 493,358     $ 850     $ 900     $ 486,783     $ 494,258  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
December 31, 2000:
                                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 55,101     $ 55,295     $     $     $ 55,101     $ 55,295  
U.S. government agency securities
    173,526       176,753                   173,526       176,753  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    123,442       124,105                   123,442       124,105  
Mortgage-backed securities
    83,545       84,076                   83,545       84,076  
State and municipal obligations
                69,108       69,962       69,108       69,962  
Other debt securities
                850       868       850       868  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 435,614     $ 440,229     $ 69,958     $ 70,830     $ 505,572     $ 511,059  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

40


 

                                                   
Available-for-Sale Held-to-Maturity Total



Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated Amortized Estimated
Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value Cost Fair Value






(in thousands)
December 31, 1999:
                                               
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 55,182     $ 54,884     $     $     $ 55,182     $ 54,884  
U.S. government agency securities
    111,491       110,324                   111,491       110,324  
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    109,344       106,928                   109,344       106,928  
Mortgage-backed securities
    94,529       92,184                   94,529       92,184  
State and municipal obligations
                68,242       67,669       68,242       67,669  
Other debt securities
                850       839       850       839  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 370,546     $ 364,320     $ 69,092     $ 68,508     $ 439,638     $ 432,828  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Investment securities do not include investments in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock of $10.7 million, $10.6 million, $10.2 million, and $14.0 million, at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. These investments are stated at cost.

     At March 31, 2002, our investment portfolio totaled $509.0 million, an increase of $14.8 million over year-end 2001. Most of the growth in investments during the first three months of 2002 occurred in collateralized mortgage obligations. As of December 31, 2001, our investment portfolio was $494.2 million, a decrease of $16.0 million as compared to the $510.2 million investment portfolio at December 31, 2000. During 2001, we used a portion of the proceeds from maturing securities and principal repayments on mortgage related securities to reduce our wholesale funding. We restructured a portion of our portfolio by selling approximately $77 million of available-for-sale government agency securities that were scheduled to mature over the next two years, and reinvested the proceeds from those sales in longer-term mortgage related securities. This restructuring lengthened the duration of our portfolio. The sales generated a pre-tax gain of approximately $2.2 million. In addition, on January 1, 2001, upon adoption of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” we made a one-time transfer of our state and municipal obligations, with a carrying value of $69.1 million, from the held-to-maturity classification to the available-for-sale classification. Upon reclassification, we recorded a gross unrealized gain of $854,000, a deferred tax liability of $299,000, and a net increase to stockholders’ equity of $555,000.

      In 2000, our investment portfolio increased $76.8 million as compared to the $433.4 million portfolio at year-end 1999. Most of this increase occurred in government agency securities and collateralized mortgage obligations. We increased our portfolio primarily to support higher levels of collateralized deposits and borrowings.

      In March 1999, we executed a modest restructuring of our portfolio. Approximately $50 million of short-maturity U.S. Treasury securities were sold, and the proceeds were reinvested in longer-term Treasury, government agency and mortgage-backed securities, thereby lengthening the duration of the portfolio.

41


 

 
Investment Portfolio — Maturity and Yields

      The following table summarizes the contractual maturity of investment securities and their weighted average yields:

                                                                                       
As of March 31, 2002

After One but After Five but
Within Within Five Within Ten After
One Year Years Years Ten Years Total





Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Amount Yield Total Yield










(in thousands)
Available-for-sale securities(1):
                                                                               
 
U.S. government agency securities
  $       %   $ 152,861       4.81 %   $       %   $       %   $ 152,861       4.81 %
 
Mortgage-backed securities(2)
    18,292       6.20       39,505       6.22       15,503       6.20       237       8.34       73,537       6.22  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations(2)
    14,231       5.38       170,548       6.08       37,107       6.11                   221,886       6.04  
 
States and political subdivisions(3)
    6,764       8.18       22,406       7.68       6,629       7.06       24,034       7.68       59,833       7.67  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total available-for-sale
    39,287       6.25       385,320       5.68       59,239       6.24       24,271       7.68       508,117       5.89  
Held-to-maturity securities(4):
                                                                               
Other debt securities
    25       6.00       550       7.98       275       7.12                   850       7.64  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total held-to-maturity
    25       6.00       550       7.98       275       7.12                   850       7.64  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total securities
  $ 39,312       6.25 %   $ 385,870       5.69 %   $ 59,514       6.24 %   $ 24,271       7.68 %   $ 508,967       5.89 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Based on estimated fair value.
 
(2)  Maturities of mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations, or CMOs, are based on anticipated lives of the underlying mortgages, not contractual maturities. CMO maturities are based on cash flow (or payment) windows derived from broker market consensus.
 
(3)  Rates on obligations of states and political subdivisions have been adjusted to tax equivalent yields using a 35% income tax rate.
 
(4)  Based on amortized cost.

     Investments in U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government agency securities are generally considered to have low credit risk. Our mortgage-backed securities holdings consist principally of direct “pass through” securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association, or FNMA, and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or FHLMC. These securities are also considered to have low credit risk, but do possess market value risk due to the prepayment risk associated with mortgage-backed securities. Our CMO holdings consist of (1) planned amortization class securities and (2) high-coupon, sequential-paying securities (also known as synthetic premiums because the coupons on these securities exceed those on the underlying mortgage loans), both of which are backed by fixed-rate, single-family mortgage loans. Although CMOs are guaranteed as to principal and interest by certain agencies, primarily FNMA and FHLMC, they possess market risk due to the prepayment risk associated with the underlying collateral.

      We generally invest in state and municipal investment securities that are rated investment grade by nationally recognized rating organizations. Some municipal issues, however, which are restricted to our local market area, are not rated and undergo the Bank’s standard underwriting procedures for loan transactions. We also have investments in Federal Reserve Bank stock and Federal Home Loan Bank stock which are required to be maintained for various purposes. At March 31, 2002, we held no securities of any single issuer, other than the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agency securities, that exceeded 10% of stockholders’ equity. Although we hold securities issued by municipalities within the State of Illinois that, in the aggregate, exceed 10% of stockholders’ equity, none of the holdings from any individual municipal issue exceed this threshold.

      Approximately 61% of our investment securities portfolio at March 31, 2002 are used as collateral for public funds deposits and securities sold under agreements to repurchase.

42


 

 
Loan Portfolio

      Our primary source of income is interest on loans. The following table presents the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan as of the dates indicated:

                                                   
As of December 31,
As of March 31,
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997






(in thousands)
Commercial and industrial
  $ 536,071     $ 521,592     $ 481,812     $ 453,170     $ 462,447     $ 436,325  
Commercial real estate
    375,692       354,214       353,043       348,592       287,537       235,181  
Real estate — construction
    355,418       380,674       328,856       260,972       232,018       179,855  
Residential real estate — mortgages
    146,475       160,699       188,766       183,427       150,930       165,258  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
    604       1,147       7,004       8,917       42,257       31,771  
Home equity loans and lines of credit
    305,363       273,133       209,870       172,009       142,170       127,068  
Consumer
    43,143       47,572       40,414       27,317       18,102       27,610  
Other loans
    1,148       3,461       2,836       3,272       1,806       2,448  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross loans
    1,763,914       1,742,492       1,612,601       1,457,676       1,337,267       1,205,516  
Less: Unearned discount
    (774 )     (855 )     (909 )     (871 )     (1,286 )     (1,079 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total loans
    1,763,140       1,741,637       1,611,692       1,456,805       1,335,981       1,204,437  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    (32,494 )     (31,118 )     (29,568 )     (26,261 )     (24,599 )     (25,813 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Loans, net
  $ 1,730,646     $ 1,710,519     $ 1,582,124     $ 1,430,544     $ 1,311,382     $ 1,178,624  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

      At March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, our gross loans totaled $1.76 billion, $1.74 billion, $1.61 billion, and $1.46 billion, respectively. The increase in loans during these periods was primarily due to growth in the commercial and industrial, real estate-construction, home equity loans and lines of credit, and consumer loan portfolios.

      Commercial and industrial loans, the largest component of our loan portfolio, were $536.1 million, $521.6 million, $481.8 million, and $453.2 million, at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. These loans represented 30% of our loan portfolio at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, and 31% of the loan portfolio at December 31, 1999. Commercial and industrial loans are one of our core products and the continued growth in these loans is a result of our marketing efforts that emphasize the Bank’s commercial banking capabilities.

      Loans secured by commercial real estate totaled $375.7 million, $354.2 million, $353.0 million, and $348.6 million at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. Our commercial real estate loans as a percentage of total loans was 21% at March 31, 2002, as compared to 20%, 22% and 24% at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Our commercial real estate loans are primarily collateralized by commercial owner-occupied properties and, to a lesser degree, investment properties.

      Our real estate-construction loans have increased in recent periods and totaled $355.4 million as compared to $380.7 million, $328.9 million and $261.0 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The portfolio, as a percentage of gross loans, was 20%, 22%, 20%, and 18% at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively. These loans consist primarily of loans to professional home builders and developers and have increased in recent years primarily because of increased home building in the Chicago metropolitan area. The recent weak economic conditions, however, could lead to reduced residential home building, possibly limiting future growth in this portfolio.

      At March 31, 2002, residential real estate-mortgages totaled $146.5 million or 8% of our total loan portfolio. This portfolio totaled $160.7 million, $188.8 million and $183.4 million at December 31, 2001, 2000

43


 

and 1999, respectively, representing 9%, 12% and 13% of the total loan portfolio at these dates, respectively. Historically, we have retained only nonconforming adjustable-rate mortgage products, or ARMs, for our portfolio.

      Mortgage loans held-for-sale totaled $604,000 at March 31, 2002 and $1.1 million at December 31, 2001. Mortgage loans held-for-sale are stated at the lower of aggregate cost or aggregate fair value as determined by outstanding commitments from investors or current market prices for loans with no sale commitments. Historically, we have used forward commitments to sell mortgage loans to manage our interest rate risk exposure. In September 2001, we decided to discontinue origination of mortgages for sale into the secondary market. Consequently, we anticipate that our mortgage loans held-for-sale should continue to decline. We will continue to originate first mortgage loans for our core customers and, generally, retain those loans for our portfolio.

      Home equity loans and lines of credit outstanding totaled $305.4 million, $273.1 million, $209.9 million and $172.0 million, as of March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. The continued growth has resulted in an increase as a percentage of the total loan portfolio to 17%, 16%, 13% and 12%, of gross loans at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. At March 31, 2002, approximately 39% of our home equity loans and lines, after giving effect to any outstanding first mortgage loans, exceeded 80% of the appraised value of the underlying real estate collateral. The Bank’s general underwriting guidelines do not allow lines in excess of 100% of appraised value. Approximately 61% of our outstanding home equity loans and lines were sourced through mortgage brokers, but were still subject to the Bank’s underwriting standards.

      Consumer loans were $43.1 million at March 31, 2002. This portfolio was $47.6 million, $40.4 million and $27.3 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. At March 31, 2002, of consumer loans, 52% were indirect manufactured home loans, 25% were indirect auto and boat loans, 10% were direct auto loans , 4% were credit card loans, and the remaining 9% were other personal secured and unsecured loans. In mid-2001, we decided to discontinue the origination of indirect auto and manufactured homes. Consequently, we expect our indirect consumer loan portfolio to decline in 2002. The increase in consumer loans during 2001 and prior was primarily due to higher indirect loans, including auto and manufactured home loans. Our consumer loan portfolio represented 2%, 3%, 3% and 2%, of gross loans at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

      The following table shows our maturity distribution of loans as of the dates indicated:

                                                   
As of March 31, 2002

One Year Over 1 Year Through
or Less 5 Years Over 5 Years



Floating or Floating or
Fixed Adjustable Fixed Adjustable
Rate Rate Rate Rate Total





(in thousands)
Commercial and commercial real estate
  $ 375,740     $ 304,506     $ 159,533     $ 69,412     $ 2,572     $ 911,763  
Real estate — construction
    215,128       34,337       98,785       7,168             355,418  
Residential real estate — mortgages
    5,197       10,802       6,153       34,951       89,372       146,475  
Mortgage loans held-for-sale
    604                               604  
Home equity loans and lines of credit
    7,260       106,936       16,946       24,415       149,806       305,363  
Consumer
    9,629       12,599       20       20,319       576       43,143  
Other loans
    1,148                               1,148  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 614,706     $ 469,180     $ 281,437     $ 156,265     $ 242,326     $ 1,763,914  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Maturities are based upon contractual dates. Demand loans are included in the one year or less category and totaled $1.3 million as of March 31, 2002.

44


 

 
Nonperforming Loans and Assets

      Lending officers and their managers are responsible for continuous review of present and estimated future performance of the loans within their assigned portfolio and for risk rating such loans in accordance with the Bank’s risk rating system. Delinquency reports are reviewed continuously by responsible officers. In addition, on a quarterly basis, loans graded below a designated level are reviewed by the responsible officer with the oversight of an independent loan review function. During such reviews, consideration is given to placing the loan on a nonaccrual status, the need for an additional allowance for loan loss, and, if appropriate, a partial or full charge-off. Loans are generally placed on a nonaccrual basis for recognition of interest income when sufficient doubt exists as to the full collection of principal and interest. The nonrecognition of interest income on an accrual basis does not constitute forgiveness of the interest. After a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any current period interest previously accrued but not yet collected is reversed against current income. Interest is included in income subsequent to the date the loan is placed on nonaccrual status only as interest is received and so long as management is satisfied that there is a high probability that principal will be collected in full. The loan is returned to accrual status only when the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled.

      The following table sets forth the amounts of nonperforming loans and other assets as of the dates indicated:

                                                   
As of December 31,
As of March 31,
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997






(in thousands)
Loans contractually past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest
  $ 3,797     $ 3,744     $ 4,487     $ 3,717     $ 2,618     $ 2,009  
Nonaccrual loans
    11,447       13,656       6,684       10,800       11,365       11,624  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total nonperforming loans
    15,244       17,400       11,171       14,517       13,983       13,633  
Other real estate
    54       322       153       828       3,185       1,391  
Other repossessed assets
    144       247       132       136       83       72  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total nonperforming assets
  $ 15,442     $ 17,969     $ 11,456     $ 15,481     $ 17,251     $ 15,096  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Nonperforming loans to total loans
    0.86 %     1.00 %     0.69 %     1.00 %     1.05 %     1.13 %
Nonperforming assets to total loans plus repossessed property
    0.88 %     1.03 %     0.71 %     1.06 %     1.29 %     1.25 %
Nonperforming assets to total assets
    0.64 %     0.75 %     0.51 %     0.76 %     0.90 %     0.81 %
 
Allowance for Loan Losses

      We have established an allowance for loan losses to provide for loans in our portfolio that may not be repaid in their entirety. We establish what we believe to be an appropriate allowance for the portfolio as a whole, including but not limited to the nonperforming component in our portfolio and the classification of certain assets as nonperforming in accordance with established regulatory and management policies. See “Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for loan loss” for additional information.

      The adequacy of our allowance for loan losses is monitored by our internal credit administration and loan review staff and reported to management and our Board of Directors. Although management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate to absorb probable losses on existing loans that may become uncollectable, there can be no assurance that our allowance will prove sufficient to cover actual loan losses in

45


 

the future. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to make additional provisions to the allowance based upon their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examinations.

      The following table shows an analysis of our consolidated allowance for loan losses and other related data:

                                                     
For the Three Period from
Months Ended Year Ended December 31, February 12, 1997
March 31,
to
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 December 31, 1997






(in thousands)
Average total loans
  $ 1,758,626     $ 1,660,082     $ 1,550,403     $ 1,394,158     $ 1,260,533     $ 1,211,559  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total loans at end of period
  $ 1,763,140     $ 1,741,637     $ 1,611,692     $ 1,456,805     $ 1,335,981     $ 1,204,437  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Allowance for loan losses:
                                               
Allowance at beginning of period
  $ 31,118     $ 29,568     $ 26,261     $ 24,599     $ 25,813     $ 24,607  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Charge-Offs:
                                               
 
Commercial and commercial real estate
    (1,459 )     (7,987 )     (3,862 )     (4,649 )     (6,157 )     (2,201 )
 
Real estate — construction
                                   
 
Residential real estate — mortgages
    (5 )     (96 )     (136 )     (122 )     (289 )     (178 )
 
Consumer and other
    (252 )     (914 )     (952 )     (1,394 )     (1,141 )     (1,151 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total charge-offs
    (1,716 )     (8,997 )     (4,950 )     (6,165 )     (7,587 )     (3,530 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Recoveries:
                                               
 
Commercial and commercial real estate
    577       615       661       1,591       947       394  
 
Real estate — construction
                                   
 
Residential real estate — mortgages
                8       38       70       27  
 
Consumer and other
    40       232       134       198       221       254  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total recoveries
    617       847       803       1,827       1,238       675  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net charge-offs
    (1,099 )     (8,150 )     (4,147 )     (4,338 )     (6,349 )     (2,855 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Provision for loan losses
    2,475       9,700       7,454       6,000       5,135       4,061  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Allowance at end of period
  $ 32,494     $ 31,118     $ 29,568     $ 26,261     $ 24,599     $ 25,813  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net charge-offs to average total loans(1)
    0.25 %     0.49 %     0.27 %     0.31 %     0.50 %     0.27 %
Allowance to total loans at end of period
    1.84 %     1.79 %     1.83 %     1.80 %     1.84 %     2.14 %
Allowance to non-performing loans
    213.16 %     178.84 %     264.69 %     180.90 %     175.92 %     189.34 %


(1)  This ratio is annualized for the three month period ended March 31, 2002 and for the period of February 12, 1997 to December 31, 1997.

     Net charge-offs were $1.1 million, or 0.25% of average loan balances, during the first three months of 2002. In comparison, net charge-offs during 2001 were $8.2 million, or 0.49%, of average loan balances, $4.1 million during 2000, or 0.27%, of average loan balances, and $4.3 million, or 0.31%, of average loan balances in 1999. Approximately one-half of our charge-offs in 2001 related to two problem commercial credits. Our level of non-performing loans was $15.2 million at March 31, 2002 and $17.4 million,

46


 

$11.2 million and $14.5 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. We have experienced an increase in the level of non-performing loans and non-performing assets in recent periods, in addition to a higher level of net charge-offs, because of weaker overall economic conditions. If the current economic downturn continues, we may experience a higher level of net charge-offs in the future. Management believes that our allowance for loan losses is adequate.

      Consumer loan charge-offs include charge-offs relating to credit card loans, indirect and direct auto loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, overdrafts and all other types of consumer loans.

      The table below presents an allocation of the allowance for loan losses among the various loan categories and sets forth the percentage of loans in each category to gross loans. The allocation of the allowance for loan losses as shown in the table should neither be interpreted as an indication of future charge-offs, nor as an indication that charge-offs in future periods will necessarily occur in these amounts or in the indicated proportions.

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

                                                                                                   
As of December 31,

As of March 31,
2002 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997






Loan Loan Loan Loan Loan Loan
Category Category Category Category Category Category
to Gross to Gross to Gross to Gross to Gross to Gross
Amount Loans(1) Amount Loans(1) Amount Loans(1) Amount Loans(1) Amount Loans(1) Amount Loans(1)












(in thousands)
Allocated:
                                                                                               
 
Commercial and commercial real estate
  $ 18,235       51.7 %   $ 17,516       50.3 %   $ 16,697       51.9 %   $ 14,031       55.3 %   $ 13,115       57.9 %   $ 11,741       57.1 %
Real estate — construction
    5,331       20.2       5,710       21.9       4,933       20.5       4,567       18.0       4,060       17.9       3,147       15.3  
Residential real estate — mortgages
    366       8.3       402       9.2       472       11.8       1,834       12.7       1,509       11.8       1,661       14.2  
Consumer and other
    2,191       19.8       2,131       18.6       1,698       15.8       2,479       14.0       1,868       12.4       1,817       13.4  
Unallocated
    6,371             5,359             5,768             3,350             4,047             7,447        
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total allowance for loan losses
  $ 32,494       100.0 %   $ 31,118       100.0 %   $ 29,568       100.0 %   $ 26,261       100.0 %   $ 24,599       100.0 %   $ 25,813       100.0 %
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Excludes mortgage loans held-for-sale.

 
Nonearning Assets

      We had goodwill and other intangible assets of $24.3 million at March 31, 2002, as compared to $24.4 million at December 31, 2001 and $26.8 million at December 31, 2000. Of the total balance at March 31, 2002, $23.4 million relates to goodwill from our acquisition of the Bank that is no longer subject to amortization beginning on January 1, 2002. Instead, this goodwill will be tested annually for impairment. Amortization expense on goodwill was $579,000 during the first quarter of 2001 and $2.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2001. We also have intangible assets of $965,000, mainly associated with our purchase of the trust and asset management business of another financial institution in October 2000. These intangible assets continue to be amortized over the expected useful life of the assets.

      Premises, leasehold improvements and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization, totaled $20.1 million at March 31, 2002 as compared to $20.8 million at December 31, 2001 and $21.4 million at December 31, 2000. We expect that our current occupancy expenses can be utilized in a more effective manner and we have engaged a national real estate consulting firm to evaluate the efficiency of our current facilities. We have no definitive agreements regarding acquisition or disposition of owned or leased facilities and, for the near-term future, we do not expect significant changes in our total occupancy expense. However,

47


 

the timing and amount of capital expenditures and recoveries will likely be asynchronous. We expect total net capital investment to be less than $5.0 million over the next 2 years.
 
Deposits

      Our core deposits consist of noninterest and interest-bearing demand deposits, savings deposits, certificates of deposit, certain public funds and core customer repurchase agreements. Our customer repurchase agreements are reported as short-term borrowings. We also use brokered and other out-of-market certificates of deposit and FHLB advances to support our asset base.

      The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the distribution of our average deposit account balances and average cost of funds on each category of deposits:

                                                                                                       
Year Ended December 31,

For the Three Months
Ended March 31, 2002 2001 2000 1999




Percent Percent Percent Percent
Average of Average of Average of Average of
Balance Deposits Rate Balance Deposits Rate Balance Deposits Rate Balance Deposits Rate












(in thousands)
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
  $ 342,969       18.78 %     %   $ 333,000       18.78 %     %   $ 322,073       19.01 %     %   $ 318,287       21.22 %     %
Interest-bearing demand deposits
    674,446       36.93       1.52       527,905       29.77       2.70       413,515       24.40       3.60       371,020       24.74       3.10  
Savings deposits
    88,924       4.87       0.90       88,531       4.99       1.33       95,182       5.62       1.53       105,215       7.02       1.69  
Time deposits:
                                                                                               
 
Certificates of deposit
    519,834       28.47       3.66       566,841       31.97       5.19       537,243       31.70       5.80       470,415       31.36       4.99  
 
Brokered certificates of deposit
    127,693       6.99       4.14       159,470       8.99       6.02       218,941       12.92       6.51       122,150       8.14       5.41  
 
Public Funds
    72,322       3.96       2.51       97,578       5.50       4.84       107,632       6.35       6.25       112,743       7.52       5.12  
     
     
             
     
             
     
             
     
         
   
Total time deposits
    719,849       39.42       3.63       823,889       46.46       5.31       863,816       50.97       6.03       705,308       47.02       5.08  
     
     
             
     
             
     
             
     
         
     
Total deposits
  $ 1,826,188       100.00 %           $ 1,773,325       100.00 %           $ 1,694,586       100.00 %           $ 1,499,830       100.00 %        
     
     
             
     
             
     
             
     
         

      Average deposits balances grew by $52.9 million, or 3.0%, to $1.83 billion during the first three months of 2002. Most of the increase occurred in money market account balances, while a decline in time deposits partly offset this increase. Average deposits were $1.77 billion for the year ended December 31, 2001, an increase of $78.7 million, or 4.6%, over average deposit balances in 2000. The increase primarily occurred in money market accounts because of a few large-deposit commercial customers. Our mix of time deposits changed as brokered certificates of deposits declined while core customer certificates of deposits increased. Core customer time deposits are generally less costly than brokered certificates of deposit for the same term. Average deposits increased $194.8 million, or 13.0%, during 2000 as compared to 1999. Most of this increase occurred in time deposits, which increased $158.5 million. Approximately 60% of the increase in time deposits was in brokered certificates of deposit.

      Over the years, our earning asset growth has exceeded our core deposit growth, which has resulted in our use of brokered and out-of-market certificates of deposit and other borrowed funds. We offer certificates of deposit to out-of-market customers by providing rates to a private third-party electronic system that provides certificate of deposit rates from institutions across the country to its subscribers. These certificates of deposit are generally issued at amounts of $100,000 or less as the purchasers seek to maintain full FDIC deposit insurance protection. The balance of certificates of deposit obtained through this marketing medium was $56.0 million at March 31, 2002, as compared to $50.7 million, $39.5 million and $37.5 million at December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. We also issue brokered certificates of deposit. The balance of our brokered certificates of deposit was $154.1 $111.8 million, $195.9 million and $162.6 million at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Under FDIC regulations, only “well-capitalized” institutions may fund themselves with brokered certificates of deposit without the prior regulatory approval. The Bank is categorized as “well-capitalized.” Adverse operating results at the Bank or changes in industry

48


 

conditions or overall market liquidity could lead to our inability to replace brokered deposits at maturity, which could result in higher costs to, or reduced asset levels of, the Bank.

      Municipal deposits, consisting of public fund time deposits and repurchase agreements with state and local governments, are an important funding source for the Bank. Total municipal deposits and repurchase agreements approximated $171 million, $164 million, $163 million and $168 million at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. Most of these deposits are collateralized by investment securities in our investment portfolio.

      Time deposits, including public funds, in denominations of $100,000 or more totaled $257.4 million at March 31, 2002. The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more at March 31, 2002:

           
March 31,
2002

(in thousands)
3 months or less
  $ 122,453  
Between 3 months and 6 months
    100,328  
Between 6 months and 12 months
    30,752  
Over 12 months
    3,915  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 257,448  
     
 
 
Short-Term Borrowings

      We also use short-term borrowings to support our asset base. Our short-term borrowings include federal funds purchased, securities sold under agreements to repurchase and U.S. Treasury tax and loan note option accounts. The federal funds purchased are primarily noncollateralized funds obtained from financial institutions where the Bank acts as one of the selling institution’s primary correspondent banks. The securities sold under agreement to repurchase are primarily collateralized financing transactions and are primarily executed with core Bank customers. At March 31, 2002, our short-term borrowings totaled $247.2 million as compared to $245.0 million and $249.8 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. Average short-term borrowings for the first three months of 2002 were $247.7 million, as compared to $247.4 million and $224.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. At March 31, 2002 subject to available collateral, the Bank had $115 million and $525 million of pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowings and repurchase agreement lines, respectively.

      The following table shows categories of short-term borrowings having average balances during the period greater than 30% of stockholders’ equity at the end of each period. During each reported period, securities sold under repurchase agreements was the only category meeting this criteria.

                                   
For the Three
Months Ended Year Ended December 31,
March 31,
2002 2001 2000 1999




(in thousands)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements:
                               
 
Balance at period end
  $ 211,150     $ 219,816     $ 205,681     $ 132,744  
 
Weighted average interest rate at period end
    1.52 %     1.53 %     5.59 %     3.18 %
 
Maximum amount outstanding(1)
  $ 211,150     $ 258,029     $ 256,281     $ 181,932  
 
Average amount outstanding during the period
  $ 209,003     $ 202,781     $ 204,757     $ 161,745  
 
Weighted average interest rate during the period
    1.55 %     3.63 %     5.51 %     4.52 %


(1)  Based on amount outstanding at month end during each period.

49


 

 
Notes Payable and FHLB Advances

      Notes payable and FHLB advances consist of our revolving and term debt and the Bank’s FHLB advances. Borrowings from the FHLB totaled $112.0 million, $85.0 million and $50.0 million at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. At March 31, 2002, the Bank’s FHLB advances were collateralized by $222.2 million of qualified first mortgage residential loans, $8.2 million of investment securities and $5.9 million of FHLB stock. At December 31, 2001, the Bank’s FHLB advances were collateralized by $216.8 million of qualified first mortgage residential loans, $10.9 million of investment securities and $5.8 million of FHLB stock. At December 31, 2000, the advances were collateralized by $209.9 million of qualified first mortgage residential loans, $20.4 million of investment securities and $5.4 million of FHLB stock. Based on the value of collateral pledged at March 31, 2002, the Bank had additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB of $29.6 million. For additional details of the FHLB advances, see Note 12 “Notes Payable and FHLB Advances” from our December 31, 2001 audited financial statements.

      At March 31, 2002, we had a $23.0 million term loan and a $12.0 million revolving credit facility, of which $4.2 million was outstanding. In comparison, at December 31, 2001 and 2000, the outstanding balance of our term loan was $23.0 million. The outstanding balance of the revolving credit facility had $3.0 million and $4.0 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. In 2001, the term loan was amended to waive the $1.0 million principal reduction scheduled for February 2001 until the loan matures. In contemplation of a settlement of our outstanding litigation, we have received a commitment from our lender to increase the term loan to $38.0 million and extend the maturity for five years with substantially the same interest rate terms. Our term loan and revolving credit facility are secured by the Bank common stock owned by us. The loan agreement requires compliance with certain defined financial covenants relating to the Bank, including covenants related to regulatory capital, return on average assets, and nonperforming assets and leverage. As of March 31, 2002, we were not aware of any instances of non-compliance.

Capital Resources

      We monitor compliance with bank regulatory capital requirements, focusing primarily on the risk-based capital guidelines. Under the risk-based capital method of capital measurement, the ratio computed is dependent on the amount and composition of assets recorded on the balance sheet and the amount and composition of off-balance sheet items, in addition to the level of capital. Generally, Tier I capital includes common stockholders’ equity and our noncumulative perpetual preferred stock less goodwill. Total capital represents Tier I capital plus the allowance for loan loss, subject to certain limits.

      During the first three months of 2002, our capital ratios and the Bank’s capital ratios declined slightly. The slightly lower ratios were caused by growth in risk weighted and average assets that outpaced earnings retained. During 2001, both our and the Bank’s capital ratios increased over the 2000 ratios, as earnings retained were greater than that required to cover asset growth. In 2000, capital ratios declined from the 1999 levels because of the significant asset growth, primarily in the commercial loan and the real estate — construction loan portfolios. The Bank’s dividend payout as a percentage of Bank net income was 63%, 58%, 62% and 58%, for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

50


 

      Management recognizes the need to effectively manage the Bank’s capital levels to remain above the regulatory “well capitalized” guidelines as it relates to asset growth. Our and the Bank’s capital ratios were as follows for the dates indicated:

                                                     
To be Well Capitalized
For Capital Adequacy Under Prompt Corrective
Actual Purposes Action Provision



Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio






(in thousands)
As of March 31, 2002:
                                               
 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
  $ 167,718       8.94 %     >$150,073       >8.00 %     N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    197,686       10.54       >150,018       >8.00       >$187,523       >10.00 %
 
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    144,157       7.68       >75,036       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    174,133       9.29       >75,009       >4.00       >112,514       >6.00  
 
Leverage (to average assets) Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    144,157       6.08       >94,901       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    174,133       7.34       >94,857       >4.00       >118,571       >5.00  
 
As of December 31, 2001:
                                               
 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
  $ 162,446       8.96 %     >$145,070       >8.00 %     N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    194,409       10.72       >145,114       >8.00       >$181,392       >10.00 %
 
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    139,674       7.70       >72,535       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    171,631       9.46       >72,557       >4.00       >108,835       >6.00  
 
Leverage (to average assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    139,674       5.99       >93,252       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    171,631       7.37       >93,190       >4.00       >116,488       >5.00  
 
As of December 31, 2000:
                                               
 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
  $ 146,949       8.51 %     >$138,155       >8.00 %     N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    180,966       10.47       >138,258       >8.00       >$172,823       >10.00 %
 
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    125,264       7.25       >69,078       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    159,265       9.22       >69,129       >4.00       >103,694       >6.00  
 
Leverage (to average assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    125,264       5.55       >90,216       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    159,265       7.06       >90,249       >4.00       >112,811       >5.00  
 
As of December 31, 1999:
                                               
 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
  $ 141,876       9.03 %     >$125,753       >8.00 %     N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    168,040       10.68       >125,835       >8.00       >$157,294       >10.00 %
 
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    122,130       7.77       >62,876       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    147,940       9.41       >62,918       >4.00       >94,376       >6.00  
 
Leverage (to average assets)
                                               
   
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 
    122,130       6.11       >79,900       >4.00       N/A          
   
Cole Taylor Bank
    147,940       7.41       >79,819       >4.00       >99,774       >5.00  

51


 

      During the first quarter of 2002, we declared preferred stock dividends of $0.5625 per share, totaling $861,000, and common stock dividends of $0.09 per share, totaling $410,000. In each of the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, we declared preferred stock dividends of $2.25 per share, totaling $3.4 million. In addition, during each of these years we declared common stock dividends of $0.36 per share, totaling $1.6 million in 2001 and approximately $1.7 million in both 2000 and 1999.

      At March 31, 2002, we had purchased 154,320 shares of our common stock, at a cost of $5.3 million, which are held as treasury shares. Under the terms of our ESOP, stock option agreements and the restricted stock program, we are obligated to purchase shares of our stock from terminated employees related to “put” rights. We did not purchase additional treasury stock shares during the first three months of 2002. During the years of 2001, 2000 and 1999, we repurchased 62,206, 61,510 and 30,604 shares of our common stock totaling approximately $2.0 million, $2.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively. We acquired these shares and hold as treasury stock at their purchase price, as determined by a semiannual independent third party appraisal of our common stock. As of March 31, 2002, we were obligated to purchase 17,449 shares of our stock from terminated employees, which was valued by an independent third party appraisal as of December 31, 2001. In addition, we are obligated to purchase 4,499 shares at March 31, 2002 from participants who have elected, based upon their age, to diversify a portion of their ESOP account balance out of our common stock. Both of these purchases of common stock will occur during the second quarter of 2002.

Liquidity

      In addition to the normal influx of liquidity from core deposit growth, together with repayments and maturities of loans and investments, the Bank utilizes brokered and national certificate of deposit markets, FHLB borrowings, broker/ dealer repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased to meet its liquidity needs. The FHLB borrowings are collateralized by the Bank’s first mortgage residential loans and FHLB stock. Based on the value of collateral pledged at March 31, 2002, the Bank had additional borrowing capacity at the FHLB of $29.6 million. Pre-approved repurchase agreement availability with major brokers and banks totaled $525 million at March 31, 2002, subject to acceptable unpledged marketable securities available for sale. In addition, the Bank is able to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank using securities or certain commercial loans as collateral through the Borrower-in-Custody Program. The lendable value for the designated commercial loans is 75% and approximated $182 million at March 31, 2002. The Bank also maintains pre-approved overnight federal funds borrowing lines at various correspondent banks, which provided additional short-term borrowing capacity of $115 million at March 31, 2002.

      During the first three months of 2002, asset growth was primarily funded with wholesale funds. During the first quarter of 2002, we increased brokered certificates of deposit balances by $42.3 million and increased our borrowings from the FHLB by $27.0 million. These additional wholesale sources provided funds for asset growth and net deposit outflows. The decline in interest-bearing deposit balances mainly occurred in money market account balances due to withdrawals by a few commercial customers. During the first quarter, cash inflows from operating activities exceeded cash outflows by $3.4 million. We believe that our current sources of funds are adequate to meet all of our financial commitments and asset growth targets for the remainder of 2002. We also increased our borrowings under our revolving credit facility by $1.2 million during the first quarter of 2002.

      During 2001, our asset growth in loans was funded primarily with growth in customer deposits. During the year, most of the growth in customer deposits occurred in the interest-bearing demand category with the largest increase occurring in the money market deposits, mainly due to large deposits by a few commercial customers, some of which transferred the funds from customer repurchase agreements. Funding from wholesale sources declined as average brokered and the national network of certificates of deposit decreased by $56.0 million during 2001. Cash inflows from operating activities exceeded operating cash outflows by $33.4 million.

      During 2000, our asset growth was funded almost equally with deposits and borrowings. Because our earning asset growth outpaced growth in customer deposits, we also used wholesale sources, brokered certificates of deposits and the national certificates of deposit network as a source of additional funds. Average

52


 

brokered and national certificates of deposits increased $106.1 million during 2000 as compared to 1999. Customer deposits increased in certificates of deposit, money market accounts and repurchase agreements. Cash inflows from operating activities exceeded operating cash outflows by $18.8 million. During 2000, borrowings under our revolving credit facility increased $3.5 million and we paid $1.0 million on our term loan.

      During 1999, the asset growth of loans was funded substantially through the issuance of brokered certificates of deposits as loan growth outpaced customer deposit growth. Brokered certificates of deposits increased to $162.6 million at December 31, 1999 as compared to $56.3 million at December 31, 1998. During 1999, we paid $1 million on our term loan and $1 million on our revolving credit facility. Cash inflows from operating activities exceeded cash outflows by $56.4 million during 1999.

      Interest received net of interest paid was the principal source of our operating cash inflows in each of the above periods. Management of investing and financing activities and market conditions determine the level and the stability of our net interest cash flows.

      Our net cash outflows from investing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $40.4 million, $125.9 million, $222.3 million and $166.5 million, respectively. The higher net investing cash outflows experienced in 2000 were primarily due to growth in the investment securities portfolio, which provided additional collateral in that year to support wholesale funding increases.

      Our net cash inflows from financing activities for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 were $14.4 million, $113.5 million, $193.3 million and $120.1 million, respectively. During the first quarter of 2002, net financing cash inflows was mainly provided by increased wholesale borrowings, as deposit balances actually declined during the period. In each of the yearly periods, net financing cash inflows were mainly provided by deposit growth, including repurchase agreements.

      The following table shows, as of March 31, 2002, our obligations and commitments to make future payments under contracts, debt and lease agreements and for maturing time deposits.

                                           
March 31, 2002

Within One One to Three Four to Five After Five
Year Years Years Years Total





(in thousands)
Notes Payable and FHLB advances
  $ 104,200     $ 35,000     $     $     $ 139,200  
Time Deposits
    564,515       155,809       26,610       373       747,307  
Operating Leases(1)
    2,257       3,755       3,307       8,319       17,638  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 670,972     $ 194,564     $ 29,917     $ 8,692     $ 904,145  
     
     
     
     
     
 


(1)  Operating lease data is as of December 31, 2001, which is not materially different from the data as of March 31, 2002.

     At March 31, 2002, we also had $762.5 million of commitments to extend credit and $58.9 million of standby letters of credit. The commitments to extend credit include commitments to originate loans and unused portions of lines of credit. These commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a third party. Such instruments are generally issued for one year or less. Management expects most of our standby letters of credit to expire undrawn.

      Our primary source of funds is dividends received from the Bank. These dividends totaled $4.0 million during the first quarter of 2002. Dividends received from the Bank during the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, totaled $13.0 million, $13.5 million and $10.5 million, respectively. The Bank is subject to dividend restrictions set forth by regulatory authorities, whereby the Bank may not, without prior approval of

53


 

regulatory authorities, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings plus the retained earnings from the prior two years. The dividends, as of March 31, 2002, that the Bank could declare and pay to us, without the approval of regulatory authorities, amounts to approximately $20.4 million. We also have a $12 million revolving credit facility, of which $4.2 million was outstanding at March 31, 2002. We have received a commitment from our lender to increase the term note by $15 million and extend the maturity for an additional five years. This commitment was sought in contemplation of a settlement of the litigation described in the section titled “Litigation and Settlement” in this prospectus.

      As described in Note 1 to our consolidated audited financial statements included in this prospectus and in this prospectus under the caption “Litigation and Settlement,” we continue to pay defense and other legal costs related to certain significant litigation. As these costs are being incurred primarily at the holding company level, our cash needs have increased. Our liquidity uses at the holding company level consist primarily of dividends to shareholders and expenses for general corporate purposes, including legal costs. Our primary source of cash flow is dividends received from the Bank. We believe that the Bank currently has adequate capital to allow continued dividends out of earnings to support our expected liquidity demands arising from normal operations.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risks

      Interest rate risk is the most significant market risk affecting us. Other types of market risk, such as foreign currency risk and commodity price risk, do not arise in the normal course of our business activities. Interest rate risk can be defined as the exposure to a movement in interest rates that could have an adverse effect on our net interest income or the market value of our financial instruments. The ongoing monitoring and management of this risk is an important component of our asset and liability management process, which is governed by policies established by the Board of Directors and carried out by our Asset/Liability Management Committee, or ALCO. ALCO’s objectives are to manage, to the degree prudently possible, our exposure to interest rate risk over both the one year planning cycle and the longer term strategic horizon and, at the same time, to provide a stable and steadily increasing flow of net interest income. Interest rate risk management activities include establishing guidelines for tenor and repricing characteristics of new business flow, the maturity ladder of wholesale funding, investment security purchase and sale strategies and mortgage loan sales, as well as derivative financial instruments.

      We have used various interest rate contracts, such as floors and swaps, and forward sale commitments to manage interest rate and market risk. These contracts are designated as hedges of specific existing assets and liabilities. Our asset and liability management and investment policies do not allow the use of derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

      Our primary measurement of interest rate risk is earnings at risk, which is determined through computerized simulation modeling. The primary simulation model assumes a static balance sheet, using the balances, rates, maturities and repricing characteristics of all of the Bank’s existing assets and liabilities, including off-balance sheet financial instruments. Net interest income is computed by the model assuming market rates remaining unchanged and compares those results to other interest rate scenarios with changes in the magnitude, timing and relationship between various interest rates. At both March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, the Bank modeled a 200 basis point rising rate ramp simulation and a 100 basis points declining rate simulation over a twelve months period. The impact of imbedded options in such products as callable and mortgage-backed securities, real estate mortgage loans and callable borrowings are considered. Changes in net interest income in the rising and declining rate scenarios are then measured against the net interest income in the rates unchanged scenario. ALCO utilizes the results of the model to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to sustained interest rate changes.

      In both the March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 simulations, our models indicated an exposure to declining rates. The net interest income at risk for year one in the falling rate scenario was calculated at $1.5 million, or 1.43% and $1.6 million, or 1.57%, lower than the net interest income in the rates unchanged scenario at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001, respectively. This exposure was well within the Bank’s policy guidelines of 10%. The net interest income for year one in the rising rate scenario was calculated to be

54


 

$204,000, or 0.20%, lower than the net interest income in the rates unchanged scenario at March 31, 2002, but $279,000, or 0.28%, higher at the December 31, 2001 simulation. Computation of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions, including relative levels of market interest rates, loan and security prepayments, deposit decay and pricing and reinvestment strategies and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. Further, the computations do not contemplate any actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates. We cannot assure you that our actual net interest income would increase or decrease by the amounts computed by the simulations. The following table indicates the estimated impact on net interest income under various interest rate scenarios at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001:
                                 
Change in Future Net Interest Income

At March 31, 2002 At December 31, 2001


Dollar Percentage Dollar Percentage
Change in interest rates Change Change Change Change





(in thousands)
+200 basis points over one year
  $ (204 )     (0.20 )%   $ 279       0.28 %
-100 basis points over one year
    (1,462 )     (1.43 )%     (1,579 )     (1.57 )%

      We also monitor the repricing terms of our assets and liabilities through gap matrix reports for the rates in unchanged, rising and falling interest rate scenarios. The reports illustrate, at designated time frames, the dollar amount of assets and liabilities maturing or repricing.

      The following table sets forth the Bank’s, on a stand-alone basis, amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities outstanding at March 31, 2002 which we anticipate, based upon certain assumptions, to reprice or mature in each of the future time periods shown. The projected repricing of assets and liabilities anticipates prepayments and scheduled rate adjustments, as well as contractual maturities under an interest rate unchanged scenario within the selected time intervals. While we believe such assumptions are reasonable, there can be no assurance that assumed repricing rates will approximate our actual future deposit activity.

                                                           
As of March 31, 2002
Volumes Subject to Repricing Within

0-30 31-180 181-365 Over 5
Days Days Days 1-3 Years 3-5 Years Years Total







(in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
                                                       
 
Short-term investments and federal funds sold
  $ 3,547     $     $     $     $     $     $ 3,547  
 
Investment securities and FHLB/Federal Reserve Bank stock
    3,066       15,600       20,646       239,098       146,772       94,501       519,683  
 
Loans
    936,556       113,587       88,477       303,342       219,774       101,404       1,763,140  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total interest-earning assets
    943,169       129,187       109,123       542,440       366,546       195,905       2,286,370  
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                       
 
Interest-bearing checking, savings and money market accounts
    186,472       408,672                         131,275       726,419  
 
Certificates of deposit
    125,603       194,292       244,620       155,809       26,610       373       747,307  
 
Borrowed funds
    259,225             15,000       10,000             75,000       359,225  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total interest-bearing deposits
    571,300       602,964       259,620       165,809       26,610       206,648       1,832,951  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Period gap
  $ 371,869     $ (473,777 )   $ (150,497 )   $ 376,631     $ 339,936     $ (10,743 )   $ 453,419  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cumulative gap
  $ 371,869     $ (101,908 )   $ (252,405 )   $ 124,226     $ 464,162     $ 453,419          
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
Period gap to total assets
    15.48 %     (19.72 )%     (6.26 )%     15.67 %     14.15 %     (0.45 )%        
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
Cumulative gap to total assets
    15.48 %     (4.24 )%     (10.50 )%     (5.17 )%     (19.32 )%     18.87 %        
     
     
     
     
     
     
         
Cumulative interest-earning assets to cumulative interest-bearing liabilities
    165.09 %     91.32 %     82.40 %     107.77 %     128.54 %     124.74 %        
     
     
     
     
     
     
         

55


 

      Certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the gap table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable-rate loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates, both on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. More importantly, changes in interest rates, prepayments and early withdrawal levels may deviate significantly from those assumed in the calculations in the table. As a result of these shortcomings, we focus more on earnings at risk simulation modeling than on gap analysis. Even though the gap analysis reflects a ratio of cumulative gap to total assets within acceptable limits, the earnings at risk simulation modeling is considered by management to be more informative in forecasting future income at risk.

      Finally, we also monitor core funding utilization in each interest rate scenario as well as market value of equity. These measures are used to evaluate long-term interest rate risk beyond the two year planning horizon.

Litigation

      We are from time to time a party to litigation arising in the normal course of business. Except for the proceedings described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement,” management knows of no other threatened or pending legal actions against us that are likely to have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, liquidity or operating results. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement” for further information about pending litigation.

New Accounting Pronouncements

      In June 2001, FASB issued SFAS No. 141 “Business Combinations” and SFAS No. 142 “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.” SFAS No. 141 requires that all business combinations be accounted for under the purchase method, thus eliminating the pooling method of accounting for business combinations. It also provides guidance on the creation of goodwill and other intangible assets during business combinations. SFAS No. 142 addresses how goodwill and other intangible assets should be accounted for after they have been initially recognized. It requires that goodwill no longer be amortized. Instead, goodwill will be tested annually for impairment using specific guidance provided in SFAS 142. SFAS 142 also requires that certain intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized. Intangibles that are not amortized will be subject to annual impairment testing which will compare the fair value of the intangible asset to the recorded value. Intangible assets with finite lives will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and tested for impairment only when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered. Transition provisions of these statements require that initial impairment testing on goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives occur upon adoption and be completed within six months after adoption. We adopted SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002. As of March 31, 2002, we had approximately $23.4 million of goodwill, created from our acquisition of the Bank, which is no longer subject to amortization beginning on January 1, 2002. Amortization expense related to this goodwill totaled $579,000 during the first quarter of 2001 and $2.3 million during the year of 2001. We will test this goodwill asset for impairment during 2002, and then annually thereafter. If at any time impairment exists, as computed by SFAS No. 142, we will record an impairment loss. We also have $965,000 of other intangible assets, related to purchases of trust businesses, which will continue to be amortized.

56


 

      Our goodwill was $23.4 million at both December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002. No additions, disposal, or impairment charges were recorded to goodwill during the first three months of 2002. The following table shows the impact of goodwill amortization expense on net income and basic and diluted earnings per common share for the first quarter of 2002 and 2001.

                   
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,

2002 2001


(in thousands, except
per share amounts)
Reported net income
  $ 5,253     $ 3,381  
Add back: Goodwill amortization
          579  
     
     
 
Adjusted net income
    5,253       3,960  
Less: Preferred dividend requirements
    (861 )     (861 )
     
     
 
Adjusted net income available to common stockholders
  $ 4,392     $ 3,099  
     
     
 
Basic earnings per common share:
               
 
Reported basic earnings per share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.55  
 
Effect of goodwill amortization
          0.13  
     
     
 
 
Adjusted basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.68  
     
     
 
Diluted earnings per common share:
               
 
Reported diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.54  
 
Effect of goodwill amortization
          0.12  
     
     
 
 
Adjusted diluted earnings per common share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.66  
     
     
 

      We also have $965,000 of other intangible assets that relate to the purchase of lines of trust business. The gross carrying amount of these intangibles is $1.3 million as of March 31, 2002 with accumulated amortization of $399,000. Amortization expense for these intangible assets was $66,000 during the first three months of 2002. The estimated amortization expense for these assets is expected to be $197,000 from the period of April 1, 2002 to December 31, 2002, $263,000 during the years ending December 31, 2003 and 2004, and $201,000 and $13,000 during the years ending December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. We also have $80,000 of originated mortgage servicing rights as of March 31, 2002, that is included in other assets in the consolidated financial statements. Amortization of these originated mortgage servicing rights are dependent upon the repayment experience of the underlying mortgage loans.

57


 

Quarterly Financial Information

      The following table sets forth unaudited financial data regarding our operations for the first quarter of 2002 and each of the four quarters of 2001 and 2000. This information, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments necessary to present fairly our results of operations for such periods, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments for the periods indicated. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

                                                                           
2002
Quarter 2001 Quarter Ended 2000 Quarter Ended
Ended

Mar. 31 Dec. 31 Sep. 30 Jun. 30 Mar. 31 Dec. 31 Sep. 30 Jun. 30 Mar. 31









(in thousands)
Interest income
  $ 36,114     $ 37,571     $ 40,836     $ 43,664     $ 44,463     $ 46,527     $ 46,513     $ 43,639     $ 39,843  
Interest expense
    11,354       13,311       18,044       21,189       22,272       24,343       24,404       21,814       18,639  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net interest income
    24,760       24,260       22,792       22,475       22,191       22,184       22,109       21,825       21,204  
Provision for loan losses
    2,475       3,000       2,450       2,175       2,075       1,829       1,875       1,875       1,875  
Noninterest income
    4,932       5,361       5,478       6,184       4,917       5,213       4,380       4,532       4,398  
Securities gains, net
    8       22       70       2,241             750                    
Noninterest expense
    18,801       20,795       20,182       19,100       19,055       23,550       17,985       20,909       18,139  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Income before income taxes
    8,424       5,848       5,708       9,625       5,978       2,768       6,629       3,573       5,588  
Income taxes
    3,171       1,919       2,077       2,935       2,597       3,617       2,556       1,308       2,123  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income(loss)
  $ 5,253     $ 3,929     $ 3,631     $ 6,690     $ 3,381     $ (849 )   $ 4,073     $ 2,265     $ 3,465  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

58


 

LITIGATION AND SETTLEMENT

      In a series of split-off transactions completed on February 12, 1997, the Taylor family, including related trusts and a related partnership, acquired a majority interest in Taylor Capital and the Bank from Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., formerly known as Cole Taylor Financial Group. In the split-off transactions, the Taylor family exchanged all their common stock of Reliance for all of the outstanding common stock of Taylor Capital. On February 9, 1998, Reliance filed for bankruptcy. Thereafter, numerous lawsuits were filed that named as defendants Taylor Capital, the Bank, certain of our directors and officers and members of the Taylor family. From 1998 to the present, we have expended significant resources and time in defense of these suits.

      The pending lawsuits relating to the split-off transactions and Reliance include:

  •  class actions brought by Reliance stockholders in District courts in Texas and Illinois that allege that the defendants violated the federal securities laws and breached common law fiduciary duties in connection with the split-off transactions and the public reporting of Reliance;
 
  •  a consolidated class action brought by Reliance stockholders in Delaware Chancery Court that alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties in connection with the disclosures made to Reliance stockholders prior to the vote that approved the split-off transactions;
 
  •  a suit brought by Irwin Cole and members of his family in Delaware Chancery Court that alleges that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties, committed fraud, and/or engaged in self-dealing in connection with the operations of Reliance and the split-off transactions;
 
  •  adversary proceedings brought by the Reliance Bankruptcy Estate Representative in the Delaware District Court that allege that the split-off transactions constituted a fraudulent conveyance and that the defendants breached their fiduciary duties and contracts and committed malpractice and negligent misrepresentation; and
 
  •  a suit brought by Reliance stockholders in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois that alleges that the defendants breached contracts and committed other equitable wrongs in connection with the split-off transactions.

      These suits seek monetary damages, attorneys’ fees and other forms of relief including the unwinding of the split-off transactions. The defendants include Taylor Capital, the Bank, certain directors and officers of Taylor Capital and the Bank, including Jeffrey Taylor, Bruce Taylor, Christopher Alstrin and Mel Pearl, other members of the Taylor family and certain trusts and a partnership related to the Taylor family. Two other directors of Taylor Capital, Richard Tinberg and Adelyn Dougherty, were named as defendants in certain of the suits, but were later dismissed voluntarily by the plaintiffs. Certain directors and officers of Reliance and advisors to Reliance are also named as defendants.

      We consider it desirable that the claims and causes of action relating to the split-off transactions and Reliance be settled and dismissed. The objective of a settlement is to halt the substantial expense, inconvenience and distraction of continued litigation and to eliminate any exposure and uncertainty that may exist as a result of the litigation. To that end, we have entered into certain settlement agreements with the plaintiffs and other parties in these cases.

      On August 29, 2001, we entered into a settlement agreement with the Reliance Estate Representative whereby the Estate Representative proceedings would be dismissed in exchange for cash and securities. This agreement was amended and restated on October 10, 2001 in connection with the class settlement agreement described below. Specifically, we agreed to pay $15 million in cash, $30 million in trust preferred securities and shares of common stock representing 15% of our issued and outstanding stock, excluding treasury stock, immediately after giving effect to such issuance. This settlement is contingent upon, among other things, the dismissal with prejudice of the actions listed above, including the Estate Representative proceedings, the federal court class actions, the Delaware suit and the Cole suit as against the Taylor Capital-related defendants.

59


 

      On May 24, 2002, we amended the settlement agreement to provide that, subject to our completion of this offering and the concurrent offering of trust preferred securities and the dismissal of the lawsuits against us and the Taylor Capital-related defendants, we will pay the Reliance Estate Representative, in full satisfaction of our obligations described above, an amount equal to (i) $65,000,000, plus (ii)                     multiplied by the amount, if any, by which the offering price per share in this offering exceeds $                    , minus (iii) as reimbursement to us of some of our offering expenses, the sum of $3,100,000 plus 7% of the amount described in clause (ii) above.

      The Estate Representative settlement agreement, as amended, provides that the parties to that agreement may terminate the agreement if conditions to the effectiveness of a settlement pursuant to this agreement are not met by December 31, 2002. The Estate Representative settlement agreement is also subject to termination prior to consummation of the settlement if the Federal Reserve objects to the settlement. As of this date, the Federal Reserve has indicated that it does not plan to object to the settlement.

      Effective October 10, 2001, the Taylor Capital-related defendants, the Reliance Estate Representative, certain other defendants in the federal court class actions and the plaintiff class entered into a class settlement agreement pursuant to which the federal class action plaintiffs and certain defendants in that litigation agreed to dismiss with prejudice the federal court class actions, the Delaware suit and the Cole suit as against the Taylor Capital-related defendants and certain other defendants in those cases. The class settlement agreement provides that it shall terminate if certain conditions to the class settlement agreement have not been satisfied by September 1, 2002, unless the parties to that agreement agree to extend that date or waive the unsatisfied conditions. The unsatisfied conditions include our payment of the agreed to settlement consideration pursuant to the Estate Representative settlement agreement and the dismissal of the lawsuits as required by the class settlement agreement. The plaintiffs have agreed to dismiss these lawsuits against us and the Taylor Capital-related defendants subject to our completion of this offering and the concurrent trust preferred offering, and our delivery of the settlement payment described above to the Estate Representative.

      In connection with the split-off transactions, the Taylor family agreed to indemnify Reliance for certain losses incurred by Reliance. In accordance with the terms of an agreement dated February 6, 1997, we agreed to indemnify the Taylor family for certain losses that the Taylor family may incur as a result of their indemnification agreement with Reliance. Should the settlements discussed above be consummated, we believe that we will not be obligated to pay any amounts under our indemnification obligation to the Taylor family.

      We recognize as a loss legal and other contingencies when, based upon available information, it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss contingency or range of amounts can be reasonably estimated. The settlement agreements specify a number of contingencies and conditions that must be satisfied before a comprehensive settlement can be finally consummated, including, among other things, the completion of the concurrent common stock and trust preferred securities offering described in this prospectus. Although we desire to achieve a settlement that can be accomplished on acceptable terms, certain critical conditions that are not within our control and influence remain unresolved. Consequently, we have not determined, at this time, that the loss contingency represented by the settlement agreements is probable. Therefore, an estimate of the financial impact of the proposed settlement has not been recorded on our consolidated balance sheets and statements of income. The loss contingency, when recorded, will negatively impact our earnings.

      The description of the settlement agreements described above are only summaries. The agreements are included as exhibits to the Registration Statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. You should read these agreements in their entirety.

      We are from time to time parties to various other legal actions arising in the normal course of business. We believe that we have meritorious defenses to all of the actions currently pending against us and our subsidiaries.

60


 

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

      The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers as of May 21, 2002:

             
Name Age Position



Jeffrey W. Taylor
    49     Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Bruce W. Taylor
    46     President and Director
John Christopher Alstrin
    56     Chief Financial Officer and Director
Cindy Taylor Bleil
    45     Director
Adelyn Dougherty Leander(1)
    71     Director
Ronald Emanuel(2)
    56     Director
Melvin E. Pearl(1)
    66     Director
Richard W. Tinberg(1)(2)
    51     Director
Mark L. Yeager
    52     Director
Edward McGowan
    65     Director


(1)  Member of the compensation committee.
 
(2)  Member of the audit committee.

      Jeffrey W. Taylor has served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Taylor Capital since 1997 and as Chairman of the Board of the Bank since 1994. Since beginning his career with the Bank in 1978 as Associate General Counsel, Mr. Taylor has held several management positions, including Chief Executive Officer from 1991 to 1994. Mr. Taylor also served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Cole Taylor Financial from 1994 to 1997, as Vice-Chairman from 1991 to 1994 and as a director from 1984 until 1997. Mr. Taylor is the brother of Bruce W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil.

      Bruce W. Taylor has served as President and as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank since 1994. Mr. Taylor began his career with the Bank in 1979 and has held several management positions, including serving as Chief Operating Officer from 1991 to 1994. Mr. Taylor also served as President of Cole Taylor Financial from 1994 until 1997, as Vice Chairman from 1991 to 1994 and as a director from 1984 until 1997. Mr. Taylor is the brother of Jeffrey W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bliel.

      John Christopher Alstrin has served as Chief Financial Officer and as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997 and as Chief Financial Officer of the Bank since 1995. Mr. Alstrin previously served as Chief Financial Officer of Cole Taylor Financial from 1995 to 1997. Prior to joining Taylor Financial, Mr. Alstrin served as Chief Financial Officer and Chief Investment Officer of Farm & Home Financial Corp., a financial services corporation.

      Cindy Taylor Bleil has served as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997. Ms. Bliel is active in civic and charitable organizations and is a private investor. Ms. Bliel is the sister of Jeffery W. Taylor and Bruce W. Taylor.

      Adelyn Dougherty Leander has served as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997. She previously served as a director of Cole Taylor Financial from 1995 to 1997. Ms. Leander retired in 1996 as President of the Institute of European and Asian Studies. From 1988 until 1992, Ms. Leander served as Senior Vice President and Director of Human Resources for First Colonial Bankshares Corp., a holding company for 16 banks and 3 non-bank subsidiaries located in the greater metropolitan Chicago area.

      Ronald Emanuel has served as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997 and as a director of the Bank since 1984. Since 1979, Mr. Emanuel has served as the President of ATI Carriage House, Inc., a retail furniture distributor.

61


 

      Melvin E. Pearl has served as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997. Mr. Pearl has been a partner with the law firm of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman since 1974. Previously, Mr. Pearl served as a director of Cole Taylor Financial from 1984 to 1997.

      Richard W. Tinberg has served as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997. Previously, Mr. Tinberg served as a director of Cole Taylor Financial from 1995 to 1997. Mr. Tinberg has been the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bradford Group since 1995.

      Mark L. Yeager has served as a director of Taylor Capital since 1997. Since 1981, Mr. Yeager has been a partner with the law firm of McDermott, Will & Emery.

      Edward McGowan has served as a director of Taylor Capital and of the Bank since 1997. Since 1963, Mr. McGowan has been President of Edon Construction Co., Inc., a carpentry contractor. He also serves as Secretary and Treasurer of Dremco, Inc., a real estate developer.

Composition of the Board

      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, when effective, will provide that our board of directors will serve for a term of one year expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms will then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the next annual meeting of stockholders following election and until a successor will have been duly elected and will have qualified.

      Our bylaws will authorize our board of directors to fix the number of directors at not less than one. The board of directors currently has ten members. We anticipate appointing an additional independent director following completion of this offering. Holders of our 9.0% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (together with the holders of any one or more other series of preferred stock entitled to vote thereon) are entitled to elect one director, or in the event we fail to declare and pay dividends for any six consecutive or nonconsecutive quarters, two directors. Holders of our common stock are entitled to elect all other directors.

      Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil are siblings. There are no other family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the affirmative vote of holders of           % of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote for the election of directors to remove any director or the entire board of directors. Under Delaware law, our directors can only be removed for “cause.”

Board Committees

      Our Board of Directors currently has two committees: an audit committee and a compensation committee.

 
Audit Committee

      The audit committee of our Board consists of Richard W. Tinberg and Ronald D. Emanuel. The audit committee’s primary responsibilities include (1) recommending independent auditors to our Board of Directors for selection, (2) reviewing the plan and scope of our independent auditors’ audit, (3) reviewing our audit and control functions, and (4) reporting to our full Board of Directors regarding all of the foregoing. Mr. Tinberg is chairman of the audit committee. Following completion of this offering, we anticipate appointing a new independent director to our audit committee to comply with Nasdaq listing requirements.

 
Compensation Committee

      The compensation committee of our Board consists of Melvin E. Pearl, Richard W. Tinberg and Adelyn Dougherty Leander. The compensation committee’s primary responsibilities include (1) reviewing and making recommendations to our Board of Directors on executive officers’ and key employees’ salaries and bonuses and (2) administering our employee benefit plans. Mr. Pearl is chairman of the compensation committee.

62


 

Director Compensation

      Our non-employee directors receive an annual fee of $10,000 and an attendance fee of $750 for each board meeting attended and $650 for each committee meeting attended. The Chairman of each committee receives an additional $5,000 for chairing a committee. In addition, all directors may be reimbursed for certain expenses in connection with attendance at board and committee meetings. Other than with respect to reimbursement of expenses, directors who are our employees or officers do not receive additional compensation for their service as a director.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

      None of the members of our compensation committee is an executive officer or employee of us or of any of our subsidiaries. None of our executive officers serves as a current member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Executive Compensation

 
Summary of Cash and Certain Other Compensation

      The following table sets forth information on compensation earned by our Chief Executive Officer and each of the next two most highly compensated executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2001. These individuals are referred to as the named officers here and elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                                   
Long-Term
Annual Compensation Compensation Awards


Securities
Underlying LTIP All Other
Name and Principal Position Year Salary Bonus Options Payouts Compensation







Jeffrey W. Taylor
    2001     $ 480,910     $ 149,133           $ 87,564     $ 145,370 (1)
  Chairman of the Board and     2000       461,760       287,152             59,318       133,509  
  Chief Executive Officer     1999       448,296       226,879                   93,790  
Bruce W. Taylor
    2001     $ 475,853     $ 147,565           $ 87,564     $ 125,906 (2)
  President     2000       456,870       284,111             59,318       116,542  
        1999       443,568       224,486                   89,021  
J. Christopher Alstrin
    2001     $ 251,850     $ 70,912       7,500     $ 51,780     $ 93,269 (3)
  Chief Financial Officer     2000       241,603       96,346       6,500       35,591       82,079  
        1999       232,875       76,522       6,200             51,753  


(1)  Of the total amount, $43,921 represents the full dollar value of all premiums paid by us for split-dollar life insurance for Mr. Taylor in 2001. $8,014 represents the full dollar value of fringe benefits received by Mr. Taylor in 2001. $93,435 represents the full dollar value of contributions to Mr. Taylor’s retirement accounts, including $5,950 into the 401(k) Plan, $4,642 into the Profit Sharing Plan, $3,051 of common stock in the ESOP, $24,455 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan contribution into the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan and $55,336 matching contribution into the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan in 2001.
 
(2)  Of the total amount, $37,516 represents the full dollar value of all premiums paid by us for split-dollar life insurance for Mr. Taylor in 2001. $11,460 represents the full dollar value of fringe benefits received by Mr. Taylor in 2001. $76,930 represents the full dollar value of contributions to Mr. Taylor’s retirement accounts, including $5,950 into the 401(k) Plan, $4,642 into the Profit Sharing Plan, $3,051 of common stock in the ESOP, $8,600 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan contribution into the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan and $54,686 matching contribution into the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan in 2001.
 
(3)  Of the total amount, $2,547 represents the full dollar value of all premiums paid by us for split-dollar life insurance for Mr. Alstrin in 2001. $21,392 represents the full dollar value of fringe benefits received by Mr. Alstrin in 2001. $69,330 represents the full dollar value of contributions to Mr. Alstrin’s retirement

63


 

accounts, including $5,564 into the 401(k) Plan, $4,642 into the Profit Sharing Plan, $3,051 of common stock in the ESOP, $33,950 Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan contribution into the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan and $22,122 matching contribution into the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan in 2001.

 
Stock Option Grants in 2001

      The following table provides information concerning the grant of stock options to the named officers pursuant to our 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan during 2001. We have never granted any of the named officers stock appreciation rights.

                                                 
Potential Realizable
Percent of Value at Assumed
Number of Total Annual Rates of Stock
Securities Options Price Appreciation for
Underlying Granted to Option Terms(1)
Options Employees in Exercise Price
Name Granted(2) Fiscal Year ($/SH) Expiration Date 5%($) 10%($)







Jeffrey W. Taylor
                                   
Bruce W. Taylor
                                   
J. Christopher Alstrin
    7,500       5.06 %   $ 34       March 2, 2011     $ 160,368     $ 406,404  


(1)  Potential realizable value is presented net of the option exercise price. These amounts represent certain assumed rates of appreciation only. Actual gains, if any, are dependent on the future performance of the common stock and the option holder’s continued employment throughout the vesting period.
 
(2)  These non-qualified options were granted under our Incentive Compensation Plan. The stock options vest over a five year period at 20% per year. Upon death, disability, retirement or a change of control (as defined) vesting is accelerated to 100%.

 
Year End 2001 Option Values

      The following table provides information concerning the unexercised options of the named officers outstanding as of December 31, 2001. None of the named officers exercised any options during 2001.

                                 
Number of Securities Underlying Value of Unexercised
Unexercised Options at In-the-Money Options at
December 31, 2001 December 31, 2001(1)


Name Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable





Jeffrey W. Taylor
                       
Bruce W. Taylor
                       
J. Christopher Alstrin
    12,460       20,140     $ 54,560     $ 26,040  


(1)  This value is calculated by subtracting the exercise price per share from $29, the fair value of our common stock at December 31, 2001 as determined by a third party appraisal.

Severance Plan

      We have established a severance plan to provide certain benefits to employees, including our senior managers. The plan generally provides that upon termination of employment by us for reasons other than for cause, each employee will be entitled to severance payments which, in the case of an executive vice president, may range up to 13 months of base salary plus a prorated bonus for months worked during the calendar year. In addition, these severance payments may include payments under the long-term incentive plan that have been earned but not yet paid. Senior managers may also receive medical benefits and outplacement assistance for a defined period following termination.

64


 

Change of Control Policy and Agreements

      We have established a change of control policy to provide certain benefits to selected employees, including our senior managers. Upon a change of control, all stock options become fully exercisable and all restricted stock awards become fully vested. Participants in the long-term incentive plan will receive 100% of their account balances within 30 days of a change of control. Also, upon a change of control, all contributions made by us under our nonqualified deferred compensation plan become fully vested.

      In addition, we have entered into change of control severance agreements with certain senior managers. Upon termination of employment by us, or termination by the senior manager under certain circumstances, within two years following a change of control, the senior manager will generally receive a severance payment in an amount equal to one and one-half or two and one-half times the sum of the senior manager’s annual base salary and annual bonus. The senior manager will also receive medical benefits and outplacement assistance for a defined period following termination.

Deferred Compensation Plan

      Effective April 1, 2001, we adopted a deferred compensation plan for certain key employees. Under this plan, a participant may elect annually to defer compensation they receive for salary, commission, incentive pay and long term incentive pay. These election are made pursuant to compensation reduction agreements that designate the amount to be deferred subject to the limits in the plan. We can make additional discretionary contributions to the plan for some or all of the participants. The discretionary contributions are subject to a vesting schedule.

401(k) Plan

      We maintain a profit sharing plan intended to be qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. Generally, all of our employees to whom the plan has been extended and who meet the eligibility requirements may make salary reduction contributions to the plan. A participant may contribute a maximum of 75% of his or her earnings as defined in the plan, through payroll deductions, subject to certain limitations. Matching contributions of 100% of the first 1% of compensation deferred and 50% of a participant’s deferrals above 1% of compensation not to exceed 6% of compensation are made. We have discretion to change or cease these matching contributions under the plan.

Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan

      We maintain a defined contribution plan covering employees who have completed six months of continuous service during which they complete 500 hours of service, as defined in the plan, and are at least 21 years old, and certain other employees meeting eligibility requirements. In our sole discretion, we may make contributions to the plan in the form of cash or stock. Employer discretionary contributions, and ESOP stock and cash accounts plus earnings, are subject to vesting requirements.

1997 Long Term Incentive Plan

      We have adopted a long term incentive plan to provide certain officers and key employees with incentives to remain in our employ. Contributions to this plan, or reductions from this plan, are based on performance measurements that correspond to a contribution schedule and are reviewed and approved by our compensation committee.

2002 Incentive Compensation Plan

      Our 2002 Incentive Compensation Plan was approved by the Board of Directors on May 20, 2002 and is expected to be adopted by our shareholders. Under this plan, certain officers, key employees and directors will be eligible to receive awards as stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, performance stock and performance units. Options granted under the plan may be incentive stock options or nonqualified

65


 

stock options. Stock appreciation rights may be granted at any time either in tandem with an option or on a freestanding basis. A total of 100,000 common shares will be available for issuance under the plan, in addition to any common shares that remain available for award under our 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan. On the first day of each calendar year during the term of the plan, beginning with the 2003 calendar year, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the plan will be increased by a number of shares equal to the excess of 3.5% of the aggregate number of shares outstanding as of the December 31st of the immediately preceding calendar year, over the number of shares remaining available for awards as of such December 31st. Subject to the provisions of the plan, our compensation committee will determine the type of award, when and to whom awards will be granted, the number of shares or amount of cash covered by each award and the terms and kinds of consideration payable with respect to awards. The plan includes annual limitations on the number of shares or the dollar amount of any award that we can award to any one participant.

66


 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Management Loans and Investments

      Certain of our directors and officers, directors and officers of the Bank, members of their immediate families, and firms and corporations with which they are associated, have had transactions with the Bank, including borrowings and investments in certificates of deposit. Our management believes that all such loans and investments have been and will continue to be made in the ordinary course of business of the Bank on substantially the same terms, including interest rates paid and collateral required, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibles or present other unfavorable features. All future material transactions and loans, and any forgiveness of loans, will be approved by a majority of the independent outside members of our Board of Directors who do not have an interest in the transactions. As of March 31, 2002, the aggregate outstanding amount of all loans which individually exceed $60,000 to our officers and directors, directors and officers of the Bank and members of their immediate families and firms and corporations in which they have at least a 10% beneficial interest was approximately $35 million. We rely on our directors and executive officers for identification of loans to their related interests.

Insurance Transactions

      Our primary insurance broker has been Dann Brothers, Inc., which has provided property and casualty insurance brokerage services. Each of Russell Dann and Scott Dann, brothers-in-law of Jeffrey W. Taylor, beneficially owns approximately 25% of the capital stock of Dann Brothers, Inc. For the years ended December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2000, we paid total premiums of approximately $777,000 and $409,000, respectively, to Dann Brothers, Inc. in connection with various insurance policies. We are currently negotiating with another third-party insurance company to provide insurance and brokerages services.

Legal Counsel

      Two of our primary legal counsel are Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman and McDermott, Will & Emery. Melvin E. Pearl, a Director, is a partner with the law firm of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman and Mark L. Yeager, a Director, is a partner with the law firm of McDermott, Will & Emery.

67


 

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                     , 2002 by (1) each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (2) each of our directors, (3) each of our named executive officers, (4) each selling stockholder and (5) all of our directors and officers as a group.

      Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person possesses sole or shared voting or investment power and options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Each director, officer or five percent or more shareholder, as the case may be, has furnished us with information with respect to beneficial ownership. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the beneficial owners of common stock listed below, based on information each of them has given to us, have sole investment and voting power with respect to their shares.

      The table lists applicable percentage ownership based on                 shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , 2002, and also lists applicable percentage ownership based on                 shares of common stock outstanding of the completion of this offering. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of                     , 2002 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of the person holding these options, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each stockholder listed below is: c/o Taylor Capital Group, Inc., 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois, 60090.

                                         
Shares Owned Prior Shares Owned After
to the Offering the Offering

Shares Being
Name Number Percentage Offered Hereby Number Percentage






Iris A. Taylor(1)(2)
            67.07 %                        
Jeffrey W. Taylor(1)(3)(6)
            89.02 %                        
Bruce W. Taylor(1)(4)(6)
            89.01 %                        
Cindy Taylor Bleil(1)(5)(6)
            89.02 %                        
Voting Trust, dated November 30, 1998
            67.07 %                        
Taylor Family Partnership
            21.37 %                        
J. Christopher Alstrin
            *                          
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
            6.46 %                        
Melvin E. Pearl
            *                          
Adelyn Dougherty Leander
            *                          
Ronald Emanuel
            *                          
Richard W. Tinberg
            *                          
Mark L. Yeager
            *                          
Edward McGowan
            *                          
All directors and executive officers as a group (at least 10 persons)
            90.71 %                        


  * Represents less than 1% of total shares outstanding

(1)  Includes                  shares held by a Voting Trust, dated November 30, 1998, of which Iris A. Taylor, Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil share voting and investment power.
 
(2)  Excludes                  shares held by the Sidney J. Taylor Trust, over which Iris A. Taylor has no voting or investment power, and with respect to which she disclaims beneficial ownership.
 
(3)  Includes                  shares held by the Jeffrey W. Taylor Gift Trust, dated June 10, 1982, of which Melvin E. Pearl serves as a trustee.
 
(4)  Includes                  shares held by the Bruce W. Taylor Gift Trust, dated June 10, 1982, of which Melvin E. Pearl serves as a trustee.
 
(5)  Includes                  shares held by the Cindy L. Taylor Gift Trust, dated June 10, 1982, of which Melvin E. Pearl serves as a trustee.
 
(6)  Includes                  shares held by the Taylor Family Partnership, L.P., of which Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil share voting and investment power.

68


 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

General

      Financial institutions and their holding companies are extensively regulated under federal and state law. As a result, our growth and earnings performance can be affected not only by management decisions and general economic conditions, but also by the requirements of applicable state and federal statutes and regulations and the policies of various governmental regulatory authorities, including the ICBRE, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC, the Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, and state taxing authorities and the SEC. The effect of applicable statutes, regulations and regulatory policies can be significant, and cannot be predicted with a high degree of certainty.

      Federal and state laws and regulations generally applicable to financial institutions, such as us, regulate, among other things, the scope of business, investments, reserves against deposits, capital levels relative to operations, the nature and amount of collateral for loans, the establishment of branches, mergers, consolidations and dividends. The system of supervision and regulation applicable to us establishes a comprehensive framework for their respective operations and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDIC’s deposit insurance funds and the depositors, rather than the shareholders, of financial institutions.

      The following is a summary of the material elements of the regulatory framework that applies to us. It does not describe all of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that apply, nor does it restate all of the requirements of the statutes, regulations and regulatory policies that are described. As such, the following is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable statutes, regulations and regulatory policies. Any change in applicable law, regulations or regulatory policies may have a material effect on our business.

The Company

      General. As a bank holding company, we are registered with, and are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by, the Federal Reserve under the BHCA. Under the BHCA, we are subject to periodic examination by the Federal Reserve and are required to file with the Federal Reserve periodic reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve may require. We are also subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the ICBRE.

      In accordance with Federal Reserve policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength and commit resources to support the Bank. This support may be expected at times when, absent this Federal Reserve policy, we may not be inclined to provide it. As discussed below under “Capital Requirements,” we also may be required in some circumstances to guarantee the capital of the Bank.

      Investments and Activities. Under the BHCA, a bank holding company must obtain Federal Reserve approval before: (1) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of any voting shares of another bank or bank holding company if, after the acquisition, it would own or control more than 5% of the shares of the other bank or bank holding company (unless it already owns or controls the majority of such shares); (2) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank; or (3) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company. Subject to certain conditions (including certain deposit concentration limits established by the BHCA), the Federal Reserve may allow a bank holding company to acquire banks located in any state of the United States without regard to whether the acquisition is prohibited by the law of the state in which the target bank is located. In approving interstate acquisitions, however, the Federal Reserve is required to give effect to applicable state law limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the acquiring bank holding company and its insured depository institution affiliates in the state in which the target bank is located (provided that those limits do not discriminate against out-of-state depository institutions or their holding companies) and state laws which require that the target bank have been in existence for a minimum period of time (not to exceed five years) before being acquired by an out-of-state bank holding company.

      The BHCA also generally prohibits us from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any company that is not a bank and from engaging in any business other than that of

69


 

banking, managing and controlling banks or furnishing services to banks and their subsidiaries. This general prohibition is subject to a number of exceptions. The principal exception allows bank holding companies to engage in, and to own shares of companies engaged in, certain businesses found by the Federal Reserve to be “so closely related to banking . . . as to be a proper incident thereto.” Under current regulations of the Federal Reserve, we are permitted to engage in a variety of banking-related businesses, including the operation of a thrift, sales and consumer finance, equipment leasing, the operation of a computer service bureau (including software development), and mortgage banking and brokerage. The BHCA generally does not place territorial restrictions on the domestic activities of non-bank subsidiaries of bank holding companies.

      Federal law also prohibits any person or company from acquiring “control” of a bank or bank holding company without prior notice to the appropriate federal bank regulator. “Control” is generally defined in certain cases as the acquisition of 10% of the outstanding shares of a bank or bank holding company.

      Minimum Capital Requirements. Bank holding companies are required to maintain minimum levels of capital in accordance with Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines. If our capital levels fell below minimum guidelines, we would be subject to significant additional scrutiny by the Federal Reserve and, absent additional capital, we would likely be denied approval to acquire or establish additional banks or non-bank businesses.

      Specifically, the Federal Reserve has adopted risk-based capital adequacy and minimum capital to total assets (leverage ratio) guidelines for assessing bank holding company capital adequacy. These standards define capital and establish minimum capital ratios in relation to assets, both on an aggregate basis and as adjusted for credit risks and off-balance sheet exposures. Under the Federal Reserve’s risk-based guidelines applicable to us, capital is classified into two categories, Tier 1 and Tier 2, for bank holding companies.

      Effective April 1, 2002, Tier 1 capital for purposes of both the risk-weighted asset tests and the leverage ratio test consists of common equity, minority interest in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock, and qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, which itself is limited to 25 percent of Tier 1 capital. In addition, as a general matter, Tier 1 capital excludes goodwill, amounts of mortgage servicing assets, nonmortgage servicing assets and purchased credit card relationships that in the aggregate exceed certain limitations, amounts of credit-enhancing interest-only strips that are in excess of 25 percent of Tier 1 capital, all other identifiable intangible assets, deferred tax assets that are dependent upon future taxable income (net of their valuation allowance in excess of certain circumstances), and a percentage of the organization’s nonfinancial equity investments. The Federal Reserve may also exclude certain other investments in subsidiaries or associated companies as appropriate.

      Tier 2 capital, known as supplementary capital, consists of allowances for loan and lease losses (subject to certain limitations), perpetual preferred stock and related surplus (subject to certain conditions), hybrid capital instruments, perpetual debt and mandatory convertible debt securities, term subordinated debt and intermediate-term preferred stock, including related surplus (subject to certain limitations) and unrealized holding gains on equity securities (subject to certain limitations).

      The maximum amount of Tier 2 capital that may be included in an organization’s qualifying total capital is limited to 100 percent of Tier 1 capital, net of the required deductions discussed above.

      The Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy guidelines require bank holding companies to maintain a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-weighted assets of 8 percent, at least 4 percent of which must be in the form of Tier 1 capital. Risk-weighted assets include assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items of bank holding companies that are assigned to one of several risk categories, based on the obligor or the nature of the collateral. The Federal Reserve has established a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital (less any intangible capital items) to total assets (less any intangible assets), or leverage ratio, of 3 percent for strong bank holding companies (those rated a composite “1” under the Federal Reserve’s rating system). For all other bank holding companies, the minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 4 percent. Also, the Federal Reserve continues to consider the Tier 1 leverage ratio in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities.

70


 

      In its capital adequacy guidelines, the Federal Reserve emphasizes that the standards discussed above are minimums and that banking organizations generally are expected to operate well above these minimum levels. These guidelines also state that banking organizations experiencing growth, whether internally or by making acquisitions, are expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum levels.

      As of March 31 , 2002, we had regulatory capital in excess of the Federal Reserve’s minimum levels. Our ratio of total capital to risk weighted assets at March 31, 2002 was 8.94%, our ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets was 7.68%, and our Tier 1 leverage ratio was 6.08%.

      Most bank holding companies maintain regulatory capital levels well in excess of these minimum requirements and thereby qualify as “well-capitalized” organizations under Federal Reserve regulations. Under the regulations, well-capitalized bank holding companies must maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10 percent and a Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6 percent. While our regulatory capital is currently above the minimum requirements, we are not considered well-capitalized, and we will not be well-capitalized following the concurrent common stock and trust preferred securities offerings. Because we are not well-capitalized, we will be subject, at a minimum, to greater regulatory scrutiny by the Federal Reserve if we seek to engage in transactions that might be beneficial to us, such as new activities, acquisitions or redemptions of securities.

      Dividends. As a corporation incorporated in Delaware, we are subject to the Delaware General Corporation Law, referred to as the DGCL, which allows us to pay dividends only out of our surplus (as defined and computed in accordance with the provisions of the DGCL) or if we have no such surplus, out of our net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and/or the preceding fiscal year. Additionally, the Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement with regard to the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. The policy statement provides that, as a matter of prudent banking, a bank holding company should not maintain a rate of cash dividends unless its net income available to common stockholders has been sufficient to fully fund the dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears to be consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Accordingly, a bank holding company should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or can only be funded in ways that weaken the bank holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. In addition, as noted in the “General” section above, bank holding companies are expected under Federal Reserve policy, to serve as a source of financial strength for their depository institution subsidiaries. This requirement, and the capital adequacy requirements applicable to bank holding companies, described above under “Minimum Capital Requirements,” may also limit our ability to pay dividends. The Federal Reserve also possesses enforcement powers over bank holding companies and their non-bank subsidiaries to prevent or remedy actions that represent unsafe or unsound practices or violations of applicable statutes and regulations. Among these powers is the ability to prohibit the payment of dividends by banks and bank holding companies.

      As a bank holding company, we are a legal entity separate and distinct form the Bank. Our principal asset is the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. As a result, we must rely on payments from the Bank to meet our obligations. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to Illinois law and to regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and current and retained earnings, imposed by various regulatory agencies with authority over the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to regulatory restrictions if paying dividends would impair its profitability, financial condition or other cash flow requirements.

The Bank

      The Bank is an Illinois-chartered bank, the deposit accounts of which are insured by the FDIC’s Bank Insurance Fund, referred to as the BIF. The Bank is also a member of the Federal Reserve and as such is a “member bank.” As an Illinois-chartered, FDIC-insured member bank, the Bank is subject to the supervision, regulation and examination of the ICBRE, as the chartering authority for Illinois banks, the Federal Reserve, as the primary federal regulator of member banks, and the FDIC, as administrator of the BIF.

      Deposit Insurance. As an FDIC-insured institution, the Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. The FDIC has adopted a risk-based assessment system under which all insured depository institutions are placed into one of nine categories and assessed insurance premiums based

71


 

upon their respective levels of capital and results of supervisory evaluations. Institutions classified as well-capitalized (as defined by the FDIC) and considered healthy pay the lowest premium while institutions that are less than adequately capitalized (as defined by the FDIC) and considered of substantial supervisory concern pay the highest premium. Risk classification, of all insured institutions, is made by the FDIC for each semi-annual assessment period.

      During the year ended December 31, 2001, BIF assessments ranged from 0% of deposits to 0.27% of deposits. For the semi-annual assessment period beginning January 1, 2002, BIF assessment rates will continue to range from 0% of deposits to 0.27% of deposits.

      The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if the FDIC determines, after a hearing, that the institution (i) has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, (ii) is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or (iii) has violated any applicable law, regulation, order, or any condition imposed in writing by, or written agreement with, the FDIC. The FDIC may also suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for a permanent termination of insurance, if the institution has no tangible capital. We are not aware of any activity or condition that could result in termination of the deposit insurance of the Bank.

      FICO Assessments. Since 1987, a portion of the deposit insurance assessments paid by members of the FDIC’s Savings Association Insurance Fund, referred to as the SAIF, has been used to cover interest payments due on the outstanding obligations of the Financing Corporation, referred to as FICO. FICO was created in 1987 to finance the recapitalization of the Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation, the SAIF’s predecessor insurance fund. As a result of federal legislation enacted in 1996, beginning as of January 1, 1997, both SAIF members and BIF members such as the Bank became subject to assessments to cover the interest payments on outstanding FICO obligations. These FICO assessments are in addition to amounts assessed by the FDIC for deposit insurance. Between January 1, 2000 and the final maturity of the outstanding FICO obligations in 2019, BIF members, including the Bank, and SAIF members will share the cost of the interest on the FICO bonds on a pro rata basis. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the FICO assessment rate for SAIF members ranged between approximately 0.0184% of deposits and approximately 0.0196% of deposits, while the FICO assessment rate for BIF members ranged between approximately 0.0184% of deposits and approximately 0.0196% of deposits. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Bank paid FICO assessments totaling $328,000.

      Supervisory Assessments. All Illinois banks are required to pay supervisory assessments to the ICBRE to fund the operations of the ICBRE. The amount of the assessment is calculated based on the institution’s total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries, as reported to the ICBRE. During the year ended December 31, 2001, the Bank paid supervisory assessments to the ICBRE totaling $226,000.

      Capital Requirements. The Federal Reserve has established the following minimum capital standards for state-chartered Federal Reserve member banks, such as the Bank: a leverage requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets of 3% for the most highly-rated banks with a minimum requirement of at least 4% for all others, and a risk-based capital requirement consisting of a minimum ratio of total capital to total risk-weighted assets of 8%, at least one-half of which must be Tier 1 capital. For purposes of these capital standards, Tier 1 capital and total capital may consist of essentially the same components as Tier 1 capital and total capital under the Federal Reserve’s capital guidelines for bank holding companies.

      The capital requirements described above are minimum requirements. Higher capital levels will be required if warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profiles of individual institutions. For example, the regulations of the Federal Reserve provide that additional capital may be required to take adequate account of, among other things, interest rate risk or the risks posed by concentrations of credit, nontraditional activities or securities trading activities.

72


 

      During the first quarter of 2002, the Bank was not required by the Federal Reserve to increase its capital to an amount in excess of the minimum regulatory requirement. As of March 31, 2002, the Bank exceeded its minimum regulatory capital requirements, as follows:

                     
Total Tier 1
Risk-Based Risk-Based Leverage
Capital Ratio Capital Ratio Capital Ratio



  10.54 %     9.29 %     7.34 %

      Federal law provides the federal banking regulators with broad power to take prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The extent of the regulators’ powers depends on whether the institution in question is “well-capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized,” in each case as defined by regulation. Depending upon the capital category to which an institution is assigned, the regulators’ corrective powers include: requiring the institution to submit a capital restoration plan (which must be guaranteed by the institution’s holding company); limiting the institution’s asset growth and restricting its activities; requiring the institution to issue additional capital stock (including additional voting stock) or to be acquired; restricting transactions between the institution and its affiliates; restricting the interest rate the institution may pay on deposits; ordering a new election of directors of the institution; requiring that senior executive officers or directors be dismissed; prohibiting the institution from accepting deposits from correspondent banks; requiring the institution to divest certain subsidiaries; prohibiting the payment of principal or interest on subordinated debt; and ultimately, appointing a receiver for the institution. To be considered well-capitalized under the regulations, a bank must maintain a total risk-based capital ratio in excess of 10 percent, Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6 percent or more and a Tier 1 leverage ratio in excess of 5 percent. As of March 31, 2002, the Bank was well-capitalized.

      Additionally, institutions insured by the FDIC may be liable for any loss incurred by, or reasonably expected to be incurred by, the FDIC in connection with the default of commonly controlled FDIC insured depository institutions or any assistance provided by the FDIC to commonly controlled FDIC insured depository institutions in danger of default.

      Dividends. Under the Illinois Banking Act, Illinois-chartered banks may not pay, without prior regulatory approval, dividends in excess of their net profits. The Federal Reserve Act also imposes limitations on the amount of dividends that may be paid by state member bank, such as the Bank. Generally, a member bank may pay dividends out of its undivided profits, in such amounts and at such times as the bank’s board of directors deems prudent. Without prior Federal Reserve approval, however, a state member bank may not pay dividends in any calendar year which, in the aggregate, exceed the bank’s calendar year-to-date net income plus the bank’s retained net income for the two preceding calendar years.

      The payment of dividends by any financial institution or its holding company is affected by the requirement to maintain adequate capital pursuant to applicable capital adequacy guidelines and regulations, and a financial institution generally is prohibited from paying any dividends if, following payment thereof, the institution would be undercapitalized. As described above, the Bank exceeded its minimum capital requirements under applicable guidelines and had approximately $20.4 million available to be paid as dividends to us as of March 31, 2002. Notwithstanding the availability of funds for dividends, however, the Federal Reserve may prohibit the payment of any dividends by the Bank if the Federal Reserve determines such payment would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.

      Insider Transactions. The Bank is subject to certain restrictions imposed by federal law on extensions of credit to us, on investments in our common stock or other securities and the acceptance of shares of our common stock or other securities as collateral for loans. Certain limitations and reporting requirements are also placed on extensions of credit by the Bank to its respective directors and officers, to our directors and officers, to our principal stockholders, and to “related interests” of such directors, officers and principal stockholders. In addition, federal law and regulations may affect the terms upon which any person becoming one of our directors, officers or principal stockholders may obtain credit from banks with which the Bank maintains a correspondent relationship.

73


 

      Safety and Soundness Standards. The federal banking agencies have adopted guidelines which establish operational and managerial standards to promote the safety and soundness of federally insured depository institutions. The guidelines set forth standards for internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, compensation, fees and benefits, asset quality and earnings. In general, the safety and soundness guidelines prescribe the goals to be achieved in each area, and each institution is responsible for establishing its own procedures to achieve those goals. If an institution fails to comply with any of the standards set forth in the guidelines, the institution’s primary federal regulator may require the institution to submit a plan for achieving and maintaining compliance. If an institution fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan, or fails in any material respect to implement a compliance plan that has been accepted by its primary federal regulator, the regulator is required to issue an order directing the institution to cure the deficiency. Until the deficiency cited in the regulator’s order is cured, the regulator may restrict the institution’s rate of growth, require the institution to increase its capital, restrict the rates the institution pays on deposits or require the institution to take any action the regulator deems appropriate under the circumstances. Noncompliance with the standards established by the safety and soundness guidelines may also constitute grounds for other enforcement action by the federal banking regulators, including cease and desist orders and civil money penalty assessments.

      Branching Authority. Illinois banks, such as the Bank, have the authority under Illinois law to establish branches anywhere in the State of Illinois, subject to receipt of all required regulatory approvals. Under the Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, or the Riegle-Neal Act, both state and national banks are allowed to establish interstate branch networks through acquisitions of other banks, subject to certain conditions, including certain limitations on the aggregate amount of deposits that may be held by the surviving bank and all of its insured depository institution affiliates. The establishment of new interstate branches or the acquisition of individual branches of a bank in another state (rather than the acquisition of an out-of-state bank in its entirety) is allowed by the Riegle-Neal Act only if specifically authorized by state law. The legislation allowed individual states to “opt-out” of certain provisions of the Riegle-Neal Act by enacting appropriate legislation prior to June 1, 1997. Illinois enacted legislation permitting interstate mergers beginning on June 1, 1997, subject to certain conditions, including a prohibition against interstate mergers involving an Illinois bank that has been in existence and continuous operation for fewer than five years.

      State Bank Activities. Under federal law and FDIC regulations, FDIC insured state banks are prohibited, subject to certain exceptions, from making or retaining equity investments of a type, or in an amount, that are not permissible for a national bank. Federal law and FDIC regulations also prohibit FDIC insured state banks and their subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, from engaging as principal in any activity that is not permitted for a national bank or its subsidiary, respectively, unless the bank meets, and continues to meet, its minimum regulatory capital requirements and the FDIC determines the activity would not pose a significant risk to the deposit insurance fund of which the bank is a member. These restrictions have not had, and are not currently expected to have, a material impact on the operations of the Bank.

      Federal Reserve System. Federal Reserve regulations, as presently in effect, require depository institutions to maintain non-interest earning reserves against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts), as follows: for transaction accounts aggregating $42.8 million or less, the reserve requirement is 3% of total transaction accounts; and for transaction accounts aggregating in excess of $42.8 million, the reserve requirement is $1.284 million plus 10% of the aggregate amount of total transaction accounts in excess of $42.8 million. The first $5.5 million of otherwise reservable balances are exempted from the reserve requirements. These reserve requirements are subject to annual adjustment by the Federal Reserve. The Bank is in compliance with the foregoing requirements.

      Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Chicago, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs. The FHLBs serve as reserve or central banks for their members. The FHLBs are funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. They make loans, known as advances, to members in accordance with policies and procedures established by the board of directors of each FHLB, which is subject to the oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board, an agency of the United States government. All advances from the FHLBs are required to be fully secured by sufficient

74


 

collateral as determined by the FHLBs. In addition, all long-term advances are required to provide funds to residential home financing.

      As member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB of Chicago. At March 31, 2002, the Bank had $5.8 million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement. In past years, the Bank has received dividends on its FHLB stock. Such dividends averaged 6.13% for fiscal 2001. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2001, dividends paid by the FHLB of Chicago to the Bank totaled $346,000.

      Under federal law the FHLBs are required to provide funds for the resolution of troubled savings associations and to contribute to low- and moderately-priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income housing projects. These contributions have affected adversely the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so in the future. These contributions could also have an adverse effect on the value of FHLB stock in the future. A reduction in value of the Bank’s FHLB stock may result in a corresponding reduction in its capital.

      Community Reinvestment. Under the Community Reinvestment Act, or the CRA, a financial institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound operation, to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low- and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, or limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community that are consistent with the CRA. Institutions are rated on their performance in meeting the needs of their communities. Performance is tested in three areas: (a) lending, which evaluates the institution’s record of making loans in its assessment areas; (b) investment, which evaluates the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and business; and (c) service, which evaluates the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices. The CRA requires each federal banking agency, in connection with its examination of a financial institution, to assess and assign one of four ratings to the institution’s record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take this record into account in evaluating certain applications by the institution, including applications for charters, branches and other deposit facilities, relocations, mergers, consolidations, acquisitions of assets or assumptions of liabilities, and savings and loan holding company acquisitions. The CRA also requires that all institutions publicly disclose their CRA ratings. The Bank received a “outstanding” rating on its most recent CRA performance evaluation.

      Brokered Deposits. Brokered deposits include funds obtained, directly or indirectly, by or through a deposit broker for deposit into one or more deposit accounts. Well-capitalized institutions are not subject to limitations on brokered deposits, while an adequately capitalized institution is able to accept, renew or rollover brokered deposits only with a waiver from the FDIC and subject to certain restrictions on the yield paid on such deposits. Undercapitalized institutions are not permitted to accept brokered deposits. The Bank is permitted to accept brokered deposits.

      Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. On November 12, 1999, the GLB Act was enacted, which amended or repealed certain provisions of the Glass-Steagall Act and other legislation that restricted the ability of bank holding companies, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate with one another. The GLB Act establishes a comprehensive framework to permit affiliations among commercial banks, insurance companies and securities firms. The GLB Act contains provisions intended to safeguard consumer financial information in the hands of financial service providers by, among other things, requiring these entities to disclose their privacy policies to their customers and allowing customers to “opt out” of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information to non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions. Final regulations implementing the new financial privacy regulations became effective during 2001. Similar to most other consumer-oriented laws, the regulations contain some specific prohibitions and require timely disclosure of certain information. We have devoted what we believe are sufficient resources to comply with these new requirements. We do not anticipate that the GLB Act in and of itself will have a material adverse effect on our operations or prospects or those of our subsidiaries. However, to the extent the GLB Act permits banks, securities firms and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation and intensified competition. This consolidation could result in a growing

75


 

number of larger financial institutions that offer a wider variety of financial services than we currently offer and that can aggressively compete in the markets we currently serve.

Compliance with Consumer Protection Laws

      The Bank is also subject to many federal and state consumer protection statutes and regulations including the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act. Among other things, these acts:

  •  require lenders to disclose credit terms in meaningful and consistent ways;
 
  •  prohibit discrimination against an applicant in any consumer or business credit transaction;
 
  •  prohibit discrimination in housing-related lending activities;
 
  •  require certain lenders to collect and report applicant and borrower data regarding loans for home purchases or improvement projects;
 
  •  require lenders to provide borrowers with information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements;
 
  •  prohibit certain lending practices and limit escrow account amounts with respect to real estate transactions; and
 
  •  prescribe possible penalties for violations of the requirements of consumer protection statutes and regulations.

 
Equal Credit Opportunity Act

      The federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibits discrimination against an applicant in any credit transaction, whether for consumer or business purposes, on the basis of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, marital status, age (except in limited circumstances), receipt of income from public assistance programs or good faith exercise of any rights under the Consumer Credit Protection Act. In addition to prohibiting outright discrimination on any of the impermissible bases listed above, an effects test has been applied to determine whether a violation of the Act has occurred. This means that if a creditor’s actions have had the effect of discriminating, the creditor may be held liable, even when there is no intent to discriminate. In addition to actual damages, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act permits regulatory agencies to take enforcement action and provides for punitive damages. Successful complainants also may be entitled to an award of court costs and attorneys’ fees.

 
Fair Housing Act

      The federal Fair Housing Act regulates many lending practices, including making it unlawful for any lender to discriminate in its housing-related lending activities against any person because of race, color, religion, national origin, sex, handicap or familial status. The Fair Housing Act is broadly written and has been broadly interpreted by the courts. A number of lending practices have been found to be, or may be considered, illegal under the Fair Housing Act, including some that are not specifically mentioned in the act itself. Among those practices that have been found to be, or may be considered, illegal under the Fair Housing Act are declining a loan for the purposes of racial discrimination, making excessively low appraisals of property based on racial considerations and pressuring, discouraging, or denying applications for credit on a prohibited basis.

      The Fair Housing Act allows a person who believes that he or she has been discriminated against to file a complaint with HUD. Aggrieved persons also may initiate a civil action. The Fair Housing Act also permits the Attorney General of the United States to commence a civil action if there is reasonable cause to believe that a person has been discriminated against in violation of the Fair Housing Act. Penalties for violation of the Fair Housing Act include actual damages suffered by the aggrieved person and injunctive or other equitable relief. The courts also may assess civil penalties.

76


 

 
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act

      The federal Home Mortgage Disclosure Act grew out of public concern over credit shortages in certain urban neighborhoods. One purpose of the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act is to provide public information that will help show whether financial institutions are serving the housing credit needs of the neighborhoods and communities in which they are located. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act also includes a “fair lending” aspect that requires the collection and disclosure of data about applicant and borrower characteristics as a way of identifying possible discriminatory lending patterns and enforcing anti-discrimination statutes. The Home Mortgage Disclosure Act requires institutions to report data regarding applications for loans for the purchase or improvement of one-to-four family and multifamily dwellings, as well as information concerning originations and purchases of such loans. Federal bank regulators rely, in part, upon data provided under the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act to determine whether depository institutions engage in discriminatory lending practices.

      The appropriate federal banking agency (that is, the Federal Reserve for the Bank) or in some cases, HUD, enforces compliance with the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act and implements its regulations. Administrative sanctions, including civil money penalties, may be imposed by supervisory agencies for violations of this Act.

 
Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act

      The federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, or RESPA, requires lenders to provide borrowers with disclosures regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements. RESPA also prohibits certain abusive practices, such as kickbacks, and places limitations on the amount of escrow accounts. Violations of RESPA may result in imposition of penalties, including: (1) civil liability equal to three times the amount of any charge paid for the settlement services or civil liability of up to $1,000 per claimant, depending on the violation; (2) awards of court costs and attorneys’ fees; and (3) fines of not more than $10,000 or imprisonment for not more than one year, or both.

 
Truth in Lending Act

      The federal Truth in Lending Act is designed to ensure that credit terms are disclosed in a meaningful way so that consumers may compare credit terms more readily and knowledgeably. As a result of the Act, all creditors must use the same credit terminology and expressions of rates, the annual percentage rate, the finance charge, the amount financed, the total of payments and the payment schedule.

      Violations of the Truth in Lending Act may result in regulatory sanctions and in the imposition of both civil and, in the case of willful violations, criminal penalties. Under certain circumstances, the Truth in Lending Act and Federal Reserve Regulation Z also provide a consumer with a right of rescission, which relieves the consumer of the obligation to pay amounts to the creditor or to a third party in connection with the offending transaction, including finance charges, application fee, commitment fees, title search fees and appraisal fees. Consumers may also seek actual and punitive damages for violations in the Truth in Lending Act.

 
State Consumer Protection Laws

      In addition to the federal consumer protection laws discussed above, the Bank is also subject to state consumer protection laws that regulate the mortgage origination and lending businesses of these subsidiaries. As part of the home equity line of business, the Bank originates home equity loans. The Bank uses interest rates and loan terms in its home equity loans and lines of credit that are authorized by Illinois law, but might not be authorized by the laws of the states in which the borrowers are located. As a FDIC-insured, state member bank, the Bank is authorized by Section 27 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, or FDIA, to charge interest at rates allowed by the laws of the state where the Bank is located regardless of any inconsistent state law, and to apply these rates to loans to borrowers in other states. The FDIC has opined that a state bank with branches outside of the state in which it is chartered may also be located in a state in which it maintains an interstate branch. The Bank relies on Section 27 of the FDIA and the FDIC opinion in conducting its home

77


 

equity lending business described above. From time to time, state regulators have questioned the application of Section 27 of the FDIA to credit practices affecting citizens of their states. Any change in Section 27 of the FDIA or in the FDIC’s interpretation of this provision, or any successful challenge as to the permissibility of these activities, could require that we change the terms of some of our loans or the manner in which we conduct our home equity line of business.

      USA Patriot Act

      On October 26, 2001, the President signed into law comprehensive anti-terrorism legislation known as the USA Patriot Act. Title III of the USA Patriot Act requires financial institutions, including banks, to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism. The Bank has augmented its systems and procedures to accomplish this. The Secretary of the Treasury has proposed additional regulations to further implement Title III. Although we cannot predict when or in what form these regulations will be adopted, we believe that the cost of compliance with Title III of the USA Patriot Act is not likely to be material to us.

78


 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

      The following summary describes the material terms of our capital stock and is subject to, and qualified by, applicable law and the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws. We have filed these organizational documents as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

      Our authorized capital stock consists of       million shares, of which       million shares are common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 3 million shares are preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. After giving effect to the offering, our outstanding capital stock will consist of                      shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and                      shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

Common Stock

      Our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of common stock to be issued in this offering will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. Subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock which may be issued, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefor at such times and in such amounts as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Our shares of common stock are neither redeemable nor convertible, and the holders thereof have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any of our securities. Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata, our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding, including holders of the Series A preferred stock described below. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. There is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.

      Our Board of Directors may approve for issuance, without approval of the holders of common stock, preferred stock which has voting, dividend or liquidation rights superior to the common stock and which may adversely affect the rights of holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power of the holders of common stock and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control.

      We have paid regular cash dividends on our common stock since we commenced operations in the first quarter of 1997. For further discussion on this matter, see the section in this prospectus captioned “Dividend Policy.” The holders of our common stock are entitled to receive such dividends as are declared by our Board of Directors, which considers payment of dividends quarterly. The common stock dividends are subject to the rights of holders of preferred stock. It is our intention to continue to pay cash dividends on the common stock to the extent permitted by our loan agreement, applicable banking regulations and the terms of the trust preferred securities. We cannot assure you, however, that we will pay dividends or that we will not reduce or eliminate dividends in the future. In determining the timing and amount of dividends, our Board of Directors considers our earnings, capital requirements and debt, and those of the Bank, as well as general economic conditions and other relevant factors. Our ability to pay dividends is subject to regulatory restrictions and restrictions imposed by the trust preferred securities. For further discussion on this matter, see the sections in this prospectus captioned “Supervision and Regulation” and “Description of the Trust Preferred Securities.”

Preferred Stock

      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock in classes or series and to establish the designations, preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any class or series with respect to the rate and nature of dividends, the price and terms and conditions on which shares may be redeemed, the terms and conditions for conversion or exchange into any other class or series of the stock, voting rights and other terms. Pursuant to this authority, our Board of Directors designated 1,530,000 shares as 9.0% Noncumulative Perpetual preferred stock, Series A, $25 stated value per share. The

79


 

rights, preferences, privileges, qualifications, restrictions and limitations of the Series A preferred stock are described in the Certificate of Designation.

      The shares of outstanding Series A preferred stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The rights of holders of Series A preferred stock could be subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of any additional series of preferred stock that may be issued in the future and that may rank prior to, or on parity with, as to dividends or distributions of assets, the Series A preferred stock. However, any such issuance is subject to the approval of the holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Series A preferred stock then outstanding, voting together separately as a class.

      The shares of Series A preferred stock are not convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of common stock, any other class or classes of capital stock (or any other security) or any other series of any class or classes of our capital stock (or any other security) and have no preemptive rights. We treat the Series A preferred stock as Tier 1 Capital for purposes of the risk-based capital guidelines of the Federal Reserve. The shares of Series A preferred stock are subject to redemption under the circumstances described under “Redemption at our Option” below.

      Since we are a holding company, our right, and hence the rights of our creditors and shareholders, to participate in any distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon our liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of such subsidiary, including depositors in the case of the Bank, except to the extent that our claims as a creditor of the subsidiary may be recognized.

 
Dividend Rights

      Holders of shares of Series A preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative cash dividends payable quarterly in arrears for each quarter at an annual rate of $2.25 per share, when, as and if declared by our Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof. Dividends on the Series A preferred stock are paid out of funds legally available therefor, for the period commencing on the date of original issuance of the Series A preferred stock to and including March 31, 1997 and for each quarterly dividend period commencing on the first day of each April, July, October and January thereafter, and ending on and including the day next preceding the first day of the next dividend period. Each such period is referred to as a dividend period. Dividends so declared are payable on the first day of each April, July, October and January, commencing on April 1, 1997, each a dividend payment date, to the holders of record on a date not more than 30 days and not less than 10 days preceding the related dividend payment date, as may be determined by the Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in advance of such dividend payment date. Dividends payable for any period of less than a quarter are paid on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30 day months. The amount of dividends payable per share of Series A preferred stock for each dividend period are computed by dividing the amount due on an annual basis by four. When a dividend payment date falls on a non-business day, the dividend is paid on the next business day. Holders of Series A preferred stock do not participate in dividends, if any, declared and paid on our common stock.

      We declare and pay dividends on the Series A preferred stock as well as the common stock each quarter. However, the right of holders of Series A preferred stock to receive dividends is noncumulative. Accordingly, if our Board fails to declare a dividend on the Series A preferred stock for a dividend period, then holders of the Series A preferred stock will have no right to receive a dividend for that dividend period, and we will have no obligation to pay the dividend accrued for that dividend period, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent dividend period.

      Under Delaware law, we can pay dividends on the Series A preferred stock only out of (i) our surplus, which is equal to the amount by which our net assets (excess of assets over liabilities) exceed the stated capital attributable to all outstanding shares of capital stock), or (ii) if we have no surplus, our net profits for the current or preceding year. If we have no surplus or profits, we would be unable to pay the scheduled dividends on the Series A preferred stock. Our right to pay dividends on the Series A preferred stock also is subject to certain restrictions under our loan agreement, which is substantially the same as the form filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which the prospectus is a part.

80


 

      No full dividends will be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any share of any series of preferred stock or any share of any other class of stock, or series thereof, in any such case ranking on a parity with or junior to the Series A preferred stock as to dividends unless full dividends for the then-current dividend period on the Series A preferred stock have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof, and for all prior dividend periods for which dividends were declared, set apart for such payment. When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series A preferred stock and any other series or class of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A preferred stock as to dividends, all dividends declared upon the Series A preferred stock and such other series or class of stock will be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share on the Series A preferred stock and such other series or class of stock will in all cases bear the same ratio that accrued dividends per share (which in the case of the Series A preferred stock will not include any accumulation in respect of undeclared or unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods) on the Series A preferred stock and on such other series or class of stock bear to each other.

      Except as set forth in the paragraph immediately following, so long as any shares of Series A preferred stock are outstanding, unless the full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock have been declared and paid or set apart for payment for the current dividend period and have been paid for all dividend periods for which dividends were declared, and except as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, (i) no dividend (other than a dividend in common stock or in any of our other stock ranking junior to the Series A preferred stock as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) may be declared and paid, or set aside for payment, or other distribution declared or made, on the common stock or any other stock ranking junior to or on a parity with Series A preferred stock as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (ii) no shares of common stock or shares of any other stock of ours ranking junior to or on a parity with Series A preferred stock as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, will be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration by us or any of our subsidiaries (nor may any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking or other fund for the redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any shares of any such stock), other than by conversion into or exchange for common stock or any other stock of ours ranking junior to the Series A preferred stock as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

      Participants with ESOP stock account balances under the Profit Sharing/ ESOP have the right to exercise certain limited “put” rights requiring us to purchase their shares of common stock following their termination of employment with us and the Bank. These former Profit Sharing/ ESOP participants will receive in-kind distribution of shares of common stock, subject to the terms of the Profit Sharing/ ESOP. Upon receipt of their shares of common stock, former participants will have a “put” right entitling them to sell the shares to us. The rights of the Series A preferred stockholders described in the preceding paragraph notwithstanding, we have a legal obligation to honor a holder’s “put” rights by purchasing the shares of common stock at a purchase price that is equal to the fair market value, as determined by the Trustee of the Profit Sharing/ ESOP, based on a valuation report by an independent appraiser. We may pay for these shares of common stock in cash or by issuing a five-year, interest-bearing promissory note.

 
Dividend Rate

      Except as provided below, the dividend rate per annum on the Series A preferred stock referred to above for any dividend period is equal to 9.0% per annum (or $2.25 per share of Series A preferred stock). The amount of dividends payable per share for each dividend period is computed by dividing the annual rate by four.

 
Redemption at Our Option

      Shares of Series A preferred stock were not redeemable prior to January 15, 2002. Now, the shares of Series A preferred stock will be redeemable at our option, in whole or in part, at any time or from time to time on not less than 30, nor more than 60, days’ written notice, at a redemption price of $25 per share, plus an

81


 

amount equal to dividends declared and unpaid for the then-current dividend period (without accumulation of accrued and unpaid dividends for prior dividend periods and without interest) to the date fixed for redemption.

      In the event we redeem shares of Series A preferred stock, on or before 12:00 noon, Chicago time, on the date fixed for redemption, we will deposit with a paying agent (which may be one of our affiliates) funds necessary for such redemption, in trust, with irrevocable instructions and authorization that such funds be applied to the redemption of the shares of Series A preferred stock called for redemption upon surrender of certificates for such shares (proper endorsed or assigned for transfer). The paying agent must be a bank or trust company organized and in good standing under the laws of the United States, the state of Illinois or the state of New York, having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $100 million. If notice of redemption shall have been mailed or if we have given to a paying agent irrevocable authorization promptly to mail such notice, then deposit of the funds necessary for redemption with a paying agent shall be deemed to constitute full payment of such shares to their holders and from and after the date of such deposit, notwithstanding that any certificates for such shares shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the shares represented thereby shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding. Thereafter, all rights of the holders of such shares as holders of Series A preferred stock (except the right to receive the redemption price, but without interest) will cease.

      In no event will we redeem less than all the outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, unless dividends for the then-current dividend period to the date fixed for redemption for such series shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment on all outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock; provided however, that the foregoing provisions will not prevent, if otherwise permitted, the purchase or acquisition by us of shares of Series A preferred stock pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made on the same terms to holders of all the outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, and mailed to the holders of record of all such outstanding shares at such holders’ addresses as the same appear on our books; and provided, further, that if some, but less than all, of the shares of Series A preferred stock are to be purchased or otherwise acquired pursuant to such tender or exchange offer and the number of shares so tendered exceeds the number of such shares so to be purchased or otherwise acquired by us, the shares of Series A preferred stock so tendered shall be purchased or otherwise acquired by us on a pro rata basis (with adjustments to eliminate fractions) according to the number of such shares tendered by each holder so tendering shares of Series A preferred stock for such purchase or exchange.

      If less than all of the outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock are to be redeemed, we will select the shares to be redeemed by lot, pro rata (as nearly may be), or in such other equitable manner as our Board of Directors may determine.

      Any optional redemption by us will be with the approval of the Federal Reserve, unless at the time the Federal Reserve determines that its approval is not required, and with the approval of our lender pursuant to the loan agreement to the extent then required.

 
Voting Rights

      Except as indicated below and except as required by applicable law, the holders of the Series A preferred stock have no voting rights.

      Generally, in the election of directors, the holders of Series A preferred stock, voting separately as a class, together with the holders of shares of any one or more other series of preferred stock entitled to vote in the election of directors, are entitled at each annual meeting of stockholders to cast one vote (or fraction thereof) for each $25 of liquidation preference to which such preferred stock is entitled for the election of one of our directors, with our remaining directors to be elected by the holders of the shares of any other class or classes or series of stock entitled to vote therefor. Any director who has been so elected may be removed at any time, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of any such director at a special meeting of such holders called for that purpose, and any vacancy thereby created may only be filled by the vote of such holders.

82


 

      If a Voting Event, as defined below, occurs, the holders of a majority of the shares of Series A preferred stock, voting separately as a class with the holders of shares of any one or more other series of preferred stock entitled to vote upon the occurrence of such Voting Event, will be entitled commencing with our next annual meeting of stockholders and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, unless prior thereto such Voting Event has been terminated, to elect one additional director (and to exercise any right of removal or replacement of such director). At elections for such director, each holder of Series A preferred stock and holders of one or more series of preferred stock then entitled to vote thereon shall be entitled to cast one vote (or fraction thereof) for each $25 of liquidation preference to which such preferred stock is entitled, with our remaining directors to be elected by the holders of shares of any other class or classes or series of stock entitled to vote therefor. The Board of Directors at no time will include more than two directors who have been elected by the holders of shares of Series A preferred stock or other preferred stock. Until such Voting Event has been terminated, any director who has been elected as described above may be removed at any time, either with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of any such director at a special meeting of such holders called for that purpose, and any vacancy thereby created may only be filled by the vote of such holders. If and when such Voting Event has been terminated, the holders of shares of Series A preferred stock then outstanding and so authorized will be divested of the foregoing special voting rights, subject to revesting upon the further occurrence of a Voting Event. Upon termination of such Voting Event, the terms of office of any person who may have been elected a director by vote of the holders of shares of Series A preferred stock and such other series of preferred stock pursuant to the foregoing special voting rights will immediately terminate.

      A “Voting Event” will be deemed to have occurred in the event that dividends payable on any share or shares of Series A preferred stock shall not be declared and paid at the stated rate for the equivalent of six full quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive). A Voting Event will be deemed to have been terminated when all such dividends in arrears have been declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment in full, subject always to the revesting of the right of holders of the Series A preferred stock voting as a class with the holders of any other preferred stock, to elect a director as provided above in the event of any future failure on our part to pay dividends at the stated rate for any six full quarterly dividend periods (whether or not consecutive).

      We are not permitted to amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any provisions of the Certificate of Designation so as to adversely affect the rights, powers or preferences of the Series A preferred stock or the holders thereof without the approval of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock voting separately as a class. We may not, without the consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A preferred stock, voting separately as a class, create, authorize or increase the authorized or issued amount of shares of any class of stock ranking prior to or on a parity with the Series A preferred stock as to dividends or distribution of assets on liquidation.

      Under regulations adopted by the Federal Reserve, the Series A preferred stock may be deemed a “class of voting securities” and a holder of 25% or more of such Series A preferred stock (or a holder of 5% or more if it otherwise exercises a “controlling influence” over us) may then be subject to regulation as a bank holding company in accordance with the BHCA. In addition, at such time (i) any bank holding company may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the BHCA, to acquire or retain 5% or more of the Series A preferred stock and (ii) any person other than a bank holding company may be required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Change in Control Act to acquire 10% or more of the Series A preferred stock.

 
Liquidation Rights

      In the event of our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of shares of Series A preferred stock will be entitled to receive out of our assets available for distribution to stockholders, before any distribution of the assets is made to the holders of shares of the common stock or any other class or series of our stock ranking junior to the shares of Series A preferred stock as to such a distribution, an amount equal to $25 per share, plus an amount equal to dividends declared and unpaid for the then-current dividend period up to the date of liquidation (without accumulation of accrued and unpaid dividends for prior dividend

83


 

periods) to the date fixed for payment of such distribution. If, upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up, our assets will be insufficient to make the full liquidating payment on the Series A preferred stock and liquidating payments on any other class or series of our stock ranking on a parity with the Series A preferred stock as to any such distribution, then such assets will be distributed among the holders of the Series A preferred stock and such other class or series of stock, ratably in proportion to the respective full preferential amounts to which they are entitled. After any liquidating payments, the holders of shares of Series A preferred stock will be entitled to no other payments. A consolidation or merger of us with or into any other corporation or corporations or the sale, lease or conveyance, whether for cash, shares of stock, securities or properties, of all or substantially all our assets will not be regarded as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our business.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification Matters

      Section 145 of the DCGL authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.

      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the DCGL, except for liability:

  •  for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
 
  •  for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions; and
 
  •  for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

These provisions do not affect a director’s responsibilities under any other laws, including the federal securities laws or state or federal environmental laws.

      Our amended and restated bylaws also contain provisions that require us to indemnify our directors, and permit us to indemnify our officers and employees, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. However, we are not obligated to indemnify any such person:

  •  with respect to proceedings, claims or actions initiated or brought voluntarily by any such person and not by way of defense; or
 
  •  for any amounts paid in settlement, without our prior written consent, of an action in respect of which we would otherwise indemnify such person.

      We intend to enter into indemnity agreements with each of our directors and executive officers providing for the indemnification described above. We believe that these limitations on liability are essential to attracting and retaining qualified persons as directors and executive officers. We have also obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance to cover these individuals.

Delaware Anti-takeover Law

      We are subject to Section 203 of the DCGL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person becomes an interested stockholder, unless:

  •  prior to the date at which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder;

84


 

  •  the stockholder acquires more than 85% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by directors who are officers or held in certain employee stock plans, upon consummation of the transaction in which the stockholder becomes an interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the business combination is approved by the board of directors and by two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, excluding shares held by the interested stockholder, at a meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, held on or subsequent to the date of the business combination.

An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or at any time within the prior three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. A “business combination” includes, without limitation, mergers, consolidations, stock sales and asset-based transactions and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for the Series A preferred stock and common stock is                     .

85


 

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

      Concurrently with this offering, the Trust is offering $ aggregate principal amount of           % trust preferred securities.

General

      The Trust is offering           trust preferred securities at a price equal to the stated liquidation amount of $25 per trust preferred security. The trust preferred securities represent preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. The Trust will sell the trust preferred securities to the public and its common securities to us. The Trust will use the proceeds from those sales to purchase from us our debentures, which have the same economic terms as the trust preferred securities. The trust preferred securities will be guaranteed by us as more fully described in the trust preferred securities prospectus.

Distributions

      The Trust will pay distributions on the trust preferred securities quarterly at the annual rate of           % of the $25 stated liquidation amount on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, commencing on                     , 2002. The funds of the Trust available for distribution to holders of the trust preferred securities will be limited to payments made by us under the debentures. If we do not make interest payments on the debentures, the Trust will not have funds available to pay distributions on the trust preferred securities.

Option to Extend Interest Payment Date.

      We have the option to defer interest payments on the debentures for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters. We cannot, however, defer interest payments beyond the maturity of the debentures. If we defer the payment of interest, quarterly distributions on the trust preferred securities will also be deferred during any such extension period. Any deferred distributions under the trust preferred securities will accumulate additional amounts at the annual rate of           %, compounded quarterly.

      If we exercise our right to extend an interest payment period, we may not:

  •  declare or pay any dividend or make any distribution on our capital stock or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment on any of our capital stock, except under limited circumstances;
 
  •  make an interest, principal or premium payment on, or repay, repurchase or redeem, any of our debt securities that rank equally with or junior to the debentures, or allow any of our subsidiaries to do the same;
 
  •  make any guarantee payments with respect to any other guarantee by us of any other debt securities of any of our subsidiaries if the guarantee ranks equally with or junior to the debentures; or
 
  •  redeem, purchase or acquire less than all of the debentures or any of the trust preferred securities.

      Upon the termination of any extension period and the payment of all amounts then due, we may elect to begin a new extension period at any time.

Redemption

      The debentures mature on                     , 2032. We may redeem the debentures prior to that date, subject to certain limitations. A redemption of the debentures would cause a mandatory redemption of a proportionate amount of the trust preferred securities and common securities at the redemption price with the applicable proceeds from our redemption of the debentures. The redemption price for each trust preferred security will

86


 

equal $25 plus accumulated but unpaid distributions to the date of redemption. We have the right to redeem the debentures:

  •  in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, on or after                     , 2007;
 
  •  at any time, in whole, within 180 days after (i) certain tax events occur or become likely to occur, (ii) the Trust is deemed to be an investment company or (iii) there is an adverse change in the treatment of the trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital for bank regulatory purposes, in each case as more fully described in the trust preferred securities prospectus; or
 
  •  at any time, and from time to time, to the extent of any trust preferred securities we purchase plus a proportionate amount of the common securities we hold.

      We are not required to make sinking fund payments with respect to the debentures.

Optional Distribution of Debentures in Exchange for Trust Preferred Securities.

      We have the right at any time to dissolve, wind-up or terminate the Trust and, after satisfaction of the liabilities of creditors of the Trust, cause the debentures to be distributed directly to the holders of the trust preferred securities and the common securities in liquidation of the Trust. If we elect to dissolve the Trust and cause the debentures to be distributed to holders of the Trust preferred securities and the common securities in liquidation of the Trust, we will continue to have the right to redeem the debentures.

Subordination of Common Securities to the Trust Preferred Securities

      Payment of distributions on the trust preferred securities and common securities will be made based on the liquidation amount of these securities. However, if we are in default under the indenture in respect of the debentures, no distributions on the common securities may be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid distributions on all of the outstanding trust preferred securities for all distribution periods terminating on or before that time has been made or provided for.

Ranking of the Debentures and the Guarantee

      The debentures and the guarantee are our general unsecured obligations. Our obligations under the debentures are junior in right of payment to all of our senior indebtedness to the extent set forth in the indenture. Because we are a holding company, the debentures and the guarantee and, therefore, the trust preferred securities, are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness of any of our current or future subsidiaries. Except in limited circumstances, the indenture does not limit the amount of other indebtedness that we or our subsidiaries may incur.

Listing

      We will apply to include the trust preferred securities on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol TAYCP. The debentures will not initially be listed on any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system.

87


 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

      Upon completion of this offering, there will be                      shares of our common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of outstanding options (                     shares if the over-allotment option granted to the underwriters is exercised in full). All of the                      shares being sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless purchased by an “affiliate” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which generally includes directors, officers and ten percent shareholders. The remaining                      shares of our common stock outstanding will continue to be “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These shares are “restricted securities” because they have not been registered under the Securities Act and, therefore, may not be sold unless registered under the Securities Act or sold pursuant to an exemption from registration, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144.

      Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and the status of shares of our common stock under Rules 144 and 144(k) under the Securities Act, and subject in some cases to the volume and manner of sale limitations of Rule 144 discussed below:

  •  shares which are “restricted securities” under Rule 144, or restricted shares, will be eligible for sale immediately after the expiration of the initial public offering lock-up agreements.
 
  •  restricted shares will be eligible for sale in                     , 200     ; and
 
  •  restricted shares will be eligible for sale in                     , 200     .

Lock-up Agreements

      Our directors, officers and stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, for a period ending 180 days from the date of this prospectus, subject to limited exceptions, not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock or securities convertible into shares of our common stock owned by them, except with the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it has no present intention to, and has not been advised of any circumstances that would lead it to, grant an early release of this restriction. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may, however, at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements. Any early waiver of the lock-up agreements which, if granted, could permit sales of a substantial number of shares and could adversely affect the trading price of our shares, may not be accompanied by an advance public announcement by us.

Rule 144

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person, or persons whose shares are aggregated, who has beneficially owned shares which are “restricted securities” for at least one year, including a person who may be deemed our “affiliate,” would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

  •  one percent of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately                      shares after this offering; or
 
  •  the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. We are unable to estimate accurately the number of restricted shares that will be sold under Rule 144 because this will depend in part on the market price of our common stock, the personal circumstances of our stockholders and other factors.

88


 

Rule 144(k)

      Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, a person who has been a non-affiliate for at least two years may sell his or her shares in the open market immediately after the lock-up agreements expire.

Rule 701

      Under Rule 701, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares of our common stock from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement prior to this initial public offering is generally eligible to resell those shares immediately after the effective date of this offering without complying with the holding period contained in Rule 144.

      Shortly following the date of this prospectus, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our stock option plans. Shares registered under this registration statement will, subject to Rule 144 volume limitations applicable to our affiliates, be available for sale in the open market immediately after the lock-up agreements expire. As of                     , 2002, an aggregate of                     shares of common stock were subject to outstanding options.

89


 

UNDERWRITING

      Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters, for whom Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as representatives, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholders, and we and the selling stockholders have severally agreed to sell to the underwriters, an aggregate of                      shares of common stock in the amounts set forth below opposite their respective names.

           
Number of
Underwriters Shares


Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. 
       
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
       
     
 
 
Total
       
     
 

      Under the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are committed to accept and pay for all of the shares offered by this prospectus, if any are taken. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or, in certain cases, the underwriting agreement may be terminated. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligations are subject to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel, including, without limitation, the authorization and the validity of the shares, and to various other conditions customary in a firm commitment underwritten public offering, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates, legal opinions and comfort letters.

      The underwriters propose to offer our common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected securities dealers (who may include the underwriters) at that price less a concession not in excess of $          per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $          per share to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be changed by the underwriters. We expect the shares of common stock will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2002.

      We have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable within 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to           additional shares solely to cover over-allotments, if any, at the same price per share to be paid by the underwriters for the other shares in this offering. If the underwriters purchase any additional shares under this option, each underwriter will be committed to purchase the additional shares in approximately the same proportion allocated to them in the table above.

      The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts to be paid by us and the selling stockholders to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option.

                                 
Per Share Total


Underwriting discount to be paid by: No Exercise Full Exercise No Exercise Full Exercise





Us
  $       $       $       $    
Selling Stockholders
  $       $       $       $    

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol TAYC. The initial public offering price for the common stock has been determined by negotiations between the underwriters and us and the offering price of the common stock may not be indicative of the market price following the offering.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that are intended to stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock during and after the offering, such as the following:

  •  The underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in the common stock for their own account by selling more shares of common stock than have been sold to them;

90


 

  •  The underwriters may elect to cover any such short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market or by exercising the over-allotment option;
 
  •  The underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of the common stock by bidding; and
 
  •  The underwriters may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in the offering are reclaimed if shares of common stock previously distributed in the offering are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise.

      The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of our common stock to the extent that it discourages resales of the common stock. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

      We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in connection with those liabilities.

      We have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., we will not, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

  •  offer, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or file any registration statement with respect to any such securities; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock,

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities in cash or otherwise. Our officers, directors and all of our stockholders, including the selling stockholders, have made the same agreement.

      Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has from time to time, performed investment banking and other services for us in the ordinary course of business and has received fees from us for its services.

91


 

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman, Chicago, Illinois. Melvin E. Pearl, a partner of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman, is a member of our Board of Directors.

      Various legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of Taylor Capital and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001, have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent accountants, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 we filed with the SEC. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement and all of its exhibits and schedules. For further information about us and the common stock being offered by this prospectus, please see the complete registration statement. Summaries of agreements or other documents in this prospectus are not necessarily complete. Please refer to the exhibits to the registration statement for complete copies of these documents.

      You may read and copy our registration statement and all of its exhibits and schedules at the public reference rooms of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Room 1024, Washington, DC, 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279 or 175 West Jackson Boulevard, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC public reference room in Washington, D.C. by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement is also available from the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov.

      After this offering, we intend to provide annual reports to our stockholders that include financial information examined and reported on by an independent public accounting firm.

92


 



        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only on the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of the delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

        No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession or distribution of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

        Until                  , 2002, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Prospectus Summary
    1  
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
    4  
Risk Factors
    6  
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
    15  
The Company
    16  
Use of Proceeds
    21  
Dividend Policy
    22  
Dilution
    23  
Capitalization
    24  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data
    25  
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
    27  
Litigation and Settlement
    59  
Management
    61  
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
    67  
Principal and Selling Stockholders
    68  
Supervision and Regulation
    69  
Description of Capital Stock
    79  
Description of the Trust Preferred Securities
    86  
Shares Eligible for Future Sale
    88  
Underwriting
    90  
Legal Matters
    92  
Experts
    92  
Where You Can Find More Information
    92  
Index to Financial Statements
    F-1  





                         Shares

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

Common Shares

[LOGO]


PROSPECTUS


Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company

Incorporated

                    , 2002




 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

[ALTERNATE FRONT COVER PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY      , 2002

PROSPECTUS

[LOGO]

TAYC Capital Trust I

$                 

              % Preferred Securities

($25 liquidation amount per preferred security)
fully and unconditionally guaranteed by
Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

TAYC Capital Trust I:

  •  will sell trust preferred securities to the public;
 
  •  will sell common securities to us;
 
  •  will use the proceeds from the trust preferred securities and the common securities to buy debentures issued by us that are due             , 2032; and
 
  •  will distribute the payments it receives on our debentures to holders of the trust preferred securities and common securities.

Quarterly Distributions:

  •  TAYC Capital Trust I will pay you quarterly cumulative cash distributions on the trust preferred securities at an annual rate equal to   % beginning on         , 2002.
 
  •  We can defer interest payments on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarterly periods. If we defer interest payments, TAYC Capital Trust I also will defer distribution payments to the holders of the trust preferred securities.

Redemption:

  •  TAYC Capital Trust I may redeem all or some of the trust preferred securities at any time, and for any reason, on or after         , 2007.
 
  •  TAYC Capital Trust I may redeem all but not some of the trust preferred securities at any time before         , 2007 under some circumstances as described on page 25.

     We will apply to include the trust preferred securities on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol TAYCP.

     Concurrently with this offering, we and the selling stockholders are offering to sell an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock in an underwritten initial public offering.

     Although our common stock and the trust preferred securities offered in this prospectus are being offered separately, each offering is conditioned upon the successful completion of the other.

       Investing in the trust preferred securities involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 7.

     Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful and complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                 
Per Trust
Preferred Security Total


Public offering price
  $ 25     $    
Proceeds to TAYC Capital Trust I
  $ 25          
Underwriting commission to be paid by us(1)
  $       $    
Net proceeds before expenses, to us
  $       $    


(1)  We will pay the underwriters’ commission for the sale of the trust preferred securities to the public and TAYC Capital Trust I will use all of the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred and common securities to invest in our debentures.

     The underwriters are offering the trust preferred securities to you. The underwriters will only sell the trust preferred securities after they have purchased the trust preferred securities from TAYC Capital Trust I. The underwriters entirely or partially may reject any order for trust preferred securities and they may withdraw, cancel or modify the offering without giving you any notice. The underwriters expect to deliver the trust preferred securities against payment therefor on or about         , 2002.

 
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Stifel, Nicolaus & Company
Incorporated

The date of this prospectus is                     , 2002.


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      This summary highlights only some of the information contained in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read carefully the entire prospectus, including the “Risk Factors” section and our consolidated financial statements and notes to those financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. In this prospectus, “Taylor Capital,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, the “Bank” refers to Cole Taylor Bank, the “Trust” refers to TAYC Capital Trust I and “Cole Taylor Financial” refers to Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc.

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

      We are a bank holding company headquartered in Wheeling, Illinois, a suburb of Chicago. We derive virtually all of our revenue from our subsidiary, Cole Taylor Bank. As of December 31, 2001, the Bank was the tenth largest commercial bank headquartered in the Chicago metropolitan area based on assets. We provide a range of products and services concentrating in four primary banking areas: middle-market business banking, small business banking, commercial real estate lending and wealth management. We currently operate 11 branches throughout the Chicago metropolitan area with approximately $2.4 billion of assets and $173.0 million of stockholders’ equity, as of March 31, 2002.

      The Taylor family entered the banking business in 1929 to provide credit and depository services to local businesses. Over the course of our 73-year history, we have worked to build solid foundations in the Chicago metropolitan area business community by providing our customers with personalized, professional and experienced service.

      Our primary business objectives are to enhance our profitability and be a premier Chicago business bank for small and mid-sized businesses and the people who own and manage them. We believe the Chicago market, with over 57,000 small and mid-sized businesses, is receptive to a locally owned and managed banking institution that provides responsive, personalized service, customized products and local decision making. We believe that our opportunities for expansion in this market are favorable and will increase as the Chicago banking market continues to experience significant consolidation.

Our Strategy

      In the fall of 2001, we adopted a strategic plan designed to capitalize on our perceived market opportunity within Chicago’s small and middle-market business banking environment by focusing on owner-operated, family-held and closely-held companies. It is with these core customers that we believe we can add the most value by understanding the challenges that owners experience and offering them advice and solutions to help them achieve their business and personal financial goals. The key elements of our strategy are:

  •  Expand Our Core Customer Base. We will continue to focus on expanding our core customer base by increasing the number of businesses we serve in the Chicago metropolitan area. We intend to increase our market share by providing a high level of customer service, competitive products and delivery systems and competing for customers of recently acquired banks in our market area. We believe our growth objectives can be achieved while maintaining our historical risk standards and effectively managing credit risk.
 
  •  Capitalize On Our Relationship Banking Approach. We intend to leverage our business banking relationships in order to capture more personal wealth management business. Closely held business owners often have complex needs for the management of personal and family wealth. We believe our existing relationships with their businesses provide a natural opportunity to assist with their personal financial needs. We also believe that providing personal wealth management services will strengthen our commercial banking relationships.
 
  •  Focus On Our Core Customers. We focus our time and resources on core customer segments: small- and mid-size businesses as well as the individuals who own and manage them. As part of our effort to

A-1


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
  increase resources available to invest in serving these core customers, we have reduced or eliminated other activities. We have stopped originating non-customer conforming first mortgage loans for sale into the secondary market, the offering of certain fiduciary trust services, and the funding of broker-originated auto and manufactured housing loans. We intend to reallocate these resources to expand our core businesses of commercial banking and wealth management.
 
  •  Enhance Our Operational Efficiency. We plan to further centralize and automate important operational functions to enhance operating leverage as well as service quality. We intend to realign our people, processes and systems in support of the high quality sales and service requirements that our customers desire. We anticipate that this realignment will involve the relocation and consolidation of currently dispersed facilities, processes and personnel.

TAYC Capital Trust I

      The Trust is a Delaware statutory business trust that we formed in May 2002. A statutory business trust is a separate legal entity that can be formed for the purpose of holding property. For tax purposes, the Trust is intended to be a grantor trust. A grantor trust is a trust that does not pay federal income tax if it is formed solely to facilitate direct investment in the assets of the trust and the trustee cannot change the investment. The Trust exists solely to:

  •  issue the trust preferred securities to the public for cash;
 
  •  issue its common securities to us in exchange for our capitalization of the Trust;
 
  •  use the proceeds it receives from the issuance of the trust preferred securities and the common securities to acquire debentures issued by us in an amount that is equivalent to the amount of trust preferred securities issued by the Trust; and
 
  •  engage in other activities that are incidental to these purposes.

      When the Trust issues the trust preferred securities offered by this prospectus, the purchasers in this offering will own all of the issued and outstanding trust preferred securities of the Trust. In exchange for our capital contribution to the Trust, we will own all of the issued and outstanding common securities of the Trust, which will equal at least 3% of the total capital of the Trust. The debentures will be the Trust’s only assets, and the interest we pay on the debentures will be the Trust’s only source of revenue.

      The Trust will be governed by a trust agreement among us, as sponsor, and the trustees of the Trust. The Trust has a term of 30 years, but may terminate earlier as provided in the trust agreement.

Other Information

      We were incorporated in Delaware in 1996. Our principal executive offices, and the principal offices of the Trust, are located at 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois 60090. Our telephone number is (847) 537-0020 and our web site is www.coletaylor.com. Information contained in our web site is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained in our web site as part of this prospectus.

A-2


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

The Trust Preferred Securities Offering

 
The issuer TAYC Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory business trust.
 
Securities being offered $                    aggregate principal amount of trust preferred securities by the Trust, which represent preferred undivided interests in the assets of the Trust. The Trust’s assets will consist solely of our debentures and payments received on the debentures.
 
Use of proceeds from this offering The Trust will use all of the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase our debentures. We intend to use our net proceeds from the sale of the debentures to the Trust and the concurrent offering described below to satisfy our obligations pursuant to the settlement agreements described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement,” to reduce our outstanding indebtedness, to enhance our regulatory capital levels and for general corporate purposes. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Use of Proceeds.”
 
When distributions will be paid
to you
Holders of trust preferred securities are entitled to receive cumulative cash distributions at a           % annual rate. Distributions will accumulate from the date the Trust issues the trust preferred securities and are to be paid quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, beginning with the first such date after issuance. As long as the trust preferred securities are represented by a global security, the record date for distributions on the trust preferred securities will be the business day prior to the distribution date. The Trust may defer the payment of cash distributions, as described below.
 
When the trust preferred securities must be redeemed The debentures will mature on, and the trust preferred securities must be redeemed by,                , 2032. We have the option, however, to shorten the maturity date at any time before the day which is 90 days before the scheduled maturity date and on or after                     , 2007. We will not shorten the maturity date unless we have received the prior approval of the Federal Reserve System, which we refer to as the Federal Reserve, if required.
 
Redemption of the trust preferred
securities before                     , 2032
is possible
The Trust must redeem the trust preferred securities when the debentures are paid at maturity or upon any earlier redemption of the debentures. We may redeem all or part of the debentures at any time on or after                     , 2007. In addition, we may redeem, at any time, all of the debentures if:
 
• there is a change in existing laws or regulations, or new official administrative or judicial interpretation or application of these laws and regulations, that causes the interest we pay on the debentures to no longer be deductible by us for federal tax purposes; or the Trust becomes subject to federal income tax; or the Trust becomes or will become subject to other taxes or governmental charges;

A-3


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
 
• there is a change in existing laws or regulations that requires the Trust to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940; or
 
• there is a change in the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve that results in the trust preferred securities not being counted as Tier 1 capital.
 
We may also redeem debentures at any time, and from time to time, in an amount equal to the liquidation amount of any trust preferred securities we purchase, plus a proportionate amount of common securities, but only in exchange for a like amount of the trust preferred securities and common securities then owned by us.
 
Redemption of the debentures prior to maturity will be subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if approval is then required. If your trust preferred securities are redeemed by the Trust, you will receive the liquidation amount of $25 per trust preferred security, plus any accrued and unpaid distributions to the date of redemption.
 
We have the option to extend the
interest payment period
The Trust will rely solely on payments made by us under the debentures to pay distributions on the trust preferred securities. As long as we are not in default under the indenture relating to the debentures, we may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters, but not beyond the scheduled maturity of the debentures. If we defer interest payments on the debentures:
 
• the Trust will also defer distributions on the trust preferred securities;
 
• the distributions you are entitled to will accumulate; and
 
• these accumulated distributions will earn interest at an annual rate of           %, compounded quarterly, until paid.
 
At the end of any deferral period, we will pay to the Trust all accrued and unpaid interest under the debentures. The Trust will then pay all accumulated and unpaid distributions to you. During an extension period, we are restricted from paying dividends or distributions on our capital stock or redeeming, purchasing or acquiring or making liquidation payments with respect to our capital stock, except for some exceptions.
 
You will still be taxed if distributions on the trust preferred securities are
deferred
If a deferral of payment occurs, you will still be required to recognize the deferred amounts as income for federal income tax purposes in advance of receiving cash relating to these amounts, even if you are a cash-basis taxpayer.
 
Our full and unconditional guarantee of payment Our obligations described in this prospectus, in the aggregate, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee by us on a subordinated basis, of the obligations of the Trust under the trust preferred securities. Under the guarantee agreement, we guarantee

A-4


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
the Trust will use its assets to pay the distributions on the trust preferred securities and the liquidation amount upon liquidation of the Trust. The guarantee, however, does not apply when the Trust does not have sufficient funds to make the payments. If we do not make payments on the debentures, the Trust will not have sufficient funds to make payments on the trust preferred securities. In this event, your remedy is to institute a legal proceeding directly against us for enforcement of payments under the debentures.
 
We may distribute the debentures directly to you We may, at any time, dissolve the Trust and distribute the debentures to you, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if required. If we distribute the debentures, we will use our best efforts to list them on a national securities exchange or comparable automated quotation system.
 
How the securities will rank in right of payment The Trust’s obligations under the trust preferred securities are unsecured, and the trust preferred securities will rank equally with the common securities of the Trust with regard to right of payment. The Trust will pay distributions on the trust preferred securities and the common securities pro rata. However, if we default with respect to the debentures, then no distributions on the common securities of the Trust or our capital stock will be paid until all accumulated and unpaid distributions on the trust preferred securities have been paid.
 
Our obligations under the debentures and the guarantee are unsecured and generally will rank junior in priority to our existing and future senior and subordinated indebtedness. Because we are a holding company, the debentures and the guarantee also will effectively be subordinated to all depositors’ claims, as well as existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries.
 
Voting rights of the trust preferred
securities
Except in limited circumstances, holders of the trust preferred securities will have no voting rights.
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol TAYCP
 
You will not receive certificates for the trust preferred securities The trust preferred securities will be represented by a global security that will be deposited with and registered in the name of The Depository Trust Company, New York, NY, or DTC, or its nominee. This means that you will not receive a certificate for the trust preferred securities, and your beneficial ownership interests will be recorded through the DTC book-entry system.

A-5


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

Concurrent Offering

 
Common stock offered by us            shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders            shares
 
Common stock to be outstanding immediately after the offering            shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to use the net proceeds from the concurrent offering of common stock and the trust preferred securities offering to satisfy our obligations pursuant to the settlement agreements described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement,” to reduce our outstanding indebtedness, to enhance our regulatory capital levels and for general corporate purposes. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders in the concurrent offering. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Use of Proceeds.”
 
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol TAYC

      The number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after the offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of                     , 2002. This number does not take into account (1)                     shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $           per share, and (2)                     shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants under our stock option plan.


      Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes:

  •  the completion of a                     for                     stock split;
 
  •  the completion of the concurrent offering of our common stock;
 
  •  the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and
 
  •  the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option with respect to the concurrent offering of our common stock.

A-6


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

RISK FACTORS

      An investment in our trust preferred securities involves a number of risks. You should carefully read and consider the following risks as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and the related notes, before investing in the trust preferred securities. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected by any of these risks. The trading price of the trust preferred securities could decline due to any of these risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to an Investment in Us

 
We require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness, which reduces the cash available to finance our operations.

      We have a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 31, 2002, our total indebtedness at the holding company level, including current maturities, was $27.2 million, and we had the ability to borrow an additional $7.8 million under our revolving credit facility. Following the completion of this offering and the application of our net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent offering of our common stock as described in this prospectus, our total indebtedness at the holding company level, including current maturities, will be $                    , and we will have the ability to borrow an additional $                    under our revolving credit facility. Our credit facility contains covenants that may limit our operating flexibility as well as our ability to pay any dividends on our capital stock.

      Our ability to make payments on our indebtedness, as well as to fund our operations and any future growth, depends on our ability to generate cash. Our success in doing so depends primarily upon the results of the Bank and the ability of the Bank to dividend its earnings to us. Other determinants of our ability to generate cash include general economic, financial and competitive conditions and other factors beyond our control.

      Our indebtedness could, among other things:

  •  make us more vulnerable to unfavorable economic conditions;
 
  •  make it more difficult to pursue our strategic objectives;
 
  •  require us to dedicate or reserve a large portion of our cash flow from operations to making payments on our indebtedness, which would prevent us from using it for other purposes, including payment of any dividends on our capital stock; and
 
  •  make us susceptible to fluctuations in market interest rates that affect the cost of our borrowings because a portion of our indebtedness is currently payable at variable rates.

 
Our business is subject to the vagaries of domestic and international economic conditions and other factors, many of which are beyond our control and could significantly harm our business.

      Our business is directly affected by domestic and international factors that are beyond our control, including economic, political and market conditions, broad trends in industry and finance, legislative and regulatory changes, competition, changes in government monetary and fiscal policies, consolidation within our customer base and within our industry and inflation. For example, a significant decline in general economic conditions, such as recession, unemployment and other factors beyond our control, would significantly impact our business. A deterioration in economic conditions may result in a decrease in demand for consumer and commercial credit and a decline in real estate and other asset values. Delinquencies, foreclosures and losses generally increase during economic slowdowns or recessions, and we therefore expect that our servicing costs and credit losses would increase during such periods.

      Our success is dependent to a significant extent upon economic conditions in the Chicago metropolitan area, where virtually all of our loans are originated. For example, our small- and middle-market business and commercial real estate customers in the Chicago metropolitan area could be significantly affected by a local

A-7


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
recession or economic downturn, which may result in an increase of defaults on outstanding loans and reduced demand for future loans, both of which could adversely affect us. Adverse changes in the economy of the Chicago metropolitan area could also impair our ability to gather deposits and could otherwise have a negative effect on our business, including the demand for new loans, the ability of customers to repay loans and the value of the collateral securing loans. Furthermore, a substantial portion of our loan portfolio involves loans that are to some degree secured by real estate properties located primarily within the Chicago metropolitan area. In the event that real estate values in the Chicago area decline, the value of this collateral would be impaired.
 
As a holding company, we are dependent on receiving dividends from the Bank in order to pay dividends and other obligations, and there are restrictions on the Bank’s ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, there are restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.

      We are a holding company, and we conduct no business operations. Our principal asset is the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. As a result, we must rely on payments from the Bank to meet our obligations. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to Illinois law and to regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and current and retained earnings, imposed by the various regulatory agencies with authority over the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to regulatory restrictions if paying dividends would impair its profitability, financial condition or other cash flow requirements.

      While we have historically paid cash dividends on our common stock, we cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common stock in the future. If we stop paying dividends, the price of our common stock could be adversely affected. The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock will depend on our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to secure any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other matters deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. Substantially all of our consolidated assets are held by the Bank, and, in the event of liquidation of both us and the Bank, creditors of the Bank, including depositors, would have first claim to our assets before holders of any of our capital stock. As of March 31, 2002, the Bank had outstanding indebtedness and other liabilities, including deposits, of $2.2 billion.

      The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies. In the policy statement, the Federal Reserve expressed its view that a bank holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends that exceed its net income or which could only be funded in ways that would weaken its financial health, such as by borrowing. The Federal Reserve also may impose limitations on our payment of dividends as a condition to its approval of certain applications, including applications for approval of mergers and acquisitions. As a bank holding company, we are required by the Federal Reserve to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. While our regulatory capital is currently above the minimum requirements, we do not qualify as a well-capitalized organization under these regulations, nor will we qualify as a well-capitalized organization after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent offering of our common stock. Because we do not qualify as a well-capitalized organization, we will be subject, at a minimum, to greater regulatory scrutiny by the Federal Reserve if we elect to pay cash dividends under the circumstances described in this paragraph or if we seek to engage in transactions that might be beneficial to us, such as certain strategic transactions. We are also subject to the requirements of Delaware law. For a detailed description of the regulatory restrictions applicable to our business, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Supervision and Regulation.”

      The terms of our outstanding preferred stock and loan agreements may also restrict our ability to pay dividends. Generally, unless we have paid all declared dividends on our Series A preferred stock or set apart payment for the current dividend period, no dividend may be declared and paid, or set aside for payment, on our common stock. We have obtained a $23.0 million five-year term loan and a $12.0 million revolving line of credit that each contain restrictive covenants, including a covenant not to pay dividends on capital stock if certain events of default exist or would result therefrom, and certain other covenants which require maintenance of minimum levels of Tier I capital. Finally, we will also be prohibited from paying dividends on

A-8


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
our common stock if we fail to make distributions or required payments on the trust preferred securities issued by the Trust. For further information about these restrictions, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of the Trust Preferred Securities.”
 
Our wholesale funding sources may prove insufficient to replace deposits at maturity and support our future growth.

      We must maintain sufficient funds to respond to the needs of depositors and borrowers. As a part of our liquidity management, we use a number of funding sources in addition to core deposit growth and repayments and maturities of loans and investments. As we continue to grow, we are likely to become more dependent on these sources, which include Federal Home Loan Bank, or FHLB, advances, brokered deposits, out-of-market certificates of deposit, repurchase agreements and federal funds purchased. Generally, we have paid a premium for brokered and other out-of-market deposits. These premiums are included in interest expense. Adverse operating results or changes in industry conditions could lead to an inability to replace these additional funding sources at maturity. Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. In this case, our operating margins and profitability will be adversely affected.

 
As a result of the settlement described in this prospectus under the caption “Litigation and Settlement,” we will record a substantial charge to earnings no later than the quarter in which this offering is completed.

      We have entered into settlement agreements on the terms and conditions described in this prospectus under the caption “Litigation and Settlement.” Upon the completion of this offering and the concurrent offering of our common stock, we expect to use a portion of our net proceeds from these offerings to satisfy our obligations under the settlement agreements. Assuming an initial public offering price in the concurrent offering of our common stock of $          per share, the total amount of our obligation under the settlement agreements would be $                    . Our accounting policies require that we recognize as a loss legal and other contingencies when, based upon available information, it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss contingency or range of amounts can be reasonably estimated. The settlement agreements specify certain conditions that must be satisfied before a comprehensive settlement can be finally consummated, including, among other things, the completion of this offering and the concurrent offering of our common stock. As a result of the settlements, we would expect to recognize a substantial charge to earnings no later than the quarter in which this offering is completed. This charge will negatively affect our earnings in the quarter in which it is recorded. For a discussion of our accounting policies regarding loss contingencies, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies.”

 
Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb potential losses in our loan portfolio.

      We believe that our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. Management’s estimates are used to determine an allowance for loan losses that we consider adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in our loan portfolio. In evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, we consider historical charge-off experience, growth of our loan portfolio, changes in the composition of our loan portfolio, trends in delinquency and criticized assets, general economic conditions, information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and collateral values and other factors and estimates that are subject to change over time. Estimating the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective, and actual losses may vary from current estimates. Depending on changes in economic conditions and other factors, including those described in the second risk factor, our actual loan losses could increase significantly and exceed our current allowance estimates.

      In addition, federal and state regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our allowance for loan losses by recognizing provisions for loan losses charged to expense, or to

A-9


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
decrease our allowance for loan losses by recognizing loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. Any such provisions for loan losses or charge-offs, as required by these regulatory agencies, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
If we do not successfully implement our business strategy and manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

      We have adopted a new business strategy that involves an enhanced focus on commercial banking and wealth management activities. To implement our strategy, we intend to discontinue offering certain products and services in order to deploy additional resources to our commercial banking activities. Specifically, we have decided to discontinue non-customer conforming first mortgage loan originations, certain fiduciary trust services and the funding of broker-originated auto and manufactured housing loans. As a result, the risks associated with our commercial banking activities will have a greater impact on our overall performance as our operations become less diversified.

      Our business strategy also involves increasing our small- to middle-market business customer base and expanding the range of financial products and services we offer these customers. This growth may place a significant strain on our management, personnel, systems and resources. We must continue to improve our operational and financial systems and managerial controls and procedures to accommodate this growth, and we will need to continue to expand, train and manage our workforce. For example, the expansion of our commercial banking business may increase our need for internal audit and monitoring processes that are more extensive and broader in scope than those we have historically required. We must also maintain close coordination among our technology, compliance, accounting, finance, marketing and sales organizations. We cannot assure you that we will manage our growth effectively. If we fail to do so, our business could be materially harmed. Further, unless our expansion of commercial banking and wealth management activities results in an increase in our revenues that is proportionate to the increase in our costs associated with this expansion, our operating margins and profitability will be adversely affected.

 
Our future success is dependent on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive banking industry.

      The banking business is highly competitive. We encounter substantial competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in obtaining loan customers. Our principal competitors are numerous and include other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, mutual funds, money market funds, finance companies, credit unions, mortgage companies, the United States Government, private issuers of debt obligations and suppliers of other investment alternatives, such as securities firms. In recent years, several major multi-bank holding companies have entered the Chicago metropolitan market. Many of our competitors are significantly larger than us and have access to greater financial and other resources. As a result of these and other factors, our future growth opportunities may be limited. In addition, many of our non-bank competitors are not subject to the same extensive federal regulations that govern bank holding companies and federally insured banks and state regulations governing state chartered banks. As a result, our non-bank competitors may have advantages over us in providing some services.

      We expect that competition will intensify in the future, particularly as a result of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or GLB Act. The GLB Act has expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company. The GLB Act allows qualifying bank holding companies to elect to be treated as financial holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, or are incidental or complementary to, financial activities. The GLB Act also eliminated restrictions imposed by the Glass-Steagall Act, adopted in the 1930s, which prevented banking, insurance and securities firms from fully entering each other’s business. While it is uncertain what the full impact of this legislation will be, it is likely to result in further consolidation in the financial services industry. In addition, removal of these restrictions will likely increase the number of entities providing banking services and thereby create additional competition. For more information concerning the competitive nature of our industry and the challenges we face, see the section of this prospectus captioned “The Company — Competition.”

A-10


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
 
Fluctuations in interest rates could reduce our profitability.

      We are subject to interest rate risk. We realize income primarily from the difference between interest earned on loans and investments and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. We expect that we will periodically experience gaps in the interest rate sensitivities of our assets and liabilities, meaning that either our interest-earning assets will be more sensitive to changes in market interest rates than our interest-bearing liabilities, or vice versa. In either event, if market interest rates should move contrary to our position, this gap will work against us, and our earnings may be negatively affected.

      We are unable to predict fluctuations of market interest rates, which are affected by, among other factors, changes in the following:

  •  inflation rates;
 
  •  levels of economic activity;
 
  •  unemployment levels;
 
  •  money supply;
 
  •  domestic and international financial markets;
 
  •  domestic and international political activity; and
 
  •  other factors which are beyond our control.

      We principally manage interest rate risk by managing our mix of financial instruments. In a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage this risk effectively. If we are unable to manage interest rate risk effectively, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

 
We are subject to certain operational risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors and customer or employee fraud.

      There have been a number of highly publicized cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees of financial services firms in recent years. Misconduct by our employees could include hiding unauthorized activities from us, improper or unauthorized activities on behalf of customers or improper use of confidential information. Employee errors and misconduct could subject us to financial losses or regulatory sanctions and seriously harm our reputation. It is not always possible to prevent employee errors and misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases. Employee errors could also subject us to financial claims for negligence.

      We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate against these occurrences and insurance coverage for these risks, but should our internal controls fail to prevent or detect an occurrence, or it is not insured or exceeds applicable insurance limits, it could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 
We are subject to security risks relating to our internet banking activities that could damage our reputation and our business.

      Security breaches in our internet banking activities could expose us to possible liability and damage our reputation. Any compromise of our security also could deter customers from using our internet banking services that involve the transmission of confidential information. We rely on standard internet security systems to provide the security and authentication necessary to effect secure transmission of data. These precautions may not protect our systems from compromises or breaches of our security measures that could result in damage to our reputation and our business.

A-11


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
 
We rely heavily on our management team and key personnel, and the unexpected loss of key managers and personnel may adversely affect our operations.

      Our future success largely depends upon the continued service of our executive officers and other key management personnel who are experienced in banking and financial services. In addition to the services of Jeffrey and Bruce Taylor, the two most senior ranking officers of both the holding company and the Bank, and Christopher Alstrin, the Chief Financial Officer of both the holding company and the Bank, we depend on the services of our lending officers and our operational and staff officers. Our lending officers maintain strong community ties and personal banking relationships with our customer base, which is a key aspect of our business and our strategy to increase our market presence. Their skills, years of experience and relationships in the communities we serve are among our competitive strengths. Our operational and staff officers maintain our systems and processes in an effort to deliver to our customers the highest possible quality products and services. This is another key aspect of our business and strategy. We rely on these officers to ensure customer satisfaction. We do not have employment agreements with any of our key personnel. The unexpected loss of the services of any one of these key people would materially harm our business. Furthermore, our future success depends upon the ability of our key personnel, including several recently recruited individuals, to function effectively as a team.

      Our future success and growth will also depend upon our ability to recruit and retain highly skilled employees with strong community relationships and specialized knowledge in the financial services industry. The level of competition in our industry for people with these skills is intense, and from time to time we have experienced losses of key employees. Significant losses of key personnel, particularly to our competitors, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 
We may need additional capital in the future, and adequate financing may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.

      The net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent offering of our common stock, along with our cash flow from operations, may not be sufficient to maintain our capital at requisite regulatory levels or the level of growth contemplated under our business strategy. Because we do not qualify as a well-capitalized bank holding company under Federal Reserve regulations, nor will we qualify as a well-capitalized bank holding company after giving effect to this offering and the concurrent offering of our common stock, we will be subject, at a minimum, to greater regulatory scrutiny by the Federal Reserve if we seek to engage in transactions that might be beneficial to us, such as new activities, acquisitions or redemptions of securities. If the Federal Reserve were to conclude that we did not have adequate capital to support the proposed transaction, it might deny our requests or condition approval on our raising additional capital.

      We may seek additional capital in the future to fund the growth of our operations and to enhance our regulatory capital levels. We may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing, or, if available, it may not be in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, or, it may impose conditions on our ability to pay dividends or grow our business. If we are unable to obtain the funding we need, we may be unable to continue to implement our business strategy, enhance our financial products and services, take advantage of future opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to grow our business. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity securities, your ownership interest in us will be diluted.

 
We will incur costs and may experience difficulties in relocating and consolidating our administrative and operational functions.

      In an effort to improve our service levels, risk profile and efficiency, we have initiated a plan to review the consolidation of our administrative and operational functions. Our plan includes process and operational restructuring, and may expand to include the repositioning of branches, all designed to improve service levels and create operational efficiencies and promote profitability. We anticipate that we will incur significant costs in connection with this plan. We cannot assure you that we will be able to implement our plan or that, if implemented, our plan will help us achieve our desired objectives.

A-12


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
 
Our business may be adversely affected by the highly regulated environment in which we operate.

      We are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision, which is primarily for the protection of depositors and customers rather than for the benefit of investors. As a bank holding company, we are subject to regulation and supervision primarily by the Federal Reserve. The Bank, as an Illinois-chartered commercial bank, is subject to regulation and supervision primarily by the Illinois Commissioner of Banks and Real Estate, or ICBRE. We must undergo periodic examinations by our regulators, who have extensive discretion and power to prevent or remedy unsafe or unsound practices or violations of law by banks and bank holding companies. Our failure to comply with state and federal regulations can lead to, among other things, termination or suspension of our licenses, rights of rescission for borrowers, class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement actions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to fully comply with these regulations. Recently enacted, proposed and future legislation and regulations have had, and will continue to have, a significant impact on the financial services industry. Regulatory or legislative changes could cause us to change or limit some of our loan products or the way we operate our business and could affect our profitability.

      Our operations are also subject to a wide variety of state and federal consumer protection and similar statutes and regulations. For example, consumer loan originations are highly regulated and recent regulatory initiatives have focused on the mortgage and home equity lending markets. Federal, state and local government agencies and legislators have begun to consider, and in some instances have adopted, legislation to restrict lenders’ ability to charge rates and fees in connection with residential mortgage loans. In general, these proposals involve lowering the existing federal Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act thresholds for defining a “high-cost” loan and establishing enhanced protections and remedies for borrowers who receive these loans. The proposed legislation has also included various loan term restrictions, such as limits on balloon loan features. Frequently referred to as “predatory lending” legislation, many of these laws and rules extend beyond curbing predatory lending practices to restrict commonly accepted lending activities, including some of our activities. For example, some of these laws and rules prohibit any form of prepayment charge and severely restrict a borrower’s ability to finance the points and fees charged in connection with his or her loan. It is possible that passage of these laws could limit our ability to impose various fees and charge what we believe are risk-based interest rates on various types of consumer loans and may impose additional regulatory restrictions on our business in certain states.

 
We rely on third party professionals to provide certain financial services to our customers.

      We rely on selected outside investment managers to provide specialized investment advice and asset management services to our customers. We cannot assure you that any of these providers will be able to continue to provide these services to our customers or that they will be able to adequately meet our customers’ or our needs. Further, we cannot be sure that our customers will continue to utilize the services of these investment managers through us, rather than directly from the investment management firms themselves. The loss of any of these outside investment managers may impact our ability to provide our customers with quality service or certain types of portfolio management without incurring the cost of replacing them.

Risks Related to an Investment in the Trust Preferred Securities

      Because the Trust will rely on payments it receives on the debentures to make all payments on the trust preferred securities, and because the Trust may distribute the debentures in exchange for the trust preferred securities upon liquidation of the Trust, you are making an investment decision with regard to the debentures as well as the trust preferred securities. You should carefully read the information in this prospectus about both of these securities.

 
You may not be able to trade the trust preferred securities if an active trading market does not develop.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the trust preferred securities. Although we will apply to have the trust preferred securities listed on the Nasdaq National Market, we cannot assure you that our application for listing will be approved. Even if our listing application is approved, we cannot assure that an active trading market will develop or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does

A-13


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
not develop, the market price and liquidity of the trust preferred securities may be adversely affected. Even if an active trading market does develop, there is no guarantee that the market price for the trust preferred securities will equal or exceed the price you pay for the trust preferred securities. Future trading prices of the trust preferred securities may be subject to significant fluctuations in response to prevailing interest rates, our future operating results and financial condition, the market for similar securities and general economic and market conditions.
 
If we do not make interest payments under the debentures, the Trust will be unable to pay distributions and liquidation amounts. The guarantee will not apply because the guarantee covers payments only if the Trust has funds available.

      The Trust will depend solely on our interest payments on the debentures to pay amounts due to you on the trust preferred securities. If we default on our obligation to pay the principal or interest on the debentures, the Trust will not have sufficient funds to pay distributions or the liquidation amount on the trust preferred securities. In that case, you will not be able to rely on the guarantee for payment of these amounts because the guarantee only applies if the Trust has sufficient funds to make distributions on or to pay the liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities. Instead, you or the property trustee will have to institute a direct action against us to enforce the property trustee’s rights under the indenture relating to the debentures, as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Relationship Among the Trust Preferred Securities, the Debentures and the Guarantee.”

      You will have no protection under the terms of the trust preferred securities or the indenture against any sudden decline in our credit quality resulting from any highly leveraged transaction, takeover, merger, recapitalization or similar restructuring or change in control.

 
If our bank subsidiary is unable to pay dividends to us, we may be unable to make payments on the debentures.

      We are a holding company and we conduct no business operations. Our principal asset is the outstanding capital stock of the Bank. As a result, our ability to make payments on the debentures when due will depend primarily on our receiving dividends from the Bank. Dividend payments from the Bank are subject to regulatory limitations, generally based on capital levels and current and retained earnings, imposed by the various regulatory agencies with authority over the Bank. The ability of the Bank to pay dividends is also subject to its profitability, financial condition and capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. We cannot assure you that the Bank will be able to pay dividends in the future.

 
In the future, our regulators may impose restrictions on our ability to pay interest on the debentures.

      We may also be precluded from making interest payments on the debentures by our regulators in order to address any perceived deficiencies in liquidity or regulatory capital at the holding company level. Such regulatory action could require us to obtain consent from our regulators prior to paying dividends on our capital stock or interest on the debentures. In the event our regulators withheld their consent to our payment of interest on the debentures, we would exercise our right to defer interest payments on the debentures, and the Trust would not have funds available to make distributions on the trust preferred securities during such period. The commencement of a deferral period would likely cause the market price of the trust preferred securities to decline. We cannot assure you that our regulators will not attempt to preclude us from making interest payments on the debentures.

 
The debentures and the guarantee rank lower than any of our other indebtedness, and our holding company structure effectively subordinates any claims against us to those of our subsidiary bank.

      The debentures and the guarantee are not secured by any of our property or assets. Our obligations under the debentures will rank junior in right of payment to our existing and future senior and subordinated debt. Senior and subordinated debt include substantially all of our current and future indebtedness, other than trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business. At March 31, 2002, we had

A-14


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
approximately $386.4 million of senior and subordinated debt, excluding deposits, but including federal funds purchased, short-term borrowed funds and long-term debt.

      Since we are a holding company, our right to participate in any asset distribution of any of our subsidiaries, including the Bank, on liquidation, reorganization or otherwise, will rank junior to all creditors and depositors of that subsidiary, except to the extent that we may ourselves be a creditor of that subsidiary. At March 31, 2002, the Bank had obligations to creditors and depositors in the amount of $2.2 billion. The rights of holders of trust preferred securities or debentures to benefit from those distributions will also be junior to those prior claims. Consequently, the guarantee, the debentures and, therefore, the trust preferred securities of the Trust, will be effectively subordinated to all liabilities of the Bank. Accordingly, you should look only to our assets for payments on the guarantee and the debentures and the trust preferred securities.

      We expect to incur additional indebtedness from time to time in the future. The indenture prevents us and any subsidiary from incurring indebtedness, in connection with the issuance of any preferred securities or any similar securities, that is senior in right of payment to the debentures. Additionally, the indenture limits our ability and the ability of any subsidiary to incur, related to the issuance of any preferred securities or any similar securities, indebtedness that is equal in right of payment to the debentures. Except as described above, neither the indenture nor the trust agreement limits our ability or the ability of any of our subsidiaries to incur other additional indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the debentures.

 
If we elect to defer interest payments on the debentures, you will not receive timely distributions on the trust preferred securities.

      As long as there is no event of default under the indenture that has occurred but has not been cured, we will have the right, one or more times, to defer interest payments on the debentures for up to 20 consecutive quarters, but not beyond                     , 2032. There is no limit on the number of deferral periods that we may impose. Deferral periods are periods during which we defer interest payments on the debentures. If we defer interest payments on the debentures, the Trust also will defer payment of distributions on the trust preferred securities. During a deferral period, you will still accumulate distributions at an annual rate of        % of the liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities.

 
If we elect to defer interest payments on the debentures, you will have to include interest in your taxable income before you receive any distribution.

      Although you will not receive cash distributions during a deferral period, for United States federal income tax purposes, you will be required to recognize the interest income that accrues on your proportionate share of the debentures held by the Trust in the tax year in which that interest accrues (determined on a constant yield basis). As a result, you will be required to include this income in your gross income for United States federal income tax purposes before you receive any distribution with respect to this income. For more information on the tax consequences of interest deferral, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences — Interest Income and Original Issue Discount.”

 
Our right to postpone interest on the debentures and the tax treatment of the trust preferred securities could adversely affect market prices for trust preferred securities.

      The market price of the trust preferred securities may be more volatile than the market prices of similar securities that are not subject to these rights, since we have the right to defer interest payments on the debentures. Any exercise of this right could cause the market price of the trust preferred securities to decline. Accordingly, the trust preferred securities that you purchase, whether in this offering or in the secondary market, or the debentures that you may receive on liquidation of the Trust, may trade at a discount to the price that you paid for the trust preferred securities.

      If you sell your trust preferred securities before the record date for the payment of distributions, you will not receive payment of a distribution for the period before the disposition. However, you will be required to include accrued but unpaid interest on the debentures through the date of disposition as ordinary income for United States federal income tax purposes. In addition, if we have, at any time, deferred interest payments on

A-15


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
the debentures, you will be required to add the amount of the accrued but unpaid interest to your tax basis in the trust preferred securities. Your increased tax basis in the trust preferred securities will increase the amount of any capital loss or decrease the amount of any capital gain that you may have otherwise realized on the sale. You cannot offset ordinary income against capital losses for United States federal income tax purposes, except in a few limited cases. For more information on the tax consequences of selling your trust preferred securities before the record date for payment of distributions, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences — Sales of Trust Preferred Securities.”
 
We may redeem the debentures at our option at any time on or after                     , 2007, or if a tax event, an investment company event or a capital treatment event occurs, and you may be required to reinvest your money in other investments at a lower rate of return.

      We will have an option to redeem the debentures — and therefore cause the Trust to redeem a like amount of the trust preferred securities — at any time on or after                     , 2007. You should assume that we will exercise our redemption option if we are able to refinance at a lower interest rate or it is in our interest to redeem the debentures at that time. Consequently, your trust preferred securities could be redeemed as early as five years after the issue date.

      In addition, if a tax event, a capital treatment event or an investment company event, as further described below, occurs, we have the right to redeem the debentures in whole, but not in part, within 180 days. If we redeem the debentures, the Trust will be required to redeem the trust preferred securities. Thus, it is possible that the trust preferred securities could be redeemed before                     , 2007.

      A tax event could result from amendments or changes in U.S. federal income tax laws or regulations, including those arising from judicial decisions or administrative pronouncements, that could have adverse tax consequences for us or the Trust in connection with the debentures or the trust preferred securities.

      Legislation has been introduced in the United States Congress that generally would deny an interest deduction for interest paid or accrued on debt instruments that are not included as liabilities in the certified annual report of an issuer. This legislation is proposed to be effective for instruments issued on or after the date of enactment of such legislation and consequently, as drafted, this legislation would not affect the trust preferred securities or debentures. While this legislation has not been enacted into law, we cannot assure you that this or similar legislation will not ultimately be enacted or what the effective date of any such legislation might be. If this or similar legislation were to apply to the debentures, we would not be able to deduct interest payments on the debentures, and, consequently, such legislation would result in a tax event as described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Trust Preferred Securities — Redemption or Exchange — Redemption upon a Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event.” For more information on this proposed legislation, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Material United States Federal Income Tax Consequences — Proposed Legislation.”

      An investment company event could result from changes in laws or regulations that could cause the Trust to be deemed an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which could have adverse consequences for us or the Trust.

      A capital treatment event could result from amendments or changes in laws, including those arising from judicial decisions or administrative pronouncements, that could have adverse consequences for us under the capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve. For more information on these events and on redemption generally, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of Trust Preferred Securities — Redemption or Exchange.”

 
We can distribute the debentures to you in exchange for the trust preferred securities, which may adversely affect the liquidity and the market value of your investment.

      The Trust will terminate upon the occurrence of the events described in the section of this prospectus entitled, “Description of the Trust Preferred Securities — Liquidation Distribution Upon Termination,” including if we elect to terminate the Trust. After we terminate the Trust and after satisfying all liabilities to

A-16


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
the Trust’s creditors, the property trustee may distribute the debentures to you in exchange for the trust preferred securities. We will not dissolve the Trust without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if then required.

      There is no public market for debentures. We must use our best efforts to list the debentures on the Nasdaq National Market or any other stock exchange or automated quotation system on which the trust preferred securities are then listed or quoted if the debentures are distributed to holders. However, we cannot assure you that the debentures will be approved for listing or that a trading market will exist for the debentures. Accordingly, the debentures that you receive upon a distribution, or the trust preferred securities you hold pending such a distribution, may trade at a lower price than you paid to purchase the trust preferred securities.

      Under current United States federal income tax law and interpretations and assuming that the Trust is treated as a grantor trust, as is expected, and not as an association taxable as a corporation, you would not be taxed if the property trustee distributed the debentures to you upon liquidation of the Trust. However, if a tax event were to occur and the Trust was taxed on income received or accrued on the debentures, you and the Trust could be taxed on that distribution.

 
We have made only limited covenants in the indenture and the trust agreement, which may not protect your investment in the event we experience significant adverse changes in our financial condition or results of operations.

      The indenture governing the debentures and the trust agreement governing the trust preferred securities do not require us to maintain any financial ratios or specified levels of net worth, revenues, income, cash flow or liquidity. As a result, these governing documents will not protect your investment in the event we experience significant adverse changes in our financial condition or results of operations. The indenture prevents us and any subsidiary from incurring indebtedness, in connection with the issuance of any preferred securities or any similar securities, that is senior in right of payment to the debentures. Additionally, the indenture limits our ability and the ability of any subsidiary to incur, related to the issuance of any preferred securities or any similar securities, indebtedness that is equal in right of payment to the debentures. Except as described above, neither the indenture nor the trust agreement limits our ability or the ability of any of our subsidiaries to incur other additional indebtedness that is senior in right of payment to the debentures. You should not consider the covenants contained in these governing documents as a significant factor in evaluating whether we will be able to comply with our obligations under the indenture or the guarantee.

 
You must rely on the property trustee to enforce your rights if there is an event of default under the indenture.

      You may not be able to directly enforce your rights against us if an event of default under the indenture occurs. If an event of default under the indenture occurs and is continuing, this event will also be an event of default under the trust agreement. In that case, you must rely on the enforcement by the property trustee of its rights as holder of the debentures against us. The holders of a majority in liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities will have the right to direct the property trustee to enforce its rights. If the property trustee does not enforce its rights following an event of default and a request by the record holders to do so, any record holder may, to the extent permitted by applicable law, take action directly against us to enforce the property trustee’s rights. If an event of default occurs under the trust agreement that is attributable to our failure to pay interest or principal on the debentures, or if we default under the guarantee, you may proceed directly against us. You will not be able to exercise directly any other remedies available to the holders of the debentures unless the property trustee fails to do so.

A-17


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
 
As a holder of trust preferred securities, you have limited voting rights, and we can amend the trust agreement to change the terms and conditions of the administration, operation and management of the Trust without your consent.

      Holders of trust preferred securities will have limited voting rights relating principally to the amendment of the trust agreement and the guarantee. In general, only we can replace or remove any of the trustees. However, if an event of default under the trust agreement occurs and is continuing, the holders of at least a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities may replace the property trustee and the Delaware trustee. In addition, we generally may amend the trust agreement and the indenture without the consent of the holders of trust preferred securities.

 
The debentures and the trust preferred securities do not represent deposit accounts and are not insured.

      The debentures and the trust preferred securities do not represent bank deposit accounts and they are not obligations issued by the Bank. They are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, or the FDIC, or by any other government agency.

A-18


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

USE OF PROCEEDS

      The Trust will invest all of the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities in the debentures. We estimate that the net proceeds to us from the sale of the debentures will be approximately $          . Net proceeds are what we expect to receive after paying the underwriters’ discount and other expenses of the offering.

      We intend to use the net proceeds from the sale of our debentures to satisfy a portion of our obligations under the settlement agreements described more fully in the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.” The remainder of our obligations under the settlement agreements will be satisfied by our proceeds from the concurrent offering of our common stock. We estimate the net proceeds from the concurrent offering of our common stock will be approximately $                    , or $                    if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in that offering. For a detailed description of the terms of the settlement agreements, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.”

      We intend to use the remaining net proceeds from this offering and the concurrent offering of our common stock to reduce our outstanding indebtedness under our term loan with an unaffiliated bank, to enhance our regulatory capital levels and for other general corporate purposes. Our term loan bears interest, at our option, at either the lender’s prime rate or the London Interbank Offering Rate, or LIBOR, plus 1.15%. The interest rate was 2.89% at March 31, 2002. The term loan is currently scheduled to mature on April 30, 2003. We expect to extend the term of the remaining term loan for five years.

      Pending these uses, we intend to invest the net proceeds of this offering in short-term, interest-bearing investment grade securities, certificates of deposit or guaranteed obligations of the United States of America.

A-19


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

CAPITALIZATION

      Set forth below is our capitalization as of March 31, 2002:

  •  on an actual basis, and
 
  •  on an adjusted basis to give effect to the following events, as if each event had occurred on March 31, 2002:

   •  the issuance and sale of the                 shares of trust preferred securities offered by us in this offering at an assumed offering price of $25 per trust preferred security and the application of the net proceeds therefrom; and
 
   •  the issuance and sale of                 shares of common stock in the concurrent common stock offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $               per share and the application of the net proceeds therefrom.

      The outstanding share information excludes (1)                shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $               per share, and (2)                shares of common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to future grants under our stock option plan.

      The information presented below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                     
As of March 31, 2002

Actual As Adjusted


(in thousands)
Indebtedness:
               
 
Notes payable
  $ 27,200          
 
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in the    % junior subordinated debentures due 2032 of Taylor Capital, Inc. 
             
Stockholders’ Equity:
               
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, Series A 9% noncumulative perpetual, $25 stated and redemption value; 3,000,000 shares authorized; 1,530,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted
    38,250       38,250  
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 7,000,000 shares authorized; 4,711,172 shares issued and 4,556,852 shares outstanding, actual;       shares issued and       shares outstanding, as adjusted
    47          
 
Surplus
    102,265          
 
Unearned compensation — stock grants
    (556 )     (556 )
 
Retained earnings (deficit)(1)
    35,493          
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,823       2,823  
 
Treasury stock, at cost, 154,320 shares, actual and as adjusted
    (5,340 )     (5,340 )
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    172,982          
     
     
 
Total capitalization
  $ 200,182     $    
     
     
 
Capital Ratios:
               
 
Leverage ratio(2)
    6.08%          
 
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
    7.68%          
 
Total risked-based capital ratio
    8.94%          
 
Total stockholders’ equity to assets
    7.19%          
 
Tangible total stockholders’ equity to tangible assets
    6.24%          

(1)  Reflects recognition of the estimated charge of $          million against earnings arising from the full satisfaction of our obligations under the settlement agreements. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Litigation and Settlement.”
 
(2)  The leverage ratio is Tier 1 capital divided by average quarterly assets, after deducting goodwill, intangible assets and net deferred assets in excess of regulatory maximum limits.

A-20


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

      The following table sets forth information regarding beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                     , 2002 by (1) each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of our common stock, (2) each of our directors, (3) each of our named executive officers and (4) all of our directors and officers as a group.

      Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person possesses sole or shared voting or investment power and options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days. Each director, officer or five percent or more shareholder, as the case may be, has furnished us with information with respect to beneficial ownership. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe that the beneficial owners of common stock listed below, based on information each of them has given to us, have sole investment and voting power with respect to their shares.

      The table lists applicable percentage ownership based on                 shares of common stock outstanding as of                     , 2002, and also lists applicable percentage ownership based on                 shares of common stock outstanding of the completion of this offering. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of                     , 2002 are deemed outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of the person holding these options, but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of calculating the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise noted, the address for each stockholder listed below is: c/o Taylor Capital Group, Inc., 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois, 60090.

                                         
Shares Owned Shares Owned
Prior to the Offering After the Offering

Shares Being
Name Number Percentage(1) Offered Hereby Number Percentage






Iris A. Taylor(1)(2)
            67.07 %                        
Jeffrey W. Taylor(1)(3)(6)
            89.02 %                        
Bruce W. Taylor(1)(4)(6)
            89.01 %                        
Cindy Taylor Bleil(1)(5)(6)
            89.02 %                        
Voting Trust dated November 1998
            67.07 %                        
Taylor Family Partnership
            21.37 %                        
J. Christopher Alstrin
            *                          
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan
            6.46 %                        
Melvin E. Pearl
            *                          
Adelyn Dougherty Leander
            *                          
Ronald Emanuel
            *                          
Richard W. Tinberg
            *                          
Mark L. Yeager
            *                          
Edward McGowan
            *                          
All directors and executive officers as a group (at least 10 persons)
            90.71 %                        


  * Represents less than 1% of total shares outstanding
(1)  Includes           shares held by a Voting Trust dated November 30, 1998, of which Iris A. Taylor, Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil share voting and investment power.
(2)  Excludes           shares held by the Sidney J. Taylor Trust, over which Iris A. Taylor has no voting or investment power, and with respect to which she disclaims beneficial ownership.
(3)  Includes           shares held by the Jeffrey W. Taylor Gift Trust dated June 10, 1982 of which Melvin E. Pearl is a trustee.
(4)  Includes           shares held by the Bruce W. Taylor Gift Trust dated June 10, 1982 of which Melvin E. Pearl is a trustee.
(5)  Includes           shares held by the Cindy L. Taylor Gift Trust dated June 10, 1982 of which Melvin E. Pearl is a trustee.
(6)  Includes           shares held by the Taylor Family Partnership, L.P., of which Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil share voting and investment power.

A-21


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST

General

      The Trust is a statutory business trust formed pursuant to the Delaware Business Trust Act under a trust agreement executed by us, as sponsor for the Trust, and the trustees. A trust is a fiduciary relationship where one person, known as the trustee, holds some property for the benefit of another person, in this case, the purchasers of the trust preferred securities. In connection with this offering, we will enter into an amended and restated trust agreement with the trustee that will be essentially in the form filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, which will state the terms and conditions for the Trust to issue and sell the specific capital securities and common securities.

      Upon completion of this offering, the holders of the trust preferred securities will own all of the issued and outstanding preferred securities of the Trust, which have certain prior rights over the other securities of the Trust. We will not initially own any of the trust preferred securities, but we will initially own, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding common securities of the Trust. The common securities, together with the trust preferred securities, are called the trust securities.

      The Trust exists solely to:

  •  issue the trust preferred securities to the public for cash;
 
  •  issue its common securities to us in exchange for our capitalization of the Trust;
 
  •  use the proceeds it receives from the issuance of the trust preferred securities to acquire debentures issued by us in an amount that is equivalent to the amount of trust preferred securities issued by the Trust; and
 
  •  engage in other activities that are incidental to these purposes.

      The rights of the holders of the trust preferred securities are as set forth in the trust agreement, the Delaware Business Trust Act and the Trust Indenture Act. The trust agreement does not permit the Trust to borrow money or make any investment other than in the debentures. Other than with respect to the trust preferred securities, we have agreed to pay for all debts and obligations and all costs and expenses of the Trust, including the fees and expenses of the trustees and any income taxes, duties and other governmental charges, and all costs and expenses related to these charges, to which the Trust may become subject, except for United States withholding taxes that are properly withheld.

      The number of trustees of the Trust will initially be five. Three of the trustees will be persons who are employees or officers of or who are affiliated with us. They are the administrative trustees. The fourth trustee will be an entity that maintains its principal place of business in the State of Delaware. It is the Delaware trustee. Initially, Wilmington Trust Company, a Delaware banking corporation, will act as Delaware trustee. The fifth Trustee, called the property trustee, will also initially be                     . The property trustee is the institutional trustee under the trust agreement and acts as the indenture trustee called for under the applicable provisions of the Trust Indenture Act. Also for purposes of compliance with the Trust Indenture Act,                     will act as guarantee trustee and indenture trustee under the guarantee agreement and the indenture. We, as holder of all of the common securities, will have the right to appoint or remove any trustee unless an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, in which case only the holders of the trust preferred securities may remove the Delaware trustee or the property trustee. The Trust has a term of approximately 30 years but may terminate earlier as provided in the trust agreement.

      The property trustee will hold the debentures for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities and will have the power to exercise all rights, powers and privileges under the indenture as the holder of the debentures. In addition, the property trustee will maintain exclusive control of a segregated non-interest-bearing “payment account” established with                     to hold all payments made on the debentures for the benefit of the holders of the trust securities. The property trustee will make payments of distributions and payments on liquidation, redemption and otherwise to the holders of the trust securities out of funds from the payment account. The guarantee trustee will hold the guarantee for the benefit of the holders of the trust

A-22


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
preferred securities. We will pay all fees and expenses related to the Trust and the offering of the trust preferred securities, including the fees and expenses of the trustees.

Accounting and Regulatory Treatment

      For financial reporting purposes, the Trust will be treated as our subsidiary and, accordingly, the accounts of the Trust will be included in our consolidated financial statements. The trust preferred securities will be presented as a separate line item in our consolidated balance sheet under the caption “Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures,” or other similar caption. In addition, appropriate disclosures about the trust preferred securities, the guarantee and the debentures will be included in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. For financial reporting purposes, we will record distributions payable on the trust preferred securities as interest expense in our consolidated statements of income.

      Following completion of our concurrent common stock offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our future reports filed under the Exchange Act will include a footnote to the audited consolidated financial statements stating that:

  •  the Trust is wholly-owned;
 
  •  the sole assets of the Trust are the debentures, specifying the debentures’ outstanding principal amount, interest rate and maturity date; and
 
  •  our obligations described in this prospectus, in the aggregate, constitute a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee on a subordinated basis by us of the obligations of the Trust under the trust preferred securities.

      Under accounting rules of the SEC, as of the date of this prospectus, we would not be required to include separate financial statements of the Trust in reports filed under the Exchange Act because we own all of the Trust’s voting securities, the Trust has no independent operations and we guarantee the payments on the trust preferred securities to the extent described in this prospectus.

A-23


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

DESCRIPTION OF THE TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES

      The trust preferred securities will be issued pursuant to the trust agreement. The terms of the trust preferred securities will include those stated in the trust agreement and those made part of the trust agreement by the Trust Indenture Act.

      The following discussion contains a description of the material provisions of the trust preferred securities and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the trust agreement and to the Trust Indenture Act. We urge you to read the form of the trust agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

      The trust agreement authorizes the administrative trustees, on behalf of the Trust, to issue the trust securities, which are comprised of the trust preferred securities and the common securities. We will own all of the common securities issued by the Trust. The Trust is not permitted to issue any securities other than the trust securities or incur any other indebtedness.

      The trust preferred securities will represent preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust, and the holders of the trust preferred securities will be entitled to a preference over the common securities upon an event of default with respect to distributions and amounts payable on redemption or liquidation. The trust preferred securities will rank equally, and payments on the trust preferred securities will be made proportionally, with the common securities, except as described under “Subordination of Common Securities” below.

      The property trustee will hold legal title to the debentures in trust for the benefit of the holders of the trust securities. We will guarantee the payment of distributions out of money held by the Trust, and payments upon redemption of the trust preferred securities or liquidation of the Trust, to the extent described under “Description of the Guarantee.” The guarantee agreement does not cover the payment of any distribution or the liquidation amount when the Trust does not have sufficient funds available to make these payments.

Distributions

      Source of Distributions. The funds of the Trust available for distribution to holders of the trust preferred securities will be limited to payments made under the debentures. Distributions will be paid through the property trustee, which will hold the amounts received from our interest payments on the debentures in the payment account for the benefit of the holders of the trust securities. If we do not make interest payments on the debentures, the property trustee will not have funds available to pay distributions on the trust preferred securities.

      Payment of Distributions. Distributions on the trust preferred securities will be payable at the annual rate of           % of the $25 stated liquidation amount, payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, to the holders of the trust preferred securities on the relevant record dates. So long as the trust preferred securities are represented by a global security, as described below, the record date will be the business day immediately preceding the relevant distribution date.

      Distributions will accumulate from the date of issuance, will be cumulative and will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If the distribution date is not a business day, then payment of the distributions will be made on the next day that is a business day, without any additional interest or other payment for the delay. However, if the next business day is in the next calendar year, payment of the distribution will be made on the business day immediately preceding the scheduled distribution date. Business day means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, a day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are authorized or required by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed, or a day on which the corporate trust office of the property trustee or the indenture trustee is closed for business.

      Extension Period. As long as no event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, we have the right to defer the payment of interest on the debentures at any time for a period not exceeding 20

A-24


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
consecutive quarters. We refer to this period of deferral as an extension period. No extension period may extend beyond the scheduled maturity of the debentures or end on a date other than an interest payment date, which dates are the same as the distribution dates. If we defer the payment of interest, quarterly distributions on the trust preferred securities will also be deferred during any such extension period. Any deferred distributions under the trust preferred securities will accumulate additional amounts at the annual rate of      %, compounded quarterly from the relevant distribution date. The term “distributions” as used in this prospectus includes those accumulated amounts.

      During an extension period, we may not:

  •  declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, make any distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of our capital stock (other than dividends or distributions in our common stock, or any declaration of a non-cash dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholder rights plan, or the issuance of stock under any such plan in the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto, purchases of our common stock related to the rights under any of our benefit plans for our directors, officers or employees or any of our subsidiaries, or as a result of a reclassification of our capital stock for another class of our capital stock);
 
  •  make any payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities that rank equally with, or junior in interest to, the debentures or allow any of our subsidiaries to do the same;
 
  •  make any guarantee payments with respect to any other guarantee by us of any other debt securities of any of our subsidiaries if the guarantee ranks equally with or junior to the debentures (other than payments under the guarantee); or
 
  •  redeem, purchase or acquire less than all of the debentures or any of the trust preferred securities.

After the termination of any extension period and the payment of all amounts due, we may elect to begin a new extension period, subject to the above requirements.

Redemption or Exchange

      General. Subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if required, we will have the right to redeem the debentures:

  •  in whole at any time, or in part from time to time on or after                     , 2007;
 
  •  at any time, in whole, within 180 days following the occurrence of a tax event, an investment company event or a capital treatment event, which terms we define below; or
 
  •  at any time, and from time to time, to the extent of any trust preferred securities we purchase plus a proportionate amount of the common securities we hold.

      Mandatory Redemption. Upon our repayment or redemption, in whole or in part, of any debentures, whether upon the scheduled maturity or earlier, the property trustee will apply the proceeds to redeem the same amount of the trust securities, upon not less than 30 days’ nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption price. The redemption price will equal 100% of the aggregate liquidation amount of the trust securities plus accumulated but unpaid distributions to the date of redemption. If less than all of the debentures are to be repaid or redeemed on a date of redemption, then the proceeds from such repayment or redemption will be allocated to redemption of trust preferred securities and common securities proportionately.

      Distribution of Debentures in Exchange for Trust Preferred Securities. Upon prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if required, we will have the right at any time to dissolve, wind-up or terminate the Trust and, after satisfaction of the liabilities of creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, including, without limitation, amounts due and owing the trustees of the Trust, cause the debentures to be distributed directly to the holders of trust securities in liquidation of the Trust.

A-25


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

      After the liquidation date fixed for any distribution of debentures in exchange for trust preferred securities:

  •  those trust securities will no longer be deemed to be outstanding;
 
  •  certificates representing debentures in a principal amount equal to the liquidation amount of those trust preferred securities will be issued in exchange for the trust preferred securities certificates;
 
  •  any certificates representing trust securities that are not surrendered for exchange will be deemed to represent debentures with a principal amount equal to the liquidation amount of those trust preferred securities, accruing interest at the rate provided for in the debentures from the last distribution date on the trust preferred securities; and
 
  •  all rights of the trust securityholders other than the right to receive debentures upon surrender of a certificate representing trust securities will terminate.

      We cannot assure you that the market prices for the trust preferred securities or the debentures that may be distributed if a dissolution and liquidation of the Trust were to occur would be favorable. The trust preferred securities that an investor may purchase, or the debentures that an investor may receive on dissolution and liquidation of the Trust, may trade at a discount to the liquidation preference, or stated principal, thereof.

      Redemption upon a Tax Event, Investment Company Event or Capital Treatment Event. If a tax event, an investment company event or a capital treatment event occurs, we will have the right to redeem the debentures in whole, but not in part, and thereby cause a mandatory redemption of all of the trust securities at the redemption price. If one of these events occurs and we do not elect to redeem the debentures, or to dissolve the Trust and cause the debentures to be distributed to holders of the trust securities as described below under “Liquidation Distribution Upon Termination,” then the trust preferred securities will remain outstanding and additional interest may be payable on the debentures.

      Tax event means the receipt by the Trust and us of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that as a result of:

  •  any amendment to, or change (including any announced prospective change) in, the laws (or any regulations thereunder) of the United States or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein; or
 
  •  any official administrative pronouncement or judicial decision interpreting or applying such laws or regulations,

which amendment or change is effective, or which pronouncement or decision is announced, on or after the date of issuance of the trust preferred securities under the trust agreement, there is more than an insubstantial risk that:

  •  interest payable by us on the debentures is not, or within 90 days of the date of the opinion will not be, deductible by us, in whole or in part, for federal income tax purposes;
 
  •  the Trust is, or will be within 90 days after the date of the opinion, subject to federal income tax with respect to income received or accrued on the debentures; or
 
  •  the Trust is, or will be within 90 days after the date of opinion, subject to more than an immaterial amount of other taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges.

      Investment company event means the receipt by the Trust and us of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that the Trust is or will be considered an investment company that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act, as a result of a change in law or regulation or a change in interpretation or application of law or regulation.

      Capital treatment event means the receipt by the Trust and us of an opinion of counsel experienced in such matters to the effect that there is more than an insubstantial risk of impairment of our ability to treat the

A-26


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
trust preferred securities as Tier 1 capital for purposes of the current capital adequacy guidelines of the Federal Reserve, as a result of any amendment to any laws or any regulations.

      Redemption of Debentures in Exchange for Trust Preferred Securities We Purchase. Upon prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if required, we will also have the right at any time, and from time to time, to redeem debentures in exchange for any trust preferred securities we may have purchased in the market. If we elect to surrender any trust preferred securities beneficially owned by us in exchange for redemption of a like amount of debentures, we will also surrender a proportionate amount of common securities in exchange for debentures. Trust preferred securities owned by other holders will not be called for redemption at any time when we elect to exchange trust securities we own to redeem debentures.

      The common securities we surrender will be in the same proportion to the trust preferred securities we surrender as is the ratio of common securities purchased by us to the trust preferred securities issued by the Trust. In exchange for the trust securities surrendered by us, the property trustee will cause to be released to us for cancellation debentures with a principal amount equal to the liquidation amount of the trust securities, plus any accumulated but unpaid distributions, if any, then held by the property trustee allocable to those trust securities. After the date of redemption involving an exchange by us, the trust securities we surrender will no longer be deemed outstanding and the debentures redeemed in exchange will be cancelled.

Redemption Procedures

      Trust preferred securities will be redeemed at the redemption price with the applicable proceeds from our contemporaneous redemption of the debentures. Redemptions of the trust preferred securities will be made, and the redemption price will be payable, on each redemption date only to the extent that the Trust has funds available for the payment of the redemption price.

      Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the date of redemption to each holder of trust securities to be redeemed at its registered address. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price on the debentures, interest will cease to accumulate on the debentures called for redemption on and after the date of redemption.

      If the Trust gives notice of redemption of its trust securities, then the property trustee, to the extent funds are available, will irrevocably deposit with the depositary for the trust securities funds sufficient to pay the aggregate redemption price and will give the depositary for the trust securities irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the redemption price to the holders of the trust securities. If the trust preferred securities are no longer in book-entry only form, the property trustee, to the extent funds are available, will deposit with the designated paying agent for those trust preferred securities funds sufficient to pay the aggregate redemption price and will give the paying agent irrevocable instructions and authority to pay the redemption price to the holders upon surrender of their certificates evidencing the trust preferred securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, distributions payable on or prior to the date of redemption for any trust securities called for redemption will be payable to the holders of the trust securities on the relevant record dates for the related distribution dates.

      If notice of redemption has been given and we have deposited funds as required, then on the date of the deposit all rights of the holders of the trust securities called for redemption will cease, except the right to receive the redemption price, but without interest on such redemption price after the date of redemption. The trust securities will also cease to be outstanding on the date of the deposit. If any date fixed for redemption of trust securities is not a business day, then payment of the redemption price payable on that date will be made on the next day that is a business day without any additional interest or other payment in respect of the delay. However, if the next business day is in the next succeeding calendar year, payment of the interest will be made on the immediately preceding business day.

      If payment of the redemption price in respect of trust securities called for redemption is improperly withheld or refused and not paid by the Trust, or by us pursuant to the guarantee, distributions on the trust securities will continue to accumulate at the applicable rate from the date of redemption originally established by the Trust for the trust securities to the date the redemption price is actually paid. In this case, the actual

A-27


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
payment date will be considered the date fixed for redemption for purposes of calculating the redemption price.

      Payment of the redemption price on the trust preferred securities and any distribution of debentures to holders of trust preferred securities will be made to the applicable recordholders as they appear on the register for the trust preferred securities on the relevant record date. As long as the trust preferred securities are represented by a global security, the record date will be the business day immediately preceding the date of redemption or liquidation date, as applicable.

      If less than all of the trust securities are to be redeemed, then the aggregate liquidation amount of the trust securities to be redeemed will be allocated proportionately to those trust securities based upon the relative liquidation amounts. The particular trust preferred securities to be redeemed will be selected by the property trustee from the outstanding trust preferred securities not previously called for redemption by a method the property trustee deems fair and appropriate. This method may provide for the redemption of portions equal to $                    or an integral multiple of $                    of the liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities. The property trustee will promptly notify the registrar for the trust preferred securities in writing of the preferred securities selected for redemption and, in the case of any trust preferred securities selected for partial redemption, the liquidation amount to be redeemed.

      Subject to applicable law, and so long as we are not exercising our right to defer interest payments on the debentures, we may, at any time, purchase outstanding trust preferred securities.

Subordination of Common Securities

      Payment of distributions on, and the redemption price of, the trust preferred securities and common securities will be made based on the liquidation amount of these securities. However, if an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, no distributions on or redemption of the common securities may be made unless payment in full in cash of all accumulated and unpaid distributions on all of the outstanding trust preferred securities for all distribution periods terminating on or before that time, or in the case of payment of the redemption price, payment of the full amount of the redemption price on all of the outstanding trust preferred securities then called for redemption, has been made or provided for. All funds available to the property trustee will first be applied to the payment in full in cash of all distributions on, or the redemption price of, the trust preferred securities then due and payable.

      In the case of the occurrence and continuance of any event of default under the trust agreement resulting from an event of default under the indenture, we, as holder of the common securities, will be deemed to have waived any right to act with respect to that event of default under the trust agreement until the effect of the event of default has been cured, waived or otherwise eliminated. Until the event of default under the trust agreement has been so cured, waived or otherwise eliminated, the property trustee will act solely on behalf of the holders of the trust preferred securities and not on our behalf, and only the holders of the trust preferred securities will have the right to direct the property trustee to act on their behalf.

Liquidation Distribution Upon Termination

      We will have the right at any time to dissolve, wind-up or terminate the Trust and cause the debentures to be distributed to the holders of the trust preferred securities. This right is subject, however, to us receiving approval of the Federal Reserve, if required.

      In addition, the Trust will automatically terminate upon expiration of its term and will terminate earlier on the first to occur of:

  •  our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation;
 
  •  the distribution of a like amount of the debentures to the holders of trust securities, if we have given written direction to the property trustee to terminate the Trust;

A-28


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

  •  redemption of all of the trust preferred securities as described under “Redemption or Exchange — Mandatory Redemption”; or
 
  •  the entry of a court order for the dissolution of the Trust.

      With the exception of a redemption, if an early termination of the Trust occurs, the Trust will be liquidated by the administrative trustees as expeditiously as they determine to be possible. After satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust as provided by applicable law, the trustees will distribute to the holders of trust securities, debentures:

  •  in an aggregate stated principal amount equal to the aggregate stated liquidation amount of the trust securities;
 
  •  with an interest rate identical to the distribution rate on the trust securities; and
 
  •  with accrued and unpaid interest equal to accumulated and unpaid distributions on the trust securities.

      If the property trustee, however, determines that the distribution is not practical, then the holders of trust securities will be entitled to receive, instead of debentures, a proportionate amount of the liquidation distribution. The liquidation distribution will be the amount equal to the aggregate of the liquidation amount plus accumulated and unpaid distributions to the date of payment. If the liquidation distribution can be paid only in part because the Trust has insufficient assets available to pay in full the aggregate liquidation distribution, then the amounts payable directly by the Trust on the trust securities will be paid on a proportional basis, based on liquidation amounts, to us, as the holder the common securities, and to the holders of the trust preferred securities. However, if an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, the trust preferred securities will have a priority over the common securities. See the section of this prospectus captioned “Subordination of Common Securities.”

      Under current United States federal income tax law and interpretations and assuming that the Trust is treated as a grantor Trust, as is expected, a distribution of the debentures will not be a taxable event to holders of the trust preferred securities. Should there be a change in law, a change in legal interpretation, a tax event or another circumstance, however, the distribution could be a taxable event to holders of the trust preferred securities. If we do not elect to redeem the debentures prior to maturity or to liquidate the Trust and distribute the debentures to holders of the trust preferred securities, the trust preferred securities will remain outstanding until the repayment of the debentures.

      If we elect to dissolve the Trust and thus cause the debentures to be distributed to holders of the trust preferred securities in liquidation of the Trust, we will continue to have the right to shorten the maturity of the debentures.

Liquidation Value

      The amount of the liquidation distribution payable on the trust preferred securities in the event of any liquidation of the Trust is $25 per trust preferred security plus accumulated and unpaid distributions to the date of payment, which may be in the form of a distribution of debentures having a liquidation value and accrued interest of an equal amount.

Events of Default; Notice

      Any one of the following events would constitute an event of default under the trust agreement with respect to the trust preferred securities:

  •  the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture;
 
  •  a default by the Trust in the payment of any distribution when it becomes due and payable, and continuation of the default for a period of 30 days;
 
  •  a default by the Trust in the payment of any redemption price of any of the trust securities when it becomes due and payable;

A-29


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

  •  a default in the performance, or breach, in any material respect, of any covenant or warranty of the trustees in the trust agreement, other than those defaults covered in the previous two points, and continuation of the default or breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the trustee(s) by the holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding trust preferred securities, a written notice specifying the default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that the notice is a “Notice of Default” under the trust agreement; or
 
  •  the occurrence of events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the property trustee and our failure to appoint a successor property trustee within 60 days.

      Within five business days after the occurrence of any event of default actually known to the property trustee, the property trustee will transmit notice of the event of default to the holders of the trust preferred securities, the administrative trustees and to us, unless the event of default has been cured or waived. We and the administrative trustees are required to file annually with the property trustee a certificate as to whether or not we are in compliance with all the conditions and covenants applicable to them under the trust agreement.

      If an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, the trust preferred securities will have preference over the common securities upon termination of the Trust. The existence of an event of default under the trust agreement does not entitle the holders of trust preferred securities to accelerate the maturity thereof, unless the event of default is caused by the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture and both the indenture trustee and holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the debentures fail to accelerate the maturity thereof.

Removal of the Trustees

      Unless an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, we may remove any trustee at any time. If an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, only the holders of a majority in liquidation amount of the outstanding trust preferred securities may remove the property trustee or the Delaware trustee. The holders of the trust preferred securities have no right to vote to appoint, remove or replace the administrative trustees. These rights are vested exclusively with us as the holder of the common securities. No resignation or removal of a trustee and no appointment of a successor trustee will be effective until the successor trustee accepts the appointment in accordance with the trust agreement.

Co-Trustees and Separate Property Trustee

      Unless an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, for the purpose of meeting the legal requirements of the Trust Indenture Act or of any jurisdiction in which any part of the trust property may at the time be located, we will have the power to appoint at any time or times, and upon written request of the property trustee will appoint, one or more persons or entities either (1) to act as a co-trustee, jointly with the property trustee, of all or any part of the trust property, or (2) to act as separate trustee of any trust property. In either case these trustees will have the powers that may be provided in the instrument of appointment, and will have vested in them any property, title, right or power deemed necessary or desirable, subject to the provisions of the trust agreement. In case an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, the property trustee alone will have power to make the appointment.

Merger or Consolidation of Trustees

      Generally, any person or successor to any of the trustees may be a successor trustee to any of the trustees, including a successor resulting from a merger or consolidation. However, any successor trustee must meet all of the qualifications and eligibility standards to act as a trustee.

Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations or Replacements of the Trust

      The Trust may not merge with or into, consolidate, amalgamate, or be replaced by, or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any corporation or other person, except as described below. For these purposes, if we consolidate or merge with another entity, or transfer or sell

A-30


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
substantially all of our assets to another entity, in some cases that transaction may be considered to involve a replacement of the Trust, and the conditions set forth below would apply to such transaction. The Trust may, at our request, with the consent of the administrative trustees and without the consent of the holders of the trust preferred securities, the property trustee or the Delaware trustee, undertake a transaction listed above if the following conditions are met:

  •  the successor entity either (a) expressly assumes all of the obligations of the Trust with respect to the trust preferred securities, or (b) substitutes for the trust preferred securities other securities having substantially the same terms as the trust preferred securities, referred to as successor securities, so long as the successor securities rank the same in priority as the trust preferred securities with respect to distributions and payments upon liquidation, redemption and otherwise;
 
  •  we appoint a trustee of the successor entity possessing substantially the same powers and duties as the property trustee in its capacity as the holder of the debentures;
 
  •  the successor securities are listed or traded or will be listed or traded on any national securities exchange or other organization on which the trust preferred securities are then listed, if any;
 
  •  the merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the trust preferred securities, including any successor securities, in any material respect;
 
  •  the successor entity has a purpose substantially identical to that of the Trust;
 
  •  prior to the merger, consolidation, amalgamation, replacement, conveyance, transfer or lease, we have received an opinion from independent counsel that (a) any transaction of this kind does not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the trust preferred securities (including any successor securities) in any material respect, and (b) following the transaction, neither the Trust nor the successor entity will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act; and
 
  •  we own all of the common securities of the successor entity and guarantee the obligations of the successor entity under the successor securities at least to the extent provided by the guarantee, the debentures, the trust agreement and the expense agreement.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may not, except with the consent of every holder of the trust preferred securities, enter into any transaction of this kind if the transaction would cause the Trust or the successor entity not to be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes.

Voting Rights; Amendment of Trust Agreement

      Except as described below and under “Description of the Guarantee — Amendments and Assignment” and as otherwise required by the Trust Indenture Act and the trust agreement, the holders of the trust preferred securities will have no voting rights.

      The trust agreement may be amended from time to time by us and the trustees, without the consent of the holders of the trust preferred securities, in the following circumstances:

  •  with respect to acceptance of appointment by a successor trustee; to cure any ambiguity, correct or supplement any provisions in the trust agreement that may be inconsistent with any other provision, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under the trust agreement, as long as the amendment is not inconsistent with the other provisions of the trust agreement and does not have a material adverse effect on the interests of any holder of trust securities; or
 
  •  to modify, eliminate or add to any provisions of the trust agreement if necessary to ensure that the Trust will be classified for federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust at all times that any trust securities are outstanding or to ensure that the Trust will not be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

A-31


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

      With the consent of the holders of a majority of the aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding trust securities, we and the trustees may amend the trust agreement if the trustees receive an opinion of counsel to the effect that the amendment or the exercise of any power granted to the trustees in accordance with the amendment will not affect the Trust’s status as a grantor trust for federal income tax purposes or the Trust’s exemption from status as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. However, without the consent of each holder of trust securities, the trust agreement may not be amended to (a) change the amount or timing of any distribution on the trust securities or otherwise adversely affect the amount of any distribution required to be made in respect of the trust securities as of a specified date, or (b) restrict the right of a holder of trust securities to institute suit for the enforcement of the payment on or after that date.

      As long as the property trustee holds any debentures, the trustees will not, without obtaining the prior approval of the holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of all outstanding trust preferred securities:

  •  direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the indenture trustee, or executing any Trust or power conferred on the property trustee with respect to the debentures;
 
  •  waive any past default that is waivable under the indenture;
 
  •  exercise any right to rescind or annul a declaration that the principal of all the debentures will be due and payable; or
 
  •  consent to any amendment or termination of the indenture or the debentures, where the property trustee’s consent is required. However, where a consent under the indenture requires the consent of each holder of the affected debentures, no consent will be given by property trustee without the prior consent of each holder of trust preferred securities.

The trustees may not revoke any action previously authorized or approved by a vote of the holders of the trust preferred securities except by subsequent vote of the holders of the trust preferred securities. The property trustee will notify each holder of trust preferred securities of any notice of default with respect to the debentures. In addition to obtaining the foregoing approvals of the holders of the trust preferred securities, prior to taking any of the foregoing actions, the trustees must obtain an opinion of counsel experienced in these matters to the effect that the Trust will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes on account of the action.

      Any required approval of holders of trust securities may be given at a meeting or by written consent. The property trustee will cause a notice of any meeting at which holders of the trust securities are entitled to vote, or of any matter upon which action by written consent of the holders is to be taken, to be given to each holder of record of Trust securities.

      No vote or consent of the holders of trust preferred securities will be required for the Trust to redeem and cancel the trust preferred securities in accordance with the trust agreement.

      Notwithstanding the fact that holders of trust preferred securities are entitled to vote or consent under any of the circumstances described above, any of the trust preferred securities that are owned by us, the trustees or any affiliate of us or any trustee, will, for purposes of the vote or consent, be treated as if they were not outstanding.

Global Preferred Securities

      The trust preferred securities will be represented by one or more global preferred securities registered in the name of the DTC, or its nominee. A global preferred security is a security representing interests of more than one beneficial holder. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global preferred securities will be reflected in DTC participant account records through DTC’s book-entry transfer and registration system. Participants are brokers, dealers, or others having accounts with DTC. Indirect beneficial interests of other persons investing in the trust preferred securities will be shown on, and transfers will be effected only through, records

A-32


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
maintained by DTC participants. Except as described below, trust preferred securities in definitive form will not be issued in exchange for the global preferred securities.

      No global preferred security may be exchanged for trust preferred securities registered in the names of persons other than DTC or its nominee unless:

  •  DTC notifies the indenture trustee that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depositary for the global preferred security and we are unable to locate a qualified successor depositary;
 
  •  we execute and deliver to the indenture trustee a written order stating that we elect to terminate the book-entry system through DTC; or
 
  •  there shall have occurred and be continuing an event of default under the indenture.

      Any global preferred security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for definitive certificates registered in the names as DTC shall direct. It is expected that the instructions will be based upon directions received by DTC with respect to ownership of beneficial interests in the global preferred security. If trust preferred securities are issued in definitive form, the trust preferred securities will be in denominations of $                    and integral multiples of $                    and may be transferred or exchanged at the offices described below.

      Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for the individual trust preferred securities represented thereby, a global preferred security may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC, by a nominee of DTC to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any nominee to a successor depositary or any nominee of the successor.

      Payments on global preferred securities will be made to DTC, as the depositary for the global preferred securities. If the trust preferred securities are issued in definitive form, distributions will be payable by check mailed to the address of record of the persons entitled to the distribution, and the transfer of the trust preferred securities will be registrable, and trust preferred securities will be exchangeable for trust preferred securities of other denominations of a like aggregate liquidation amount, at the corporate office of the property trustee, or at the offices of any paying agent or transfer agent appointed by the administrative trustees. In addition, if the trust preferred securities are issued in definitive form, the record dates for payment of distributions will be the 15th day of the month in which the relevant distribution date occurs.

      Upon the issuance of one or more global preferred securities, and the deposit of the global preferred security with or on behalf of DTC or its nominee, DTC or its nominee will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the respective aggregate liquidation amounts of the individual trust preferred securities represented by the global preferred security to the designated accounts of persons that participate in the DTC system. These participant accounts will be designated by the dealers, underwriters or agents selling the trust preferred securities. Ownership of beneficial interests in a global preferred security will be limited to persons or entities having an account with DTC or who may hold interests through participants. With respect to interests of any person or entity that is a DTC participant, ownership of beneficial interests in a global preferred security will be shown on, and the transfer of that ownership will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC or its nominee. With respect to persons or entities who hold interests in a global preferred security through a participant, the interest and any transfer of the interest will be shown only on the participant’s records. The laws of some states require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of securities in definitive form. These laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global preferred security.

      So long as DTC or another depositary, or its nominee, is the registered owner of the global preferred security, the depositary or the nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the trust preferred securities represented by the global preferred security for all purposes under the trust agreement. Except as described in this prospectus, owners of beneficial interests in a global preferred security will not be entitled to have any of the individual trust preferred securities represented by the global preferred security registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of any the trust preferred securities in definitive form and will not be considered the owners or holders of the trust preferred securities under the trust agreement.

A-33


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

      None of us, the property trustee, any paying agent or the securities registrar for the trust preferred securities will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of the global preferred security representing the trust preferred securities or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to the beneficial ownership interests.

      We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of the liquidation amount or distributions in respect of a global preferred security, immediately will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interest in the aggregate liquidation amount of the global preferred security as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global preferred security held through the participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name.” The payments will be the responsibility of the participants.

Payment and Paying Agency

      Payments in respect of the trust preferred securities shall be made to DTC, which shall credit the relevant accounts of participants on the applicable distribution dates, or, if any of the trust preferred securities are not held by DTC, the payments shall be made by check mailed to the address of the holder as listed on the register of holders of the trust preferred securities. The paying agent for the trust preferred securities will initially be the property trustee and any co-paying agent chosen by the property trustee and acceptable to us and the administrative trustees. The paying agent for the trust preferred securities may resign as paying agent upon 30 days’ written notice to the administrative trustees, the property trustee and us. If the property trustee no longer is the paying agent for the trust preferred securities, the administrative trustees will appoint a successor to act as paying agent. The successor must be a bank or trust company acceptable to us and the property trustee.

Registrar and Transfer Agent

      The property trustee will act as the registrar and the transfer agent for the trust preferred securities. Registration of transfers of trust preferred securities will be effected without charge by or on behalf of the Trust, but upon payment of any tax or other governmental charges that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange. The Trust and its registrar and transfer agent will not be required to register or cause to be registered the transfer of trust preferred securities after they have been called for redemption.

Information Concerning the Property Trustee

      The property trustee undertakes to perform only the duties set forth in the trust agreement. After the occurrence of an event of default that is continuing, the property trustee must exercise the same degree of care and skill as a prudent person exercises or uses in the conduct of its own affairs. The property trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the powers vested in it by the trust agreement at the request of any holder of trust preferred securities unless it is offered reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred. If no event of default under the trust agreement has occurred and is continuing and the property trustee is required to decide between alternative causes of action, construe ambiguous or inconsistent provisions in the trust agreement or is unsure of the application of any provision of the trust agreement, and the matter is not one on which holders of trust preferred securities are entitled to vote upon, then the property trustee will take the action directed in writing by us. If the property trustee is not so directed, then it will take the action it deems advisable and in the best interests of the holders of the trust securities and will have no liability except for its own bad faith, negligence or willful misconduct.

A-34


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

Miscellaneous

      The administrative trustees are authorized and directed to conduct the affairs of and to operate the Trust in such a way that:

  •  the Trust will not be deemed to be an investment company required to be registered under Investment Company Act;
 
  •  the Trust will not be classified as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; and
 
  •  the debentures will be treated as indebtedness of us for federal income tax purposes.

      In this regard, we and the administrative trustees are authorized to take any action not inconsistent with applicable law, the certificate of trust or the trust agreement, that we and the administrative trustees determine to be necessary or desirable for these purposes.

      Holders of the trust preferred securities have no preemptive or similar rights. The trust agreement and the trust securities will be governed by Delaware law.

A-35


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

DESCRIPTION OF THE DEBENTURES

      Concurrently with the issuance of the trust preferred securities, we will issue the debentures to the Trust. The debentures will be issued as unsecured debt under the indenture between us and                     , as indenture trustee. The indenture will be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

      The following discussion contains a description of the material provisions of the debentures and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the indenture and to the Trust Indenture Act. We urge you to read the form of the indenture, which is substantially the same as the form filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

      The debentures will be limited in aggregate principal amount to $                    . This amount represents the sum of the aggregate stated liquidation amounts of the trust securities. The debentures will bear interest at the annual rate of      % of the principal amount. The interest will be payable quarterly on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year, beginning on the first such date after issuance, to the person in whose name each debenture is registered at the close of business on the 15th day of the last month of the calendar quarter. It is anticipated that, until the liquidation, if any, of the Trust, the debentures will be held in the name of the property trustee in Trust for the benefit of the holders of the trust securities.

      The amount of interest payable for any period will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. If any date on which interest is payable on the debentures is not a business day, then payment of interest will be made on the next day that is a business day without any additional interest or other payment in respect of the delay. However, if the next business day is in the next calendar year, payment of interest will be made on the immediately preceding business day. Accrued interest that is not paid on the applicable interest payment date will bear additional interest on the amount due at the annual rate of      %, compounded quarterly.

      The debentures will mature on                     , 2032, the stated maturity date. We may shorten this date after                     , 2007, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if required. We will give notice to the indenture trustee and the holders of the debentures, no more than 180 days and no less than 30 days prior to the effectiveness of any change in the stated maturity date. We will not have the right to redeem the debentures from the Trust until after                     , 2007, except if (a) a tax event, an investment company event or a capital treatment event, which terms are defined on page 26, has occurred, or (b) we repurchase trust preferred securities in the market, in which case we can elect to redeem debentures specifically in exchange for a like amount of trust preferred securities owned by us plus a proportionate amount of common securities.

      The debentures will be unsecured and will rank junior to all of our senior and subordinated debt, including indebtedness we may incur in the future. Because we are a holding company, our right to participate in any distribution of assets of any of our subsidiaries, upon any subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise, and thus the ability of holders of the debentures to benefit indirectly from any distribution by a subsidiary, is subject to the prior claim of creditors of the subsidiary, except to the extent that we may be recognized as a creditor of the subsidiary. The debentures will, therefore, be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries, and holders of debentures should look only to our assets for payment. The indenture does not limit our ability to incur or issue secured or unsecured senior and junior debt, except in limited circumstances as described in the section of this prospectus captioned “Description of the Debentures — Miscellaneous.”

      Except in limited circumstances, the indenture does not contain provisions that afford holders of the debentures protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or other similar transaction involving us, nor does it require us to maintain or achieve any financial performance levels or to obtain or maintain any credit rating on the debentures.

A-36


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

Option to Extend Interest Payment Period

      As long as no event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, we have the right under the indenture to defer the payment of interest on the debentures at any time for a period not exceeding 20 consecutive quarters. However, no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the debentures or end on a date other than a date interest is normally due. At the end of an extension period, we must pay all interest then accrued and unpaid, together with interest thereon at the annual rate of      %, compounded quarterly. During an extension period, interest will continue to accrue and holders of debentures, or the holders of trust preferred securities if they are then outstanding, will be required to accrue and recognize as income for federal income tax purposes the accrued but unpaid interest amounts in the year in which such amounts accrued.

      During an extension period, we may not:

  •  declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, make any distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of our capital stock (other than dividends or distributions in our common stock, or any declaration of a non-cash dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholder rights plan, or the issuance of stock under any such plan in the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto, purchases of our common stock related to the rights under any of our benefit plans for our directors, officers or employees or any of our subsidiaries, or as a result of a reclassification of our capital stock for another class of our capital stock);
 
  •  make any payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities that rank equally with, or junior in interest to, the debentures or allow any of our subsidiaries to do the same;
 
  •  make any guarantee payments with respect to any other guarantee by us of any other debt securities of any of our subsidiaries if the guarantee ranks equally with or junior to the debentures (other than payments under the guarantee); or
 
  •  redeem, purchase or acquire less than all of the debentures or any of the trust preferred securities.

      Prior to the termination of any extension period, so long as no event of default under the indenture is continuing, we may further defer the payment of interest subject to the above stated requirements. Upon the termination of any extension period and the payment of all amounts then due, we may elect to begin a new extension period at any time. We do not currently intend to exercise our right to defer payments of interest on the debentures.

      We must give the property trustee, the administrative trustees and the indenture trustee notice of our election of an extension period at least two business days prior to the earlier of (a) the next date on which distributions on the trust securities would have been payable except for the election to begin an extension period, or (b) the date we are required to give notice of the record date, or the date the distributions are payable, to the Nasdaq National Market, or other applicable self-regulatory organization, or to holders of the trust preferred securities, but in any event at least one business day prior to the record date.

      Other than as described above, there is no limitation on the number of times that we may elect to begin an extension period.

Additional Sums to be Paid as a Result of Additional Taxes

      If the Trust is required to pay any additional taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges as a result of the occurrence of a tax event, we will pay as additional interest on the debentures any amounts which may be required so that the net amounts received and retained by the Trust after paying any additional taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges will not be less than the amounts the Trust would have received had the additional taxes, duties, assessments or other governmental charges not been imposed.

A-37


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

Redemption

      Subject to prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if required, we may redeem the debentures prior to maturity:

  •  in whole at any time or in part from time to time on or after                     , 2007; or
 
  •  in whole at any time within 180 days following the occurrence of a tax event, an investment company event or a capital treatment event; or
 
  •  at any time, and from time to time, to the extent of any trust preferred securities we purchase, plus a proportionate amount of the common securities we hold.

In each case we will pay a redemption price equal to the accrued and unpaid interest on the debentures so redeemed to the date fixed for redemption, plus 100% of the principal amount of the redeemed debentures.

      Notice of any redemption will be mailed at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the redemption date to each holder of debentures to be redeemed at its registered address. Redemption of less than all outstanding debentures must be effected proportionately, by lot or in any other manner deemed to be fair and appropriate by the indenture trustee. Unless we default in payment of the redemption price for the debentures, on and after the redemption date interest will no longer accrue on the debentures or the portions of the debentures called for redemption.

      The debentures will not be subject to any sinking fund.

Distribution Upon Liquidation

      Under certain circumstances and with the Federal Reserve’s approval, the debentures may be distributed to the holders of the trust preferred securities in liquidation of the Trust after satisfaction of liabilities to creditors of the Trust. If this occurs, we will use our reasonable efforts to list the debentures on the Nasdaq National Market or other stock exchange or national quotation system on which the trust preferred securities are then listed, if any. There can be no assurance as to the market price of any debentures that may be distributed to the holders of trust preferred securities.

Restrictions on Payments

      We are restricted from making certain payments (as described below) if we have chosen to defer payment of interest on the debentures, if an event of default has occurred and is continuing under the indenture, or if we are in default with respect to our obligations under the guarantee.

      If any of these events occur, we will not:

  •  declare or pay any dividends or distributions on, make any distributions with respect to, or redeem, purchase, acquire or make a liquidation payment with respect to, any of our capital stock (other than dividends or distributions in our common stock, or any declaration of a non-cash dividend in connection with the implementation of a shareholder rights plan, or the issuance of stock under any such plan in the future, or the redemption or repurchase of any such rights pursuant thereto, purchases of our common stock related to the rights under any of our benefit plans for our directors, officers or employees or any of our subsidiaries, or as a result of a reclassification of our capital stock for another class of our capital stock)
 
  •  make any payment of interest, principal or premium, if any, or repay, repurchase or redeem any debt securities that rank equally with, or junior in interest to, the debentures or allow any of our subsidiaries to do the same;
 
  •  make any guarantee payments with respect to any other guarantee by us of any other debt securities of any of our subsidiaries if the guarantee ranks equally with or junior to the debentures (other than payments under the guarantee); or
 
  •  redeem, purchase or acquire less than all of the debentures or any of the trust preferred securities.

A-38


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

Subordination

      The debentures are subordinated and junior in right of payment to all of our senior and subordinated debt, as defined below. Upon any payment or distribution of assets to creditors upon any liquidation, dissolution, winding up or reorganization of us, whether voluntary or involuntary in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceedings in connection with any insolvency or bankruptcy proceedings, the holders of our senior and subordinated debt will first be entitled to receive payment in full of principal and interest before the holders of debentures will be entitled to receive or retain any payment in respect of the debentures.

      If the maturity of any debentures is accelerated, the holders of all of our senior and subordinated debt outstanding at the time of the acceleration will also be entitled to first receive payment in full of all amounts due to them, including any amounts due upon acceleration, before the holders of the debentures will be entitled to receive or retain any principal or interest payments on the debentures.

      No payments of principal or interest on the debentures may be made if there has occurred and is continuing a default in any payment with respect to any of our senior or subordinated debt or an event of default with respect to any of our senior or subordinated debt resulting in the acceleration of the maturity of the senior or subordinated debt, or if any judicial proceeding is pending with respect to any default.

      Debt means, with respect to any person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of the person and whether or not contingent:

  •  every obligation of the person for money borrowed;
 
  •  every obligation of the person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;
 
  •  every reimbursement obligation of the person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued for the account of the person;
 
  •  every obligation of the person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business;
 
  •  every capital lease obligation of the person; and
 
  •  every obligation of the type referred to in the first five points of another person and all dividends of another person the payment of which, in either case, the first person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor or otherwise.

      Senior debt means the principal of, and premium and interest, including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to us, on, debt, whether incurred on or prior to the date of the indenture or incurred after the date. However, senior debt will not be deemed to include:

  •  any debt where it is provided in the instrument creating the debt that the obligations are not superior in right of payment to the debentures or to other debt which is equal with, or subordinated to, the debentures;
 
  •  any of our debt that when incurred and without regard to any election under the federal bankruptcy laws, was without recourse to us;
 
  •  any debt of ours to any of our subsidiaries;
 
  •  any debt to any of our employees;

A-39


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

  •  any debt that by its terms is subordinated to trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business to the extent that payments made to the holders of the debt by the holders of the debentures as a result of the subordination provisions of the indenture would be greater than they otherwise would have been as a result of any obligation of the holders to pay amounts over to the obligees on the trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business as a result of subordination provisions to which the debt is subject; and
 
  •  debt which constitutes subordinated debt.

      Subordinated debt means the principal of, and premium and interest, including interest accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization relating to us, on, debt. Subordinated debt includes debt incurred on or prior to the date of the indenture or thereafter incurred, which is by its terms expressly provided to be junior and subordinate to other debt of ours, other than the debentures. Subordinated debt, however, will not be deemed to include:

  •  any of our debt which when incurred and without regard to any election under the federal bankruptcy laws was without recourse to us;
 
  •  any debt of ours to any of our subsidiaries;
 
  •  any debt to any of our employees;
 
  •  any debt which by its terms is subordinated to trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business to the extent that payments made to the holders of the debt by the holders of the debentures as a result of the subordination provisions of the indenture would be greater than they otherwise would have been as a result of any obligation of the holders to pay amounts over to the obligees on the trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business as a result of subordination provisions to which the debt is subject;
 
  •  debt which constitutes senior debt; and
 
  •  any debt of ours under debt securities (and guarantees in respect of these debt securities) initially issued to any trust, or a trustee of a trust, partnership or other entity affiliated with us that is, directly or indirectly, our financing subsidiary in connection with the issuance by that entity of preferred securities or other securities which are intended to qualify for Tier 1 capital treatment.

      We expect from time to time to incur additional indebtedness, and, except in certain circumstances, there is no limitation under the indenture on the amount of indebtedness we may incur. We had consolidated senior and subordinated debt of $386.4 million outstanding principal amount as of March 31, 2002. Although a portion of these amounts is expected to be repaid with a portion of the proceeds from the sale of the debentures and from the concurrent offering of our common stock, we expect to incur additional senior subordinated debt in the future.

Payment and Paying Agents

      Generally, payment of principal of and interest on the debentures will be made at the office of the indenture trustee in Wilmington, Delaware. However, we have the option to make payment of any interest by (a) check mailed to the address of the person entitled to payment at the address listed in the register of holders of the debentures, or (b) wire transfer to an account maintained by the person entitled thereto as specified in the register of holders of the debentures, provided that proper transfer instructions have been received by the applicable record date. Payment of any interest on debentures will be made to the person in whose name the debenture is registered at the close of business on the regular record date for the interest payment, except in the case of defaulted interest.

      Any moneys deposited with the indenture trustee or any paying agent for the debentures, or then held by us in Trust, for the payment of the principal of or interest on the debentures and remaining unclaimed for two years after the principal or interest has become due and payable, will be repaid to us on June 30 of each year.

A-40


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
If we hold any of this money in Trust, then it will be discharged from the Trust to us and the holder of the debenture will thereafter look, as a general unsecured creditor, only to us for payment.

Registrar and Transfer Agent

      The indenture trustee will act as the registrar and the transfer agent for the debentures. Debentures may be presented for registration of transfer, with the form of transfer endorsed thereon, or a satisfactory written instrument of transfer, duly executed, at the office of the registrar. Provided that we maintain a transfer agent in Wilmington, Delaware, we may rescind the designation of any transfer agent or approve a change in the location through which any transfer agent acts. We may at any time designate additional transfer agents with respect to the debentures.

      If we redeem any of the debentures, neither we nor the indenture trustee will be required to (a) issue, register the transfer of or exchange any debentures during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of the mailing of and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of the relevant notice of redemption, or (b) transfer or exchange any debentures so selected for redemption, except, in the case of any debentures being redeemed in part, any portion not to be redeemed.

Modification of Indenture

      We and the indenture trustee may, from time to time without the consent of the holders of the debentures, amend, waive our rights under or supplement the indenture for purposes which do not materially adversely affect the rights of the holders of the debentures. Other changes may be made by us and the indenture trustee with the consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debentures. However, without the consent of the holder of each outstanding debenture affected by the proposed modification, no modification may:

  •  extend the maturity date of the debentures; or
 
  •  reduce the principal amount or the rate or extend the time of payment of interest; or
 
  •  reduce the percentage of principal amount of debentures required to amend the indenture.

As long as any of the trust preferred securities remain outstanding, no modification of the indenture may be made that requires the consent of the holders of the debentures, no termination of the indenture may occur, and no waiver of any event of default under the indenture may be effective, without the prior consent of the holders of a majority of the aggregate liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities.

Debenture Events of Default

      The indenture provides that any one or more of the following events with respect to the debentures that has occurred and is continuing constitutes an event of default under the indenture:

  •  our failure to pay any interest on the debentures for 30 days after the due date, except where we have properly deferred the interest payment;
 
  •  our failure to pay any principal on the debentures when due whether at maturity, upon redemption or otherwise;
 
  •  our failure to observe or perform in any material respect any other covenants or agreements contained in the indenture for 90 days after written notice to us from the indenture trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate outstanding principal amount of the debentures; or
 
  •  our bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization or dissolution of the Trust.

      The holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the debentures have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the indenture trustee. The indenture trustee, or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate outstanding principal amount of the debentures, may declare the principal due and payable immediately upon an event of default under the

A-41


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
indenture. The holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the debentures may rescind and annul the declaration and waive the default if the default has been cured and a sum sufficient to pay all matured installments of interest and principal due otherwise than by acceleration, has been deposited with the indenture trustee.

      The holders may not annul the declaration and waive a default if the default is the non-payment of the principal of the debentures which has become due solely by the acceleration. Should the holders of the debentures fail to annul the declaration and waive the default, the holders of at least 25% in aggregate liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities will have this right.

      If an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing, the property trustee will have the right to declare the principal of and the interest on the debentures, and any other amounts payable under the indenture, to be immediately due and payable and to enforce its other rights as a creditor with respect to the debentures.

      We are required to file annually with the indenture trustee a certificate as to whether or not we are in compliance with all of the conditions and covenants applicable to us under the indenture.

Enforcement of Certain Rights by Holders of the Trust Preferred Securities

      If an event of default under the indenture has occurred and is continuing and the event is attributable to the failure by us to pay interest on or principal of the debentures on the date on which the payment is due and payable, then a holder of trust preferred securities may institute a direct action against us to compel us to make the payment. We may not amend the indenture to remove the foregoing right to bring a direct action without the prior written consent of all of the holders of the trust preferred securities. If the right to bring a direct action is removed, the Trust may become subject to the reporting obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

      The holders of the trust preferred securities will not be able to exercise directly any remedies, other than those set forth in the preceding paragraph, available to the holders of the debentures unless there has been an event of default under the trust agreement.

Consolidation, Merger, Sale of Assets and Other Transactions

      We may not consolidate with or merge into any other entity or convey or transfer our properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any entity, and no entity may be consolidated with or merged into us or sell, convey, transfer or otherwise dispose of its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to us, unless:

  •  we consolidate with or merge into another person or convey or transfer our properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any person, the successor person is organized under the laws of the United States or any state or the District of Columbia, and the successor person expressly assumes by supplemental indenture our obligations on the debentures;
 
  •  immediately after the transaction, no event of default under the indenture, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an event of default under the indenture, occurred and is continuing;
 
  •  prior to the transaction, we have received a written opinion of independent, outside legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the property trustee, to the effect that: (a) the transaction will not adversely affect the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the trust preferred securities in any material respect, other than with respect to any dilution of the holders’ interest in the new entity, (b) following the transaction, neither the Trust nor the successor entity will be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and (c) following the transaction, the Trust or the successor entity will be classified as a grantor trust for United States federal income tax purposes; and
 
  •  other conditions as prescribed in the indenture are met.

A-42


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

      Under certain circumstances, if we consolidate or merge with another entity, or transfer or sell substantially all of our assets to another entity, such transaction may be considered to involve a replacement of the Trust, and the provisions of the trust agreement relating to a replacement of the Trust would apply to such transaction.

Satisfaction and Discharge

      The indenture will cease to be of further effect and we will be deemed to have satisfied and discharged our obligations under the indenture when all debentures not previously delivered to the indenture trustee for cancellation:

  •  have become due and payable; or
 
  •  will become due and payable at their stated maturity within one year or are to be called for redemption within one year, and we deposit or cause to be deposited with the indenture trustee funds, in trust, for the purpose and in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on the debentures not previously delivered to the indenture trustee for cancellation, for the principal and interest due to the date of the deposit or to the stated maturity or redemption date, as the case may be.

      We may still be required to provide officers’ certificates, opinions of counsel and pay fees and expenses due after these events occur.

Governing Law

      The indenture and the debentures will be governed by and construed in accordance with New York law.

Information Concerning the Indenture Trustee

      The indenture trustee is subject to all the duties and responsibilities specified with respect to an indenture trustee under the Trust Indenture Act. Subject to these provisions, the indenture trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the powers vested in it by the indenture at the request of any holder of debentures, unless offered reasonable security or indemnity by the holder against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred. The indenture trustee is not required to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur personal financial liability in the performance of its duties if the indenture trustee reasonably believes that repayment or adequate indemnity is not reasonably assured to it.

Miscellaneous

      We have agreed, pursuant to the indenture, for so long as trust preferred securities remain outstanding:

  •  to maintain directly or indirectly 100% ownership of the common securities of the Trust, except that certain successors that are permitted pursuant to the indenture may succeed to our ownership of the common securities;
 
  •  not to voluntarily terminate, wind up or liquidate the Trust without prior approval of the Federal Reserve, if required;
 
  •  to use our reasonable efforts to cause the Trust (a) to remain a business trust (and to avoid involuntary termination, winding up or liquidation), except in connection with a distribution of debentures, the redemption of all of the trust securities of the Trust or mergers, consolidations or amalgamations, each as permitted by the trust agreement; and (b) to otherwise continue to be treated as a grantor trust and not as an association taxable as a corporation or partnership for federal income tax purposes;
 
  •  to use our reasonable efforts to cause each holder of trust securities to be treated as owning an individual beneficial interest in the debentures;
 
  •  not to issue or incur, directly or indirectly, any additional indebtedness in connection with the issuance of additional trust preferred securities or similar securities that are senior in right of payment to the debentures; and

A-43


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

  •  not to issue or incur, directly or indirectly, any additional indebtedness related to the issuance of additional trust preferred securities or similar securities that rank equal in right of payment with the debentures unless:

  •  the pro forma sum of all outstanding debt issued by us or any of our subsidiaries in connection with any trust preferred securities issued by any of our finance subsidiaries, including the debentures and the maximum liquidation amount of the additional trust preferred or similar securities that we or our finance subsidiary is then proposing to offer, plus our total long term debt (excluding any long term debt which, by its terms, is expressly stated to be junior and subordinate to the debentures),

is less than 60 percent of

  •  the sum of our common and preferred shareholders’ equity, plus any long term debt which, by its terms, is expressly stated to be junior and subordinate to the debentures, in each case on a consolidated basis.

A-44


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

BOOK-ENTRY ISSUANCE

General

      DTC will act as securities depositary for the trust preferred securities and may act as securities depositary for all of the debentures in the event of the distribution of the debentures to the holders of trust preferred securities. Except as described below, the trust preferred securities will be issued only as registered securities in the name of Cede & Co., DTC’s nominee. One or more global preferred securities will be issued for the trust preferred securities and will be deposited with DTC.

      DTC is a limited purpose trust company organized under New York banking law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York banking law, a member of the Federal Reserve, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to Section 17A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the settlement among participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in participants’ accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. Direct participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. DTC is owned by a number of its direct participants and by the New York Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange and the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Access to the DTC system is also available to indirect participants, such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that clear through or maintain custodial relationships with direct participants, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.

      Purchases of trust preferred securities within the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the trust preferred securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each actual purchaser of each trust preferred security, or beneficial owner, is in turn to be recorded on the direct and indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchases, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transactions, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participants through which the beneficial owners purchased trust preferred securities. Transfers of ownership interests in the trust preferred securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their ownership interest in trust preferred securities, except if use of the book-entry-only system for the trust preferred securities is discontinued.

      DTC will have no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the trust preferred securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts the trust preferred securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

      The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be accurate, but we and the Trust assume no responsibility for the accuracy thereof. Neither we nor the Trust have any responsibility for the performance by DTC or its participants of their respective obligations as described in this prospectus or under the rules and procedures governing their respective operations.

Notices and Voting

      Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants, and by direct and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

A-45


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

      Redemption notices will be sent to Cede & Co. as the registered holder of the trust preferred securities. If less than all of the trust preferred securities are being redeemed, the amount to be redeemed will be determined in accordance with the trust agreement.

      Although voting with respect to the trust preferred securities is limited to the holders of record of the trust preferred securities, in those instances in which a vote is required, neither DTC nor Cede & Co. will itself consent or vote with respect to trust preferred securities. Under its usual procedures, DTC would mail an omnibus proxy to the property trustee as soon as possible after the record date. The omnibus proxy assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those direct participants to whose accounts the trust preferred securities are credited on the record date.

Distribution of Funds

      The property trustee will make distribution payments on the trust preferred securities to DTC. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts on the relevant payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payments on the payment date. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of the participant and not of DTC, the property trustee, the Trust or us, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment of distributions to DTC is the responsibility of the property trustee, disbursement of the payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursements of the payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of direct and indirect participants.

Successor Depositaries and Termination of Book-Entry System

      DTC may discontinue providing its services with respect to any of the trust preferred securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to the property trustee or us. If no successor securities depositary is obtained, definitive certificates representing the preferred securities are required to be printed and delivered. We also have the option to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfers through DTC (or a successor depositary). After an event of default under the indenture, the holders of a majority in liquidation amount of trust preferred securities may determine to discontinue the system of book-entry transfers through DTC. In these events, definitive certificates for the trust preferred securities will be printed and delivered.

A-46


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

DESCRIPTION OF THE GUARANTEE

      The trust preferred securities guarantee agreement will be executed and delivered by us concurrently with the issuance of the trust preferred securities for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities. The guarantee agreement will be qualified as an indenture under the Trust Indenture Act, the guarantee trustee, will act as trustee for purposes of complying with the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act, and will also hold the guarantee for the benefit of the holders of the trust preferred securities.

      The following discussion contains a description of the material provisions of the guarantee agreement and is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the guarantee agreement and the Trust Indenture Act. We urge you to read the form of the guarantee agreement, which is substantially the same as the form filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

General

      We agree to pay in full on a subordinated basis, to the extent described in the guarantee agreement, the guarantee payments, as defined below, to the holders of the trust preferred securities, as and when due, regardless of any defense, right of set-off or counterclaim that the Trust may have or assert other than the defense of payment.

      The following payments with respect to the trust preferred securities are called the guarantee payments and, to the extent not paid or made by the Trust and to the extent that the Trust has funds available for those distributions, will be subject to the guarantee:

  •  any accumulated and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the trust preferred securities;
 
  •  with respect to any trust preferred securities called for redemption, the redemption price; and
 
  •  upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, winding up or termination of the Trust (other than in connection with the distribution of debentures to the holders of trust preferred securities in exchange for trust preferred securities), the lesser of:

        (a) the amount of the liquidation distribution; and
 
        (b) the amount of assets of the Trust remaining available for distribution to holders of trust preferred securities in liquidation of the Trust.

We may satisfy our obligations to make a guarantee payment by making a direct payment of the required amounts to the holders of the trust preferred securities or by causing the Trust to pay the amounts to the holders.

      The guarantee agreement is a guarantee, on a subordinated basis, of the guarantee payments, but the guarantee only applies to the extent the Trust has funds available for those distributions. If we do not make interest payments on the debentures purchased by the Trust, the Trust will not have funds available to make the distributions and will not pay distributions on the trust preferred securities.

Status of the Guarantee

      The guarantee constitutes our unsecured obligation that ranks subordinate and junior in right of payment to all of our senior and subordinated debt in the same manner as the debentures. We expect to incur additional indebtedness in the future, although we have no specific plans in this regard presently, and, except in limited circumstances, neither the indenture nor the trust agreement limits the amounts of the obligations that we may incur.

      The guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment and not of collection. If we fail to make guarantee payments when required, holders of trust preferred securities may institute a legal proceeding directly against us to enforce their rights under the guarantee without first instituting a legal proceeding against any other person or entity.

A-47


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

      The guarantee will not be discharged except by payment of the guarantee payments in full to the extent not paid by the Trust or upon distribution of the debentures to the holders of the trust preferred securities. Because we are a bank holding company, our right to participate in any distribution of assets of any subsidiary upon the subsidiary’s liquidation or reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims of creditors of that subsidiary, except to the extent we may be recognized as a creditor of that subsidiary. Our obligations under the guarantee, therefore, will be effectively subordinated to all existing and future liabilities of our subsidiaries, and claimants should look only to our assets for payments under the guarantee.

Amendments

      Except with respect to any changes that do not materially adversely affect the rights of holders of the trust preferred securities, in which case no vote will be required, the guarantee may be amended only with the prior approval of the holders of a majority of the aggregate liquidation amount of the outstanding trust preferred securities.

Events of Default; Remedies

      An event of default under the guarantee agreement will occur upon our failure to make any required guarantee payments or to perform any other obligations under the guarantee. The holders of a majority in aggregate liquidation amount of the trust preferred securities will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the guarantee trustee in respect of the guarantee and may direct the exercise of any power conferred upon the guarantee trustee under the guarantee agreement.

      Any holder of trust preferred securities may institute and prosecute a legal proceeding directly against us to enforce its rights under the guarantee without first instituting a legal proceeding against the Trust, the guarantee trustee or any other person or entity.

      We are required to provide to the guarantee trustee annually a certificate as to whether or not we are in compliance with all of the conditions and covenants applicable to us under the guarantee agreement.

Termination of the Guarantee

      The guarantee will terminate and be of no further force and effect upon:

  •  full payment of the redemption price of the trust preferred securities;
 
  •  full payment of the amounts payable upon liquidation of the Trust; or
 
  •  distribution of the debentures to the holders of the trust preferred securities.

If at any time any holder of the trust preferred securities must restore payment of any sums paid under the trust preferred securities or the guarantee, the guarantee will continue to be effective or will be reinstated with respect to such amounts.

Information Concerning the Guarantee Trustee

      The guarantee trustee, other than during the occurrence and continuance of our default in performance of the guarantee, undertakes to perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in the guarantee. When an event of default has occurred and is continuing, the guarantee trustee must exercise the same degree of care and skill as a prudent person would exercise or use in the conduct of his or her own affairs. Subject to those provisions, the guarantee trustee is under no obligation to exercise any of the powers vested in it by the guarantee at the request of any holder of any trust preferred securities unless it is offered reasonable indemnity against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred thereby.

A-48


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

Expense Agreement

      We, pursuant to the agreement as to expenses and liabilities entered into by us and the Trust under the trust agreement, irrevocably and unconditionally guarantee to each person or entity to whom the Trust becomes indebted or liable, the full payment of any costs, expenses or liabilities of the Trust, other than obligations of the Trust to pay to the holders of the trust preferred securities or other similar interests in the Trust of the amounts due to the holders pursuant to the terms of the trust preferred securities or other similar interests, as the case may be. Third party creditors of the Trust may proceed directly against us under the expense agreement, regardless of whether they had notice of the expense agreement.

Governing Law

      The guarantee will be governed by New York law.

A-49


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

RELATIONSHIP AMONG THE TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES,

THE DEBENTURES AND THE GUARANTEE

Full and Unconditional Guarantee

      We irrevocably guarantee, as and to the extent described in this prospectus, payments of distributions and other amounts due on the trust preferred securities, to the extent the Trust has funds available for the payment of these amounts. We and the Trust believe that, taken together, our obligations under the debentures, the indenture, the trust agreement, the expense agreement and the guarantee agreement provide, in the aggregate, a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee, on a subordinated basis, of payment of distributions and other amounts due on the trust preferred securities. No single document standing alone or operating in conjunction with fewer than all of the other documents constitutes a guarantee. It is only the combined operation of these documents that has the effect of providing a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the obligations of the Trust under the trust preferred securities.

      If and to the extent that we do not make payments on the debentures, the Trust will not pay distributions or other amounts due on the trust preferred securities. The guarantee does not cover payment of distributions when the Trust does not have sufficient funds to pay the distributions. In this event, the remedy of a holder of trust preferred securities is to institute a legal proceeding directly against us for enforcement of payment of the distributions to the holder. Our obligations under the guarantee are subordinated and junior in right of payment to all of our other indebtedness.

Sufficiency of Payments

      As long as payments of interest and other payments are made when due on the debentures, these payments will be sufficient to cover distributions and other payments due on the trust preferred securities, primarily because:

  •  the aggregate principal amount of the debentures will be equal to the sum of the aggregate stated liquidation amount of the trust securities;
 
  •  the interest rate and interest and other payment dates on the debentures will match the distribution rate and distribution and other payment dates for the trust preferred securities;
 
  •  we will pay for any and all costs, expenses and liabilities of the Trust, except the obligations of the Trust to pay to holders of the trust preferred securities the amounts due to the holders pursuant to the terms of the trust preferred securities; and
 
  •  the Trust will not engage in any activity that is not consistent with the limited purposes of the Trust.

Enforcement Rights of Holders of Trust Preferred Securities

      A holder of any trust preferred security may institute a legal proceeding directly against us to enforce its rights under the guarantee without first instituting a legal proceeding against the guarantee trustee, the Trust or any other person. A default or event of default under any of our senior or subordinated debt would not constitute a default or event of default under the trust agreement. In the event, however, of payment defaults under, or acceleration of, our senior or subordinated debt, the subordination provisions of the indenture provide that no payments may be made in respect of the debentures until the obligations have been paid in full or any payment default has been cured or waived. Failure to make required payments on the debentures would constitute an event of default under the trust agreement.

Limited Purpose of the Trust

      The trust preferred securities evidence preferred undivided beneficial interests in the assets of the Trust. The Trust exists for the exclusive purposes of issuing the trust securities, investing the proceeds thereof in debentures and engaging in only those other activities necessary, advisable or incidental thereto. A principal difference between the rights of a holder of a trust preferred security and the rights of a holder of a debenture

A-50


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
is that a holder of a debenture is entitled to receive from us the principal amount of and interest accrued on debentures held, while a holder of trust preferred securities is entitled to receive distributions from the Trust (or from us under the guarantee) if and to the extent the Trust has funds available for the payment of the distributions.

Rights Upon Termination

      Upon any voluntary or involuntary termination, winding-up or liquidation of the Trust involving the liquidation of the debentures, the holders of the trust preferred securities will be entitled to receive, out of assets held by the Trust, the liquidation distribution trust cash.

      Upon our voluntary or involuntary liquidation or bankruptcy, the property trustee, as holder of the debentures, would be a subordinated creditor of ours. Therefore, the property trustee would be subordinated in right of payment to all of our senior and subordinated debt, but is entitled to receive payment in full of principal and interest before any of our shareholders receive payments or distributions. Since we are the guarantor under the guarantee and have agreed to pay for all costs, expenses and liabilities of the Trust other than the obligations of the Trust to pay to holders of the trust preferred securities the amounts due to the holders pursuant to the terms of the trust preferred securities, the positions of a holder of the trust preferred securities and a holder of the debentures relative to our other creditors and to our stockholders in the event of liquidation or bankruptcy are expected to be substantially the same.

A-51


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

General

      This summary outlines the material United States federal income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the trust preferred securities and the debentures resulting from this offering and outlines the federal income tax treatment of the Trust as of the date of this prospectus.

      Except where we state otherwise, this summary deals only with the trust preferred securities held as capital assets within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, by a holder who:

  •  is a United States Person, as defined below; and
 
  •  acquires the trust preferred securities upon original issuance at their original issue price.

      United States person means a beneficial owner of trust preferred securities that, for United States federal tax purposes, is:

  •  a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation, partnership or other entity taxable as a corporation or partnership that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision of the United States;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation without regard to its source; or
 
  •  a trust that:

  •  is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more United States Persons, or
 
  •  has a valid election in effect under the applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States Person.

      This discussion does not discuss all of the United States federal income tax consequences, or, except as specifically noted, any other tax consequences, of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the trust preferred securities that may be relevant to beneficial owners. Nor does it address tax consequences to beneficial owners who are subject to special rules, such as:

  •  banks;
 
  •  thrift institutions;
 
  •  real estate investment trusts;
 
  •  regulated investment companies;
 
  •  insurance companies;
 
  •  dealers in securities or currencies;
 
  •  securities traders that elect to mark to market;
 
  •  tax-exempt investors;
 
  •  persons holding the trust preferred security as a position in a straddle, or as part of a hedging, conversion, or constructive sale transaction;
 
  •  persons that have a functional currency other than the United States dollar; and
 
  •  except with respect to the discussion under the caption “Non-United States Holders,” persons who are not United States Persons.

A-52


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

      In addition, this discussion does not address:

  •  the income tax consequences to stockholders in, or partners or beneficiaries of, a holder of the trust preferred securities;
 
  •  the United States alternative minimum tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the trust preferred securities; or
 
  •  any state, local or foreign tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of the trust preferred securities.

      This discussion is based on United States federal income tax laws in effect on the date of this prospectus, including applicable regulations and administrative and judicial interpretations. Changes to any of these laws, regulations or interpretations after this date may affect the tax consequences described below, possibly on a retroactive basis.

      The authorities on which this discussion is based are subject to various interpretations, and either the IRS or the courts could take a contrary position. Moreover, no rulings have been or will be sought from the IRS with respect to the transactions described in this prospectus. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that the IRS will not challenge the consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the preferred securities outlined in this prospectus or that a court would not sustain such a challenge.

      The United States federal income tax discussion set forth below is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon your particular situation. You should consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the trust preferred securities, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in United States federal or other laws.

Classification of the Trust

      Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman has rendered an opinion that the Trust will be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as a grantor trust and not an association taxable as a corporation based on and subject to the facts and assumptions set forth in the opinion, including the assumption that there will be full compliance with the terms of the trust agreement and certain other documents.

      Under the rules for grantor trusts, you generally will be considered the owner of an undivided interest in the debentures owned by the Trust for United States federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, when you acquire the trust preferred securities, you will be treated as acquiring an interest in the debentures and you will be required to include all income or gain recognized for United States federal income tax purposes with respect to your share of the debentures in your gross income for United States federal income tax purposes, whether or not you receive distributions on your trust preferred securities. Further, as described below in more detail, the distribution of the debentures to you upon liquidation of the Trust would not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. In contrast, if the Trust were treated as an association taxable as a corporation, it would be taxable on its interest income from the debentures, and if it distributed the debentures, the Trust would also be taxable on any gain realized upon the distribution, and the distribution would likely constitute a taxable event to you. In that case, upon the distribution of the debentures, you would recognize gain or loss equal to the difference between your adjusted tax basis in your trust preferred securities and the fair market value of the debentures you received. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the Trust will be treated as a grantor trust and not as an association taxable as a corporation.

Classification of Our Debentures

      The debentures are intended to be classified for United States federal income tax purposes as our indebtedness. By acceptance of the trust preferred securities, each holder covenants to treat the debentures as indebtedness and the trust preferred securities as evidence of an indirect beneficial ownership interest in the debentures. We cannot assure you that the IRS will not challenge this position. The remainder of this

A-53


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
discussion assumes that the debentures will be treated as our indebtedness for United States federal income tax purposes.

Interest Income and Original Issue Discount

      We anticipate that the debentures will not be issued with an issue price that is less than their stated redemption price at maturity. Under applicable United States Treasury regulations, a contingency that stated interest will not be timely paid that is “remote” will be ignored in determining whether a debt instrument is issued with original issue discount, or OID. As a result of terms and conditions of the debentures that prohibit payments with respect to our capital stock and indebtedness if we elect to defer interest payments, we believe that the likelihood of our exercising our option to defer payments is remote. Based on the foregoing, we believe that the debentures will not be considered to be issued with OID at the time of their original issuance and, accordingly, you should include in gross income your allocable share of interest on the debentures at the time that it is paid or accrued in accordance with your regular method of accounting, although the IRS could take a contrary position. The following discussion assumes that unless and until we exercise our own option to defer interest on the debentures, the debentures will not be treated as issued with OID.

      If we exercised our right to defer payments of interest on the debentures (or if the exercise of such option was determined not to be “remote”), the debentures would be treated as issued with OID at the time of such exercise (or at the time of issuance if the exercise of such option was determined not to be “remote”). In such case, you will be subject to the special OID rules described below. Once the debentures become OID instruments, they will be taxed as OID instruments for as long as they remain outstanding.

      Under the OID economic accrual rules, the following occurs:

  •  regardless of your method of accounting, you would accrue an amount of interest income each year that approximates the stated interest payments called for under the terms of the debentures using the constant- yield-to-maturity method of accrual;
 
  •  the actual cash payments of interest you receive on the debentures would not be reported separately as taxable income;
 
  •  any amount of OID included in your gross income (whether or not during a deferral period) with respect to the debentures would increase your tax basis in such debentures; and
 
  •  the amount of distributions in respect of such accrued OID would reduce your tax basis in such debentures.

Because the debentures are debt for United States federal income tax purposes, corporate holders will not be entitled to a dividends received deduction with respect to any income in respect of the trust preferred securities.

Receipt of Debentures or Cash Upon Liquidation of the Trust

      Under certain circumstances described above, the Trust may distribute the debentures to you in exchange for your trust preferred securities in liquidation of the Trust. Except as discussed below, a distribution of the debentures would not be a taxable event for United States federal income tax purposes. In that case, you would have an aggregate adjusted tax basis in the debentures you receive equal to your aggregate adjusted basis in your trust preferred securities, and your holding period for the debentures you receive would include the period during which you held your trust preferred securities.

      Under certain circumstances, we may redeem debentures from the Trust for cash and the Trust may distribute the proceeds of this redemption to you in exchange for your trust preferred securities. This redemption would be taxable for United States federal income tax purposes, and you would recognize gain or loss as if you had sold the trust preferred securities for cash. See “Sales of Trust Preferred Securities” below.

A-54


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

Sales of Trust Preferred Securities

      If you sell the trust preferred securities, or the trust preferred securities are redeemed for cash, you will recognize gain or loss, as the case may be, equal to the difference between your adjusted tax basis in the trust preferred securities and the amount realized on the sale or redemption of the trust preferred securities. Unless a debenture is treated as having OID, any portion of the amount you receive that is attributable to accrued interest will be treated as interest income and will not be treated as part of the amount realized for purposes of determining your gain or loss on the disposition of trust preferred securities. If, however, the debentures are treated as having OID, the basis of the trust preferred securities would be increased by OID included in your gross income to the date of disposition, and decreased by payments received on the trust preferred securities other than any interest for the period prior to the date that the debentures are treated as issued with OID. Any gain or loss generally will be capital gain or loss, and generally will be a long-term capital gain or loss if you have held the trust preferred securities as a capital asset for more than one year prior to the date of disposition. In the case of individuals, trusts and estates, long-term capital gains generally are taxed at a lower rate than short-term capital gains. Subject to certain limited exceptions, capital losses generally cannot be applied to offset ordinary income.

Market Discount and Acquisition Premium

      Holders of trust preferred securities other than holders who acquired the trust preferred securities upon original issuance may be considered to have acquired their trust preferred securities with “market discount” or “acquisition premium” as those phrases are defined for United States federal income tax purposes. Such holders are advised to consult their own tax advisors as to the income tax consequences of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of the trust preferred securities.

Non-United States Holders

      The following discussion applies to you only if you would be a beneficial owner of the trust preferred securities and are not a United States Person as defined above. Under present United States federal income tax law, if you are not engaged in a trade or business in the United States:

  •  No withholding of United States federal income tax will be required with respect to the payment by us, the Trust or any paying agent of principal or interest, including any OID, on the trust preferred securities or the debentures provided that:

  •  you do not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote;
 
  •  you are not a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in the Code that is related to us through stock ownership;
 
  •  you are not a bank whose receipt of interest on a debenture or trust preferred security is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code;
 
  •  you are not a foreign private foundation; and
 
  •  either (a) you provide your name and address on IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate form and certify, under penalties of perjury, that you are not a United States Person, or (b) a financial institution holding the trust preferred security (or the debenture) on your behalf certifies, under penalties of perjury, that it has received an IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate form from you and provides us with a copy;

  •  If you do not satisfy the requirements described above, payments of interest made to you will be subject to a 30% United States federal withholding tax, unless you provide us or our paying agent with a properly executed:

  •  IRS Form W-8BEN or another appropriate form claiming an exemption from, or a reduction of, withholding tax under the benefit of an applicable tax treaty; or

A-55


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

  •  IRS Form W-8ECI or another appropriate form stating that interest received on the trust preferred securities or the debentures is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

  •  No withholding of United States federal income tax will be required with respect to any gain realized by you upon the sale or other disposition of the trust preferred securities or the debentures if you provide appropriate documentation that you are a foreign person.

      If you are engaged in a trade or business in the United States and income on the trust preferred securities and/or the debentures is effectively connected with the conduct of that trade or business, you will be subject to United States federal income tax on that income on a net income basis in the same manner as if you were a United States Person. In addition, if you are a foreign corporation, you may be subject to a 30% branch profits tax.

      Any gain realized upon the sale or disposition of the trust preferred securities and/or the debentures generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

  •  the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by you; or
 
  •  if you are a non-United States holder who is an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the sale or other disposition.

      Your estate will not be subject to U.S. federal estate tax on the trust preferred securities or the debentures beneficially owned by you at the time of your death, provided that:

  •  you do not own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our voting stock; and
 
  •  interest on the trust preferred securities or debentures would not have been, if received at the time of your death, effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

      The consequences to non-United States holders of acquiring, owning and disposing of the debentures and/or the trust preferred securities described above may be modified by an applicable tax treaty. Non-United States holders should consult their tax advisors about the rules concerning the tax consequences to them of acquiring, owning and disposing of the debentures and/or the trust preferred securities, including withholding on payments to non-United States holders and the potential applicability of tax treaties.

Backup Withholding Tax and Information Reporting

      The amount of interest paid and any OID accrued on the debentures held directly or through the trust preferred securities by United States Persons, other than corporations and other exempt recipients, will be reported annually to the IRS. We or the Trust will report the amount of such income to holders by January 31st following each calendar year.

      Backup withholding will apply to payments of interest, dividends and payments of redemption or other disposition proceeds to you if you are a non-exempt United States Person unless you furnish your taxpayer identification number in the manner prescribed in applicable Treasury regulations (generally, on an IRS Form W-9), certify under penalties of perjury, that this number is correct, and meet certain other conditions. The backup withholding rate is 30% in 2002 and 2003, 29% in 2004 and 2005, and 28% in 2006. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowable as a refund or a credit against your United States federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

Proposed Legislation

      On January 24, 2002, Representative Charles B. Rangel introduced in the U.S. House of Representatives proposed legislation known as the “Emergency Worker and Investor Protection Act of 2002.” The proposed legislation was introduced in the wake of the highly-publicized bankruptcy filing by Enron Corp. and would,

A-56


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
among other things, disallow a deduction for United States tax purposes for certain indebtedness, including in the case of an SEC registrant:

        “(i) any indebtedness of such registrant if such indebtedness is not shown in the certified annual report as part of the total liabilities of such registrant, and
 
        (ii) any indebtedness of an off-balance-sheet entity if the proceeds from the issuance of such indebtedness are used directly or indirectly to acquire stock (or other ownership interest) in such registrant.”

      This legislation is proposed to be effective for instruments issued on or after the date of enactment of such legislation. As drafted, this legislation would not affect the debentures or trust preferred securities or otherwise result in a tax event. However, there can be no assurance that the proposed legislation, final legislation or any other future legislative proposals will not adversely affect our ability to deduct interest on the debentures or otherwise affect the tax treatment of the Trust or the transactions described in this prospectus. Such a change could, if applicable to the trust preferred securities or debentures, give rise to a tax event, which would permit us to cause a redemption of the debentures as described above.

      The federal income tax discussion set forth above is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon the particular situation of a holder of the trust preferred securities. Holders of the trust preferred securities should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to them of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the trust preferred securities, including the tax consequences under state, local, foreign and other tax laws and the possible effects of changes in federal or other tax laws.

A-57


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

UNDERWRITING

      Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement among us, the Trust and the underwriters, for whom Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated are acting as representatives, the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase from the Trust, and the Trust has agreed to sell to the underwriters, an aggregate of                 trust preferred securities in the amounts set forth below opposite their respective names.

           
Number of
Preferred
Underwriter Securities


Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. 
       
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated
       
     
 
 
Total
       
     
 

      Under the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters are committed to accept and pay for all of the trust preferred securities offered by this prospectus, if any are taken. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or, in certain cases, the underwriting agreement may be terminated. The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligations are subject to approval of certain legal matters by their counsel, including, without limitation, the authorization and the validity of the trust preferred securities, and to various other conditions customary in a firm commitment underwritten public offering of trust preferred securities, such as receipt by the underwriters of officers’ certificates, legal opinions and comfort letters.

      The underwriters propose to offer the trust preferred securities directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to selected securities dealers (who may include the underwriters) at that price less a concession not in excess of $           per trust preferred security. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $           per trust preferred security to certain brokers and dealers. After the offering, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be changed by the underwriters.

      The table below shows the price and proceeds on a per trust preferred security and aggregate basis. Because the Trust will use the proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities to purchase the junior subordinated debentures from us, we have agreed to pay the underwriting commission. The underwriters will receive no other items of value that could be considered underwriting compensation by the NASD.

                 
Per trust
preferred
security Total


Public offering price
  $ 25.00          
Proceeds to the Trust
    25.00          
Underwriting commission to be paid by us
               
Net proceeds, before expenses, to us
  $       $    

      The expenses of this offering, not including the underwriters’ discount, are estimated to be                     and are payable by us.

      The offering of the trust preferred securities is made for delivery when, as and if accepted by the underwriters and subject to prior sale and to withdrawal, cancellation or modification of the offering without notice. The underwriters reserve the right to reject any order for the purchase of the preferred securities.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the trust preferred securities. The Trust will apply to have the trust preferred securities listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “TAYCP.” Trading is expected to commence on or prior to delivery of the trust preferred securities. However, we cannot assure you that an active and liquid trading market will develop or, if developed, that the market will continue. The offering price and distribution rate have been determined by negotiations between the

A-58


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]
underwriters and us, and the offering price of the trust preferred securities may not be indicative of the market price following the offering.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that are intended to stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the trust preferred securities during and after the offering, such as the following:

  •  The underwriters may over-allot or otherwise create a short position in the trust preferred securities for their own account by selling more shares of trust preferred securities than have been sold to them;
 
  •  The underwriters may elect to cover any such short position by purchasing shares of trust preferred securities in the open market;
 
  •  The underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of the trust preferred securities by bidding; and
 
  •  The underwriters may impose penalty bids, under which selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers participating in the offering are reclaimed if trust preferred securities previously distributed in the offering are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise.

      The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the trust preferred securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of the trust preferred securities to the extent that it discourages resales of the trust preferred securities. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq National Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

      We and the Trust have agreed to indemnify the underwriters and their controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in connection with those liabilities.

      Because the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. may view the trust preferred securities as interests in a direct participation program, the offer and sale of the trust preferred securities is being made in compliance with the provisions of Rule 2810 under the NASD Conduct Rules. As a result, no sales of trust preferred securities will be executed in a discretionary account without prior written approval of the customer.

      We and the Trust have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., neither we nor the Trust will, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:

  •  offer, sell, offer to sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any securities that are substantially similar to the trust preferred securities, or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for trust preferred securities or any security substantially similar to the trust preferred securities or file any registration statement with respect to any such securities; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the trust preferred securities or any security substantially similar to the trust preferred securities.

whether any such transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of trust preferred securities or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

      Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has, from time to time, performed investment banking and other services for us in the ordinary course of business and has received fees from us for its services.

A-59


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the trust preferred securities offered hereby will be passed upon for us by our counsel, Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman, Chicago, Illinois. Melvin E. Pearl, a partner of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman, is a member of our Board of Directors.

      Various legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by their counsel, Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom (Illinois), Chicago, Illinois.

      Certain matters of Delaware law relating to the Trust will be passed upon for the Trust and Taylor Capital by                     Wilmington, Delaware.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements of Taylor Capital and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001, have been included in this prospectus and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent accountants, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 we filed with the SEC. This prospectus does not contain all of the information contained in the registration statement and all of its exhibits and schedules. For further information about us and the concurrent offering of common stock, please see the complete registration statement. Summaries of agreements or other documents in this prospectus are not necessarily complete. Please refer to the exhibits to the registration statement for complete copies of these documents.

      You may read and copy our registration statement and all of its exhibits and schedules at the public reference rooms of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Room 1024, Washington, DC, 233 Broadway, New York, New York 10279 or 175 West Jackson Boulevard, Suite 900, Chicago, Illinois. You may obtain information on the operation of the SEC public reference room in Washington, D.C. by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The registration statement is also available from the SEC’s Web site at http://www.sec.gov, which contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically.

      After this offering, we intend to provide annual reports to our stockholders that include financial information examined and reported on by an independent public accounting firm.

A-60


 

[ALTERNATE PAGE FOR TRUST PREFERRED SECURITIES PROSPECTUS]


     You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of trust preferred securities only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only on the date of this prospectus regardless of the time of the delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our trust preferred securities.

     No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the trust preferred securities or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession or distribution of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

     Until                 , 2002, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our trust preferred securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

     
Page

Prospectus Summary
  A-1
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
  4
Risk Factors
  A-7
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
  15
The Company
  16
Use of Proceeds
  A-19
Capitalization
  A-20
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations
  27
Litigation and Settlement
  59
Management
  61
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
  67
Supervision and Regulation
  69
Principal Stockholders
  A-21
Description of Trust
  A-22
Description of the Trust Preferred Securities
  A-24
Description of the Debentures
  A-36
Book-Entry Issuance
  A-45
Description of the Guarantee
  A-47
Relationship among the Trust Preferred Securities, the Debentures and the Guarantee
  A-50
Material United States Federal Income Tax
Consequences
  A-52
Underwriting
  A-58
Legal Matters
  A-60
Experts
  A-60
Where You Can Find More Information
  A-60
Index to Financial Statements
  F-1




TAYC Capital Trust I

% Preferred Securities

($25 liquidation amount
per preferred security)

fully and unconditionally

guaranteed, as described herein, by

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.


PROSPECTUS


Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company
Incorporated

                    , 2002




 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

 
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
         
Page

Independent Auditors’ Report
    F-2  
Financial Statements:
       
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 and March 31, 2002 (unaudited)
    F-3  
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 (unaudited)
    F-4  
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 2002 (unaudited)
    F-5  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 and for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001 (unaudited)
    F-7  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
    F-9  

F-1


 

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

The Board of Directors

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.:

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2001 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

  (KPMG LLP)

Chicago, Illinois

April 8, 2002

F-2


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                             
December 31,
March 31,
2002 2001 2000



(in thousands, except share
and per share data)
(unaudited)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents:
                       
 
Cash and due from banks
  $ 62,167     $ 70,501     $ 63,882  
 
Short-term investments
    47       17,397       2,365  
 
Federal funds sold
    3,500       350       1,025  
     
     
     
 
   
Total cash and cash equivalents
    65,714       88,248       67,272  
Investment securities:
                       
 
Available-for-sale, at fair value
    508,117       493,358       440,229  
 
Held-to-maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $890 (unaudited), $900 and $70,830 at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively)
    850       850       69,958  
Loans held for sale, net, at lower of cost or market
    604       1,147       7,004  
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $32,494 (unaudited), $31,118 and $29,568 at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively
    1,730,042       1,709,372       1,575,120  
Premises, leasehold improvements and equipment, net
    20,134       20,786       21,371  
Investment in Federal Home Loan Bank and Federal Reserve Bank stock, at cost
    10,716       10,633       10,230  
Other real estate and repossessed assets, net
    198       569       285  
Goodwill, net of amortization of $11,696 (unaudited), $11,696 and $9,379 at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively
    23,354       23,354       25,671  
Other intangible assets, net of amortization of $399,000 (unaudited), $359,000 and $109,000 at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively
    965       1,031       1,086  
Other assets
    44,579       41,322       45,097  
     
     
     
 
   
Total assets
  $ 2,405,273     $ 2,390,670     $ 2,263,323  
     
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Deposits:
                       
 
Noninterest-bearing
  $ 345,241     $ 346,188     $ 352,124  
 
Interest-bearing
    1,473,726       1,487,501       1,390,706  
     
     
     
 
   
Total deposits
    1,818,967       1,833,689       1,742,830  
Short-term borrowings
    247,225       244,993       249,819  
Accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities
    26,899       30,072       36,363  
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    139,200       111,000       77,000  
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
    2,232,291       2,219,754       2,106,012  
     
     
     
 
Contingencies (Note 1) 
                       
Stockholders’ equity:
                       
 
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 3,000,000 shares authorized, Series A 9% noncumulative perpetual, 1,530,000 shares issued and outstanding, $25 stated and redemption value
    38,250       38,250       38,250  
 
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 7,000,000 shares authorized; 4,711,172 (unaudited), 4,711,672 and 4,693,640 shares issued at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively; 4,556,852 (unaudited), 4,557,352 and 4,601,526 shares outstanding at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively
    47       47       47  
 
Surplus
    102,265       102,277       101,254  
 
Unearned compensation — stock grants
    (556 )     (655 )     (1,084 )
 
Retained earnings
    35,493       31,511       19,136  
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    2,823       4,826       3,000  
 
Treasury stock, at cost, 154,320 (unaudited), 154,320 and 92,114 shares at March 31, 2002 and December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively
    (5,340 )     (5,340 )     (3,292 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    172,982       170,916       157,311  
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,405,273     $ 2,390,670     $ 2,263,323  
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                                               
For the Three
Months Ended
March 31, For the Years Ended December 31,


2002 2001 2001 2000 1999





(in thousands, except per share data)
(unaudited)
Interest income:
                                       
 
Interest and fees on loans
  $ 29,137     $ 36,161     $ 133,896     $ 142,186     $ 118,209  
 
Interest and dividends on investment securities:
                                       
   
Taxable
    6,123       7,178       27,318       28,821       20,631  
   
Tax-exempt
    760       859       3,327       3,410       3,411  
 
Interest on cash equivalents
    94       265       1,993       2,105       973  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest income
    36,114       44,463       166,534       176,522       143,224  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Interest expense:
                                       
 
Deposits
    9,177       17,485       59,175       68,609       49,132  
 
Short-term borrowings
    954       2,997       9,010       12,526       8,665  
 
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    1,223       1,790       6,631       8,065       6,593  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total interest expense
    11,354       22,272       74,816       89,200       64,390  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net interest income
    24,760       22,191       91,718       87,322       78,834  
Provision for loan losses
    2,475       2,075       9,700       7,454       6,000  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    22,285       20,116       82,018       79,868       72,834  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Noninterest income:
                                       
 
Service charges
    2,850       2,706       11,513       10,346       9,609  
 
Trust fees
    1,530       1,446       6,425       4,654       4,563  
 
Mortgage-banking activities
    134       199       2,122       1,534       2,478  
 
Gain on sale of mortgage servicing rights
                            204  
 
Gain on sale of investment securities, net
    8             2,333       750       108  
 
Other noninterest income
    418       566       1,880       1,989       2,228  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total noninterest income
    4,940       4,917       24,273       19,273       19,190  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Noninterest expense:
                                       
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    10,705       9,785       43,207       39,383       38,205  
 
Occupancy of premises
    1,666       1,698       6,940       6,440       6,472  
 
Furniture and equipment
    977       1,110       4,421       4,126       4,291  
 
Computer processing
    553       551       2,254       2,234       2,411  
 
Legal fees, net
    720       1,656       2,504       12,053       6,226  
 
Consulting
    238       431       2,422       1,704       936  
 
Advertising and public relations
    456       150       1,069       1,028       1,275  
 
Goodwill amortization
          579       2,316       2,326       2,393  
 
Other intangible assets amortization
    66       57       251       68       18  
 
Other noninterest expense
    3,420       3,038       13,748       11,221       10,317  
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total noninterest expense
    18,801       19,055       79,132       80,583       72,544  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income taxes and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    8,424       5,978       27,159       18,558       19,480  
Income taxes
    3,171       2,597       9,528       9,604       7,973  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    5,253       3,381       17,631       8,954       11,507  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
                            (214 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
     
Net income
  $ 5,253     $ 3,381     $ 17,631     $ 8,954     $ 11,293  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Preferred dividend requirements
    (861 )     (861 )     (3,443 )     (3,443 )     (3,442 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income applicable to common stockholders
  $ 4,392     $ 2,520     $ 14,188     $ 5,511     $ 7,851  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.55     $ 3.10     $ 1.19     $ 1.69  
Diluted earnings per common share
    0.96       0.54       3.08       1.19       1.68  
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

                                                                             
Series A 9% Employee Accumulated
Noncumulative Stock Other
Perpetual Unearned Ownership Comprehensive
Preferred Common Compensation- Plan Retained Income Treasury
Stock Stock Surplus Stock Grants Loan Earnings (Loss) Stock Total









(in thousands, except per share data)
Balance at December 31, 1998
  $ 38,250     $ 47     $ 99,990     $ (2,083 )   $ (576 )   $ 9,434     $ 71     $     $ 145,133  
 
Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs
                166                   (166 )                  
 
Issuance of stock grants
                451       (451 )                              
 
Forfeiture of stock grants
                (550 )     323                               (227 )
 
Amortization of stock grants
                      925                               925  
 
Exercise of stock options
                100                                     100  
 
Repayment of employee stock ownership plan loan, including interest and dividends received
                117             576       6                   699  
 
Tax benefit on stock options exercised and stock awards
                7                                     7  
 
Purchase of treasury stock
                                              (1,099 )     (1,099 )
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
   
Net income
                                  11,293                   11,293  
   
Other comprehensive loss, net of income taxes
                                        (4,118 )           (4,118 )
                                                                     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                                                    7,175  
                                                                     
 
 
Dividends:
                                                                       
   
Preferred — $2.25 per share
                                  (3,442 )                 (3,442 )
   
Common — $0.36 per share
                                  (1,674 )                 (1,674 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 1999
  $ 38,250     $ 47     $ 100,281     $ (1,286 )   $     $ 15,451     $ (4,047 )   $ (1,099 )   $ 147,597  
 
Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs
                168                   (168 )                  
 
Issuance of stock grants
                650       (650 )                              
 
Forfeiture of stock grants
                (200 )     200                                
 
Amortization of stock grants
                      652                               652  
 
Exercise of stock options
                113                                     113  
 
Tax benefit on stock options exercised and stock awards
                242                                     242  
 
Purchase of treasury stock
                                              (2,193 )     (2,193 )
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
   
Net income
                                  8,954                   8,954  
   
Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes
                                        7,047             7,047  
                                                                     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                                                    16,001  
                                                                     
 
 
Dividends:
                                                                       
   
Preferred — $2.25 per share
                                  (3,443 )                 (3,443 )
   
Common — $0.36 per share
                                  (1,658 )                 (1,658 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2000
  $ 38,250     $ 47     $ 101,254     $ (1,084 )   $     $ 19,136     $ 3,000     $ (3,292 )   $ 157,311  
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY — (Continued)

                                                                             
Series A 9% Employee Accumulated
Noncumulative Stock Other
Perpetual Unearned Ownership Comprehensive
Preferred Common Compensation- Plan Retained Income Treasury
Stock Stock Surplus Stock Grants Loan Earnings (Loss) Stock Total









(in thousands, except per share data)
Balance at December 31, 2000
  $ 38,250     $ 47     $ 101,254     $ (1,084 )   $     $ 19,136     $ 3,000     $ (3,292 )   $ 157,311  
 
Amortization of preferred stock issuance costs
  $     $     $ 167     $     $     $ (167 )   $     $     $  
 
Issuance of stock grants
                81       (81 )                              
 
Forfeiture of stock grants
                (19 )     4                               (15 )
 
Amortization of stock grants
                      506                               506  
 
Exercise of stock options
                645                                     645  
 
Tax benefit on stock options exercised and stock awards
                149                                     149  
 
Purchase of treasury stock
                                              (2,048 )     (2,048 )
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
   
Net income
                                  17,631                   17,631  
   
Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes
                                        1,826             1,826  
                                                                     
 
 
Total comprehensive income
                                                                    19,457  
                                                                     
 
 
Dividends:
                                                                       
   
Preferred — $2.25 per share
                                  (3,443 )                 (3,443 )
   
Common — $0.36 per share
                                  (1,646 )                 (1,646 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at December 31, 2001
  $ 38,250     $ 47     $ 102,277     $ (655 )   $     $ 31,511     $ 4,826     $ (5,340 )   $ 170,916  
 
Forfeiture of stock grants (unaudited)
                (12 )                                   (12 )
 
Amortization of stock grants (unaudited)
                      99                               99  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                                       
   
Net income (unaudited)
                                  5,253                   5,253  
   
Other comprehensive income, net of income taxes (unaudited)
                                        (2,003 )           (2,003 )
                                                                     
 
 
Total comprehensive income (unaudited)
                                                                    3,250  
                                                                     
 
 
Dividends:
                                                                       
   
Preferred — $0.5625 per share (unaudited)
                                  (861 )                 (861 )
   
Common — $0.09 per share (unaudited)
                                  (410 )                 (410 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
Balance at March 31, 2002 (unaudited)
  $ 38,250     $ 47     $ 102,265     $ (556 )   $     $ 35,493     $ 2,823     $ (5,340 )   $ 172,982  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                               
For the Three Months
Ended March 31, For the Years Ended December 31,


2002 2001 2001 2000 1999





(in thousands)
(unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
 
Net income
  $ 5,253     $ 3,381     $ 17,631     $ 8,954     $ 11,293  
   
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided (used) by operating activities:
                                       
   
Investment securities gains, net
    (8 )           (2,333 )     (750 )     (108 )
   
Amortization of premiums and discounts, net
    184       (97 )     5       (669 )     1,674  
   
Deferred loan fee amortization
    (416 )     (524 )     (1,744 )     (2,201 )     (1,971 )
   
Provision for loan losses
    2,475       2,075       9,700       7,454       6,000  
   
Gain (loss) on sales of loans originated for sale
    14       (366 )     (1,264 )     (1,196 )     (1,303 )
   
Loans originated and held for sale
          (37,479 )     (102,677 )     (63,124 )     (163,215 )
   
Proceeds from sales of loans originated for sale
    258       20,972       110,152       66,233       191,919  
   
Depreciation and amortization
    957       1,094       4,351       4,288       4,086  
   
Amortization of goodwill and intangible assets
    66       635       2,567       2,394       2,411  
   
Charge in lieu of taxes resulting from recognition of acquired tax benefits
                            116  
   
Deferred income taxes
    (72 )     (505 )     (821 )     (1,966 )     (1,542 )
   
Loss (gain) on sales of other real estate
    3             58       (50 )     (147 )
   
Provision for other real estate
          5       57       34       40  
   
Other, net
    87       178       (1,783 )     1,770       1,499  
   
Changes in other assets and liabilities:
                                       
     
Accrued interest receivable
    (1,362 )     715       5,128       (4,095 )     (342 )
     
Other assets
    (826 )     2,452       462       (7,274 )     590  
     
Accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities
    (3,173 )     (3,339 )     (6,138 )     9,011       5,362  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided (used) by operating activities
    3,440       (10,803 )     33,351       18,813       56,362  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
 
Purchases of available-for-sale securities
    (56,024 )     (60,586 )     (259,201 )     (197,687 )     (242,742 )
 
Purchases of held-to-maturity securities
                      (7,139 )     (3,453 )
 
Proceeds from principal payments and maturities of available-for-sale securities
    28,031       43,227       203,160       133,475       152,218  
 
Proceeds from principal payments and maturities of held-to-maturity securities
                      9,906       9,644  
 
Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
    9,975             77,142       770       70,111  
 
Net increase in loans
    (22,355 )     (27,936 )     (143,549 )     (158,978 )     (151,160 )
 
Net additions to premises, leasehold improvements and equipment
    (305 )     (946 )     (4,034 )     (2,526 )     (4,555 )
 
Acquisition of trust business
          (37 )     (195 )     (1,023 )      
 
Repayment of loan issued to Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                            576  
 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate
    265       40       761       946       2,893  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net cash used in investing activities
  $ (40,413 )   $ (46,238 )   $ (125,916 )   $ (222,256 )   $ (166,468 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-7


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

                                             
For the Three Months
Ended March 31, For the Years Ended December 31,


2002 2001 2001 2000 1999





(in thousands)
(unaudited)
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
 
Net increase (decrease) in deposits
  $ (14,722 )   $ (15,613 )   $ 90,859     $ 135,280     $ 167,813  
 
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
    2,232       16,919       (4,826 )     102,690       (24,589 )
 
Repayments of notes payable and FHLB advances
          (25,000 )     (53,250 )     (91,900 )     (82,500 )
 
Proceeds from notes payable and FHLB advances
    28,200       75,500       87,250       54,400       65,500  
 
Proceeds from exercise of employee stock options
                645       113       100  
 
Purchase of treasury stock
                (2,048 )     (2,193 )     (1,099 )
 
Dividends paid
    (1,271 )     (1,275 )     (5,089 )     (5,101 )     (5,116 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Net cash provided by financing activities
    14,439       50,531       113,541       193,289       120,109  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    (22,534 )     (6,510 )     20,976       (10,154 )     10,003  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    88,248       67,272       67,272       77,426       67,423  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 65,714     $ 60,762     $ 88,248     $ 67,272     $ 77,426  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
                                       
 
Cash paid during the period for:
                                       
   
Interest
  $ 12,341     $ 23,563     $ 81,851     $ 85,727     $ 60,245  
   
Income taxes
    34       590       14,466       8,387       7,247  
Supplemental disclosures of noncash investing and financing activities:
                                       
 
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on investment securities, net of income taxes
  $ (2,003 )   $ 4,263     $ 1,826     $ 7,047     $ (4,118 )
 
Mortgage servicing rights originated
          28       65       19       256  
 
Loans transferred to other real estate
          92       1,045       251       824  
 
Tax benefit associated with exercise of common stock options and stock grants
          46       149       242       7  
 
Investment securities transferred from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale
          69,108       69,108              

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-8


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.     Litigation

      In a series of split-off transactions completed on February 12, 1997, the Taylor family acquired a controlling interest in the Company from Reliance (formerly, Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc.). On February 9, 1998, Reliance filed for bankruptcy. Thereafter, numerous lawsuits were filed that named as defendants the Company, the Bank, certain directors and officers of the Company and members of the Taylor family (the “Company-related defendants”). From 1998 to the present, the Company has incurred significant expense and devoted a substantial amount of time in defense of these suits.

      The pending lawsuits relating to the split-off transactions and Reliance include:

  •  Class actions brought by Reliance stockholders in District Courts in Texas (consolidated under Sabbia) and Illinois (entitled Graham) in early 1998 (the “Federal court class actions”).
 
  •  Consolidated class action brought by Reliance stockholders in Delaware Chancery Court in September 1998 (the “Delaware suit”).
 
  •  A suit brought by Irwin Cole and members of his family in Delaware Chancery Court in August 1998 (the “Cole suit”).
 
  •  Adversary proceedings brought by the Reliance bankruptcy Estate Representative in the Delaware District Court in September 1998 (the “Estate Representative proceedings”).
 
  •  A suit brought by four Reliance stockholders in the Circuit Court of Cook County, Illinois in October 1999 (the “Cook County, Illinois suit”)

      In addition, in connection with the split-off transactions, the Taylor family agreed to indemnify Reliance for certain losses incurred by Reliance. In accordance with the terms of an agreement dated February 6, 1997, the Company agreed to indemnify the Taylor family for certain losses that the Taylor family may incur as a result of their indemnification agreement with Reliance.

      The Company considers it desirable that the claims and causes of action relating to the split-off transactions and Reliance be settled and dismissed. The objective of a settlement is to halt the substantial expense, inconvenience and distraction of continued litigation and to eliminate any exposure and uncertainty that may exist as a result of such litigation. To that end, the Company has entered into certain settlement agreements with the plaintiffs and other parties in these cases. A critical aspect of the settlement as contemplated is that it must resolve fully and finally all claims against the Company-related defendants relating to the split-off transactions and Reliance from all parties.

      On October 10, 2001, the Company-related defendants entered into an amended and restated settlement agreement with the Reliance bankruptcy Estate Representative (the “Estate Representative Agreement”) whereby the Estate Representative proceedings would be dismissed in exchange for cash and securities of the Company. Specifically, the Company agreed, if and when all of the settlement agreement conditions are met, to pay $15 million in cash, $30 million in trust preferred securities, and shares of common stock representing 15% of the Company’s issued and outstanding stock, excluding treasury stock, immediately after giving effect to such issuance. The settlement is contingent upon, among other things, the consummation of the Class Settlement Agreement described below or the entry of a court order barring those plaintiffs from bringing action against the Company-related defendants and the entry of dismissal orders in the Federal court class actions, Cole suit and Delaware suit. Additionally, the Federal Reserve Bank, and the Company’s primary lender must not object to the proposed settlement. The Estate Representative and the Company have certain rights to terminate the Estate Representative Agreement if certain conditions are not met by May 10, 2002. To date, conditions relating to the Class Settlement Agreement, the issuance and listing of the securities to be tendered pursuant to the Estate Representative Agreement and the entry of the required dismissal orders remain unresolved. In addition, negotiations currently are underway to further revise the Estate Representative

F-9


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Agreement to offer the trust preferred and common securities directly to the public through an initial public offering with the Estate Representative receiving the net proceeds of the offering rather than the actual securities.

      Effective October 10, 2001, the Company-related defendants, the Reliance bankruptcy Estate Representative and the plaintiff class entered into a settlement agreement (the “Class Settlement Agreement”) pursuant to which the federal class action plaintiffs agreed to dismiss with prejudice the Federal court class actions, the Delaware suit, and the Cole suit against the Company-related defendants. In exchange for the dismissal, the plaintiff class would share in the Estate Representative settlement proceeds described above. As recently amended, the Class Settlement Agreement provides that it shall terminate if certain conditions to the agreement have not been satisfied by May 10, 2002. The unsatisfied conditions include the resolution of the potential recovery of insurance proceeds under one of Reliance’s directors’ and officers’ insurance policies.

      Although the Company desires to achieve a settlement that can be accomplished on acceptable terms, certain critical conditions that are not within the control and influence of the Company remain unresolved. Because of the continued protracted negotiations and unresolved conditions with respect to the proposed settlement, at this time, the Company has not determined that the loss contingency represented by the settlement agreements is probable. The Company has, however, determined this loss contingency to be reasonably possible.

      The proposed settlement, if completed, will negatively impact the Company’s near term earnings, increase its leverage and reduce its regulatory capital ratios. The proposed settlement transaction (on the terms of the current signed settlement agreements) will result in a significant charge against earnings reflecting the total value of the settlement consideration. The ultimate value of the consideration is dependent upon the value of the common stock when issued. The determination of that value will be impacted by the method of stock distribution and whether the stock is publicly traded or not as well as general industry and market conditions. As disclosed above, certain of these factors have not yet been determined and remain subject to negotiation. Because the proposed settlement consideration is comprised primarily of trust preferred securities and common stock, the net impact on the Company’s regulatory capital is expected to be limited to the $15 million cash portion plus offering expenses borne by the Company, if any.

      The unaudited pro-forma impact of the proposed settlement, on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet and regulatory capital ratios, will ultimately be determined based on the value attributed to the common stock as well as the allocation of the costs of a public offering if that becomes the eventual settlement

F-10


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

arrangement. For purposes of the pro-forma presentation below, the value of the common stock was based on the independent third-party appraisal obtained for the ESOP at June 30, 2001.

                               
Unaudited

December 31, 2001 Pro-forma Pro-forma
As Stated Adjustments December 31, 2001



(in thousands)
ASSETS
Total Assets
  $ 2,390,670     $     $ 2,390,670  
     
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Total Liabilities
    2,219,754       15,000       2,234,754  
Guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures (“trust preferred securities”)
          30,000       30,000  
Stockholders equity:
                       
 
Preferred stock
    38,250               38,250  
 
Common stock
    47       8       55  
 
Surplus
    102,277       21,706       123,983  
 
Unearned compensation — stock grants
    (655 )             (655 )
 
Retained earnings
    31,511       (66,714 )     (35,203 )
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    4,826               4,826  
 
Treasury stock
    (5,340 )             (5,340 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total stockholders’ equity
    170,916       (45,000 )     125,916  
     
     
     
 
     
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 2,390,670     $     $ 2,390,670  
     
     
     
 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
    8.96 %             8.13 %
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
    7.70 %             6.88 %
Leverage to average assets
    5.99 %             5.35 %

      The guaranteed preferred beneficial interest in the Company’s junior subordinated debentures (“trust preferred securities”) is included in Tier 1 capital under regulatory guidelines.

      The unaudited pro-forma presentation reflects a charge against earnings of $66.7 million. Because the eventual settlement may differ to some degree from the terms of the current signed agreements, the amount of the charge reported above represents only an estimate at this time. The final charge may be higher or lower than that reflected above.

      Should the settlements discussed above be consummated, the Company believes that it will not be obligated to pay any amounts under its indemnification obligation to the Taylor family. In addition, motions to dismiss the Cook County, Illinois suit were granted, in part, in 2000 and 2001 and the Company has denied the remaining allegations.

      Finally, the Company is unable to predict at this time the potential impact of the split off transactions and Reliance litigation on the financial condition, liquidity and operating results of the Company should the settlements not be consummated.

      The Company and its subsidiary Bank are from time to time parties to various other legal actions arising in the normal course of business. The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to all of these actions against the Company and its subsidiaries.

F-11


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

2.     Summary of Significant Accounting and Reporting Policies

      The accounting and reporting policies of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the “Company”) conform to accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and general reporting practices within the financial services industry. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

      The following is a summary of the more significant accounting and reporting policies:

 
Consolidation

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, principally Cole Taylor Bank (the “Bank”). The Bank is a $2.4 billion asset commercial bank with 11 banking offices located in the Chicagoland metropolitan area. The Bank provides a full range of commercial banking services, primarily to small and midsize business, and consumer banking products and services. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks or other financial institutions, money market mutual funds, and federal funds sold. Money market mutual funds are carried at their net asset value. All federal funds are sold overnight with daily settlement required.

 
Investment Securities

      Securities that may be sold as part of the Company’s asset/liability or liquidity management or in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, or for other similar factors, are classified as available-for-sale and carried at fair value. Unrealized holding gains and losses on such securities are reported, net of tax, in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Securities that the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts using the level-yield method. A decline in market value of any security below cost that is deemed other than temporary is charged to earnings. Realized gains and losses on the sales of all securities are reported in income and computed using the specific identification method. Securities classified as trading are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses included in noninterest income.

 
Loans Held for Sale

      Mortgage loans held for sale are stated at the lower of aggregate cost or aggregate fair value, with any periodic lower of cost or fair value adjustment included in earnings. The aggregate fair value is determined by actual outstanding commitments from investors or current market prices for loans with no sale commitments. Net origination costs on loans held for sale are recognized at the time of loan origination. Subsequent loan sales generally occur 30 to 60 days after origination.

 
Loans

      Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned discount. Unearned discount on consumer loans is recognized as income over the terms of the loans using the sum-of-the-months-digits method, which approximates the interest method. Interest income on other loans is generally recognized using

F-12


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

the level-yield method. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and the net amount amortized as an adjustment of the related loans’ yields.

 
Allowance for Loan Losses

      An allowance for loan losses has been established to provide for those loans that may not be repaid in their entirety. The allowance is increased by provisions for loan losses charged to expense and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Although a loan is charged off by management when deemed uncollectible, collection efforts may continue and future recoveries may occur.

      Management maintains the allowance at a level considered adequate to absorb probable losses inherent in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date. In evaluating the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses, consideration is given to historical charge-off experience, growth of the loan portfolio, changes in the composition of the loan portfolio, general economic conditions, information about specific borrower situations, including their financial position and collateral values, and other factors and estimates which are subject to change over time. Estimating the risk of loss and amount of loss on any loan is necessarily subjective and ultimate losses may vary from current estimates. These estimates are reviewed quarterly and, as changes in estimates are identified by management, the amounts are reflected in income through the provision for loan losses in the appropriate period.

      A portion of the total allowance for loan losses is related to impaired loans. A loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Certain homogenous loans, including residential mortgage and consumer loans, are collectively evaluated for impairment and, therefore, excluded from impaired loans. Commercial loans exceeding size thresholds established by management are individually evaluated for impairment. The amount in the allowance for loan losses for impaired loans is based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, except that collateral-dependent loans may be measured for impairment based on the fair value of the collateral.

 
Income Recognition on Impaired Loans and Nonaccrual Loans

      Loans are generally placed on a nonaccrual basis for recognition of interest income when sufficient doubt exists as to the full collection of principal and interest. The nonrecognition of interest income on an accrual basis does not constitute forgiveness of the interest. After a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, any current period interest previously accrued but not yet collected is reversed against current income. Interest is included in income subsequent to the date the loan is placed on nonaccrual status only as interest is received and so long as management is satisfied that there is a high probability that principal will be collected in full. The loan is returned to accrual status only when the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest as scheduled.

 
Premises, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

      Premises, leasehold improvements, and equipment are reported at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization is charged to operating expense using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes over a three to twenty-five year period, based upon the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the improvement.

F-13


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Other Real Estate

      Other real estate primarily includes properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. At foreclosure, the other real estate is recorded at the lower of the amount of the loan balance or the fair value of the real estate through a charge to the allowance for loan losses, if necessary. Subsequent write-downs required by changes in estimated fair value or disposal expenses are provided through a valuation allowance and the provision for losses is charged to noninterest expense. Carrying costs of these properties, net of related income, and gains or losses on the sale on their disposition are also included in current operations as other noninterest expense.

 
Mortgage Servicing Rights

      Mortgage servicing rights represent the servicing assets retained in the sale of mortgage loans originated by the Company. The cost of the mortgage is allocated between the loan and the related servicing rights based on their relative fair values at the date of sale. The fair value of the servicing rights is estimated using the present value of expected future cash flows based upon assumptions on interest, default and prepayment rates which are consistent with assumptions that market participants would utilize. The Company stratifies the servicing rights generally on the basis of the note rate and loan type for purposes of measuring impairment. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each impaired stratum. Mortgage servicing rights are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing income and the amortization reflected in the income statement as a reduction to mortgage servicing fee income.

 
Goodwill and Intangible Assets

      Goodwill was created during the Company’s acquisition of the Bank and represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of net assets acquired. The transaction was accounted for by the purchase method of accounting. Under purchase accounting, the price is allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. Prior to January 2002, the goodwill was being amortized using the straight-line method over fifteen years. See the section captioned “New Accounting Standards” for additional details. The Bank also has intangible assets associated with acquisition of various lines of trust business. These intangible assets are being amortized using a straight-line method over the estimated life of the acquired business of five to eleven years.

 
Income Taxes

      Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the income tax provision.

 
Employee Benefit Plans

      Stock Option Plan: The Company applies the intrinsic value method of accounting promulgated under Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. Accordingly, no compensation cost is recognized in connection with the granting of stock options with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of the grant. Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, establishes a fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation, but it allows entities to continue to apply the intrinsic value method in accordance with the provisions of APB Opinion No. 25 and provide certain pro forma net income disclosures determined as if the fair value method defined in SFAS No. 123 had been applied.

      Restricted Stock Plan: The Company accounts for restricted stock grants under the fixed method of accounting. Compensation expense is recorded for the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. The

F-14


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

expense is recognized over the vesting period of the award. Unearned compensation is recorded as a reduction in stockholders’ equity.

      Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan: The Company maintains a nonqualified deferred compensation program for certain key employees which allows the participants to defer a portion of their base, commission, or incentive compensation. The amount of compensation deferred by the participant, along with any Company discretionary contributions to the plan, are held in a rabbi trust for the participants. The Company’s discretionary contributions are recorded as additional compensation expense when contributed. While the Company maintains ownership of the assets, the participants are allowed to direct the investment of the assets in several equity and fixed income mutual fund accounts. These assets are recorded at their approximate fair market value in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets. A liability is established, in accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, for the fair value of the obligation to the participants. Any increase or decrease in the fair market value of plan assets is recorded in other noninterest income on the consolidated statements of income. Change in the fair value of the deferred compensation obligation to participants is recorded as additional compensation expense or a reduction of compensation expense on the consolidated statements of income.

 
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

      On January 1, 2001, the Company adopted SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities . This Statement was subsequently amended by SFAS No. 137, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities — Deferral of the Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 133 — an amendment of FASB Statement No. 133 and SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities — an Amendment to FASB Statement No. 133 . These Statements standardize the accounting for derivative instruments.

      The Company does not use a significant amount of derivative instruments in its operations. The adoption of these Statements did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or consolidated balance sheet during the year ended December 31, 2001. Upon adoption, the Company utilized a one-time election to transfer investment securities between the held-to-maturity and available-for-sale classifications. On January 1, 2001, the Company transferred its state and municipal obligation portfolio, with a carrying value of $69.1 million, from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale. Upon transfer, the Company recorded a gross unrealized gain of $854,000, a deferred tax liability of $299,000, and a net increase to stockholders’ equity of $555,000.

      At times, the Company has entered into certain interest rate contracts (floors and swaps) to manage interest rate and market risk. Effective January 1, 2001, these derivative instruments were recognized on the balance sheet at their fair value with an offsetting gain or loss on the related hedged items. These contracts were designated as fair value hedges of specific existing assets and liabilities. Net interest income (expense) resulting from the differential between exchanging floating and fixed rate interest payments is accrued and recognized as an adjustment to the interest income or expense of the hedged asset or liability. Any gains and loss that result from changes in the fair value of these agreements are included in noninterest income in the consolidated statements of income. The Company’s asset and liability management and investment policies do not allow the use of derivative financial instruments for trading purposes.

      At times, the Bank also enters foreign currency exchange contracts to accommodate customer needs. The Bank enters an agreement with a customer to sell a specified amount of a foreign currency, and in turn, the Bank enters an agreement with another financial institution to purchase an identical amount of that currency at substantially the same terms. The fair value of the contract to sell the foreign currency is recorded in consolidated financial statements together with an offsetting fair value on the related contract to purchase the foreign currency. Gains and losses from changes in the fair value of the contracts to purchase and sell the foreign currencies are included in noninterest income in the statements of income. If the customer fails to

F-15


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

perform, the Bank must still fulfill the contract with the other financial institution, resulting in a gain or loss based upon current exchange rates. The contracts generally have a term of one to six months and the Bank requires collateral from the customer to manage credit risk.

      Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 133, the fair value of interest rate contracts and foreign currency exchange contracts and changes in the fair value because of changes in market interest rates were not recognized in the financial statements. For interest rate contracts, the net interest income (expense) resulting from the differential between exchanging floating and fixed rate interest payments was accrued and recognized as an adjustment to the interest income or expense of the hedged asset or liability. Gains or losses on termination of an agreement prior to maturity were deferred and amortized as an adjustment to interest income or expense of the hedged assets or liability over the remaining term of the original contract life of the terminated agreement.

 
Financial Instruments

      In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, unused lines of credit, letters of credit, and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.

 
Comprehensive Income

      Comprehensive income includes net income and unrealized holding gains and losses on available-for-sale securities. The statement of comprehensive income is included within the consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity. Also, see Note 20 — Comprehensive Income for further details.

 
New Accounting Standards

      In September 2000, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued SFAS No. 140, Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities — a replacement of FASB Statement 125 . This statement provides accounting and reporting standards for transfers and servicing of financial assets and extinguishment of liabilities. This statement uses the financial-components approach that focuses on control and requires an entity to recognize financial and servicing assets it controls and liabilities it has incurred, derecognize financial assets when control has been surrendered, and derecognize liabilities when extinguished. The Statement also provides consistent standards for distinguishing transfers of financial assets that are sales from transfers that are secured borrowings. The Company adopted this statement in 2000. The adoption of this Statement did not have material impact on the Company’s results of operations or statement of financial condition.

      In June of 2001, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets . SFAS No. 141 requires that all business combinations be accounted for under the purchase method, thus eliminating the pooling method of accounting for business combinations. This Statement also provides guidance of the creation of goodwill and other intangible assets during business combinations. SFAS No. 142 addresses how goodwill and other intangible assets should be accounted for after they have been initially recognized on the financial statements. The Statement requires that goodwill no longer be amortized. Instead, goodwill will be tested annually for impairment using specific guidance provided in the Statement. The Statement also requires that certain intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives no longer be amortized. Intangibles that are not amortized will be subject to annual impairment testing which will compare the fair value of the intangible asset to the recorded value. Intangible assets with finite lives will continue to be amortized over their estimated useful lives and tested for impairment only when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the asset may not be recovered. Transition provisions of these Statements require that initial impairment testing on goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives occur

F-16


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

upon adoption and be completed within six months after adoption. The Company adopted SFAS No. 142 on January 1, 2002. As of December 31, 2001, the Company had approximately $23.4 million of goodwill (created at the time the Bank was purchased) that will no longer be subject to amortization beginning on January 1, 2002. Annual amortization of goodwill had been approximately $2.3 million. The Company is required to test this goodwill asset for impairment during 2002, and then annually thereafter. If at any time, impairment exists, as computed by SFAS No. 142, the Company will record an impairment loss. The Company also has approximately $1.0 million of other intangible assets (primarily related to purchases of trust businesses) which will continue to be amortized.

SFAS 142 Disclosures (unaudited)

      Goodwill was $23.4 million at both December 31, 2001 and March 31, 2002. No additions, disposal, or impairment charges were recorded to goodwill during the first three months of 2002. The following unaudited table shows the impact of goodwill amortization expense on net income and basic and diluted earnings per common share for the first quarter of 2002 and 2001.

                   
For the Three Months
Ended March 31,

2002 2001


(in thousands, except
per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Reported net income
  $ 5,253     $ 3,381  
Add back: Goodwill amortization
          579  
     
     
 
Adjusted net income
    5,253       3,960  
Less: Preferred dividend requirements
    (861 )     (861 )
     
     
 
Adjusted net income available to common stockholders
  $ 4,392     $ 3,099  
     
     
 
Basic earnings per common share:
               
 
Reported basic earnings per share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.55  
 
Effect of goodwill amortization
          0.13  
     
     
 
Adjusted basic earnings per common share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.68  
     
     
 
Diluted earnings per common share:
               
 
Reported diluted earnings per share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.54  
 
Effect of goodwill amortization
          0.12  
     
     
 
 
Adjusted diluted earnings per common share
  $ 0.96     $ 0.66  
     
     
 

      The Company also had $965,000 of other intangible assets that relate to the purchase of lines of trust business. The gross carrying amount of these intangibles was $1.3 million as of March 31, 2002 with accumulated amortization of $399,000. Amortization expense for these intangible assets was $66,000 during the first three months of 2002. The estimated amortization expense for these assets is expected to be $197,000 from the period of April 1, 2002 to December 31, 2002, $263,000 during the years ending December 31, 2003 and 2004, and $201,000 and $13,000 during the years ending December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. The Company also had $80,000 of originated mortgage servicing rights as of March 31, 2002, that is included in other assets in the consolidated financial statements. Amortization of these originated mortgage servicing rights are dependent upon the repayment experience of the underlying mortgage loans.

F-17


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Reclassifications

      Amounts in the prior years’ financial statements are reclassified whenever necessary to conform to the current year’s presentation.

 
Interim Financial Information

      These financial statements contain unaudited information as of March 31, 2002 and for the three month periods ended March 31, 2002 and 2001. In Management’s opinion, these unaudited financial statements include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurrence adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the information when read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and the related notes. The income statement data for the three months ended March 31, 2002 is not necessarily indicative of the results we may achieve for the full year.

3.     Cash and Due From Banks

      The Bank is required to maintain a balance with the Federal Reserve Bank to cover reserve and clearing requirements. The average balance required to be maintained for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2000 was approximately $1.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively.

4.     Investment Securities

      The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

                                         
December 31, 2001

Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value




(in thousands)
Available-for-sale:
                               
 
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 10,013     $ 65     $     $ 10,078  
 
U.S. government agency securities
    140,710       3,631       (330 )     144,011  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    192,073       3,351       (1,439 )     193,985  
 
Mortgage-backed securities
    80,820       1,827             82,647  
   
State and municipal obligations
    62,317       954       (634 )     62,637  
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total available-for-sale
    485,933       9,828       (2,403 )     493,358  
     
     
     
     
 
Held-to-maturity:
                               
 
Other debt securities
    850       50             900  
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total held-to-maturity
    850       50             900  
     
     
     
     
 
       
Total
  $ 486,783     $ 9,878     $ (2,403 )   $ 494,258  
     
     
     
     
 

F-18


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                                       
December 31, 2000

Gross Gross
Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Estimated
Cost Gains Losses Fair Value




(in thousands)
Available-for-sale:
                               
 
U.S. Treasury securities
  $ 55,101     $ 213     $ (19 )   $ 55,295  
 
U.S. government agency securities
    173,526       3,272       (45 )     176,753  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    123,442       938       (275 )     124,105  
 
Mortgage-backed securities
    83,545       1,010       (479 )     84,076  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total available-for-sale
    435,614       5,433       (818 )     440,229  
     
     
     
     
 
Held-to-maturity:
                               
 
State and municipal obligations
    69,108       1,280       (426 )     69,962  
 
Other debt securities
    850       18             868  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total held-to-maturity
    69,958       1,298       (426 )     70,830  
     
     
     
     
 
     
Total
  $ 505,572     $ 6,731     $ (1,244 )   $ 511,059  
     
     
     
     
 

      The amortized cost and estimated fair value of debt securities at December 31, 2001, categorized by the earlier of call or contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

                     
Amortized Estimated
Cost Fair Value


(in thousands)
Available-for-sale:
               
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 19,270     $ 19,378  
 
Due after one year through five years
    163,337       167,040  
 
Due after five years through ten years
    10,621       10,663  
 
Due after ten years
    19,812       19,645  
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
    192,073       193,985  
 
Mortgage-backed obligations
    80,820       82,647  
     
     
 
   
Totals
  $ 485,933     $ 493,358  
     
     
 
Held-to-maturity:
               
 
Due in one year or less
  $ 25     $ 25  
 
Due after one year through five years
    550       585  
 
Due after five years through ten years
    275       290  
 
Due after ten years
           
     
     
 
   
Totals
  $ 850     $ 900  
     
     
 

      Gross gains of $2.3 million, $750,000, and $108,000 were realized on the sales of investment securities classified as available-for-sale during 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively. There were no losses realized on the sale of available-for-sale investment securities in 2001, 2000 and 1999.

      Upon adoption of SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities on January 1, 2001, the Company transferred its state and municipal obligation portfolio, with a carrying value of $69.1 million, from held-to-maturity to available-for-sale. Upon transfer, the Company recorded a gross

F-19


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

unrealized gain of $854,000, a deferred tax liability of $299,000, and a net increase to stockholders’ equity of $555,000.

      Investment securities with an approximate book value of $322 million and $356 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively, were pledged to collateralize certain deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLB advances, and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

      Investment securities do not include the Bank’s investment in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and Federal Reserve Bank stock of $10.6 million and $10.2 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. These investments are required for membership and are carried at cost. The Bank also must maintain a specified level of investment in FHLB stock based upon the amount of outstanding FHLB borrowings.

5.     Loans

      Loans classified by type at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

                     
2001 2000


(in thousands)
Commercial and industrial
  $ 875,806     $ 834,855  
Real estate-construction
    380,674       328,856  
Residential real estate mortgages
    160,699       188,766  
Home equity loans and lines of credit
    273,133       209,870  
Consumer
    47,572       40,414  
Other loans
    3,461       2,836  
     
     
 
 
Gross loans
    1,741,345       1,605,597  
Less: Unearned discount
    (855 )     (909 )
     
     
 
 
Total loans
    1,740,490       1,604,688  
Less: Allowance for loan losses
    (31,118 )     (29,568 )
     
     
 
   
Loans, net
  $ 1,709,372     $ 1,575,120  
     
     
 

      Information about the Company’s loans on a nonaccrual basis at or for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999 is as follows:

                         
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Recorded balance of nonaccrual loans, at end of year
  $ 13,656     $ 6,684     $ 10,800  
Interest included in income
    662       154       591  
Interest which would have been recognized under the original terms of the loans
    1,687       289       1,642  

F-20


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Information about the Company’s impaired loans at or for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999 is as follows:

                             
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Recorded balance of impaired loans, at end of year:
                       
 
With related allowance for loan loss
  $ 18,906     $ 15,289     $ 10,506  
 
With no related allowance for loan loss
    1,557       9,430       2,644  
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 20,463     $ 24,719     $ 13,150  
     
     
     
 
Average balance of impaired loans for the year
  $ 22,212     $ 19,933     $ 13,447  
Allowance for loan loss related to impaired loan
  $ 7,082     $ 2,639     $ 4,203  
Interest income recognized on impaired loans
  $ 1,145     $ 1,646     $ 873  

      The Company provides several types of loans to its customers including residential, construction, commercial and consumer loans. Lending activities are conducted with customers in a wide variety of industries as well as with individuals with a wide variety of credit requirements. The Company does not have a concentration of loans in any specific industry. Credit risks tend to be geographically concentrated in that the majority of the Company’s customer base lies within the Chicago metropolitan area.

      Activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999 consisted of the following:

                         
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 29,568     $ 26,261     $ 24,599  
Provision for loan losses
    9,700       7,454       6,000  
Loans charged-off
    (8,997 )     (4,950 )     (6,165 )
Recoveries on loans previously charged-off
    847       803       1,827  
     
     
     
 
Net charge-offs
    (8,150 )     (4,147 )     (4,338 )
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 31,118     $ 29,568     $ 26,261  
     
     
     
 

      The Company has extended loans to directors and executive officers of the Bank, the Company and their related interests. The aggregate loans outstanding to the directors and executive officers of the Bank, the Company and their related interests, which individually exceeded $60,000, totaled $26.1 million and $23.4 million at December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. During 2001 and 2000, new loans totaled $10.3 million and $10.9 million, respectively and repayments totaled $7.6 million and $10.5 million, respectively. In the opinion of management, these loans were made in the normal course of business and on substantially the same terms for comparable transactions with other borrowers and do not involve more than a normal risk of collectibility.

F-21


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

6.     Premises, Leasehold Improvements and Equipment

      Premises, leasehold improvements and equipment at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are summarized as follows:

                   
2001 2000


(in thousands)
Land and improvements
  $ 3,981     $ 3,951  
Buildings and improvements
    10,336       9,395  
Leasehold improvements
    6,203       6,031  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    18,260       16,659  
     
     
 
 
Total cost
    38,780       36,036  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    (17,994 )     (14,665 )
     
     
 
 
Net book value
  $ 20,786     $ 21,371  
     
     
 

7.     Other Real Estate and Repossessed Assets

      Activity in the allowance for other real estate and repossessed assets for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, respectively, are as follows:

                         
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 20     $ 29     $ 253  
Provision for other real estate
    15       34       40  
Charge-offs
    (20 )     (43 )     (264 )
     
     
     
 
Balance at end of year
  $ 15     $ 20     $ 29  
     
     
     
 

8.     Mortgage Servicing Rights

      At December 31, 2001 and 2000 mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $12 million and $10 million, respectively. Mortgage servicing rights were created through loan originations by the Bank where the loan was subsequently sold with the right to service the loan retained by the Bank.

F-22


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      A summary of the activity related to mortgage servicing rights for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999 is as follows:

                         
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Book value, at beginning of year
  $ 98     $ 110     $ 913  
Originated mortgage servicing rights capitalized
    65       19       256  
Originated mortgage servicing rights sold
                (965 )
Amortization of mortgage servicing rights
    (47 )     (31 )     (94 )
     
     
     
 
Book value, at end of year
  $ 116     $ 98     $ 110  
     
     
     
 
Impairment valuation allowance, at beginning of year
  $     $     $ 329  
Valuation allowance on mortgage servicing rights sold
                (282 )
Valuation allowance adjustments to operations
    29             (47 )
     
     
     
 
Impairment valuation allowance, at end of year
  $ 29     $     $  
     
     
     
 
Carrying value, at end of year
  $ 87     $ 98     $ 110  
     
     
     
 
Fair value, at end of year
  $ 90     $ 144     $ 110  
     
     
     
 

      During 1999, the Bank sold approximately $74 million of mortgage loans serviced for others resulting in a gain of $204,000.

9.     Interest-Bearing Deposits

      Interest-bearing deposits at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are summarized as follows:

                   
2001 2000


(in thousands)
NOW accounts
  $ 128,515     $ 125,075  
Savings accounts
    88,181       89,480  
Money market deposits
    568,120       312,520  
Certificates of deposit
    517,991       581,372  
Public time deposits
    72,878       86,378  
Brokered certificates of deposit
    111,816       195,881  
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 1,487,501     $ 1,390,706  
     
     
 

      At December 31, 2001 and 2000, time deposits in amounts $100,000 or more totaled $267.0 million and $323.0 million, respectively. Interest expense on time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more was $12.2 million, $16.9 million and $6.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, respectively.

F-23


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      At December 31, 2001, the scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit, public time deposits and brokered certificates of deposit are as follows:

           
Year Amount


(in thousands)
2002
  $ 543,508  
2003
    123,550  
2004
    18,792  
2005
    15,381  
2006
    1,042  
Thereafter
    412  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 702,685  
     
 

10.     Short-Term Borrowings

      Short-term borrowings at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are summarized as follows:

                                   
2001 2000


Weighted Weighted
Amount Average Amount Average
Borrowed Rate Borrowed Rate




(in thousands)
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase
  $ 219,816       1.53 %   $ 205,681       5.59 %
Federal funds purchased
    25,053       1.31       37,770       6.12  
U.S. Treasury tax and loan note option
    124       1.29       6,368       5.23  
     
     
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 244,993       1.51 %   $ 249,819       5.66 %
     
     
     
     
 

      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within 1 to 60 days from the transaction date. Under the terms of the repurchase agreements, if the market value of the pledged securities declines below the repurchase liability, the Bank may be required to provide additional collateral to the buyer. In general, the Bank maintains control of the pledged securities.

      Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999 is summarized as follows:

                         
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Daily average balance during the year
  $ 202,781     $ 204,757     $ 161,745  
Daily average rate during the year
    3.63 %     5.51 %     4.52 %
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
  $ 258,029     $ 256,281     $ 181,932  

      Under the treasury tax and loan note option, the Bank is authorized to accept U.S. Treasury deposits of excess funds along with the deposits of customer taxes. These liabilities bear interest at a rate of .25% below the average federal funds rate and are collateralized by a pledge of various investment securities.

      At December 31, 2001, the Bank has unused lines of credit for short-term borrowings with various entities totaling $530 million, subject to acceptable collateral availability.

F-24


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

11.     Income Taxes

      The components of the income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999 are as follows:

                               
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Current tax expense:
                       
 
Federal
  $ 8,749     $ 10,085     $ 7,178  
 
State
    1,600       1,485       2,221  
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    10,349       11,570       9,399  
     
     
     
 
Deferred tax expense (benefit):
                       
 
Federal
    (672 )     (1,735 )     (1,287 )
 
State
    (149 )     (231 )     (255 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total
    (821 )     (1,966 )     (1,542 )
     
     
     
 
Charge in lieu of taxes resulting from recognition of acquired tax benefits
                116  
     
     
     
 
     
Applicable income taxes
  $ 9,528     $ 9,604     $ 7,973  
     
     
     
 

      In connection with the acquisition of the Bank, the Company acquired state net operating loss carryforwards and deductible temporary differences approximating $34 million and $26 million respectively. The tax benefits of these acquired items were applied against goodwill when recognized. The remainder of the acquired net operating loss carryforwards was utilized in 1999.

      Income tax expense was different from the amounts computed by applying the federal statutory rate of 35% for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999 to income before income taxes because of the following:

                             
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Federal income tax expense at statutory rate
  $ 9,506     $ 6,495     $ 6,818  
Increase (decrease) in taxes resulting from:
                       
 
Legal fees, net
    (433 )     2,819        
 
ESOP control value premium
    694              
 
Tax-exempt interest income, net of disallowed interest deduction
    (1,111 )     (1,273 )     (1,325 )
 
Goodwill amortization
    750       762       785  
 
State taxes, net
    943       815       1,278  
 
Charge in lieu of state taxes, net
                76  
 
Reversal of allocated tax reserves
    (906 )            
 
Other, net
    85       (14 )     341  
     
     
     
 
   
Total
  $ 9,528     $ 9,604     $ 7,973  
     
     
     
 

F-25


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are presented below:

                         
2001 2000


(in thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets:
               
 
Fixed assets, principally due to differences in depreciation
  $ 1,788     $ 1,585  
 
Loans, principally due to allowance for loan losses
    12,344       11,729  
 
Deferred income, principally net loan origination fees
    324       812  
 
Employee benefits
    2,651       2,059  
 
Other
    82       440  
     
     
 
     
Gross deferred tax assets
    17,189       16,625  
     
     
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
               
 
Discount accretion
    (320 )     (281 )
 
Purchase accounting
    (962 )     (1,253 )
 
Mortgage servicing rights
    (34 )     (39 )
     
     
 
     
Gross deferred tax liabilities
    (1,316 )     (1,573 )
     
     
 
       
Subtotal
    15,873       15,052  
     
     
 
   
Tax effect of unrealized holding gains on available for sale investment securities
    (2,599 )     (1,615 )
     
     
 
       
Net deferred tax assets
  $ 13,274     $ 13,437  
     
     
 

      Based upon historical taxable income as well as projections of future taxable income, management believes that it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets at December 31, 2001 will be realized. Therefore, no valuation reserve has been recorded at December 31, 2001 or 2000.

F-26


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

12.     Notes Payable and FHLB Advances

      Notes payable and FHLB advances at December 31, 2001 and 2000 are as follows:

                   
2001 2000


(in thousands)
Taylor Capital Group, Inc.:
               
Term loan bearing interest at prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.15%, with a balloon payment of $23 million due on April 30, 2002; interest rates at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were 3.54% and 7.91%, respectively
  $ 23,000     $ 23,000  
$12 million revolving credit facility bearing interest at prime rate or LIBOR plus 1.15%, maturing April 30, 2002; weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were 3.05% and 7.64%, respectively
    3,000       4,000  
     
     
 
 
Total notes payable
    26,000       27,000  
Cole Taylor Bank:
               
FHLB advance — 4.30%, due January 8, 2011, callable after January 8, 2002
    25,000        
FHLB advance — 4.55%, due January 8, 2011, callable after January 8, 2003
    25,000        
FHLB advance — 4.83%, due February 1, 2011, callable after January 8, 2004
    25,000        
FHLB advance — 3.94%, due November 23, 2004
    10,000        
FHLB advance — 6.59%, due January 31, 2001
          25,000  
FHLB advance — 7.28%, due November 13, 2001
          25,000  
     
     
 
 
Total FHLB advances
    85,000       50,000  
     
     
 
 
Total notes payable and FHLB advances
  $ 111,000     $ 77,000  
     
     
 

      Notes payable: The Taylor Capital Group, Inc. loans require compliance with certain defined financial covenants relating to the Bank, including covenants related to regulatory capital, return on average assets, nonperforming assets and Company leverage. As of December 31, 2001, the Company was not aware of any instances of non-compliance. During 2001, the $23.0 million term loan was amended to waive the $1.0 million principal reduction scheduled for February 2001 until the loan matures. The maturity of the note was extended to April 30, 2002. The Company has received a commitment from the lender to increase the term loan to $38.0 million and extend the maturity for five years with substantially the same interest rate terms. In addition, the maturity date of the $12.0 million revolving credit facility was extended from September 1, 2001 to April 30, 2002. The term loan and the revolving credit facility are secured by the common stock of the Bank.

      FHLB advances: At December 31, 2001, the FHLB advances were collateralized by $216.8 million of qualified first mortgage residential loans, $10.9 million of investment securities, and $5.8 million of FHLB stock. At December 31, 2000, the advances were collateralized by $209.9 million of qualified first mortgage residential loans, $20.4 million of investment securities, and $5.4 million of FHLB stock. The weighted average interest rates at December 31, 2001 and 2000 were 4.49% and 6.94%, respectively.

F-27


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Following are the scheduled maturities of notes payable and FHLB advances, categorized by the earlier of call or contractual maturity, at December 31, 2001:

           
Year Amount


(in thousands)
2002
  $ 51,000  
2003
    25,000  
2004
    35,000  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 111,000  
     
 

13.     Employee Benefit Plans

      The Company’s employees participate in employee benefit plans consisting of a 401(k) Plan and a Profit Sharing/ Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”), collectively called the “Plans”. Contributions to the Plans are made at the discretion of the Board of Directors, with the exception of certain 401(k) matching of employee contributions. The 401(k) plan allows participants a choice of several equity and fixed income mutual funds. Company common stock is not an investment option for 401(k) participants. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 contributions paid to the Plans were $2.2 million, $1.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively. The ESOP owned 294,576 shares and 305,145 shares of the Company’s common stock as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, respectively. These shares are held in trust for the participants by the ESOP’s trustee (Cole Taylor Bank). As of December 31, 2001, 13,531 shares of Company common stock owned by the ESOP were unallocated and committed to be released.

      In 2001, the Company recorded $2.0 million of expense in salaries and employee benefits expense in the consolidated statements of income related to the ESOP. In connection with the acquisition of the Bank in 1997, the Company and the ESOP trustee entered into an agreement that required the Company to value the shares that were in the ESOP at the time of acquisition (“control-value shares”) at the same value that the shares of the controlling owners are valued. Semiannually, a third party appraisal of the common stock of the Company is performed. The appraisal computes a value for minority shareholders and a separate value with a premium for the control-value shares. At December 31, 2001, the ESOP held 174,874 of control-value shares entitled to this control-value premium. The Company and the ESOP trustee agreed to terminate the original agreement and, in consideration for the termination, the Company agreed to pay into the ESOP the $2.0 million control-value cash premium for those participants in the ESOP with control-value shares. The amount paid will be allocated to the profit sharing portion of the Plans for those participants with control-value shares.

      In November 1998, the Company leveraged the ESOP. The ESOP entered into a Loan and Pledge Agreement (“ESOP loan”) with the Company whereby the Company financed the ESOP the sum of $576,000 to enable the ESOP to purchase 24,000 shares of Company common stock from certain related parties of the Company. On December 15, 1999 the ESOP loan was repaid in full from Bank contributions. Upon repayment of the ESOP loan, all 24,000 shares of Company common stock, purchased by the ESOP and held by the ESOP trustee, were released and allocated to the ESOP participants.

      Under the terms of the ESOP, stock option agreements, and the restricted stock program the Company is obligated to purchase shares of Company common stock from terminated employees related to “put” rights. During the years of 2001, 2000 and 1999, the Company repurchased 62,206, 61,510, and 30,604 shares of common stock totaling approximately $2.0 million, $2.2 million, and $1.1 million, respectively. The Company acquired these shares and holds as treasury stock at the purchase price, as determined by a semiannual independent third party appraisal of the Company’s common stock. As of December 31, 2001, the Company is obligated to purchase 17,321 shares of common stock from terminated employees, which will be valued by an independent third party appraisal as of December 31, 2001. In addition, the Company is obligated to

F-28


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

purchase 4,498 shares at December 31, 2001 from participants who have elected, based upon their age, to diversify a portion of their ESOP account balance out of Company common stock.

      The Company also maintains a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for certain key employees. The plan allows participants to defer up to 75% of base compensation and up to 95% of incentive compensation. The Company also may make contributions and discretionary matching contributions to the plan. Vesting in the matching contribution is based upon years of service. Participant vests in the matching contributions 20% after the first year of service, 40% after two years, 60% after three years, 80% after four years, and 100% vested after five years of service. Vesting in discretionary contribution is determined by the Plan Administrator. The plan also allows for executive discretionary contributions for certain key executives. The executive discretionary contributions vests 20% after six years of service, 40% after seven years, 60% after eight years, 80% after nine years, and 100% after ten years of service. The deferrals and Company contributions are held in a rabbi trust for the participants. While the Company maintains ownership of the assets, the participants are able to direct the investment of the assets into several equity and fixed income mutual fund accounts. Company common stock is not an investment option for the participants. The Company records the asset at their fair market value in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The deferrals and earnings grow tax deferred until withdrawn from the plan. The amount and method of benefit payment depend on the occurrence of specific events. When such an event occurs, benefit payments become due. Events include retirement, maturation of personal goals, termination of employment, disability, death, and financial hardship. The participant can withdraw their balance at any other time with a 10% early withdrawal penalty. Upon retirement or maturation of a personal goal, the account may be paid in a lump sum or in annual installments. Upon termination, disability, or death, the account is paid in a lump sum. Total assets in the nonqualified deferred compensation plan totaled $2.1 million at December 31, 2001.

14.     Incentive Compensation Plan

      The Company has an Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) that allows for the granting of stock options and stock awards. Under the Plan, 835,076 shares of common stock have been reserved.

 
Stock Options

      Stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock on the date of grant, as determined by an independent appraisal. The stock options vest over a five year period (vesting at 20% per year) and expire 10 years following the grant date. Upon death, disability, retirement or change of control of the Company (as defined) vesting is accelerated to 100%. The Company has elected to account for the stock options using the intrinsic value method and accordingly no compensation expense was recognized in connection with the granting of the stock options.

F-29


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following is a summary of stock option activity for 2001, 2000, and 1999:

                   
Weighted
Number of Average
Shares Exercise Price


Options outstanding at December 31, 1998
    230,436     $ 23.24  
 
Granted
    126,070       27.00  
 
Exercised
    (5,982 )     24.17  
 
Forfeited
    (47,814 )     24.47  
     
     
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 1999
    302,710       24.59  
 
Granted
    143,800       29.09  
 
Exercised
    (24,243 )     23.91  
 
Forfeited
    (30,595 )     26.63  
     
     
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2000
    391,672       26.13  
 
Granted
    148,300       33.51  
 
Exercised
    (15,883 )     23.44  
 
Forfeited
    (44,537 )     29.17  
     
     
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2001
    479,552     $ 28.22  
     
     
 

      As of December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 there are 162,970 shares, 105,399 shares and 62,434 shares that are exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $24.87, $23.69 and $22.74, respectively. At December 31, 2001, the options outstanding had a range of exercise prices of between $22.00 and $34.00 per share and an approximate weighted average remaining contractual life of 8 years.

      The grant date fair value of stock options granted to employees during the year, the significant assumptions used to determine those fair values, using a modified Black-Scholes option pricing model, and the pro forma effect of the fair value accounting for stock options under SFAS No. 123 are as follows:

                           
For the Years Ended December 31,

2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Grant date fair value per share
  $ 11.53     $ 10.92     $ 9.01  
Significant assumptions:
                       
 
Risk-free interest rate at grant date
    5.21 %     6.77 %     5.31 %
 
Expected stock price volatility
    25.00 %     25.00 %     25.00 %
 
Expected dividend payout
    1.08 %     1.24 %     1.33 %
 
Expected option life
    7 years       7 years       7 years  
Net income (in thousands):
                       
 
As reported
  $ 17,631     $ 8,954     $ 11,293  
 
Pro forma
    17,145       8,577       11,080  
Basic earnings per common share:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 3.10     $ 1.19     $ 1.69  
 
Pro forma
    2.99       1.11       1.64  
Diluted earnings per common share:
                       
 
As reported
  $ 3.08     $ 1.19     $ 1.68  
 
Pro forma
    2.98       1.11       1.64  

F-30


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Restricted Stock Awards

      During 2001, 2000 and 1999, 3,000 shares, 21,724 shares, and 16,703 shares of common stock were awarded, and 851 shares, 9,091 shares, and 24,454 shares of common stock were forfeited, respectively, under restricted stock agreements. The awards granted during 2001 were at a weighted average value of $27.00 per share. The Company accounts for the award as fixed plan and records compensation expense, equal to the fair market value of the award at the date of grant, over the vesting period. Vesting of the shares requires a continuous service period by each participant. The vesting rate is 50% at the end of year three, 75% at the end of year four and 100% at the end of year five or upon death, disability, retirement or change of control of the Company. If a participant terminates employment prior to the end of the continuous service period, the unearned portion of the stock award is forfeited. The unearned compensation related to the restricted stock grants is reported in stockholders’ equity. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999, compensation expense related to the stock awards totaled $506,000, $652,000 and $925,000, respectively. The Company had 120,104 restricted stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2001.

      In connection with the granting of the stock options and awards, stock transfer agreements are entered into with the participants. These agreements place certain restrictions on the transfer of any shares acquired through option exercise or award and provide the participants with limited rights to “put” the stock so acquired back to the Company. The Company’s repurchase liability, including ESOP obligations, is limited to $3 million per year. The Company may satisfy the put obligations with cash or through the issuance of 3 year installment notes to the participants.

15.     Stockholders’ Equity

      The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 10 million shares, of which 7 million shares are common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 3 million shares are preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share.

 
Common stock

      The holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefrom at such times and in such amounts as the Company’s Board of Directors may determine. The shares of common stock are neither redeemable nor convertible, and the holders thereof have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any securities of the Company. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive, pro rata, the assets of the Company which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding. Each outstanding share of common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

 
Preferred stock

      The shares of preferred stock are not convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of common stock, any other class or classes of capital stock of the Company and have no preemptive rights. Holders of shares of preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative cash dividends payable quarterly in arrears for each quarter when, and if, declared by the Board of Directors. Shares of preferred stock are not redeemable prior to January 15, 2002. On or after such date, they are redeemable at the Company’s option.

      The holders of the preferred stock have no voting rights, except for the election of one of the Company’s directors. The holders vote separately as a class and are entitled to cast one vote (or fraction thereof) for each $25 of liquidation preference to which such preferred stock is entitled.

      In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of shares of preferred stock are entitled to receive out of the assets of the Company available for distribution to stockholders, before any distribution of the assets is made to the holders of shares of the common stock or on

F-31


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

any other class or series of stock of the Company ranking junior to the shares of preferred stock as to such a distribution, an amount equal to $25 per share, plus an amount equal to dividends declared and unpaid for the then-current dividend period.

      The costs related to the issuance of the preferred stock is being amortized over 5 years using the straight line method.

16.     Commitments and Financial Instruments

 
Commitments

      The Company is obligated in accordance with the terms of various long-term noncancelable operating leases for certain premises (land and building) and office space and equipment, including the Company’s principal offices. The terms of the leases generally require periodic adjustment of the minimum lease payments based on an increase in the consumer price index. In addition, the Company is obligated to pay the real estate taxes assessed on the properties and certain maintenance costs. Certain of the leases contain renewal options for periods of up to five years. Total rental expense for the Company in connection with these leases for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000 and 1999 was approximately $3.1 million, $2.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

      Estimated future minimum rental commitments under these operating leases as of December 31, 2001 are as follows:

           
Year Amount


(in thousands)
2002
  $ 2,257  
2003
    2,047  
2004
    1,708  
2005
    1,645  
2006
    1,662  
Thereafter
    8,319  
     
 
 
Total
  $ 17,638  
     
 
 
Financial Instruments

      At times, the Company is party to various financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk. The Company uses these financial instruments in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of customers and to effectively manage exposure to interest rate risk. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit, standby letters of credit, interest-rate exchange contracts (swaps), forward commitments to sell loans and foreign exchange contracts. When viewed in terms of the maximum exposure, those instruments may involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheet. Credit risk is the possibility that a counterparty to a financial instrument will be unable to perform its contractual obligations. Interest rate risk is the possibility that, due to changes in economic conditions, the Company’s net interest income will be adversely affected.

      The Company mitigates its exposure to credit risk through its internal controls over the extension of credit. These controls include the process of credit approval and review, the establishment of credit limits, and, when deemed necessary, securing collateral. Collateral held varies but may include deposits held in financial institutions; U.S. Treasury securities; other marketable securities; income-producing commercial properties; accounts receivable; inventories; and property, plant and equipment. The Company manages its exposure to interest rate risk generally by setting variable rates of interest on extensions of credit and management

F-32


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

administered rates on interest bearing non-maturity deposits and, on a limited basis, by using off-balance sheet instruments to offset existing interest rate risk of its assets and liabilities.

      The following is a summary of the contractual or notional amount of each significant class of off-balance sheet financial instrument outstanding. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the counterparty to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual notional amount of these instruments. For interest-rate exchange contracts (swaps), forward commitments to sell loans, and foreign exchange contracts the contract or notional amounts substantially exceed actual exposure to credit loss.

      At December 31, 2001 and 2000, the contractual or notional amounts were as follows:

                   
2001 2000


(in thousands)
Financial instruments wherein contract amounts represent Credit risk:
               
 
Commitments to extend credit
  $ 760,802     $ 736,367  
 
Standby letters of credit
    63,969       71,082  
Financial instruments wherein notional amounts exceed the amount of credit risk:
               
 
Interest rate exchange agreement
        $ 10,000  
 
Forward commitments to sell loans
          5,000  
 
Forward foreign exchange contract
          685  

      Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.

      Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Such instruments are generally issued for one year or less. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Management expects most of the Company’s standby letters of credit to expire undrawn.

      An interest-rate exchange contract (swap) is an agreement in which two parties agree to exchange, at specified intervals, interest payment streams calculated on an agreed-upon notional principal amount with at least one stream based on a specified floating-rate index. The Company’s objective in holding interest-rate swaps is interest rate risk management. During 2000, the Company entered into an interest rate exchange agreement with a notional amount of $10.0 million outstanding in which the Company received interest at a fixed rate and paid interest to the counterparty at a variable rate. The purpose of the agreement was to manage the interest rate risk on $10.0 million of fixed-rate CDs. The Company called the fixed rate CD when the counterparty called the interest-rate exchange contract. The contract had no termination fees resulting in no impact to the consolidated financial statements.

      In prior periods, the Company entered into forward commitments to sell loans to manage the interest rate risk of mortgage banking activities. The hedging activity helped to protect the Company from a risk that the market value of mortgage loans intended to be sold would be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. During 2001, the Company discontinued certain mortgage-banking activities and no longer originates mortgage loans for sale and no longer enters into forward commitments to sell loans.

      Foreign exchange contracts are agreements to purchase or sell a specified amount of a foreign currency in the future at a set exchange price. The Bank enters an agreement with a customer to sell a specified amount of a foreign currency. In turn, the Bank enters an agreement with another financial institution to purchase an

F-33


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

identical amount of that currency at substantially the same terms. If the customer fails to perform, the Bank must still fulfill the contract with the other financial institution, resulting in a gain or loss based upon current exchange rates. The contracts generally have a term of one to six months and the Bank requires collateral from the customer to manage credit risk. The Bank, from time to time, enters into these foreign exchange contracts to accommodate customer needs, however, no contracts were outstanding at December 31, 2001.

17.     Fair Value of Financial Instruments

      SFAS No. 107, Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments, requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments. A significant portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments as defined in SFAS No. 107. Many of the Company’s financial instruments, however, lack an available, or readily determinable, trading market as characterized by a willing buyer and willing seller engaging in an exchange transaction. The Company used significant estimations and present value calculations for the purposes of estimating fair values. Accordingly, fair values are based on various factors relative to current economic conditions, risk characteristics, and other factors. The assumptions and estimates used in the fair value determination process are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and significant judgment and, therefore, fair values cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect these estimated values.

      The methods and assumptions used to determine fair values for each significant class of financial instruments are presented below:

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits with banks, money market mutual funds, and federal funds sold are reported at amounts that approximate fair value in the balance sheet.

 
Investments

      Fair values for investment securities are determined from quoted market prices. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar instruments. Investments include the Company’s investment in FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank Stock. The fair value of these investments equals its book value as these stocks can only be sold back to the FHLB, Federal Reserve Bank, or other member banks at its par value per share.

 
Loans

      Fair values of loans have been estimated by the present value of future cash flows, using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with the same remaining maturities.

 
Accrued Interest Receivable

      The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable approximates its fair value since its maturity is short-term.

 
Other Assets

      Financial instruments in other assets consist of assets in the Company’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The carrying value of these assets approximates their fair value and are based upon quoted market prices.

F-34


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Deposit Liabilities

      Deposit liabilities with stated maturities have been valued at the present value of future cash flows using rates which approximate current market rates for similar instruments; unless this calculation results in a present value which is less than the book value of the reflected deposit, in which case the book value would be utilized as an estimate of fair value. Fair values of deposits without stated maturities equal the respective amounts due on demand.

 
Short-Term Borrowings and Notes Payable and FHLB Advances

      Short-term borrowings and notes payable and FHLB advances have been valued at present values of future cash flows using rates which approximate current market rates for similar instruments.

 
Accrued Interest Payable

      The carrying amount of accrued interest payable approximates its fair value since its maturity is short-term.

 
Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

      The fair value of commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit have been estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For fixed-rate loan commitments, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. The fair value of these commitments is not material. The fair value of interest rate exchange agreements and foreign exchange contracts are estimated using quoted market prices for similar instruments.

F-35


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

                                     
December 31, 2001 December 31, 2000


Carrying Carrying
Value Fair Value Value Fair Value




(in thousands)
Financial Assets:
                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 88,248     $ 88,248     $ 67,272     $ 67,272  
 
Investments
    504,841       504,891       520,417       521,289  
 
Loans, net of allowance
    1,710,519       1,750,469       1,582,124       1,578,081  
 
Accrued interest receivable
    11,975       11,975       17,103       17,103  
 
Other assets
    2,122       2,122              
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total financial assets
  $ 2,317,705     $ 2,357,705     $ 2,186,916     $ 2,183,745  
     
     
     
     
 
Financial Liabilities:
                               
 
Deposits without stated maturities
  $ 1,131,004     $ 1,131,004     $ 879,199     $ 879,199  
 
Deposits with stated maturities
    702,685       707,962       863,631       866,673  
 
Short-term borrowings
    244,993       244,993       249,819       249,819  
 
Notes payable and FHLB advances
    111,000       127,699       77,000       77,364  
 
Accrued interest payable
    6,028       6,028       13,429       13,429  
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total financial liabilities
  $ 2,195,710     $ 2,217,686     $ 2,083,078     $ 2,086,484  
     
     
     
     
 
Off-Balance-Sheet Financial Instruments:
                               
 
Interest rate exchange agreement
  $     $     $     $ 51  
 
Foreign exchange contract
                      55  
 
Forward loan sales
                      (7 )
 
Commitments to extend credit
                       
 
Letter of credit
                       
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total off-balance-sheet financial instruments
  $     $     $     $ 99  
     
     
     
     
 

      The remaining balance sheet assets and liabilities of the Company are not considered financial instruments and have not been valued differently than is customary under historical cost accounting. Since assets and liabilities that are not financial instruments are excluded above, the difference between total financial assets and financial liabilities does not, nor is it intended to, represent the market value of the Company. Furthermore, the estimated fair value information may not be comparable between financial institutions due to the wide range of valuation techniques permitted, and assumptions necessitated, in the absence of an available trading market.

18.     Regulatory Disclosures

      The Company and the Bank are subject to various capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators, which, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the entity’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory

F-36


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

accounting practices. The entity’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

      Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Based on these quantitative measures, as of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the Company is categorized as “adequately-capitalized” and the Bank is categorized as “well-capitalized”.

      As of December 31, 2001 and 2000, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as “well-capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized “well-capitalized” the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. At December 31, 2001, there are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the institution’s category.

      The Company’s and the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2001 and 2000 are presented in the following table:

                                                   
To Be Well Capitalized
Under Prompt
For Capital Adequacy Corrective Action
Actual Purposes Provision



Amount Ratio Amount Ratio Amount Ratio






(in thousands)
As of December 31, 2001:
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
 
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. — Consolidated
    $162,446       8.96 %     >$145,070       >8.00 %     NA          
 
Cole Taylor Bank
    194,409       10.72       >145,114       >8.00       >$181,392       >10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
 
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. — Consolidated
    $139,674       7.70 %     >$72,535       >4.00 %     NA          
 
Cole Taylor Bank
    171,631       9.46       >72,557       >4.00       >$108,835       >6.00 %
Leverage (to Average Assets)
                                               
 
Taylor Capital Group, Inc.— Consolidated
    $139,674       5.99 %     >$93,252       >4.00 %     NA          
 
Cole Taylor Bank
    171,631       7.37       >93,190       >4.00       >$116,488       >5.00 %
As of December 31, 2000:
                                               
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
 
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. — Consolidated
    $146,949       8.51 %     >$138,155       >8.00 %     NA          
 
Cole Taylor Bank
    180,966       10.47       >138,258       >8.00       >$172,823       >10.00 %
Tier I Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                                               
 
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. — Consolidated
    $125,264       7.25 %     >$69,078       >4.00 %     NA          
 
Cole Taylor Bank
    159,265       9.22       >69,129       >4.00       >$103,694       >6.00 %
Leverage (to Average Assets)
                                               
 
Taylor Capital Group, Inc. — Consolidated
    $125,264       5.55 %     >$90,216       >4.00 %     NA          
 
Cole Taylor Bank
    159,265       7.06       >90,249       >4.00       >$112,811       >5.00 %


NA — Not Applicable

F-37


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

19.     Parent Company Only

      Summarized unconsolidated financial information of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. is as follows:

Balance Sheets

                   
December 31,

2001 2000


(in thousands)
ASSETS
Noninterest-bearing deposits with subsidiary Bank
  $ 2,440     $ 1,777  
Investment in subsidiaries
    200,852       189,020  
Other assets
    1,483       1,087  
     
     
 
 
Total assets
  $ 204,775     $ 191,884  
     
     
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Accrued interest, taxes and other liabilities
  $ 7,859     $ 7,573  
Notes payable
    26,000       27,000  
Stockholders’ equity
    170,916       157,311  
     
     
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 204,775     $ 191,884  
     
     
 

Statements of Income

                               
For the Years Ended December 31,

2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Income:
                       
 
Dividends from subsidiary Bank
  $ 13,000     $ 13,500     $ 10,500  
 
Dividends from non-bank subsidiary
    100       200       500  
     
     
     
 
   
Total income
    13,100       13,700       11,000  
     
     
     
 
Expenses:
                       
 
Interest
    1,528       1,945       1,634  
 
Salaries and employee benefits
    1,925       2,068       1,996  
 
ESOP control value premium
    1,983              
 
Legal fees, net
    674       10,650       5,355  
 
Other
    1,534       1,256       1,075  
     
     
     
 
   
Total expenses
    7,644       15,919       10,060  
     
     
     
 
Income (loss) before income taxes, equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    5,456       (2,219 )     940  
Income tax benefit
    2,700       2,977       3,474  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    9,475       8,196       7,093  
     
     
     
 
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
    17,631       8,954       11,507  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of income taxes
                (214 )
     
     
     
 
     
Net income
  $ 17,631     $ 8,954     $ 11,293  
     
     
     
 

F-38


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Statements of Cash Flows

                                 
For the Years Ended December 31,

2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
                       
 
Net income
  $ 17,631     $ 8,954     $ 11,293  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
   
Amortization of other assets
    49       215       619  
   
Amortization of unearned compensation
    57       137       196  
   
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
    (9,475 )     (8,196 )     (7,093 )
   
Other, net
    (371 )     138       157  
   
Changes in assets and liabilities:
                       
     
Other assets
    38       (476 )     1,987  
     
Other liabilities
    286       4,081       727  
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by operating activities
    8,215       4,853       7,886  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from investing activities:
                       
 
Proceeds from repayment of loan issued to Employee Stock Ownership Plan
                576  
 
Other, net
    (60 )     (273 )     (86 )
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    (60 )     (273 )     490  
     
     
     
 
Cash flows from financing activities:
                       
 
Repayments of notes payable
    (3,250 )     (1,900 )     (2,500 )
 
Proceeds from notes payable
    2,250       4,400       500  
 
Dividends paid
    (5,089 )     (5,101 )     (5,116 )
 
Proceeds from the exercise of employee stock options
    645       113       100  
 
Purchase of treasury stock
    (2,048 )     (2,193 )     (1,099 )
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in financing activities
    (7,492 )     (4,681 )     (8,115 )
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    663       (101 )     261  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year
    1,777       1,878       1,617  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year
  $ 2,440     $ 1,777     $ 1,878  
     
     
     
 

      The Bank is subject to dividend restrictions set forth by regulatory authorities. Under such restrictions, the Bank may not, without prior approval of regulatory authorities, declare dividends in excess of the sum of the current year’s earnings (as defined) plus the retained earnings (as defined) from the prior two years. The dividends, as of December 31, 2001, that the Bank could declare and pay to the Company, without the approval of regulatory authorities, amounted to approximately $25.4 million. However, payment of such dividends is also subject to the Bank remaining in compliance with all applicable capital ratios.

F-39


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

20.     Comprehensive Income

      The following table presents comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999:

                             
2001 2000 1999



(in thousands)
Net income, as reported
  $ 17,631     $ 8,954     $ 11,293  
Other comprehensive income:
                       
 
Change in unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities
    5,143       11,591       (6,228 )
 
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income
    (2,333 )     (750 )     (108 )
     
     
     
 
      2,810       10,841       (6,336 )
 
Income tax expense (benefit) related to other comprehensive income
    984       3,794       (2,218 )
     
     
     
 
 
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
    1,826       7,047       (4,118 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total comprehensive income
  $ 19,457     $ 16,001     $ 7,175  
     
     
     
 

21.     Cumulative Effect of Change in Accounting Principle

      On January 1, 1999, the Company adopted Statement of Position (“SOP”) 98-5 , Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up Activities, which requires that the cost of start-up activities and organization costs be expensed as incurred. The initial adoption of SOP 98-5 resulted in a charge of $214,000 (net of a tax benefit of $146,000) and is reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 1999 as a cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. The charge represents remaining organization costs associated with the purchase of the Bank that had not yet been fully amortized.

22.     Earnings per Share

      The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share. Stock options are the only common stock equivalents. Since the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded, the estimated market value of the Company’s common shares was based upon semiannual independent third party appraisal prepared in connection with the employee benefit plans. Stock options to purchase 357,880 (unaudited) and 131,100 (unaudited) common shares for the three months ended March 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively, were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share because the options’ exercise price were greater than or equal to the average common share price and, therefore, the effect would have been antidilutive. For the years ended December 31, 2001, 2000, and 1999, the number of stock options to purchase 123,420, 13,250, and 111,670 common shares, respectively, were

F-40


 

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the effect would have been antidilutive.

                                         
For the Three Months Ended
March 31, For the Year Ended December 31,


2002 2001 2001 2000 1999





(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(unaudited)
Income before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 5,253     $ 3,381     $ 17,631     $ 8,954     $ 11,507  
Preferred dividend requirements
    (861 )     (861 )     (3,443 )     (3,443 )     (3,442 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income available to common shareholders before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 4,392     $ 2,520     $ 14,188     $ 5,511     $ 8,065  
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
                            (214 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Net income available to common stockholders
  $ 4,392     $ 2,520     $ 14,188     $ 5,511     $ 7,851  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
    4,556,902       4,601,526       4,575,174       4,613,167       4,644,685  
Dilutive effect of stock options
    19,794       53,973       30,206       27,162       16,300  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding
    4,576,696       4,655,499       4,605,380       4,640,329       4,660,985  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Basic earnings per common share:
                                       
Before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 0.96     $ 0.55     $ 3.10     $ 1.19     $ 1.74  
Cumulative effect of change of accounting principle
                            (0.05 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 0.96     $ 0.55     $ 3.10     $ 1.19     $ 1.69  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Diluted earnings per common share:
                                       
Before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle
  $ 0.96     $ 0.54     $ 3.08     $ 1.19     $ 1.73  
Cumulative effect of change of accounting principle
                            (0.05 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
    $ 0.96     $ 0.54     $ 3.08     $ 1.19     $ 1.68  
     
     
     
     
     
 

F-41


 

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 
Item 13.      Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      Set forth below is a table of the registration fee for the Securities and Exchange Commission, the listing fee for the Nasdaq National Market and estimates of all other expenses to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities described in the registration statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions:

           
SEC registration fee
  $ 8,924  
NASD filing fee
    *  
Nasdaq National Market listing fee
    *  
Printing and engraving expenses
    *  
Legal fees and expenses
    *  
Accountant fees and expenses
    *  
Trustees and Depositary fees and expenses
    *  
Transfer agent and registrar fees
    *  
Miscellaneous
    *  
     
 
 
Total
  $    
     
 


To be completed by amendment

 
Item 14.      Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      Taylor Capital and the Trust are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Reference is made to Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or DGCL, which enables a corporation in its original certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends of unlawful stock purchase or redemptions or (4) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit.

      Reference is also made to Section 145 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may indemnify any person, including an officer or director, who is, or is threatened to be made, party to any threatened, pending or completed legal action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of such corporation, by reason of the fact that such person was an officer, director, employee or agent of such corporation or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise. The indemnity may include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, provided such officer, director, employee or agent acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the corporation’s best interest and, for criminal proceedings, had no reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful. A Delaware corporation may indemnify any officer or director in an action by or in the right of the corporation under the same conditions, except that no indemnification is permitted without judicial approval if the officer or director is adjudged to be liable to the corporation. Where an officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, the corporation must indemnify him against the expenses that such officer or director actually and reasonably incurred.

      Our bylaws provide for indemnification of the officers and directors to the full extent permitted by applicable law.

II-1


 

      The Underwriting Agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the Registrants and their officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Item 15.      Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

      In the three-year period ended May 24, 2002, we have sold unregistered securities as follows:

      Between May and December 1999, we granted stock options to purchase a total of 15,500 shares of our common stock to some of our employees. During this same period, we awarded stock options to purchase 7,000 shares of our common stock to some of our directors. Additionally, on September 1, 1999, we awarded 2,778 shares of our common stock in restricted stock grants to some of our executive level employees.

      In 2000, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate amount of 143,800 shares of our common stock to some of our employees, including the grant of a stock option to purchase 5,000 shares of our common stock to a newly-hired Bank executive. We also awarded an aggregate amount of 21,724 shares of our common stock in restricted stock grants to some of our executive level employees on April 1, September 16, October 9, December 1 and December 22, 2000.

      In 2001, we granted stock options to purchase an aggregate amount of 148,300 shares of our common stock to some of our employees. On October 15, 2001 and December 20, 2001, we awarded 1,000 and 2,000 shares of our common stock, respectively, in restricted stock grants to some of our executive level employees.

      In February 2002, we granted stock options to purchase 123,300 shares of our common stock to some of our employees. Additionally, on April 2, 2002, we awarded 15,521 shares of our common stock in restricted stock grants to some of our executive level employees.

      All of these securities were awarded in reliance on the exemption from registration provided under Rule 701 of the Securities Act.

Item 16.      Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule.

      (a)  Exhibits:

             
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  1.1*         Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*         Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  3.2*         Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  4.1         Certificate of Designation of the Series A 9% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.
  4.2         Form of certificate representing the Series A 9% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.
  4.3*         Form of certificate representing Taylor Capital Group, Inc. common stock.
  4.4*         Certificate of Trust of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.5*         Form of Indenture between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.
  4.6*         Initial Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.7*         Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.8*         Form of Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement.
  4.9*         Form of Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.10 *       Form of debenture.
  5.1*         Opinion of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman as to the legality of the securities being registered.
  8.1*         Opinion of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman as to certain federal income tax matters.
  9.1         Voting Trust Agreement, dated November 30, 1998, including Amendment Number One, dated December 1, 1999, by and between the Depositors and Trustees as set forth therein.
  10.1         Loan Agreement, dated February 12, 1997, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

II-2


 

             
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  10.2         First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.3         Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated November 1, 1997, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.4         Third Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated May 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.5         Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated June 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.6         Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated August 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.7         Sixth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.8         Seventh Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 1999, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.9         Eighth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 2000, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.10         Ninth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 2001, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.11         Tenth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated February 12, 2002, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.12         SafeKeeping Agreement, dated December 1996, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.13         Amended and Restated Third Party Safekeeping Agreement dated September 1, 1998, entered into by Taylor Capital Group, Inc. in favor of LaSalle National Bank and European American Bank.
  10.14         Security Agreement and Assignment of European American Bank Safekeeping Account, dated September 1, 1998.
  10.15         Collateral Safekeeping Agreement, dated June 15, 2001, by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc., LaSalle National Bank and Standard Federal Bank.
  10.16         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective April 1, 2001.
  10.17         Trust Under Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 1, 2001.
  10.18         Agreement, dated February 6, 1997, among Taylor Capital Group, Inc., Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. and the Taylor Family (as defined therein).
  10.19         Indemnity Agreement, dated February 12, 1997, by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and the Taylor Family.
  10.20         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 1998.
  10.21         First Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2000.
  10.22         Second Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 2000.
  10.23         Third Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2001.
  10.24         Amendment and Restatement of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust, effective October 1, 1998.
  10.25         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10.26         Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement.
  10.27         Form of Stock Transfer Agreement for Stock Option Grants.
  10.28         Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

II-3


 

             
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  10.29         Form of Stock Transfer Agreement for Restricted Stock Awards.
  10.30         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
  10.31         Servicing Rights Sale Agreement, dated January 30, 1998, between Cole Taylor Bank and First Nationwide Mortgage Corporation.
  10.32         Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 25, 1998, between Jeffrey W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil, as sellers, and Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust, as buyer and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.33         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective October 1, 1998.
  10.34         First Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 1999.
  10.35         Second Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective October 1, 1998.
  10.36         Third Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2000.
  10.37         Fourth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective October 1, 2000.
  10.38         Fifth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2001.
  10.39         Sixth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2002.
  10.40         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Trust, effective October 1, 1998.
  10.41         Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement.
  10.42         Form of Executive Level Change in Control Severance Agreement.
  10.43         First Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement, dated October 10, 2001, by and among the Estate Parties (as defined therein) and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.44         Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement, dated March 15, 2002, by and among the Estate Parties (as defined therein) and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.45         Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement, dated May 10, 2002, by and among the Estate Parties (as defined therein) and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.46 *       Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement by and among the Estate Parties and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.47         Stipulation of Settlement, dated October 10, 2001, by and among the Class, the Estate Parties, The Graham Defendants, the Cole Family and the Taylor Defendants.
  10.48         First Addendum, dated January 1, 2002, to the (A) Stipulation of Settlement by and among the Class, the Estate Parties, The Graham Defendants, the Cole Family and the Taylor Defendants and (B) Agreement by and among the Lead Plaintiffs and the Class 5 Participants Regarding Thomas L. Barlow.
  10.49         Second Addendum to the Stipulation of Settlement, dated April 5, 2002, by and among the Class, the Estate Parties, The Graham Defendants, the Cole Family and the Taylor Defendants.
  10.50 *       Effectiveness Agreement.
  12.1*         Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios.
  21.1         List of Subsidiaries of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  23.1         Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23.2*         Consent of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman (included in exhibit 5.1).

II-4


 

             
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  25.1*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust Company as Delaware Trustee under the Indenture.
  25.2*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.
  25.3*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Property Trustee under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  25.4*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Guarantee Trustee under the Guarantee.
  25.5*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the Administrative Trustees under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.


To be filed by Amendment.

      (b)  Financial Statement Schedules:

      Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be shown in the schedules is not applicable or is included elsewhere in our financial statements or accompanying notes.

 
Item 17. Undertakings

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrants pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrants have been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrants in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrants will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake that:

        1. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrants pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        2. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      The undersigned Registrants hereby undertake to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denomination and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-5


 

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrants have duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on their behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Wheeling, State of Illinois on May 24, 2002.

     
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.   TAYC CAPITAL TRUST I
 
 
By: /s/ J. CHRISTOPHER ALSTRIN   By: /s/ J. CHRISTOPHER ALSTRIN

 
J. Christopher Alstrin
Chief Financial Officer
  J. Christopher Alstrin
Trustee

POWER OF ATTORNEY

      Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor and J. Christopher Alstrin, or any of them, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his name and on his or her behalf, in any and all capacities, the Registrants’ Registration Statement on Form S-1 relating to the common stock and the trust preferred securities and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the Registrants to comply with the Securities Act, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the SEC, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ JEFFREY W. TAYLOR

Jeffrey W. Taylor
  Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board
  May 24, 2002
 
/s/ J. CHRISTOPHER ALSTRIN

J. Christopher Alstrin
  Chief Financial Officer and
Director
  May 24, 2002
 
/s/ BRUCE W. TAYLOR

Bruce W. Taylor
  President and Director   May 24, 2002
 
/s/ CINDY TAYLOR BLEIL

Cindy Taylor Bleil
  Director   May 24, 2002
 
/s/ ADELYN DOUGHERTY LEANDER

Adelyn Dougherty Leander
  Director   May 24, 2002
 
/s/ RONALD EMANUEL

Ronald Emanuel
  Director   May 24, 2002

II-6


 

             
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ MELVIN E. PEARL

Melvin E. Pearl
  Director   May 24, 2002
 
/s/ RICHARD W. TINBERG

Richard W. Tinberg
  Director   May 24, 2002
 
/s/ MARK L. YEAGER

Mark L. Yeager
  Director   May 24, 2002
 
/s/ EDWARD MCGOWAN

Edward McGowan
  Director   May 24, 2002

II-7


 

EXHIBIT INDEX

             
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  1.1*         Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1*         Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  3.2*         Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  4.1         Certificate of Designation of the Series A 9% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.
  4.2         Form of certificate representing the Series A 9% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock.
  4.3*         Form of certificate representing Taylor Capital Group, Inc. common stock.
  4.4*         Certificate of Trust of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.5*         Form of Indenture between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and Wilmington Trust Company, as trustee.
  4.6*         Initial Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.7*         Form of Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.8*         Form of Preferred Securities Guarantee Agreement.
  4.9*         Form of Agreement as to Expenses and Liabilities by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and TAYC Capital Trust I.
  4.10 *       Form of debenture.
  5.1*         Opinion of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman as to the legality of the securities being registered.
  8.1*         Opinion of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman as to certain federal income tax matters.
  9.1         Voting Trust Agreement, as amended December 1, 1999, by and between the Depositors and Trustees as set forth therein.
  10.1         Loan Agreement, dated February 12, 1997, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.2         First Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated February 27, 1997, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.3         Second Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated November 1, 1997, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.4         Third Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated May 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.5         Fourth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated June 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.6         Fifth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated August 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.7         Sixth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 1998, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.8         Seventh Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 1999, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.9         Eighth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 2000, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.10         Ninth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated September 1, 2001, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.11         Tenth Amendment to Loan Agreement, dated February 12, 2002, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.12         SafeKeeping Agreement, dated December 1996, between LaSalle National Bank and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.


 

             
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  10.13         Amended and Restated Third Party Safekeeping Agreement dated September 1, 1998, entered into by Taylor Capital Group, Inc. in favor of LaSalle National Bank and European American Bank.
  10.14         Security Agreement and Assignment of European American Bank Safekeeping Account, dated September 1, 1998.
  10.15         Collateral Safekeeping Agreement, dated June 15, 2001, by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc., LaSalle National Bank and Standard Federal Bank.
  10.16         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan effective April 1, 2001.
  10.17         Trust Under Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan, dated April 1, 2001.
  10.18         Agreement, dated February 6, 1997, among Taylor Capital Group, Inc., Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. and the Taylor Family (as defined therein).
  10.19         Indemnity Agreement, dated February 12, 1997, by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and the Taylor Family.
  10.20         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 1998.
  10.21         First Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2000.
  10.22         Second Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective October 1, 2000.
  10.23         Third Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan effective January 1, 2001.
  10.24         Amendment and Restatement of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust, effective October 1, 1998.
  10.25         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan.
  10.26         Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement.
  10.27         Form of Stock Transfer Agreement for Stock Option Grants.
  10.28         Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
  10.29         Form of Stock Transfer Agreement for Restricted Stock Awards.
  10.30         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
  10.31         Servicing Rights Sale Agreement, dated January 30, 1998, between Cole Taylor Bank and First Nationwide Mortgage Corporation.
  10.32         Stock Purchase Agreement, dated November 25, 1998, between Jeffrey W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil, as sellers, and Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust, as buyer and Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  10.33         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective October 1, 1998.
  10.34         First Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 1999.
  10.35         Second Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective October 1, 1998.
  10.36         Third Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2000.
  10.37         Fourth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective October 1, 2000.
  10.38         Fifth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2001.
  10.39         Sixth Amendment to Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan effective January 1, 2002.
  10.40         Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Trust, effective October 1, 1998.
  10.41         Form of Change in Control Severance Agreement.


 

             
Exhibit
Number Description of Exhibits


  10.42         Form of Executive Level Change in Control Severance Agreement.
  10.43         First Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement, dated October 10, 2001, by and among the Estate Parties (as defined therein) and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.44         Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement, dated March 15, 2002, by and among the Estate Parties (as defined therein) and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.45         Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement, dated May 10, 2002, by and among the Estate Parties (as defined therein) and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.46 *       Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement by and among the Estate Parties and the Taylor Defendants (as defined therein).
  10.47         Stipulation of Settlement, dated October 10, 2001, by and among the Class, the Estate Parties, The Graham Defendants, the Cole Family and the Taylor Defendants.
  10.48         First Addendum, dated January 1, 2002, to the (A) Stipulation of Settlement by and among the Class, the Estate Parties, The Graham Defendants, the Cole Family and the Taylor Defendants and (B) Agreement by and among the Lead Plaintiffs and the Class 5 Participants Regarding Thomas L. Barlow.
  10.49         Second Addendum to the Stipulation of Settlement, dated April 5, 2002, by and among the Class, the Estate Parties, The Graham Defendants, the Cole Family and the Taylor Defendants.
  10.50 *       Effectiveness Agreement.
  12.1*         Statement Regarding Computation of Ratios.
  21.1         List of Subsidiaries of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
  23.1         Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23.2*         Consent of Katten Muchin Zavis Rosenman (included in exhibit 5.1).
  25.1*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Wilmington Trust Company as Delaware Trustee under the Indenture.
  25.2*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Indenture Trustee under the Indenture.
  25.3*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Property Trustee under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.
  25.4*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of Guarantee Trustee under the Guarantee.
  25.5*         Statement of Eligibility and Qualification under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 of the Administrative Trustees under the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement of TAYC Capital Trust I.


To be filed by Amendment.

EXHIBIT 4.1

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION, PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS

OF

FIXED RATE NONCUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A

OF

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.


Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), in accordance with
Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES
HEREBY CERTIFY:

1. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation"), fixes the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have the authority to issue at Ten Million (10,000,000) shares, of which Three Million (3,000,000) shares shall be shares of Preferred Stock, par value $.01 (herein referred to as "Preferred Stock"), and of which Seven Million (7,000,000) shares shall be shares of Common Stock of the par value of $.01 per share (herein referred to as "Common Stock").

2. The Certificate of Incorporation expressly grants to the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") authority to provide for the issuance of said Preferred Stock in one or more series, with such voting powers, full or limited or without voting powers, and with such designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, as shall be stated and expressed in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue thereof adopted by the Board of Directors and as are not stated and expressed in the Certificate of Incorporation.

3. Pursuant to authority conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors, on December __, 1996, by unanimous written consent of a duly authorized committee thereof, duly authorized and adopted the following resolutions providing for an issue of a series of its Preferred Stock to be designated "__% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (par value $.01 per share)":


"RESOLVED that an issue of a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation, par value $.01 per share (the Preferred Stock of the Corporation being herein referred to as "Preferred Stock", which term shall include any additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class hereafter authorized to be issued by the Corporation) consisting of One Million Five Hundred Thirty Thousand (1,530,000) shares is hereby provided for, and the voting power, designation, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of such series shall be as set forth below:

1. Designation: Number of Shares.

(a) The designation of such series of Preferred Stock shall be "__% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A" (hereinafter referred to as the "Series A Preferred"), stated value $25.00, and the number of authorized shares constituting the Series A Preferred is One Million Five Hundred Thirty Thousand (1,530,000). No fractional shares of Series A Preferred shall be issued.

(b) Any shares of Series A Preferred which at any time have been redeemed by the Corporation shall, after such redemption, have the status of authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock, without designation as to series until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular series of Preferred Stock by the Board of Directors.

2. Dividends.

(a) (i) Holders of shares of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive noncumulative cash dividends, payable quarterly in arrears for such quarter, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, out of funds legally available therefor, for a dividend period (a "Dividend Period") commencing on the date of original issuance of the Series A Preferred to and including March 31, 1997, and for each quarterly period thereafter commencing on the first day of each April, July, October and January and ending on and including the day next preceding the first day of the next Dividend Period at a rate per annum as follows: (A) for each Dividend Period, at an annual rate of ___% per stated value of each share (the "Fixed Rate"). The amount of dividends per share payable for any period of less than a quarter will be paid on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of

-2-

twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends payable per share of Preferred Stock for each Dividend Period shall be computed by dividing the amount of dividends due on an annual basis by four.

(ii) Dividends as provided for in this Section 2 shall accrue from the date of original issuance and shall be payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, out of funds legally available therefor, for a Dividend Period on the first of each April, July, October and January, commencing on April 1, 1997 (each, a "Dividend Payment Date"), to the holders of record on a date not more than 30 days and not less than 10 days preceding the related Dividend Payment Date, as may be determined by the Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, in advance of such Dividend Payment Date. When a Dividend Payment Date falls on a non-business day, the dividend will be paid on the next business day.

(b) Dividends on shares of Series A Preferred shall be noncumulative so that if a dividend on the shares of Series A Preferred with respect to any Dividend Period is not declared by the Board of Directors, or any duly authorized committee thereof, then the Corporation shall have no obligation at any time to pay a dividend on the shares of Series A Preferred for such Dividend Period whether or not dividends are paid for any subsequent Dividend Period. Holders of the shares of Series A Preferred shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, property or stock, in excess of the noncumulative dividends declared by the Board of Directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, as set forth herein.

(c) No full dividends shall be declared or paid or set apart for payment on any share of any series of Preferred Stock or any share of any other class of stock, or series thereof, in any such case ranking on a parity with or junior to the Series A Preferred as to dividends unless full dividends for the then- current Dividend Period on the Series A Preferred have been or contemporaneously are declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof, and for all prior Dividend Periods for which dividends were declared, set apart for such payment. When dividends are not paid in full upon the Series A Preferred and any other series or class of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred as to dividends, all dividends declared upon the Series A Preferred and such other series or class of stock shall be declared pro rata so that the amount of dividends declared per share on the Series A Preferred and such other series or class of stock shall in all cases bear the same

-3-

ratio that accrued dividends per share (which in the case of the Series A Preferred shall not include any accumulation in respect of undeclared or unpaid dividends for prior Dividend Periods) on the Series A Preferred and on such other series or class of stock bear to each other.

(d) So long as any shares of Series A Preferred shall be outstanding, unless full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment for the current Dividend Period and have been paid for all Dividend Periods for which dividends were declared and except as provided in Section 2(c), (i) no dividend (other than a dividend in Common Stock or in any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A Preferred as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) shall be declared and paid or set aside for payment, or other distribution declared or made, on the Common Stock or on any other stock ranking junior to or on a parity with Series A Preferred as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, and (ii) no shares of Common Stock or shares of any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to or on a parity with Series A Preferred as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall be redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired for any consideration by the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation (nor may any moneys be paid to or made available for a sinking or other fund for the redemption, purchase or other acquisition of any shares of any such stock), other than by conversion into or exchange for Common Stock or any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to Series A Preferred as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up.

3. Redemption.

(a) Issued and outstanding shares of Series A Preferred are not redeemable prior to January 15, 2002. On or after such date, the shares of Series A Preferred will be redeemable at the option of the Corporation, at any time or from time to time on not less than 30, nor more than 60 days written notice at a redemption price of $25.00 per share, plus an amount equal to dividends declared and unpaid for the then- current Dividend Period (without accumulation of accrued and unpaid dividends for prior Dividend Periods unless previously declared and without interest) to the date fixed for redemption.

(b) (i) In the event the Corporation shall redeem shares of Series A Preferred, notice of such redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 days nor more than 60 days prior to the

-4-

date fixed for redemption, to each holder of record of the shares to be redeemed, at such holder's address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. Each such notice shall state: (A) the date fixed for redemption; (B) the redemption price (specifying the amount of declared and unpaid dividends to be included therein) and the manner in which such redemption price is to be paid and delivered; (C) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price; (D) that dividends on the shares to be redeemed will cease to accrue as of the date fixed for redemption; and (E) the provision hereunder pursuant to which such redemption is being made. No defect in the notice of redemption or in the mailing thereof shall affect the validity of the redemption proceedings, and the failure to give notice to any holder of shares of Series A Preferred to be so redeemed shall not affect the validity of the notice given to the other holders of shares of Series A Preferred to be so redeemed.

(ii) In the event the Corporation shall redeem shares of Series A Preferred, on or before 12:00 noon, Chicago time, on the date fixed for redemption, the Corporation shall deposit with a paying agent (which may be an affiliate of the Corporation) (a "Paying Agent"), which shall be a bank or trust company organized and in good standing under the laws of the United States, the State of Illinois or the State of New York, and having capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating at least $100,000,000, funds necessary for such redemption, in trust, with irrevocable instructions and authorization that such funds be applied to the redemption of the shares of Series A Preferred called for redemption upon surrender of certificates for such shares (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer).

(iii) If such notice of redemption shall have been duly mailed or if the Corporation shall have given to a Paying Agent irrevocable authorization promptly to mail such notice, and if on or before the redemption date specified therein the funds necessary for such redemption shall have been deposited by the Corporation with a Paying Agent in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares of Series A Preferred called for redemption, together with irrevocable instructions that such funds be applied to such redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for shares of Series A Preferred so called for redemption shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, from and after the time of such deposit, all shares of Series A Preferred so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed to be outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares of Series A Preferred shall forthwith cease and terminate,

-5-

except for the right of the holders thereof to receive from such Paying Agent at any time after the time of such deposit the funds so deposited, without any interest thereon.

(iv) Any interest accrued on funds deposited with a Paying Agent in connection with any redemption of shares of Series A Preferred shall be paid to the Corporation from time to time and the holders of any such shares to be redeemed with such money shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds deposited and unclaimed at the end of two years from any redemption date shall be repaid or released to the Corporation, after which the holder or holders of shares of Series A Preferred so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price, without any interest thereon.

(c) Upon surrender in accordance with such notice of the certificate for any shares to be redeemed (properly endorsed or assigned for transfer), such shares shall be redeemed by the Corporation at the applicable redemption price.

(d) In no event shall the Corporation redeem less than all the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred, unless dividends for the then-current Dividend Period (without accumulation of any accrued and unpaid dividends for prior Dividend Periods unless previously declared and without interest) to the date fixed for redemption shall have been declared and paid or set apart for payment on all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not prevent, if otherwise permitted, the purchase or acquisition by the Corporation of shares of Series A Preferred pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made on the same terms to holders of all the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred and mailed to the holders of record of all such outstanding shares at such holders' addresses as the same appear on the books of the Corporation; and provided further that if some, but less than all, of the shares of Series A Preferred are to be purchased or otherwise acquired pursuant to such tender or exchange offer and the number of such shares so tendered exceeds the number of shares so to be purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, the shares of Series A Preferred so tendered shall be purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation on a pro rata basis (with adjustments to eliminate fractions) according to the number of such shares duly tendered by each holder so tendering shares of Series A Preferred for such purchase or exchange.

(e) If less than all of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred are to be redeemed, the Corporation will select the shares to be redeemed by lot, pro rata (as nearly may

-6-

be), or in such other equitable manner as the Board of Directors of the Company may determine.

4. Liquidation Preference.

(a) In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to receive out of the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, before any distribution of assets shall be made to the holders of shares of Common Stock or of any other class or series of stock ranking junior to the Series A Preferred as to such a distribution, an amount equal to $25.00 per share, plus an amount equal to any dividends declared and unpaid for the then-current Dividend Period (without accumulation of accrued and unpaid dividends for prior Dividend Periods unless previously declared) to the date fixed for payment of such distribution.

(b) If upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, the assets of the Corporation will be insufficient to make the full liquidating payment with respect to shares of Series A Preferred and liquidating payments on shares of any other class or series of stock of the Corporation ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred as to any such distribution, then such assets will be distributed among the holders of shares of Series A Preferred and the holders of shares of such other class or series of stock, ratably in proportion to the respective full preferential amounts to which they are entitled.

(c) After payment to the holders of shares of Series A Preferred of the full preferential amounts provided for in this Section 4, the holders of such shares shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Corporation.

(d) A consolidation or merger of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations, or the sale, lease or conveyance of all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation, whether for cash, shares of stock, securities or properties, shall not be regarded as a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 4.

(e) Written notice of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation stating (i) the payment date, (ii) the amount of payment and
(iii) the place where the amounts distributed shall be payable, shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not less than 30 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to the holders of record of the

-7-

Series A Preferred as of such notice date at such holder's address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation.

5. Conversion and Exchange. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred shall not have any rights to convert such shares into, or to exchange such shares for, shares of Common Stock, any other class or classes of capital stock (or any other security) or any other series of any class or classes of capital stock (or any other security) of the Corporation.

6. Voting Rights.

(a) Holders of shares of Series A Preferred shall have no voting rights, either general or special, except as expressly provided by applicable law or as specified in this Section 6.

(b) Holders of shares of Series A Preferred, voting separately as a class with the holders of any one or more other series of Preferred Stock then entitled to vote thereon, shall be entitled at the Corporation's next annual meeting of stockholders and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders to cast one vote (or fraction thereof) for each $25.00 of liquidation preference to which such Preferred Stock is entitled for the election of one director of the Corporation, with the remaining directors of the Corporation to be elected by the holders of the shares of any other class or classes or series of stock entitled to vote therefor. Any director who has been so elected by the holders of shares of Preferred Stock may be removed at any time, with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of any such director at a special meeting of such holders called for that purpose, and any vacancy thereby created may only be filled by the vote of such holders.

(c) (i) If a Voting Event (as defined below) occurs, the number of members of the Board of Directors automatically shall be increased by one and the holders of shares of Series A Preferred, voting separately as a class with the holders of shares of any one or more other series of Preferred Stock entitled to vote upon the occurrence of such Voting Event, shall be entitled commencing at the Corporation's next annual meeting of stockholders, unless prior thereto such Voting Event has been terminated, to cast one vote (or fraction thereof) for each $25.00 of liquidation preference to which such Preferred Stock is entitled for the election of one additional director of the Corporation, with the remaining directors of the Corporation to be elected by the holders of the shares of any other class or classes or series of stock entitled to vote

-8-

therefor; provided, however, that the Board of Directors at no time will include more than two directors who have been elected by the holders of shares of Preferred Stock voting separately as a class. Until such Voting Event has been terminated, any director who has been elected as described in this section 6(c)(i) by the holders of shares of Preferred Stock may be removed at any time, with or with or without cause, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of the shares at the time entitled to cast a majority of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of any such director at a special meeting of such holders called for that purpose, and any vacancy thereby created may only be filled by the vote of such holders. If and when such Voting Event has been terminated, the holders of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding and so authorized will be divested of the foregoing special voting rights, subject to revesting upon further occurrence of a Voting Event, Upon termination of such Voting Event, the terms of office of any person who may have been elected a director by vote of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred and such other series of Preferred Stock pursuant to the foregoing special voting rights will immediately terminate.

(ii) A "Voting Event" shall be deemed to have occurred in the event that dividends payable on any share or shares of Series A Preferred shall not be declared and paid at the stated rate for the equivalent of six full quarterly Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive). A Voting Event shall be deemed to have been terminated when all such dividends in arrears have been declared and paid or declared and set apart for payment in full, subject always to the revesting of the rights of holders of the Series A Preferred voting as a class with the holders of any other Preferred Stock, to elect a director as provided above in the event of any future failure on the part of the Corporation to pay dividends at the stated rate for any six full quarterly Dividend Periods (whether or not consecutive).

(d) So long as any shares of Series A Preferred remain outstanding, without the consent of the holders of shares entitled to cast at least two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock then outstanding, voting separately as a class without regard to series, with the holders of shares of Preferred Stock being entitled to cast one vote (or fraction thereof) for each $25.00 of liquidation preference to which such stock is entitled, the Corporation may not: (i) create, authorize or issue, or increase the authorized or issued amount of any class or series of stock of the Corporation or any warrants, options or other rights convertible or exchangeable into any class or series of any capital stock of the Corporation which shall have preference, or be on a parity with, as to dividends or distributions of assets upon liquidation,

-9-

dissolution or winding up over the Series A Preferred or (ii) amend, alter or repeal (whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise) any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or this Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights of the Corporation so as to adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred or holders thereof; provided, however, that an increase in the authorized amount of Preferred Stock or the creation of any class or series of stock ranking junior to the shares of Series A Preferred as to dividends and/or distributions of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up shall not be deemed to adversely affect the voting power, preferences or special rights of the holders of shares of Series A Preferred. The foregoing voting provisions shall not apply if, at or prior to the time when the act with respect to which such voting would otherwise be required occurs, all outstanding shares of Series A Preferred shall have been
(x) redeemed or called for redemption and sufficient funds, together with irrevocable instructions to the Paying Agent to apply such funds, shall have been deposited in trust, to effect such redemption in accordance with Section 3(b)(ii) or 3(b)(iii) hereof, or (y) purchased or otherwise acquired and cancelled.

7. Priority as to Certain Distributions. As a series of Preferred Stock, the shares of Series A Preferred shall be entitled to such rights and priorities, and subject to such limitations, as to dividends as are set forth in these resolutions and in the Certificate of Incorporation.

8. Sinking Fund. No sinking fund shall be provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the Series A Preferred.

9. Ranking. For purposes hereof, any class or series of stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to rank:

(a) prior to the Series A Preferred as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, if the holders of such class or series shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of Series A Preferred;

(b) on a parity with the Series A Preferred as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, whether or not the dividend rates, dividend payment dates, redemption prices or liquidation preferences per share thereof are different from those of the Series A Preferred, if the holders of such class or series of stock and of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in proportion to their respective

-10-

dividend amounts or liquidation preferences, without preference or priority to the holders of Series A Preferred; and

(c) junior to the Series A Preferred as to dividends or distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, if such stock shall be Common Stock or if the holders of the Series A Preferred shall be entitled to the receipt of dividends or of amounts distributable upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, as the case may be, in preference or priority to the holders of shares of such class or series.

10. Exclusion of Other Rights. Unless otherwise required by law, shares of Series A Preferred shall not have any rights, including preemptive rights, or preferences other than those specifically set forth herein or as provided by applicable law.

11. Notices. All notices or communications, unless otherwise specified in the By-laws of the Corporation, the Certificate of Incorporation or otherwise in these resolutions, shall be sufficiently given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid. Notice shall be deemed given on the earlier of the date received or the date such notice is mailed.

12. Captions. The captions and headings set forth in these resolutions are for convenience of reference only and are not a part of, nor shall they affect the interpretation or construction of, these resolutions.

* * *

-11-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by Jeffrey W. Taylor and J. Christopher Alstrin, its Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively, and attested to by J. Christopher Alstrin, its Secretary, as of the date first written above.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Jeffrey W. Taylor
    ------------------------------------
    Jeffrey W. Taylor
    Its:  Chairman of the Board and
          Chief Executive Officer


By: /s/ J. Christopher Alstrin
    ------------------------------------
    J. Christopher Alstrin
    Its:  Chief Financial Officer

ATTEST

By /s/ J. Christopher Alstrin
   --------------------------
  J. Christopher Alstrin
Its:  Secretary

-12-

EXHIBIT 4.2

Number Shares
A
9% Noncumulative Perpetual
Preferred Stock, Series A
Stated Value $25.00 per share

[TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.]

CUSIP 876851 20 5

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

This is to Certify that

is the owner of

FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE 9%
NONCUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A, OF

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. transferable on the books of the corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. has caused this certificate to be signed by its duly authorized officers and its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.

Dated:

[SEAL]

/s/                                      /s/
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER AND SECRETARY    CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND
                                         CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

Countersigned and Registered:
COLE TAYLOR BANK
Transfer Agent and Registrar

By:

Authorized Signature

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

THE CORPORATION WILL FURNISH WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH STOCKHOLDER WHO SO REQUESTS A STATEMENT OF THE POWERS, DESIGNATIONS, PREFERENCES AND RELATIVE, PARTICIPATING, OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF WHICH IT IS AUTHORIZED TO ISSUE AND THE QUALIFICATIONS, LIMITATIONS OR RESTRICTIONS OF SUCH PREFERENCES AND/OR RIGHTS.

The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.

TEN COM - as tenants in common
TEN ENT - as tenants by the entireties
JT TEN - as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common

UNIF GIFT MIN ACT                Custodian
                 --------------             ----------------
                   (Cust)                        (Minor)

under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act
(State)

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For Value Received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE





(PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS,
INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE)



------------------------------------------------------------------------- shares

of the capital stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

----------------------------------------------------------------------- Attorney

to transfer the said stock on the books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated ----------------------

X ------------------------------------------

X ------------------------------------------

NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST
CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN
UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY
PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR
ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER

Signature(s) Guaranteed

BY -------------------------

THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED
BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION
(BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN
ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE
GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT
TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


EXHIBIT 9.1

VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT

VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT made and entered into this 30th day of November, 1998, by and between the parties listed as the depositors ("Depositors") on Schedule A and the trustees named in Section 1.04 (the "Trustees").

WHEREAS, the Depositors are owners and holders of certain of the shares of common stock, $0.01 par value (the "Shares") of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having its principal office at 350 E. Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois 60090 (the "Corporation");

WHEREAS, the Depositors deem it advisable and for the best interests of themselves and the Corporation to insure continuity and stability of management of the Corporation and to protect their collective interests in the Corporation;

WHEREAS, the Depositors wish to transfer all of the Shares to the Trustees with the intent that the Trustees will have the sole and absolute right to vote the Shares and otherwise deal with the Shares, as set forth in this Agreement; and

WHEREAS, the Trustees have consented to act under this Agreement for the purposes herein provided.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I. DEPOSIT OF SHARES AND ISSUANCE OF
VOTING TRUST CERTIFICATES; APPOINTMENT OF
TRUSTEES; VOTING LINES

Section 1.01. Deposit of Shares. Each Depositor hereby agrees to deposit simultaneously with the execution of the Agreement stock certificates representing the number of Shares as set forth after their names on Schedule A. Each Trustee hereby covenants and agrees that he/she will receive and will hold the Shares they receive from each Depositor, and all additional stock of the Corporation as may be transferred and disposed of for the uses and purposes and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

Section 1.02. Transfer of Title. At the time of deposit of stock certificates with the Trustees, the Depositor shall transfer to the Trustee set forth after their name on Schedule A, by proper endorsement, their full legal title to all Shares and the Trustee shall thereby have and be vested with all of the rights and powers of the owner of whatever nature necessary to enable the Trustee to exercise the powers granted to Trustees under this Agreement. The Shares shall be transferred upon the books of the Corporation into the name of the Trustee, and shall remain in the name of the Trustee until this Agreement is terminated as set forth in Article V hereof. The Trustees shall issue to the Depositors voting trust certificates (the "Trust Certificates") for


the stock transferred by them to the Trustees in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

SECTION 1.03. TRUST CERTIFICATE OWNERSHIP. The Trustees may at all times and for all purposes treat the Depositor to whom each outstanding Trust Certificate is issued as the sole owner thereof.

SECTION 1.04. APPOINTMENT OF TRUSTEES: VOTING LINES. The following persons are hereby appointed to serve as the Trustees in this Agreement:

Iris Tark Taylor
Cindy Taylor, who shall be the initial Trustee of the "Cindy Voting Line" Bruce Taylor, who shall be the initial Trustee of the "Bruce Voting Line" Jeffrey W. Taylor, who shall be the initial Trustee of the "Jeffrey Voting Line" (together with the Bruce Voting Line and the Cindy Voting Line, the "Voting Lines") and the "Scott Family Shares" (hereinafter defined).

Except as may be modified by Section 4.02 and 4.05 below, each Trustee shall have one and one-half (1.5) votes in all matters voted on by the Trustees, except that Iris Tark Taylor and Cindy Taylor each shall have one (1) vote, so that the total number of votes which can be cast by the Trustees numbers five.

ARTICLE II. DISTRIBUTIONS, LIQUIDATION AND REORGANIZATION

SECTION 2.01. DIVIDENDS. Prior to the termination of this Agreement, the holder of each Trust Certificate shall be entitled to receive payments equal to the cash dividends, if any, received by the Trustees upon a like number of Shares as is called for by each Trust Certificate. If any dividend in respect of the Shares deposited with the Trustees is paid, in whole or in part, in voting common stock of the Corporation, the Trustees shall likewise hold, subject to the terms of this Agreement, the certificates for stock which are received by such Trustee on account of such dividend, and the holder of each Trust Certificate representing Shares on which the stock dividend has been paid shall be entitled to receive a Trust Certificate issued under this Agreement for the number of shares and class of stock received as such dividend. Such additional shares shall be included within the term "Shares" for all purposes hereunder. Holders entitled to receive the dividends described above shall be the Depositors registered as such on the transfer books of the Trustee at the close of business on the day fixed by the Corporation for the taking of a record to determine those holders of its stock entitled to receive such dividends.

SECTION 2.02. NON-STANDARD DIVIDENDS. If any dividend in respect of the Shares deposited with the Trustees is paid other than in cash or in capital stock of the Corporation having general voting powers, then the Trust Certificates registered as such at the close of business on the day fixed by the Corporation as the record date to determine the Depositors shall be entitled to receive such dividend. Such distribution shall be made to such holders of Trust Certificates ratably, in accordance with the number of Shares represented by their respective Trust Certificates.

-2-

Section 2.03. Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the dissolution or total or partial liquidation of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, the Trustees shall receive the moneys, securities, rights, or property to which the Depositors hereunder are entitled, and shall distribute the same among the registered Depositors in proportion to their interests, as shown on Schedule A as amended from time to time, as of the date such proceeds are received.

Section 2.04. Merger or Consolidation. In case the Corporation is merged into or consolidated with another corporation, or all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation are transferred to another corporation, then in connection with such transfer the term "Corporation" for all purposes of this Agreement shall be taken to include such successor corporation, and the Trustees shall receive and hold under this Agreement any common voting stock of the successor corporation received on account of the ownership, as Trustee hereunder, of the stock held hereunder prior to such merger, consolidation, and transfer. Trust Certificates issued and outstanding under this Agreement at the time of the merger, consolidation, or transfer may remain outstanding, or the Trustees may substitute for the outstanding Trust Certificates new Trust Certificates in appropriate form. The terms "stock" and "capital stock" as used in this Agreement shall be taken to include any stock which may be received by the Trustees in lieu of all or any part of the capital stock of the Corporation. Any property other than common voting stock received by the Trustees as part of the transaction will be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Sections 2.02 and 2.03.

Section 2.05. Sale of Shares. Subject to compliance with the Share Restriction Agreement dated as of November 30, 1998, by and between the Principal Stockholders (as defined therein) and the Corporation, any Depositor may direct a Trustee to sell any number of Shares deposited by the Depositor with such Trustee on terms and conditions specified in writing by the Depositor. The Trustee shall sell the Shares as agent and on behalf of the Depositor, and all proceeds of the sale shall be forwarded immediately by the Trustee to the Depositor. Upon completion of a sale of Shares pursuant to this
Section 2.05, the Trustee shall issue to the Depositor a new Trust Certificate which represents the number of Shares originally transferred by such Depositor which were not sold by the Trustee and Schedule A hereto shall be amended to reflect such Depositor's then current interest.

ARTICLE III. POWERS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE TRUSTEES

Section 3.01. Powers. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Trustees, with respect to the Shares deposited or held under this Agreement, shall be vested with all of the rights, powers and privileges of every kind and character of an owner thereof, including, without limitation the rights to vote the Shares, either in person or by proxy, for every purpose.

Section 3.02. Rights of Trustees. A Trustee, individually or otherwise, may hold common stock of the Corporation or Trust Certificates issued to such Trustee pursuant to this Agreement and, individually or as a Trustee, may vote for himself/herself as a director and/or officer of the Corporation and participate in fixing the amount of compensation therefor or as an employee of the Corporation, and any Trustee, or any firm of which such Trustee is an employee, owner, director or agent may contract with the Corporation or the Trustees or be or

-3-

become pecuniarily interested in any matter or transaction to which the Corporation or the Trustees may be a party, as fully as though such person were not a Trustee hereunder.

Section 3.03. No Compensation. The Trustees shall serve without compensation. The Trustees shall have the right to incur and pay such reasonable expenses and charges, and to employ and pay such agents, attorneys, and counsel as the Trustees may deem necessary and proper for carrying this Agreement into effect. Any such expenses or charges incurred by and due to the Trustees may be deducted from the dividends or other moneys or property received by the Trustee on the stock deposited hereunder.

Section 3.04. No Liability. No Trustee shall be liable or responsible in any event under this Agreement except for individual personal malfeasance, nor shall any Trustee, whether original or successor or substitute, at any time be required to give or file any bond in order to qualify or continue as a Trustee hereunder. In voting the Shares, the Trustee assumes no responsibility with respect to the management of the Corporation or with respect to any act or omission of any director of the Corporation elected by the Trustee or of any other person or entity. The Depositor acknowledges and agrees that, in voting for directors of the Corporation, the Trustee is entitled to act for his own benefit. The Trustee shall incur no responsibility or liability with respect to any act or omission under this Agreement, except for his own wilful misconduct.

Section 3.05. Voting. The presence at a meeting (in person or by proxy) of Trustees with a majority of the number of votes eligible to be cast by the Trustees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. If less than a majority of the Trustees are present at a meeting of the Trustees, a majority of the Trustees present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of a majority of the votes cast by the Trustees present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Trustees. All actions taken by the Trustees in their capacities as Trustees pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken by majority vote of all the Trustees.

Section 3.06. Voting by Proxy: Calling Meetings. A Trustee may vote in person or by proxy on any action required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement. Meetings of the Trustees may be called by any Trustee by depositing notice of the date, time and place of the meeting in the mail properly addressed to the remaining Trustees at least 20 days prior to the scheduled date of the meeting; however, action of the Trustees may be taken by informal action without the necessity of a formal meeting.

ARTICLE IV. RESIGNATION AND REPLACEMENT OF A TRUSTEE

Section 4.01. Successor Trustee for Iris Taylor. In the event of the death, resignation, refusal, failure or inability of Iris Tark Taylor to act as a Trustee, the vacancy so caused shall not be filled. Thereafter, the remaining Trustees shall be the sole Trustees.

Section 4.02. Decisions by Trustees. After the death of Iris Tark Taylor, in the event that any "Family Group" (hereinafter defined) shall own, in total, less than two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of Shares owned by any other Family Group, then for the remaining term of

-4-

this Agreement, all decisions contemplated by the provisions of this Agreement with respect to Shares shall be directed by a majority vote of all Shares, with each Share entitled to one (1) vote; provided, however, all Shares owned by a separate Family Group shall be voted with respect to each such separate decision in the manner determined by a majority vote of all Shares owned by such separate Family Group, with each Share entitled to one (1) vote. Such majority vote shall then be voted and executed by the Trustee of the respective Voting Line to which such separate Family Group shall belong.

For purposes of this Section 4.02, "Scott Family Shares" (hereinafter defined) shall be voted by the Trustee of such Scott Family Shares with respect to each separate decision with respect to Shares in the manner determined by a majority of all Shares owned by the Depositors of all Voting Lines.

For purposes of this Section 4.02, a "Family Group" shall consist of Cindy Taylor, Bruce Taylor or Jeffrey W. Taylor, his or her spouse (or surviving spouse), his or her descendants living from time to time, the respective spouses (or surviving spouses) of said descendants, and each and any trust which is held for the benefit of any one (1) or more of the foregoing persons. For purposes of this Section 4.02, "Scott Family Shares" shall mean Shares owned by Scott Taylor, his spouse (or surviving spouse), his descendants living from time to time, the respective spouses (or surviving spouses) of said descendents, and each and any trust which is held for the benefit of any one (1) or more of the foregoing persons. For purposes of this Agreement, a person who has the discretion to vote the Shares of a Depositor or to make a current distribution to a Depositor shall be deemed to hold such Shares "for the benefit" of such Depositor.

By way of example, if each Voting Line owns 1 million Shares after the death of Iris Tark Taylor, 100,000 shares are Scott Family Shares and Depositors to the Cindy Voting Line sell 500,000 Shares to a third party or parties, then the total number of votes eligible to be cast by the Trustees shall be 2,600,000 million votes, with each vote representing a single Share, as follows:

Bruce Voting Line        1,000,000
Jeffrey Voting Line      1,000,000
Cindy Voting Line          500,000
Scott Family Shares        100,000 (voted in accordance with the majority
                                   of the Voting Lines)
                         ---------
                         2,600,000
                         =========

Section 4.03. Appointment of Successor Trustees of Voting Lines Other Than Iris Voting Line. In the event of the death, resignation, refusal, failure or inability of any Trustee appointed by this Agreement (other than Iris Tark Taylor) to act as Trustee as provided herein (and subject to Section 4.05 below), the successor Trustee to fill the vacancy in the position of Trustee so caused (and each further successor Trustee) shall be one (1) person or corporation, designated by name or appointed by the vote of the majority of all Shares owned by the Depositors of the Voting Line so effected; provided, however, there shall only be one acting Trustee of each separate Voting Line at any given time; provided, further that the Trustee

-5-

designated or appointed by the Jeffrey Voting Line shall serve as Trustee with respect to all Scott Family Shares.

Section 4.04. Rights of Successor Trustees. The rights, powers, and privileges of the Trustee named hereunder shall be possessed by a successor Trustee, with the same effect as though such successor had originally been a party to this Agreement. The word "Trustee" as used in this Agreement, means the Trustee or any successor Trustees acting hereunder, and shall include both the singular and the plural number.

Section 4.05. Surviving Brother. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the first to die of either Bruce Taylor or Jeffrey W. Taylor (the "Non-Surviving Brother"), the survivor shall become the Trustee of that Voting Line held by the Non-Surviving Brother for one year from the date of the death of the Non-Surviving Brother. From and after the first anniversary of the death of the Non-Surviving Brother, and notwithstanding Section 4.02 above,
(i) a successor Trustee shall be appointed in accordance with Section 4.03 above, and (ii) each Trustee shall have one (1) vote in all matters voted on by the Trustees.

ARTICLE V. TERM OF THE TRUST: RIGHTS ON TERMINATION

Section 5.01. Termination. This Agreement shall, and any extension thereof, continue in effect until terminated by a majority of the number of votes eligible to be cast by the Trustees or the written consent of Depositors holding Trust Certificates representing 66-2/3 percent of all the Shares held in trust under this Agreement.

Section 5.02. Return of Shares. Upon termination of this Agreement, the Trustees shall promptly mail written notice of the termination to the registered owners of the Trust Certificates, at the addresses appearing on Schedule A. After the date specified in this notice (which date shall be fixed by the Trustees), the Trust Certificates shall cease to have any effect, and the holders of the Trust Certificates shall have no further rights under this Agreement other than to receive certificates for the Shares or other property distributable under the terms hereof upon the surrender of their respective Trust Certificates.

ARTICLE VI. AMENDMENT

The Trustees shall have the power from time to time, by unanimous vote only, to amend this Agreement. Notice of all amendments shall be given to the Depositors. Such amendments shall become effective and shall be binding upon all parties to this Agreement. All parties to this Agreement shall be finally and conclusively deemed to have assented to the amendments whether they receive actual notice or not, and this Agreement shall be modified accordingly.

-6-

ARTICLE VII. MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.01. Notice. Any and all notices to the Depositors herein provided for shall be in writing and may be personally delivered or shall be given by mailing such notice by first-class mail postage prepaid to the address of the person or entity to whom such notice is given c/o Cole Taylor Bank, 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 300, Wheeling, Illinois 60090. Any notice may be waived by written document to that effect. Notice of any meeting will be deemed waived by all attending the meeting.

Section 7.02. Severability. If any provision of the Agreement shall under any circumstances be deemed valid or inoperative to any extent, it is agreed and understood that such invalidity shall not invalidate the whole Agreement, but the Agreement shall be construed as not containing the provision or provisions deemed invalid and inoperative, and the right and obligations of the parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

Section 7.03. Governing Law. The construction and interpretation of this Agreement shall at all times and in all respects be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

Section 7.04. References to Gender and Number Terms. In construing the Agreement, feminine or neuter pronouns shall be substituted for those masculine in form and visa versa, and plural terms shall be substituted for singular and singular for plural in any place in which the context so requires.

Section 7.05. Counterparts of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be executed in counterparts by the Depositors and the original Trustees as originally constituted. At least one of the counterparts and a copy of all amendments to this Agreement shall be retained by the Trustees at all times and one of the counterparts and a copy of all amendments to this Agreement shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

-7-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto affixed their signatures and seals as of the day and year first above written.

Trustees

/s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor



/s/ Cindy Taylor Bleil
---------------------------------------
Cindy Taylor Bleil



/s/ Jeffrey W. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Jeffrey W. Taylor




/s/ Bruce W. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Bruce W. Taylor


Depositors

SHIRLEY TARK GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST
FBO JEFFREY TAYLOR U/A DTD 1/20/78

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
     ---------------------------------------
     Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee




By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
     ---------------------------------------
     Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

SHIRLEY TARK GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST
F/B/O BRUCE TAYLOR U/A DTD 1/20/78

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
     ---------------------------------------
     Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee




By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
     ---------------------------------------
     Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

SHIRLEY TARK GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST
F/B/O CINDY TAYLOR BLEIL U/A DTD 1/20/78

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee
     ---------------------------------------
     Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee




By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
     ---------------------------------------
     Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

SHIRLEY TARK GREAT GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST
F/B/O FAMILY OF JEFFREY TAYLOR U/A DTD 1/20/78

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
     ---------------------------------------
     Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee




By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
     ---------------------------------------
     Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee


SHIRLEY TARK GREAT GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST
F/B/O FAMILY OF CINDY TAYLOR BLEIL U/A DTD 1/20/78

By: Iris Tark Taylor

Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

SHIRLEY TARK GREAT GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST
F/B/O FAMILY OF BRUCE TAYLOR U/A DTD 1/20/78

By: Iris Tark Taylor

Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO JEFFREY W. TAYLOR U/A DTD 12/14/82

By: Iris Tark Taylor

Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO BRUCE W. TAYLOR U/A DTD 12/14/82

By: Iris Tark Taylor

Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO CINDY TAYLOR BLEIL U/A DTD 12/14/82

By: Iris Tark Taylor

Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO BRIAN TAYLOR U/A DTD 12/14/82

By: Iris Tark Taylor

Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO ADAM TAYLOR U/A DTD 12/14/82

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO MELISSA TAYLOR U/A DTD 12/14/82

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO EMILY TAYLOR U/A DTD 12/14/82

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO STEPHANIE LYNN TAYLOR U/A DTD 7/10/83

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO LISA REBECCA TAYLOR U/A DTD 7/10/83

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO REBECCA INEZ BLIEL U/A DTD 11/18/85

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO BRETT DANIEL TAYLOR U/A DTD 11/18/85

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

-11-

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO ELIZABETH ANN BLEIL U/A DTD 12/15/87

By: Iris Tark Taylor

Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUST
FBO RYAN TAYLOR U/A DTD 8/1/88

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

LILLIAN M. TARK IRIS FUND U/A DTD 10/20/71

By:  /s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor, Trustee

By: COLE TAYLOR BANK, Trustee

By: /s/ ????
----------------------------------
Its: President
----------------------------------

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO STEPHANIE LYNN TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
---------------------------------------
Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO LISA REBECCA TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
---------------------------------------
Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO REBECCA INEZ BLEIL
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
---------------------------------------
Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee


TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO BRETT DANIEL TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO ELIZABETH ANN BLEIL
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO RYAN TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO ELLIOTT BENJAMIN TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO ADAM TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO EMILY TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO MELISSA TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By: Melvin E. Pearl

Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

TAYLOR 1992 TRUST FBO BRIAN TAYLOR
U/A DTD 12/17/92

By:  /s/ Melvin E. Pearl
---------------------------------------
Melvin E. Pearl, Trustee

SIDNEY J. TAYLOR, TTEE UNDER SELF
DECLARATION OF TRUST DTD 09/17/76

By:  /s/ Sidney J. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Sidney J. Taylor, Trustee

SIDNEY J. TAYLOR, TTEE UNDER SELF
DECLARATION OF TRUST DTD 09/17/76

By:  /s/ Sidney J. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Sidney J. Taylor, Trustee

SIDNEY J. TAYLOR ROLLOVER IRA

By:  /s/ Sidney J. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Sidney J. Taylor

SUSAN TAYLOR REVOCABLE TRUST
U/A DTD 3/25/94

By:  /s/ Susan Taylor
---------------------------------------
Susan Taylor




     /s/ Sidney J. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Sidney J. Taylor




     /s/ Cindy Taylor Bleil
---------------------------------------
Cindy Taylor Bleil




     /s/ Jeffrey Taylor
---------------------------------------
Jeffrey W. Taylor




     /s/ Bruce W. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Bruce W. Taylor


/s/ Barbara Taylor
---------------------------------------
Barbara Taylor




/s/ Daniel Bleil
---------------------------------------
Daniel Bleil


Exhibit A

No. _________________________ _________________________ Shares

TRUST CERTIFICATE

________________________ (or his predecessor in interest) has deposited with the undersigned Trustees ______ shares of common stock of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

This stock was deposited and this certificate is issued under and pursuant to the terms of a certain Trust Agreement relating to such common stock, dated as of ___________, __ 19__, and now on file with the undersigned Trustees, and the successive holders of this Trust Certificate are entitled to the rights, benefits and privileges and this Trust Certificate is subject to the terms, provisions, and conditions of the above-mentioned Trust Agreement.

This certificate is transferable only on the books of the Trustees. The Trustees named in such Trust Agreement and any successor Trustees at all times and for all purposes and irrespective of notice to the contrary may regard the registered holders, as the name of such registered holder appears on the books of the Trustees, as the sole owner of all rights hereunder.

This certificate is a non-registered security and can only be transferred upon registration or with an opinion of counsel satisfactory to the Corporation and its legal counsel to the effect that a proposed transfer of the certificate will not violate any applicable federal or state securities laws.

Dated at __________, __________ this _____ day of ___________, 19___.

_____________________ (Trustee) _____________________ (Address)

_____________________ (Trustee) _____________________ (Address)

For value received, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto _______________ all his interest in the common stock of ______________ evidenced by the within Trust Certificate and all other rights represented thereby, subject to the Trust Agreement dated as of ___________, 19__, and hereby authorizes the Trustees to transfer this certificate on the Trustees books and to issue in lieu thereof to the assignee a new certificate or certificates in accordance with this assignment and with said agreement.

Dated ___________, 19__.

IN THE PRESENCE OF:

________________________ ________________________ (SEAL)



SCHEDULE A

                                                       Percentage of
Depositor                                    Shares    Family Stock*      Trustee
----------                                   -------   -------------      -------
SHIRLEY TARK GRANDCHILDRENS TRUSTS:

for Jeffrey                                  211,320      5.09%       Jeffrey Taylor
for Bruce                                    211,320      5.09%       Bruce Taylor
for Cindy                                    211,320      5.09%       Cindy Taylor Bleil

SHIRLEY TARK GREAT-GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST:

for Family of Jeffrey                        261,320      6.29%       Jeffrey Taylor
for Family of Cindy                          261,320      6.29%       Cindy Taylor Bleil
for Family of Bruce                          261,320      6.29%       Bruce Taylor

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUSTS:

   for Jeffrey                                17,800       .43%       Jeffrey Taylor
   for Bruce                                  21,720       .52%       Bruce Taylor
   for Cindy                                  21,720       .52%       Cindy Taylor Bleil
   for Brian                                  21,720       .52%       Jeffrey Taylor
   for Adam                                   21,720       .52%       Jeffrey Taylor
   for Melissa                                21,760       .52%       Jeffrey Taylor
   for Emily                                  21,760       .52%       Jeffrey Taylor
   for Stephanie Lynn                         16,960       .41%       Bruce Taylor
   for Lisa Rebecca                           16,960       .41%       Jeffrey Taylor
   for Rebecca Inez                           11,320       .27%       Cindy Taylor Bleil
   for Brett Daniel                           11,320       .27%       Bruce Taylor
   for Elizabeth Ann                           4,640       .11%       Cindy Taylor Bleil
   for Ryan                                    1,480       .04%       Bruce Taylor


* Shares owned by Taylor Family Partnership, L.P., in certain Uniform Transfers to Minors Act accounts for Jeffrey Taylor's children and in certain Taylor Gift Trusts dated 6/10/82 which are not parties to the Voting Trust Agreement have been taken into account for the purpose of calculating respective percentages of family stock.

-17-

Iris Fund U/Lillian M. Tark Trust       152,200              3.66%              Iris Tark Taylor

TAYLOR 1992 GIFT TRUSTS:

for Stephanie                             5,280               .13%              Bruce Taylor
for Lisa                                  5,380               .13%              Jeffrey Taylor
for Rebecca                               9,500               .23%              Cindy Taylor Bleil
for Brett                                 9,500               .23%              Bruce Taylor
for Elizabeth                             9,500               .23%              Cindy Taylor
for Ryan                                  9,500               .23%              Bruce Taylor
for Elliott                               9,500               .23%              Jeffrey Taylor
for Adam                                    480               .01%              Jeffrey Taylor
for Emily                                   580               .01%              Jeffrey Taylor
for Melissa                                 580               .01%              Jeffrey Taylor
for Brian                                   580               .01%              Jeffrey Taylor

Sidney J. Taylor Revocable Trust        509,280             12.26%              Iris Tark Taylor
Sidney J. Taylor Revocable Trust         38,040               .92%              Iris Tark Taylor
Sidney J. Taylor                         45,830              1.10%              Iris Tark Taylor
Sidney J. Taylor IRA                      2,500               .06%              Iris Tark Taylor
Cindy Taylor Bleil                      127,360              3.07%              Cindy Taylor Bleil
Jeffrey W. Taylor                       223,630              5.39%              Jeffrey Taylor
Bruce W. Taylor                         267,630              6.44%              Bruce Taylor
Susan Taylor Revocable Trust             40,700               .98%              Jeffrey Taylor
Barbara Taylor                              700               .02%              Bruce Taylor
Dan Bleil                                   700               .02%              Cindy Taylor Bleil


AMENDMENT NUMBER ONE OF VOTING TRUST AGREEMENT

WHEREAS, a certain Voting Trust Agreement (the "Agreement") was made and entered into on November 30, 1998 by and between the parties listed as Depositors and the parties listed as Trustees on Schedule A attached hereto; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of Article VI of the Agreement, the Trustees shall have the power from time to time, by unanimous vote only to amend the Agreement, and notice of all amendments shall be given to the Depositors; and

WHEREAS, the Trustees desire to amend the Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees do hereby amend the Agreement as follows:

FIRST: The Trustees do hereby revoke Section 1.04 of Article I of such Agreement in its entirety and substitute therefor the following Section 1.04 of Article I:

"Section 1.04. Appointment of Trustees. The following persons are hereby appointed to serve as the Trustees in this Agreement:

Iris Tark Taylor
Cindy Taylor Bleil
Bruce Taylor
Jeffrey W. Taylor

Except as may be modified by Section 4.02 and 4.05 below, each Trustee shall have one and one-half (1.5) votes in all matters voted on by the Trustees, except that Iris Tark Taylor and Cindy Taylor each shall have one (1) vote, so that the total number of votes which can be cast by the Trustees numbers five."

SECOND: The Trustees hereby add Section 2.06 of Article II of such Agreement which shall immediately follow Section 2.05 of Article II:

"Section 2.06. Transfer of Trust Certificates. Subject to compliance with the Share Restriction Agreement dated as of November 30, 1998, by and between the Principal Stockholders (as defined therein) and the Corporation, and amended from time to time, any Depositor may direct the Trustees to sell, transfer, assign, pledge or encumber all or any interest in the Depositor's Trust Certificate(s) on terms and conditions specified in writing by the Depositor. The Trustees shall transfer the interest in the Trust Certificate(s) as agent and on behalf of the Depositor, and any proceeds of the sale of Trust Certificate(s), or any interest therein, shall be forwarded immediately by the Trustee to the Depositor. Upon completion of the transfer of Trust Certificate(s) pursuant to this Section 2.06, the Trustee shall issue to the transferee a Trust Certificate which represents the number of Shares represented by the interest transferred and the


Trustee shall issue to the Depositor a new Trust Certificate which represents the number of Shares represented by the interest not transferred by the Trustee. The Voting Trust's records shall be amended to reflect such Depositor's and such transferee's then current interest."

THIRD: The Trustees do hereby revoke Section 4.02 of Article IV of such Agreement in its entirety and substitute therefor the following Section 4.02 of Article IV:

"Section 4.02. Decisions by Trustees: Voting Lines. After the death of Iris Tark Taylor, in the event that any 'Family Group' (hereinafter defined) shall own, in total, less than two-thirds (2/3) of the total number of Shares owned by any other Family Group, then for the remaining term of this Agreement, all decisions contemplated by the provisions of this Agreement with respect to Shares shall be directed by a majority vote of all Shares, with each Share entitled to one (1) vote; provided, however, all Shares owned by a separate Family Group shall be voted with respect to each such separate decision in the manner determined by a majority vote of all Shares owned by such separate Family Group, with each Share entitled to one (1) vote. Such majority vote shall then be voted and executed by the Trustee of the respective 'Voting Line' (hereinafter defined) to which such separate Family Group shall belong.

For purposes of this Section 4.02, a 'Family Group' shall consist of Cindy Taylor Bleil, Bruce Taylor or Jeffrey W. Taylor, his or her respective spouse (or surviving spouse), his or her respective descendants living from time to time, the respective spouses (or surviving spouses) of said descendants, and each and any trust which is held for the benefit of any one (1) or more of the respective foregoing persons.

In determining the total number of shares owned by a particular Family Group for purposes of this Section 4.02, (i) any Shares owned by the Taylor Family Partnership, L.P., shall be treated as though they were distributed on a pro rata basis to the respective partners pursuant to a liquidation of such partnership, and (ii) any Shares owned by the employee stock ownership plan of the Company shall not be counted.

For purposes of this Section 4.02, all Shares owned by a particular Family Group which are Depositors shall constitute said Family Group's 'Voting Line'.

Cindy Taylor Bleil shall be the initial Trustee of the 'Cindy Voting Line' Bruce Taylor shall be the initial Trustee of the 'Bruce Voting Line' Jeffrey W. Taylor shall be the initial Trustee of the 'Jeffrey Voting Line' and the 'Scott Family Shares' (hereinafter defined).
The Jeffrey Voting Line, the Bruce Voting Line, and the Cindy Voting Line are collectively referred to as the 'Voting Lines'.

For purposes of this Section 4.02, 'Scott Family Shares' shall mean Shares owned by Scott Taylor, his spouse (or surviving spouse), his descendants living from time to time, the respective

2

spouses (or surviving spouses) of said descendants, and each and any trust which is held for the benefit of any one (1) or more of the foregoing persons.

For purposes of this Section 4.02, Scott Family Shares shall be voted and executed by the Trustee of the Scott Family Shares with respect to each separate decision with respect to Shares in the manner determined by a majority vote of all Shares owned by all Voting Lines.

For purposes of this Agreement, a person who has the discretion to vote the Shares of a Depositor or to make a current distribution to a Depositor shall be deemed to hold such Shares 'for the benefit' of such Depositor."

FOURTH: The Trustees do hereby otherwise affirm and ratify the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto affixed their signatures and seals as of the 1st day of December, 1999.

TRUSTEES

/s/ Iris Tark Taylor
---------------------------------------
Iris Tark Taylor


/s/ Cindy Taylor Bleil
---------------------------------------
Cindy Taylor Bleil


/s/ Jeffrey W. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Jeffrey W. Taylor


/s/ Bruce W. Taylor
---------------------------------------
Bruce W. Taylor

3

SCHEDULE A

Depositor                                    Trustee
---------                                    -------

SHIRLEY TARK GRANDCHILDRENS TRUSTS:

for Jeffrey                                  Jeffrey Taylor
for Bruce                                    Bruce Taylor
for Cindy                                    Cindy Taylor Bleil

SHIRLEY TARK GREAT-GRANDCHILDRENS TRUST:

for Family of Jeffrey                        Jeffrey Taylor
for Family of Cindy                          Cindy Taylor Bleil
for Family of Bruce                          Bruce Taylor

TAYLOR ANNUAL GIFT TRUSTS:

for Jeffrey                                  Jeffrey Taylor
for Bruce                                    Bruce Taylor
for Cindy                                    Cindy Taylor Bleil
for Brian                                    Jeffrey Taylor
for Adam                                     Jeffrey Taylor
for Melissa                                  Jeffrey Taylor
for Emily                                    Jeffrey Taylor
for Stephanie Lynn                           Bruce Taylor
for Lisa Rebecca                             Jeffrey Taylor
for Rebecca Inez                             Cindy Taylor Bleil
for Brett Daniel                             Bruce Taylor
for Elizabeth Ann                            Cindy Taylor Bleil
for Ryan                                     Bruce Taylor

IRIS FUND U/LILLIAN M. TARK TRUST            Iris Tark Taylor

TAYLOR 1992 GIFT TRUSTS:

for Stephanie                                Bruce Taylor
for Lisa                                     Jeffrey Taylor
for Rebecca                                  Cindy Taylor Bleil
for Brett                                    Bruce Taylor
for Elizabeth                                Cindy Taylor
for Ryan                                     Bruce Taylor
for Elliott                                  Jeffrey Taylor
for Adam                                     Jeffrey Taylor
for Emily                                    Jeffrey Taylor
for Melissa                                  Jeffrey Taylor
for Brian                                    Jeffrey Taylor

Sidney J. Taylor Revocable Trust             Iris Tark Taylor
Sidney J. Taylor Revocable Trust             Iris Tark Taylor
Sidney J. Taylor                             Iris Tark Taylor
Sidney J. Taylor IRA                         Iris Tark Taylor
Cindy Taylor Bleil                           Cindy Taylor Bleil
Jeffrey W. Taylor                            Jeffrey Taylor
Bruce W. Taylor                              Bruce Taylor
Susan Taylor Revocable Trust                 Jeffrey Taylor
Barbara Taylor                               Bruce Taylor
Dan Bleil                                    Cindy Taylor Bleil

5

EXHIBIT 10.1

LOAN AGREEMENT

Dated as of February 12, 1997

among

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

as Borrower,

and

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK

as Bank


TABLE OF CONTENTS

This Table of Contents is not part of the Agreement to which it is attached but is inserted for convenience only.

1. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS ............................................... 1
1.1 Certain Definitions ....................................... 1
1.2 Certain UCC and Accounting Terms .......................... 14

2. LOANS: BANK'S COMMITMENTS AND BORROWING PROCEDURES .................. 14

          2.1  Revolving Credit Commitment ............................... 14
          2.2  Term Loan Commitment ...................................... 15
          2.3  Borrowing Procedures under the Commitment ................. 15
          2.4  All Loans to Constitute One Obligation .................... 15
          2.5  Use of Proceeds ........................................... 15

3.   LOANS: NOTES EVIDENCING LOANS; SECURITY ............................. 15
          3.1  Revolving Note ............................................ 15
          3.2  Term Note ................................................. 16
          3.3  Recordation ............................................... 16
          3.4  Security Interest in Stock of Cole Taylor ................. 16

4.   LOANS:  AMOUNTS; INTEREST; BALANCES ................................. 16
          4.1  Applicable Borrowing Amounts; Interest Rates; Default Rate  16
          4.2  Computation of Interest ................................... 17
          4.3  Conversion and Reborrowing of Loans ....................... 18
          4.4  Change of Law ............................................. 18
          4.5  Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain the
               LIBOR Rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate ......................... 19
          4.6  Yield Protection, Etc. .................................... 19
          4.7  Funding Indemnity ......................................... 21
          4.8  Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding ................ 21
          4.9  Interest Laws ............................................. 21

5.   LOANS: GENERAL TERMS ................................................ 22
          5.1  Payments to Bank .......................................... 22
          5.2  Application of Payment .................................... 22
          5.3  Conditions Precedent Events ............................... 22
          5.4  Offset .................................................... 23
          5.5  Credit Termination Date; Continuance of Obligations, Etc. . 23
          5.6  Loan Evidence ............................................. 23
          5.7  Over-Advances ............................................. 23
          5.8  Prepayment ................................................ 24

i

6. LOANS: CONDITIONS TO LENDING ........................................... 25
6.1 Initial Loan Conditions Precedent ............................. 25

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTINUING OBLIGATION ................................. 27

     7.1      Representations and Warranties of Borrower .................... 27
     7.2      Affirmative Covenants ......................................... 33
     7.3      Negative Covenants ............................................ 39

8.  DEFAULT ................................................................. 41
     8.1      Events of Default ............................................. 41
     8.2      Cumulative Remedies ........................................... 42
     8.3      Acceleration and Termination of Loans ......................... 42
     8.4      Rights of Creditor ............................................ 42
     8.5      Injunctive Relief ............................................. 42

9.  GENERAL ................................................................. 43
     9.1      Payment Application Date ...................................... 43
     9.2      Statement of Account .......................................... 43
     9.3      Manner of Application; Waiver of Setoff Prohibition ........... 43
     9.4      Survival of Representations and Warranties .................... 43
     9.5      Integration; Amendment; Assignment; Participation ............. 43
     9.6      No Waiver ..................................................... 44
     9.7      Severability .................................................. 44
     9.8      Successors and Assigns ........................................ 44
     9.9      Conflict with Other Agreements ................................ 45
     9.10     No Impairment by Termination .................................. 45
     9.11     Waivers ....................................................... 45
     9.12     Costs, Fees and Expenses Related to Agreement and Other
              Agreements .................................................... 45
     9.13     Environmental Indemnity ....................................... 46
     9.14     Release ....................................................... 46
     9.15     Governing Law ................................................. 46
     9.16     Notices ....................................................... 46
     9.17     Forum; Bank; Venue; Jury Trial Waiver ......................... 46
     9.18     Other Costs, Fees and Expenses ................................ 47
     9.19     Revival ....................................................... 47
     9.20     Acknowledgments ............................................... 47
     9.21     Section Headings .............................................. 47
     9.22     Counterparts .................................................. 47
     9.23     Effectiveness ................................................. 47
     9.24     Effectiveness ................................................. 48

ii

LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made as of the 12th day of February, 1997, by and between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower"), and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association ("Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Borrower desires to borrow funds and obtain other financial accommodations from Bank; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Borrower's request, Bank is willing to lend monies to Borrower pursuant hereto;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, Borrower agrees to borrow from Bank, and Bank agrees to lend to Borrower, subject to and upon the following terms and conditions:

1. DEFINITIONS AND TERMS

1.1 Certain Definitions. The following words, terms and/or phrases shall have the meanings set forth thereafter and such meanings shall be applicable to the singular and plural form thereof, giving effect to the numerical difference.

"Adjusted LIBOR Rate" shall mean a rate per annum determined pursuant to the following formula:

Adjusted LIBOR Rate = LIBOR 100% - Reserve Percentage

"Affiliate" means any Person (a) that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries, (b) that directly or beneficially owns or holds 10% or more of any equity interest in Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries or (c) 10% or more of whose voting stock (or in the case of a Person which is not a corporation, 10% or more of any equity interest) is owned directly or beneficially or held by Borrower or one or more Subsidiaries. For purposes of this definition and this Agreement, the term "control" shall mean, the power to direct or cause the direction, directly or indirectly, of the management or policies of a Person, whether through ownership interest or otherwise, including without limitation the power to elect or appoint, directly or indirectly, a majority of the members of its governing board or body.


"Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses" means the valuation reserve established and maintained by Cole Taylor to absorb credit losses related to loans and leases in accordance with GAAP and regulatory accounting.

"Authorized Officer" means the Chairman, President, or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower.

"Average Yield" means the average yield to maturity for actively traded marketable U.S. Treasury fixed interest rate securities (adjusted to constant maturities for such number of years as approximates as closely as practicable the remaining number of years from the date Borrower makes a Fixed Rate Election until the Term Loan Maturity Date), as determined by Bank in its sole discretion.

"Bank Stock" means all of the issued and outstanding Stock of Cole Taylor.

"Banking Liabilities" means (i) any deposits with Cole Taylor or funds collected by Cole Taylor, (ii) any banker's acceptance credit of Cole Taylor,
(iii) any check, note, certificate of deposit, money order, letter of credit, travelers check, draft or bill of exchange issued, accepted or endorsed by Cole Taylor, (iv) any discount with, borrowing from, or other obligation to, any Federal Reserve Bank, (v) any agreement made by Cole Taylor to purchase or repurchase securities, loans or federal funds or any interest or participation in any thereof, (vi) any guarantee or similar obligation incurred by Cole Taylor in such circumstances as may be incidental or usual in carrying on the banking or trust business of a bank or trust company, (vii) any transaction in the nature of an extension of credit, whether in the form of a commitment or otherwise, undertaken by Cole Taylor for the account of a third party with the application of the same banking considerations and legal lending limits that would be applicable if the transaction were a loan to such party, (viii) any transaction in which Cole Taylor acts solely in a fiduciary or agency capacity,
(ix) any obligation of Cole Taylor on account of any loans from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation which may or may not be secured by any assets of Cole Taylor; and (x) any Lien, in favor of a public or governmental authority, upon securities guaranteed by agencies and instrumentalities of the federal government held by Borrower or any Subsidiary equal in market value to the amount by which the funds deposited by such public or governmental authority with Cole Taylor exceeding the federally insured amount of such deposits and any Lien arising in connection with any commercial repurchase agreement entered into the normal course of business by Borrower or a Subsidiary.

"BHCA" means the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.

2

"Base Rate" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of "Prime Rate" in this Paragraph 1.1 below.

"Base Rate Loan" shall mean a Loan bearing interest as specified in Paragraph 4.1(a).

"Borrower's Liabilities" means all obligations and liabilities of Borrower in the aggregate to Bank (including, without limitation, all debts, claims and indebtedness) whether primary, secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise, heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter owing, due or payable, however evidenced, created, incurred, acquired or owing and however arising, whether under this Agreement or the Other Agreements or by operation of law or otherwise.

"Business Day" means (i) for all purposes other than as covered by clause (ii) below, any day on which commercial banking institutions are open for the transaction of commercial banking business in Chicago, Illinois other than a Saturday or Sunday, and (ii) with respect to all notices and determinations in connection with, and payments of principal and interest on, any LIBOR Loan, any day which is a Business Day described in clause (i) and which is also a day for trading by and between banks in U.S. dollar deposits in the interbank eurodollar market.

"Capital" means the Tier 1 capital of Cole Taylor as that term is defined in Appendix A to 12 C.F.R Section 208.

"Capital Lease" as applied to any Person shall mean any lease of property (whether real, personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which, in conformity with GAAP, is accounted for as a capital lease on the balance sheet of that Person.

"Capitalized Lease Obligations" shall mean all obligations under Capital Leases of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries in each case taken at the amount thereof accounted for as liabilities in accordance with GAAP.

"Charges" means all national, federal, state, county, city, municipal and/or other governmental (or any instrumentality, division, agency, body or department thereof, including, without limitation, the PBGC) taxes, levies, assessments, charges, liens, claims or encumbrances upon and/or relating to Borrower's Liabilities, Borrower's business, Borrower's ownership and/or use of its assets, income and/or gross receipts.

"Closing Date" means February 12, 1997.

3

"Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

"Cole Taylor" means Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois banking corporation and a 100% owned subsidiary of Borrower (after giving effect to the Transactions).

"Collateral Interest" means a Lien held by Borrower or Cole Taylor in another Person which is granted to the holder pursuant to a financing arrangement, and shall also include any Lien held during and after foreclosure of that Lien by the holder thereof, unless and until the subject holder first commences to treat, in any manner (howsoever evidenced by a single act or a course of dealing or otherwise), the subject Lien, or the subject other Person, as an on-going equity investment or an affiliated business operation, rather than a Lien.

"Commitment" means as to Bank, the aggregate obligation of the Bank to Borrower under the Revolving Credit Commitment and the Term Loan Commitment.

"Conversion Date" means the Business Day on which a Base Rate Loan is converted to a LIBOR Loan.

"CT Mortgage Company" means CT Mortgage Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a 100% owned subsidiary of Borrower (after giving effect to the Transactions).

"Debt" means, without duplication, all of a Person's liabilities, obligations and indebtedness to any Person of any and every kind and nature, whether primary, secondary, direct, indirect, absolute, contingent, fixed or otherwise, heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter owing, due or payable, however evidenced, created, incurred, acquired or owing and however arising, whether under written or oral agreement, by operation of law or otherwise. Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Debt specifically includes (i) indebtedness for borrowed money, (ii) obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments, (iii) obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services, (iv) obligations as lessee under leases which shall have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capital leases, and (v) obligations under direct or indirect guaranties in respect of, and obligations (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or otherwise acquire, or otherwise to assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness or obligations of others of the kinds referred to in clauses (i) through (iv) above.

4

"Default" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 6.1(b)(iii) hereof.

"Default Rate" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 4.1(c) hereof.

"Early Termination Date" means the date, pursuant to PARAGRAPH 8.3, upon which, whether by notice or by right hereunder, Bank's Commitment is terminated.

"Environmental Claim" means any notice of violation, claim, demand, abatement order or other order or direction (conditional or otherwise) by any governmental authority for any damage, including, without limitation, personal injury (including sickness, disease or death), tangible or intangible property damage, contribution, indemnity, indirect or consequential damages, damage to the environment, nuisance, pollution, release of any Hazardous Material to the environment, contamination or other adverse effects on the environment, or for fines, penalties or restrictions, resulting from or based upon (i) the occurrence of a Release (whether sudden or non-sudden or accidental or non-accidental) of, or exposure to, any Hazardous Material, in, into or onto the environment at, in, by, from, onto or related to any Facility, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials in connection with the operation of any Facility, or (iii) the violation, or alleged violation, of any Environmental Laws or any Governmental Authorizations relating to environmental matters in connection with the Facilities.

"Environmental Laws" means all statues, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations, plans, policies, or decrees and the like relating to (i) environmental matters, including, without limitation, those relating to fines, injunctions, penalties, damages, contribution, cost recovery compensation, losses or injuries resulting from the Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials, (ii) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials or (iii) occupational safety and health, industrial hygiene, land use or the protection of human, plant or animal health or welfare related to Hazardous Materials, in any manner applicable to Borrower or an Affiliate or any of their respective properties, including, without limitation, the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq.), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. Section 1801 et seq.), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq.), the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq.), the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Section 7401 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C.
Section 2601 et seq.), the Occupational Safety and Health Act (29 U.S.C.
Section 651 et seq.) and the Emergency Planning and Community

5

Right-To-Know Act (42 U.S.C. Section 11001 et seq.), each as amended or supplemented, and any analogous present or future local, state and federal statutes and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto, each as in effect as of the date of determination.

"ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time and, unless the context otherwise requires, the regulations promulgated thereunder and any successor statute.

"ERISA Affiliate" means each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which together with Borrower or an Affiliate would be deemed to be a "single employer" within the meaning of Section 4001(b) of ERISA or, where applicable, would be treated as a "single employer" under Section 412(c)(11) of the Code.

"ERISA Termination Event" means (i) a "Reportable Event" described in
Section 4043 of ERISA (other than a "Reportable Event" not subject to the provision for 30-day notice to the PBGC under such regulations), (ii) the withdrawal of Borrower or any Affiliate from a Plan during a plan year in which it was a "substantial employer," as defined in Section 4001(a) of ERISA, including a cessation of operations that is treated as a withdrawal by a "substantial employer" under Section 4062(e) of ERISA, (iii) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate a Plan or the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 of ERISA, (iv) the institution of proceedings to terminate a Plan by the PBGC, (v) any other event or condition which in the reasonable judgment of Borrower is likely to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to or any ERISA administer, any Plan, or (vi) the partial or complete withdrawal of Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan.

"Event of Default" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 8.1 hereof.

"Excess Interest" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 4.9 hereof.

"Facilities" means any and all real property (including, without limitation, all buildings, or other improvements located thereon) now, hereafter or heretofore, owned, leased, operated or used by Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any of its respective successors and assigns.

"Federal Funds Rate" shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest 1/100 of 1%) equal to the

6

weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (i) if the day for which such rate is to be determined is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (ii) if such rate is not so published for any day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to Bank on such day on such transactions as determined by Bank.

"Federal Reserve" means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or its designee, the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago.

"Financials" means those financial statements of Borrower heretofore or concurrently herewith delivered by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank.

"Fixed Rate" means the Average Yield plus one hundred sixty (160) basis points.

"Fixed Rate Election" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 4.1(c) hereof.

"Fixed Rate Loan" means a Term Loan bearing interest at the Fixed Rate.

"GAAP" shall mean generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time.

"Governmental Authorization" means any permit, license, authorization, plan, directive, consent order or consent decree of or from any federal, state or local governmental authority, agency or court having jurisdiction over Borrower or any Facility.

"Hazardous Materials" means (i) any chemical, material or substance defined as or included in the definition of "hazardous substances," "hazardous wastes," "hazardous materials," "extremely hazardous waste," "restricted hazardous waste," "infectious waste," "toxic substances" or any other formulations intended to define, list or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, toxicity, reproductive toxicity, "TCLP toxicity" or "EP toxicity" or words of similar import under any applicable Environmental Laws or publications promulgated pursuant thereto, (ii) any oil, petroleum or petroleum derived substance, (iii) any drilling fluids, produced waters and other wastes associated with the exploration, development or production of crude oil, natural gas or

7

geothermal resources, (iv) any flammable substances or explosives, (v) any radioactive materials, (vi) asbestos in any form (which is or could become friable), (vii) urea formaldehyde foam insulation, (viii) electrical equipment which contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of fifty parts per million, (ix) pesticides or (x) any other chemical, material or substance, exposure to which is prohibited, limited or regulated by any governmental authority or which may or could pose a hazard to the health and safety of the owners, occupants or any Persons in the vicinity of the Facilities.

"Interest Period" means with respect to the LIBOR Loans, the period used for the computation of interest commencing on the date the relevant LIBOR Loan is effected by conversion or continued and concluding on the date one (1), two
(2) or three (3) months thereafter, at Borrower's option, with any subsequent Interest Period commencing on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period and concluding one (1), two (2) or three (3) months thereafter, at Borrower's option; provided, however, that no Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan made under the Commitment may extend beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or the Term Loan Maturity Date, as the case may be. Each Interest Period for a LIBOR Loan which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day (unless such next succeeding Business Day is the first Business Day of a calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day).

"Liabilities" means, as of any date, the aggregate amount of all liabilities of Borrower, in accordance with GAAP.

"LIBOR" means for each Interest Period the rate of interest per annum as determined by Bank (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16th of 1%) or such other integral multiple thereof at which interest rates for LIBOR-based loans are commonly quoted to major banks in the interbank eurodollar market) at which deposits of United States Dollars in immediately available and freely transferable funds would be offered at 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, two (2) Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period by the principal offshore funding office of Bank to major banks in the interbank eurodollar market upon request by such major banks for a period equal to such Interest Period and in an amount equal to the principal amount of the LIBOR Loan to be outstanding from Bank during such Interest Period. Each determination of LIBOR made by Bank in accordance with this paragraph shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower except in the case of manifest error.

"LIBOR Loan" means a Loan bearing interest as specified in Paragraph 4.1(b).

8

"LIBOR Margin" means one and 25/100 percent (1.25%).

"Lien" means, with respect to any asset of Borrower, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof and the filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in any jurisdiction).

"Loan" or "Loans" means and includes all Prime Rate Loans and LIBOR Loans made under the Commitment, unless the context in which such term is used shall otherwise require.

"Loan Loss Reserve" means that amount reserved for possible loan losses as reflected in the financial statements of Cole Taylor.

"Material Adverse Effect" means: (i) a material adverse effect upon the financial condition of (x) either Borrower or Cole Taylor, (y) Borrower and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (z) any Subsidiary comprising 20% or more of the assets or earning power of Borrower, and other Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, in any such case measured against the most recently delivered Financials (or, if more favorable to Borrower, measured against the Financials as of the fiscal year-end of Borrower immediately preceding the date hereof); or (ii) a change in the business, operations or assets of Borrower, or any Subsidiary which could reasonably be expected to cause Borrower to be unable to repay Borrower's Liabilities or satisfy the covenants set forth in Paragraphs 7.2 and 7.3.

"Maximum Rate" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 4.9 hereof.

"Multiemployer Plan" means a plan defined as such in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA to which contributions have been made by Borrower or an ERISA Affiliate.

"Net Worth" means, as of any date of determination thereof, the amount of all assets of Cole Taylor as may be properly classified as such less the amount of all unsubordinated Liabilities of Cole Taylor, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Non-Performing Assets" means those assets of Cole Taylor classified as non-performing in accordance with standard industry practices on the most recent consolidated financial statements of Borrower.

9

"Non-Performing Loans" means those loans of Cole Taylor classified as non-performing in accordance with standard industry practices on the most recent consolidated financial statements of Borrower.

"Notes" means the Revolving Note and the Term Note.

"OBRE" means Illinois Office of Banks and Real Estate.

"Other Agreements" means all agreements, instruments and documents, including, without limitation, guaranties, mortgages, deeds of trust, guaranties, pledges, powers of attorney, consents, assignments, contracts, notices, security agreements, leases, financing statements and all other written matter heretofore, now and/or from time to time hereafter executed by and/or on behalf of Borrower and delivered to the Bank in connection with this Agreement including, without limitation, the Notes, the Safekeeping Agreement and the Pledge Agreement.

"PBGC" means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation and any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

"Permitted Debt" means (i) Debt incurred pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) the Capitalized Lease Obligations of Borrower, provided that the aggregate Capitalized Lease Obligations under all Capital Leases shall not exceed $500,000; (iii) Subordinated Debt of Borrower; (iv) legal fees with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (v) Debt incurred in the ordinary course of business not exceeding $100,000 in aggregate; (vi) Debt arising or accruing in the ordinary course of business, which Debt does not give rise to a Lien or other security interest, other than a Permitted Lien;
(vii) guarantees of the obligations of CT Mortgage Company and its Subsidiaries under sales of loan pools; and (viii) trade payables accrued in the ordinary course of business.

"Permitted Liens" means (i) Liens securing the payment by Borrower or a Subsidiary of taxes, assessments or governmental charges, provided that Borrower is contesting in good faith, by an appropriate proceeding, the validity, amount or imposition of the above while maintaining reserves deemed adequate by Bank to cover the above and (a) such contest does not have or cause a Material Adverse Effect, (b) Borrower has made an adequate provision for the payment of all taxes, assessments, penalties, interest and other governmental charges which are accruing but are not yet due and payable, and (c) Borrower has no knowledge and is not aware of any deficiency or additional assessment which may have or has arisen in connection with the foregoing, in all cases where such failure could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; (ii) Liens securing charges, levies, claims or demands against Borrower

10

or a Subsidiary of materialmen, mechanics, carriers, warehousemen, landlords and other like persons, provided that the obligations secured by such Liens are otherwise permitted hereunder; (iii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business (a) in connection with workmen's compensation, unemployment insurance, social security and other like laws against Borrower or a Subsidiary, and (b) to secure the performance of letters of credit, bids, tenders, contracts, leases, surety, appeal and performance bonds and other similar obligations against Borrower or a Subsidiary not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money; (iv) Liens to secure, or which are granted in connection with, Banking Liabilities of Borrower or a Subsidiary; (v) attachment, judgment and other similar Liens arising in connection with court proceedings involving Borrower or a Subsidiary, provided that such Liens do not involve any judgement or order requiring payment of monies in excess of $10,000 in aggregate which are not covered by insurance; (vi) Liens on the property of a Bank or a Subsidiary securing obligations owing to Borrower, a Bank or a Subsidiary; (vii) reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases and other similar title exceptions or encumbrances affecting real property of Borrower or a Subsidiary, provided that such Liens do not interfere with the use or value of the real property in manner which would have a Material Adverse Effect; (viii) Liens, mortgages, pledges, conditional sales contracts, security interests, capitalized leases and arrangements for the retention of title existing as to Borrower or a Subsidiary outstanding on the date of this Agreement; (ix) Liens issued or incurred pursuant to Collateral Interests; (x) Liens of a Subsidiary arising under the Interest Rate and Currency Exchange Agreement dated as of April 16, 1992 and related documents, granted by Cole Taylor Bank in favor of Bear Stearns Capital Markets, Inc. and liens of a Subsidiary granted to others in connection with interest rate swaps and other hedging devices comparable in function to the foregoing arrangement with Bear Stearns Capital Markets, Inc.;
(xi) Liens or mortgages incurred by a Bank or Subsidiary after the date hereof, given to secure the payment of the purchase price incurred in connection with the acquisition of assets intended to be used in carrying on the business of a Subsidiary; provided that (a) such Liens or mortgages attach solely to the property acquired or purchased, (b) at the time of the acquisition of such assets, the aggregate amount remaining unpaid on all Debt secured by the applicable Lien shall not exceed an amount equal to seventy percent (70%) of the lesser of the total purchase price or the fair market value at the time of acquisition of such assets (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary), and (c) the Debt secured by such Liens shall not result in or cause a Default of the financial covenants contained in Paragraph 7.2(i) hereof; (xii) (A) Liens or encumbrances granted in connection with leases of real property and (B) Liens granted in connection with leases on personal property (long-term, capital or otherwise) so long as such leases qualify as Permitted Debt; and (xiii) Liens issued or incurred in connection with the replacement,

11

extension and renewal of any obligations secured by a Lien permitted under this definition provided that the Debt secured by such Liens shall not result in or cause a Default of the financial covenants contained in Paragraph 7.2(i) hereof.

"Person" means and includes an individual, a partnership, a joint venture, a corporation (whether or not for profit), a trust, an unincorporated organization, a government or any department or agency thereof or any other entity or organization.

"Plan" means, at any time, any single-employer plan, as defined in Section 4001(a) and subject to Title IV of ERISA, which is maintained, or at any time during the five calendar years preceding the time in question was maintained, for employees of Borrower or an Affiliate.

"Pledge Agreement" means that certain pledge agreement made by Borrower in favor of the Bank which may be executed and delivered from time to time by Borrower in connection with the Safekeeping Agreement.

"Prime Rate" or "Base Rate" means the rate of interest (expressed as a percentage per annum) most recently announced or published publicly from time to time by Bank as its prime or base rate of interest, which is not necessarily the lowest or most favorable rate of interest charged by Bank on commercial loans at any one time. The rate of interest shall change automatically and immediately as and when the prime or base rate shall change, without notice to Borrower, and any notice to which it may be entitled is hereby waived, and any such change in Bank's prime or base rate shall not affect any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, all of which shall remain in full force and effect.

"Release" means any release, spill, emission, leaking, pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dumping, leaching, or migration of Hazardous Materials into the indoor or outdoor environment (including, without limitation, the abandonment or disposal of any barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Material(s), or into or out of any Facility.

"Reserve Percentage" means, for the purposes of computing the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, the reserve requirement imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor) under Regulation D on "Eurocurrency liabilities" (as such term is defined in Regulation D) for the applicable Interest Period as of the first day of such interest Period, but subject to any amendments of such reserve requirement by such Board or its successor, and taking into account any transitional adjustments thereto becoming effective during such Interest Period. For purposes of this definition,

12

LIBOR Loans shall be deemed to be Eurocurrency liabilities as defined in Regulation D without benefit of or credit for prorations, exemptions or offsets under Regulation D.

"Return on Average Assets" means Cole Taylor's ratio of (i) net income after taxes but before extraordinary items to (ii) total assets, all as determined in accordance with GAAP.

"Revolving Credit Commitment" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 2.1 hereof.

"Revolving Credit Maturity Date" means February 12, 1998.

"Revolving Credit Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of (i) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date or (ii) the Early Termination Date.

"Revolving Loan" means and includes all Loans made under the Revolving Credit Commitment.

"Revolving Note" means that certain Revolving Note of even date herewith in the original aggregate maximum principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.

"Safekeeping Agreement" means that certain Safekeeping Agreement of even date herewith between Borrower and Bank.

"Stock" means all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents, however designated, of or in a corporation, bank, limited liability corporation, partnership or other entity, whether or not voting, including but not limited to common stock, warrants, preferred stock, convertible debentures, and all agreements, instruments and documents convertible, in whole or in part, into any one or more or all of the foregoing.

"Subordinated Debt" means, as of any date, the amount of Debt which is subordinated in right to payment to Borrower's Liabilities on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Bank in each particular case.

"Subsidiary" means any corporation of which a Person owns, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, more than 50% of the voting stock at the time of determination.

13

"Term Loan Commitment" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Paragraph 2.2 hereof.

"Term Loan" means and includes all Loans made under the Term Loan Commitment, unless the context in which such term is used shall otherwise require.

"Term Loan Maturity Date" means February 12, 2002.

"Term Loan Termination Date" means the earlier to occur of the (i) Term Loan Maturity Date or (ii) Early Termination Date.

"Term Note" means that certain Term Note of even date herewith made payable by Borrower in favor of Bank in the original aggregate principal amount of Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.

"Termination Date" means the later to occur of the (i) Revolving Credit Termination Date and (ii) the Term Loan Termination Date.

"Transactions" means the transactions contemplated by that certain Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996, among Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. and various shareholders of the Borrower.

1.2 Certain UCC and Accounting Terms. Except as otherwise defined in this Agreement or the Other Agreements, all words, terms and/or phrases used herein and therein shall be defined by the applicable definition therefor (if any) in the Uniform Commercial Code as adopted by the State of Illinois. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any accounting terms used in this Agreement which are not specifically defined herein shall have the meaning customarily given to them in accordance with GAAP. All financing computations hereunder shall be computed, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, in accordance with GAAP as consistently applied.

2. LOANS: BANK'S COMMITMENTS AND BORROWING PROCEDURES

2.1 Revolving Credit Commitment. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Bank agrees to make revolving credit available to Borrower from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date in such aggregate amounts as Borrower may from time to time request but in no event exceeding Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (the "Revolving Credit Commitment"). The Revolving Credit Commitment shall be available to Borrower by means of Revolving Loans, it being understood that Revolving Loans may be repaid and used

14

again during the period from the date hereof to and including the Revolving Credit Termination Date, at which time the Revolving Credit Commitment shall expire.

2.2 Term Loan Commitment. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Bank agrees to make the Term Loan to Borrower in the aggregate principal amount of Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) (the "Term Loan Commitment"). The Term Loan shall be funded in one drawing. Amounts borrowed in respect of the Term Loan and repaid may not be reborrowed; provided LIBOR Loans consisting of Term Loans may be continued as LIBOR Loans or converted into Base Rate Loans pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 hereof.

2.3 Borrowing Procedures under the Commitment. Borrower shall give Bank irrevocable telephonic notice (with prompt written confirmation), written notice or telecopied notice by no later than 11:00 a.m., Chicago time, on the date it requests to make a Base Rate Loan hereunder. Each such notice shall be effective upon receipt by Bank and shall specify the date the Loan shall be funded by Bank (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount of such Loan. Borrower shall give Bank irrevocable telephonic notice (which notice shall be promptly confirmed in writing) no later than 10:00 a.m., Chicago time, two (2) Business Days prior to the date that it requests Bank to make a LIBOR Loan hereunder or to effect a conversion from a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Loan, including a reborrowing as provided in Paragraph 4.3. Each such notice shall be effective upon receipt by Bank, and shall specify the date of such Loan (which shall be a Business Day), the amount of such Loan, and the Interest Period applicable thereto. Borrower agrees that Bank may rely on any notice given by any person it reasonably believes to be an Authorized Officer without the necessity of independent investigation. Each borrowing shall be on a Business Day. Each borrowing shall be funded by Bank by 2:00 p.m., Chicago time, on the applicable Business Day determined above.

2.4 All Loans to Constitute One Obligation. The Loans shall constitute one general obligation of Borrower.

2.5 Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used by Borrower primarily to infuse additional capital into Cole Taylor to comply with the minimum capital requirements of any applicable banking laws or regulations or any requirements of any regulatory agencies and any funds not so used shall be applied to expenses for the Transactions or for general working capital purposes. The proceeds of the Revolving Loans will be used for general working capital purposes.

3. LOANS: NOTES EVIDENCING LOANS; SECURITY

3.1 Revolving Note. The Revolving Loans made by Bank under the Revolving Credit Commitment shall be evidenced by the Revolving Note substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.1, with appropriate insertions, dated the date hereof (or such

15

other date prior thereto as shall be satisfactory to Bank), payable to the order of Bank in the maximum aggregate principal amount of Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000). The unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loan shall bear interest and be due and payable as provided in this Agreement and the Revolving Note. Payments to be made by Borrower under the Revolving Note shall be made at the time, in the amounts and upon the terms set forth herein and therein.

3.2 Term Note. The Term Loan made by Bank under the Term Loan Commitment shall be evidenced by the Term Note substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit 3.2, with appropriate insertions, dated the date hereof (or such other date prior thereto as shall be satisfactory to Bank), payable to the order of Bank in the aggregate principal amount of Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000). The unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan shall bear interest and be due and payable as provided in this Agreement and the Term Note. Payments to be made by Borrower under the Term Note shall be made at the time, in the amounts and upon the terms set forth herein and therein.

3.3 Recordation. The type, date and amount of each Loan made by Bank, the interest rate, and the date and amount of each repayment of principal received by Bank shall be recorded by Bank in its records. The aggregate unpaid principal amount so recorded shall be prima facia evidence of the principal amount owing and unpaid on the Revolving Note and the Term Note. The failure to so record any such amount or any error in so recording any such amount shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of Borrower hereunder or under the Revolving Note and the Term Note to repay the principal amount of the Loans together with all interest accrued thereon.

3.4 Security Interest in Stock of Cole Taylor. In the circumstances described in the Safekeeping Agreement, Borrower agrees that it shall immediately pledge, assign, transfer, deliver and set over to Bank pursuant and subject to the Safekeeping Agreement and the Pledge Agreement, all of Borrower's right, title and interest in and to, and grant Bank a first-priority Lien on and security interest in, all of the Stock of Cole Taylor, to be retained subject to the terms of such agreements by Bank.

4. LOANS: AMOUNTS; INTEREST; BALANCES

4.1 Applicable Borrowing Amounts; Interest Rates; Default Rate

(a) Borrower hereby promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Loan that is a Base Rate Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate from time to time in effect for the period commencing on the date of such Loan until such Base Rate Loan is (A) converted to a LIBOR Loan pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 hereof, or (B) paid in full. Borrower hereby promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of the Term Loan that is a Base Rate Loan at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate from time to time in effect for the period commencing

16

on the date of such Loan until such Base Rate Loan is (i) converted to a LIBOR Loan pursuant to Paragraph 4.3 hereof or (ii) paid in full. Accrued interest on the outstanding principal amount of Loans shall be payable (i) quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each calendar quarter in the case of a Base Rate Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan, (ii) on the last day of the Interest Period therefor in the case of a LIBOR Loan, (iii) upon conversion of any Loan into a LIBOR Loan (such amount of accrued interest then coming due to be calculated based on the principal amount of the Loan so converted) and (iv) upon the Revolving Credit Termination Date (in the case of a Revolving Loan) and the Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of a Term Loan), which payments shall commence with the last Business Day of February, 1997 in the case of a Base Rate Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan. After the Revolving Credit Termination Date (in the case of a Revolving Loan) and the Term Loan Maturity Date (in the case of a Term Loan) or Conversion Date covered in (ii) above, as applicable, accrued interest on such Loans shall be payable on demand.

(b) Each LIBOR Loan shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000 or such greater amount which is an integral multiple of $100,000 and shall bear interest (computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and actual days elapsed) on the unpaid principal amount thereof from the date such LIBOR Loan is effected by conversion or continued until maturity (whether by acceleration or otherwise) at a rate per annum equal to the sum of the LIBOR Margin plus the Adjusted LIBOR Rate, with such interest payable in accordance with Paragraph 4.1(a) above.

(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraph 4.1(a) above, prior to the occurrence of a Default or Event of Default, Borrower may elect to convert the rate of interest on all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan to the Fixed Rate (the "Fixed Rate Election"); provided, however, that prior to the effectiveness of a Fixed Rate Election, the following shall occur: (i) all LIBOR Loans in respect of the portion of the principal amount of the Term Loan subject to the Fixed Rate Election shall have been converted into a Base Rate Loan and (ii) all unpaid interest on the outstanding principal amount of the portion of the principal amount of the Term Loan subject to the Fixed Rate Election shall be paid in full at a rate per annum equal to the Average Yield.

(d) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing hereunder, the Loans shall bear interest from the date of such Event of Default, payable on demand, at a rate per annum (the "Default Rate") equal to the sum of two percent (2%) plus the applicable interest rate from time to time in effect (computed on the basis of a 360 day year and actual days elapsed).

4.2 Computation of Interest. Interest on each Loan shall be computed for the actual number of days elapsed on the basis of a 360-day year. The interest rate applicable to each Base Rate Loan shall change simultaneously with each change in such Base Rate. Upon conversion of less than all the aggregate principal amount of

17

Base Rate Loans outstanding at any one time to a LIBOR Loan, interest on the remaining principal amount of Base Rate Loans outstanding after such conversion shall be calculated assuming such LIBOR Loan replaced a corresponding amount of Base Rate Loans bearing interest at the Base Rate applicable thereto immediately prior to such conversion such that the remaining principal amount of Base Rate Loans outstanding after such conversion shall bear interest at the Base Rate which would have been applicable to such Base Rate Loans had no such conversion been effected.

4.3 Conversion and Reborrowing of Loans.

(a) Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Base Rate Loans may, subject to Paragraphs 2.3 and 4.1(b) hereof, at any time be converted by Borrower to LIBOR Loans, which LIBOR Loans shall mature and become due and payable on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Provided that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the right, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, to reborrow through a new LIBOR Loan in whole or in part, subject to Paragraph 4.1(b), any LIBOR Loan from any current Interest Period into a subsequent Interest Period, provided that Borrower shall give Bank notice of the reborrowing of any such LIBOR Loan as provided in Paragraph 2.3 hereof.

(b) In the event that (i) Borrower fails to give notice pursuant to Paragraph 2.3 hereof of the reborrowing of any LIBOR Loan or fails to specify the Interest Period applicable to such reborrowing or (ii) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time any such LIBOR Loan is to be reborrowed hereunder, then such LIBOR Loan shall be automatically reborrowed as a Base Rate Loan, subject to Paragraphs 4.1(c) (in the case of subpart (ii) of this Paragraph 4.3(b)) and 8.3 hereof if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, whichever is applicable, unless the relevant LIBOR Loan is paid in full on the last day of the then applicable Interest Period.

(c) Notwithstanding anything continued herein to the contrary, Borrower may not have outstanding at any one time more than (i) three (3) LIBOR Loans in respect of the Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) five (5) LIBOR Loans in respect of the Term Loan Commitment.

4.4 Change of Law. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement or the Notes, if at any time Bank shall determine in good faith that any change in applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof makes it unlawful or impossible for Bank to effect a conversion of a Base Rate Loan into a LIBOR Loan or to continue to maintain any LIBOR Loan, Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower, and the obligation of Bank to effect by conversion or continue such LIBOR Loan under this Agreement shall terminate until it is no longer unlawful or impossible for Bank to effect by conversion or maintain such LIBOR Loan. Upon the receipt of

18

such notice, Borrower may elect to either (i) pay or prepay, as the case may be, the outstanding principal amount of any such LIBOR Loan, together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts payable to Bank under this Agreement, or (ii) convert the principal amount of such affected LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan available hereunder, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

4.5 Unavailability of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain the LIBOR Rate of Adjusted LIBOR Rate. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement or the Notes to the contrary, if prior to the commencement of any Interest Period Bank shall determine in good faith (i) that deposits in the amount of any LIBOR Loan scheduled to be outstanding are not available to Bank in the relevant market or (ii) by reason of circumstances affecting the relevant market, adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBOR rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate, then Bank shall promptly give notice thereof to Borrower, and the obligation of Bank to effect by conversion or continue any such LIBOR Loan in such amount and for such Interest Period shall terminate until deposits in such amount and for the Interest Period selected by Borrower shall again be readily available in the relevant market and adequate and reasonable means exist for ascertaining the LIBOR rate or Adjusted LIBOR Rate, as the case may be. Upon the giving of such notice, Borrower may elect to either (i) pay or prepay, as the case may be, the outstanding principal amount of any such LIBOR Loan, together with all interest accrued thereon and all other amounts payable to the Bank under this Agreement or (ii) convert the principal amount of such affected LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan available hereunder, subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

4.6 Yield Protection, Etc.

(a) Increased Costs. If (x) Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or (y) the adoption of any applicable law, treaty, rule, regulation or guideline, or any change therein, or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Bank or its lending branch with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency,

(i) shall subject Bank, its lending branch or any Loan to any tax, duty, change, stamp tax, fee, deduction, withholding or other charge in respect of this Agreement, any Loan, the Notes or the obligation of Bank to make or maintain any Loan, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank of the principal of or interest on any Loan or any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect of any Loan or its obligation to make or maintain any Loan (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank imposed by the federal, state or local jurisdiction in which Bank's principal executive office or its lending branch is located);

19

(ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any reserve imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, Bank; or

(iii) shall impose on Bank any penalty with respect to the foregoing or any other condition affecting this Agreement, any Loan, the Notes or the obligation of Bank to make or maintain any Loan;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to (or to impose a cost on) Bank of making or maintaining any Loan, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Agreement or under the Notes with respect thereto, then Bank shall notify Borrower after it receives final notice of any of the foregoing and, within forty-five (45) days after demand by Bank (which demand shall be accompanied by a statement setting forth in reasonable detail with calculations the basis of such demand), Borrower shall pay directly to Bank for such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or such reduction.

In the event that an additional payment is made under Paragraph 4.6(a)(i) for the account of Bank and Bank, in its good faith judgment, determines that it has finally and irrevocably received or been granted a credit against or release or remission for, or repayment of, any tax paid or payable by it in respect of or calculated with reference to the deduction or withholding given rise to such payment, Bank shall, to the extent that it determines that it can do so without prejudice to the retention of such amount or such credit, relief, remission or repayment, pay to Borrower such amount as Bank shall, in its good faith judgment, have determined to be attributable to such deduction or withholding and to leave Bank (after such payment and net of related expenses) in no worse position than it would have been in if Borrower had not been required to make such deduction or withholding.

(b) Capital Adequacy. If either (i) the introduction of or any change in or change in the interpretation of any law or regulation or (ii) compliance by Bank with any guideline or request from any central bank or other governmental authority (whether or not having the force of law) affects or would affect the amount of capital required or expected to be maintained by Bank or any corporation controlling Bank and Bank determines that the amount of such capital is increased solely by or solely based upon the existence of Bank's Commitment and other commitments of this type, then, upon demand by Bank, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, from time to time as specified by the Bank, additional amounts sufficient to compensate Bank in the light of such circumstances, to the extent that Bank reasonably determines such increase in capital to be allocable to the existence of Bank's commitment to lend hereunder; provided such demand shall be accompanied by a summary in reasonable detail with calculations showing the bases therefor.

20

4.7 Funding Indemnity. In the event Bank shall incur any loss, cost or expense (including, without limitation, any loss of profit and any loss, cost or expense incurred by reason of the liquidation or re-employment of deposits or other funds acquired by Bank to fund or maintain any LIBOR Loan or the relending or reinvesting of such deposits or amounts paid or prepaid to Bank) as a result of:

(a) any payment of a LIBOR Loan on a date other than the last day of the then applicable Interest Period;

(b) any failure by Borrower to effect by conversion or continue any LIBOR Loan on the date specified in the notice given pursuant to Paragraph 2.3 hereof;

(c) any failure by Borrower to make any payment of principal or interest when due on any LIBOR Loan, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise; or

(d) the occurrence of any Event of Default;

then, upon the demand by Bank, Borrower shall pay to the applicable Bank such amount as will reimburse Bank for such loss, cost or expense. If Bank makes such a claim for compensation under this Paragraph 4.7, Bank shall provide to Borrower a certificate setting forth the amount of such loss, cost or expense in reasonable detail with calculations and such certificate shall be conclusive and binding on Borrower as to the amount thereof except in the case of manifest error.

4.8 Discretion of Bank as to Manner of Funding. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary other than Paragraph 4.7, Bank shall be entitled to fund and maintain its funding of all or any part of the Loans in any manner each sees fit, it being understood, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement all determinations hereunder shall be made as if Bank had actually funded and maintained each LIBOR Loan during each Interest Period for such LIBOR Loan through the purchase of deposits in the London Interbank Market having a maturity corresponding to such Interest Period and bearing an interest rate equal to the Adjusted LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period.

4.9 Interest Laws. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the Other Agreements, Borrower shall not be required to pay, and Bank shall not be permitted to collect, any amount of interest in excess of the maximum amount of interest permitted by law ("Excess Interest"). If any Excess Interest is provided for or determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have been provided for in this Agreement or in any of the Other Agreements, then in such event: (a) the provisions of this Paragraph shall govern and control; (b) Borrower shall not be obligated to pay any excess Interest; (c) any Excess Interest Bank may have received hereunder shall be, at Bank's option, (i) applied as a credit against the outstanding

21

principal balance of Borrower's Liabilities or accrued and unpaid interest (not to exceed the maximum amount permitted by law), (ii) refunded to the payor thereof, or (iii) any combination of the foregoing; (d) the interest rate(s) provided for herein shall be automatically reduced to the maximum lawful rate allowed from time to time under applicable law (the "Maximum Rate"), and this Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be deemed to have been and shall be reformed and modified to reflect such reduction; and (e) Borrower shall not have any action against Bank for any damages arising out of the payment or collection of any Excess Interest. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if for any period of time interest on any Borrower's Liabilities is calculated at the Maximum Rate rather than the applicable rate under this Agreement, and thereafter such applicable rate becomes less than the Maximum Rate, the rate of interest payable no such Borrower's Liabilities shall remain a the Maximum Rate until Bank shall have received the amount of interest which Bank would have received during such period on such Borrower's Liabilities had the rate of interest not been limited to the Maximum Rate during such period.

5. LOANS: GENERAL TERMS

5.1 Payments to Bank. That portion of Borrower's Liabilities consisting of; (a) principal payable on account of the Loans made by Bank to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable by Borrower to Bank (i) as provided in the Revolving Note in respect of the Revolving Loans and (ii) as provided in the Term Note in respect of the Term Loan; (b) costs, fees and expenses payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable by Borrower on demand; (c) interest payable pursuant to this Agreement shall be payable by Borrower for account of Bank as provided in Paragraph 4.1; and (d) the balance of Borrower's Liabilities, if any, shall be payable by Borrower as and when provided in this Agreement or the Other Agreements.

5.2 Application of Payment. Borrower shall, at the time of making each payment under this Agreement or any Note (whether by account debit or otherwise), specify to the Bank the Loan or other amounts payable by Borrower hereunder to which such payment is to be applied (and in the event that it fails to so specify, or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Bank may distribute such payment in such manner as it may determine to be appropriate).

5.3 Conditions Precedent Events. Each Loan made by the Bank to Borrower, other than a conversion from a LIBOR Loan to a Base Rate Loan, at the request of Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or their Other Agreements shall in any event be subject to the following conditions precedent; (a) there shall not then exist an Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) or any event or condition which with notice, lapse of time and/or the making of such Loan would constitute an Event of Default; (b) the representations, warranties and covenants of Borrower contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of such Loan with the same effect as though made on such date;
(c) all of the covenants and agreements

22

of Borrower in this Agreement, and all of the requirements of this Agreement with respect to such Loan, shall have been complied with; and (d) there shall not have occurred, since the date of this Agreement, any material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations or business of Borrower. Each borrowing by Borrower hereunder shall be deemed a representation and warranty by Borrower that the foregoing conditions have been fulfilled as of the date of such borrowing. Bank shall have received upon request a certificate signed by an Authorized Officer of Borrower dated the date of such requested Loan certifying satisfaction of the conditions specified in clauses
(a)-(d) of this Paragraph 5.3.

5.4 Offset. Borrower agrees that, in addition to (and without limitation of) any right of set-off, bankers' lien or counterclaim Bank may otherwise have, Bank shall be entitled at its option to offset balances held by it for account of Borrower at any of its offices, in United States Dollars or in any other currency, against any principal of or interest on any of its Loans, or any other amount payable to Bank hereunder, which is not paid when due (regardless of whether such balances are then due to Borrower).

5.5 Credit Termination Date; Continuance of Obligations, Etc. This Agreement, Bank's Commitment and Borrower's ability to borrow monies from Bank shall be in effect until the Revolving Credit Termination Date or Term Loan Termination Date, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing and until such date when Borrower's Liabilities shall be paid in full, Borrower's obligations hereunder and under the Other Agreements shall continue, interest shall continue to be paid in accordance with the foregoing and the Bank shall retain all of its rights and remedies under this Agreement and the Other Agreements.

5.6 Loan Evidence. Loans made by Bank to Borrower pursuant to this Agreement may or may not (at Bank's sole and absolute discretion) be evidenced by notes or other instruments issued or made by Borrower to Bank. Where such loans are not so evidenced, such loans shall be evidenced solely by entries upon the ledgers, books, records and/or computer records of Bank maintained for that purpose, which entries shall be rebuttably presumptive evidence of such loans in the absence of manifest error.

5.7 Over-Advances. If, at any time and for any reason, the aggregate amount of Borrower's Liabilities outstanding hereunder exceeds the limitations set forth in Paragraph 2.1 or Paragraph 2.2 (an "Over-Advance"), then Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such Over-Advance. If such Over-Advance remains outstanding for more than three (3) days, until such Over-Advance is so repaid to Bank, the amount of such Over-Advance shall bear interest at the applicable Default Rate.

23

5.8 Prepayment. If Borrower, after a Fixed Rate Election, prepays the principal portion of the Term Loan subject to such Fixed Rate Election, in whole or in part, prior to the Termination Date, the same shall pay (i) the Make-Whole Amount (as defined below) plus (ii) one percent (1%) prior to the third (3rd) anniversary of the Closing Date and zero percent (0%) thereafter. For the purposes hereof, the "Make-Whole Amount" shall be the amount calculated as follows:

(i) There shall first be determined, as of the date fixed for prepayment (the "Prepayment Date"), the amount, if any, by which (A) the Fixed Rate exceeds (B) the yield to maturity percentage for the United States Treasury Note (the "Treasury Note") adjusted to constant maturities for such number of years as approximates as closely as practicable the remaining number of years from the Prepayment Date until the Term Loan Maturity Date (as determined by the Bank in its sole discretion) as published in The Wall Street Journal on the fifth business day preceding the Prepayment Date plus one hundred sixty basis points (1.60%) (the "Current Yield"). If (A) publication of The Wall Street Journal is discontinued, or (B) publication of the Treasury Note quotations in The Wall Street Journal is discontinued, Bank, in its sole discretion, shall designate another daily financial or governmental publication of national circulation to be used to determine the Current Yield;

(ii) The difference calculated pursuant to clause (i) above shall be multiplied by the outstanding principal balance hereof as of the Prepayment Date;

(iii) The product calculated pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be multiplied by the quotient, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent, obtained by dividing (A) the number of days from and including the Prepayment Date to and including the Term Loan Maturity Date, by (B) 365; and

(iv) The sum calculated pursuant to clause (iii) above shall be discounted at the annual rate of the Current Yield to the present value thereof as of the Prepayment Date, on the assumption that said sum would be received in equal monthly installments on each monthly anniversary of the Prepayment Date prior to the Maturity Date, with the final such installment to be deemed received on the Maturity Date:

provided that Borrowers shall not be entitled in any event to a credit against, or a reduction of, the Debt being prepaid if the Current Yield exceeds the Fixed Rate or for any other reason.

24

6. LOANS: CONDITIONS TO LENDING

6.1 Initial Loan Conditions Precedent. In addition to those conditions set forth in Paragraph 5.3 above with respect to all Loans and advances hereunder, prior to or contemporaneously with the making of the initial advance of funds, Bank's obligation to make any Loan is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) Fees and Expenses. Borrower shall have paid all fees owed to Bank and reimbursed Bank for all expenses due and payable hereunder on or before the date hereof including, but not limited to, reasonable counsel fees provided for in Paragraph 9.12 hereof.

(b) Documents. Bank shall have received the following documents, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank, and all of the transactions contemplated by each such document shall have been consummated or each condition contemplated by each such document shall have been satisfied:

(i) Related Documents. Copies of this Agreement as required by Bank and one copy of the Revolving Note and the Term Note conforming to the requirements hereof duly executed by Borrower.

(ii) Legal Opinion. The legal opinion of counsel to Borrower.

(iii) Officer's Certificate. A certificate executed by the President of Borrower stating that (A) no Event of Default of event which, but for the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, would be an Event of Default (each such event, a "Default") has occurred and is continuing, (B) the representations, warranties and covenants of Borrower contained herein are true and correct, and (C) all of the covenants, conditions and agreements of Borrower in this Agreement, and all of the requirements of this Agreement shall have been complied with.

(iv) Insurance Policies. Certificates from Borrower's insurance carriers evidencing that all insurance policies and coverage required by Paragraph 7.2(h) below are in effect.

(v) Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws. A copy of Borrower's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation, and all amendments, certified by the Secretary of State of its jurisdiction of incorporation, and a copy of Borrower's Bylaws certified by the Secretary of Borrower.

25

(vi) Good Standing Certificate. A Good Standing Certificate for Borrower from its jurisdiction of incorporation and each state in which Borrower is required to be qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation.

(vii) Regulatory Certificate. Regulatory certificate from the Federal Reserve indicating that Borrower is a registered bank holding company that was duly organized and registered and is validly existing and has filed all reports required by the Federal Reserve.

(viii) Affiliate Regulatory Certificate. Certificate from the OBRE that Cole Taylor is an Illinois banking corporation in good standing and authorized to transact the business of banking dated as of a date not earlier than ten (10) business days prior to the date hereof.

(ix) Affiliate Charter Documents. A copy of the charter of Cole Taylor certified to be true and correct by the OBRE.

(x) Board Resolutions. Certified copies of resolutions of the Board of Directors of Borrower authorizing the execution and delivery of and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Other Agreements and all other documents or instruments to be executed and delivered in conjunction herewith and therewith on behalf of Borrower.

(xi) Incumbency Certificate. A certificate of the Secretary of an Assistant Secretary of Borrower certifying the names of the officer or officers of Borrower authorized to sign this Agreement and the Other Agreements on behalf of Borrower together with a sample of the true signature of each such officer.

(xii) Other Documents. Such other documents as Bank may reasonably request.

(xiii) Disbursement Instructions. Written instructions executed by an Authorized Officer as to the disbursement of the initial advances of funds hereunder.

(c) Consummation of Split Off Transaction. The transactions contemplated by that certain Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "Exchange Agreement") among Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. and certain members of the Taylor family listed therein shall close simultaneously with this Agreement and 100% of the Stock of Cole Taylor shall simultaneously with this Agreement be owned, directly and beneficially, by Borrower.

26

7. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES; COVENANTS; INDEMNIFICATION; CONTINUING OBLIGATION

7.1 Representations And Warranties Of Borrower. Borrower hereby represents and warrants to the Bank as of the date hereof and, with respect to subsections (a) through (e) and subsections (g) through (ee) below, the date of disbursement of each Loan or advance hereunder, as follows:

(a) Corporate Existence, Authority And Capitalization.

(i) Borrower is a corporation registered as a bank holding company under the BHCA. Borrower is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing under the laws of each state in which the ownership of its properties and the nature and extent of the activities transacted by it makes such qualification necessary except where the failure to be so qualified could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(ii) Borrower has all requisite corporate power and authority to conduct its activities as presently conducted, to own its properties and to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

(iii) The authorized and issued capital stock of Borrower, pursuant to Borrower's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws, as of the Closing Date, consists of 7,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share, 4,500,000 of which shares are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid and non-assessable and 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value per share, 1,530,000 of which shares are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid and non-assessable. As of the Closing Date, no other shares of Borrower's Stock are authorized, issued or outstanding. As of the Closing Date, the ownership of the Stock of Borrower is as set forth on Exhibit 7.1(a)(iii). Borrower is not subject to any obligation, option, warrant, put or call right (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase, issue, acquire or retire any of its Stock nor are there any agreements between any parties with respect to the voting or transfer of Borrower's Stock. Borrower has not violated any applicable federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of its Stock.

(b) Corporate Existence And Capitalization Of Cole Taylor. Cole Taylor is an Illinois state banking corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois, with deposit accounts federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and has the requisite power and authority, corporate or otherwise, to conduct its business as now conducted and as

27

proposed to be conducted while this Agreement is in effect. The authorized capital stock of Cole Taylor consists of 1,500,000 shares of capital stock, $10 par value per share, 1,500,000 of which shares are validly issued and outstanding and fully paid and non-assessable (except as provided by state banking law). Borrower is the beneficial and record owner of 100% of the issued and outstanding Stock of Cole Taylor, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, rights of first refusal, options or other restrictions of any nature whatsoever, and there are no options, warrants or rights outstanding to acquire any capital stock of Cole Taylor and no Person has any other right to purchase or acquire any unissued shares of Cole Taylor, nor does Cole Taylor have any obligation of any nature with respect to its unissued shares of capital stock. Such Stock owned by Borrower represents 100% of the voting power of Cole Taylor.

(c) Authorization; No Conflict. The execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement and the Other Agreements to which it is a party are within Borrower's corporate powers, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not contravene (i) Borrower's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws or (ii) any law or any contractual restriction binding on or affecting Borrower, or its respective properties, and do not result in or require the creation of any Lien (except as may be created under this Agreement or the Other Agreements) upon or with respect to any of its properties except for which consent has been obtained and remains effective.

(d) No Approval. No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental authority or regulatory body is required for the due execution, delivery and performance by Borrower of this Agreement or any Other Agreement to which Borrower is a party except for which the same has been obtained and remains effective.

(e) Validity and Binding Nature. This Agreement is, and the Other Agreements to which Borrower is a party when delivered hereunder will be, legal, valid and binding obligations of Borrower, enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights, generally.

(f) Financial Statements and Condition.

(i) Borrower has delivered to Bank a pro forma opening balance sheet as of September 30, 1996. The pro forma balance sheet fairly presents on a pro forma basis the financial condition of the Borrower as of September 30, 1996, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the consummation of the Exchange Agreement and acquisition by Borrower of the Stock of Cole Taylor including, without limitation, all material fees and expenses incurred in connection therewith. All pro forma information with respect to the Borrower included in the pro forma balance sheet or otherwise provided by Cole Taylor

28

has been derived from financial statements and information prepared on the basis of accounting consistent with GAAP and with accounting principles currently used by Borrower and all material assumptions on which such pro forma information was based are disclosed therein. The pro forma balance sheet has been prepared in good faith and represents the good faith opinion of the Borrower as to the assets and liabilities of Borrower at such date after giving effect to the acquisition of Cole Taylor. The portion of such pro forma balance sheet involving Cole Taylor has been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the OBRE.

(ii) Borrower has delivered to Bank copies of audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 1995, and interim financials as of the nine month period ended September 30, 1996 for Cole Taylor. All of these financial statements are complete and correct, are in accordance with the respective books of account and records of Cole Taylor have been prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a basis consistent with prior periods and the rules and regulations of the OBRE and fairly present the financial condition of Cole Taylor and its respective assets and liabilities and the results of its operations as of such date. Since September 30, 1996, there has been no material adverse change in the respective financial condition, business, properties and operations of Cole Taylor.

(iii) Borrower has delivered to Bank copies of Form FFIEC 032 filed by Cole Taylor for the periods ended June 30, 1996, September 30, 1996 and the year ended December 31, 1995 and copies of Form FRY-9 filed by Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. and the most recent Form 10-K and Form 10-Q filings of Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. for the periods ended June 30, 1996, September 30, 1996 and for the year ended December 31, 1995. All of these reports are complete and correct, are in accordance with the respective books of account and records of Cole Taylor, and have been prepared in accordance with applicable banking regulations, rules and guidelines on a basis consistent with prior periods, and fairly and accurately present the financial condition of Cole Taylor and its respective assets and liabilities and the results of their operations as at such date.

(g) Litigation. There is no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened action, suit, inquiry, investigation, or proceeding affecting, directly or indirectly, Borrower, its Subsidiaries or their respective properties before any court, governmental agency or arbitrator, which, in any case, (i) could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) seeks to restrain the transactions contemplated herein, or (iii) would affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Other Agreements. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is currently operating under any restriction (other than restrictions of general application to bank

29

holding companies or Illinois banking corporations, as applicable) imposed by any bank regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Borrower or any Subsidiary.

(h) Securities Transaction. No proceeds of any Loan or advance made by Bank to Borrower hereunder will be used to acquire any security in any transaction which is subject to Section 13 or 14 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended.

(i) Regulation U. Neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries are engaged in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no proceeds of any Loan or advance made by Bank to Borrower hereunder will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock.

(j) ERISA Termination Event and Funding. No ERISA Termination Event has occurred nor is expected to occur with respect to any Plan and all Plans, to the extent governed by ERISA, meet the minimum funding standards of Section 302 of ERISA.

(k) Withdrawal Liability and Reportable Events. Neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or expects to incur, any withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA to any Multiemployer Plan. No Reportable Event (as defined in ERISA) has occurred with respect to any Plan.

(l) Taxes. Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries have filed all tax returns (Federal, state and local) required to be filed and paid all taxes shown thereon to be due, including interest and penalties, other than such taxes that Borrower or a Subsidiary is contesting in good faith by appropriate legal proceedings and proper reserves therefor have been established on the respective books of Borrower or such Subsidiary. Each of Borrower and its Subsidiaries have withheld amounts from its employees, shareholders or holders of public deposit accounts in full and complete compliance with the tax withholding provisions of applicable federal, state and local laws and each has filed all federal, state and local returns and reports for all years for which any such return or report would be due with respect to employee income tax withholding, social security, unemployment taxes, income and other taxes and all payments or deposits with respect to such taxes have been made within the time period required by law.

(m) Liens. There are no Liens upon or with respect to any of the properties of Borrower or any right to receive revenues of Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries other than Permitted Liens.

30

(n) Conflicts. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any lease or other agreement or instrument (including corporate charters) which is likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(o) Environmental Matters. To the best of Borrower's knowledge after diligent inquiry:

(i) the operations of Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all operations and conditions at or in the Facilities) comply with all Environmental Laws in all material respects; and

(ii) no Hazardous Materials are stored or otherwise located on any Facility owned, leased or operated by Borrower, and no part of such Facility, including the groundwater located thereon or thereunder, is contaminated by any Hazardous Materials.

(p) Investment Company Act. Neither Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is an "investment company" or a company "controlled by an "investment company," within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(q) Compliance with Laws. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all laws, orders, regulations and ordinances of all federal, foreign, state and local governmental authorities and regulatory authorities binding upon or affecting the business, operation or assets of Borrower and such Subsidiaries except where non-compliance therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary has received any notice or other information indicating that subsidiary is not an "insured depository institution" as defined in 12 U.S.C. 1813.

(r) Other Agreements. Borrower makes each of the representations and warranties contained in the Other Agreements to which Borrower is a party operative and applicable for the benefit of the Bank as if the same were set forth at length herein.

(s) Regulatory Reporting. Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all reports, notices and other statements, together with any amendments required to be made with respect thereto, if any, that they were each required to file with the Federal Reserve and the OBRE and any other governmental agency or authority with jurisdiction over Borrower or its Subsidiaries and each of such reports, notices and other statements, including the financial statements, exhibits and schedules thereto, complied in all material respects with the relevant statutes, rules and regulations enforced or promulgated by the regulatory authority with which they were filed. Cole

31

Taylor has complied in all material respects with all laws and regulations relating to the extension of credit.

(t) Affiliate Transactions. Neither Borrower nor its Subsidiaries are a party to any transactions or agreements with any of Borrower's other Affiliates; it being understood the foregoing shall not prohibit transactions between Borrower and its Subsidiaries or between Borrowers' Subsidiaries, provided such transactions or agreements shall be arms' length transactions on terms no more favorable than would be applicable in a third party transaction.

(u) Affiliates and Subsidiaries. Except as disclosed on Exhibit 7.1(u), Borrower has no Affiliates or Subsidiaries.

(v) Labor. As of the Closing Date, none of the employees of Borrower or its subsidiaries are subject to any collective bargaining agreement. There are no strikes, work stoppages, election or decertification petitions or proceedings, unfair labor charges, equal employment opportunity proceedings, wage payment or material unemployment compensation proceedings, material worker's compensation proceedings or other material labor or employee-related controversies pending or threatened involving Borrower and any of its employees.

(w) Solvency. Borrower has capital sufficient to carry on its business and transactions and all businesses and transactions in which it is about to engage and is solvent and able to pay its debts as they mature. No transfer of property is being made and no Debt is being incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement with the intent to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of Borrower, its Subsidiaries or any Affiliate.

(x) Loan Loss Reserve. The reserves for possible loan and lease losses shown on the financial statements and reports for Borrower and its Subsidiaries described in the financial statements specified in Paragraph 7.1(f) are adequate in all material respects to provide for all losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on loans outstanding, as of the date of such statement, and Borrower and its Subsidiaries have no reason to believe that the loan portfolios of its Subsidiaries at such date will incur losses in excess of such reserves.

(y) Title. Borrower has good, indefeasible and merchantable title to and ownership of its assets, free and clear of all Liens, claims, security interests and other encumbrances, except for Permitted Liens.

32

(z) Debt. As of the date of this Agreement, Borrower has no Debt except for the Permitted Debt.

(aa) Insurance. Borrower and its Subsidiaries are adequately insured under its policies of insurance currently in effect, no notice of cancellation has been received with respect to such policies and Borrower and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all conditions contained in such policies.

(bb) Absence of Default. No event has occurred which either of itself or with the lapse of time or the giving of notice or both, would give any creditor of Borrower or its Subsidiaries, the right to accelerate the maturity of any Debt of Borrower or its Subsidiaries having a principal amount, individually or in the aggregate in excess of $50,000. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under any other lease, agreement or instrument, or any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, injunction, decree, determination or award, non-compliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(cc) No Burdensome Agreements. Neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate is a party to any agreement, instrument or undertaking or subject to any other restriction, (i) which presently has a Material Adverse Effect, or
(ii) under or pursuant to which Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate is or will be required to place (or under which any other person may place) a Lien upon any of its properties securing indebtedness either upon demand or upon the happening of a condition, with or without such demand.

(dd) Accuracy of Information. All factual information heretofore or contemporaneously furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby is, and all other factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Borrower to Bank will be, true and accurate in every material respect on the date as of which such information is dated or certified, and Borrower has not omitted and will not omit any material fact necessary to prevent such information from being false or misleading.

7.2 Affirmative Covenants. At all times prior to the Termination Date and thereafter for so long as any amounts are due or owing to the Bank hereunder, Borrower hereby covenants that it will, and cause its Subsidiaries to, unless the Bank otherwise consents in writing:

(a) Existence, Etc. Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect Borrower's and each Subsidiary's corporate existence in good standing in their respective jurisdictions of incorporation and in each other jurisdiction where the failure to be in good standing could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

33

(b) Compliance with Laws, Etc. Comply, and cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all applicable present and future laws, rules, ordinances, regulations and orders including, without limitation, laws, rules, ordinances, regulations and orders regarding the operation and maintenance of Borrower's and each Subsidiary's respective business including, without limitation, the BHCA, the Illinois Banking Act and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.

(c) Payment of Taxes and Other Claims. Pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (i) all Charges levied or imposed upon Borrower and each Subsidiary or upon the income, profits or property of Borrower and each Subsidiary, and (ii) all lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that Borrower or any Subsidiary shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such Charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings to the extent adequate reserves have been established on the books of Borrower or any Subsidiary, as the case may be.

(d) Reporting Requirements. Keep true books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries in accordance with GAAP consistently applied will be made of all dealings or transactions in relation to its business and activities, and shall furnish to the Bank:

(i) within ninety (90) days after the close of each fiscal year of Borrower, consolidated audited financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including a balance sheet and related profit and loss statement, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods reflected therein by independent certified public accountants acceptable to Bank, who shall give their opinion with respect thereto subject only to such qualifications which are reasonably acceptable to Bank and including Borrower-only financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods reflected therein for the same fiscal year as the annual audited financials;

(ii) within forty-five (45) days after the close of each quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower (other than the last fiscal quarter of each fiscal year), consolidated financial statements for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including a balance sheet and related profit and loss statement, prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period reflected therein;

(iii) within forty-five (45) days after the close of each quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, or within such further time as Bank may permit, copies of the Form FFIEC 032 as filed by Cole Taylor with federal bank

34

regulatory agencies, and as soon as available, but in any event not more than forty-five (45) days after the close of each quarter of each fiscal year of Borrower, or within such further time as Bank may permit, a copy of Form Y-9 filed by Borrower with the Federal Reserve;

(iv) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements required by subsection (i) above, Borrower shall deliver to Bank (a) a certificate of the accountants who performed the audit in connection with such statements (1) containing a computation of, and showing compliance with the financial covenants and restrictions set forth in Paragraph 7.2(i) of this Agreement; (2) stating that in making the audit necessary to the issuance of a report on such financial statements, they have obtained no knowledge that any Event of Default or event which, with notice or a lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default, as it relates to accounting matters, has occurred and is continuing or, if such accountants have obtained knowledge of an Event of Default or such event, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof and (b) a certificate of Borrower executed by the President or Chief Financial Officer of Borrower stating whether any Event of Default, or Default, currently exists and is continuing and what activities, if any, Borrower is taking or proposing to take with respect thereto;

(v) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Paragraphs (i) and (ii), a compliance certificate duly completed and executed by both the Chairman of the Board or President and the Chief Financial Officer of Borrower (a) stating that Borrower has observed and performed all of its covenants and other agreements and satisfied every condition, contained in this Agreement, the Term Note, the Revolving Note and all Other Agreements to which Borrower is a party to be observed, performed or satisfied by it and that such officer has no knowledge of any Event of Default except as specified in such certificate, (b) stating that, to the best of such officer's knowledge, all such financial statements are complete and correct in all respects and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the periods reflected therein, and (c) showing calculations of compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Paragraph 7.2(i).

(vi) as soon as possible and in any event within ten (10) days after the occurrence of an Event of Default or Default, the statement of an Authorized Officer of Borrower setting forth details of such Event of Default or Default and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take to cure the same;

(vii) (A) as soon as possible and in any event (i) within thirty (30) days after Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any ERISA Termination Event described in clause (i) of the definition of

35

ERISA Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred and (ii) within ten (10) days after Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate knows or has reason to know that any other ERISA Termination Event with respect to any Plan has occurred, a statement of the Chief Financial Officer (or designee) of Borrower describing such ERISA Termination Event and the action, if any, which Borrower, or any such ERISA Affiliate proposes to take with respect thereto;

(B) promptly and in any event within two (2) Business Days after receipt thereof by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC, copies of each notice received of the PBGC's intention to terminate any Plan or to have a trustee appointed to administer any Plan; and

(C) promptly and in any event within ten (10) Business Days after receipt thereof by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor, a copy of each notice received concerning the imposition or amount of withdrawal liability pursuant to Section 4202 of ERISA;

(viii) promptly after notice to Borrower of the commencement thereof, notice, in writing, of any action, suit, arbitration or other proceeding instituted, commenced or threatened in writing against or affecting Borrower with an amount in controversy in excess of $100,000;

(ix) if requested by Bank, Borrower's federal, state and local tax returns as soon as said returns are completed in the form said returns will be filed with the Internal Revenue Service and any state or local department of revenue or taxing authority;

(x) promptly upon their becoming available, copies of (A) all registration statements and regular periodic reports which Borrower shall have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any governmental agency substituted therefor) or any national securities exchange and (B) all financial statements, reports and proxy statements so mailed; and

(xi) such other information respecting the condition or operations, financial or otherwise, of Borrower or any Affiliate as the Bank may from time to time reasonably request.

(e) Loan Loss Reserves. Cole Taylor shall maintain a reserve for possible loan losses which is adequate in all respects to provide for possible or specific losses, net of recoveries relating to loans previously charged off, on loans outstanding and which contains an additional amount of unallocated reserves for unanticipated future losses at a level consistent with administrative policies approved by the Board of Directors of Cole Taylor.

36

(f) Visitation Rights. At any time or times during regular business hours, permit Bank or any agents or representatives thereof, to examine and make copies of and abstracts from the records and books of account of and visit and inspect the properties of Borrower, all as Bank shall reasonably request, and to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts with Borrower's officers or directors; provided, however, that prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, no more than one (1) such visit shall be made by Bank in any calendar year. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, Borrower agrees to bear all expenses of any visitation made by Bank for the purposes set forth in this Paragraph 7.2(f).

(g) Environmental Disclosure and Inspection.

(i) Exercise due diligence in order to comply in all material respects with all Environmental Laws.

(ii) Promptly advise Bank in writing and in reasonable detail of (i) any Release of any Hazardous Materials required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency under any applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) any and all written communications with respect to Environmental Claims or any Release of Hazardous Material required to be reported to any federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agency, (iii) any remedial action taken by Borrower or any other person in response to (1) any Hazardous Material on, under or about any Facility, the existence of which is reasonably likely to give rise to an Environmental Claim, or (2) any Environmental Claim that could have a material adverse effect on Borrower or any Affiliate, (iv) Borrower's discovery of any occurrence or condition on any real property adjoining or in the vicinity of any Facility that could cause such Facility or any part thereof to be subject to any restrictions on the ownership, occupancy, transferability or use there of under any Environmental Laws, and (v) any request for information from any governmental agency indicating that such agency has initiated an investigation as to whether Borrower or any Affiliate may be potentially responsible for a Release or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials, in each case where the amount in dispute or controversy could reasonably be expected to exceed $100,000.

(iii) At is own expense, provide copies of such documents or information as Bank may reasonably request in relation to any matters disclosed pursuant to this Paragraph 7.2(g).

(iv) Promptly take any and all necessary remedial action in connection with the presence, storage, use, disposal, transportation, Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials on, under or about any Facility in order to comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws and Governmental Authorizations. In the event Borrower

37

or any Affiliate undertakes any remedial action with respect to any Hazardous Material on, under or about any Facility, Borrower or such Affiliate shall conduct and complete such remedial action in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws and in accordance with the policies, orders and directives of all federal, state and local governmental authorities.

(h) Insurance.

(i) At its sole cost and expense, keep and maintain business interruption insurance and public liability and property damage insurance relating to its business and properties. All such policies of insurance shall be in form and with insurers recognized as adequate by prudent business persons and all such policies shall be in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Bank. Borrower shall deliver to Bank the original (or certified) copy of each policy of insurance, or a certificate of insurance, and evidence of payment of all premiums for each such policy on or prior to the date of this Agreement. Such policies shall: (A) contain a lender's loss payable clause naming Bank, for the benefit of Bank, as loss payee and additional insured as its interest may appear; and (B) provide that the insurance companies will give Bank at least thirty (30) days written notice before any such policy or policies of insurance shall be altered or cancelled.

(ii) In the event Borrower at any time or times hereafter shall fail to obtain or maintain any of the policies of insurance required above or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto, then Bank after giving (5) days' prior notice to Borrower, without waiving or releasing any obligation or Event of Default by Borrower hereunder, may at any time or times thereafter (but shall be under no obligation to) obtain and maintain such policies of insurance and pay such premium and take any other action with respect thereto which Bank deems advisable. All sums so disbursed by Bank, including reasonable attorneys fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating thereto, shall be part of Borrower's Liabilities, payable by Borrower to Bank on demand.

(i) Financial Covenants. Borrower warrants and represents to and covenants with the Bank that it shall cause Cole Taylor to:

(i) Maintain applicable regulatory ratios at or above the "Well Capitalized" level at all times as determined by the Federal Reserve in accordance with 12 C.F.R. Section 208 or any successor thereof.

(ii) Maintain Capital, at all times, of not less than $110.0 million.

38

(iii) Maintain a Return on Average Assets, at all times, of at least (A) one-half of one percent (0.50%) from the Closing Date to December 31, 1997; (B) six-tenths of one percent (0.60%) from January 1, 1998 until December 31, 1998; and (C) seven-tenths of one percent (0.70%) from January 1, 1999 through the Termination Date, in each case calculated in accordance with GAAP.

(iv) Maintain a ratio of (a) Non-Performing Assets to (b) Capital (plus the amount of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses) not exceeding twenty-five percent (25%) at any time.

(v) Maintain ratio of (a) Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses to (b) Non-Performing Loans of not less than 1:1, at any time, determined in accordance with GAAP.

Borrower further agrees to maintain a ratio of (a) Debt to (b) shareholder's equity (as determined in accordance with GAAP) not exceeding thirty percent (30%) at any time. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, all of the financial covenants contained in this Paragraph 7.2(i) shall be measured as of the end of each calendar quarter.

7.3 Negative Covenants. Prior to the Term Loan Termination Date and thereafter for so long as any amount is due or owing to the Bank hereunder, unless the Bank shall otherwise consent in writing, Borrower shall not:

(a) Liens, Etc. Create or suffer to exist, any Lien, other charge, pledge or encumbrance, or any other type of preferential arrangement, upon or with respect to any of its assets or properties including, but not limited to, the Stock of Cole Taylor, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or assign any right to receive income, except for Permitted Liens.

(b) Maintain Existence, Merger, Etc. (i) dissolve or liquidate or amend or modify its Articles or Certificate of Incorporation, as applicable, or the Charter, of any Affiliate or Subsidiary; or (ii) convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) any assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to any Person except in the ordinary course of business; or (iii) together with one or more Affiliates convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of the assets of Borrower and such Affiliates (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to any Person; or
(iv) purchase, lease or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the assets or properties of, or acquire any capital stock, equity interests, debt or other securities of any Person, or enter into any joint venture or become a partner in any partnership; (v) engage in any transaction out of the ordinary course of business; or (vi) merge or consolidate with any Person.

39

(c) Transfer of Stock. Sell, pledge, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, nor permit any stockholder of Borrower to sell, pledge, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of, to any person or entity, or group of persons or entities acting in concert, directly or indirectly, in one transaction or a series of transactions, any shares of the outstanding Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate.

(d) Debt. Incur, create, assume, become or be liable in any manner with respect to or permit to exist, any Debt, obligations or indebtedness, except for Permitted Debt.

(e) Loans. Make or permit to exist loans to any other Person. Nothing in the Paragraph 7.3(e) shall prohibit Cole Taylor from making loans, advances or other extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its banking business upon substantially the same terms as may at the time be customary in the banking business, which loans, advances, or other extensions of credit may (but need not) be secured by capital stock or other security of any third party. Furthermore, nothing in this Paragraph 7.3(e) shall prohibit Cole Taylor from acquiring capital stock or other security from any third party by foreclosure or otherwise, provided such capital stock or other security is acquired in the ordinary course of Cole Taylor's banking business when collecting a debt previously contracted in good faith.

(f) Guaranties. Guaranty, endorse or otherwise in any way directly, indirectly or contingently become liable for the obligations or liabilities of any other Person, except endorsements of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, except for guaranties of the obligations of CT Mortgage Company and its Subsidiaries under sales of loan pools.

(g) Stock and Dividends.

(i) Redeem, retire, purchase or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, any Stock of Borrower or other evidence of ownership interest, or declare or pay dividends upon any Stock of Borrower or make any distribution of Borrower's property or assets, except for (a) if no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, dividend payments on common and preferred stock issued prior to the date hereof or concurrent with the consummation of the Transactions in accordance with Borrower's Certificate or Articles of Incorporation, including, without limitation, the Borrower's 9% Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, (b) redemptions of Stock from retiring employees, or (c) redemptions of Stock from former employees or their estates in connection with Borrower's Employee Stock Ownership Plan or other employee benefit plans.

40

(ii) Authorize or issue any Stock of Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, except for such Stock authorized, issued or outstanding on the date hereof

(h) Transactions with Affiliates or Insiders. Enter into, or be a party to, any transaction with any Affiliate or stockholder of Borrower, except in the ordinary course of and pursuant to the reasonable requirements of Borrower's business and upon fair and reasonable terms which are fully disclosed to Bank and are no less favorable to Borrower than would obtain in a comparable arm's length transaction with a Person not an Affiliate or stockholder of Borrower.

(i) Safe and Sound Banking Practices. Engage in, or permit any Affiliate to engage in, any unsafe or unsound banking practices.

8. DEFAULT

8.1 Events of Default. The occurrence of any one of the following events shall constitute a default ("Event of Default") By Borrower under this Agreement: (a) if Borrower fails or neglects to perform, keep or observe any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement or in the Other Agreements which is required to be performed, kept or observed by Borrower and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Bank; (b) any representation or warranty made by Borrower herein or in any Other Agreement is breached or is false or misleading in any material respect, or any exhibit, schedule, certificate, financial statement, report, notice or other writing furnished by Borrower or any of its partners, shareholders, directors, officers, employees, or agents to any Bank is false or misleading in any material respect on the date as of which the facts therein set forth are stated or certified; (c) if Borrower fails to pay Borrower's Liabilities when due and payable or declared due and payable; (d) if any of Borrower's assets are attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant or is levied upon, or comes within the possession of any receiver, trustee, custodian assignee for the benefit of creditors and the same is not terminated or dismissed within thirty (30) days thereafter; (e) if a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended, or any similar law or regulation shall be filed by Borrower or if Borrower shall make an assignment for the benefit of its creditors or if any case or proceeding is filed by Borrower for its dissolution or liquidation; (f) if Borrower is enjoined, restrained or in any way prevented by court order from conducting all or any material part of its business affairs or if a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended, or any similar law or regulation is filed against Borrower or if any case or proceeding is filed against Borrower for its dissolution or liquidation and such injunction, restraint or petition is not dismissed or stayed within forty-five (45) days after the entry or filing thereof; (g) if an application is made by Borrower for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian for any of Borrower's assets; (h) if an application is made by any Person other than Borrower

41

for the appointment of a receiver, trustee or custodian for the assets of Borrower and the same is not dismissed within forty-five (45) days after the application therefor; (i) if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to all or any of the assets of Borrower by the United States or any department, agency or instrumentality thereof or by any state, county, municipal or other governmental agency, including without limitation the PBGC, or if any taxes or debts owing at any time or times thereafter to any one of them becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any of the assets of Borrower and the same is not released within forty-five (45) days after the same becomes a lien or encumbrance; (j) if Borrower becomes insolvent or is unable generally to pay its debts as they become due; (k) if Borrower is in default in the payment of Debt in an amount in excess of $100,000; (l) the appointment of a conservator for all or any portion of the assets of Borrower; or (m) the occurrence of a material breach, a default or an event of default by Borrower under any of the Other Agreements after any cure period applicable to any such breach, default or event of default has expired.

8.2 Cumulative Remedies. All of the Bank, and Bank's rights and remedies under this Agreement and the Other Agreements are cumulative and non-exclusive.

8.3 Acceleration and Termination of Loans. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, (a) upon notice by any Bank to Borrower, Borrower's Liabilities shall be immediately due and payable, unless there shall have occurred an Event of Default under subparagraphs 8.1(d), (e), (f), (g),
(h), (i), (j), or (l), in which case Borrower's Liabilities shall automatically become due and payable without notice or demand, and (b) without notice by any Bank to or demand by any Bank of Borrower, the Bank shall have no further obligation to and may then forthwith cease advancing monies or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement and the Other Agreements.

8.4 Rights of Creditor. Upon an Event of Default, Bank, in its sole and absolute discretion, may exercise any one or more of the rights and remedies accruing (a) under applicable law upon default by a debtor, (b) under any instrument or (c) under any document or agreement. Nothing contained herein shall interfere with Bank's right under law to set-off the balances of any deposit accounts maintained by Borrower with Bank against Borrower's Liabilities.

8.5 Injunctive Relief. Borrower recognizes that in the event Borrower fails to perform, observe or discharge any of its obligations or liabilities under this Agreement or the Other Agreements, no remedy of law will provide adequate relief to Bank, and agrees that Bank shall be entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any such case without the necessity of proving actual damages or the posting of bond, surety or other security.

42

9. GENERAL

9.1 Payment Application Date. Any check, draft, or similar item of payment by or for the account of Borrower delivered to Bank on account of Borrower's Liabilities shall be applied by Bank on account of Borrower's Liabilities on the date final settlement thereof is reflected by irrevocable credit to Bank.

9.2 Statement of Account. Each statement of account by Bank delivered to Borrower relating to Borrower's Liabilities shall be presumed correct and accurate, absent manifest error, and shall constitute an account stated between Borrower and Bank unless, within ninety (90) days after Borrower's receipt of said statement, Borrower delivers to Bank, by registered or certified mail addressed to Bank at its Address for Notices specified on the signature pages hereto, written objection thereto specifying the error or errors, if any, contained in any such statement.

9.3 Manner of Application; Waiver of Setoff Prohibition. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower waives the right to direct the application of any and all payments at any time or times hereafter received by Bank on account of Borrower's Liabilities and Borrower agrees that Bank shall have the right, in its absolute and sole discretion, to apply and re-apply any and all such payments in such manner as Bank may deem advisable, notwithstanding any entry by Bank upon any of its books and records. Borrower further waives any right under or benefit of any law that would restrict or limit the right or ability of Bank to obtain payment of Borrower's Liabilities, including any law that would restrict or limit Bank in the exercise of its right to appropriate any indebtedness owing from Bank to Borrower and any deposits or other property of Borrower in the possession or control of Bank and apply the same toward or setoff the same against the payment of Borrower's Liabilities.

9.4 Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower covenants, warrants and represents to Bank that all representations and warranties of Borrower contained in this Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be true at the time of Borrower's execution of this Agreement and the Other Agreements and shall survive the execution, delivery and acceptance thereof by the parties thereto and the closing of the transactions described therein or related thereto.

9.5 Integration; Amendment; Assignment; Participation.

(a) This Agreement and the Other Agreements constitute the entire agreement and understanding between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior agreements, whether oral or written, including without limitation, that certain Commitment Letter dated October 17, 1996. This Agreement and the Other Agreements may not be modified, altered or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by Borrower and Bank, and no provision of this

43

Agreement may be waived except with the consent in writing of Bank in accordance with Paragraph 9.6 below.

(b) Bank shall have the right to assign to one or more banks or other financial institutions all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or a portion of the Commitment, the Loans and the Other Agreements). Upon any such assignment, (i) the assignee shall become a party hereto and, to the extent of such assignment, have all rights and obligations of Bank hereunder and under the Other Agreements and (ii) Bank shall, to the extent of such assignment, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations hereunder and under the Other Agreements. Borrower hereby agrees to execute and deliver such documents, and to take such other actions, as Bank may reasonably request to accomplish the foregoing.

(c) In addition to the assignments permitted in subsection (b) of this Paragraph 9.5, Bank and any assignee pursuant to subsection (b) above shall have the right to grant participations to one or more banks or other financial institutions in or to any Loan hereunder (and the Other Agreements) without notice to or consent from Borrower.

9.6 No Waiver. Bank's failure at any time or times hereafter to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision of this Agreement shall not waive, affect or diminish any right of Bank or Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance therewith. Any suspension or waiver by Bank of an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement or the Other Agreements shall not suspend, waive or affect any other Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement or the Other Agreements, whether the same is prior or subsequent thereto and whether of the same or of a different type. None of the undertakings, agreements, warranties, covenants or representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or the Other Agreements and no Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement or the Other Agreements shall be deemed to have been suspended or waived by Bank unless such suspension or waiver is by an instrument in writing by Bank specifying such suspension or waiver and given pursuant to the requirements of Paragraph 9.16 hereof.

9.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the Other Agreements or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is held invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the Other Agreements and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances will not be affected thereby and the provisions of this Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be severable in any such instance.

9.8 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of

44

Borrower and Bank. This provision, however, shall not be deemed to modify Paragraph 9.5 hereof.

9.9 Conflict with Other Agreements. The provisions of the Other Agreements are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference thereto. Except as otherwise provided in the Other Agreements by specific reference to the applicable provision of this Agreement, if any provision contained in this Agreement is in conflict with, or inconsistent with, any provision in the Other Agreements, the provision contained in this Agreement shall govern and control.

9.10 No Impairment by Termination. Except to the extent provided to the contrary in this Agreement and in the Other Agreements, no termination or cancellation (regardless of cause or procedure) of this Agreement or the Other Agreements shall in any way affect or impair the powers, obligations, duties, rights and liabilities of Borrower or Bank in any way or respect relating to
(a) any transaction or event occurring prior to such termination or cancellation and/or (b) any of the undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations of Borrower contained in this Agreement or the Other Agreements. All such undertakings, agreements, covenants, warranties and representations shall survive such termination or cancellation.

9.11 Waivers. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives any and all notice or demand which Borrower might be entitled to receive with respect to this Agreement or the Other Agreements by virtue of any applicable statute or law and waives presentment, demand and protest and notice of presentment, protest, default, dishonor, non-payment, maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension or renewal of any or all commercial paper, accounts, contract rights, documents, instruments, chattel paper and guaranties at any time held by the Bank on which Borrower may in any way be liable and hereby ratifies and confirms whatever Bank may do in this regard.

9.12 Costs, Fees and Expenses Related to Agreement and Other Agreements. In accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date hereof and thereafter upon demand by Bank therefor, Borrower shall pay or reimburse Bank for all costs, fees and expenses incurred by Bank, or for which Bank becomes obligated, in connection with the negotiation, preparation and consummation of this Agreement and the Other Agreements, including but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees, costs and expenses; search fees, costs and expenses; and all taxes (other than taxes payable on the net income of Bank) payable in connection with this Agreement or the Other Agreements. That portion of Borrower's Liabilities consisting of costs, expenses or advances to be reimbursed by Borrower to Bank pursuant to this Agreement or the Other Agreements which are not paid on or prior to the date hereof shall be payable by Borrower to Bank on demand.

45

9.13 Environmental Indemnity. Borrower agrees to indemnify and save Bank, its officers, directors, employees and agents, harmless of, from and against any liability, loss, damage or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) to which Bank or any of such persons may become subject, arising from or based upon (a) any violation, or claim of violation, by Borrower of any laws, regulations or ordinances relating to Hazardous Materials, or (b) any Hazardous Materials located or disposed of on or released or transported from any property owned, leased or operated by Borrower, or any claim of any of the foregoing.

9.14 Release. Borrower releases Bank from any and all causes of action, claims or rights which Borrower may now or hereafter have for, or which may arise from, any loss or damage caused by or resulting from any act or omission to act on the part of Bank, its officers, agents or employees, except in each instance for willful misconduct and gross negligence.

9.15 Governing Law. This Agreement and the Other Agreements shall be governed and controlled by the laws of the State of Illinois as to interpretation, enforcement, validity, construction, effect, choice of law, and in all other respects including, but not limited to, the legality of the interest rate and other charges.

9.16 Notices. All notices, consents, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given to any party or parties (a) upon delivery to the address of the party or parties as specified in the "Address for Notices" below such party or parties' name on the signature pages hereof if delivered in person or by courier or if sent by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), or (b) upon dispatch if transmitted by telecopy or other means of facsimile transmission and electronic confirmation of receipt, in any case to the party or parties at the telecopy numbers specified on the same, or to such other address or telecopy number as any party may hereafter designate by written notice in the aforesaid manner.

9.17 FORUM; BANK; VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER. TO INDUCE BANK TO ACCEPT THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER AGREEMENTS, BORROWER, IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT, SUBJECT TO BANK'S SOLE AND ABSOLUTE ELECTION, ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS IN ANY WAY, MANNER, OR RESPECT, ARISING OUT OF OR FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER AGREEMENTS SHALL BE LITIGATED ONLY IN COURTS HAVING SITUS WITHIN CHICAGO, ILLINOIS. BORROWER HEREBY CONSENTS AND SUBMITS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY LOCAL, STATE, OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN SAID CITY AND STATE. BORROWER HEREBY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO TRANSFER OR CHANGE THE VENUE OF ANY LITIGATION BROUGHT AGAINST BORROWER BY BANK IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS PARAGRAPH. BORROWER HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION IN WHICH BORROWER IS A PARTY.

46

9.18 Other Costs, Fees and Expenses. If at any time or times hereafter Bank: (a) employs counsel for advice or other representation (i) with respect to this Agreement or the Other Agreements, (ii) to represent Bank in any litigation, contest, dispute, suit or proceeding or to commence, defend, or intervene or to take any other action in or with respect to any litigation, contest, dispute, suit, or proceeding (whether instituted by Bank, Borrower, or any other Person) in any way or respect relating to this Agreement, the Other Agreements or Borrower's affairs, or (iii) to enforce any rights of Bank against Borrower or any other Person which may be obligated to Bank by virtue of this Agreement or the Other Agreements; and/or (b) attempts to or enforces any of Bank's rights or remedies under the Agreement or the Other Agreements, the reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Bank in any manner or way with respect to the foregoing, shall be part of Borrower's Liabilities, payable by Borrower to Bank on demand.

9.19 Revival. To the extent that Bank receives any payment on account of Borrower's Liabilities and any such payment(s) and/or proceeds or any part thereof are subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside, subordinated and/or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party under any bankruptcy act, state or federal law, common law or equitable cause, then, to the extent of such payment(s) and/or proceeds received, Borrower's Liabilities or part thereof intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continue in full force and effect, as if such payment(s) and/or proceeds had not been received by Bank and applied on account of Borrower's Liabilities.

9.20 Acknowledgments. Borrower acknowledges that (i) it has been advised by counsel of its choice with respect to this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) each of the waivers set forth herein was knowingly and voluntarily made; and (iii) the obligations of Bank hereunder, including the obligation to advance and lend funds to Borrower in accordance herewith, shall be strictly construed and shall be expressly subject to Borrower's compliance in all respects with the terms and conditions herein set forth.

9.21 Section Headings. Section headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not effect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

9.22 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

9.23 Effectiveness. This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery to Bank of counterparts of this Agreement by Borrower and the Bank.

47

9.24 Effectiveness. Bank shall hold all non-public information obtained pursuant to this Agreement in accordance with its customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and will use such information only in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and in any event may make disclosure of any such information (i) to the extent required by law (including statute, rule, regulation or judicial process), (ii) to counsel for Bank or to their accountants, each of whom shall also be bound by the confidentiality obligations set forth herein, (iii) to bank examiners and auditors and appropriate government examining authorities, (iv) to the extent necessary or appropriate in connection with any litigation to which Bank is a party, or (v) to any permitted actual or prospective participant in or any Loan owing to or Note held by Bank; provided that each such person or entity shall undertake in writing to Bank (for the benefit of Bank and Borrower) prior to such disclosure by Bank to maintain the confidentiality of such information subject to the same terms and restrictions provided in this Paragraph 9.24 for Bank.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

48

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been duly executed as of the day and year specified at the beginning hereof.

ATTEST:                                 TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

/s/ J.C. Alstrin                        By: /s/ Jeffrey W. Taylor
-----------------------------               -------------------------
                    Secretary               Title:  CXM & CEO
-------------------                                ------------------

                                        Address for Notices:

                                        350 East Dundee Road
                                        Suit 300
                                        Wheeling, Illinois 60090-5766
                                        Telecopier No.: (847) 537-7627
                                        Telephone No.:  (847) 808-6297
                                        Attention: J. Christopher Alstrin


                                        LASALLE NATIONAL BANK


                                        By: /s/ Jay C. Goldner
                                            -------------------------
                                            Name: Jay C. Goldner
                                            Title: Vice President

                                        Address for Notices:

                                        LaSalle National Bank
                                        135 South LaSalle Street
                                        Chicago, Illinois 60603
                                        Telecopier No.: (312) 904-6352
                                        Telephone No.:  (312) 904-2776
                                        Attention:      Mr. Jay C. Goldner
                                                        Vice President

                                        With a copy to:

                                        Michael A. Nemeroff, Esq.
                                        Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz
                                        222 N. LaSalle Street
                                        Chicago, Illinois 60601-1003
                                        Telecopier No.: (312) 609-5005
                                        Telephone No.:  (312) 609-7500

                                LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit 3.1                   Form of Revolving Note

Exhibit 3.2                   Form of Term Note

Exhibit 7.1(a)(iii)           Ownership of the Stock of Borrower

Exhibit 7.1(u)                Affiliates and Subsidiaries

                                 EXHIBIT 3.1
                                      to
                                Loan Agreement

                                REVOLVING NOTE

$5,000,000                                                     Chicago, Illinois
                                                               February 12, 1997

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, on or before February 12, 1998 (or, if such day is not a Business Day, on the next following Business Day), the undersigned, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (herein, together with its successors and assigns, called the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (herein, together with its successors and assigns, called the "Bank"), the maximum principal sum of FIVE MILLION and 00/100 DOLLARS ($5,000,000) or, if less, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans made by the Bank to the undersigned pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement of even date herewith between the Borrower and Bank (herein, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, called the "Loan Agreement") as shown in the Bank's records.

The Borrower further promises to pay to the order of the Bank interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full at such rates and at such times as shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement. Accrued interest shall be payable on the dates specified in the Loan Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in the lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Bank's principal office at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603 or at such other place as may be designated by the Bank to the Borrower in writing.

This Note is the Revolving Note referred to in, evidences indebtedness incurred under, and is subject to the terms and provisions of, the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement, to which reference is hereby made, sets forth said terms and provisions, including those under which this Note may or must be paid prior to its due date or may have its due date accelerated. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

In addition to, and not in limitation of, the foregoing and the provisions of the Loan Agreement hereinabove referred to, the Borrower further agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including attorneys' fees


and expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers or otherwise, severally waive presentment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor in connection with this Note.

This Note is binding upon the undersigned and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns. This Note is made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to conflict of laws principles.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a
Delaware corporation

By: _________________________
Title: ______________________

Borrower's Address:

350 East Dundee Road
Wheeling, Illinois 60090-5766


EXHIBIT 3.2
to
Loan Agreement

TERM NOTE

$25,000,000 Chicago, Illinois February 12, 1997

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (herein, together with its successors and assigns, called the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (herein, together with its successors and assigns, called the "Bank"), the principal sum of TWENTY-FIVE MILLION DOLLARS ($25,000,000), plus interest as described below, with annual principal installments of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) due on the last Business Day of each February commencing February 28, 1999, and with a final payment of the entire principal balance outstanding hereunder due on February 12, 2002, pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement of even date herewith between the Borrower and the Bank (herein, as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, called the "Loan Agreement").

The Borrower further promises to pay to the order of the Bank interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full at such rates and at such times as shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement. Accrued interest shall be payable on the dates specified in the Loan Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in the lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Bank's principal office at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, or at such other place as may be designated by the Bank to the Borrower in writing.

This Note is the Term Note referred to in, evidences indebtedness incurred under, and is subject to the terms and provisions of, the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement, to which reference is hereby made, sets forth said terms and provisions, including those under which this Note may or must be paid prior to its due date or may have its due date accelerated. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

In addition to, and not in limitation of, the foregoing and the provisions of the Loan Agreement hereinabove referred to, the Borrower further agrees, subject only to


any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers or otherwise, severally waive presentment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor in connection with this Note.

This Note is binding upon the undersigned and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns. This Note is made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to conflict of laws principles.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a
Delaware corporation

By:

Title:

Borrower's Address:

350 East Dundee Road
Wheeling, Illinois 60090-5766


EXHIBIT 7.1(a) (iii) to Loan Agreement

OWNERSHIP OF STOCK OF BORROWER

1. As of the Closing Date immediately after consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, there will be 1,530,000 shares of the Borrower's 9.0% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the "Preferred Stock") issued and outstanding and no other preferred stock will have been issued or be outstanding.

2. The ownership of the Borrower's common stock as of the Closing Date immediately after consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Exchange Agreement, will be as set forth in the attached schedule of Security Ownership of Management and Certain Beneficial Owners (consisting of page 86 for the Prospectus, dated February 7, 1997, for the Preferred Stock).


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF MANAGEMENT
AND CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the Common Stock which is projected to be beneficially owned as of the Split-Off Closing by
(i) each stockholder known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock, (ii) each director of the Company, (iii) each Named Executive Officer and (iv) all directors and executive officers of the Company as a group. Collectively, such stockholders set forth below, together with Cindy Taylor Bleil, who beneficially owns 126,880 shares constitute the "Taylor Group." Except as otherwise indicated, the Company believes that the beneficial owners of the Common Stock listed below, based on information provided by such owners, will have sole investment and voting power with respect to such shares, subject to community property laws where applicable. Except as set forth below, the address of each of the stockholders named below is the Company's principal executive and administrative office.

                                                                  Number of Shares          Percent of
                              Name                               Beneficially Owned       Common Stock(1)
                              ----                               ------------------       ---------------
Iris A. Taylor(2) .............................................       2,755,006                 61.2%
Sidney J. Taylor(3)(4) ........................................         685,490                 15.2
Jeffrey W. Taylor(5) ..........................................         267,850                  6.0
Bruce W. Taylor ...............................................         267,150                  5.9
Melvin E. Pearl(6) ............................................              --                   --
State Street Bank and Trust Company(7) ........................         344,024                  7.6
Taylor Family Partnership, L.P.(8) ............................         974,006                 21.6
All directors and executive officers as a group (9 persons) ...       1,220,240                 27.1


(1) Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 4.5 million shares of Common Stock to be outstanding immediately following the Split-Off Closing.

(2) Excludes 685,490 shares beneficially owned by Iris A. Taylor's husband, Sidney J. Taylor, of which shares Iris Taylor disclaims beneficial ownership. Includes an aggregate 1,781,000 shares held by various Taylor Family Trusts, including 633,960 shares held by the Shirley Tark Grandchildren Trust dated January 20, 1978; 783,960 shares held by the Shirley Tark Great Grandchildren Trust dated January 20, 1978; 152,200 shares held by the Lillian M. Tark Trust dated October 26, 1971 and 210,880 shares held by the Annual Gift Trusts dated December 14, 1982, July 10, 1983, November 10, 1985, November 18, 1985, December 15, 1987 and August 1, 1988; over all of which Iris A. Taylor has sole voting and investment power. Also includes 974,006 shares held by the Taylor Family Partnership, L.P. (the "Taylor Family Partnership"), over which Iris Taylor has sole voting and investment power.

(3) Excludes 2,755,006 shares beneficially owned by Sidney J. Taylor's wife, Iris A. Taylor, of which shares Sidney J. Taylor disclaims beneficial ownership. Includes 626,840 shares held by various Taylor family Trusts including 547,320 shares held in the Sidney J. Taylor Trust dated September 17, 1976, over which Sidney J. Taylor has sole voting and investment power.

(4) Upon the death of the sole beneficiary of each Taylor Family Trust or all of the beneficiaries of the Trust, the trust assets will be divided among sub-trusts for the benefit of the deceased beneficiary's descendants and/or siblings. However, each trust agreement contains a "rule against perpetuities" provision which generally provides that all trust assets must be distributed outright to the current income beneficiaries of the trust twenty-one years after the date of death of the last survivor of the Grantor/Donor, and all descendants of the Grantor/Donor and all natural persons mentioned by name in the Trust agreement who were living at the date of the execution of the Agreement or the date on which the Trust agreement became irrevocable.

(5) Includes 40,000 shares held in trust for the benefit of Mr. Taylor's spouse and 700 shares held by Mr. Taylor's children.

(6) Mr. Pearl disclaims beneficial ownership of 53,600 shares which are held by the 12/17/92 Gift Trust of which Mr. Pearl serves as a Trustee. Mr. Pearl's address is c/o Katten Muchin & Zavis, 525 West Monroe Street, Suite 1600, Chicago, Illinois 60661.

(7) The address of this stockholder is 200 Newport Avenue, N. Quincy, MA 02191, State Street Bank and Trust Company holds such stock as trustee for the Profit Sharing/ESOP. See "The Split-Off Transactions -- Establishment of Profit Sharing/ESOP" and "Management -- Profit Sharing/ESOP." The number of shares for the Profit Sharing/ESOP represents the number of shares allocated to the participants' accounts under the ESOP portion of the Profit Sharing/ESOP.

(8) The address of this stockholder is c/o Katten Muchin & Zavis, 525 West Monroe Street, Suite 1600, Chicago, Illinois 60661. The General Partners of the Taylor Family Partnership are three trusts, over which Iris Taylor has sole voting and investment power. By virtue of her role as investment advisor to the trusts, Iris Taylor has sole voting and investment power over all of the shares held by the Taylor Family Partnership. The Limited Partners of the Taylor Family Partnership are Sidney Taylor, Edward McGowan, Richard Kaplan, Ronald Emanuel and Corky Elsen. See "Certain Transactions."

86

EXHIBIT 7.1 (u)
to
Loan Agreement

AFFILIATES AND SUBSIDIARIES

Affiliates:           Cole Taylor Bank
                    CT Mortgage Company

Subsidiaries:         Cole Taylor Bank


Exhibit 10.2

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT (this "Amendment") is entered into as of the 27th day of February, 1997, by and among LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank"), and TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower entered into that certain Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997 (the "Loan Agreement") and now desire to amend such Loan Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to increase Borrower's Revolving Credit Commitment from $5,000,000 to $7,000,000; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto now desire to amend such Loan Agreement pursuant to this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements herein contained and for the purposes of setting forth the terms and conditions of this Amendment, the parties, intending to be bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. INCORPORATION OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT. All capitalized terms which are not defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Loan Agreement, and the Loan Agreement, to the extent not inconsistent with this Amendment, is incorporated herein by this reference as though the same were set forth in its entirety. To the extent any terms and provisions of the Loan Agreement are inconsistent with the amendments set forth in Paragraph 2 below, such terms and provisions shall be deemed superseded hereby. Except as specifically set forth herein, the Loan Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and its provisions shall be binding on the parties hereto.

2. AMENDMENT OF THE LOAN AGREEMENT. The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The definition of the term "Revolving Note" appearing in
Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"Revolving Note" means that certain Substitute Revolving Note dated as of February 27, 1997 in the original aggregate maximum principal amount of Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.

1

(b) Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

2.1 Revolving Credit Commitment. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Bank agrees to make revolving credit available to Borrower from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date in such aggregate amounts as Borrower may from time to time request but in no event exceeding Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000) (the "Revolving Credit Commitment"). The Revolving Credit Commitment shall be available to Borrower by means of Revolving Loans, it being understood that Revolving Loans may be repaid and used again during the period from the date hereof to and including the Revolving Credit Termination Date, at which time the Revolving Credit Commitment shall expire.

(c) Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3.1 Revolving Note. The Revolving Loans made by Bank under the Revolving Credit Commitment shall be evidenced by that certain Revolving Note dated as of February 27, 1997, payable to the order of Bank in the maximum aggregate principal amount of Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000). The unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loan shall bear interest and be due and payable as provided in this Agreement and the Revolving Note. Payments to be made by Borrower under the Revolving Note shall be made at the time, in the amounts and upon the terms set forth herein and therein.

(d) Any and all references to the Revolving Note (as defined in
Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement) shall be deemed to and include, without limitation, that certain Substitute Revolving Note dated of even date herewith made by Borrower in favor of Bank in the maximum aggregate principal amount available of $7,000,000.

3. Representations, Warranties and Covenants; No Default. The representations, warranties and covenants set forth in Section 7 of the Loan Agreement shall be deemed remade and affirmed as of the date hereof by Borrower, except that any and all references to the Loan Agreement in such representations, warranties and covenants shall be deemed to include this Amendment. Borrower represents and warrants as of the date of this Amendment that no Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, and no event has occurred and is continuing, which, with the lapse of time, the giving of notice, or both, would constitute such an Event of Default under the Loan Agreement.

2

4. Closing Conditions. Prior to entering into this Amendment, Bank shall have received the Substitute Revolving Note in form and substance satisfactory to it.

5. Effectuation. The amendments to the Loan Agreement contemplated by this Amendment shall be deemed effective immediately upon the full execution of this Amendment and without any further action required by the parties hereto. Except as specifically set forth herein, there are no conditions precedent or subsequent to the effectiveness of this Amendment.

6. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK

By: /s/ Jay C. Goldner
   -------------------------------
    Jay C. Goldner, Vice President

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
a Delaware Corporation

By: /s/ J.C. Alstrin
   -----------------------------
Name:
        J.C. Alstrin
      --------------------------
Title: Chief Financial Officer
       -------------------------

4

EXHIBIT 10.3

SECOND AMENDMENT TO
REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of November 1, 1997 (this "Amendment"), is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., an Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997, as amended by a first Amendment dated February 27, 1997 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendments to Section 1.1. The following definitions set forth in
Section 1.1 of the Agreement are hereby amended and restated in their entireties as follows:

"Revolving Credit Maturity Date" means May 1, 1998.

"Revolving Note" means a promissory note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto, as amended or replaced from time to time, duly executed by the Borrower.

2.2 Amendment to Section 3.1. The first sentence of Section 3.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

"The Revolving Loans shall be evidenced by the Revolving Note."

2.3 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1. Exhibit 3.1 attached to and made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:


3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. This Amendment shall become effective as of the date above first written after receipt by the Bank of the following documents:

(a) This Amendment duly executed by the Borrower;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower;

(c) Such other documents and instruments as the Bank reasonably requests.

5. GENERAL.

5.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

5.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

2

5.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                      TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.



By: /s/ J. C. Goldner
   -------------------------------         By: /s/ Christopher Alstrin
Its: Vice President                           -------------------------------
    ------------------------------         Its:  CFO
                                               ------------------------------

3

EXHIBIT 10.4

THIRD AMENDMENT TO
REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS THIRD AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of May 1, 1998 (this "Amendment"), is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., an Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997 and a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "May 1, 1998" and substituting therefor the date "June 1, 1998".

2.2 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1. Exhibit 3.1 attached to and made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.


3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. GENERAL.

4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower; and

(c) such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                  TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Jay C. Goldner           By: /s/ J.C. Alstrin
   -------------------              -----------------
Its: Vice President              Its: Chief Financial Officer
    ---------------                  ------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.5

THIS FOURTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of June 1, 1998 (this "Amendment"), is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997, a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997, a Third Amendment dated May 1, 1998 and a Fourth Amendment dated June 1, 1998 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "June 1, 1998" and substituting therefor the date "August 1, 1998".

2.2 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1. Exhibit 3.1 attached to and made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not

and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.


4. GENERAL

4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower; and

(c) such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                        TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.



By: /s/ Jay C. Goldner                       By: /s/ J. C. Alstrn
   -------------------------                    --------------------------
Its: Vice President                          Its:  CFO
    ------------------------                     -------------------------

                           SUBSTITUTE REVOLVING NOTE


$7,000,000                                               Dated as of June 1,1998
                                                             Due: August 1, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Maker") promises to pay to the order of LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank") the lesser of the principal sum of SEVEN MILLION DOLLARS ($7,000,000) or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding under the Loan Agreement hereinafter referred to at the maturity or maturities and in the amount or amounts as stated on the records of the Bank, together with interest (computed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for actual days elapsed) on any and all such principal amounts outstanding hereunder from time to time from the date hereof until maturity. Interest shall be payable at the rate of interest and the times set forth in the Loan Agreement date as of February 12, 1997 between the maker and the Bank (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"). In no event shall any principal amount have a maturity later than August 1, 1998.

Principal and interest shall be paid to the Bank at its Office at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, or at such other place as the holder of this Note may designate in writing to the Maker. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part as provided for in the Loan Agreement.

This Note evidences indebtedness incurred under the Loan Agreement to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions under which the due date of this Note or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Loan Agreement.

Demand, presentment, protests and notice of non-payment are hereby waived by the Maker.

This Note is a replacement and substitute for, but not a repayment of, that certain $7,000,000 Substitute Revolving Note dated as of May 1, 1998 of the Maker payable to the order of the Bank and does not and shall not be deemed to constitute a novation therefor.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ J.C. Alstrn
   -----------------------------
Its: CFO
    ----------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.6

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO
REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of August 1, 1998 (this "Amendment"), is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., an Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"), and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997, a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997, a Third Amendment dated May 1, 1998 and a Fourth Amendment dated June 1, 1998 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein,

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "August 1, 1998" and substituting therefor the date "September 1, 1998".

2.2 Addition of Section 7.1(ee). The following new Section 7.19(ee) is hereby added to the Agreement:

"The Borrower has reviewed the areas within its business and operations which could be adversely affected by, and have developed or are developing a program to address on a timely basis, the "Year 2000 problem" (that is, the risk that computer applications used by the Borrower may be unable to recognize and perform properly date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to and any date after December 31, 1999), and have made related appropriate inquiry of material suppliers and vendors. Based on such review and program, the Borrower believes that the "Year 2000 Problem" will not have a material adverse effect on the Borrower."

2.3 Amendment to Section 7.2(d)(iv). The following sentence is hereby added at the end of Section 7.2(d)(iv):

"Statements of financial performance and compliance certificates required to be provided by the Borrower to the Bank herein shall: (i) include a statement that the Year 2000 remediation efforts of the Borrower are proceeding as scheduled, and (ii) indicate whether an auditor, regulator or third party consultant has issued a management letter or other communication regarding the Year 2000 exposure program or progress of the Borrower."

2.4 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1. Exhibit 3.1 attached to and made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.


3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. GENERAL

4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower; and

(c) such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK                        TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.



By: /s/ J. Goldner                           By: /s/ J. C. Alstrn
   -------------------------                    --------------------------
Its:                                         Its:  CFO
    ------------------------                     -------------------------


EXHIBIT 3.1

SUBSTITUTE REVOLVING NOTE

$7,000,000 Dated as of August 1, 1998 Due: September 1, 1998

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Maker") promises to pay to the order of LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank") the lesser of the principal sum of SEVEN MILLION DOLLARS ($7,000,000) or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding under the Loan Agreement hereinafter referred to at the maturity or maturities and in the amount or amounts as stated on the records of the Bank, together with interest (computed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for actual days elapsed) on any and all such principal amounts outstanding hereunder from time to time from the date hereof until maturity. Interest shall be payable at the rate of interest and the times set forth in the Loan Agreement date as of February 12, 1997 between the Maker and the Bank (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"). In no event shall any principal amount have a maturity later than September 1, 1998.

Principal and interest shall be paid to the Bank at its office at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, or at such other place as the holder of this Note may designate in writing to the Maker. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part as provided for in the Loan Agreement.

This Note evidences indebtedness incurred under the Loan Agreement to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions under which the due date of this Note or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Loan Agreement.

Demand, presentment, protests and notice of non-payment are hereby waived by the Maker.

This Note is a replacement and substitute for, but not a repayment of, that certain $7,000,000 Substitute Revolving Note dated as of June 1, 1998 of the Maker payable to the order of the Bank and does not and shall not be deemed to constitute a novation therefor.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Its:

EXHIBIT 10.7

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO
REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS SIXTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of September 1, 1998 (this "Amendment") is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") and LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997, a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997, a Third Amendment dated as of May 1, 1998, a Fourth Amendment dated June 1, 1998 and a Fifth Amendment dated as of August 1, 1998 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms uses herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Average Yield" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and in lieu thereof is inserted the following: "Average Yield" means for a Fixed Rate Loan the Lender's cost of funds in the like term treasury yield plus the corresponding swap spread as determined by Bloomberg Financial Market Commodities News.

2.2 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "September 1, 1998" and substituting therefor the date "September 1, 1999".


2.3 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "LIBOR Margin" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted and in lieu thereof is inserted the following: "LIBOR Margin" means one and 15/100 percent (1.15%).

2.4 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of the term "Revolving Note" appearing in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"Revolving Note" means that certain Substitute Revolving Note dated as of September 1, 1998 in the original aggregate maximum principal amount of Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.

2.5 Replacement of Section 2.1. Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

2.1 Revolving Loan Commitment. On the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, Bank agrees to make revolving credit available to Borrower from time to time prior to the Revolving Credit Termination Date in such aggregate amounts as the Borrower may from time to time request but in no event exceeding Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000) (the "Revolving Credit Commitment"). The Revolving Credit Commitment shall be available to Borrower by means of Revolving Loans, it being understood that Revolving Loans may be repaid and used again during the period from the date hereof to and including the Revolving Credit Termination Date, at which time the Revolving Credit Commitment shall expire.

2.6 Replacement of Section 3.1 Section 3.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

3.1 Revolving Note. The Revolving Loans made by Bank under the Revolving Credit Commitment shall be evidenced by that certain Revolving Note dated as of September 1, 1998, payable to the order of the Bank in the maximum aggregate principal amount of Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000). The unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loan shall bear interest and be due and payable as provided in this Agreement and the Revolving Note. Payments to be made by Borrower under the Revolving Note shall be made a the time, in the amounts and upon the terms set forth herein and therein.

2.7 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1 Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto as made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.


2.8 Amendment to Section 7.2(i)(iii). Section 7.2(i)(iii)(C) is hereby deleted and in lieu thereof is inserted the following:

(C) six-tenths of one percent (0.60%) from January 1, 1999 through December 31, 1999, and (D) seven-tenths of one percent (0.70%) from January 1, 2000 through the Termination Date, in each case calculated in accordance with GAAP.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. GENERAL.


4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower;

(c) Security Agreement and Assignment of European American Bank Safekeeping Account;

(d) Amended and Restated Third Party Safekeeping Agreement; and

(e) Such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK

By: /s/ J. Goldner                  Its:________________________________

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ J. Christopher Alstrin       Its:             CFO
                                         _________________________________


EXHIBIT 10.8

SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO
REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of September 1, 1999 (this "Amendment") is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as LaSalle National Bank), a national banking association (the "Bank").

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997, a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997, a Third Amendment dated as of May 1, 1998, a Fourth Amendment dated June 1, 1998, a Fifth Amendment dated as of August 1, 1998 and a Sixth Amendment dated as of September 1, 1998 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms uses herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "September 1, 1999" and substituting therefor the date "September 1, 2000".

2.2 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of the term "Revolving Note" appearing in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"Revolving Note" means that certain Substitute Revolving Note dated as of September 1, 1999 in the original aggregate maximum principal amount of Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges substitutes therefor.


2.3 Amendment to Section 3.1. The date set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "September 1, 1999" and substituting therefor the date "September 1, 2000".

2.4 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1 Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto as made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. GENERAL.

4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

2

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower;

(e) Such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL                        TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
ASSOCIATION

By: /s/ J. Goldner                           By: /s/ Christopher Alstrin
   --------------------------------             --------------------------------
Its: SVP                                     Its: CFO
    -------------------------------              -------------------------------

3

Exhibit 3.1

SUBSTITUTE REVOLVING NOTE

$12,000,000 Dated as of September 1, 1999 Due: September 1, 2000

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Maker") promises to pay to the order of LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as LaSalle National Bank), a national banking association (the "Bank") the lesser of the principal sum of TWELVE MILLION DOLLARS ($12,000,000) or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding under the Loan Agreement hereinafter referred to at the maturity or maturities and in the amount or amounts as stated on the records of the Bank, together with interest (computed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for actual days elapsed) an any and all such principal amounts outstanding hereunder from time 10 time from the date hereof until maturity. Interest shall be payable at the rate of interest and the times set forth in the Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997 between the Maker and the Bank (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"). In no event shall any principal amount have a maturity later than September 1, 2000.

Principal and interest shall be paid to the Bank at its office at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, or at such other place as the holder of this Note may designate in writing to the Maker. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part as provided for in the Loan Agreement.

This Note evidences indebtedness incurred under the Loan Agreement to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions under which the due date of this Note or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Loan Agreement.

Demand, presentment, protest and notice on non-payment are hereby waived by the Maker.

This Note, in part, is a replacement and substitute for, but not a repayment of, that certain $12,000,000 Substituting Revolving Note dated as of September 1, 1998 of the Maker payable to the order of the Bank and does not and shall not be deemed to constitute a novation therefor.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Its:

EXHIBIT 10.9

EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO
REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of September 1, 2000 (this "Amendment") is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as LaSalle National Bank), a national banking association (the "Bank").

W I T N E S S S E T H:

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997, a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997, a Third Amendment dated as of May 1, 1998, a Fourth Amendment dated June 1, 1998, a Fifth Amendment dated as of August 1, 1998, a Sixth Amendment dated as of September 1, 1998 and a Seventh Amendment dated as of September 1, 1999 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms uses herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "September 1, 2000" and substituting therefor the date "September 1, 2001".

2.2 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of the term "Revolving Note" appearing in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"Revolving Note" means that certain Substitute Revolving Note dated as of September 1, 2000 in the original aggregate maximum principal amount of Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.


2.3 Amendment to Section 3.1. The date set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "September 1, 2000" and substituting therefor the date "September 1, 2001".

2.4 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1. Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto as made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. GENERAL

4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

2

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower;

(c) Such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
ASSOCIATION

By:          Jay C. Goldner                 By:         J.C. Alstrin
     -------------------------------             -------------------------------

Its:         Vice President                 Its:    Chief Financial Officer
     -------------------------------             -------------------------------


EXHIBIT 10.10

NINTH AMENDMENT TO
REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS NINTH AMENDMENT TO REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of September 1, 2001 (this "Amendment") is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as LaSalle National Bank), a national banking association (the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997, a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997, a Third Amendment dated as of May 1, 1998, a Fourth Amendment dated June 1, 1998, a Fifth Amendment dated as of August 1, 1998, a Sixth Amendment dated as of September 1, 1998, a Seventh Amendment dated as of September 1, 1999 and a Eighth Amendment dated as of September 1, 2000 (as so amended, the"Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms uses herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Revolving Credit Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "September 1, 2001" and substituting therefor the date "April 30, 2002".

2.2 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of the term "Revolving Note" appearing in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"Revolving Note" means that certain Substitute Revolving Note dated as of September 1, 2001 in the original aggregate maximum principal amount of Twelve Million Dollars ($12,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.


2.3 Amendment to Section 3.1. The date set forth in Section 3.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "September 1, 2001" and substituting therefor the date "April 30, 2002".

2.4 Replacement of Exhibit 3.1 Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto as made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. GENERAL

4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

2

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Revolving Note in the form of Exhibit 3.1 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower;

(c) Such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
ASSOCIATION

By:  /s/ Jay C. Goldner                           By:  /s/ J. C. Alstrin
     -------------------------                         -------------------------
Its: SVP                                          Its: CFO


Exhibit 3.1

SUBSTITUTE REVOLVING NOTE

$12,000,000 Dated as of September 1, 2001 Due: April 30, 2002

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Maker") promises to pay to the order of LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as LaSalle National Bank), a national banking association (the "Bank") the lesser of the principal sum of TWELVE MILLION DOLLARS ($12,000,000) or the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Loans outstanding under the Loan Agreement hereinafter referred to at the maturity or maturities and in the amount or amounts as stated on the records of the Bank, together with interest (computed on the basis of a year consisting of 360 days for actual days elapsed) on any and all such principal amounts outstanding hereunder from time to time from the date hereof until maturity. Interest shall be payable at the rate of interest and the times set forth in the Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997 between the Maker and the Bank (as amended, supplemented or modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"). In no event shall any principal amount have a maturity later than April 30, 2002.

Principal and interest shall be paid to the Bank at its office at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, or at such other place as the holder of this Note may designate in writing to the Maker. This Note may be prepaid in whole or in part as provided for in the Loan Agreement.

This Note evidences indebtedness incurred under the Loan Agreement to which reference is hereby made for a statement of the terms and conditions under which the due date of this Note or any payment hereon may be accelerated. The holder of this Note is entitled to all of the benefits and security provided for in the Loan Agreement.

Demand, presentment, protest and notice on non-payment are hereby waived by the Maker.

This Note, in part, is a replacement and substitute for, but not a repayment of, that certain $12,000,000 Substituting Revolving Note dated as of September 1, 2000 of the Maker payable to the order of the Bank and does not and shall not be deemed to constitute a novation therefor.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: ______________________
Its: _____________________


Exhibit 10.11

TENTH AMENDMENT TO
LOAN AGREEMENT

THIS TENTH AMENDMENT TO LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of February 12, 2002 (this "Amendment") is between TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") and LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as LaSalle National Bank), a national banking association (the "Bank").

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank entered into a Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997, as amended by a First Amendment dated February 27, 1997, a Second Amendment dated November 1, 1997, a Third Amendment dated as of May 1, 1998, a Fourth Amendment dated June 1, 1998, a Fifth Amendment dated as of August 1, 1998, a Sixth Amendment dated as of September 1, 1998, a Seventh Amendment dated as of September 1, 1999, a Eighth Amendment dated as of September 1, 2000 and a Ninth Amendment dated as of September 1, 2001 (as so amended, the "Agreement"); and

WHEREAS, the Borrower and the Bank have agreed to amend the Agreement as more fully described herein.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Agreement.

2. AMENDMENTS TO THE AGREEMENT.

2.1 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of "Term Loan Maturity Date" set forth in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the date "February 12, 2002" and substituting therefor the date "April 30, 2002".

2.2 Amendment to Section 1.1. The definition of the term "Term Note" appearing in Section 1.1 of the Loan Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

"Term Note" means that certain Substitute Term Note dated as of February 12, 2002 in the original aggregate maximum principal amount of Twenty Three Million Dollars ($23,000,000), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and together with any renewals thereof or exchanges or substitutes therefor.


2.3 Amendment to Section 3.2. The amount set forth in Section 3.2 of the Agreement is hereby amended by deleting therefrom the amount "Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000)" and substituting therefor the amount "Twenty-Three Million Dollars ($23,000,000)".

2.4 Replacement of Exhibit 3.2. Exhibit 3.2 attached hereto as made a part of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety and Exhibit 3.2 attached hereto is hereby substituted therefor.

3. WARRANTIES. To induce the Bank to enter into this Amendment, the Borrower warrants that:

3.1 Authorization. The Borrower is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Amendment and is and will continue to be duly authorized to borrow monies under the Agreement, as amended hereby, and to perform its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby.

3.2 No Conflicts. The execution and delivery of this Amendment and the performance by the Borrower of its obligations under the Agreement, as amended hereby, do not and will not conflict with any provision of law or of the charter or by-laws of the Borrower or of any agreement binding upon the Borrower.

3.3 Validity and Binding Effect. The Agreement, as amended hereby, is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws of general application affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights or by general principles of equity limiting the availability of equitable remedies.

3.4 No Default. As of the date hereof, no Event of Default under
Section 8 of the Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, or event or condition which, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, shall constitute an Event of Default, has occurred or is continuing.

3.5 Warranties. As of the date hereof, the representations and warranties in Section 7 of the Agreement are true and correct as though made on such date, except for such changes as are specifically permitted under the Agreement.

4. GENERAL.

4.1 Law. This Amendment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois.

4.2 Successors. This Amendment shall be binding upon the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.

2

4.3 Confirmation of the Agreement. Except as amended hereby, the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

5. EFFECTIVENESS. This Amendment shall become effective upon receipt by the Bank of the following documents, duly executed by the parties thereto:

(a) This Amendment;

(b) Substitute Term Note in the form of Exhibit 3.2 attached hereto duly executed by the Borrower;

(c) Such other documents as the Bank reasonably may request.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
ASSOCIATION

By:  /s/ Jay C. Goldner                           By:  /s/ J. C. Alstrin
     -------------------------                         -------------------------
Its: Sr. Vice President                           Its: CFO


Exhibit 3.2.

SUBSTITUTE TERM NOTE

$23,000,000 Chicago, Illinois February 12, 2002


FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (herein, together with its successors and assigns, called the "Borrower"), promises to pay to the order of LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (herein, together with its successors and assigns, called the "Bank"), the principal sum of TWENTY-THREE MILLION DOLLARS ($23,000,000), plus interest as described below. The entire principal balance outstanding hereunder, if not sooner paid, shall be due and payable April 30, 2002, pursuant to that certain Loan Agreement dated February 12, 1997 between the Borrower and the Bank (as the same has been and may hereafter be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, called the "Loan Agreement"). No principal installments are required to be paid prior to April 30, 2002.

The Borrower further promises to pay to the order of the Bank interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount hereof from time to time outstanding from the date hereof until paid in full at such rates and at such times as shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of the Loan Agreement. Accrued interest shall be payable on the dates specified in the Loan Agreement.

Payments of both principal and interest are to be made in the lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds at the Bank's principal office at 135 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60603, or at such other place as may be designated by the Bank to the Borrower in writing.

This Note is the Substitute Term Note referred to in, evidences indebtedness incurred under, and is subject to the terms and provisions of, the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement, to which reference is hereby made, sets forth said terms and provisions, including those under which this Note may or must be paid prior to its due date or may have its due date accelerated. Terms used but not otherwise defined herein are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement.

In addition to, and not in limitation of, the foregoing and the provisions of the Loan Agreement hereinabove referred to, the Borrower further agrees, subject only to any limitation imposed by applicable law, to pay all expenses, including attorneys' fees and expenses, incurred by the holder of this Note in seeking to collect any amounts payable hereunder which are not paid when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise.

All parties hereto, whether as makers, endorsers or otherwise, severally waive presentment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor in connection with this Note.

4

This Note is binding upon the undersigned and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and assigns. This Note is made under and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois without regard to conflict of laws principles.

This Note, in part, is a replacement and substitute for, but not a repayment of, that certain $25,000,000 Term Note dated as of February 12, 1997 of the Maker payable to the order of the Bank and does not and shall not be deemed to constitute a novation therefor.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation

                              By:          J.C. Alstrin
                                   -------------------------------
                              Title:             CFO
                                     -----------------------------


Borrower's Address:

350 East Dundee Road
Wheeling, Illinois 60090-5766


EXHIBIT 10.12

SAFEKEEPING AGREEMENT

This Safekeeping Agreement (this "Agreement") is entered as of December ___, 1996 by and between LaSalle National Bank, a national banking association ("Bank") and Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Borrower").

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Bank and Borrower are parties to a Loan Agreement of even date herewith (the "Loan Agreement") pursuant to which Bank has agreed to make loans and advances to Borrower;

WHEREAS, Borrower owns beneficially and of record all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Cole Taylor Bank (the "Shares");

WHEREAS, as a condition to the making of certain loans and advances to Borrower under the Loan Agreement, Bank has required that Borrower enter into this Agreement and deliver to Bank for safekeeping all of the Shares; and

WHEREAS, terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, Bank and Borrower agree as follows:

1. Delivery of Shares. Borrower hereby agrees that contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, it shall deliver to Bank for safekeeping and not as a pledge, all of the Shares and, subject to the terms of Sections 2 and 3 hereof, Bank shall retain the shares until Borrower's Liabilities have been paid in full and the Commitment has expired. Upon delivery of the Shares pursuant to this Agreement, Cole Taylor Bank shall make a note in its corporate stock records that the Shares are subject to this Agreement and are required to be pledged to Bank upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

2. Pledge of the Shares. Borrower agrees that at any time, and from time to time, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it shall grant to Bank a first priority lien on and security interest in the Shares to secure the payment and performance of Borrower's Liabilities and shall enter into a pledge agreement attached hereto in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the "Pledge Agreement"). Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the possession of the Shares under this Agreement shall constitute possession for purposes of perfection under Article 9 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code. The pledge of such Shares shall remain effective until the earlier to occur of (i) Borrower's Liabilities are fully paid and satisfied or (ii) the time when no Event of Default or Default is continuing. For purposes of this Section 2 only, an Event of Default resulting from a breach of the financial covenants contained in Paragraph 7.2(i) of the Loan Agreement shall be deemed not continuing


if, at the time of measurement thereof, Borrower is in compliance with such financial covenants as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter or year end, as the case may be.

3. Return of the Shares. During such time as Bank is holding the Shares for safekeeping and not as a pledge, Borrower may request that Bank return the Shares to Borrower for any proper corporate purpose, other than the sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, or other disposition or hypothecation of the Shares and Bank's consent to the return of the Shares shall not be unreasonably withheld. Borrower agrees that it shall return the Shares (or any replacements or reissues thereof or substitutions therefor) to Bank as soon thereafter as practicable.

4. Liability of Bank. Bank shall not be liable or responsible for any act it may do or omit to do in connection with the safekeeping of the Shares, except in connection with its gross negligence or willful misconduct.

5. General. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Bank and Borrower and their successors and assigns. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois. In the case of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Loan Agreement shall prevail.

6. Further Assurances. Borrower agrees to cooperate fully with, and to cause Cole Taylor Bank to cooperate fully with, Bank to execute and deliver this Pledge Agreement if so required by this Agreement, and to take all other such action as Bank may reasonably request to effectuate the intent of the foregoing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Christopher Alstrin
   -------------------------------------
Title: CFO
      ----------------------------------

LASALLE NATIONAL BANK

By: /s/ J. Goldner
   -------------------------------------
Title:
      ----------------------------------

2

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF
PLEDGE AGREEMENT

THIS PLEDGE AGREEMENT ("Pledge") is entered into as of ___________________, 199__ between Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Pledgor"), in favor of LaSalle National Bank, a national banking association ("LaSalle").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Pledgor is the owner of one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois corporation (the "Pledged Shares"), represented as of the date hereof by common stock certificate number ______;

WHEREAS, on December ___, 1996, Pledgor and LaSalle entered into a Loan Agreement (as the same has been amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), pursuant to which LaSalle may, subject to certain conditions precedent, loan certain monies to the Pledgor;

WHEREAS, as a condition to the lending of funds under the Loan Agreement, Borrower executed and delivered to LaSalle that certain Safekeeping Agreement dated December ___, 1996 ("Safekeeping Agreement") to which a form of this Pledge Agreement was attached as Exhibit A;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 2 of the Safekeeping Agreement, Borrower is now obligated to enter into this Pledge Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder; and

WHEREAS, terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and of any financial accommodations or extensions of credit (including, without limitation, any loan or advance by renewal, refinancing or extension of the Loan Agreement or otherwise) heretofore, now or hereafter made to or for the benefit of the Pledgor by LaSalle, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1. Security Interest.

(a) Pledge Period. From and after the time when any Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Pledgor will grant a security interest to LaSalle as described herein, and such security interest will continue until the earlier to occur of (i)


Borrower's Liabilities are fully paid and satisfied, or (ii) the time when no Event of Default or Default or event that with the passage of time, the giving of notice, or both, would become an Event of Default is continuing (a "Pledge Period"). For purposes of this paragraph only, an Event of Default resulting from a breach of the financial covenants contained in Paragraph 7.2(i) of the Loan Agreement shall be deemed not to be continuing if, at the time of measurement thereof, the Borrower is in compliance with such financial covenants as of the end of the most recent calendar quarter or year end, as the case may be.

(b) Grant of Security Interest. The Pledgor hereby grants to LaSalle, as security for the prompt and complete payment, observance and performance of all of Borrower's Liabilities whether now or at any time or times hereafter owing, a security interest in
(a) all of the Pledged Shares now or at any time or times hereafter owned by the Pledgor, and (b) all warrants, options and other rights to acquire the Pledged Shares now or at any time or times hereafter owned by the Pledgor (the "Rights") (the Pledged Shares, the Rights together with the "Powers" (as defined below), the property and interests in property described in paragraphs 6 and 7 below, and all proceeds of any of the foregoing, being hereinafter collectively referred to as the "Pledged Collateral"). The Pledgor agrees to execute and deliver to LaSalle (i) stock powers in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof, appropriately endorsed in blank, with respect to the Pledged Shares and any warrants or options for the purchase of the Pledged Shares included in the Rights and (ii) such other documents of transfer as LaSalle may from time to time request to enable LaSalle to transfer the Pledged Shares and the Rights into its name or the name of its nominee (all of the foregoing are hereinafter referred to as the "Powers"). The Pledgor shall be entitled to keep the proceeds of the Pledged Shares during the Pledge Period unless and until an Event of Acceleration (as defined below) has occurred and is continuing. The term "Event of Acceleration" means (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Paragraphs 8.1(c), (d), (e), (f), (g), (h) and (i) of the Loan Agreement or (ii) the occurrence any Event of Default, other than the Events of Default described in Paragraphs 8.1(c), (d), (e), (f), (g),
(h) and (i) of the Loan Agreement, at the same time that of any of the following occurs: (a) a failure by Borrower to maintain a Tangible Net Worth in accordance with Paragraph 7.2(i) of the Loan Agreement as of the end of the most recent reporting period or (b) if in any two consecutive quarterly reporting periods (beginning in the quarter succeeding the quarter in which the first occurrence of the subject Event of Default occurs) Borrower incurs a consolidated net loss determined in accordance with GAAP of $_____________ or more in the aggregate for the entire period or (c) the existence or incurrence of any Liens on assets or properties or interests of the Borrower (or any of the Stock of Cole Taylor), Cole Taylor or any Subsidiaries, which Liens are not removed within thirty (30) days, (other than Permitted Liens).

2. Perfection of Security Interest. The Pledgor agrees
(i) to immediately deliver to LaSalle all certificates evidencing any of the Pledged Collateral which may at any time come into the possession or control of the Pledgor, (ii) to execute and deliver to LaSalle such

2

financing statements as LaSalle may request with respect to the Pledged Collateral, (iii) to cause a registration of the security interest granted herein with respect to the Pledged Collateral which is not evidenced by certificates to be made in accordance with Article 8 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code, as amended, and (iv) to take such other steps as LaSalle may from time to time reasonably request to perfect LaSalle's security interest in the Pledged Collateral under applicable law. The Pledgor further agrees, at the request of LaSalle, to cause the Subsidiaries to issue, in substitution for existing certificates evidencing any of the Pledged Collateral or in the case of the Pledged Collateral not theretofore certificated, one or more new certificates ("Substitute Certificate(s)") intended to evidence all of the Pledged Collateral evidenced by the certificates or not theretofore evidenced by certificates, as the case may be, which are exchanged for the Substitute Certificate(s), and the Pledgor shall immediately thereafter deliver such Substitute Certificate(s) to LaSalle, together with attached Powers. The Pledgor agrees that this Pledge or photocopy of this Pledge shall be sufficient as a financing statement.

3. Voting Rights. During the term of the Pledge Period, and so long as there shall not exist an Event of Acceleration, the Pledgor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Shares and exercise any voting rights pertaining to the Pledged Collateral, and to give consents, ratifications and waivers with respect thereto, on all corporate questions for all purposes not conflicting with the terms of this Pledge or the Loan Agreement. LaSalle shall be entitled to exercise all voting powers pertaining to the Pledged Collateral from and after (a) the occurrence of an Event of Acceleration and (b) LaSalle's delivery of written notice to the Pledgor of LaSalle's intention to exercise such voting powers.

4. Representations and Covenants. The Pledgor warrants and represents that the Pledgor is the sole owner and holder of record, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests and encumbrances (except those held by LaSalle) of the percentages of the issued and outstanding Pledged Shares indicated in the first Recital hereof and the voting rights associated therewith, and that the Pledgor has full power and authority to enter into this Pledge. The Pledgor covenants that the Pledgor will continue to be the sole owner and holder of record, free and clear of all liens, claims, security interests, encumbrances (except those held by LaSalle) of all of such issued and outstanding Pledged Shares and the voting rights associated therewith. The Pledgor represents and warrants that (i) all of the Pledged Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and
(ii) the Powers are duly executed and give LaSalle the authority they purport to confer. The Pledgor further represents and warrants that (i) there are no restrictions upon the voting rights or upon the transfer of any of the Pledged Collateral other than those which may appear on the certificates evidencing the Pledged Collateral, (ii) there are no warrants or other rights or options issued by or outstanding (other than the Rights pledged hereby) in any connection with any of the Pledged Collateral, (iii) the Pledgor has the right, subject to the provisions of this Pledge and the Loan Agreement, to vote, pledge and grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer such Pledged Collateral free of any liens, claims or encumbrances, (iv) the Pledgor has the right (subject, however, to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) (the "Securities Act") and/or the terms and provisions of this Pledge or the Loan Agreement to otherwise transfer all or any part of the Pledged Collateral free of any liens, claims or encumbrances and (v) no authorization, approval, or other action by, and no notice to,

3

or filing with, any governmental authority or private party is required for the Pledgor's execution and delivery of this Pledge.

5. Subsequent Changes Affecting Collateral. The Pledgor represents to LaSalle that the Pledgor has made its own arrangements for keeping informed of changes or potential changes affecting the Pledged Collateral (including, but not limited to, rights to convert, rights to subscribe, payment of dividends, reorganization or other exchanges, tender offers and voting rights), and the Pledgor agrees that, except as otherwise specifically provided herein, LaSalle shall have no responsibility or liability for informing the Pledgor of any such changes or for taking any action or omitting to take any action with respect thereto.

6. Pledged Shares Adjustments. In the event that, during the term of this Pledge, any stock dividend, reclassification, readjustment or other change is declared or made in the capital structure of Cole Taylor Bank (including, without limitation, the issuance of additional Pledged Shares and/or the issuance of new capital stock to the Pledgor, or any of the Rights are exercised, or both) the Pledgor agrees to immediately deliver for LaSalle's possession all certificates evidencing any of the new, substituted and/or additional shares of capital stock which may at any time come into the possession of the Pledgor, so that LaSalle shall have a perfected first security interest in such shares, including any shares not classified as common stock, or other securities issued to or acquired by the Pledgor by reason of any such change or exercise, and such shares or other securities shall become part of the Pledged Collateral, provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph 6 shall be deemed to permit any stock dividend, issuance of additional stock, reclassification, readjustment or other change in the capital structure of Cole Taylor Bank which activity is prohibited by the Loan Agreement or any of the agreements and documents executed in connection therewith.

7. Warrants, Options and Other Rights. In the event that, subscription warrants or any other rights or options shall be issued in connection with the Pledged Collateral or any other classes of capital stock issued to or acquired by the Pledgor, the Pledgor agrees to immediately deliver for LaSalle's possession all warrants, rights, and options arising from any such exercise which may at any time come into the possession of the Pledgor, so that LaSalle shall have a perfected security interest in such warrants, rights and options, and such warrants, rights and options shall become part of the Pledged Collateral, provided, however, that nothing contained in this paragraph 7 shall be deemed to permit the issuance of any warrants or other rights or options of Cole Taylor Bank which issuance is prohibited by the Loan Agreement or any agreement or document executed in connection therewith.

8. Waivers. No failure on the part of LaSalle or any of its agents to exercise, and no course of dealing with respect to, no delay in exercising, any right, power or remedy hereunder and no exchange, surrender, release, alteration, renewal or extension of Borrower's Liabilities shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise by LaSalle or any of its agents of any right, power or remedy hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or remedy. The remedies herein are cumulative and are not exclusive of any remedies provided by law. The Pledgor waives

4

presentment and demand for payment of any of Borrower's Liabilities, protest and notice of dishonor or the occurrence of any default with respect to any or all of Borrower's Liabilities, and all other notices to which the Pledgor might otherwise be entitled, except as otherwise expressly provided herein, in the Loan Agreement or in any other agreement or document executed in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby.

9. Remedies of LaSalle Following Event of Default. LaSalle may, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, without notice and at LaSalle's option, transfer or register the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof into LaSalle's or LaSalle's nominee's name. The Pledgor hereby appoints LaSalle as its attorney-in-fact to arrange at LaSalle's option for such transfer. LaSalle shall have, in addition to the foregoing and any other rights given under this Pledge or by law, all of the rights and remedies with respect to the Pledged Collateral of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Illinois. In addition, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, LaSalle shall have such powers of sale and other powers as may be conferred by applicable law. With respect to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof which shall then be in or shall thereafter come into the possession or custody of LaSalle or which LaSalle shall otherwise have the ability to transfer under applicable law, LaSalle may, in its sole discretion, but subject to applicable securities laws, without notice except as specified below, upon the occurrence of such Event of Default, sell or cause the same to be sold at any broker's board or at public or private sale, in one or more sales or lots, at such price as LaSalle may deem best, for cash or on credit or for future delivery, without assumption of any credit risk, and the purchaser of any or all of the Pledged Collateral so sold shall thereafter own the same, absolutely free from any claim, encumbrance or right of any kind whatsoever. Unless any of the Pledged Collateral threatens to decline speedily in value or is or becomes of a type sold on a recognized market, LaSalle will give the Pledgor reasonable notice of the time and place of any public sale thereof, or of the time after which any private sale or other intended disposition is to be made. Any sale of the Pledged Collateral conducted in substantial conformity with the standard commercial practices of banks, commercial finance companies, insurance companies or other financial institutions disposing of property similar to the Pledged Collateral shall be deemed to be commercially reasonable. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained herein, any requirements of reasonable notice shall be met if twenty (20) days' prior notice of such sale or disposition is provided to the Pledgor. Any other requirement of notice, demand or advertisement for sale is, to the extent permitted by law, waived. LaSalle may, in its own name or in the name of a designee or nominee, buy all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at any public sale and, if permitted by applicable law, buy all or any part of the Pledged Collateral at any private sale. The Pledgor will pay to LaSalle all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys' and paralegals' fees and expenses) of, or incident to, (i) the administration of this Pledge, (ii) the custody or preservation of, or the sale or collection of, or other realization upon, any of the Pledged Collateral, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of LaSalle hereunder, or (iv) the failure by the Pledgor to perform or observe any provision hereof. In view of the fact that federal and state securities laws may impose certain restrictions on the method by which a sale of the Pledged Collateral may be effected, the Pledgor agrees that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default with respect to which LaSalle has exercised its rights of acceleration under the Loan Agreement, and subject to the terms of the

5

Loan Agreement, LaSalle may, from time to time, attempt to sell all or any part of the Pledged Collateral by means of a private placement, restricting the bidders and prospective purchasers to those who are qualified and will represent and agree that they are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In so doing, LaSalle, subject to applicable law, may solicit offers to buy the Pledged Collateral, or any part of it, for cash, from a limited number of investors deemed by LaSalle, in its reasonable judgment, to be financially responsible parties who might be interested in purchasing the Pledged Collateral, and if LaSalle solicits such offers from not less than 3 such investors, then the acceptance by LaSalle of the highest offer obtained therefrom shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable method of disposing of such Pledged Collateral.

10. Term. This Pledge shall remain in full force and effect until the end of each Pledge Period, which is described in detail in Paragraph 2 above. At the end of the Pledge Period, LaSalle will hold the Pledged Shares in accordance with the terms of the Safekeeping Agreement; provided, however, that the Pledge hereunder and this Agreement shall be re-effectuated and re-executed and delivered by Pledgor for any subsequent Pledge Period.

11. Definitions. Any capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined are used herein as defined in the Loan Agreement. The singular shall include the plural and vice versa and any gender shall include any other gender as the context may require.

12. Successors and Assigns. This Pledge shall be binding upon the Pledgor and upon the successors and assigns of the Pledgor and shall inure to the benefit of LaSalle and its successors and assigns. The Pledgor's successors and assigns shall include, without limitation, a debtor-in-possession, receiver, trustee or other such custodian of or for the Pledgor.

13. Applicable Law. This Pledge shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws (as distinguished from the conflicts of law provisions) of the State of Illinois. Whenever possible, each provision of this Pledge shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Pledge shall be held to be prohibited or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Pledge.

14. Further Assurances. The Pledgor agrees that the Pledgor will cooperate fully with LaSalle and will execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all such other stock powers, proxies, instruments, documents, and resignations of officers and directors, and will take all such other action, including, without limitation, the filing of UCC financing statements, as LaSalle may reasonably request from time to time in order to carry out the provisions and purposes of this Pledge.

15. LaSalle Appointed Attorney-in-Fact. The Pledgor hereby appoints LaSalle as the Pledgor's attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the Pledgor and in the name of the Pledgor or otherwise, from time to time upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, in LaSalle's discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument which LaSalle

6

may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purpose of this Pledge, including, without limitation, to receive, endorse and collect all instruments made payable to the Pledgor representing any dividend, interest payment or other distribution in respect to the Pledged Collateral or any part thereof and to give full discharge for the same. This power of attorney created under this paragraph 15, being coupled with an interest, shall be irrevocable for the term of the Pledge Period.

16. LaSalle's Duty. LaSalle shall not be liable for any actions, omissions, errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law, including, without limitation, acts, omissions, errors or mistakes with respect to the Pledged Collateral, except for those arising out of or in connection with LaSalle's (i) willful misconduct or gross negligence or (ii) failure to use reasonable care with respect to the safe custody of any certificate evidencing any of the Pledged Collateral which is in the physical possession of LaSalle. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, LaSalle shall be under no obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Pledged Collateral against any other parties but may do so at its option, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith shall be for the sole account of the Pledgor, and shall be added to Borrower's Liabilities secured hereby.

17. Notices. All notices, consents, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given to any party or parties (a) upon delivery to the address of the party or parties as specified in the "Address for Notices" below such party or parties' name on the signature pages hereof if delivered in person or by courier or if sent by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested), or (b) upon dispatch if transmitted by telecopy or other means of facsimile transmission and electronic confirmation of receipt, in any case to the party or parties at the telecopy numbers specified on the same, or to such other address or telecopy number as any party may hereafter designate by written notice in the aforesaid manner.

(a) If to LaSalle at:

LaSalle National Bank 135 South LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60603 Attn: Jay C. Goldner

with a copy to:

Vedder, Price, Kaufman & Kammholz 222 North LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60601-1003 Attn: Michael A. Nemeroff, Esq.

7

(b) If to the Pledgor at:

Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 350 East Dundee Road Suite 300
Wheeling, Illinois 60090 Attn: Marjorie J. MacLean, Esq.

with a copy to:

McDermott, Will & Emery 227 West Monroe Street Chicago, Illinois 60606 Attn: Jeffrey A. Jung, Esq.

18. Paragraph Headings. The paragraph headings in this Pledge are for convenience of reference only, and shall not affect in any way the interpretation of any of the provisions of this Pledge.

19. Counterparts. This Pledge may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

8

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Pledgor and LaSalle have executed this Pledge on the day and year first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Its:

LA SALLE NATIONAL BANK

By:

Its:

9

EXHIBIT A

to

PLEDGE AGREEMENT

Form of Stock Power

Attached.

10

STOCK POWER

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. ("Pledgor"), does hereby sell, assign and transfer to LaSalle National Bank, a national banking association ("LaSalle"), ________ share(s) of the capital stock of Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois banking corporation, represented by certificate(s) no(s). _____, standing in the name of Pledgor on the books of said corporation. Pledgor does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint LaSalle attorney to transfer the shares of said corporation, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:_____________________________

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: _______________________________

Its:_______________________________

11

CONSENT TO PLEDGE

The undersigned, Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois banking corporation ("Bank"), hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the foregoing Pledge Agreement (the "Pledge") relating to the Pledge of all of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of Bank owned by Taylor Capital Group, Inc.,
(ii) irrevocably consents to the terms of such Pledge, and (iii) agrees not to issue any stock dividends, subscription warrants or any other rights or options to the Pledgor without notifying LaSalle of such issuance and delivering the originals of all certificates evidencing such dividends, warrants, rights or options to LaSalle at its address set forth in the Pledge.

Dated:

COLE TAYLOR BANK

By:

Its:

12

EXHIBIT 10.13

AMENDED AND RESTATED
THIRD PARTY SAFEKEEPING AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED THIRD PARTY SAFEKEEPING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of September 1, 1998, is entered into by TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower") in favor of LASALLE NATIONAL BANK, a national banking association (the "Bank") and EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK, a New York banking corporation (the "Custodian").

A. The Bank and the Borrower have previously entered into that certain Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997 (as amended from time to time, the "Loan Agreement"), pursuant to which the Bank has extended to the Borrower a line of credit loan in the amount of $12,000,000 and a term loan in the original amount of $25,000,000 (collectively, as the same are extended, modified or renewed (the "Loans")).

B. Pursuant to that certain Security Agreement and Assignment of European American Bank Safekeeping Account dated as of September 1, 1998 (the "Security Agreement"), the Borrower has pledged to the Bank for security purposes and granted to the Bank a security interest in 1,500,000 shares of common stock (collectively with all income and profits thereof, all distributions thereon, all other proceeds thereof and all rights, benefits and privileges pertaining to or arising thereunder, (the "Pledged Shares") of Cole Taylor Bank (the "Issuer").

C. The Borrower has heretofore delivered the Pledged Shares to the Custodian pursuant to that certain Third Party Safekeeping Agreement dated as of December 29, 1997 (the "Original Agreement") among the Borrower, the Bank, and the Custodian.

D. The parties to the Original Agreement desire to amend and restate their respective rights, duties and obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Custody and Pledge. The Borrower has previously delivered the Pledged Shares to the Custodian pursuant to the Original Agreement. To secure payment and performance of all of the obligations of the Borrower to the Bank howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, joint, several or joint and several, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing or due or to become due under the Loan Agreement (collectively, the "Obligations"), the Borrower


has granted to the Bank a security interest in the Pledged Shares, pursuant to the Security Agreement.

2. Shares. Until the Custodian shall receive written notice from the Bank that all of the Obligations have been fully paid and satisfied, the parties hereto agree as follows:

(a) The Custodian is hereby appointed as agent for the Bank and the Custodian shall hold and retain possession of the Pledged Shares for the Bank;

(b) The Borrower shall be unable to withdraw any of the Pledged Shares without the Bank's prior written consent;

(c) The Custodian shall deliver all or any part of the Pledged Shares to the Bank upon its request at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default; and

(d) The Bank's receipt for any of the Pledged Shares so delivered by the Custodian shall be a full and complete receipt and acquittance to the Custodian as fiduciary for the Pledged Shares.

3. Sale After Default. If the Bank elects to exercise its rights to dispose of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of Section 9-504 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code, it shall provide Borrower with not less than 120 days prior written notice thereof. The notice shall state in reasonable detail the method and manner of sale. Provided that the Borrower, within said 120 day period, delivers to Bank a fully executed bona fide contract for the sale of the Collateral (or a sale of the assets which will be in an amount sufficient to repay the Obligations), the Borrower shall have an additional period of 60 days (starting at the conclusion of the original 120 day period) within which to close the sale and repay the Obligations. The Borrower shall have until the date of sale in which to repay the Obligations at which time the Bank shall release its lien on the Collateral. If the Collateral is in the possession of the Bank, or its agents, the Bank shall also return the Collateral to the Borrower.

4. Acceptance. The Custodian hereby acknowledges that the Pledged Shares have been delivered as a condition to the making of certain loans and advances to the Borrower under the Loan Agreement and are pledged as collateral for the Obligations pursuant to the terms of the Security Agreement, and the Custodian hereby accepts appointment as agent for the Bank, and agrees to act in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof. The Custodian agrees that it shall not have or assert any right of offset against or any lien or interest in any of the Pledged Shares. The Pledged Shares have been coded as assigned in the records of the Custodian, and none of the Pledged Shares will be released by the Custodian without the prior written consent of the Bank.


5. Indemnity; Assumption of Risk. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Custodian and the Bank, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, members and affiliated companies (collectively, the "Indemnitees") from and against all claims, judgments, damages, losses, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses of investigation and defense of any claim and of any good faith settlement of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses, any of which are incurred at any time as a result of or in connection with, the entering into of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby except to the extent arising from the gross negligence of willful misconduct of the Custodian or the Bank.

(b) The Borrower has requested that the Bank and the Custodian enter into this Agreement. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable for any expense, cost, loss or damage of any kind or nature resulting or sustained by Borrower as a result of entering into this Agreement, including, without limitation, any franchise or other taxes payable as a result thereof, and Borrower expressly assumes all risk of loss or damage by entering into this Agreement except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or the Bank.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed as of the date first written above.

ATTEST:

By:                                           Its:
    -----------------------------------            -----------------------------

ATTEST:


By:                                           Its:
    -----------------------------------            -----------------------------

ATTEST:


By:                                           Its:
    -----------------------------------            -----------------------------

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:                                           Its:
    -----------------------------------            -----------------------------


LASALLE NATIONAL BANK


By:                                           Its:
    -----------------------------------            -----------------------------

EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK

By: Its:


EXHIBIT 10.14

SECURITY AGREEMENT AND ASSIGNMENT OF
EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK SAFEKEEPING ACCOUNT

To:
LaSalle National Bank Chicago, Illinois 60674

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned hereby expressly assigns, grants, transfers and pledges to LASALLE NATIONAL BANK (the "Bank"), as security for the payment to the Bank of all of its obligations to the Bank, howsoever created, arising or evidenced, whether direct or indirect, joint, several or joint and several, absolute or contingent, now or hereafter existing, or due or to become due under that certain Loan Agreement (as amended, the "Agreement"), dated as of February 12, 1997, between the undersigned and the Bank (the "Obligations"), a security interest in the 1,500,000 shares of common stock of Cole Taylor Bank (the "Pledged Shares") deposited in a safekeeping account (the "Account") with EUROPEAN AMERICAN BANK (the "Custodian") pursuant to that certain Third Party Safekeeping Agreement dated as of December 29, 1997 (as amended, the "Safekeeping Agreement") among the undersigned, the Bank and the Custodian, together with all substitutions or replacements of the Pledged Shares, as well as all additions to, and income, interest and dividends on the Pledged Shares and also including all stock received by the Custodian as the result of any stock splits and stock dividends declared on the Pledged Shares (collectively, the "Collateral"). The undersigned represents and warrants to the Bank that it is the owner of the Collateral and has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement and no other consents of any other persons are required to be obtained in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and that the Collateral is subject to no existing security agreement or lien.

It is agreed that the Collateral may be held, dealt with, and disposed of by the Bank, in accordance with the terms, conditions and powers contained in the instrument or instruments evidencing said Obligations as if the Collateral were specifically described therein and stated to be collateral therefore, and that this Agreement shall in no way be construed as limiting or modifying in any respect the terms of the instrument or instruments evidencing such Obligations.

It is further agreed that, as long as any such Obligations shall remain unpaid
(i) the Custodian shall hold possession of the Collateral, as security for the payment of all such Obligations and the undersigned will be unable to transfer, withdraw, or assign any of the Collateral, or any interest therein, or take any other action with respect thereto without the Bank's prior written consent; (ii) the Custodian shall deliver all or any part of the Collateral, or the proceeds from the sale thereof, to the Bank on the Banks request therefor in whatever form the Bank requests, and without any further agreement or consent from the undersigned; (iii) the Bank's receipt to the Custodian of such Collateral so delivered by the Custodian shall be a full and complete receipt and acquittance to the Custodian, as fiduciary under the Account; and (iv) the agreement and instructions governing the Account are hereby modified to effectuate all the provisions hereof.


If at any time hereafter, the undersigned receives or is entitled to receive into its possession any payments, checks, instruments, chattel paper, dividends on account, or in respect, of the Collateral, or any proceeds thereof, such additional property shall also be deemed Collateral and the undersigned shall accept such property as the Bank's agent, in trust for the Bank without commingling such Collateral with any other property of the undersigned and shall, upon receipt, promptly deliver such Collateral to the Custodian for the benefit of the Bank in the exact form so received, with any necessary endorsements or stock powers executed by the undersigned in blank; provided, however, that Borrower shall be entitled to receive and retain all cash dividends issued prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default (an "Event of Default" as defined in the Agreement).

Until the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Borrower may direct the Custodian in writing to vote, give consents, waivers or ratifications in respect of its ownership of the Collateral. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Bank may direct the Custodian in writing to sell, assign, or otherwise dispose (collectively, a "Disposition") of the Collateral in exchange for cash or credit subject to the terms hereof and of the Safekeeping Agreement. The Custodian shall effect any Disposition of Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Safekeeping Agreement.

The undersigned hereby appoints the Bank as its proxy and attorney-in-fact; provided, that the Bank shall not be entitled to exercise any rights as proxy and attorney-in-fact unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. As proxy and attorney-in-fact and subject to the terms hereof and of the Safekeeping Agreement, the Bank is authorized to take any action regarding the Collateral deemed necessary by the Bank to protect the security interest of the Bank in the Collateral. The undersigned and the Bank acknowledge that the constitution and appointment of such proxy and attorney-in-fact are coupled with an interest and are irrevocable.

The undersigned agrees to take all actions reasonably deemed necessary by the Bank, and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, authorizes the Bank to take all such actions in its place and stead, to establish and maintain a valid, perfected first priority security interest in the Collateral in favor of the Bank to secure the payment of the Obligations and to indemnity and reimburse the Bank for all cost and expenses incurred by the Bank in connection therewith.

The undersigned further agrees to defend the Collateral against any and all claims of any person or party whose claims are adverse to the claims, rights or interest of the Bank and the undersigned shall indemnify and hold the Bank harmless from and against any and all such adverse claims. The undersigned agrees that it shall bear all risk of loss, damage and diminution in value with respect to the Collateral, and that the Bank shall have no liability or obligation to the undersigned with respect to monitoring the value o the property or for ascertaining any maturities, call, conversions, exchanges, offers, tenders or similar matters relating to any of the Collateral or for informing the undersigned with respect to any of such matters (irrespective of whether the Bank actually has, or may be deemed to have, knowledge thereof). The Bank shall not be liable for its failure to give notice to the undersigned of a default under any agreement or document evidencing any of the Obligations, unless specifically provided for therein, nor shall


the Bank be liable for its failure to use due diligence to collect any amount payable in respect to the Collateral, but shall be liable only to account to the undersigned for what the Bank may actually collect and receive thereon. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph shall be fully applicable to all securities or similar property held in pledge hereunder, irrespective of whether the Bank may have exercised any right to have such securities or similar property registered in its name or in the name of a nominee, and the Bank is hereby released from any liability resulting from any of the foregoing.

This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder shall be contested and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements made and to be wholly performed in such state.

The Bank is hereby authorized to deliver a copy of this Agreement to the Custodian, and such delivery shall constitute the undersigned's direction to the Bank to effectuate the provisions of this Agreement.

Dated as of September 1, 1998

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: Its:


exhibit 10.15

COLLATERAL SAFEKEEPING AGREEMENT

THIS COLLATERAL SAFEKEEPING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") dated as of the 15th day of June, 2001, is entered into by TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. (the "Borrower"), LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association (the "Bank"), and STANDARD FEDERAL BANK, a federal savings bank (the "Custodian").

A. The Bank and the Borrower have previously entered into that certain Loan Agreement dated as of February 12, 1997 (the "Loan Agreement"), in connection with loans in an aggregate amount of $37,000,000 (and as the same is extended, modified or renewed, the "Loan").

B. The Loan is secured by, among other things, certain shares of Cole Taylor Bank.

C. The Borrower has requested the Collateral be held by the Custodian, and the Bank has agreed to such request, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Collateral. (a) As security for the payment of the obligations of the Borrower to the Bank, whether now or hereafter existing and howsoever evidenced, or any extension or renewal thereof, including, without limitation, the Loan (the "Obligations"), Borrower has previously pledged and assigned to the Bank, among other things, 1,500,000 shares of common stock of Cole Taylor Bank (the "Collateral").

(b) The Collateral is concurrently herewith being delivered to the Custodian for safekeeping.

2. Collateral. Until the Custodian shall receive written notice from the Bank that all of the Obligations have been fully paid and satisfied, the parties hereto agree as follows:

(a) The Custodian is hereby appointed as agent for the Bank, as secured party, and the Custodian shall hold and retain possession of the Collateral for the Bank as security for the payment of the Obligations;

(b) The Borrower shall be unable to withdraw any of the Collateral without the Bank's prior written consent;

(c) The Custodian shall deliver all or any part of the Collateral to the Bank upon its request at any time after the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Loan Agreement); and


(d) The Bank's receipt for any of the Collateral so delivered by the Custodian shall be a full and complete receipt and acquittance to the Custodian as fiduciary for the Collateral.

3. Sale After Default. If the Bank elects to exercise its rights to dispose of the Collateral pursuant to the terms of Section 9-504 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code (or Section 9-610 under Revised Article 9 of the Illinois Uniform Commercial Code effective as of July 1, 2001), it shall provide Borrower with not less than 120 days prior written notice thereof. The notice shall state in reasonable detail the method and manner of sale. Provided that the Borrower, within said 120 day period, delivers to Bank a fully executed bona fide contract for the sale of the Collateral (or a sale of the assets which will be in an amount sufficient to repay the Obligations), the Borrower shall have an additional period of 60 days (starting at the conclusion of the original 120 day period) within which to close the sale and repay the Obligations. The Borrower shall have until the date of sale in which to repay the Obligations at which time the Bank shall release its lien on the Collateral. If the Collateral is in the possession of the Bank, or its agents, the Bank shall also return the Collateral to the Borrower.

4. Acceptance. The Custodian hereby acknowledges that the Collateral has been pledged as security for the Obligations, and the Custodian hereby accepts appointment as agent for the Bank, as secured party, and agrees to act in accordance with the terms and provisions hereof. Until the termination of this Agreement, the Custodian agrees that it shall not have or assert, and waives any right, whether created by contract, statute or otherwise, to assert any right of offset against or lien or interest in any of the Collateral. The Collateral has been coded as assigned in the records of the Custodian, and none of the Collateral will be released by the Custodian without the prior written consent of the Bank.

5. Indemnity; Assumption of Risk. (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless each of the Bank and the Custodian, and their respective officers, directors, agents, employees, members and affiliated companies (collectively, the "Indemnitees"), from and against all claims, judgments, damages, losses, penalties, liabilities, costs and expenses of investigation and defense of any claim and of any good faith settlement of whatever kind or nature, contingent or otherwise, matured or unmatured, foreseeable or unforeseeable, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, any of which are incurred at any time as a result of, or in connection with, the entering into of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby, except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or the Bank.

(b) The Borrower and the Borrower's counsel have requested that the Bank and the Custodian enter into this Agreement. None of the Indemnitees shall be liable for any expense, cost, loss or damage of any kind or nature resulting or sustained by the Borrower as a result of the entering into of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any franchise or other taxes payable as a result thereof, and the Borrower expressly assumes all risk of loss or damage by entering into this Agreement except to the extent arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Custodian or the Bank. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Custodian shall remain liable for the actual losses incurred by the Borrower for the Custodian's

2

failure to return the Collateral to the Bank within a reasonable period of time following receipt of a proper request to do so from the Bank, unless the Custodian is prohibited or restrained from delivering the Collateral by virtue of any judicial order, decree or other legal process.

5. Fees. The Borrower shall pay a fee of $500.00 to the Bank upon the execution of this Agreement and shall pay a $500.00 fee to the Bank on each anniversary of this Agreement until such time as this Agreement has been terminated.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been signed as of the date first above appearing.

LASALLE BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:    /s/ Jay C. Goldner
       --------------------------------

Name:  Jay C. Goldner
       --------------------------------

Title: SVP
       --------------------------------

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:    /s/ J. C. Alstrin
       --------------------------------

Name:  J. C. Alstrin
       --------------------------------

Title: CFO
       --------------------------------

STANDARD FEDERAL BANK

By:    /s/ Mark A. Hoppe
       --------------------------------

Name:  Mark A. Hoppe
       --------------------------------

Title: EVP
       --------------------------------

3

EXHIBIT 10.16

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section                                                                     Page
ARTICLE 1  Definitions.....................................................   1
    1.1    Account.........................................................   1
    1.2    Administrator...................................................   1
    1.3    Base Salary and Commission......................................   1
    1.4    Beneficiary.....................................................   1
    1.5    Board...........................................................   1
    1.6    Code............................................................   2
    1.7    Compensation....................................................   2
    1.8    Compensation Committee..........................................   2
    1.9    Deferrals.......................................................   2
    1.10   Deferral Election...............................................   2
    1.11   Disability......................................................   2
    1.12   Discretionary Contribution......................................   2
    1.13   Effective Date..................................................   2
    1.14   Eligible Employee...............................................   2
    1.15   Employee........................................................   2
    1.16   Employer........................................................   3
    1.17   Employer Executive Committee....................................   3
    1.18   Enrollment Period...............................................   3
    1.19   Executive Discretionary Contribution............................   3
    1.20   Incentive Pay...................................................   3
    1.21   Investment Fund or Funds........................................   3
    1.22   Matching Contribution...........................................   4
    1.23   Participant.....................................................   4
    1.24   Plan............................................................   4
    1.25   Plan Year.......................................................   4
    1.26   Retirement......................................................   4
    1.27   Trust...........................................................   4
    1.28   Trustee.........................................................   4
    1.29   Years of Service................................................   4

ARTICLE 2  Participation...................................................   4
    2.1    Designation as Eligible Employee................................   4
    2.2    Commencement of Participation...................................   5
    2.3    Loss of Eligible Employee Status ...............................   5

ARTICLE 3  Contributions...................................................   6
    3.1    Deferrals.......................................................   6
    3.2    Matching Contribution...........................................   7
    3.3    Discretionary Contribution......................................   7
    3.4    Executive Discretionary Contribution............................   8
    3.5    Time of Contributions...........................................   8
    3.6    Form of Contributions...........................................   9

ARTICLE 4  Vesting.........................................................   9
    4.1    Vesting of Deferrals............................................   9
    4.2    Vesting of Matching.............................................   9


Section                                                                     Page
    4.3    Vesting of Discretionary Contributions..........................   9
    4.4    Vesting of Executive Discretionary Contributions................   9
    4.5    Vesting in Event of Change of Control...........................  10
    4.6    Change of Control Trust Notification............................  11
    4.7    Amounts Not Vested..............................................  11

ARTICLE 5  Accounts........................................................  12
    5.1    Accounts........................................................  12
    5.2    Investments, Gains and Losses...................................  13
    5.3    Forfeitures.....................................................  14

ARTICLE 6  Distributions...................................................  14
    6.1    Distribution Election...........................................  14
    6.2    Payment Options.................................................  14
    6.3    Commencement of Payment upon Death, Disability or Termination...  16
    6.4    Minimum Distribution............................................  17
    6.5    Financial Hardship Distribution.................................  17
    6.6    Early Distribution and Penalty..................................  17

ARTICLE 7  Beneficiaries...................................................  18
    7.1    Beneficiaries...................................................  18
    7.2    Lost Beneficiary................................................  18

ARTICLE 8  Funding.........................................................  19
    8.1    Prohibition Against Funding.....................................  19
    8.2    Deposits in Trust...............................................  19
    8.3    Indemnification of Trustee......................................  20
    8.4    Withholding of Employee Contributions...........................  20

ARTICLE 9  Claims Administration...........................................  20
    9.1    General.........................................................  20
    9.2    Claim Review....................................................  21
    9.3    Right of Appeal.................................................  21
    9.4    Review of Appeal................................................  21
    9.5    Designation.....................................................  22
    9.6    Arbitration.....................................................  22

ARTICLE 10 General Provisions..............................................  22
    10.1   Administrator...................................................  22
    10.2   No Assignment...................................................  23
    10.3   No Employment Rights............................................  23
    10.4   Incompetence....................................................  23
    10.5   Identity........................................................  24
    10.6   Other Benefits..................................................  24
    10.7   No Liability....................................................  24
    10.8   Expenses........................................................  25
    10.9   Insolvency......................................................  25
    10.10  Amendment and Termination.......................................  25
    10.11  Employer Determinations.........................................  26
    10.12  Construction....................................................  26
    10.13  Governing Law...................................................  26
    10.14  Severability....................................................  26


10.15  Headings........................................................  26
10.16  Terms...........................................................  26


TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Employer"), in an effort to amend and restate the Employer's previous deferred compensation plan, hereby adopts Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") for the benefit of a select group of management or highly compensated employees. This Plan is an unfunded arrangement and is intended to be exempt from the participation, vesting, funding, and fiduciary requirements set forth in Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. This Plan is effective April 1, 2001.

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

1.1 ACCOUNT. The bookkeeping account established for each Participant as provided in Section 5.1 hereof.

1.2 ADMINISTRATOR. Cole Taylor Bank Compensation and Human Resources Policy Committee.

1.3 BASE SALARY AND COMMISSION. An Eligible Employee's base salary rate or rates, or commission in effect at any time during a Plan Year, including any pretax elective deferrals from said Salary to any Employer sponsored plan that includes amounts deferred under a Deferral Election or a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k) or cafeteria plan under Code Section 125.

1.4 BENEFICIARY. The person, persons, trust or other entity a Participant designates by written revocable designation filed with the Administrator to receive payments in event of his or her death.

1.5 BOARD. The Board of Directors of Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

1

1.6      CODE. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1.7      COMPENSATION. The Participant's earned income, including Base Salary,
         Commission, long-term Incentive Pay (LTIP) and annual Incentive Pay.

1.8      COMPENSATION COMMITTEE. Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Compensation
         Committee, a subcommittee of the Board of Directors.

1.9      DEFERRALS. The portion of Compensation that a Participant elects to
         defer in accordance with Section 3.1 hereof.

1.10     DEFERRAL ELECTION. The separate written agreement, submitted to the
         Administrator, by which an Eligible Employee agrees to participate in
         the Plan and make Deferrals thereto. The Deferral Election will specify
         the amount of Compensation that a Participant chooses to defer.

1.11     DISABILITY. Any medically determinable physical or mental disorder that
         renders a Participant incapable of continuing in the employment of the
         Employer in his or her regular duties of employment, as determined by
         the Administrator in its sole discretion.

1.12     DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION. An Employer Contribution as described in
         Section 3.3 hereof.

1.13     EFFECTIVE DATE. April 1, 2001.

1.14     ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE. Each Employee as defined in Section 2.1.

1.15     EMPLOYEE. Any person employed by the Employer.

2

1.16     EMPLOYER. Taylor Capital Group, Inc. and all plan participating
         subsidiaries.

1.17     EMPLOYER EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE. Those Employees that comprise the
         Employer's Executive Committee, which may be amended from time to time
         by the Employer.

1.18     ENROLLMENT PERIOD

         A.       For individuals who are Eligible Employees prior to the
                  commencement of a given Plan Year, Enrollment Period means the
                  period set by the Administrator, which ends prior to the first
                  day of a Plan Year.

         B.       With respect to an Eligible Employee designated as such by the
                  Company effective as of any day after the first day of a Plan
                  Year, Enrollment Period means the period beginning with the
                  date of his/her designation as an Eligible Employee, and
                  ending prior to the first day such Eligible Employee's
                  participation in the Plan commences.

1.19     EXECUTIVE DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION. An Employer Contribution as
         described in Section 3.4 hereof

1.20     INCENTIVE PAY. Compensation which is designated as such by the Employer
         and which relates to services performed during an incentive period by
         an Eligible Employee in addition to his or her Salary, including any
         pretax elective deferrals from said Incentive Pay to any Employer
         sponsored plan that includes amounts deferred under a Deferral Election
         or a qualified cash or deferred arrangement under Code Section 401(k)
         or cafeteria plan under Code Section 125.

1.21     INVESTMENT FUND OR FUNDS. Each investment(s), which serves as a means
         to measure value, increases or decreases with respect to a
         Participant's Accounts.

3

1.22     MATCHING CONTRIBUTION. An Employer contribution as described in Section
         3.2 hereof.

1.23     PARTICIPANT. An Eligible Employee who is a Participant as provided in
         Article 2.

1.24     PLAN. Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan.

1.25     PLAN YEAR. April 1, 2001 through December 31, 2001 for the first Plan
         Year; January 1 through December 31 for each subsequent Plan Year.

1.26     RETIREMENT. Retirement means the termination of the Participant's
         employment or contract with the Employer for any reason other than
         death or Disability (i) at age 65, or (ii) if the Participant has at
         least ten (10) Years of Service with the Employer at any time after
         attaining age 62.

1.27     TRUST. The agreement between the Employer and the Trustee under which
         the assets of the Plan are held, administered and managed, which shall
         conform to the terms of Rev. Proc. 92 - 64.

1.28     TRUSTEE. Allfirst Trust Company, or such other successor that shall
         become trustee pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

1.29     YEARS OF SERVICE. A Participant's "Years of Service" shall be measured
         by each Plan year in which a Participant achieves 1000 hours worked.

ARTICLE 2

PARTICIPATION

2.1 DESIGNATION AS ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE. The Administrator shall from time to time specify a select group of management or highly compensated employees as Eligible Employees. Such specification shall be in writing, with a copy delivered to the

4

Employer and the person designated as eligible, and shall set the date as of when the person becomes eligible.

For the April 1, 2001 - December 31, 2001 Plan Year, and for subsequent Plan Years until the Administrator otherwise directs, an Eligible Employee shall mean each Employee:

(a) who is designated as such by the Administrator; and,

(b) has a Salary Grade Level of 34 and above.

An individual's designation as an Eligible Employee may be revoked at any time upon written notice of the Administrator to such individual.

2.2 COMMENCEMENT OF PARTICIPATION. Each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant at the earlier of the first day of the Plan Year or the date on which his or her Deferral Election first becomes effective.

2.3 LOSS OF ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEE STATUS.

(a) A Participant who is no longer an Eligible Employee shall not be permitted to submit a Deferral Election and all Deferrals for such Participant shall cease as of the end of the Plan Year in which such Participant is determined to no longer be an Eligible Employee.

(b) Amounts credited to the Account of a Participant described in subsection (a) shall continue to be held, pursuant to the terms of the Plan and shall be distributed as provided in Article 6.

5

(c) A Participant who is no longer an Eligible Employee shall continue to receive quarterly statements, and shall retain the right to make changes in investment selection according to
Section 5.2.

ARTICLE 3

CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1 DEFERRALS.

(a) On an annual basis, each Participant may authorize the Employer to reduce his/her future Compensation by a percentage not to exceed an amount allowed for the Plan Year as established by the Administrator, and to have a corresponding amount credited to his/her Accounts, in accordance with Article 5, by filing a Deferral Agreement with the Administrator during his/her initial Enrollment Period or any subsequent Enrollment Period preceding the Plan Year during which such Compensation will be earned.

(b) Each Eligible Employee shall deliver an annual Deferral Election to the Employer before any Deferrals can become effective. Such Deferral Election shall be void with respect to any Deferral unless submitted before the beginning of the Plan Year during which the amount to be deferred will be earned; provided, however, that in the year in which the Plan is first adopted or an Employee is first eligible to participate, such Deferral Election shall be filed within thirty (30) days of the date on which the Plan is adopted or the date on which an Employee is first eligible to participate, respectively, with respect to Compensation earned during the remainder of the calendar year.

(c) The Deferral Election shall, subject to the limitation set forth in Section 3.1(a) hereof, designate the amount of Compensation deferred by each Participant, the beneficiary or beneficiaries of the Participant and such other items as the Administrator may prescribe. Such Deferral Elections shall remain effective for the Plan Year.

6

(d) The minimum amount of Compensation that may be deferred each Plan Year is three percent (3%) of base salary or commission, 20% of LTIP and/or 20% of annual incentive pay. Deferral amounts must be made in whole percentages.

(e) The maximum amount of Compensation that may be deferred each Plan Year is seventy-five percent (75%) of the Participant's Salary and/or commission pay and ninety-five percent (95%) of the Participant's annual Incentive Pay and/or LTIP. Deferral amounts must be made in whole percentages.

3.2 MATCHING CONTRIBUTION. At its sole and absolute discretion, the Administrator may elect to make a Matching Contribution to the Accounts of some or all of the Participants. The amount of the Matching Contribution, if any, shall be determined by the Administrator annually and communicated to all Eligible Employees. Nothing in this Plan or any other agreement or document shall represent or be construed to represent an obligation or promise of the Administrator to make Matching Contributions on behalf of a Participant at any time. Such Matching Contribution shall be allocated to the Participant's Accounts at such Participant's election made in accordance with Section 5.1.

3.3 DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION. At its sole and absolute discretion, the Administrator may elect to make a Discretionary Contribution to the Account of some or all of the Participants. The Administrator expressly reserves the right to make Discretionary Contributions to such Plan Participants in such amount or such proportions as it deems warranted or appropriate; provided, however, the Administrator shall not discriminate against any Plan Participant in making Contributions under this provision on the basis of such Participant's race, nationality, religion, gender, marital status or disability. Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated to the Participant's Accounts pursuant to Participant's election made in accordance with Section 5.1. Nothing in

7

this Plan or any other agreement or document shall represent or be construed to represent an obligation or promise of the Administrator to make Discretionary Contributions on behalf of a Participant at any time.

3.4 EXECUTIVE DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTION. At its sole and absolute discretion, the Administrator may elect to make an Executive Discretionary Contribution to the Account of some or all of those Plan Participants that are members of the Employer's Executive Committee. The Administrator expressly reserves the right to make Executive Discretionary Contributions to such Plan Participants in such amount or such proportions as it deems warranted or appropriate; provided, however, the Administrator shall not discriminate against any Plan Participant in making Contributions under this provision on the basis of such Participant's race, nationality, religion, gender, marital status or disability. Executive Discretionary Contributions shall be allocated to the applicable Participant's Accounts at such Participant's election made in accordance with Section 5.1. Nothing in this Plan or any other agreement or document shall represent or be construed to represent an obligation or promise of the Administrator to make Executive Discretionary Contributions on behalf of a Participant at any time.

3.5 TIME OF CONTRIBUTIONS.

(a) Deferrals shall be transferred to the Trust as soon as administratively feasible following the end of each payroll period. The Employer shall also transmit at that time any necessary instructions regarding the allocation of such amounts among the Accounts of Participants.

(b) Matching, Discretionary and Executive Discretionary Contributions shall be transferred to the Trust annually following the end of the plan year or at anytime other time the Employer deems appropriate. The Employer shall also transmit at that time any necessary instructions regarding the allocation of such

8

amounts among the Accounts of Participants.

3.6 FORM OF CONTRIBUTIONS. All Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Discretionary Contributions and Executive Discretionary Contributions to the Trust shall be made in the form of cash or cash equivalents of US currency.

ARTICLE 4

VESTING

4.1 VESTING OF DEFERRALS. A Participant shall have a vested right to the portion of his or her Account attributable to Deferrals and any earnings on the investment of such Deferrals.

4.2 VESTING OF MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. Upon completion of one (1) Year of Service, a Participant shall have a 20% vested right to the portion of his or her account attributable to Matching Contribution(s) and any earning thereon; upon completion of two (2) Years of Service, a 40% vested right; three (3) Years of Service, a 60% vested right; four (4) Years of Service an 80% vested right; five (5) Years of Service, a 100% vested right. Participant shall have a 100% vested right to the portion of his or her account attributable to Matching Contribution(s) and any earnings thereon, upon Participant's death, disability or retirement at age sixty-five (65).

4.3 VESTING OF DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS. Discretionary Contributions shall vest as determined by the Administrator.

4.4 VESTING OF EXECUTIVE DISCRETIONARY CONTRIBUTIONS. Upon completion of six (6) Years of Service, an Executive Committee Participant shall have a 20% vested right to the portion of his or her account attributed to Executive Discretionary Contribution(s) and any earning thereon; upon completion of seven (7) Years of Service, a 40% vested right; eight (8) Years of Service, a 60 % vested right; nine (9) Years of Service, an 80% vested right; ten (10) Years of Service, a 100% vested right. Participant shall

9

have a 100% vested right to the portion of his or her account attributable to Executive Discretionary Contribution(s) and any earnings thereon, upon Participant's death, disability or retirement at age sixty-five (65). For purposes of determining the vesting percentage of any Executive Discretionary Contributions made to a Participant, a Participant's Years of Service prior to the effective date of this Plan shall be utilized in that calculation.

4.5 VESTING IN EVENT OF CHANGE OF CONTROL. Notwithstanding any provision contained herein to the contrary, in the event that, prior to the time that the entire amount of the Matching, Discretionary and Executive Discretionary Contributions becomes vested a Change of Control occurs, then that portion of the Matching, Discretionary and Executive Discretionary Contributions which has not yet become vested shall immediately become vested to such Participant or such Participant's Beneficiary or estate, as the case may be, as of the date of such Change of Control. For purposes of this Agreement Change Of Control shall mean, and be deemed to have occurred, on the date of the first to occur any of the following:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis; or

10

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by Taylor Capital Group, Inc. of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Change of Control; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family holds less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Taylor Family means (i) Sidney Taylor and Iris Taylor, (ii) a descendant of Sidney Taylor and Iris Taylor, (iii) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of an individual described in (i) or (ii) above, or
(iv) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

4.6 CHANGE OF CONTROL TRUST NOTIFICATION. In the event of a Change of Control, as defined herein, the Administrator shall notify the Trustee of the Change of Control as soon as administratively possible.

4.7 AMOUNTS NOT VESTED. Any amounts credited to a Participant's Account that are not vested at the time of his or her termination of employment with the Employer shall be forfeited.

11

ARTICLE 5

ACCOUNTS

5.1 ACCOUNTS. The Administrator shall establish and maintain a bookkeeping account in the name of each Participant. The Administrator shall also establish subaccounts, as provided in subsection (a), (b), and/or (c), below, as elected by the Participant pursuant to Article 3.

(a) A Retirement Account shall be established for each Participant. His or her Retirement Account shall be credited with Deferrals (as specified in the Participant's Deferral Election), any Matching, Discretionary and/or Executive Discretionary Contributions allocable thereto and the Participant's allocable share of any earnings or losses on the foregoing. Each Participant's Account shall be reduced by any distributions made plus any federal, state and/or local tax withholding and any social security withholding tax as may be required by law.

(b) A Participant may elect to establish one or more College Education Accounts in the name of a "Student" at the time of his or her Deferral. For purposes of this Article, Student shall mean an individual who has not yet attained the age of fourteen (14) at the time the account is initially established. Each Participant's College Education Account shall be credited with Deferrals (as specified in the Participant's Deferral Election), any Matching, Discretionary and/or Executive Discretionary Contributions allocable thereto and the Participant's allocable share of any earnings or losses on the foregoing. Each Participant's Account shall be reduced by any distributions made plus any federal, state and/or local tax withholding and any social security withholding tax as may be required by law.

(c) A Participant may elect to establish one or more Personal Goals Accounts by designating a year of payout at the time the account is initially established. The

12

minimum initial deferral period for Personal Goals subaccounts shall be five (5) years. Each Participant's Personal Goals Account shall be credited with Deferrals (as specified in the Participant's Deferral Election), any Matching, Discretionary and/or Executive Discretionary Contributions allocable thereto and the Participant's allocable share of any earnings or losses on the foregoing. Each Participant's Account shall be reduced by any distributions made plus any federal, state and/or local tax withholding and any social security withholding tax as may be required by law.

(d) The Participant shall not exceed a total of ten (10) open College Education and Personal Goals subaccounts at any time.

5.2 INVESTMENTS, GAINS AND LOSSES.

(a) Trust assets shall be invested by the Trustee in accordance with written directions from the Administrator. Such directions shall provide Trustee with the investment discretion to invest the above-referenced amounts within broad guidelines established by Trustee and Administrator as set forth therein.

(b) The Administrator shall adjust the amounts credited to each Participant's Account to reflect Deferrals, Matching Contributions, Discretionary Contributions, Executive Discretionary Contribution, investment experience, distributions and any other appropriate adjustments. Such adjustments shall be made as frequently as is administratively feasible.

(c) A Participant may direct that his or her Retirement Account, College Education Account and or Personal Goals Account established pursuant to Section 5.1 may be valued as if they were invested in one or more Investment Funds in multiples of one percent (1%) of the balance in an Account. A Participant may change his or her selection of Investment Funds, in the

13

aggregate, no more than twelve (12) times each Plan Year. Any changes in excess of 12 per year will result in a $100 fee charged to the Participant's Account(s). The aforementioned selection change fee shall be debited from the affected Account(s) of the requesting Participant. In the event Participant's Account(s) is insufficient to cover the $100 fee debit, Participant and Administrator shall make a good faith determination as to the payment logistics of the Investment Fund selection change fee. An election shall be effective as soon as administratively feasible following the date of the change as indicated in writing by the Participant.

5.3 FORFEITURES. Any forfeitures from a Participant's Account shall continue to be held in the Trust, and shall be used to reduce the Employer's future Matching, Discretionary and or Executive Discretionary Contributions under the Plan. If no such further contributions will be made, then such forfeitures shall be returned to the Employer.

ARTICLE 6

DISTRIBUTIONS

6.1 DISTRIBUTION ELECTION. Each Participant shall designate on his or her Deferral Election the timing of his or her distribution by indicating the type of account as described under Section 5.1. A Participant may not modify, alter, amend or revoke such designation for a Plan Year after such Plan Year begins. Further, amounts in one Account cannot be transferred to another Account. Each Participant shall also designate the manner in which Retirement Account payments shall be made from the choices available under Section 6.2 (a) hereof.

6.2 PAYMENT OPTIONS.

14

(a) Retirement Account payments shall commence as soon as administratively feasible immediately after the Participant's Retirement. The Participant may elect any one of the following forms of payment so long as the election is made in writing, delivered to the Administrator at least one year prior to the year in which the Participant's benefit becomes payable.

(i) The normal form of payment of benefits hereunder, and the form of payments to be used if no other election is made, shall be a single lump-sum distribution of the value of the Participant's Retirement Account.

(ii) A Participant entitled to a benefit hereunder may elect to receive his/her Retirement Account in substantially equal annual installments over a period not to exceed ten (10) years.

The amount of the substantially equal payments described above shall be determined by multiplying the Participant's Retirement Account by a fraction, the denominator of which in the first year of payment equals the number years over which benefits are to be paid, and the numerator of which is one (1).

The amounts of the payments for each succeeding year shall be determined by multiplying the Participant's Retirement Account as of the applicable anniversary of the Participant's Retirement Date by a fraction, the denominator of which equals the number of remaining years over which benefits are to be paid, and the numerator of which is one (1).

(b) College Education Account payouts shall be paid in four annual installments on July 1st (or as soon as administratively feasible) of the calendar year in

15

which the Student reaches age eighteen (18) and the three (3) anniversaries thereof in the following amounts:

Year 1  25% of the account balance
Year 2  33% of the account balance
Year 3  50% of the account balance
Year 4  100% of the account balance

(c) Personal Goals Account payouts shall be paid in one lump sum payment on January 1st (or as soon as administratively feasible) of the calendar year selected by the Participant on his or her Deferral Election.

(d) If a Participant's employment is terminated for any reason other than Retirement and such Participant has a balance in his/her Personal Goals and/or College Education Account, such balance shall be transferred to his/her Retirement Account and distributed as soon as administratively feasible in one lump sum payment.

6.3 COMMENCEMENT OF PAYMENT UPON DEATH, DISABILITY OR TERMINATION.

(a) Upon the death of a Participant, all amounts credited to his or her Account(s), not already distributed to Participant prior to Participant's death, shall be paid, as soon as administratively feasible, to his or her Beneficiary or Beneficiaries, as determined under Article 7 hereof, in a lump sum.

(b) Upon the Disability of a Participant, all amounts credited to his or her Account(s) shall be paid to the Participant in a lump-sum payment, as soon as administratively feasible.

16

(c) Upon the termination of employment of a Participant, all vested amounts credited to his or her Account(s) shall be paid to the Participant in a lump-sum payment, as soon as administratively feasible.

6.4 MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the vested balance of a Participant's Account at the time of a termination due to Retirement is less than $10,000 then the Participant shall be paid his or her benefits as a single lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following said termination.

(b) Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the balance of a Participant's College Education Account at the time benefit payments are to commence is less than $4,000 then the Participant shall be paid such College Education Account benefits as a single lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following said commencement date.

6.5 FINANCIAL HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION. The Administrator may permit an early distribution of part or all of any deferred amounts; provided, however, that such distribution shall be made only if the Administrator, in its sole discretion, determines that the Participant has experienced an unforeseen emergency that is caused by an event beyond the control of the Participant and that would result in severe financial hardship to the Participant if early distribution were not permitted. Any distribution pursuant to this subsection is limited to the amount necessary to meet the hardship.

6.6 EARLY DISTRIBUTION AND PENALTY. A Participant may elect to receive a distribution of up to ninety percent (90%) of the vested amounts in his or her Account on a date prior to that established under the Plan. If such an early distribution is requested, the Plan Administrator shall deduct from the Participant's account an additional ten percent (10%) of the vested amount withdrawn. This additional amount withdrawn by the Plan

17

Administrator shall be considered an early distribution penalty, and shall be treated as forfeited by the participant. Participants who receive early distributions shall lose their status as Eligible Employees and will be barred from further participation in the Plan until a minimum of twelve (12) months have passed.

ARTICLE 7

BENEFICIARIES

7.1 BENEFICIARIES. Each Participant may from time to time designate one or more persons (who may be any one or more members of such person's family or other persons, administrators, trusts, foundations or other entities) as his or her Beneficiary under the Plan. Such designation shall be made on a form prescribed by the Administrator. Each Participant may at any time and from time to time, change any previous Beneficiary designation, without notice to or consent of any previously designated Beneficiary, by amending his or her previous designation on a form prescribed by the Administrator. If no person shall be designated by the Participant as a Beneficiary, or if the designated Beneficiary shall not survive the Participant, payment of his/her interest shall be made to the Participant's estate. If more than one person is the beneficiary of a deceased Participant, each such person shall receive a pro rata share of any death benefit payable unless otherwise designated on the applicable form.

7.2 LOST BENEFICIARY.

(a) All Participants and Beneficiaries shall have the obligation to keep the Administrator informed of their current address until such time as all benefits due have been paid.

(b) If a Participant or Beneficiary cannot be located by the Administrator exercising due diligence, then, in its sole discretion, the Administrator may presume that the Participant or beneficiary is deceased for purposes of the Plan and all unpaid amounts (net of due diligence expenses) owed to the Participant or beneficiary shall be paid accordingly or, if a Beneficiary cannot be so

18

located, then such amounts may be forfeited. Any such presumption of death shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any such Beneficiary is located within five years from the date of any such forfeiture, such Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive the amount previously forfeited.

ARTICLE 8

FUNDING

8.1 PROHIBITION AGAINST FUNDING. Should any investment be acquired in connection with the liabilities assumed under this Plan, it is expressly understood and agreed that the Participants and Beneficiaries shall not have any right with respect to, or claim against, such assets nor shall any such purchase be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the Employer and the Participants, their Beneficiaries or any other person. Any such assets shall be and remain a part of the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer, subject to the claims of its general creditors. It is the express intention of the parties hereto that this arrangement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Each Participant and beneficiary shall be required to look to the provisions of this Plan and to the Administrator itself for enforcement of any and all benefits due under this Plan, and to the extent any such person acquires a right to receive payment under this Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer. The Employer or the Trust shall be designated the owner and beneficiary of any investment acquired in connection with its obligation under this Plan.

8.2 DEPOSITS IN TRUST. Notwithstanding paragraph 8.1, or any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Employer and/or the Administrator, may deposit into the Trust any amounts it deems appropriate to pay the benefits under this Plan. The amounts so deposited may include all contributions made pursuant to a Deferral Election by a Participant along with any Matching, Discretionary and Executive Discretionary Contributions.

19

8.3 INDEMNIFICATION OF TRUSTEE.

(a) The Trustee shall not be liable for the making, retention, or sale of any investment or reinvestment made by it, as herein provided, nor for any loss to, or diminution of, the Trust assets, unless due to its own negligence, willful misconduct or lack of good faith.

(b) Such Trustee shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Employer from and against all personal liability to which it may be subject by reason of any act done or omitted to be done in its official capacity as Trustee in good faith in the administration of the Plan and Trust, including all expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the Employer fails to provide such defense upon the request of the Trustee. The Trustee is relieved of all responsibility in connection with its duties hereunder to the fullest extent permitted by law, short of breach of duty to the Beneficiary(es).

8.4 WITHHOLDING OF EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS. The Administrator is authorized to make any and all necessary arrangements with the Employer in order to withhold the Participant's Deferrals under Section 3.1 hereof from his or her Compensation. The Administrator shall determine the amount and timing of such withholding.

ARTICLE 9

CLAIMS ADMINISTRATION

9.1 GENERAL. If a Participant, Beneficiary or his/her representative is denied all or a portion of an expected Plan benefit for any reason and the Participant, Beneficiary or his/her representative desires to dispute the decision of the Administrator, he/she must file a written notification of his/her claim with the Administrator.

20

9.2 CLAIM REVIEW. Upon receipt of any written claim for benefits, the Administrator shall be notified and shall give due consideration to the claim presented. If the claim is denied to any extent by the Administrator, the Administrator shall furnish the claimant with a written notice setting forth (in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant):

(a) the specific reason or reasons for denial of the claim;

(b) a specific reference to the Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(c) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

(d) an explanation of the provisions of this Article.

9.3 RIGHT OF APPEAL. A claimant who has a claim denied under Section 9.2 may appeal to the Administrator for reconsideration of that claim. A request for reconsideration under this section must be filed by written notice within sixty (60) days after receipt by the claimant of the notice of denial under Section 9.2.

9.4 REVIEW OF APPEAL. Upon receipt of an appeal the Administrator shall promptly take action to give due consideration to the appeal. Such consideration may include a hearing of the parties involved, if the Administrator feels such a hearing is necessary. In preparing for this appeal the claimant shall be given the right to review pertinent documents and the right to submit in writing a statement of issues and comments. After consideration of the merits of the appeal the Administrator shall issue a written decision which shall be binding on all parties subject to Section 9.6 below. The decision shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall specifically state its reasons and pertinent Plan provisions on which it relies.

21

The Administrator's decision shall be issued within sixty (60) days after the appeal is filed, except that if a hearing is held the decision may be issued within one hundred twenty (120) days after the appeal is filed.

9.5 DESIGNATION. The Administrator may designate any other person of its choosing to make any determination otherwise required under this Article.

9.6 ARBITRATION. A claimant whose appeal has been denied under Section 9.4 shall have the right to submit said claim to final and binding arbitration in the State of Illinois pursuant to the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Any such requests for arbitration must be filed by written demand to the American Arbitration Association within sixty (60) days after receipt of the decision regarding the appeal. The costs and expenses of arbitration, including the fees of the arbitrators, shall be borne by the losing party. The prevailing party shall recover as expenses all reasonable attorney's fees incurred by it in connection with the arbitration proceeding or any appeals therefrom.

ARTICLE 10

GENERAL PROVISIONS

10.1 ADMINISTRATOR.

(a) The Administrator is expressly empowered to limit the amount of compensation that may be deferred; to deposit amounts into trust in accordance with Section 8.2 hereof; to interpret the Plan, and to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan; to employ actuaries, accountants, counsel, and other persons it deems necessary in connection with the administration of the Plan; to request any information from the Employer it deems necessary to determine whether the Employer would be considered insolvent or subject to a proceeding in bankruptcy; and to take all other necessary and proper actions to fulfill its duties as Administrator.

22

         (b)      The Administrator shall not be liable for any actions by it
                  hereunder, unless due to its own negligence, willful
                  misconduct or lack of good faith.

         (c)      The Administrator shall be indemnified and saved harmless by
                  the Employer from and against all personal liability to which
                  it may be subject by reason of any act done or omitted to be
                  done in its official capacity as Administrator in good faith
                  in the administration of the Plan and Trust, including all
                  expenses reasonably incurred in its defense in the event the
                  Employer fails to provide such defense upon the request of the
                  Administrator. The Administrator is relieved of all
                  responsibility in connection with its duties hereunder to the
                  fullest extent permitted by law, short of breach of duty to
                  the Beneficiary(ies).

10.2     NO ASSIGNMENT. No benefit under the Plan shall be subject in any manner
         to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge
         encumbrance or charge, and any such action shall be void for all
         purposes of the Plan. No benefit shall in any manner be subject to the
         debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person, nor
         shall it be subject to attachments or other legal process for or
         against any person, except to such extent as may be required by law.

10.3     NO EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS. Participation in this Plan shall not be construed
         to confer upon any Participant the legal right to be retained in the
         employ of the Employer, or give a Participant or beneficiary, or any
         other person, any right to any payment whatsoever, except to the extent
         of the benefits provided for hereunder. Each Participant shall remain
         subject to discharge to the same extent as if this Plan had never been
         adopted.

10.4     INCOMPETENCE. If the Administrator determines that any person to whom a
         benefit is payable under this Plan is incompetent by reason of physical
         or mental disability, the Administrator shall have the power to cause
         the payments becoming due to such

23

         person to be made to another individual for the Participant's benefit
         without responsibility of the Administrator or the Employer to see to
         the application of such payments. Any payment made pursuant to such
         power shall, as to such payment, operate as a complete discharge of the
         Employer, the Administrator and the Trustee.

10.5     IDENTITY. If, at any time, any doubt exists as to the identity of any
         person entitled to any payment hereunder or the amount or time of such
         payment, the Administrator shall be entitled to hold such sum until
         such identity or amount or time is determined or until an order of a
         court of competent jurisdiction is obtained. The Administrator shall
         also be entitled to pay such sum into court in accordance with the
         appropriate rules of law. Any expenses incurred by the Employer,
         Administrator, and Trust incident to such proceeding or litigation
         shall be charged against the Account of the affected Participant.

10.6     OTHER BENEFITS. The benefits of each Participant or beneficiary
         hereunder shall be in addition to any benefits paid or payable to or on
         account of the Participant or beneficiary under any other pension,
         disability, annuity or retirement plan or policy whatsoever.

10.7     NO LIABILITY. No liability shall attach to or be incurred by any
         manager of the Employer, Trustee or any Administrator under or by
         reason of the terms, conditions and provisions contained in this Plan,
         or for the acts or decisions taken or made thereunder or in connection
         therewith; and as a condition precedent to the establishment of this
         Plan or the receipt of benefits thereunder, or both, such liability, if
         any, is expressly waived and released by each Participant and by any
         and all persons claiming under or through any Participant or any other
         person. Such waiver and release shall be conclusively evidenced by any
         act or participation in or the acceptance of benefits or the making of
         any election under this Plan.

24

10.8     EXPENSES. All expenses incurred in the administration of the Plan,
         whether incurred by the Employer, Administrator, or the Plan, shall be
         paid by the Employer.

10.9     INSOLVENCY. Should the Employer be considered insolvent (as defined by
         the Trust), the Employer, through its Board and chief executive
         officer, shall give immediate written notice of such to the
         Administrator of the Plan and the Trustee. Upon receipt of such notice,
         the Administrator or Trustee shall cease to make any payments to
         Participants who were Employees of the Employer or their beneficiaries
         and shall hold any and all assets attributable to the Employer for the
         benefit of the general creditors of the Employer.

10.10    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION.

         (a)      Except as otherwise provided in this section, the Employer
                  shall have the sole authority to modify, amend or terminate
                  this Plan; provided, however, that any modification or
                  termination of this Plan shall not reduce, without the consent
                  of a Participant, a Participant's right to any amounts already
                  credited to his or her Account, or lengthen the time period
                  for a payout from an established Account, on the day before
                  the effective date of such modification or termination.
                  Following such termination, payment of such credited amounts
                  may be made in a single sum payment if the Employer so
                  designates. Any such decision to pay in a single sum shall
                  apply to all Participants.

         (b)      A Participant shall have a vested right to his or her Account
                  in the event of the termination of the Plan pursuant to
                  section (a), above.

         (c)      Any funds remaining in the Trust after termination of the Plan
                  and satisfaction of all liabilities to Participants and
                  others, shall be returned to the Employer.

25

10.11    EMPLOYER DETERMINATIONS. Any determinations, actions or decisions of
         the Employer (including but not limited to, Plan amendments and Plan
         termination) shall be made by the Board in accordance with its
         established procedures or by such other individuals, groups or
         organizations that have been properly delegated by the Board to make
         such determination or decision.

10.12    CONSTRUCTION. All questions of interpretation, construction or
         application arising under or concerning the terms of this Plan shall be
         decided by the Administrator, in its sole and final discretion, whose
         decision shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons.

10.13    GOVERNING LAW. This Plan shall be governed by, construed and
         administered in accordance with the applicable laws of the State of
         Illinois.

10.14    SEVERABILITY. Should any provision of the Plan or any regulations
         adopted thereunder be deemed or held to be unlawful or invalid for any
         reason, such fact shall not adversely affect the other provisions or
         regulations unless such invalidity shall render impossible or
         impractical the functioning of the Plan and, in such case, the
         appropriate parties shall immediately adopt a new provision or
         regulation to take the place of the one held illegal or invalid.

10.15    HEADINGS. The Article headings contained herein are inserted only as a
         matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit,
         enlarge or describe the scope or intent of this Plan nor in any way
         shall they affect this Plan or the construction of any provision
         thereof.

10.16    TERMS. Capitalized terms shall have meanings as defined herein.
         Singular nouns shall be read as plural, masculine pronouns shall be
         read as feminine, and vice versa, as appropriate.

26

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer, effective as of this _____ day of ________________, 2001.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Title:

ATTEST:

By:

Title:

27

EXHIBIT 10.17

TRUST UNDER
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

This Agreement made this 1st day of April, 2001 by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as the "Employer") and Allfirst Trust Company (hereinafter referred to as the "Trustee");

WHEREAS, the Employer has adopted the nonqualified deferred compensation plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") as listed in Appendix A.

WHEREAS, the Employer has incurred or expects to incur liability under the terms of such Plan with respect to the individuals participating in such Plan;

WHEREAS, the Employer wishes to establish the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Trust (hereinafter referred to as the "Trust") and to contribute to the Trust assets that shall be held therein, subject to the claims of the Employer's creditors in the event of the Employer's Insolvency, as herein defined, until paid to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in such manner and at such times as specified in the Plan;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the parties that this Trust shall constitute an unfunded arrangement and shall not affect the status of the Plan as an unfunded plan maintained for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Employer to make contributions to the Trust to provide itself with a source of funds to assist it in meeting its liabilities under the Plan;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties do hereby establish the Trust and agree that the Trust shall be comprised, held and disposed of as follows:


1. ESTABLISHMENT OF TRUST.

(a) The Employer hereby deposits with the Trustee in trust one dollar ($1.00), which shall become the principal of the Trust to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust.

(b) The Trust hereby established is revocable by Employer; it shall become irrevocable upon a Change of Control, as defined herein.

(c) The Trust is intended to be a grantor trust, of which the Employer is the grantor, within the meaning of subpart E, part I, subchapter J, chapter 1, Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and shall be construed accordingly.

(d) The principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Employer and shall be used exclusively for the uses and purposes of Plan participants and general creditors as herein set forth. Plan participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Trust. Any rights created under the Plan and this Trust shall be mere unsecured contractual rights of Plan participants and their beneficiaries against the Employer. Any assets held by the Trust will be subject to the claims of the Employer's general creditors under federal and state law in the event of Insolvency, as defined in Section 3(a) hereof.

(e) The Employer, in its sole discretion, may at any time, or from time to time, make additional deposits of cash or other property in trust with the Trustee to augment the principal to be held, administered and disposed of by the Trustee as provided in this Trust Agreement. Neither the Trustee nor any Plan participant or beneficiary shall have any right to compel such additional


deposits.

(f) Upon a Change of Control, Employer shall, as soon as possible, but in no event longer than five (5) days following the Change of Control, as defined herein, make an irrevocable contribution to the Trust in an amount that is sufficient to pay each Plan participant or beneficiary the benefits to which Plan participants or their beneficiaries would be entitled pursuant to the terms of the Plan(s) as of the date on which the Change of Control occurred.

2. PAYMENTS TO PLAN PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES.

(a) The Employer shall deliver to the Trustee a schedule (the "Payment Schedule") that indicates the amounts payable with respect to each Plan participant (and his or her beneficiaries), that provides a formula or other instructions acceptable to the Trustee for determining the amounts so payable, the form in which such amount is to be paid (as provided for or available under the Plan(s)), and the time of commencement for payment of such amounts. Except as otherwise provided herein, the Trustee shall make payments to the Plan participants and their beneficiaries in accordance with such Payment Schedule. The Trustee shall make provision for the reporting and withholding of any federal, state or local taxes that may be required to be withheld with respect to the payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan(s) and shall pay amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authorities or determine that such amounts have been reported, withheld and paid by the Employer.

(b) The entitlement of a Plan participant or his or her beneficiaries to benefits under the Plan shall be determined by the Employer or such party as it shall designate under the Plan, and any claim for such benefits shall be considered and reviewed under the procedures set out in the Plan.


(c) The Employer may make payment of benefits directly to Plan participants or their beneficiaries as they become due under the terms of the Plan(s). The Employer shall notify the Trustee of its decision to make payment of benefits directly prior to the time amounts are payable to participants or their beneficiaries. In addition, if the principal of the Trust, and any earnings thereon, are not sufficient to make payments of benefits in accordance with the terms of the Plan, the Employer shall make the balance of each such payment as it falls due. The Trustee shall notify the Employer where principal and earnings are not sufficient.

3. TRUSTEE RESPONSIBILITY REGARDING PAYMENTS TO THE TRUST BENEFICIARY WHEN EMPLOYER IS INSOLVENT.

(a) The Trustee shall cease payment of benefits to Plan participants and their beneficiaries if the Employer is Insolvent. The Employer shall be considered "Insolvent" for purposes of this Trust if:

(i) the Employer is unable to pay its debts as they become due; or

(ii) the Employer is subject to a pending proceeding as a debtor under the United States Bankruptcy Code.

(b) At all times during the continuance of this Trust, as provided in
Section 1(d) hereof, the principal and income of the Trust shall be subject to claims of general creditors of the Employer under federal and state law as set forth below:

(i) The Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer (or, if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the highest ranking officer of the Employer) of the Employer shall have the duty to inform the Trustee in


writing of the Employer's Insolvency. If a person claiming to be a creditor of the Employer alleges in writing to the Trustee that the Employer has become Insolvent, the Trustee shall determine whether the Employer is Insolvent and, pending such determination, the Trustee shall discontinue payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries.

(ii) Unless the Trustee has actual knowledge of the Employer's Insolvency, or has received notice from the Employer or a person claiming to be a creditor alleging that the Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall have no duty to inquire whether the Employer is Insolvent. The Trustee may in all events rely on such evidence concerning the Employer's solvency as may be furnished to the Trustee and that provides the Trustee with a reasonable basis for making a determination concerning the Employer's solvency.

(iii) If at any time the Trustee has determined that the Employer is Insolvent, the Trustee shall discontinue payments to Plan participants or their beneficiaries and shall hold the assets of the Trust for the benefit of the Employer's general creditors. Nothing in this Trust shall in any way diminish any rights of Plan participants or their beneficiaries to pursue their rights as general creditors of the Employer with respect to benefits due under the Plan(s) or otherwise.

(iv) The Trustee shall resume the payment of benefits to Plan participants or their beneficiaries in accordance with Section 2 of this Trust only after the Trustee has determined that the Employer is not Insolvent (or is no longer Insolvent).

(c) Provided that there are sufficient assets, if the Trustee discontinues the


payment of benefits from the Trust pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof and subsequently resumes such payments, the first payment following such discontinuance shall include the aggregate amount of all payments due to Plan participants or their beneficiaries under the terms of the Plan for the period of such discontinuance, less the aggregate amount of any payments made to Plan participants or their beneficiaries by the Employer in lieu of the payments provided for hereunder during any such period of discontinuance.

4. PAYMENTS TO EMPLOYER. Except as provided in Section 3 hereof, after the Trust has become irrevocable, the Employer shall have no right or power to direct the Trustee to return to the Employer or to divert to others any of the Trust assets before all payment of benefits have been made to Plan participants and their beneficiaries pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

5. INVESTMENT AUTHORITY.

(a) The Trustee may invest in securities (including stock or rights to acquire stock) or obligations issued by the Employer. All rights associated with assets of the Trust shall be exercised by the Trustee or the person designated by the Trustee, and shall in no event be exercisable by or rest with Plan participants, except that voting rights with respect to Trust assets will be exercised by the Employer.

(b) The Employer shall have the right at any time, and from time to time in its sole discretion, to substitute assets of equal fair market value for any assets held by the Trust. This right is exercisable by the Employer in a nonfiduciary capacity without the approval or consent of any person in a fiduciary capacity.

(c) The trustee shall invest the principal of the Trust and any earnings thereon in accordance with written directions from the Employer. Such directions shall


provide Trustee with the investment discretion to invest the above referenced amounts within the broad guidelines established by Trustee and Employer as set forth therein.

6. DISPOSITION OF INCOME. During the term of this Trust, all income received by the Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested.

7. ACCOUNTING BY TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed records of all investments, receipts, disbursements, and all other transactions required to be made, including such specific records as shall be agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the Trustee. Within sixty (60) days following the close of each calendar year and within sixty
(60) days after the removal or resignation of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to the Employer a written account of its administration of the Trust during such year or during the period from the close of the last preceding year to the date of such removal or resignation, setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by it, including a description of all securities and investments purchased and sold with the cost or net proceeds of such purchases or sales (accrued interest paid or receivable being shown separately), and showing all cash, securities and other property held in the Trust at the end of such year or as of the date of such removal or resignation as the case may be.

8. RESPONSIBILITY OF TRUSTEE.

(a) The Trustee shall act with the care, skill, prudence and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims, provided, however, that the Trustee shall incur no liability to any person for any action taken pursuant to a direction, request or approval given by the Employer which is contemplated by, and in conformity with, the terms of the Plan or this Trust and is given in writing by


the Employer. In the event of a dispute between the Employer and a party, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction to resolve the dispute.

(b) If the Trustee undertakes or defends any litigation arising in connection with this Trust (other than litigation arising out of the Trustee's negligence or willful misconduct, or failure to perform its duties under the Trust), the Employer agrees to indemnify the Trustee against Trustee's costs, expenses and liabilities
(including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and expenses) relating thereto and to be primarily liable for such payments. If the Employer does not pay such costs, expenses and liabilities in a reasonably timely manner, the Trustee may obtain payment from the Trust.

(c) The Trustee may consult with legal counsel (who may also be counsel for the Employer generally) with respect to any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(d) The Trustee may hire agents, accountants, actuaries, investment advisors, financial consultants or other professionals to assist it in performing any of its duties or obligations hereunder.

(e) The Trustee shall have, without exclusion, all powers conferred on trustees by applicable law, unless expressly provided otherwise herein, provided, however, that if an insurance policy is held as an asset of the Trust, the Trustee shall have no power to name a beneficiary of the policy other than the Trust, to assign the policy
(as distinct from conversion of the policy to a different form) other than to a successor Trustee, or to loan to any person the proceeds of any borrowing against such policy.

(f) However, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8(e) above, the Trustee may loan to the company the proceeds of any borrowing against an insurance policy held as an asset of the Trust.


(g) Notwithstanding any powers granted to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust or to applicable law, the Trustee shall not have any power that could give this Trust the objective of carrying on a business and dividing the gains therefrom, within the meaning of section 301.7701-2 of the Procedure and Administrative Regulations promulgated pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code.

(h) The Trustee shall indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers, employees and agents from and against all liabilities, losses and claims (including reasonable attorney's fees and costs of defense) to the extent that such liabilities losses and claims result, directly or indirectly, from the Trustee's breach of this Trust agreement, breach of fiduciary, negligence or willful misconduct.

9. COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES OF THE TRUSTEE. The Employer shall pay all reasonable administrative and Trustee's fees and expenses. If not so paid, the fees and expenses shall be paid from the Trust.

10. RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE.

(a) The Trustee may resign at any time by written notice to the Employer, which shall be effective thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice unless the Employer and the Trustee agree otherwise.

(b) The Trustee may be removed by the Employer upon thirty (30) days notice or upon shorter notice accepted by the Trustee.

(c) Upon resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee, all assets shall subsequently be transferred to the successor Trustee. The transfer shall be completed within sixty
(60) days after receipt of notice of resignation, removal or transfer, unless the Employer extends the time limit.


(d) If the Trustee resigns or is removed, a successor shall be appointed, in accordance with Section 11 hereof, by the effective date of the resignation or removal under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section. If no such appointment has been made, the Trustee may apply to a court of competent jurisdiction for appointment of a successor or for instructions. All expenses of the Trustee in connection with the proceeding shall be allowed as administrative expenses of the Trust.

11. APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

(a) If the Trustee resigns (or is removed) in accordance with Section 10(a) or (b) hereof, the Employer may appoint any third party, such as a bank trust department or other party that may be granted corporate trustee powers under state law, as a successor to replace the Trustee upon resignation or removal. The appointment shall be effective when accepted in writing by the new Trustee, who shall have all of the rights and powers of the former Trustee, including ownership rights in the Trust assets. The former Trustee shall execute any instrument necessary or reasonably requested by the Employer or the successor Trustee to evidence the transfer.

(b) The successor Trustee need not examine the records and acts of any prior Trustee and may retain or dispose of existing Trust assets, subject to Sections 7 and 8 hereof. The successor Trustee shall not be responsible for and the Employer shall indemnify and defend the successor Trustee from any claim or liability resulting from any action or inaction of any prior Trustee or from any other past event, or any condition existing at the time it becomes successor Trustee.


12. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.

(a) This Trust may be amended by a written instrument executed by the Trustee and the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no such amendment shall conflict with the terms of the Plan or shall make the Trust revocable after it has become irrevocable in accordance with Section 1(b) hereof.

(b) This Trust shall not terminate until the date on which Plan participants and their beneficiaries are no longer entitled to benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan. Upon termination of this Trust any assets remaining in this Trust shall be returned to the Employer.

(c) Upon written approval of participants or beneficiaries entitled to payment of benefits pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Employer may terminate this Trust prior to the time all benefit payments under the Plan have been made. All assets in the Trust at termination shall be returned to the Employer.

13. MISCELLANEOUS.

(a) Any provision of this Trust prohibited by law shall be ineffective to the extent of any such prohibition, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof.

(b) Benefits payable to Plan participants and their beneficiaries under this Trust may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, pledged, encumbered or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

(c) This Trust shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois.


(d) For purposes of this Trust, Change of Control shall mean, and be deemed to have occurred, on the date of the first to occur any of the following:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of Taylor Capital approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis; or

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by Taylor Capital of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Change of Control; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and
(b) any member of the Taylor Family),


directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family holds less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

For purposes of this Trust, the Taylor Family means (i) Sidney Taylor and Iris Taylor, (ii) a descendant of Sidney Taylor and Iris Taylor, (iii) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of an individual described in (i) or (ii) above, or (iv) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

14. EFFECTIVE DATE. The effective date of this Trust shall be April 1, 2001.

Attest:                                    Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

________________________________           By: ________________________________
Secretary                                  Name and Title


                                           Allfirst Trust Company

                                           By: ________________________________
                                           Name and Title


EXHIBIT 10.18

AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into as of February 6, 1997, by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc. ("TCG"), Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. ("CTFG") and those certain persons listed on Exhibit A hereof (the "Taylor Family"), for the purposes described below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Taylor Family and CTFG have entered into an Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "Share Exchange Agreement");

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7(c) of the Share Exchange Agreement, the Taylor Family has formed TCG; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7(c) of the Share Exchange Agreement, TCG shall assume certain obligations and shall indemnify CTFG for certain liabilities;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Share Exchange Agreement.

2. Entry, Ratification and Approval. TCG hereby enters into, ratifies and approves the Share Exchange Agreement and all of the related transactions required or contemplated by the terms thereof in the manner set forth in this Agreement.

3. Newco Stock. Unless the Share Exchange Agreement has been terminated by the Taylor Family pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Share Exchange Agreement, TCG shall indemnify and hold harmless CTFG against all costs and liabilities related to (a) the offer and sale of New Bank Securities or Newco Stock, including but not limited to all underwriting, accounting, legal, printing, filing fee and other expenses of such offer(s) and sale(s) and any liabilities for misstatements or omissions in the offering documents related thereto or any part thereof and (b) the preparation, filing, amendment and withdrawal of the Common Registration Statement.

4. Private Letter Ruling. For the two year period following the Closing Date, unless the Taylor Family has received a written opinion from a nationally recognized tax counsel, which opinion shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to tax counsel for CTFG, that the desired transactions and any transaction related thereto shall neither affect the qualification of the exchange of Newco Stock for CTFG Stock under Section 355 of the Code nor affect the validity of the Private Letter Ruling (a "Tax Opinion"), (a) TCG shall cause the Bank to continue the active conduct of its banking business, (b) TCG shall not merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or


cause the Bank to merge or consolidate with any other corporation, (c) TCG shall not liquidate or partially liquidate, or cause the Bank to liquidate or partially liquidate, (d) TCG shall not sell or transfer any significant part of its assets or permit the Bank to sell or transfer any significant part of its assets, (e) TCG shall not redeem or otherwise purchase any of its capital stock or permit the Bank to redeem or otherwise purchase any of its capital stock, and
(f) TCG shall not issue, or permit the Bank to issue, additional shares of its capital stock, except as contemplated by the Private Letter Ruling. Regardless of whether the Taylor Family has obtained the Tax Opinion, TCG shall not enter into any agreement, arrangement or understanding for transfer of control of the Bank for one year following the Closing Date (a "Transfer Arrangement"), and if TCG enters into a Transfer Arrangement more than one year but less than two years following the Closing Date, TCG shall remain responsible for ensuring that, and shall obtain a written contractual commitment from the other parties to the Transfer Arrangement that they shall ensure that, the Bank complies with the obligations contained in this Section 4, except to the extent that the Tax Opinion also opines that the qualification of the exchange of Newco Stock for CTFG Stock under Section 355 and the validity of the Private Letter Ruling will not be affected by the particular actions specified in the Tax Opinion. TCG and the Bank shall deliver a certificate of an officer as to compliance with this
Section 4 to CTFG on the last day of each calendar quarter until the end of the two year period after the Closing Date.

5. Deconsolidation. After the Closing, TCG shall take such steps with CTFG and the Taylor Family in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as are necessary to deconsolidate the Bank from CTFG for accounting purposes.

6. Bank Obligations. TCG shall cause the Bank to assume the liability (and TCG shall and shall cause the Bank to indemnify CTFG and its subsidiaries against such liability) for the severance or change in control payments described in Section 10(j) (other than the first sentence thereof) of the Share Exchange Agreement. After the Closing, TCG shall cause the Bank to comply with its obligations under the third sentence of Section 3.1(a), the last sentence of
Section 5.2(a), the first sentence of Section 10(i), the second sentence of
Section 10(k), the second sentence of Section 10(m), Section 10(n), the second sentence of Section 15(a) and Section 16 of the Share Exchange Agreement.

7. Other Provisions. TCG shall be bound by Sections 10(n), 15(c), 15(d), 16 and 17 (to the extent of its own expenses) of the Share Exchange Agreement to the same extent as if it were a party thereto. With respect to such Section 17, the fees and expenses of TCG are to be borne by TCG or the Taylor Family and not by CTFG.

8. TCG and Bank Indemnity. After the Closing, TCG shall, and shall cause the Bank to, indemnify and hold harmless CTFG and its affiliates from and against any and all Losses (a) whenever incurred, arising or accrued, relating to the Bank or CT Mortgage or CTFG's ownership of securities in the Bank CT Mortgage or Alpha Capital Fund or (b) incurred, arising or accrued prior to the Closing and relating to Auto Sub. After the Closing, TCG shall, and shall cause the Bank to, indemnify and hold harmless CTFG and


its affiliates from and against any and all Losses whenever incurred, arising or accrued, relating to TCG or CTFG's ownership of securities in TCG; provided, however, that TCG and the Bank shall have no obligation to provide any indemnity pursuant to this sentence for any Losses which are primarily the result of actions by CTFG.

9. Indemnification by CTFG. CTFG hereby acknowledges that TCG and the Bank shall be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Sections 15(b), (c) and (d) of the Share Exchange Agreement to the same extent as the Taylor Family.

10. Other Benefits. CTFG hereby acknowledges that TCG shall be entitled to all of the rights and benefits of the Share Exchange Agreement to the same extent as if it had been a party thereto.

11. General Provisions.

11.1 Amendments and Waiver. No amendment, waiver or consent with respect to any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective, unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto, and any such written and signed amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

11.2 Notices. All notices, requests, consents, demands and other communications hereunder must be in writing.

11.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

11.4 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall inure to and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective heirs, successors and assigns. No party may assign (by operation of law or otherwise) any rights, benefits, duties or obligations under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the other parties hereto; provided, however, that TCG or CTFG may , without such consent, assign its rights under this Agreement to any successor in the event of a merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all its assets, liquidation or dissolution, if such assignee executes and delivers to the other parties hereto an agreement satisfactory in form and substance to such other parties under which such assignee assumes and agrees to perform and discharge all the obligations and liabilities of the assigning party. No permitted assignment by any party under this Section 11.4 shall relieve the assigning party of its obligations hereunder.

11.5 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, the Share Exchange Agreement and the documents referred to herein contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all other agreements, understandings and undertakings among the parties on the subject matter hereof.


11.6 Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision or provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

11.7 Partial Invalidity. In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be held invalid or unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction, such holding shall not invalidate or render unenforceable any other provision hereof.

11.8 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed, enforced and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within said State.

11.9 Taylor Family Designees. The Taylor Family members hereby appoint Jeffrey W. Taylor and Bruce W. Taylor, or either of them, to act as their designated representatives (the "Taylor Family Designees") for the purpose of exercising all power of the Taylor Family necessary to administer this Agreement, including, without limitation, the power to modify, amend or waive provisions under this Agreement, give consents or instructions, or give or receive notices and incur all out-of-pocket expenses including the reasonable fees and costs of attorneys or agents, which the Taylor Family Designees may find it necessary to engage in the performance of such Taylor Family Designees duties. Any notice, direction, consent or other act to be received or given by a Taylor Family member shall be deemed properly received or given if received or given by the Taylor Family Designees. The Taylor Family members, by unanimous written consent thereof delivered to TCG, may change at any time the Taylor Family Designees.

11.10 No Amendment. Except as expressly provided herein, the Share Exchange Agreement shall remain in full force and effect with no amendment or alteration of any kind.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Its:
Title:

COLE TAYLOR FINANCIAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Its:
Title:


Sidney J Taylor(1/)


Jeffrey W. Taylor


Bruce W. Taylor


Iris Taylor(2/)


Cindy Taylor Bleil


(1/) Individually and a trustee under self declaration of trust dated 9/17/96.

(2/) Individually and as trustee of the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Stephanie Lynn Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Ryan Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Rebecca Inez Bleil, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Melissa Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Lisa Rebecca Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Cindy Taylor Bleil, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Jeffrey W. Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Elizabeth Ann Bleil, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Emily Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Adam Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Brett Daniel Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Brian Taylor, the Taylor Annual Gift Trust FBO Bruce W. Taylor.



Melvin E. Pearl, as Trustee(3/)


Susan Taylor, as Trustee of the Susan Taylor Trust

Cole Taylor Bank, as Trustee(4/)

By:


(3/) As trustee of the Shirley Tark Great Grandchildrens Trust FBO Family of Jeffrey Taylor (a general partner of Taylor Family Partnership), the Shirley Tark Grandchildrens Trust FBO Bruce Taylor (a general partner of Taylor Family Partnership), the Shirley Tark Grandchildrens FBO Cindy Bleil (a general partner of Taylor Family Partnership), the Taylor 1992 Trust FBO Ryan Taylor, the Shirley Tark Great Grandchildrens Trust FBO Family of Cindy Taylor Bleil, the Shirley Tark Great Grandchildrens Trust FBO Family of Bruce Taylor, the Taylor 1992 Trust FBO Elliott Benjamin Taylor, the Taylor 1992 Trust FBO Elizabeth Ann Bleil, the Cindy L. Taylor Gift Trust, the Taylor 1992 Trust FBO Lisa Rebecca Taylor, the Taylor 1992 Trust FBO Rebecca Inez Bleil, the Jeffrey W. Taylor Gift Trust, the Taylor 1992 Trust FBO Stephanie Lynn Taylor, the Bruce Taylor Gift Trust, and the Taylor 1992 Trust FBO Brett Daniel Taylor.

(4/) As Trustee of the Trust FBO Sidney J. Taylor and the Iris Fund Tark.


EXHIBIT A

TAYLOR FAMILY

Directly Owned Shares
---------------------
Sidney Taylor                                  53,900
Jeffrey Taylor                                 86,880
Bruce Taylor                                  126,880
Cindy Bleil                                   126,880



Indirectly Owned Shares
-----------------------
Iris Taylor TR FBO Adam Taylor                 21,720
Melvin Pearl TR/BT Gift Trust                  26,480
Melvin Pearl TR/Brett Daniel Taylor             8,800
Iris Taylor TR/Brett Daniel Taylor             11,320
Iris Taylor TR/Brian Taylor                    21,720
Iris Taylor TR/Bruce Taylor                    21,720
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/Bruce Taylor             211,320
Iris Taylor TR/Cindy Taylor Bleil              21,720
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/Cindy Taylor
Bleil Gift Trust                              211,320
Melvin Pearl TR/Cindy Taylor                   26,520
Cole Taylor Bank/FBO SJT                       38,040
Cole Taylor Bank/Tark Iris Fund               152,200
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO E. Bleil                    8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO E. Bleil                     4,640
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO E. B. Taylor                8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Emily Taylor                21,760
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/Bruce Taylor             261,320
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/C. Bleil                 261,320
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/J. Taylor                261,320
Melvin Pearl TR/JWT Gift Trust                 26,520
Iris Taylor TR/FBO JWT                         17,800
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/J. Taylor                211,320
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO Lisa Taylor                 4,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Lisa Taylor                 16,960
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Melissa Taylor              21,760


Indirectly Owned Shares
-----------------------
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO R. Bleil                    8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO R. Bleil                    11,320
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO Ryan Taylor                 8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Ryan Taylor                  1,480
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Stephanie Taylor            16,960
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO Stephanie Taylor            4,800
Taylor Family Partnership                     750,000
Sidney J Taylor Trust under self              509,280
Susan Taylor Trust                             40,000


EXHIBIT 10.19

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

THIS INDEMNITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of February 12, 1997, by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc. ("TCG") and those certain persons listed on Schedule A hereof (the "Taylor Family") and represented by the members of the Taylor Family shown on the signature page hereof, for the purposes described below.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Taylor Family and Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. ("CTFG") entered into an Amended and Restated Share Exchange Agreement dated as of June 12, 1996 (the "Share Exchange Agreement");

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7(c) of the Share Exchange Agreement, the Taylor Family has formed TCG; and

WHEREAS, TCG desires to indemnify the Taylor Family for certain liabilities under the Share Exchange Agreement;

NOW THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. For purposes of this Agreement:

(a) "PROCEEDING" means any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, administrative hearing, or any other proceeding, pending, threatened or completed, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which a Taylor Family member is a party or threatened to be a party:

(i) arising, caused by, or as a result of a breach by TCG of the
Section 7(c) Agreement dated _________, 1996 between TCG and CTFG; and/or

(ii) arising from or relating to the following sections of the Share Exchange Agreement:

Section 3
Section 5.2(a) (last two sentences only)
Section 5.2(b) (last two sentences only)
Section 10(g)(i) (first sentence only), 10(g)(ii)(other than a breach of 10(g)(ii)(x))
Section 10(h)
Section 10(j) (second sentence only)
Section 10(n)(iii)
Section 15(a) (other than Section 15(a)(i))
Section 16
Section 17

(b) "CLOSING" means the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Share Exchange Agreement.


(c) "EXPENSES" means all reasonable attorneys' fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, or being or preparing to be a witness in a Proceeding.

(d) "LIABILITIES" means any judgments, fines, penalties, or similar payments or amounts paid or incurred by a Taylor Family member in connection with any Proceeding, amounts paid or incurred by a Taylor Family member or on a Taylor Family member's behalf in settlement of any Proceeding, and all Expenses.

2. INDEMNIFICATION. TCG shall hold harmless and indemnify each member of the Taylor Family against all Liabilities and advance to each Taylor Family member all Expenses to the fullest extent permitted by law; provided, however, that TCG shall have no obligation to indemnify or hold harmless any member of the Taylor Family from any Liability caused by such Taylor Family member's knowing or reckless breach of any representation, warranty or covenant contained in the Share Exchange Agreement.

3. ADVANCEMENT OF EXPENSES. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, TCG shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of a Taylor Family member in connection with any Proceeding within five (5) days after the receipt by TCG of a statement from such Taylor Family member requesting the advance from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of the Proceeding. Each statement shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Taylor Family member. Each Taylor Family member hereby undertakes to repay promptly any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Taylor Family member is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Any advances and the undertaking to repay pursuant to this Section 3 shall be unsecured and, until thirty (30) days after the date on which it is determined that such Taylor Family member is not entitled to be so indemnified, interest free.

4. EXPENSES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, TCG shall indemnify each Taylor Family member against all expenses incurred by such Taylor Family member against all Expenses incurred by such Taylor Family member in connection with any action between the TCG and such Taylor Family member involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of such Taylor Family member under this Agreement.

5. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

-2-

5.1 EFFECTIVE DATE. This Agreement shall be effective upon the Closing, and shall be of no force and effect until the Closing.

5.2 AMENDMENTS AND WAIVER. No amendment, waiver or consent with respect to any provision of this Agreement shall in any event be effective, unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto, and then such amendment, waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

5.3 NON-EXCLUSIVITY. The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a Taylor Family member may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any corporation, any other agreement, a vote of shareholders, a resolution of directors, or otherwise.

5.4 SUBROGATION. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, TCG shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of each Taylor Family member, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable TCG to bring suit to enforce such rights.

5.5 NO DUPLICATIVE PAYMENT. TCG shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder if and to the extent that a Taylor Family member has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement, or otherwise.

5.6 NOTICES. All notices, requests, consents, demands and other communications hereunder must be in writing.

5.7 COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed simultaneously in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

5.8 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. This Agreement, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall inure to and be binding on the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. TCG may not assign any rights, benefits, duties or obligations under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of the Taylor Family.

5.9 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement and the documents referred to herein contain the entire agreement and understanding among the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and supersede all other agreements, understandings and undertakings among the parties on the subject matter hereof.

-3-

5.10 SEVERABILITY. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision or provisions held invalid or unenforceable.

5.11 GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be construed, enforced and interpreted in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made and to be performed wholly within said State.

5.12 NO THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. This Agreement does not create any rights, claims or benefits inuring to any person that is not a party hereto nor create or establish any third-party beneficiary hereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Name:
Title:

"TAYLOR FAMILY" REPRESENTATIVES


Sidney J. Taylor


Jeffrey W. Taylor


Bruce W. Taylor


Iris Taylor

-4-

EXHIBIT A

TAYLOR FAMILY

Directly Owned Shares

Sidney Taylor                                 53,900
Jeffrey Taylor                                86,880
Bruce Taylor                                 126,880
Cindy Bleil                                  126,880

Indirectly Owned Shares

Iris Taylor TR FBO Adam Taylor                                           21,720
Melvin Pearl TR/BT Gift Trust                                            26,480
Melvin Pearl TR/Brett Daniel Taylor                                       8,800
Iris Taylor TR/Brett Daniel Taylor                                       11,320
Iris Taylor TR/Brian Taylor                                              21,720
Iris Taylor TR/Bruce Taylor                                              21,720
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/Bruce Taylor                                       211,320
Iris Taylor TR/Cindy Taylor Bleil                                        21,720
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/Cindy Taylor Bleil                                 211,320
Melvin Pearl TR/Cindy Taylor                                             26,520
Cole Taylor Bank/FBO SJT                                                 38,040
Cole Taylor Bank/Tark Iris Fund                                         152,200
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO E. Bleil                                              8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO E. Bleil                                               4,640
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO E. B. Taylor                                          8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Emily Taylor                                          21,760
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/Bruce Taylor                                       261,320
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/C. Bleil                                           261,320
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/J. Taylor                                          261,320
Melvin Pearl TR/JWT Gift Trust                                           26,520
Iris Taylor TR/FBO JWT                                                   17,800
Melvin Pearl TR/Tark/J. Taylor                                          211,320
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO Lisa Taylor                                           4,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Lisa Taylor                                           16,960
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Melissa Taylor                                        21,760
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO R. Bleil                                              8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO R. Bleil                                              11,320
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO Ryan Taylor                                           8,800
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Ryan Taylor                                            1,480
Iris Taylor TR/FBO Stephanie Taylor                                      16,960
Melvin Pearl TR/FBO Stephanie Taylor                                      4,800
Taylor Family Partnership                                               750,000
Sidney J Taylor Trust under self                                        509,280
Susan Taylor Trust                                                       40,000

A-1

EXHIBIT 10.20

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

McDermott, Will & Emery
Chicago


CERTIFICATE

I, ________________________, Secretary of TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., hereby certify that the attached document is a correct copy of the TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN (Effective
as of October 1, 1998).

Dated this ________ day of ____________, 1999.


Secretary of the Corporation


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1.................................................................    1
      Background of Plan..................................................    1
            1.1.  Purpose of Plan; Applicable Requirements................    1
            1.2.  History of Plan.........................................    1
            1.3.  Effective Date; Plan Year...............................    2
            1.4.  Trustee; Trust Agreement................................    2
            1.5.  Plan Administration.....................................    2
            1.6.  Employers...............................................    3
            1.7.  Predecessor Plans.......................................    3
            1.8.  Plan Supplements........................................    3
SECTION 2.................................................................    4
      Eligibility and Participation.......................................    4
            2.1.  Eligibility to Participate..............................    4
            2.2.  Period of Participation.................................    5
            2.3.  Leave of Absence........................................    5
            2.4.  Leased Employees........................................    5
            2.5.  Military Service........................................    6
SECTION 3.................................................................    7
      Contributions.......................................................    7
            3.1.  Employer Contributions..................................    7
            3.2.  Payment of Acquisition Loans; Employer Loan
                  Contributions...........................................    7
            3.3.  Individual Employer's Share of Employer Contributions;
                  Limitations on Employers' Contributions.................    8
            3.4.  Form of Payment of Employer Contributions...............    8
            3.5.  Earnings................................................    9
SECTION 4.................................................................   10
      Company Stock; Acquisition Loans....................................   10
            4.1.  Company Stock...........................................   10
            4.2.  Acquisition Loans.......................................   10
SECTION 5.................................................................   11
      Investment of Employer Contributions................................   11
            5.1.  Investment Options......................................   11
            5.2.  Investments in Company Stock............................   11
            5.3.  Diversification of Investments in Company Stock.........   12

-i-

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
SECTION 6.................................................................   14
      Accounting..........................................................   14
            6.1.  Participants' Accounts..................................   14
            6.2.  Trust Accounts..........................................   15
            6.3.  Accounting Dates; Accounting Periods; Accounting Period.   16
            6.4.  Adjustment of Accounts in Investment Funds..............   16
            6.5.  Transfer of Shares From Unreleased Share Account to
                  Participants' ESOP Stock Accounts.......................   17
            6.6.  Adjustment of ESOP Cash and Stock Accounts..............   17
            6.7.  Dividends on Company Stock..............................   19
            6.8.  Temporary Investment of Cash in Trust...................   20
            6.9.  Fair Market Value of Company Stock......................   20
            6.10. Stock Dividends, Stock Splits and Capital
                  Reorganizations Affecting ESOP Shares...................   21
            6.11. ESOP Share Records......................................   21
            6.12. Statement of Accounts...................................   21
            6.13. Multiple Acquisition Loans..............................   21
SECTION 7.................................................................   22
      Contribution and Benefit Limitations................................   22
            7.1.  Contribution Limitations................................   22
            7.2.  Combined Contribution Limitations.......................   23
            7.3.  Combining of Plans......................................   23
            7.4.  Highly Compensated Participant..........................   24
SECTION 8.................................................................   25
      Period of Participation.............................................   25
            8.1.  Settlement Date.........................................   25
            8.2.  Restricted Participation................................   25
SECTION 9.................................................................   27
      In-Service Withdrawals and Participant Loans........................   27
SECTION 10................................................................   28
      Vesting.............................................................   28
            10.1. Retirement..............................................   28
            10.2. Resignation or Dismissal................................   28
            10.3. Death of Participant....................................   30
            10.4. Forfeitures.............................................   30
SECTION 11................................................................   31
      Distributions Following Settlement Date.............................   31
            11.1. Manner of Distribution..................................   31

-ii-

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
            11.2. Determination of Account Balances.......................   32
            11.3. Distribution of Company Stock...........................   32
            11.4. Timing of Distributions.................................   32
            11.5. Direct Rollovers........................................   35
            11.6. Immediate Distributions to Alternate Payees.............   37
            11.7. Designation of Beneficiary..............................   37
            11.8. Missing Participants or Beneficiaries...................   38
            11.9. Facility of Payment.....................................   39
SECTION 12................................................................   40
      Rights, Restrictions, and Options on Company Stock..................   40
            12.1. Right of First Refusal..................................   40
            12.2. Put Option..............................................   41
            12.3. Share Legend............................................   42
            12.4. Nonterminable Rights....................................   42
SECTION 13................................................................   43
      Reemployment........................................................   43
            13.1. Commencement or Resumption of Participation.............   43
            13.2. Credited Service for Vesting............................   43
            13.3. Reinstatement of Forfeitures............................   44
SECTION 14................................................................   45
      Voting and Tendering of Company Stock...............................   45
SECTION 15................................................................   47
      General Provisions..................................................   47
            15.1. Interests Not Transferable..............................   47
            15.2. Absence of Guaranty.....................................   47
            15.3. Employment Rights.......................................   47
            15.4  Litigation by Participants or other Persons.............   47
            15.5. Evidence................................................   48
            15.6. Waiver of Notice........................................   48
            15.7. Controlling Law.........................................   48
            15.8. Statutory References....................................   48
            15.9. Severability............................................   48
            15.10 Additional Employers....................................   48
            15.11 Action By Employers.....................................   49
            15.12 Gender and Number.......................................   49
            15.13 Examination of Documents................................   49
            15.14 Fiduciary Responsibilities..............................   49
            15.15 Indemnification.........................................   49

-iii-

                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
SECTION 16................................................................   51
      Restrictions as to Reversion of Trust Assets to the Employers.......   51
SECTION 17................................................................   53
      Amendment and Termination...........................................   53
            17.1. Amendment...............................................   53
            17.2. Termination.............................................   53
            17.3. Nonforfeitability and Distribution on Termination.......   54
            17.4  Notice of Termination...................................   55
            17.5. Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc.........................   55
SECTION 18................................................................   56
      The Committee.......................................................   56
            18.1. The Committee...........................................   56
            18.2. The Committee's General Powers, Rights, and Duties......   56
            18.3. Manner of Action of the Committee.......................   57
            18.4. Interested Committee Member.............................   58
            18.5. Resignation or Removal of Committee Members.............   58
            18.6. Committee Expenses......................................   59
            18.7. Uniform Rules...........................................   59
            18.8. Information Required by the Committee...................   59
            18.9. Review of Benefit Determinations........................   59
            18.10 Committee's Decision Final..............................   59
            18.11 Denial Procedure and Appeal Process.....................   59
SECTION 19................................................................   61
      Special Rules Applicable When Plan is Top-Heavy.....................   61
            19.1. Purpose and Effect......................................   61
            19.2. Top-Heavy Plan..........................................   61
            19.3. Key Employee............................................   62
            19.4. Aggregated Plans........................................   62
            19.5. Minimum Employer Contribution...........................   63
            19.6. Coordination of Benefits................................   63
            19.7. Adjustment of Combined Benefit Limitations..............   63

SUPPLEMENT A..............................................................    1

-iv-

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

SECTION 1

BACKGROUND OF PLAN

1.1. PURPOSE OF PLAN; APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS

Effective as of October 1, 1998 (the "Effective Date"), Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") establishes the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan") for the purpose of enabling eligible employees of the Company and its affiliates to acquire stock ownership interests in the Company and permitting eligible employees to accumulate funds for their future security by sharing in employer contributions to the Plan.

The Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to meet the applicable requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code"). A portion of the Plan also constitutes an employee stock ownership plan that is designed to invest primarily in stock of the Company and that is intended to meet the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a), 409, and 4975(e)(7) of the Code and
Section 407(d)(6) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA").

1.2. HISTORY OF PLAN

This Plan is an amendment, restatement and continuation of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Prior Plan") and continues the employee stock ownership plan and profit sharing features of the Prior Plan.

The Prior Plan was established effective as of October 1, 1996. Eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries were eligible to participate in the Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 1993) (the "CTFG Profit Sharing Plan") and the Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 1994) (the "CTFG ESOP"). The CTFG Profit Sharing Plan was originally established by Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. ("CTFG") effective January 1, 1984 as a merger of various plans, and was amended and restated from time-to-time thereafter, most recently effective as of January 1, 1993. The CTFG ESOP was originally established by CTFG effective as of January 1, 1984 and was amended from

-1-

time to time thereafter, and was amended and restated most recently effective as of January 1, 1994.

In connection with the spin-off of the Company (and its subsidiaries) from the controlled group of corporations that includes Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc. f/k/a CTFG, the account balances of the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan and the CTFG ESOP attributable to the employees and former employees of the Company and its subsidiaries were spun-off and then merged to form the Prior Plan. As of the Effective Date, the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan") was spun off from the Prior Plan and this Plan is an amendment, restatement and continuation of the Prior Plan.

1.3. EFFECTIVE DATE; PLAN YEAR

The "effective date" of the Plan as set forth herein is October 1, 1998. The Plan will be administered on the basis of a "plan year." The "plan year" means the twelve-month period beginning each January 1 and ending the following December 31.

1.4. TRUSTEE; TRUST AGREEMENT

Amounts contributed under the Plan are held and invested, until distributed, by a Trustee appointed by the Company (the "Trustee"). The Trustee acts in accordance with the terms of a trust agreement between the Company and the Trustee, which trust agreement is known as the "Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust" (the "Trust"). The Trust implements and forms a part of the Plan. The provisions of and benefits under the Plan are subject to the terms and provisions of the Trust.

1.5. PLAN ADMINISTRATION

The Plan is administered by a Committee (the "Committee") as described in
Section 18. Any notice or document required to be given to or filed with the Committee will be properly given or filed if delivered or mailed, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Committee, in care of the Company at 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 201, Wheeling IL 60090. Each participant in the Plan shall be a "named fiduciary" within the meaning of Section 402 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") with respect to the voting direction of the shares of Company stock in their ESOP stock accounts, as described in Section 14. The Committee and the Company are "named fiduciaries," but solely to the extent that they have any fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan and related Trust.

-2-

1.6. EMPLOYERS

Any Controlled Group Member described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this subsection with respect to the Company may adopt the Plan with the Company's consent, as described in subsection 15.10. The Company and any such Controlled Group Members that adopt the Plan are referred to below collectively as the "Employers" and sometimes individually as an "Employer." A "Controlled Group Member" means:

(a) any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1563(a) of the Code, determined without regard to Sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C) thereof) that contains the Company;

(b) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code); or

(c) any entity that is affiliated with the Company under
Section 414(m) of the Code.

As of the effective date, the following Employers have adopted the Plan:
Cole Taylor Bank and CT Mortgage Company.

1.7. PREDECESSOR PLANS

Any other qualified profit sharing, stock bonus, or money purchase pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and maintained by an Employer may, with the consent of the Company, be merged into, and continued in the form of, the Plan. Any such plan merged into, and continued in the form of, this Plan shall be referred to as a "predecessor plan." Special provisions relating to participants in the Plan who were participants in a predecessor plan shall be set forth in one or more supplements to the Plan.

1.8. PLAN SUPPLEMENTS

The provisions of the Plan may be modified by supplements to the Plan. The terms and provisions of each supplement are a part of the Plan and supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between the Plan and such supplement.

-3-

SECTION 2

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1. ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE

(a) Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each employee who was employed by an Employer and who was a participant in the Prior Plan immediately prior to the Effective Date shall automatically be a participant in the Plan on the Effective Date.

(b) Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each other employee of an Employer will become a participant in the Plan as of the January 1st, April 1st, July 1st, or October 1st coincident with or next following the date he satisfies the following requirements:

(i) he has attained age 21;

(ii) (A) he has completed six months of continuous service in which he is credited with at least 500 hours of service or,

(B) if he fails to satisfy paragraph (A) above, he has completed 1,000 hours of service (as defined below) during the 12-month period commencing on his date of hire, or if he has not completed 1,000 hours of service during such 12-month period, he has completed 1,000 hours of service during a Plan Year ending before such January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1; and

(iii) he is employed as a member of a group of employees to which the Plan has been extended, either by unilateral action of an Employer in the case of an employee who is not represented by a collective bargaining representative or, if he is a member of a group of employees represented by a collective bargaining representative, through a

-4-

currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his Employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of employees of which he is a member.

For the purposes of the Plan, an "hour of service" means each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member for the performance of duties and for reasons other than the performance of duties, including each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, as determined and credited in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. Sec. 2530.200b-2.

For all purposes of the Plan, an individual shall be an "employee" of or be "employed" by an Employer for any Plan Year only if such individual is treated by the Employer for such Plan Year as its employee for purposes of employment taxes and wage withholding for Federal income tax purposes, regardless of any subsequent reclassification by an Employer, any government agency or a court.

2.2. PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION

Subject to the provisions of subsections 8.2 and 13.1, relating to restricted participation and resumption of participation, respectively, an employee who becomes a participant will continue as a participant until the later to occur of the date of his termination of employment with the Employers or the date on which all assets in his accounts under the Plan to which he is entitled hereunder have been distributed.

2.3. LEAVE OF ABSENCE

A leave of absence will not interrupt continuity of service or participation in the Plan. A "leave of absence" for purposes of the Plan means an absence from work that is not treated by an Employer as a termination of employment or that is required by law to be treated as a leave of absence. Leaves of absence will be granted under rules established by an Employer and applied uniformly to all similarly situated employees.

2.4. LEASED EMPLOYEES

Only common-law employees of the Employers are eligible to participate in the Plan. If a leased employee (as defined below) subsequently becomes a common-law employee of an Employer, the period during which the leased employee performed services for the Employer shall be taken into account for purposes of subsections 2.1 and 10.2 of the Plan; unless (i) such leased employee was a participant in a money purchase pension

-5-

plan maintained by the leasing organization that provides a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least 15 percent of earnings, immediate participation for all employees and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than twenty percent of the Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce. A "leased employee" means any person who is not a common-law employee of an Employer, but who has provided services to an Employer under the Employer's primary direction and control, on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and a leasing organization. The period during which a leased employee performs services for the Employer shall be taken into account for purposes of subsections 2.1 and 10.2 if such leased employee becomes an employee of the Employer; unless (i) such leased employee is a participant in a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization which provides a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, immediate participation for all employees, and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce.

2.5. MILITARY SERVICE

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). A participant returning from employment after serving in the uniformed services is treated as not having incurred a break in service during the period of qualified military service, as defined herein. Each period of qualified military service is considered under the Plan to be service with the Employer for the purposes of:

(a) determining the nonforfeitability of the participant's account balances, in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 of the Plan; and

(b) determining the participant's benefit allocations under subsection 3.1 of the Plan.

-6-

SECTION 3

CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, the Company, in its sole discretion, may direct the Employers to make a discretionary contribution to the Plan for any plan year. A discretionary contribution to be made for a plan year in such amount, if any, as determined by the Company prior to the end of the plan year or within a reasonable period of time after the end of the plan year. Any discretionary contribution for a plan year shall be allocated pro rata on the basis of participants' earnings for such plan year. Any discretionary contribution for a plan year shall be allocated only to participants who either
(i) completed at least 1,000 hours of service in such plan year and are employed by the Employers on the last day of such plan year or (ii) terminated employment with the Employers during such plan year under paragraph 8.1(a), (b), or (c).

For purposes of this subsection, "hours of service" shall mean hours of service as described in subsection 2.1. Any employer discretionary contributions for a plan year shall be due on the last day of the plan year and, if not paid by the end of that plan year, shall be payable to the Trustee as soon as practicable thereafter, without interest, but not later than the time prescribed by law for filing the Company's Federal income tax return for such plan year, including extensions thereof.

3.2. PAYMENT OF ACQUISITION LOANS; EMPLOYER LOAN CONTRIBUTIONS

For each accounting period during which an acquisition loan is outstanding, the Trustee shall use any contributions made for such accounting period pursuant to subsection 3.1 to make principal and interest payments then due on the acquisition loan or loans outstanding at the end of such accounting period. Each such payment by the Trustee will release shares of Company stock from the unreleased share account to the released share account of the Trust (such terms are defined in subsection 6.2). Company stock that is so released will be allocated to participants' ESOP stock accounts as provided in subsection 3.1.

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, if, as of any regular accounting date, (a) an acquisition loan remains outstanding and (b) the contributions described above that are made for the accounting period, after taking into account the use of dividends and earnings in accordance with subsection 6.7, are insufficient to enable the Trustee to pay the principal and interest due under such acquisition loan for such accounting period, then the Employers shall make an additional "employer loan

-7-

contribution" to the Trustee for that accounting period, in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of the insufficiency described herein, to be allocated as provided in subsection 3.1. Any employer loan contribution under the Plan for any accounting period shall be paid to the Trustee in cash on the last day of the applicable accounting period or as soon as practicable after the end of such accounting period.

If no acquisition loan is outstanding at the end of an accounting period, the Trustee shall invest the contributions made for such accounting period as directed by the Committee in accordance with Section 5 and the terms of the trust.

3.3. INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYER'S SHARE OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS; LIMITATIONS ON EMPLOYERS' CONTRIBUTIONS

The Company shall determine each Employer's share of employer contributions to be made pursuant to subsection 3.1. The certificate of an independent certified public accountant selected by the Company as to the correctness of any amounts or calculations relating to the employers' contributions under the Plan shall be conclusive on all persons. In no event will an Employer's share of the employers' contributions described in this Section 3 for any plan year cause the Employer's share of the employers' contributions for that plan year to exceed an amount equal to the maximum amount deductible on account thereof by that Employer for that year for purposes of Federal taxes on income.

3.4. FORM OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, any employer discretionary contribution shall be made in the form of cash or shares of Company stock (as defined in subsection 4.1), as determined by the board of directors of the Company in its sole discretion prior to the end of the plan year or within a reasonable period of time after the end of the plan year. Any such employer discretionary contribution that is made in the form of cash, and designated as a cash contribution, shall be allocated to the participants' employer discretionary contribution account. Any such discretionary contribution that is made in the form of Company stock, or made in the form of cash and designated as a cash contribution to be invested in Company stock, shall be allocated to the participants' ESOP stock accounts or ESOP cash accounts to be invested in Company stock, as applicable. Any shares of Company stock contributed to the Plan as an employer discretionary contribution shall be valued at the fair market value thereof as of the date or dates on which the contribution is made.

-8-

3.5. EARNINGS

Except as otherwise provided below, a participant's "earnings" for a plan year means all compensation paid to the participant for services rendered to an Employer as an employee as reported on the participant's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), but including for such plan year all of a participant's income deferral contributions under the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan and all salary reductions made pursuant to an arrangement maintained by an Employer under Section 125 of the Code during the plan year. A participant's earnings shall not include any of the following (to the extent applicable):

(a) Income from bonuses paid under stock purchase agreements;

(b) Employer contributions under this or any retirement plan;

(c) Amounts realized from the exercise of non-qualified stock options; and

(d) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option.

In no event shall the amount of a participant's earnings taken into account for purposes of the Plan for any plan year exceed the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 401(a)(17) (as that limitation is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17) and which is $160,000 for the 1998 plan year).

-9-

SECTION 4

COMPANY STOCK; ACQUISITION LOANS

4.1. COMPANY STOCK

For purposes of the Plan, the term "Company stock" shall mean common stock issued by the Company that is readily tradable on an established securities market; provided, however, if the Company's common stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the term "Company stock" shall mean common stock issued by the Company having a combination of voting power and dividend rates equal to or in excess of (a) that class of common stock of the Company having the greatest voting power and (b) that class of common stock of the Company having the greatest dividend rights. Non-callable preferred stock shall be treated as Company stock for purposes of the Plan if such stock is convertible at any time into stock that is readily tradable on an established securities market (or, if applicable, that meets the requirements of (a) and (b) next above) and if such conversion is at a conversion price that, as of the date of the acquisition by the Plan, is reasonable. For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, preferred stock shall be treated as non-callable if, after the call, there will be a reasonable opportunity for a conversion that meets the requirements of the immediately preceding sentence. Company stock shall be held under the Trust only if such stock satisfies the requirements of Section 407(d)(5) of ERISA.

4.2. ACQUISITION LOANS

An "acquisition loan" means the issuance of notes, a series of notes or other installment obligations incurred by the Trustee, in accordance with the trust, in connection with the purchase of Company stock. The term "financed shares" means shares of Company stock acquired by the Trustee with the proceeds of an acquisition loan. The terms of each acquisition loan shall meet the applicable requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-7(b), including the requirements (a) that the loan bear a reasonable rate of interest, be for a definite period (rather than payable on demand), and be without recourse against the Plan and (b) that the only assets of the Plan that may be given as collateral are financed shares purchased with the proceeds of that loan or with the proceeds of a prior acquisition loan. The release of financed shares is described in subsection 6.6.

-10-

SECTION 5

INVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1. INVESTMENT OPTIONS

(a) The Committee may designate, in its sole discretion, one or more funds under the Trust for the investment of participants' account balances not otherwise invested in Company stock. The Committee, in its discretion, may from time to time designate or establish new investment funds or eliminate existing investment funds. THE FUNDS DESIGNATED BY THE COMMITTEE FOR THIS PURPOSE SHALL BE REFERRED TO HEREIN AS THE "INVESTMENT FUNDS."

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 18.2(g), the Committee shall have the authority to direct the investment of the assets held in the employer discretionary contribution account and the ESOP cash account.

(c) The assets held in the Drovers transfer account shall be invested in a commingled fund of certificates of deposit issued by one or more of the Employers. Each such certificate of deposit will provide a rate of return equal to the greater of (1) nine and one-half percent (9-1/2%) per annum, or (2) the floating average of 18-month Treasury bill rates. The certificates of deposit mature on each participant's 65th birthday, at which time the assets are invested in the discretion of the Committee.

5.2. INVESTMENTS IN COMPANY STOCK

Employer contributions under subsection 3.1 that are used to repay an acquisition loan shall be invested in Company stock through the release of financed shares and the crediting of such shares to participants' accounts (as described in subsections 6.6 and 6.7). If an acquisition loan is not outstanding, the Committee may direct the Trustee to invest the contributions in Company stock, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 3.4.

-11-

5.3. DIVERSIFICATION OF INVESTMENTS IN COMPANY STOCK

Pursuant to rules established by the Committee, participants (including inactive participants) may elect to diversify portions of their ESOP stock accounts, subject to the following:

(a) Each participant who has attained age 55 years and has at least ten years of participation in the Plan, including for such purposes, his years of participation in the Prior Plan and the CTFG ESOP, (a "qualified participant") may elect during each of the participant's qualified election periods (as defined in paragraph (c) below) to transfer to one or more of the investment funds maintained under the 401(k) Plan up to twenty-five percent (fifty percent in the case of the participant's last qualified election period) of the qualified participant's ESOP stock account balance eligible for diversification (as described in paragraph (b) next below).

(b) The portion of a qualified participant's ESOP stock account balance subject to diversification shall equal twenty-five percent (fifty percent in the case of the qualified participant's last qualified election period) of the total number of shares of Company stock allocated to the participant's ESOP stock account (including shares that the participant previously elected to diversify pursuant to this subsection), less the number of such shares previously diversified pursuant to the qualified participant's election under this subsection. In any one election, a qualified participant may diversify the entire remaining portion of his ESOP stock account balance eligible for diversification or a part of such diversifiable portion equal to any whole percentage of five percent or more of the applicable ESOP stock account balance.

(c) For purposes of this subsection, a "qualified election period" means
(i) the ninety-day period immediately following the last day of the first plan year in which the participant becomes a qualified participant and (ii) the ninety-day period immediately following the last day of each of the five plan years immediately following the first plan year in which the participant becomes a qualified participant. Any election made in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (a) above with respect to any qualified election period shall be given effect as of the regular accounting date occurring ninety days after the end of that qualified election period.

-12-

(d) The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to any participant if the value of the participant's ESOP stock balance (determined as of the regular accounting date immediately preceding the first day on which the participant would otherwise be entitled to make an election under this subsection) is $500 or less.

(e) Any amounts transferred from Company stock to one or more of the investment funds under the 401(k) Plan shall not be available for distribution in the form of Company stock (as otherwise allowed under subsection 11.3).

-13-

SECTION 6

ACCOUNTING

6.1. PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained under the Plan the following accounts in the name of each participant (to the extent applicable):

(a) Employer discretionary contribution account. An "employer discretionary contribution account" to reflect employer discretionary contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the participant (other than amounts invested in Company stock in accordance with Section 5) and the income, losses, appreciation and depreciation attributable thereto. The employer discretionary contribution account shall be separated into (i) the "vested employer discretionary contribution subaccount," which shall reflect the participant's employer base contributions transferred to the Prior Plan from the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan, if any, and employer excess contributions transferred to the Prior Plan from the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan, if any, which shall be fully vested at all times, and (ii) the "employer discretionary contribution subaccount," which shall reflect the participant's employer discretionary contribution, if any, made under this Plan.

(b) Supplemental contribution account. A "supplemental contribution account" to reflect the participant's supplemental contributions, if any, made under the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan prior to January 1, 1987. A participant shall be fully vested in his supplemental contribution account at all times.

(c) Drovers transfer account. A "Drovers transfer account" to reflect the amount, if any, transferred from the Drovers Plan (as defined in the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan) on behalf of the electing participants. A participant shall be fully vested in his Drovers transfer account at all times.

(d) ESOP stock account. An "ESOP stock account" to reflect shares of Company stock invested in accordance with Section 5 or transferred from the unreleased share account and allocated to the participant as a result of repayment of an acquisition loan and to reflect any employer contributions under subsection 3.1 made in

-14-

the form of Company stock. The ESOP stock account shall be separated into: (i) the "vested ESOP stock subaccount," which shall reflect the participant's account balances transferred to the Prior Plan from the CTFG ESOP, which shall be fully vested at all times; and
(ii) the "regular ESOP stock subaccount," which shall reflect the shares of Company stock transferred from the unreleased share account and any employer contributions under subsection 3.1 made in the form of Company stock.

(e) ESOP cash account. An "ESOP cash account" to reflect any amounts to be invested in Company stock pursuant to Section 5, employer cash contributions under subsection 3.1, any cash dividends on Company stock allocated and credited to the participant's ESOP stock account (other than currently distributable dividends), and any income, losses, appreciation, or depreciation attributable thereto.

Each account described in paragraphs (a) through (e) above shall be divided into separate subaccounts reflecting the portions of such accounts that are invested in the investment funds described in subsection 5.1. In addition to the accounts described above, the Committee may maintain such other accounts and subaccounts in the names of participants or otherwise as the Committee may consider necessary or advisable. Except as expressly modified, all accounts and subaccounts maintained for a participant are referred to collectively as the participant's "accounts." The Committee may establish such nondiscriminatory rules and procedures relating to the maintenance, adjustment and liquidation of participants' accounts as the Committee may consider necessary or advisable.

6.2. TRUST ACCOUNTS

The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained in the Trust the following fund accounts:

(a) Unreleased share account. An "unreleased share account" to reflect the financed shares acquired by the Trustee with the proceeds of an acquisition loan prior to the transfer of such financed shares to the participants' ESOP stock accounts, any cash dividends attributable to such shares or transferred to the unreleased share account pursuant to subsection 6.5, and any temporary investment income attributable to such dividends.

-15-

(b) Investment fund accounts. An "investment fund account" in the name of each investment fund to reflect the property held in such fund.

(c) ESOP stock account and ESOP cash account. An "ESOP stock account" and an "ESOP cash account," as provided in subsection 6.1.

In addition to the unreleased share accounts and participants' accounts described in subsection 6.1, the Committee may maintain or cause to be maintained such other trust accounts and subaccounts as it considers advisable.

6.3. ACCOUNTING DATES; ACCOUNTING PERIODS; ACCOUNTING PERIOD

Each June 30 and December 31 participants' ESOP stock accounts and ESOP cash accounts (collectively "ESOP portion") shall be adjusted. A "special accounting date" is any date designated as such by the Committee, including the effective date, and a special accounting date occurring under subsection 17.3. The term "accounting date" includes a semi-annual accounting date and a special accounting date. Any references to an "accounting period" shall mean the period since the next preceding semi-annual accounting date.

6.4. ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS IN INVESTMENT FUNDS

Participants' accounts invested in the various investment funds shall be maintained on the basis of dollar values or units that may be converted to dollar values. Pursuant to rules established by the Committee and applied on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, participants' subaccounts in an investment fund will be adjusted not less frequently than each regular accounting date to reflect the adjusted net worth (as described below) of that fund as of such regular accounting date, including adjustments to reflect any distributions, contributions, income, losses, appreciation, or depreciation with respect to such subaccounts since the previous accounting date on which such subaccounts were adjusted, provided any income, losses, appreciation or depreciation shall be allocated after adjusting for distributions and before adjusting for contributions since the last accounting date. The "adjusted net worth" of an investment fund (other than a mutual fund) as at any accounting date means the then net worth of that fund (that is, the fair market value of the fund, less its liabilities other than liabilities to persons entitled to benefits under the Plan) as reported to the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, participants' subaccounts in an investment fund may be adjusted more frequently than each regular accounting date if such investment fund provides for more frequent adjustment of participants' subaccounts. In that case, participants' subaccounts in that investment fund will be adjusted at the times provided

-16-

by the investment fund to reflect any distributions, contributions, income, losses, appreciation, or depreciation with respect to such subaccounts since the previous accounting date. It is anticipated the participants' subaccount balances in an investment fund composed only of a mutual fund will be adjusted as of each regular accounting date.

As of each accounting date, the amount of a participant's repayment on a participant loan for that accounting period will be credited to the participant's loan repayment account. Contributions so credited shall be further credited to separate subaccounts reflecting the participant's current election as to investment of his participant contributions in one or more of the investment funds described in subsection 5.1.

6.5. TRANSFER OF SHARES FROM UNRELEASED SHARE ACCOUNT TO PARTICIPANTS' ESOP STOCK ACCOUNTS

At the direction of the Committee, the Trustee shall use the following to repay an acquisition loan:

(a) Employer contributions under subsection 3.1 and any investment income attributable to such contributions; and

(b) Cash dividends paid on shares of Company stock, as provided in subsections 6.6 and 6.7, and any investment income attributable to such dividends.

The repayment of a acquisition loan shall cause a transfer of shares of Company stock from the unreleased share account to the participants' ESOP stock accounts in accordance with subsections 6.6 and 6.7 of each applicable accounting date. The number of shares to be transferred shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares in the unreleased share account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the principal and interest payments during the applicable accounting period and the denominator of which is the sum of the numerator plus the total projected principal and interest payments during the remainder of the term of the acquisition loan. If the requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-7(b)(8)(ii) are satisfied, the phrase "principal and interest" in the preceding sentence shall be replaced by the word "principal."

6.6. ADJUSTMENT OF ESOP CASH AND STOCK ACCOUNTS

Participants' ESOP cash accounts and ESOP stock accounts shall be adjusted as follows:

-17-

(a) Repayments of acquisition loans and purchase of Company stock. (i) For each accounting period, employer cash contributions under subsection 3.1 that are used to repay an acquisition loan and release shares of Company stock from the unreleased share account in accordance with subsection 6.5 shall be credited as of the applicable accounting date to the participants' ESOP stock accounts in accordance with the provisions of subsection 3.1; (ii) For each accounting period, employer cash contributions under subsection 3.1 that are designated to be invested in shares of Company stock shall be credited as of the applicable accounting date to the participants' ESOP cash accounts in accordance with the provisions of subsection 6.1, as applicable. Upon the purchase of Company stock with such cash, an appropriate number of shares of Company stock shall be credited to the participants' ESOP stock accounts, and the participants' ESOP cash accounts shall be charged by the amount of the cash used to buy such Company stock.

(b) Dividends. (i) Subject to the provisions of subsection 6.7, cash dividends on shares of Company stock in the unreleased stock account shall be used to repay the outstanding acquisition loan and the released shares shall be credited to the participants' ESOP stock accounts in accordance with the provisions of subsection 6.1. (ii) Subject to the provisions of subsection 6.7, the Committee shall credit to the participants' ESOP cash accounts any cash dividends paid to the Trustee on shares of Company stock held in the participants' ESOP stock accounts as of the record date. Such cash dividends credited to the participants' ESOP cash accounts shall be applied as soon as practicable first to the repayment of any amount due during or prior to that accounting period on an acquisition loan. If no amount is due on an acquisition loan, such cash dividends may, as determined in the discretion of the Committee, be used to either prepay any acquisition loan, purchase shares of Company stock, or be paid to the participants as described in paragraph 6.7(b). The Committee shall credit an appropriate number of shares of Company stock to the ESOP stock account of such participant, and the participant's ESOP cash account shall then be charged by the amount of cash used to repay an acquisition loan or used to purchase such Company stock for the participant's ESOP stock account or as applicable.

(c) Employer contributions in shares of Company stock. For any accounting period in which the employer contributions under

-18-

subsection 3.1 are made in the form of shares of Company stock, such stock shall be credited to the participants' ESOP stock accounts as of the applicable accounting date, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 3.1.

(d) Appreciation, depreciation, etc. As of each accounting date, before the allocation of any employer contributions under subsection 3.1 made in cash, any appreciation, depreciation, income, gains or losses in the fair market value of the participants' ESOP cash accounts shall be allocated among and credited to the ESOP cash accounts of participants, pro rata, according to the balance of each ESOP cash account as of the immediately preceding accounting date, reduced in each case by the amount of any charge to such ESOP cash account since the next preceding accounting date. Any gain or loss realized by the Trustee on the sale of Company stock will be allocated to the ESOP cash accounts of participants, pro rata, according to the balance of participants' ESOP stock accounts, as of the next preceding accounting date.

6.7. DIVIDENDS ON COMPANY STOCK

The following shall apply with respect to dividends on Company stock:

(a) Dividends credited to ESOP cash accounts. Any cash dividends paid with respect to shares of Company stock allocated to participants' ESOP stock accounts or held in the unreleased share account may, as determined by the Committee, be allocated among and credited to participants' ESOP cash accounts in accordance with paragraph 6.6(b).

(b) Dividends paid to participants. Any cash dividends paid with respect to shares of Company stock allocated to participants' ESOP stock accounts may, as determined by the Committee, be either paid by the Company directly in cash to participants on a non-discriminatory basis or paid to the Trustee and distributed by the Trustee to the participants no later than ninety days after the end of the plan year in which paid to the Trustee.

(c) Dividends used to repay acquisition loan. To the extent permitted by applicable law, any cash dividends paid with respect to shares of Company stock allocated to participants' ESOP stock accounts or held in the unreleased share account may (as required by applicable acquisition loan documentation or, if not so required, as determined

-19-

in the sole discretion of the Committee) be used to repay the principal balance of an outstanding acquisition loan or interest thereon in whole or in part, or to purchase additional shares of Company stock as provided in paragraph 6.6(b). Financed shares released from the unreleased stock account by reason of dividends paid with respect to such Company stock shall be allocated to participants' ESOP stock accounts as follows:

(i) First, financed shares with a fair market value at least equal to the dividends paid with respect to the Company stock allocated to participants' ESOP stock accounts shall be allocated among and credited to the ESOP stock accounts of such participants, pro rata, according to the number of shares of Company stock held in such accounts on the dividend declaration date; and

(ii) Next, any remaining financed shares released from the unreleased share account shall be allocated among and credited to the ESOP stock accounts of all participants, pro rata, according to each participant's earnings.

6.8. TEMPORARY INVESTMENT OF CASH IN TRUST

At the direction of the Committee, cash held in the unreleased share account or participants' ESOP cash accounts under the Trust will be invested by the Trustee, to the extent practicable, in short term securities or cash equivalents having ready marketability or as otherwise provided in the trust agreement. Temporary investment income resulting from such investments shall be credited to the account to which it pertains. The term "temporary investment income" means income resulting from the temporary investment of employer contributions, cash dividends and any other amounts.

6.9. FAIR MARKET VALUE OF COMPANY STOCK

For purposes of the Plan and trust, the fair market value of Company stock shall be determined, at least once each plan year, by an independent appraiser, as defined in Section 401(a)(28) of the Code, in accordance with the terms of the Trust and the provisions of Section 3(18) of ERISA.

-20-

6.10. STOCK DIVIDENDS, STOCK SPLITS AND CAPITAL REORGANIZATIONS AFFECTING ESOP SHARES

Shares of Company stock received by the Trustee that are attributable to stock dividends, stock splits or to any reorganization or recapitalization of the Company shall be credited to the unreleased share account, if attributable to shares held in that account, or shall be credited to the released share account (including participant's ESOP stock accounts) if attributable to shares held in the released share account, so that the interests of participants immediately after any such stock dividend, split, reorganization or recapitalization are the same as such interests immediately before such event.

6.11. ESOP SHARE RECORDS

The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained records as to the number and cost of shares of Company stock acquired or transferred by or within the Trust in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Section 6.

6.12. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTS

The Committee will provide each participant with a statement reflecting the balances in the participant's accounts under the Plan at such times as are established by the Committee. No participant, except a person authorized by the Company or the Committee, shall have the right to inspect the records reflecting the accounts of any other participant.

6.13. MULTIPLE ACQUISITION LOANS

If more than one acquisition loan to the Trustee becomes outstanding at any time, the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 and other provisions of the Plan shall be modified by the Committee to the extent it deems necessary or appropriate to reflect such additional acquisition loan or loans.

-21-

SECTION 7

CONTRIBUTION AND BENEFIT LIMITATIONS

7.1. CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

For each limitation year, the "annual addition" (as defined below) to a participant's accounts shall not exceed the lesser of $30,000 or twenty-five percent of the participant's compensation (as defined in Treasury Regulations
Section 1.415-2(d)) during that limitation year. Effective January 1, 1998, for purposes of this subsection, the term "compensation" shall include any elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) made by the participant and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the participant by reason of Code Section 125. Reference herein to a "limitation year" means the plan year. As determined by the Committee on a uniform basis for all participants for a limitation year, each participant's annual addition for a limitation year shall be calculated either based upon (i) the amount of contributions credited to the participant's accounts and not on the basis of the fair market value of Company stock or other property credited to the participant's accounts by reason of such contributions or (ii) the amount of contributions credited to the participants' accounts with respect to amounts invested in the investment funds and on the basis of the fair market value of Company stock credited to the participant's accounts with respect to contributions invested or to be invested in Company stock.

If it is anticipated that a participant's annual addition to this Plan or any defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer or a Control Group Member, including the 401(k) Plan may exceed the limitations of this subsection, the Committee shall reduce a participant's annual addition to the extent necessary in accordance with the following:

(a) First, reduce the participant's income deferral contributions in excess of the percentage matched by the Employer pursuant to the terms of the 401(k) Plan to the extent necessary to meet the above limitations.

(b) Next, reduce, in proportion, the income deferral contributions made by the participant that are matched by the Employer to the terms of the 401(k) Plan and the employer matching contributions attributable to such income deferral contributions.

(c) Next, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee of the 401(k) Plan, reduce such participant's share for that limitation

-22-

year of the employer matching contributions, corrective deferral contributions, or corrective matching contributions to the extent necessary to meet the above limitations.

(d) Finally, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, reduce such Participant's share for that limitation year of the employer discretionary contributions or employer loan contributions to the extent necessary to meet the above limitations. The amount of any employer contributions that cannot be allocated to a participant's accounts shall be applied to reduce employer discretionary contributions in succeeding limitation years in order of time.

7.2. COMBINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

If a participant in this Plan also is a participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, the aggregate benefits payable to, or on account of, the participant under both plans will be determined in a manner consistent with Section 415 of the Code and Section 1106 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986. Accordingly, there will be determined with respect to the participant a defined contribution plan fraction and a defined benefit plan fraction in accordance with such Sections 415 and 1106. The benefits provided for the participant under this Plan and the defined benefit plan will be adjusted to the extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions determined with respect to the participant does not exceed 1.0. Effective January 1, 2000, this subsection 7.2 will have no effect.

7.3. COMBINING OF PLANS

In applying the limitations set forth in subsections 7.1 and 7.2, reference to this Plan shall mean this Plan and all other defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employers and the Controlled Group Members, and reference to a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer shall include all defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employers and the Controlled Group Members. It is intended that in complying with the requirements of subsections 7.1 and 7.2, a participant's benefits under this Plan shall be limited after the participant's benefits under any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employers are limited and after the participant's benefits under any defined benefit plan maintained by the Employers are limited, unless such other plan provides otherwise.

-23-

7.4 HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT

A "highly compensated participant" means an eligible employee who is a "highly compensated employee" as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code. The term "highly compensated employee" means any employee defined in Code Section 414(q), which includes any employee who:

(a) was at any time a 5% owner (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code) of any Employer or any Controlled Group Member during the year or the preceding year, or;

(b) for the preceding year:

(i) received compensation from an Employer or any Controlled Group Member in excess of $80,000, and

(ii) if the Company elects, was in the top-paid group of employees for such preceding year.

For purposes of this subsection, an employee's compensation for a plan year shall be the employee's compensation for such plan year for services rendered to the Employers and the Controlled Group Members as reported on the employee's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), but including the employee's elective deferral contributions made pursuant to Sections 125 and 401(k) of the Code (including income deferral contributions made under the 401(k) Plan). A former employee shall be treated as a highly compensated participant if such employee was a highly compensated participant when such employee separated from service or such employee was a highly compensated participant at any time after attaining age 55 years.

-24-

SECTION 8

PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION

8.1. SETTLEMENT DATE

A participant's "settlement date" will be the date on which his employment with the Employers and the related companies is terminated because of the first to occur of the following events:

(a) Normal Retirement. The participant retires or is retired from the employ of the Employers and the related companies on or after the date on which he attains age 65 years.

(b) Disability Retirement. The participant is retired on account of permanent disability when the Company determines, based upon an independent doctor's examination and certificate, that a participant is under such physical or mental disability that he is no longer capable of rendering satisfactory service to the Company. This determination will be made in a nondiscriminatory manner to all participants.

(c) Death. The participant's death.

(d) Resignation or Dismissal. The participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of the Employers and the related companies before retirement in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) next above.

If a participant is transferred from employment with an Employer to employment with a Controlled Group Member that is not an Employer, then for purposes of determining when the participant's settlement date occurs under this subsection, the participant's employment with such Controlled Group Member (or any Controlled Group Member to which the participant is subsequently transferred) shall be considered as employment with the Employers.

8.2. RESTRICTED PARTICIPATION

If (i) a participant's settlement date has occurred but full payment of all of the participant's account balances has not yet been made, or (ii) a participant transfers to a Controlled Group Member that is not an Employer under the Plan, the participant or the participant's beneficiary will be treated as a participant for purposes of the Plan, except as follows:

-25-

(a) The participant (or beneficiary) may not share in any Employer contributions, except as specifically provided in subsection 3.1.

(b) The participant's beneficiary cannot designate a beneficiary under subsection 11.7.

If a participant subsequently again satisfies the requirements for participation in the Plan, the participant will become an active participant in the Plan on the date the participant satisfies such requirements.

-26-

SECTION 9

IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND PARTICIPANT LOANS

9.1. In-Service Withdrawals

A participant who has attained age 65 may receive a distribution of all or a portion (in increments of 10 percent) from vested amounts credited to the participant's accounts (other than the participant's ESOP stock account and ESOP cash account) by filing a request in writing with the Committee in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, in its sole discretion. A request for withdrawal shall be effective as of the accounting date coincident with or next following the date the request is delivered to the Committee and the distribution shall be made as soon as practical thereafter. A participant shall be limited to two (2) in-service withdrawals in any twelve-month period.

9.2. Participant Loans

As of the Effective Date, loans to participants are no longer permitted. The Committee will continue to administer any participant loans outstanding as of the Effective Date.

-27-

SECTION 10

VESTING

10.1. RETIREMENT

A participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to all of the participant's account balances on and after attaining normal retirement age. A participant's right to all of the participant's account balances shall be nonforfeitable on and after the participant becomes eligible for disability retirement. If a participant's employment with the Employers and the Controlled Group Members is terminated because of retirement under paragraph 8.1(a), (b), or (c), the balances in the participant's accounts shall be distributable to the participant under Section 11.

10.2. RESIGNATION OR DISMISSAL

If a participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of the Employers and the Controlled Group Members before retirement under paragraph 8.1(d), the balances in the participant's accounts shall be treated as follows:

(a) The balances in the participant's vested employer discretionary contribution subaccount, vested ESOP stock subaccount, supplemental contribution account and Drovers transfer account, shall be nonforfeitable and shall be distributable to the participant under
Section 11.

(b) The balances in the participant's employer discretionary contribution subaccount, regular ESOP stock subaccount and ESOP cash account (referred to collectively for the purposes of this subsection 10.2 and subsection 13.2 as the "forfeitable accounts") shall be subject to the following:

(i) If the participant has completed five or more years of vesting service (as defined in subparagraph (iii) below) as of his settlement date, the balances in his forfeitable accounts shall be nonforfeitable and shall be distributable to the participant under Section 11.

(ii) If the participant has not completed five years of vesting service as of the participant's settlement date, the participant shall receive the vested portion of the balances in his forfeitable accounts. The participant

-28-

shall forfeit the nonvested portion of such account balances. The vested portion of the balances in the participant's forfeitable accounts shall be distributable to the participant under Section 11. Except as provided below, the vested portion of such balances shall be determined under the following schedule:

Number of Completed                    Vested
 Years of Service                      Percentage
 ----------------                      ----------
Less than 1 year                          0%
1 year but less than 2 years             20%
2 years but less than 3 years            40%
3 years but less than 4 years            60%
4 years but less than 5 years            80%
5 years or more                         100%

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection 10.2 to the contrary, a participant who has less than five years of vesting service and has not yet attained normal retirement age may be deemed to have no vested interest in his employer discretionary contribution account and ESOP accounts, and his entire balance in such accounts may be forfeitable, if he is discharged by an Employer due to theft, fraud, embezzlement, other criminal acts or willful misconduct causing either significant loss or property damage to an Employer or personal injury to any other employee of an Employer.

(iii) A participant's "vesting service" means any plan year in which the participant has completed at least 1,000 hours of service with the Employers and the Controlled Group Members (including service prior to the Effective Date) measured from the date the participant first performs an hour of service (as defined in subsection 2.1) with the Employers or the Controlled Group Members, or, prior to the Effective Date, CTFG or an affiliate of CTFG.

(iv) Non-vested amounts shall be forfeited under this subsection on the earlier of (i) the date the participant's vested benefits are distributed, or (ii)

-29-

the date that the participant incurs five consecutive one year breaks in service (as defined in subsection 13.2). Forfeitures shall be drawn from a participant's accounts in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(4).

10.3. DEATH OF PARTICIPANT

If a participant's settlement date occurs under paragraph 8.1(c), the balances in the participant's accounts will be nonforfeitable and distributable to the participant's beneficiary in accordance with Section 11. If a participant dies after the participant's settlement date but before all of the participant's account balances have been paid to the participant in full pursuant to the provisions of Section 11, the vested portion of the participant's account balances (as determined under subsection 10.1 or 10.2, whichever is applicable) will be distributable to the participant's beneficiary in accordance with
Section 11.

10.4. FORFEITURES

The amount of a participant's accounts forfeited under subsection 10.2 shall be a "forfeiture." As determined by the Committee, forfeitures shall be (1) applied to reduce employer loan contributions otherwise required under the Plan, (2) allocated to participants' accounts in accordance with subsection 3.1, or (3) used to pay proper expenses of the Plan and trust. If a participant is reemployed by the Employers before he incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in service, subsection 13.3 shall apply.

-30-

SECTION 11

DISTRIBUTIONS FOLLOWING SETTLEMENT DATE

11.1. MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION

Subject to the conditions set forth below, distribution of the balances in a participant's accounts (with the exception of the balance in his Drovers transfer account, which shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Supplement A) will be made to, or for the benefit of, the participant or, in the case of the participant's death, to or for the benefit of the participant's beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum. However, the period over which distribution of a participant's ESOP stock account and ESOP cash account may be made shall be increased by one year, up to five additional years, for each $145,000 (or fraction thereof) by which the total balance of the participant's ESOP stock account and ESOP cash account exceeds $725,000. The aforementioned dollar amounts shall be subject to cost-of-living adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

In accordance with subsection 11.5, a participant may elect a direct rollover of any payment that constitutes an eligible rollover distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11, if a participant's vested account balances equal $5,000 or less at or after the participant's settlement date, the participant (or the participant's beneficiary) shall receive a lump sum payment of such amount in accordance with paragraph 11.4(c). In accordance with such rules and procedures as the Committee shall establish, the amount to be paid to a participant who elects to receive a distribution that is less than the total vested balance in the participant's accounts shall be drawn from the participant's accounts in the order specified by the Committee for distributions from participants' accounts. The life expectancy of a participant, the participant's spouse or the participant's designated beneficiary shall be determined at the time benefit payments commence by use of the expected return multiples contained in the regulations under Section 72 of the Code. Life expectancies determined in accordance with the foregoing shall not be recalculated. A participant may select, in accordance with such rules as the Committee may establish, the method of distributing the participant's benefits to him; a participant, if the participant so desires, may direct how the participant's benefits are to be paid to the participant's beneficiary; and the Committee shall select the method of distributing the participant's benefits to the participant's beneficiary if the participant has not filed a direction with the Committee.

-31-

11.2. DETERMINATION OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

After a participant's settlement date has occurred and pending complete distribution of the participant's account balances, the participant's accounts will be held under the Plan and will be subject to adjustment under Section 6. For purposes of subsection 11.1, a participant's account balances will be determined as of the applicable accounting date coincident with or immediately preceding the date of distribution of the participant's account.

11.3. DISTRIBUTION OF COMPANY STOCK

Subject to rules established by the Committee, with respect to a distribution under subsection 11.1, subject to subsection 11.4, a participant (or the participant's beneficiary) will receive an in-kind distribution of the shares of Company stock allocated to the participant's ESOP stock account, except that any fractional shares in the participant's ESOP stock account shall be paid in cash. Notwithstanding a participant's right to demand distribution of his ESOP stock account in the form of shares of Company stock, if the Company's charter or bylaws restricts the ownership of the Company Stock to the employees or a trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code or if the Company elects S-corporation status, participants will not have the right to demand distribution in the form of shares of Company stock and distributions may be made in the form of cash. Any amounts transferred from Company stock to one or more of the investment funds under subsection 5.3 may not be available for distribution in the form of Company stock. Company stock distributed pursuant to this subsection shall be subject to the provisions of Section 12.

11.4. TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS

Distribution of the balance of a participant's accounts shall be made or shall commence as follows:

(a) Interests other than Company stock. Payment of a participant's account balances (other than the participant's ESOP stock account) will be made within a reasonable time after the date on which the participant's account balances have been determined pursuant to subsection 11.2, but not later than sixty days after (a) the end of the plan year in which his settlement date occurs or (b) such later date on which the amount of payment can be ascertained by the Committee.

-32-

(b) Company stock. The distribution of amounts representing the shares of Company stock allocated to a participant's ESOP stock account will be made as follows:

(i) Distribution upon retirement or death. Unless an earlier date is required by paragraph (c) or (d) below, or the participant elects a later date if a participant terminates employment under paragraph 8.1(a) or (b), if a participant retires or dies while in the employ of an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, distribution of the participant's ESOP stock account (including amounts invested in Company stock pursuant to subsection 5.2) will be made or will commence no later than one year following the close of the plan year during which the participant's settlement date occurs.

(ii) Distribution upon resignation or dismissal. Unless an earlier date is required by paragraph (c) or (d), if a participant's settlement date occurs under paragraph 8.1(d), distribution of the participant's ESOP stock account (including amounts invested in Company stock pursuant to subsection 5.2) will be made or will commence by the later of (A) or (B):

(A) one year following the close of the plan year which is the fifth plan year following the plan year in which the participant's settlement date has occurred, unless the participant is reemployed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member before such year; or

(B) the earlier of:

(1) one year following the close of the plan year in which an acquisition loan is fully repaid with respect to the Company Stock acquired with the proceeds of such acquisition loan; or

-33-

(2) one year following the close of the plan year in which the participant attains normal retirement age.

(iii) Distributions to beneficiary upon death. Notwithstanding the provisions of subparagraphs (i) and (ii) above, distributions upon the death of a participant shall be made in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (d) below and shall otherwise comply with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and any regulations issued thereunder.

(c) Mandatory cash-outs; consent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11, if a participant's vested account balances equal $5,000 or less at any time at or after his settlement date, the participant (or the participant's beneficiary) shall receive an immediate lump sum payment of such amount. Such distribution shall be made as soon as practicable after the regular accounting date next following the participant's settlement date. If the present value of a participant's entire vested benefit under the Plan is zero, the participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested benefit. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a participant's vested account balances exceed or have ever exceeded $5,000 at any time at or after the participant's settlement date, distributions may not be made to the participant before age 65 without the participant's consent.

(d) Required commencement date. Irrespective of any contrary provision of the Plan, distribution of the account balance of a participant shall be made or shall commence by April 1 of the calendar year next following the latter of (A) the calendar year on which the participant attains age 70-1/2 or (B) the calendar year in which the participant's settlement date occurs ("required commencement date"); provided, however, that the required commencement date of a participant who is a five-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416) of an Employer or Controlled Group Member shall be April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year which the participant attains age 70-1/2. If a participant dies before the participant's required commencement date, the participant's benefits must be distributed over a period not exceeding the greater of: (i) five years from the death of the participant; (ii) in

-34-

the case of payments to a designated beneficiary other than the participant's spouse, the life expectancy of such beneficiary, provided payments begin within one year of the participant's death (or such later date as may be prescribed under Treasury Regulations); or (iii) in the case of payments to the participant's spouse, the life expectancy of such spouse, provided payments begin by the date the participant would have attained age 70-1/2. If a participant dies after the participant's required commencement date, the remaining portion of the participant's benefits will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the participant's death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may honor a participant's written designation made under a predecessor plan prior to January 1, 1984, to have the participant's benefits commence at any date permitted under the terms of such predecessor plan as in effect immediately prior to January 1, 1984.

A participant who is not a 5 percent owner and who attains age 70-1/2 while still employed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member before January 1, 1999 may elect to receive a distribution commencing April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2.

11.5. DIRECT ROLLOVERS

Certain individuals who are to receive distributions under the Plan may elect that such distributions be paid in the form of a direct rollover (as described in Section 401(a)(31) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) to the Trustee or custodian of a plan eligible to accept direct rollovers, subject to the following:

(a) Eligible rollover distribution. A distribution may be paid in a direct rollover under this subsection only if the distribution constitutes an eligible rollover distribution. An "eligible rollover distribution" means any distribution under the Plan to an eligible distributee (as defined below) other than (i) a distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal payments made annually or more frequently either over the life (or life expectancy) of the participant or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the participant and his designated beneficiary or over a specified period of ten years or more, (ii) a distribution required to meet the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, or (iii) a distribution excluded from the definition of an "eligible rollover distribution" under applicable Treasury Regulations. Notwith-

-35-

standing the immediately preceding sentence, an eligible rollover distribution includes only those amounts that would be includable in the gross income of the eligible distributee if such amounts were not rolled over to another plan as provided under Section 402(c) of the Code.

(b) Eligible distributee. An "eligible distributee" is (i) a participant, (ii) a participant's surviving spouse who is entitled to receive payment of the participant's account balances after the participant's death, or (iii) the spouse or former spouse of a participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code).

(c) Eligible retirement plan. A direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution may be made to no more than one "eligible retirement plan." Except as otherwise provided below, an "eligible retirement plan" is (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract),
(iii) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or
(iv) a plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code that by its terms permits the acceptance of rollover contributions. With respect to the surviving spouse of a deceased participant who is entitled to receive a distribution of the participant's accounts, an "eligible retirement plan" shall mean only an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract).

(d) Minimum amounts. An eligible distributee may elect a direct rollover of all or a portion of an eligible rollover distribution only if the total amount of the eligible rollover distributions expected to be received by the eligible distributee during the plan year is $200 or more (or such lesser amount as the Committee may establish). An eligible distributee may elect payment of a portion of an eligible rollover distribution as a direct rollover and may receive directly the remainder of such distribution, provided that the amount paid by direct rollover is at least $500 (or such lesser amount as the Committee may establish).

(e) Elections. An eligible distributee's election of a direct rollover pursuant to this subsection must be in writing on a form designated by the Committee and must be filed with the Committee at such time

-36-

and in such manner as the Committee shall determine. The Committee shall establish such rules and procedures as it deems necessary to provide for distributions by means of direct rollover.

11.6. IMMEDIATE DISTRIBUTIONS TO ALTERNATE PAYEES

The Committee shall direct distribution of the amount of a participant's account balances assigned to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) on the earliest date specified in such qualified domestic relations order, without regard to whether such payments commence prior to the participant's earliest retirement age (as defined in Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code).

11.7. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

Each participant may designate any person or persons (who may be designated concurrently, contingently or successively) to whom the participant's benefits are to be paid if the participant dies before the participant receives all of participant's benefits. A beneficiary designation must be made on a form furnished by the Committee for this purpose, and such form must be signed by the participant. A beneficiary designation form shall include any beneficiary designation forms executed in compliance with the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan and/or CTFG ESOP or the Prior Plan. A beneficiary designation form will be effective only when the form is filed with the Committee while the participant is alive and will cancel all the participant's beneficiary designation forms previously filed with the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection and any beneficiary designation filed with the Committee in accordance with this subsection, if a participant dies and has a surviving spouse at the participant's date of death, the account balances described in the preceding sentence shall be payable in full to the participant's surviving spouse in accordance with this Section 11 (treating such surviving spouse as the participant's beneficiary), unless prior to the participant's death the following requirements were met:

(a) The participant elected that the participant's benefits under the Plan be paid to a person other than the participant's surviving spouse;

(b) The participant's spouse consented in writing to such election;

(c) The spouse' consent acknowledged the effect of such election and was witnessed by a notary public; and

(d) Such election designates a beneficiary that may not be changed without further spousal consent, unless the spouse executed a general

-37-

written consent expressly permitting changes of the beneficiary without any requirement of further consent of the spouse.

For purposes of the Plan, and subject to the provisions of any qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code), a participant's "spouse" means the person to whom the participant is legally married at the earlier of the date of the participant's death or the date payment of the participant's benefits commenced and who is living at the date of the participant's death. If a deceased participant failed to designate a beneficiary as provided above, or if the designated beneficiary dies before the participant or before complete payment of the participant's benefits, the participant's benefits shall be distributed to the participant's spouse, or if there is none, the Committee, in its discretion, may direct the Trustee to pay the participant's benefits as follows:

(e) To or for the benefit of any one or more of the participant's relatives by blood, adoption or marriage and in such proportions as the Committee determines; or

(f) To the legal representative or representatives of the estate of the last to die of the participant and the participant's designated beneficiary.

The term "designated beneficiary" or "beneficiary" as used in the Plan means the natural or legal person or persons designated by a participant as the participant's beneficiary under the last effective beneficiary designation form filed with the Committee under this subsection and to whom the participant's benefits would be payable under this subsection.

11.8. MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES

Each participant and each designated beneficiary must file with the Committee from time to time in writing his post office address and each change of post office address. If a participant dies before the participant receives all of the participant's vested account balances, the participant's beneficiary must file any change in his post office address with the Committee. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a participant or beneficiary at the last post office address filed with the Committee, or if no address is filed with the Committee then, in the case of a participant, at the participant's last post office address as shown on the Employers' records, will be binding on the participant and the participant's beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. The Employers, the Trustee, and the Committee shall not be required to search for or locate a participant or beneficiary. If the Committee notifies a participant or beneficiary that the participant or beneficiary is entitled to a payment and also notifies the participant or beneficiary of the provisions of this subsection, and the participant or beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known to the Committee within three years after the

-38-

notification, the benefits of the participant or beneficiary may be disposed of, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as follows:

(a) If the whereabouts of the participant then are unknown to the Committee but the whereabouts of the participant's spouse then are known to the Committee, payment may be made to the spouse;

(b) If the whereabouts of the participant and the participant's spouse, if any, then are unknown to the Committee but the whereabouts of the participant's designated beneficiary then are known to the Committee, payment may be made to the designated beneficiary;

(c) If the whereabouts of the participant, the participant's spouse and the participant's designated beneficiary then are unknown to the Committee but the whereabouts of one or more relatives by blood, adoption or marriage of the participant are known to the Committee, the Committee may direct the Trustee to pay the participant's benefits to one or more of such relatives and in such proportions as the Committee decides; or

(d) If the whereabouts of such relatives and the participant's designated beneficiary then are unknown to the Committee, the benefits of such participant or beneficiary may be disposed of in an equitable manner permitted by law under rules adopted by the Committee.

11.9. FACILITY OF PAYMENT

When a person entitled to benefits under the Plan is under legal disability, or, in the Committee's opinion, is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage the person's financial affairs, the Committee may direct the Trustee to pay the benefits to such person's legal representative, or to a relative or friend of such person for such person's benefit, or the Committee may direct the application of such benefits for the benefit of such person. Any payment made in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be a full and complete discharge of any liability for such payment under the Plan.

-39-

SECTION 12

RIGHTS, RESTRICTIONS, AND OPTIONS ON COMPANY STOCK

12.1. RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL

Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this subsection, shares of Company stock distributed to participants pursuant to subsection 11.3 shall be subject to a "right of first refusal." The right of first refusal shall provide that, prior to any subsequent transfer, the participant (or the participant's beneficiary) must first make a written offer of such Company stock to the Trust and to the Company at the then fair market value of such Company stock, as determined by an "independent appraiser" (as defined in Section 401(a)(28) of the Code). The Trust shall have the first priority to exercise the right to purchase the Company stock, and then the Company shall have second priority to exercise the right. A bona fide written offer from an independent prospective buyer shall be deemed to be the fair market value of such Company stock for this purpose, unless the value per share, as determined by the independent appraiser as of the December 31 accounting date of the immediately preceding plan year, is greater. The Company and the Trust shall have a total of 14 days (from the date the offer is first received by the Company or the trust) to exercise the right of first refusal on the same terms offered by the prospective buyer. A participant (or the participant's beneficiary) entitled to a distribution of Company stock may be required to execute an appropriate stock transfer agreement (evidencing the right of first refusal) prior to receiving a certificate for Company stock. No right of first refusal shall be exercisable by reason of any of the following transfers:

(a) The transfer upon disposition of any such shares by any legal representative, heir or legatee, but the shares shall remain subject to the right of first refusal;

(b) The transfer by a participant or a participant's beneficiary in accordance with the put option pursuant to subsection 12.2; or

(c) The transfer while Company stock is listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or quoted on a system sponsored by a national securities association registered under Section 15A(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

-40-

12.2. PUT OPTION

The Company shall issue a "put option" to each participant (or each participant's beneficiary) who receives a distribution of Company stock if, at the time of such distribution, Company stock is not then readily tradable on an established market, as defined in Section 409(h) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The put option shall permit the participant (or the participant's beneficiary) to sell such Company stock at its then fair market value, as determined by an independent appraiser in accordance with the provisions of subsection 6.9, to the Company at any time during the sixty-day period commencing on the date the Company stock was distributed to the participant (or the participant's beneficiary), and, if not exercised within that period, the put option will temporarily lapse. The Company, in its sole discretion, may extend the sixty-day period referred to in the immediately preceding sentence if such an extension is necessary in order for the Company stock to be valued by an independent appraiser as of the applicable accounting date coincident with or immediately preceding the date the Company stock was distributed to the recipient. As of the semi-annual valuation date in the plan year following the plan year in which such temporary lapse of the put option occurs, the independent appraiser shall determine the value of the Company stock in accordance with the provisions of subsection 6.9, and the Committee shall notify each distributee who did not exercise the initial put option prior to its temporary lapse in the preceding plan year of the revised value of the Company stock. The time during which the put option may be exercised shall recommence on the date such notice or revaluation is given and shall permanently terminate sixty days thereafter. Notwithstanding the previous provisions, if the Company's charter or bylaws restricts the ownership of the Company Stock to the employees or a trust described in Section 401(a) of the Code or if the Company has elected S-corporation status and a participant receives a distribution in the form of Company stock, the participant will be required to immediately put the shares to the Company on the date of distribution and shall not have two 60-day periods in which to put the shares. The Trustee may be permitted by the Company to purchase Company stock put to the Company under a put option.

At the option of the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, the payment for Company stock sold pursuant to a put option shall be made, as determined in the discretion of the Company or the Trustee, as the case may be, in the following forms:

(a) If a participant's ESOP stock account is distributed in a total distribution (that is, a distribution within one taxable year of the balance to the credit of the participant's ESOP stock account), then payment for such Company stock may be made with a promissory note that provides for substantially equal annual installments commencing within thirty days from the date of the exercise of the put option and over a period not exceeding five years, with interest payable at a reasonable rate (as determined by

-41-

the Company) on any unpaid installment balance, with adequate security provided, and without penalty for any prepayment of such installments; or

(b) In a lump sum no later than thirty days after such participant exercises the put option.

At the direction of the Committee, the Trustee on behalf of the Trust may offer to purchase any shares of Company stock (which are not sold pursuant to a put option) from any former participant or beneficiary at any time in the future, at their then fair market value.

12.3. SHARE LEGEND

Shares of Company stock held or distributed by the Trustee may include such legend restrictions on transferability as the Company may reasonably require in order to assure compliance with applicable Federal and state securities laws.

12.4. NONTERMINABLE RIGHTS

The provisions of this Section 12 shall continue to be applicable to shares of Company stock even if the applicable portion of the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

-42-

SECTION 13

REEMPLOYMENT

13.1. COMMENCEMENT OR RESUMPTION OF PARTICIPATION

If a participant should terminate employment with the Employers and subsequently be reemployed by an Employer, the participant shall again become a participant as of the day of the participant's reemployment with the Employer. If an employee who has not become a participant terminates employment with the Employers and subsequently is reemployed by an Employer, the employee shall become a participant on the entry date immediately following the employee's date of hire if the employee then meets the requirements of subsection 2.1.

13.2. CREDITED SERVICE FOR VESTING

The years of vesting service accrued prior to termination of employment by a non-vested participant or employee shall be disregarded for purposes of subsection 10.2 only if his number of consecutive one-year breaks in vesting service occurring after his termination equal or exceed the greater of (i) five or (ii) his years of vesting service prior to his termination. The years of vesting service of any vested participant shall be reinstated upon reemployment. However, in no event shall years of vesting service occurring after a participant incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in vesting service be used to determine the nonforfeitable amount of the participant's forfeitable accounts as of a prior settlement date.

A "one-year break in vesting service" means any plan year during which a terminated employee or participant does not complete 500 hours of service (as defined in subsection 2.1). In the case of a maternity or paternity absence (as defined below), an employee shall be credited, for the first plan year in which he otherwise would have incurred a one-year break in service (and solely for purposes of determining whether such a break in service has occurred), with the hours of service which normally would have been credited to him but for such absence (or, if the Committee is unable to determine hours which would have been so credited, 8 hours for each day of such absence), but in no event more than 501 hours for any one absence. A "maternity or paternity absence" means an employee's absence from work because of the pregnancy of the employee or birth of a child of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the employee, or for purposes of caring for a child immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may require an employee to furnish such information as the Committee considers necessary to establish that the employee's absence was for one of the reasons specified above.

-43-

13.3. REINSTATEMENT OF FORFEITURES

If a participant whose employment had terminated with the Employers because of resignation or dismissal before the participant was entitled to the full balance in the participant's employer discretionary contribution account, regular ESOP stock subaccount and ESOP cash account is reemployed by the Employers before incurring five consecutive one-year breaks in credited service, the following shall apply:

(a) If the participant did not receive distribution of any part of the vested portion of the participant's account, the amount of the participant's account previously forfeited pursuant to subsection 10.2 will be credited to the participant's account as of the regular accounting date immediately following the date the participant is reemployed by the Employers.

(b) If the participant received distribution of any part of the vested portion of the participant's account, the participant may repay to the Trustee the total amount distributed to the participant from the participant's employer discretionary contribution account, and ESOP employer subaccount as a result of such earlier termination of employment. However, such repayment must be made before the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the participant's date of reemployment by the Employers or (ii) the date the participant incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in credited service commencing after the distribution. If a participant makes such a repayment to the Trustee, the amount of the repayment shall be credited to the participant's accounts, and the previously forfeited amounts that resulted from the participant's earlier termination of employment (unadjusted for subsequent gains or losses) shall be credited to the participant's accounts as of the regular accounting date coincident with or next following the date of repayment.

Forfeitures that are to be credited to participants' accounts as of an accounting date under this subsection shall be drawn first from outstanding forfeitures and then, if necessary, from special employer contributions made for this purpose.

-44-

SECTION 14

VOTING AND TENDERING OF COMPANY STOCK

The voting of Company stock held in the trust, and if a tender offer is made for Company stock, the tendering of such shares, shall be subject to the provisions of ERISA and the following provisions, to the extent such provisions are not inconsistent with ERISA:

(a) Allocated shares. For purposes of this Section, shares of Company stock shall be deemed to be allocated and credited to a participant's ESOP stock account in an amount to be determined based on the balance in such account on the accounting date coincident with or next preceding the record date of any vote or tender offer.

(b) Voting of Company stock. With respect to any corporate matter which involves the voting of Company stock with respect to the approval or disapproval of any corporate merger or consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, sale of substantially all of the assets of a trade or business, or such other transactions which may be prescribed by regulation, each participant may be entitled to direct the Trustee as to the exercise of any voting rights attributable to shares of Company stock then allocated to his ESOP stock account, but only to the extent required by Sections 401(a)(22) and 409(e)(3) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The Committee shall have the sole responsibility for determining when a corporate matter has arisen that involves the voting of Company stock under this provision. If a participant is entitled to so direct the Trustee, all allocated Company stock as to which such instructions have been received (which may include an instruction to abstain) shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with such instructions, provided that the Trustee may vote the shares as it determines is necessary to fulfill their fiduciary duties under ERISA. The Trustee shall vote any shares of Company stock held in the unreleased stock account, or any allocated shares of Company stock as to which no voting instructions have been received in accordance with the directions of the Committee, provided, however, that the Trustee may vote the shares as they determine is necessary to fulfill their fiduciary duties.

(c) Tendering of Company stock. In the event of a tender offer for shares of Company stock held by the Trust, the Trustee shall tender

-45-

the shares in their sole discretion, subject to the fiduciary duties under ERISA.

In carrying out its responsibilities under this Section, the Trustee may rely on information furnished to it by the Committee, including the names and current addresses of participants, the number of shares of Company stock allocated to their accounts, and the number of shares of Company stock held by the Trustee that have not yet been allocated.

-46-

SECTION 15

GENERAL PROVISIONS

15.1. INTERESTS NOT TRANSFERABLE

The interests of participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan are not in any way subject to their debts or other obligations and, except as may be required by the tax withholding provisions of the Code or any state's income tax act, may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred, alienated or assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall comply with any domestic relations order that, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code).

15.2. ABSENCE OF GUARANTY

The Committee, the Employers, and the Trustee do not in any way guarantee the Trust from loss or depreciation. The liability of the Committee or the Trustee to make any payment under the Plan will be limited to the assets held by the Trustee that are available for that purpose.

15.3. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of an Employer, nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.

15.4. LITIGATION BY PARTICIPANTS OR OTHER PERSONS

To the extent permitted by law, if a legal action against the Trustee, an Employer, or the Committee by or on behalf of any person results adversely to that person, or if a legal action arises because of conflicting claims to a participant's or beneficiary's benefits, the cost to the Trustee, an Employer, or the Committee of defending the action will be charged to the extent possible to the sums, if any, that were involved in the action or were payable to the participant or beneficiary concerned.

-47-

15.5. EVIDENCE

Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

15.6. WAIVER OF NOTICE

Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by the person entitled to such notice.

15.7. CONTROLLING LAW

To the extent not superseded by the laws of the United States, the laws of Illinois shall be controlling in all matters relating to the Plan.

15.8. STATUTORY REFERENCES

Any reference in the Plan to the Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference in the Plan to ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference in the Plan to a section of the Code or ERISA, or to a section of any other Federal law, shall include any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes that section.

15.9. SEVERABILITY

In case any provisions of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been set forth in the Plan.

15.10. ADDITIONAL EMPLOYERS

With the consent of the Company, any Controlled Group Member described in paragraph 1.6(a) or (b) may, by filing with the Company a written instrument to that effect, become an Employer hereunder by adopting the Plan and becoming a party to the trust agreement.

-48-

15.11. ACTION BY EMPLOYERS

Any action authorized or required to be taken by an Employer under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, by resolution of a duly authorized committee of its Board of Directors, or by a person or persons authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors or such committee.

15.12. GENDER AND NUMBER

Where the context admits, words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders, the plural includes the singular, and the singular includes the plural.

15.13. EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS

Copies of the Plan and trust agreement, and any amendments thereto, are on file at the office of the Company where they may be examined by any participant or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan during normal business hours.

15.14. FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

It is specifically intended that all provisions of the Plan shall be applied so that all fiduciaries with respect to the Plan shall be required to meet the prudence and other requirements and responsibilities of applicable law to the extent such requirements or responsibilities apply to them. In general, a fiduciary shall discharge the fiduciary's duties with respect to the Plan and the Trust solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims.

15.15. INDEMNIFICATION

To the extent permitted by law, any member or former member of the Committee, any person who was, is or becomes an officer or director of the Company, an Employer, or a Controlled Group Member or any employee of an Employer to whom the Committee or any Employer has delegated any portion of its responsibilities under the Plan, and each of them, shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Employers (to the extent not indemnified or saved harmless under any liability insurance contract or other indemnification arrangement with respect to the Plan) from and against any and all liability to which the Committee members and such other persons may be subject by reason of any act done or omitted to be done in good faith with respect to the administration of the Plan and the trust, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their defense in the event that the Employers failed to provide such defense after having been requested in writing to do so.

-49-

SECTION 16

RESTRICTIONS AS TO REVERSION OF TRUST ASSETS TO THE EMPLOYERS

The Employers shall have no right, title or interest in the assets of the trust, except as may be provided in a pledge agreement entered into between an Employer and the Trustee in connection with an acquisition loan (a "pledge agreement"). No part of the assets of the Trust at any time will revert or will be repaid to the Employers, directly or indirectly, except as follows:

(a) If the Internal Revenue Service initially determines that the Plan, as applied to an Employer, does not meet the requirements of a "qualified plan" under Section 401(a) of the Code, the assets of the Trust attributable to contributions made by the Employer under the Plan shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the date of denial of qualification of the Plan as applied to the Employer.

(b) If a contribution or a portion of a contribution is made by an Employer as a result of a mistake of fact, such contribution or portion of a contribution shall not be considered to have been contributed to the Trust by the Employer and, after having been reduced by any losses of the Trust allocable thereto, shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the date the amount is paid to the trust.

(c) If a contribution made by an Employer is conditioned upon the deductibility of such contribution as an expense for Federal income tax purposes, to the extent the deduction for the contribution made by the Employer is disallowed, such contribution, or portion of such contribution, after having been reduced by any losses of the Trust allocable thereto, shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the date of disallowance of the deduction.

(d) If there is a default on an acquisition loan, an Employer may exercise its rights under a pledge agreement with respect to the shares of Company stock subject to the pledge agreement (including, but not limited to, the sale of pledged shares, the transfer of pledged shares to the Employer, and the registration of pledged shares in the Employer's name).

Contributions may be returned to an Employer pursuant to paragraph (a) above only if they are conditioned upon initial qualification of the Plan as applied to that Employer

-50-

and an application for determination was made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's Federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted (or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe). In no event may the return of a contribution pursuant to paragraph
(b) or (c) above cause any participant's account balances to be less than the amount of such balances had the contribution not been made under the Plan.

-51-

SECTION 17

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

17.1. AMENDMENT

While the Company expects and intends to continue the Plan, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan from time to time by action of the Company's Board of Directors or the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. However, the Committee is authorized to cause to be prepared, to approve, and to execute any amendments of the Plan that the Committee determines are necessary to comply with applicable law, regulations, and rulings or to reflect rules and procedures developed by the Committee; provided, however, that any amendment (other than an amendment needed to comply with applicable law, regulations, and rulings) that is expected to change the level of participant or employer contributions made under the Plan or to materially increase the cost of the Plan to the Employers shall be approved by the Company's Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(a) An amendment may not change the duties and liabilities of the Committee or the Trustee without the consent of the Committee or the Trustee, whichever is applicable;

(b) An amendment shall not reduce the value of a participant's nonforfeitable benefits accrued prior to the later of the adoption or the effective date of the amendment; and

(c) Except as provided in Section 16, under no condition shall any amendment result in the return or repayment to the Employers of any part of the Trust or the income therefrom or result in the distribution of the Trust for the benefit of anyone other than employees and former employees of the Employers and any other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan.

The Committee shall notify the Trustee of any amendment of the Plan within a reasonable period of time.

17.2. TERMINATION

The Plan will terminate as to all Employers on any date specified by the Company if thirty days' advance written notice of the termination is given to the Committee, the

-52-

Trustee and the other Employers. The Plan will terminate as to an individual Employer on the first to occur of the following:

(a) The date it is terminated by that Employer if thirty days' advance written notice of the termination is given to the Committee, the Trustee and the other Employers.

(b) The date that Employer is judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent.

(c) The date that Employer completely discontinues its contributions under the Plan.

(d) The dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of that Employer or the sale by that Employer of all or substantially all of its assets, except that:

(i) in any such event arrangements may be made with the consent of the Company whereby the Plan will be continued by any purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted for that Employer under the Plan and the trust agreement; and

(ii) if an Employer is merged, dissolved or in any other way reorganized into, or consolidated with, any other Employer, the Plan as applied to the former Employer will automatically continue in effect without a termination thereof.

17.3. NONFORFEITABILITY AND DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION

On termination or partial termination of the Plan, the rights of all affected participants to benefits accrued to the date of such termination, after all adjustments then required have been made, shall be nonforfeitable. The Committee shall specify the date of such termination or partial termination as a special accounting date. As soon as practicable after all adjustments required as of that date have been made to the account balances of participants, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute to each such affected participant his benefits under the Plan in one lump sum provided the participant is no longer employed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member. All appropriate provisions of the Plan will continue to apply until the account balances of all such participants have been distributed under the Plan.

-53-

17.4. NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Participants will be notified of the termination of the Plan within a reasonable time.

17.5. PLAN MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, ETC.

In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each participant's benefits (if the Plan terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer) shall be equal to or greater than the benefits the participant would have been entitled to receive if the Plan had terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.

-54-

SECTION 18

THE COMMITTEE

18.1. THE COMMITTEE

As provided in subsection 1.5, the Plan is administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist of at least three persons (who may but need not be employees of the Employers) appointed by the Company. The Company will certify to the Trustee from time to time the names of the members of the Committee.

18.2. THE COMMITTEE'S GENERAL POWERS, RIGHTS, AND DUTIES

The Committee shall have all the powers necessary and appropriate to discharge its duties under the Plan, which powers shall be exercised in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) To construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make factual determinations thereunder, including the power to determine the rights or eligibility under the Plan of employees, participants, or any other persons, and the amounts of their benefits (if any) under the Plan, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions, and such determinations by the Committee shall be binding on all parties.

(b) To adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the Plan and trust agreement.

(c) To enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust and in accordance with the rules and regulations the Committee has adopted.

(d) To direct the Trustee as respects payments or distributions from the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

(e) To furnish the Employers with such information as may be required by them for tax or other purposes in connection with the Plan.

(f) To employ agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries or other persons (who also may be employed by the Employers) and to allocate or delegate to them such powers, rights and duties as the Committee

-55-

may consider necessary or advisable to properly carry out administration of the Plan, provided that such allocation or delegation and the acceptance thereof by such agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries or other persons, shall be in writing.

(g) To appoint an investment manager as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA ("investment manager") to manage (with power to acquire and dispose of) the assets of the Plan, which investment manager may or may not be a subsidiary of the Company, and to delegate to any such investment manager all of the powers, authorities and discretion granted to the Committee hereunder or under the trust agreement (including the power to delegate and the power, with prior notice to the Committee, to appoint an investment manager), in which event any direction the Trustee from any duly appointed investment manager with respect to the acquisition, retention or disposition of Plan assets shall have the same force and effect as if such direction had been given by the Committee, and to remove any investment manager; provided, however, that the power and authority to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan shall not be delegated except to an investment manager, and provided further that the acceptance by any investment manager of such appointment and delegation shall be in writing, and the Committee shall give notice to the Trustee, in writing, of any appointment of, delegation to or removal of an investment manager.

18.3. MANNER OF ACTION OF THE COMMITTEE

During a period in which two or more members of the Committee are acting, the following provisions apply where the context admits:

(a) The members of the Committee may select a secretary, if they believe it advisable, who may or may not be a member of the Committee.

(b) A Committee member by writing may delegate any or all of such member's rights, powers, duties and discretion to any other member of the Committee, with the written consent of the latter.

(c) The members of the Committee may act by meeting or by writing signed without meeting, and such members may sign any document by signing one document or concurrent documents.

-56-

(d) An action or a decision of a majority of the members of the Committee as to a matter shall be as effective as if taken or made by all members of the Committee.

(e) If, because of the number qualified to act, there is an even division of opinion among members of the Committee as to a matter, a disinterested party selected by the Committee shall decide the matter and such person's decision shall control.

(f) Except as otherwise provided by law, no member of the Committee shall be liable or responsible for an act or omission of the other members of the Committee in which the former has not concurred.

(g) The certificate of the secretary of the Committee or of a majority of the members of the Committee that the Committee has taken or authorized any action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate.

18.4. INTERESTED COMMITTEE MEMBER

If a member of the Committee is also a participant in the Plan, the Committee member may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning distributions of any kind to be made to the Committee member or the nature or mode of settlement of the Committee member's benefits, unless such decision or determination could be made by the Committee member under the Plan if the Committee member were not serving on the Committee.

18.5. RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS

A member of the Committee may be removed by the Company at any time by ten days' prior written notice to that member and the other members of the Committee. A member of the Committee may resign at any time by giving ten days' prior written notice to the Company and the other members of the Committee. The Company may fill any vacancy in the membership of the Committee; provided, however, that if a vacancy reduces the membership of the Committee to less than three, such vacancy shall be filled as soon as practicable. The Company shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other members of the Committee. Until any such vacancy is filled, the remaining members of the Committee may exercise all of the powers, rights and duties conferred on the Committee.

-57-

18.6. COMMITTEE EXPENSES

All costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the Committee will be paid by the Company to the extent not paid from the assets of the trust. No compensation will be paid to a member of the Committee as such.

18.7. UNIFORM RULES

The Committee shall administer the Plan on a reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis and shall apply uniform rules to all persons similarly situated.

18.8. INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THE COMMITTEE

Each person entitled to benefits under the Plan shall furnish the Committee with such documents, evidence, data or information as the Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The Employers shall furnish the Committee with such data and information as the Committee may deem necessary or desirable in order to administer the Plan. The records of the Employers as to an employee's or a participant's period of employment, hours of service, termination of employment and the reason therefore, leave of absence, reemployment and earnings will be conclusive on all persons unless determined to the Committee's satisfaction to be incorrect.

18.9. REVIEW OF BENEFIT DETERMINATIONS

The Committee will provide notice in writing to any participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, and the Committee shall afford such participant or beneficiary a full and fair review of its decision if so requested.

18.10. COMMITTEE'S DECISION FINAL

Subject to applicable law, any interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and any decisions on any matter within the discretion of the Committee made by the Committee in good faith shall be binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Committee shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers equitable and practicable.

18.11. DENIAL PROCEDURE AND APPEAL PROCESS

If a participant, beneficiary or any other person who believes he may be entitled to benefits under the Plan (a "claimant") has an unresolved question about eligibility for

-58-

benefits, the form of benefits, or the amount of benefits to be received or being received under the Plan after consulting with the Committee or its representatives, a formal review of the situation may be requested in writing of the Committee within sixty days after receiving notification of the claimant's Plan benefits or an estimate of the claimant's Plan benefits. A review decision will be made within sixty days after receipt of such request (one hundred twenty days in special circumstances) and the claimant will be informed of the decision within ninety days after receipt of such request (one hundred eighty days in special circumstances). However, if the claimant is not informed of the decision within the period described above, the claimant may request a further review by the Committee as described below as if the claimant had received notice of an adverse decision at the end of that period. The decision will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for any denial of a benefit or benefit option, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which such denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure. The claimant also shall be advised that the claimant or the claimant's duly authorized representative may request a further review by the Committee of the decision denying the claim by filing with the Committee within sixty days after such notice has been received by the claimant a written request for such review and that claimant may review pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing, within the same sixty-day period. If such request is so filed, such review shall be made by the Committee within sixty days after receipt of such request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing in which case the review will be completed and decision rendered within one hundred twenty days. The claimant shall be given written notice of the decision which shall include specific reasons for the decision, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, and such decision by the Committee shall be final and shall terminate the review process.

-59-

SECTION 19

SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE WHEN PLAN IS TOP-HEAVY

19.1. PURPOSE AND EFFECT

The purpose of this Section 19 is to comply with the requirements of Section 416 of the Code. The provisions of this Section 19 are effective for each plan year beginning on or after the effective date in which the Plan is a "top-heavy plan" within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code.

19.2. TOP-HEAVY PLAN

In general, the Plan will be a top-heavy plan for any plan year if, as of the "determination date" (that is, the last day of the preceding plan year), the sum of the amounts in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below for key employees (as defined generally below and in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) exceeds sixty percent of the sum of such amounts for all employees who are covered by this Plan or by a defined contribution plan or defined benefit plan that is aggregated with this Plan in accordance with subsection 19.4:

(a) The aggregate account balances of participants under this Plan.

(b) The aggregate account balances of participants under any other defined contribution plan included under subsection 19.4.

(c) The present value of the cumulative accrued benefits of participants calculated under any defined benefit plan included in subsection 19.4.

In making the foregoing determination, (i) a participant's account balances or cumulative accrued benefits shall be increased by the aggregate distributions, if any, made with respect to the participant during the 5-year period ending on the determination date, including distributions under a terminated plan that, if it had not been terminated, would have been required to be included in the aggregation group, (ii) the account balances or cumulative accrued benefits of a participant who was previously a key employee, but who is no longer a key employee, shall be disregarded, (iii) the account balances or cumulative accrued benefits of a beneficiary of a participant shall be considered accounts or accrued benefits of the participant, (iv) the account balances or cumulative accrued benefits of a participant who has not performed services for an Employer or a Controlled Group Member at any time during the 5-year period ending on the determination date shall be disregarded and (v) any rollover contribution (or

-60-

similar transfer) from a plan maintained by a corporation other than an Employer under this Plan initiated by a participant shall not be taken into account as part of the participant's aggregate account balances under this Plan.

19.3. KEY EMPLOYEE

In general, a "key employee" is an employee (or a former or deceased employee) who, at any time during the plan year or any of the 4 preceding plan years, is or was:

(a) an officer of an Employer having annual compensation greater than fifty percent of the amount in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such plan year; provided that, for purposes of this paragraph, no more than fifty employees of the Employer (or, if lesser, the greater of three employees or ten percent of the employees) shall be treated as officers;

(b) one of the ten employees who have annual compensation from an Employer of more than the limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for that year and owning or considered as owning, within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code, the largest interests in the Employer; provided that if two employees have the same interest in the Employer, the employee having greater annual compensation from the Employer shall be treated as having a larger interest;

(c) a five percent or greater owner of an Employer; or

(d) a one percent or greater owner of an Employer having annual compensation from the Employer of more than $150,000.

For purposes of this subsection the term "compensation" means compensation as defined by Code Section 414(q)(7).

19.4. AGGREGATED PLANS

Each other defined contribution plan and defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer that covers a "key employee" as a participant or that is maintained by an Employer in order for a plan covering a key employee to satisfy Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code shall be aggregated with this Plan in determining whether this Plan is top-heavy. In addition, any other defined contribution or defined benefit plan of an Employer may be included if all such plans that are included, when aggregated, will not

-61-

discriminate in favor of officers, shareholders or highly compensated participants and will satisfy all of the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

19.5. MINIMUM EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION

Subject to the following provisions of this subsection and subsection 19.7, for any plan year in which the Plan is a top-heavy plan, the employer contribution credited to each participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than 3 percent of such participant's total earnings (as defined in subsection 3.5) from the Employers for that year. In no event, however, shall the total employer contribution credited in any year to a participant who is not a key employee (expressed as a percentage of such participant's total compensation from the Employer) exceed the maximum total employer contribution credited in that year to a key employee (expressed as a percentage of such key employee's total compensation from an Employer). The amount of minimum employer contribution otherwise required to be allocated to any participant for any plan year under this subsection shall be reduced by the amount of employer contributions allocated to him for a plan year ending with or within that plan year under any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer.

19.6. COORDINATION OF BENEFITS

For any plan year in which the Plan is top-heavy, in the case of a participant who is a non-key employee and who is a participant in a top-heavy tax-qualified defined benefit plan that is maintained by an Employer and that is subject to
Section 416 of the Code, subsection 19.5 shall not apply, and the minimum benefit to be provided to each such participant in accordance with this Section 19 and Section 416(c) of the Code shall be the minimum annual retirement benefit to which he is entitled under such defined benefit plan in accordance with such
Section 416(c), reduced by the amount of annual retirement benefit purchasable with his Plan accounts (or portions thereof) attributable to employer contributions (as defined in subsection 19.5) under this Plan and any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer.

19.7. ADJUSTMENT OF COMBINED BENEFIT LIMITATIONS

For any plan year in which the Plan is a top-heavy plan, the determination of the defined contribution plan fraction and defined benefit plan fraction under subsection 7.2 shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 416(h) of the Code by substituting "1.0" for "1.25" where the latter number appears in Sections 415(e)(2)(B)(i) and 415(e)(3)(B)(i) of the Code with respect to the calculation of those fractions; except that with respect to a participant described in subsection 19.6, such adjustment shall not be required under this Plan for any plan year for which such adjustment is not required under the defined benefit plan referred to in subsection 19.6.

-62-

SUPPLEMENT A

A-1. Purpose, Application and Definitions. The purpose of this Supplement A is to modify and supplement the terms and provisions of the Plan document as applied to Participants for whom the Committee maintains a Drovers Transfer Account. Unless the context of the Plan document or this Supplement A clearly implies or indicates to the contrary, a word, term or phrase used or defined in this Plan document is similarly used or defined in this Supplement A.

A-2. Distribution of Drovers Transfer Accounts. Subject to the provisions of subsection A-3, the balance of the Participant's Drovers Transfer Account will be distributed by payment in a lump sum.

A-3. Revocation of Joint and Survivor Annuity Form. If a Participant is legally married under the laws of any jurisdiction on his Termination Date, his Account balances shall be paid in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity (as defined below), subject to the following provisions of this subsection. As soon as practicable after a married Participant's Termination Date, the Committee will provide him with election information consisting of:

(a) a written description of the Joint and Survivor Annuity and the relative financial effect of payment of his Account balances in that form; and

(b) a notification of the right to waive payment in that form, the rights of his spouse with respect to such waiver and the right to revoke such waiver.

The Committee may make such election information available to a Participant by:

(i) personal delivery to him;

(ii) first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Participant at his last known address as shown on his Employer's records; or

(iii) permanent posting on a bulletin board located at the Participant's work site.

During an election period commencing on the date the Participant receives such election information and ending on the later of the 90th day thereafter or the date as of which his benefits are to commence, a Participant may waive payment in the Joint and Survivor Annuity form and elect payment in the form described in subsection A-2; provided that, the Participant's surviving spouse, if any, has consented in writing to such waiver and the spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of such revocation and is

A-1

witnessed by a notary public. A Participant may, at any time during his election period revoke any prior waiver of the Joint and Survivor Annuity form. A Participant may request, by writing filed with the Committee during his election period, an explanation, written in nontechnical language, of the terms, conditions and financial effect (in terms of dollars per monthly benefit payment) of payment in the Joint and Survivor Annuity form. If not previously provided to the Participant, the Committee shall provide him with such explanation within 30 days of his request by one of the methods described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) next above, and the Participant's election period will be extended, if necessary, to include the 90th day next following the date on which he receives such explanation. The term "Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of his surviving spouse which is equal to 50 percent of the amount of the annuity payable during the joint lives of the Participant and his spouse and which is the actuarial equivalent of a single life annuity for the life of the Participant. No distribution shall be made from a Participant's Drover Transfer Account until his election period has terminated. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Participant's distributable Account balances are less than $5,000, the Committee may direct the Trustees to immediately distribute such benefits in a lump sum without such Participant's consent.

A-4. Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. The term "Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity" means an annuity for the life of the Participant's surviving spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the balance in the Participant's Drover Transfer Account as of the date of his death. Payment of such benefits will commence as soon as practicable after the date of the Participant's death, unless the surviving spouse elects a later date. Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity must be made by the Participant in writing during the election period described herein and shall require the spouse's consent in the same manner provided for in subsection A-3. The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall begin on the first day of the plan year in which the Participant attains age 35 and end on the date of the Participant's death. In the event a Participant separates from service prior to the beginning of the election period, the election period shall begin on the date of such separation from service. In connection with the election, the Committee shall provide each Participant within the period beginning with the first day of the plan year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the plan year preceding the plan year in which the Participant attains age 35, a written explanation of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that required pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs A-3(a) and
(b). If the Participant enters the Plan after the first day of the plan year in which the Participant attained age 32, the Committee shall provide notice no later than the close of the second plan year following the entry of the Participant into the Plan. If the distributable balance of the Participant's Accounts is less than $5,000, the Committee may direct the Trustees to immediately distribute such amount to the Participant's spouse. If the value exceeds $5,000, an immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the surviving spouse, provided such surviving spouse consents in writing to such distribution.

A-2

EXHIBIT 10.21

FIRST AMENDMENT
OF
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

WHEREAS, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (Effective as of October 1, 1998) (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 17.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 18 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 17.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended in the following particulars:

1. Effective January 1, 2001, by substituting the following for subsection 3.5 of the Plan:

"3.5. EARNINGS

Unless stated otherwise, a participant's 'earnings' for a plan year means all compensation paid to the participant for services rendered to an Employer as an employee as reported on the participant's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), including (i) the participant's income deferral contributions made during the plan year under the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan, and (ii) all salary reductions made during the plan year pursuant to an arrangement maintained by an Employer under Section 125 of the Code, but excluding (iii) disability payments (short


term or long term), (iv) non-qualified deferred compensation amounts,
(v) stock based compensation, including any dividends paid on restricted shares and any other payments from any such plans or programs, (vi) severance payments, and (vii) any other 'fringe' benefit (as defined by the Committee). In no event, however, shall the amount of a Participant's earnings taken into account for purposes of the plan for any plan year exceed the dollar limitation in effect under Code
Section 410(a)(17) (as that limitation is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 410(a)(17) and which is $170,000 for the 2001 plan year)."

2. Effective as of January 1, 2000, by substituting the following paragraph 11.4(c) of the Plan:

"(c) Mandatory cash-outs; consent. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11, if a participant's vested account balances equal $5,000 or less at the time of distribution, the participant (or the participant's beneficiary) shall receive an immediate lump sum payment of such amount. Such distribution shall be made as soon as practicable after the regular accounting date next following the participant's settlement date and shall be made in cash; provided, however, that the participant may demand that such distribution be made in the form of Company Stock. If the present value of a participant's entire vested benefit under the Plan is zero, the participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested benefit.
Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a participant's vested account balances exceed $5,000 at the time a distribution under subsection 11.1 is to commence, distributions may not be made to the participant before age 65 without the participant's consent."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized member of the Committee has caused the foregoing amendment to be executed this ____ day of December, 2000.


On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.22

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

WHEREAS, effective October 1, 1998 the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") was established; and

WHEREAS, the Employer has amended the Plan from time to time; and

NOW, THEREFORE, effective October 1, 2000, the Employer hereby amends the Plan as set forth below by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 17.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 18 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 17.1 of the Plan. The provisions of this Amendment shall take precedence over any conflicting provisions of the Plan:

I. Section 2.1 "Eligibility to Participate" of the Plan Document is amended to add subsection (c) as follows:

2.1 (c) Regardless of any of the above age and/or service requirements, any former Corus Bankshares, Inc. employee who became an employee of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. on October 1, 2000 shall be eligible to Participate hereunder and shall enter the Plan as of such date.

II. Section 3.1 "Employer Contributions" of the Plan Document is amended to add the following paragraph:

Any former Corus Bankshares, Inc. employee who became a Participant in the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan on October 1, 2000, shall be eligible to share in any employer discretionary contributions and forfeitures for the plan year ending December 31, 2000 regardless of the number of hours worked from October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000.

III. Section 10.2(b)(iii) "Resignation or Dismissal" of the Plan Document is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

A participant's "vesting service" means any plan year in which the participant has completed at least 1,000 hours of service with the Employers and the Controlled Group Members (including service prior to the Effective Date) measured from the date the participant first performs an hour of service (as defined in subsection 2.1 of the Plan Document as amended) with the Employers or the Controlled Group Members, or, prior to the Effective Date, CTFG or an affiliated of CTFG. In addition, any former Corus Bankshares, Inc. employee whose date of participation commenced on October 1, 2000 pursuant to Section 2.1 of the Plan Document as amended shall be credited with their prior years of service with Corus Bankshares, Inc. to be applied to the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan vesting schedule.

IV. In all other respects, the Plan shall remain unchanged.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto affix their signatures on this ______ day of ____________, 20____, in adoption of this aforementioned amendment.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. (EMPLOYER)

By (print):_________________________________________

Title:______________________________________________


Signature: On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid

EXHIBIT 10.23

THIRD AMENDMENT
OF
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

WHEREAS, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (Effective as of October 1, 1998) (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 17.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 18 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 17.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended in the following particulars:

1. Effective January 1, 2001, by substituting the following for subsection 3.5 of the Plan:

"3.5. EARNINGS

Unless stated otherwise, a participant's `earnings' for a plan year means all compensation paid to the participant for services rendered to an Employer as an employee as reported on the participant's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), including (i) the participant's income deferral contributions made during the plan year under the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan, and (ii) all salary reductions made during the plan year pursuant to an arrangement maintained by an Employer under Section 125 or Section 132(f) of the Code, but excluding
(iii) disability


payments (short term or long term), (iv) non-qualified deferred compensation amounts, (v) stock based compensation, including any dividends paid on restricted shares and any other payments from any such plans or programs, (vi) severance payments, and (vii) any other `fringe' benefit (as defined by the Committee). In no event, however, shall the amount of a Participant's earnings taken into account for purposes of the plan for any plan year exceed the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 410(a)(17) (as that limitation is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code
Section 410(a)(17) and which is $170,000 for the 2001 plan year)."

2. Effective January 1, 2001, by substituting the following for the first sentence of subsection 7.1 of the Plan:

"For each limitation year, the `annual addition' (as defined below) to a participant's account shall not exceed the lesser of $35,000 (or such greater amount as may be provided by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 415(c)) or twenty-five percent of the participant's compensation (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 415-2(d)) during that limitation year."

3. Effective January 1, 2001, by adding the following at the end of Section 11.1 of the Plan:

"With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary; this provision shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service."

4. Effective January 1, 2001, by adding the following at the end of paragraph 11.5(a) of the Plan:

-2-

"A hardship distribution (as described in Code
Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) shall not be an eligible rollover distribution."

5. Effective August 5, 1997, by adding the following at the end of subsection 15.1 of the Plan:

"The foregoing shall not apply to a judgment, settlement, order or requirement described in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C)."

6. Effective January 1, 2000, by adding the following at the end of subsection 19.7 of the Plan:

"Notwithstanding the above, the provisions of this subsection 19.7 shall not apply to any plan year beginning after December 31, 1999."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized member of the Committee has caused the foregoing amendment to be executed this ____ day of _________________, 2001.


On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid

-3-

EXHIBIT 10.24

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST

McDermott, Will & Emery
Chicago


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                          ----
ARTICLE I                                                                                   2


ARTICLE II                                                                                  2
              II-1.    The Trust Fund                                                       2
              II-2.    Plan Administration                                                  3
              II-3.    Exercise of Trustee's Duties                                         3
              II-4.    General Powers                                                       3
              II-5.    Investment Managers                                                  7
              II-6.    Responsibility of Trustee                                            7
              II-7.    Compensation and Expenses                                            8
              II-8.    Continuation of Powers Upon Trust Termination                        8

ARTICLE III                                                                                 8
              III-1.   Investment of Company Stock                                          8
              III-2.   Investment of Cash                                                   8
              III-3.   Stock Dividends, Splits and Other Capital Reorganizations            9
              III-4.   Put Option                                                           9


ARTICLE IV                                                                                  9
              IV-1.    Disagreement as to Acts                                              9
              IV-2.    Persons Dealing with Trustee                                         9
              IV-3.    Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated                            9
              IV-4.    Evidence                                                            10
              IV-5.    Waiver of Notice                                                    10
              IV-6.    Counterparts                                                        10
              IV-7.    Governing Laws and Severability                                     10
              IV-8.    Successors, Etc                                                     10
              IV-9.    Action                                                              10
              IV-10.   Conformance with Plan                                               11
              IV-11.   Indemnification                                                     11
              IV-12.   Headings                                                            11
              IV-13.   Notice.                                                             11

ARTICLE V                                                                                  12


                                                                                          PAGE
                                                                                          ----

ARTICLE VI                                                                                 13
              VI-1.    Resignation                                                         13
              VI-2.    Removal of the Trustee                                              13
              VI-3.    Duties of Resigning or Removed Trustee and of Successor Trustee     13
              VI-4.    Filling Trustee Vacancy                                             13

ARTICLE VII                                                                                14


ARTICLE VIII                                                                               14
              VIII-1.  Amendment                                                           14
              VIII-2.  Termination                                                         14


AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT OF THE
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST

THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of , by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois state chartered bank, as the successor trustee, and its successor or successors and assigns in the trust hereby evidenced, as trustee (the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, effective as of October 1, 1996, the Company established a tax-qualified plan known as the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Prior Plan") for the exclusive benefit of its eligible employees and those of any Related Company (as defined in Article VII) that adopted the Prior Plan and became a party to the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust (the "Prior Trust")(the Company and the Related Companies that are parties hereto are sometimes referred to below collectively as the "Employers" and individually as "Employer"); and

WHEREAS, effective as of October 1, 1998, the Company has amended, restated and continued the Prior Plan in the form of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, in connection with the amendment, restatement and continuation of the Prior Plan, the cash or deferred portion of the Prior Plan has been spun-off from the Prior Plan to the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "401(k) Plan"); and

WHEREAS, the Plan is intended to meet the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a) and 401(k) and a portion of the Plan is intended to be an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"); and

WHEREAS, the Prior Trust has been amended and restated into the trust established pursuant to this agreement (the "Trust"), which will implement and form a part of the Plan and is intended to be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code; and

WHEREAS, the portion of the Prior Trust which was attributable to the cash or deferred portion of the Prior Plan has been spun off from the Prior Trust into a trust agreement which forms a part of the 401(k) Plan;

NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officers of the Company by resolution of its Board of Directors, IT IS AGREED, by and between the parties hereto, that the trust provisions contained herein shall constitute the agreement between the Company and the Trustee in connection with the Plan; and

IT IS FURTHER AGREED, that the Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as such under this Trust Agreement.

IT IS FURTHER AGREED, by and between the parties hereto as follows:


ARTICLE I

Name

This Trust Agreement and Trust hereby evidenced shall be known as the "TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST."

ARTICLE II

Management and Control of Trust Fund Assets

II-1. The Trust Fund. The "Trust Fund" as at any date means all property of every kind then held by the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement. The Trustee may manage, administer and invest all contributions made by the several Employers under the Plan as one Trust Fund, except to the extent that the authority to manage investments has been allocated to one or more investment managers pursuant to Article II-5. If, for any reason, it becomes necessary to determine the portion of the Trust Fund allocable to employees and former employees of any Employer as of any date, the Committee (as defined in Article II-2) shall specify such date as an accounting date, and after all adjustments required under the Plan as of that accounting date have been made, the portion of the Trust Fund attributable to such employees and former employees shall be determined and shall consist of an amount equal to the aggregate of the account balances of employees and former employees of that Employer plus an amount equal to any allocable contributions made by that Employer since the close of the immediately preceding plan year. The indicia of ownership of all assets of the Trust Fund must always reside within the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States.

II-2. Plan Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the "Committee"), the members of which shall be certified to the Trustee by the Company. Except as provided in Article II-4, the Trustee shall have no authority to act unless directed in writing by the Committee. Such directions shall take effect when received by the Trustee. The Committee may authorize one or more individuals to sign all communications between the Committee and Trustee and shall at all times keep the Trustee advised of the names of the members of the Committee and individuals authorized to sign on behalf of the Committee, and provide specimen signatures thereof. With the Trustee's prior written consent, the Committee may authorize the Trustee to act, without specific directions or other directions or instructions from the Committee, on any matter or class of matters with respect to which directions or instructions from the Committee are called for hereunder. A written statement signed by a majority of the Committee members or by an authorized Committee member shall be conclusive in favor of the Trustee acting in reliance thereon. The Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on any communication sent by any authorized person and shall not be required to verify the accuracy or validity of any signature unless the Trustee has reasonable grounds to doubt the authenticity of any signature. If the Trustee requests any directions hereunder and does not receive them, the Trustee shall act or refrain from acting, as it may determine, with no liability for such action or inaction.

II-3. Exercise of Trustee's Duties. The Trustee shall discharge


its duties hereunder solely in the interest of the Plan Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, and:

(a) for the exclusive purpose of:

(i) providing benefits to Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; and

(ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

(b) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and

(c) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan unless, in the good faith judgment of the Trustee, the documents and instruments are not consistent with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").

II-4. General Powers. Subject to the provisions of Articles II-2 and II-3, and Article III, with respect to the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those provided elsewhere in this Trust Agreement or by law:

(a) to receive and to hold all contributions paid to it under the Plan; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no duty to require any contributions to be made to it, or to determine that the contributions received by it comply with the provisions of the Plan or with any resolution of the Board providing therefor;

(b) as directed by the Committee, to retain in cash (pending investment, reinvestment or the distribution of dividends) such reasonable amount as may be required for the proper administration of the Trust and to invest such cash as provided in Article III-2; provided, however, that pending receipt of directions from the Committee, the Trustee may retain reasonable amounts of cash, in its discretion, without any liability for interest;

(c) as directed by the Committee, to make distributions from the Trust Fund to such persons or trusts, in such manner, at such times and in such forms (cash or other property) as directed without inquiring as to whether a payee is entitled to the payment, or as to whether a payment is proper, and without liability for a payment made in good faith without actual notice


or knowledge of the changed condition or status of the payee. If any payment of benefits directed to be made from the Trust Fund by the Trustee is not claimed, the Trustee shall notify the Committee of that fact promptly. The Committee shall make a diligent effort to ascertain the whereabouts of the payee or distributee of benefits returned unclaimed. The Trustee shall dispose of such payments as the Committee shall direct. The Trustee shall have no obligation to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any payee or distributee of benefits from the Trust Fund;

(d) to vote or tender any company stock as provided in
Section 14 of the Plan, and any other stocks, bonds or other securities held in the Trust, or otherwise consent to or request any action on the part of the issuer in person, by proxy or power of attorney;

(e) as directed by the Committee or named fiduciaries, as defined in subsection 1.5 of the Plan, to contract or otherwise enter into transactions between itself, as Trustee, and the Company, a Related Company, or any Company shareholder or other individual, for the purpose of acquiring or selling company stock (as defined in subsection 4.1 of the Plan) and, subject to the provisions of Article II-3, shall retain such company stock;

(f) to compromise, contest, arbitrate, settle or abandon claims and demands by or against the Trust Fund;

(g) to begin, maintain or defend any litigation necessary in connection with the investment, reinvestment and administration of the Trust, and, to the extent not paid from the Trust Fund, the Company shall indemnify the Trustee against all expenses and liabilities reasonably sustained or anticipated by it by reason thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees);

(h) to retain any funds or property subject to any dispute without liability for the payment of interest, or to decline to make payment or delivery thereof until final adjudication is made by a court of competent jurisdiction;

(i) to report to the Company as of the last day of each Plan Year (which shall be the same as the Trust's fiscal year), as of any accounting date (or as soon thereafter as practicable), or at such other times as may be required under the Plan, the then "Net Worth" of the Trust Fund, that is, the fair market value of all property held in the Trust Fund, reduced by any liabilities other than liabilities to Participants in the Plan and their


Beneficiaries, as determined by the Trustee;

(j) to furnish to the Company an annual written account and accounts for such other periods as may be required under the Plan, showing the Net Worth of the Trust Fund at the end of the period, all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions made by the Trustee during the accounting period, and such other information as the Trustee may possess which the Company requires in order to comply with Section 103 of ERISA. The Trustee shall keep accurate accounts of all investments, earnings thereon, and all accounts, books and records related to such investments shall be open to inspection by any person designated by the Company or the Committee. All accounts of the Trustee shall be kept on an accrual basis. If, during the term of this Trust Agreement, the Department of Labor issues regulations under ERISA regarding the valuation of securities or other assets for purposes of the reports required by ERISA, the Trustee shall use such valuation methods for purposes of the accounts described by this subparagraph. All valuations of shares of company stock shall be made by an "Independent Appraiser" (as described in Section 401(a)(28)(C) of the Code) retained by the Trustee, and reviewed and finalized by the Trustee, in accordance with Section 3(18)(B) of ERISA. The Company may approve such accounting by written notice of approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to express objection to such accounting in writing delivered to the Trustee within sixty (60) days from the date upon which the accounting was delivered to the Company. Upon the receipt of a written approval of the accounting, or upon the passage of the period of time within which objection may be filed without written objections having been delivered to the Trustee, such accounting shall be deemed to be approved, and the Trustee shall be released and discharged as to all items, matters and things set forth in such account, as fully as if such accounting had been settled and allowed by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in an action or proceeding in which the Trustee, the Company and all persons having or claiming to have any interest in the Trust Fund or under the Plan were parties.

(k) as directed by the Committee, to pay any estate, inheritance, income or other tax, charge or assessment attributable to any benefit which shall or may be required to pay out of such benefit; provided that the Trustee in its sole undirected discretion may require before making any payment such release or other document from any taxing authority and such indemnity from the intended


payee as the Trustee shall deem necessary for its protection;

(l) to employ and to reasonably rely upon information and advice furnished by agents, attorneys, Independent Appraisers, accountants or other persons of its choice for such purposes as the Trustee considers desirable;

(m) to assume, until advised to the contrary, that the Trust evidenced by this Agreement is qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Code and is entitled to tax exemption under Section 501(a) thereof;

(n) to have the authority to invest and reinvest the assets of the Trust Fund, upon direction from the Committee, in personal property of any kind, including, but not limited to bonds, notes, debentures, mortgages, equipment trust certificates, investment trust certificates, guaranteed investment contracts, preferred or common stock, and registered investment companies; provided, however, that all investments in company stock shall be undertaken pursuant to the provisions of Article III-2. The Trustee shall follow the directions of the Committee and shall have no duty or obligation to review the assets from time to time so acquired, nor to make any recommendations with respect to the investment, reinvestment or retention thereof;

(o) as directed by the Committee, to exercise any options, subscription rights and other privileges with respect to Trust assets, subject to the provisions of Article III;

(p) to register ownership of any securities or other property held by it in its own name or in the name of a nominee, with or without the addition of words indicating that such securities are held in a fiduciary capacity, and may hold any securities in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times reflect that all such investments are part of the Trust;

(q) with the approval of the Committee, to borrow such sum or sums from time to time as the Trustee considers necessary or desirable and in the best interest of the Trust Fund, including to purchase Company Stock (as defined in subsection 4.1 of the Plan), and to enter into such agreements as the Trustee determines necessary or appropriate to accomplish such actions, and for that purpose to mortgage or pledge any part of the Trust Fund (subject to the provisions of Code
Section 4795(c) and the regulations issued thereunder);


(r) to participate in and use the Federal Book-Entry Account System, a service provided by the Federal Reserve Bank for its member banks for deposit of Treasury securities; and

(s) as directed by the Committee, to perform any and all other acts which are necessary or appropriate for the proper management, investment and distribution of the Trust Fund.

II-5. Investment Managers. The Committee may appoint one or more investment managers (as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA) to manage the investment of any part or all of the assets of the Trust Fund. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Trustee shall have no obligation for investment of any assets of the trust fund which are subject to management by an investment manager. Appointment of an investment manager shall be made by written notice to the investment manager and the Trustee, which notice shall specify those powers, rights and duties of the Trustee under this agreement that are allocated to the investment manager and that portion of the assets of the trust fund subject to investment management. An investment manager so appointed pursuant to this paragraph shall be either a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank, as defined in said Act, or an insurance company qualified to manage, acquire and dispose of the assets of the plan under the laws of more than one state of the United States. Any such investment manager shall acknowledge to the company in writing that it accepts such appointment and that it is a fiduciary with respect to the plan and trust. An investment manager may resign at any time upon written notice to the Trustee and the Committee. The Committee may remove an investment manager at any time by written notice to the investment manager and the Trustee.

II-6. Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and discharge any or all liabilities under the Plan or for the proper application of distributions made or other action taken upon the written direction of the Committee. The powers, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be limited to those set forth in this Trust Agreement, and nothing contained in the Plan, either expressly or by implication, shall be deemed to impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities on the Trustee.

II-7. Compensation and Expenses. The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services, as agreed to between the Company and the Trustee from time to time in writing and to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred by the Trustee in the administration of the Trust. The Trustee is authorized to pay from the Trust Fund all expenses of administering the Plan and Trust, including its compensation, compensation to any agents employed by the Trustee and any accounting and legal expenses, to the extent they are not paid directly by the Employers. The Trustee shall be fully protected in making payments of administrative expenses pursuant to the written directions of the Committee.

II-8. Continuation of Powers Upon Trust Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, upon termination of the Trust, the powers, rights and duties of the Trustee hereunder shall continue until all Trust Fund assets have been liquidated.


ARTICLE III

Provisions Related to
Investment in Company Stock

III-1. Investment in Company Stock. The primary purpose of the employee stock ownership portion of the Plan is to acquire an ownership interest in the Company either from the Company or its shareholders and to provide deferred compensation benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries in the form of share of company stock. Accordingly, that portion of the Plan has been established to provide for investment primarily in shares of company stock.

III-2. Investment of Cash. If an Employer's contribution made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 of the Plan for any plan year is in cash, such cash shall be used by the Trustee as directed in writing by the Committee. The Trustee is authorized to purchase company stock (as defined in subsection 4.1 of the Plan) or to liquidate the company stock held in the ESOP stock account of a terminated participant with the assets contained in the active participants' ESOP cash accounts, as directed by the Committee. The Trustee is further authorized to purchase company stock from the Company, a Related Company, or from any shareholder, if the Trustee is directed by the Committee, and such stock may be outstanding, newly issued or treasury stock. All such purchases must be at a price not in excess of fair market value, as determined by an Independent Appraiser when the company stock is not publicly traded. Pending investment of cash in company stock, such cash may be invested in savings accounts, certificates of deposit, high-grade short-term securities, common or preferred stocks, bonds, or other investments, or may be held in cash. Such investments may include any collective investment trust which provides for the pooling of assets of plans described in section 401(a) of the Code and exempt from tax under section 501(a) of the Code the terms of which are incorporated by reference.

III-3. Stock Dividends, Splits and Other Capital Reorganizations. Any company stock received by the Trustee as a stock split or dividend or as a result of a reorganization or other recapitalization of the Company shall be allocated as of each accounting date under the Plan in proportion to the company stock to which it is attributable.

III-4. Put Option. If the distribution of a Participant's ESOP stock account is to be made in cash, or a distribution is made pursuant to subsection 6.4 of the Plan, or the Trustee expects to incur substantial Trust expenses which will not be paid directly by the Employers, and the Trustee determines that the Trust Fund has insufficient cash to make anticipated distributions or pay Trust expenses, the Trust shall have a "put option" on company stock it holds to the Company to the extent the Trustee receives written direction from the Committee for the purpose of making such anticipated distributions and paying such expenses. The purchase price for the company stock purchased by the Company pursuant to the "put option" will be the fair market value of the company stock, as of the date of the purchase, as determined by an Independent Appraiser.


ARTICLE IV

Miscellaneous

IV-1. Disagreement as to Acts. If there is a disagreement between the Trustee and anyone as to any act or transaction reported in any accounting, the Trustee shall have the right to have its account settled by a court of competent jurisdiction.

IV-2. Persons Dealing with Trustee. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be required to see to the application of any money paid or property delivered to the Trustee, or to determine whether or not the Trustee is acting pursuant to any authority granted to it under this Agreement or the Plan.

IV-3. Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated. The interests under the Plan and this Agreement of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan are not subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated or encumbered, except to the extent that the Committee directs the Trustee that any such interests are subject to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

IV-4. Evidence. Evidence required of anyone under this Agreement may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other instrument which the person acting in reliance thereon considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party.

IV-5. Waiver of Notice. Any notice required under this Agreement may be waived in writing by the person entitled thereto.

IV-6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and no other counterparts need be produced.

IV-7. Governing Laws and Severability. This Agreement shall be construed and administered according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the laws of the United States of America. If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or contrary to ERISA, the illegality or invalidity or contrary provision shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Agreement, but shall be severable, and the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

IV-8. Successors, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding on the Employers, and any successor thereto by virtue of any merger, sale, dissolution, consolidation or reorganization, on the Trustee and its successor and on all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan and their respective heirs and legal representatives.

IV-9. Action. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the


Company under this Agreement shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or by a person or persons authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors. The Trustee shall not recognize or take notice of any appointment of any representative of the Company or Committee unless and until the Company or the Committee shall have notified the Trustee in writing of such appointment and the extent of such representative's authority. The Trustee may assume that such appointment and authority continue in effect until it receives written notice to the contrary from the Company or Committee. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee by authority of any representative of the Company or Committee within the scope of his authority shall be as effective for all purposes hereof as if such action or nonaction had been authorized by the Company or Committee.

IV-10. Conformance with Plan. Unless otherwise indicated in this Trust Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning as stated in the Plan. The Company has provided the Trustee with an executed or certified copy of the Plan and shall provide the Trustee with a certified copy of each amendment thereto promptly upon adoption. To the extent the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement conflict, the provisions of the Plan shall govern; provided however, that the Trustee's duties and obligations shall be determined solely under this Trust Agreement.

IV-11. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee from all loss or liability (including expenses and reasonable attorneys' fee) to which the Trustee may be subject by reason of the execution of its duties under this Trust Agreement, or by reason of any acts taken in good faith in accordance with directions, or acts omitted in good faith due to absence of directions, from the Committee unless such loss or liability is due to the Trustee's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee is entitled to collect on the indemnity provided by this Article IV-11 only from the Company, and is not entitled to any direct or indirect indemnity payment from assets of the Trust Fund.

IV-12. Headings. The headings of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall have no substantive effect on the provisions of this Agreement.

IV-13. Notice. All notices that are required or may be given pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered personally or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

If to the Company to:

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
350 East Dundee Road
Wheeling, Illinois, 60090
Attn: Director of Human Resources

If to the Trustee:

Cole Taylor Bank
350 E. Dundee Road
Wheeling, IL 60090
Attn: Scott McCartan


Any notice required under this Trust Agreement may be waived by the person entitled to notice.

ARTICLE V

No Reversion to Company

No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall revert to any Employer or be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, provided, however, that:

(a) Each Employer's contribution under the Plan is conditioned on the initial qualification of the Plan as applied to that Employer under Section 401(a) of the Code and if that Plan does not so initially qualify, the Trustee shall, upon written direction of the Committee, return to that Employer the amount of such contribution and any increment thereon within one calendar year after the date that qualification of the Plan, as applied to that Employer, is denied, but only if the application for qualification is submitted within the time prescribed by law.

(b) If, upon termination of the Plan with respect to any Employer, any amounts are held in a 415 Suspense Account which are attributable to the contributions of such Employer and such amounts may not be credited to the Accounts of Participants, such amounts, upon the written direction of the Committee, will be returned to that Employer as soon as practicable after the termination of the Plan with respect to that Employer.

(c) Employer contributions under the Plans are conditioned upon the deductibility thereof under Section 404 of the Code, and, to the extent any such deduction of an Employer is disallowed, the Trustee shall, upon the written direction of the Committee, return the amount of the contribution (to the extent disallowed), reduced by the amount of any losses thereon, to the Employer within one year after the date the deduction is disallowed.

(d) If a contribution or any portion thereof is made by an Employer by a mistake of fact, the Trustee shall, upon written direction of the Committee, return the amount of the contribution or such portion, reduced by the amount of any losses there on, to the Employer within one year after the date of payment to the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee has no responsibility as to the sufficiency of the Trust Fund to provide any distribution to an Employer under this Article V.


ARTICLE VI

Change of Trustee

VI-1. Resignation. The Trustee may resign at any time by giving thirty (30) days' advance written notice to the Company and the Committee.

VI-2. Removal of the Trustee. The Committee may, with the consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, remove the Trustee by giving thirty (30) days' advance written notice to the Trustee, subject to providing the removed Trustee with satisfactory written evidence of the appointment of a successor Trustee and of the successor Trustee's acceptance of the trusteeship.

VI-3. Duties of Resigning or Removed Trustee and of Successor Trustee. If the Trustee resigns or is removed, it shall promptly transfer and deliver the assets of the Trust Fund to the successor Trustee, and may reserve such amount to provide for the payment of all fees and expenses, or taxes then or thereafter chargeable against the Trust Fund, to the extent not previously paid by the Company. The Company shall be obligated to reimburse the Trust for any amount reserved by the Trustee. Within 120 days, the resigned or removed Trustee shall furnish to the Company and the successor Trustee an account of its administration of the Trust from the date of its last account. Each successor Trustee shall succeed to the title to the Trust Fund vested in his predecessor without the signing or filing of any further instrument, but any resigning or removed Trustee shall execute all documents and do all acts necessary to vest such title or record in any successor Trustee. Each successor shall have all the powers, rights and duties conferred by this Trust Agreement as if originally named Trustee. No successor Trustee shall be personally liable for any act or failure to act of a predecessor Trustee. With the approval of the Committee, a successor Trustee may accept the account rendered and the property delivered to it by its predecessor Trustee as a full and complete discharge to the predecessor Trustee without incurring any liability or responsibility for so doing.

VI-4. Filling Trustee Vacancy. The Committee may, with the consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee as soon as practicable by a writing filed with the person or entity appointed to fill the vacancy.

ARTICLE VII

Additional Employers

Any Related Company (as defined below) may become a party to this Trust Agreement by:

(a) filing with the Company and the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors to that effect; and

(b) filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company consenting to such action.


A "Related Company" is any corporation, trade or business during any period in which it is, along with the Company, a member of a controlled group of corporations, a group of trades or businesses under common control or an affiliated service group, as described in section 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m), respectively, of the Code or as described in regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code. Any Related Company so becoming a party to this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the Company as its agent for all purposes of this Trust Agreement to the end that the Trustee may deal with the Company as if the Company were the only Employer party to this Trust Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

Amendment and Termination

VIII-1. Amendment. While the Employers expect and intend to continue the Trust, the Company reserves the right to amend the Trust at any time pursuant to an action of the Company's Board of Directors, except that no amendment shall change the rights, duties and liabilities of the Trustee under this Trust Agreement without its prior written agreement, nor reduce a Participant's benefits to less than the amount such Participant would be entitled to receive if such Participant had resigned from the employ of the Employers on the date of the amendment. Amendments to the Trust shall be effective upon execution of such amendments by both the Company and the Trustee.

VIII-2. Termination. The Trust may be terminated as to all Employees on any date specified by the Company. The Trust will terminate as to any Employer on the first to occur of the following:

(a) the date it is terminated by that Employer;

(b) the date such Employer's contributions to the Trust are completely discontinued;

(c) the date such Employer is judicially declared bankrupt under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; or

(d) the dissolution, merger, consolidation, or reorganization of that Employer, or the sale by that Employer of all or substantially all of its assets, except that, with the consent of the Company, such arrangements may be made whereby the Trust will be continued by any successor to that Employer or any purchaser of all or substantially all of that Employer's assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted for that Employer under the Trust.

The Trustee's powers upon termination as described above will continue until liquidation of the Trust Fund, or the portion thereof attributable to an Employer, as the case may be. Upon termination of this Trust the Trustee shall first reserve such reasonable amounts as it may deem necessary to provide for the payment of any expenses or fees then or thereafter chargeable to the Trust


Fund. Subject to such reserve, the balance of the Trust Fund shall be liquidated and distributed by the Trustee to or for the benefit of the Participants or their beneficiaries, as directed by the Committee after compliance with applicable requirements of ERISA, as amended from time to time, or other applicable law, accompanied by a certification that the disposition is in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trustee need not question the propriety of such certification. The Company shall have full responsibility to see that such distribution is proper and within the terms of the Plan and this Trust.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Trustee have caused these presents to be signed and their seals to be hereunto affixed and attested by their duly authorized officers all as of the day and year first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.


President

Cole Taylor Bank, not in its
individual or corporate capacity,
but solely as Trustee of the Taylor
Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing
and Employee Stock Ownership Trust


Senior Vice President

Exhibit 10.25

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

1. PURPOSE. The Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), is intended to provide incentives which will attract and retain highly competent persons as officers, key employees and directors of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. ("Taylor Capital") and its designated subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company"), by providing them opportunities to acquire shares of Common Stock of Taylor Capital ("Common Stock") or to receive monetary payments based on the value of such shares pursuant to the Awards described herein.

2. PARTICIPANTS. Participants will consist of such officers, key employees, and directors of the Company as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Taylor Capital (the "Committee") in its sole discretion determines to be significantly responsible for the success and future growth and profitability of the Company. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to receive an Award in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same type or amount of Awards as granted to the participant or any other participant in any year. The Committee shall consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting participants and in determining the amount, type and terms and conditions of their respective Awards.

3. TYPES OF AWARDS. Awards under the Plan may be granted in any one or a combination of (i) incentive stock options ("ISO"), within the meaning of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), (ii) nonqualified stock options, (iii) stock appreciation rights, (iv) stock awards, and (vi) performance awards, each as described below (collectively, "Awards"). Each award shall be made pursuant to a written agreement between the Company and the Award recipient.

4. SHARES RESERVED UNDER THE PLAN. There is hereby reserved for issuance under the Plan an aggregate of Five Hundred Sixty Three Thousand, and Sixty Six (563,066) shares of Common Stock, which may be authorized but unissued or treasury shares. If there is a lapse, cancellation, expiration, or termination of any Award prior to issuance of the shares thereunder, or if shares are issued under an Award and thereafter are reacquired by the Company pursuant to rights reserved by the Company upon issuance of such shares, the shares subject to such Award may thereafter be subjected to new Awards under this Plan.

5. STOCK OPTIONS. "Stock Options" will consist of awards from the Company, which will enable the holder to purchase a specific number of shares of Common Stock, at set terms and at a fixed purchase price. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Program, the Committee shall designate the employees to whom Stock Options are to be awarded under the Program and shall determine the number, type, and terms of the Stock Options to be awarded to each of them, provided, however, that no ISO shall be granted more than 10 years from the date of the adoption of the Program by the Board of Directors of Taylor Capital. Each Stock Option shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines to be appropriate at the time of grant.


12/8/97 TCG Compensation Committee

6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS. "Stock Appreciation Rights" will consist of awards from the Company, which will entitle the holder to receive the appreciation in the Fair Market Value of the shares subject thereto up to a specified date or dates. Payment of such appreciation shall be made in cash or in Common Stock, or a combination thereof, as set forth in the written award. Each Stock Appreciation Right shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines to be appropriate at the time of grant.

7. STOCK AWARDS. "Stock Awards" will consist of Common Stock transferred to participants without other payment therefor as additional compensation for services rendered or to be rendered to the Company. Stock Awards shall be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee determines to be appropriate at the time of grant, including, without limitation, restrictions on the sale or other disposition of such shares and provisions for the forfeiture of such shares for no consideration upon termination of the participant's employment within specified periods.

8. PERFORMANCE AWARDS. "Performance Awards" will consist of awards from the Company, which will entitle the holder to receive a specific number of shares of Common Stock or cash at the end of a specified Performance Period. The Committee shall determine the duration of the period (the "Performance Period") during which, and the conditions under which, receipt of the shares or payment of the cash will be deferred. The Committee may condition the grant of Performance Awards upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such other terms and conditions as the Committee determines to be appropriate at the time of grant, including, without limitation, provisions for the forfeiture of such shares for no consideration upon termination of the participant's employment prior to the end of the Performance Period.

9. SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS. The recipient of a Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, or Performance Awards shall not be deemed for any purpose to be a stockholder of the Company with respect to any of the shares subject thereto except to the extent that a certificate shall have been issued and delivered to the participant.

10. ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS. If Taylor Capital shall at any time change the number of issued shares of Common Stock without new consideration to Taylor Capital (such as by stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, exchange of shares, or other change in corporate structure affecting the Common Stock), the total number of shares reserved for Awards under this Plan shall be appropriately adjusted. The Committee may provide for equitable adjustments in the terms of any Awards granted hereunder after changes in the Common Stock resulting from any merger, consolidation, sale of assets, acquisition of property or stock, recapitalization, reorganization or similar occurrence upon such terms and conditions as it may, in its sole discretion, deem equitable and appropriate.


12/8/97 TCG Compensation Committee

11. NONTRANSFERABILITY. Each Award granted under the Plan to a participant shall, unless otherwise set forth in the written Award, not be transferable otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable, during the participant's lifetime, only by the participant.

12. OTHER PROVISIONS. Awards under the Plan may also be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to the Award granted to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate.

13. FAIR MARKET VALUE. Except as otherwise expressly provided in a written Award, for purposes of this Plan and any Awards hereunder, the "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock shall mean (i) prior to the date of the registration of the Common Stock under the Securities Act of 1933 and readily tradable on a national securities exchange ("Readily Tradable"), the amount equal to the price of a share of Common Stock as reflected by the most recently preceding valuation of the shares of Common Stock under the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan, after adjusting for a nonmarketable, minority interest discount; and (ii) on an after the date that the Common Stock is Readily Tradable, the closing price of the Common Stock on the relevant date as reported on the national securities exchange.

14. TENURE. A participant's right, if any, to continue to serve the Company as an officer, employee, or otherwise, shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her designation as a participant under the Plan, nor shall this Plan in any way interfere with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any separate employment agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Award.

15. ADMINISTRATION. The Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations and interpretations and to take such action in connection with the Plan and any Awards granted hereunder as it deems necessary or advisable. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all participants and their legal representatives. No member of the Board, no member of the Committee and no employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or failure to act hereunder, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this Plan have been delegated or, except in circumstances involving his or her bad faith, gross negligence or fraud, for any act or failure to act by such member of the Board or employee.

16. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The Board of Directors may amend the Plan from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. However, no action authorized by this paragraph shall change the terms and conditions of any existing Award without the participant's consent.


12/8/97 TCG Compensation Committee

17. GOVERNING LAW. This Plan and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Illinois principles of conflict of laws).

18. APPROVAL. The Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors of Taylor Capital on , 1997.


EXHIBIT 10.26

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

THIS OPTION is granted this 30th day of September, 1997, by Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Company") to (the "Employee");

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company is of the opinion that the interests of the Company and its subsidiaries and affiliates will be advanced by encouraging and enabling those officers, key employees and directors of the Company, upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company is largely dependent for the successful conduct of the business of the Company to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company or increase their proprietary interest in the Company, and thus providing them with a more direct stake in the Company's welfare and assuring a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company during their association with the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Board believes that the acquisition of such an interest in the Company will stimulate the efforts of such officers and key employees during their association with the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and of the services required under Section 2 in order to receive benefits hereunder, the Company hereby grants this option to the Employee on the terms hereinafter expressed:


1. OPTION GRANT. The Company hereby grants to the Employee a non-qualified stock option to purchase a total of _____ shares of common stock of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. ("Common Stock") at the option price of $22.00 per share. This option is not intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

2. TIME OF EXERCISE. This option may be exercised (in the manner provided in Section 3 hereof) in whole or in part, from time to time after the date hereof, subject to the following limitations:

(a) This option may not be exercised during the first year from June 30, 1997. Thereafter, this option may be exercised to the maximum cumulative extent of 20% of the total shares covered by this option on and after June 30, 1998; 40% of the total shares on and after June 30, 1999; 60% of the total shares on and after June 30, 2000; 80% of the total shares on and after June 30, 2001; and 100% of the total shares on and after June 30, 2002. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no option may be exercised for fractional shares.

(b) Notwithstanding Section 2(a) hereof, in the event of the Optionee's termination of employment with the Company due to retirement at age 65 or older, permanent disability (as defined below), death, at any time following the date of grant hereof, this option shall immediately become exercisable as to a maximum cumulative extent of 100% of the total shares covered by this option on the date of the Optionee's retirement, permanent disability or death. For purposes of this option, the Employee will be considered permanently disabled if Employee is unable to perform his or her stated duties with the Company by reason of illness, accident or other incapacity and does not engage in any occupation or employment for wage or

2

profit for which Employee is reasonably qualified by education, training, or experience, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

(c) This option may not be exercised (and shall then forever lapse) upon the first to occur of the following:

(i) upon the effective date of the termination of the Employee's employment by the Company for "cause", which for purposes of this option means termination because of (1) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the Employee's duties or in the course of the Employee's employment, (2) unreasonable neglect or refusal by the Employee to perform his duties (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee's incapacity due to disability), (3) the engaging by the Employee in willful, reckless, or grossly negligent misconduct which is or may be materially injurious to the Company, or (4) the Employee's conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony;

(ii) more than 90 days following the termination of the Employee's employment for any reason other than death, disability or "cause" (and then only to the extent the Employee could have exercised this option on the date of such termination);

(iii) more than one year following the termination of the Employee's employment due to death or permanent disability; or

(iv) more than ten (10) years from the date hereof.

(d) This option shall not be affected by leaves of absence approved in writing by the Company or by any change of employment so long as the Employee continues to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates. Nothing in this option shall confer on the Employee any right to continue in the employ of the Company or to interfere with

3

the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any separate employment contract to the contrary, to terminate Employee's employment at any time.

3. EXERCISE OF OPTION.

(a) This option may be exercised only by appropriate notice in writing delivered to the Secretary of the Company at its corporate headquarters, and accompanied by:

(i) The full purchase price of the shares purchased payable by (1) a certified or cashier's check payable to the order of the Company, (2) a promissory note, with the shares purchased as collateral, payable in the three equal annual installments, and/or (3) certificates of Common Stock (which have been held by the Employee for at least six months) equal in value (based upon their Fair Market Value as defined in the Stock Transfer Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A) on the date of surrender) to such purchase price, or the portion thereof so paid;

(ii) An executed Stock Transfer Agreement between the Company and the Employee or his successor in interest, whether determined by will or the laws of descent and distribution or otherwise, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A; and

(iii) Such other documents or representations (including without limitation representations as to the intention of the Employee or his successor, or other purchaser under Section 6, to acquire the shares for investment) as the Company may reasonably request in order to comply with securities, tax or other laws then applicable to the exercise of the option.

(b) The exercise of this option is conditioned upon the Employee making arrangements satisfactory to the Company relating to any required withholding taxes attributable

4

to such exercise. The Company may, in its sole discretion and subject to such rules as it may adopt, permit the Employee to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, in whole or in part, by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock received in connection with the option having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld.

4. CHANGE OF CONTROL.

(a) Notwithstanding Section 2(a) above, this option shall become fully and immediately exercisable upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, as defined below. In the event of a Change of Control of the Company, the Board may, by providing written notice to the Employee, elect to (i) cancel this option, unless theretofore exercised, 30 days after the effective date of the Change of Control and/or (ii) require that in lieu of the exercise of this option, that the Employee be provided with a cash payment as set forth in
Section 4(c) hereof.

(b) For purposes of this option, a "Change of Control" shall occur:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the

5

combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Sale of the Company; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family owns less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Taylor Family means (i) Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (ii) a descendant of Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (iii) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of any individual described in (i) or (ii) above, or (iv) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

(c) Pursuant to Section 4(a) hereof, in the event of a Change of Control of the Company, the Company may, at its option, elect to pay in cash an amount equal to the excess, if

6

any, of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock subject to the option on the date of exercise over (ii) the exercise price as provided herein, multiplied by the number of shares for which the option is exercised, less any required withholding taxes. In the event of such election, the Company will make a payment to the Employee, his estate, the person to whom the option passes by will or by the laws of descent or distribution or the Employee's legal representative or guardian, not more than 30 days after the date of exercise and the Company shall have no further liability of any kind to Employee.

5. NONTRANSFERABILITY OF OPTION. This option is not transferable by the Employee otherwise than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable, during the Employee's lifetime, only by him or her.

6. DEATH OR DISABILITY OF EMPLOYEE. If the Employee dies or becomes disabled while in the employ of the Company, this option may be exercised in whole or in part and from time to time, in the manner described in Section 3 hereof, in the case of death by his estate or the person to whom the option passes by will or the laws of descent and distribution or in the case of disability by the person's legal representative or guardian, but only to the extent that the Employee could have exercised it on the date of his death or disability, and only within a period of (a) twelve months next succeeding the Employee's death or disability, or (b) ten years from the date hereof, whichever period is shorter.

7. DELIVERY OF CERTIFICATES. If at any time during the option period the Company shall be advised by its counsel that shares deliverable upon exercise of the option are required to be registered under the federal Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933 Act"), or that delivery of the shares must be accompanied or preceded by a prospectus meeting the

7

requirements of the 1933 Act, the Company, at its election, will use its best efforts to effect such registration or provide such prospectus not later than a reasonable time following each exercise of this option, but delivery of shares by the Company may be deferred until registration is effected or a prospectus is available. The Employee shall have no interest in shares covered by this option until certificates for the shares are issued. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this option, in lieu of affecting the registration statement described in the preceding sentence, the Company may, in the alternative, provide Employee with a cash payment in consideration of the shares subject to such exercise in the manner described in Section 4(c) above, and the Company shall have no further liability of any kind to Employee.

8. ADJUSTMENT PROVISIONS.

(a) If the Company shall at any time change the number of shares of its Common Stock without new consideration to the Company (such as by stock dividends or stock splits), the total number of shares then remaining subject to purchase hereunder shall be changed in proportion to such change in issued shares and the option price per share shall be adjusted so that the total consideration payable to the Company upon the purchase of all shares not theretofore purchased shall not be changed.

8

(b) In the case of any merger, consolidation or combination of the Company with or into another corporation, other than a merger, consolidation or combination in which the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in the outstanding Common Stock being converted into or exchanged for different securities, cash or other property, or any combination thereof (an "Acquisition"), the Optionee shall have the right (subject to Section 4 hereof and any other limitation applicable to this option) thereafter and during the term of this option, to receive upon exercise hereof the Acquisition Consideration (as defined below) receivable upon such Acquisition by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock which might have been obtained upon exercise of this option or portion hereof, as the case may be, immediately prior to such Acquisition. The term "Acquisition Consideration" shall mean the kind and amount of shares of the surviving or new corporation, cash, securities, evidence of indebtedness, other property or any combination thereof receivable in respect of one share of Common Stock of the Company upon consummation of an Acquisition.

9. APPLICABLE PLAN. This option is granted under and is subject to the terms and conditions of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"). Any capitalized terms not defined herein shall be subject to the definitions set forth in the Plan.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

9

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this option to be executed on the date first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:
Its: President

ACCEPTED:


10

EXHIBIT 10.27

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENT
FOR STOCK OPTION GRANTS

THIS STOCK TRANSFER RESTRICTION AGREEMENT is made as of the 30th day of September, 1997, by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and (the "Stockholder");

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Stockholder is an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries; and

WHEREAS, Stockholder is or may become the owner of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the "Shares") acquired by the exercise by the Stockholder of compensatory stock options granted under the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the grant of the stock options that Stockholder and the Company enter into a stock transfer restriction agreement in substantially the form hereof, and Stockholder agreed to enter into such an agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, and in consideration of each of the parties hereto entering into this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

1. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2, 3, or 10 hereof, or until this Agreement terminates under Section 9, the Stockholder agrees not to sell,


transfer, assign, give, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any part or all of the Shares, whether voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company. Any attempted transfer in violation of this Agreement shall be considered null and void and the Stockholder shall continue to be treated as the owner of the Shares for all purposes of this Agreement and shall continue to be bound by all of the terms and provisions hereof.

2. STOCKHOLDER'S "PUT" OPTIONS.

(a) On and after the six-month anniversary of the date that the Stockholder exercised its options to purchase the Shares, the Stockholder shall have an option two times during any calendar year to sell to the Company, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2, all or a portion of the Shares owned by the Stockholder during the put period, as defined herein. For the purpose of this Agreement, the "put period" shall be any time during the calendar year other than the period from (i) June 30th through the date that the Company receives the valuation ("ESOP Valuation Date") of the shares of Company stock held in the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"); and (ii) December 31st through the ESOP Valuation Date. The Stockholder's option to sell the Shares to the Company shall be effective upon the Stockholder notifying the Company in writing. Upon the exercise by the Stockholder of the option hereunder, the Company shall immediately become obligated to pay to the Stockholder as the purchase price paid for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof; provided, however, that the Company's obligation to purchase all or any portion of the Shares from the Stockholder shall be limited in any calendar year to the purchase in aggregate of shares of Company stock having a value equal

Page 2

to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) including the value of the shares that the Company is required to purchase under the provisions of the ESOP and shares that are "put" for sale to the Company by other stockholders pursuant to similar Stock Transfer Agreements. In the event that the value of shares that the Company is obligated to purchase exceeds Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in any calendar year, requests will be processed in the order of delivery to the Company (excluding any shares that the Company is obligated to purchase under ESOP). The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Stockholder of its option hereunder, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the delivery by the Stockholder of its written notice of option exercise.

(b) To the extent the Company does not exercise its option under Section 3(a) hereof within six months following the termination of the Stockholder's employment with the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Stockholder shall thereafter have an option to sell to the Company, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2(b), all or a portion of the Shares owned by the Stockholder at the time of such option exercise. Such option shall be exercisable during the 60-day period after the expiration of the above-referenced six-month time period, upon the Stockholder notifying the Company, in writing, of Stockholder's exercise of the option hereunder. Upon the exercise by the Stockholder of the option hereunder, the Company shall immediately become obligated to pay to the Stockholder as the purchase price paid for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof. Payment of such purchase price shall be made pursuant to the terms specified in Section 5 hereof. The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Stockholder of its option

Page 3

hereunder, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the delivery by the Stockholder of its written notice of option exercise.

3. COMPANY'S PURCHASE OPTIONS.

(a) In the event that the Stockholder should cease to be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, then as a result of such termination the Company shall have an option to purchase from the Stockholder all or any part of the Shares owned by the Stockholder at the time of such option exercise. Such option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time following the Stockholder's termination of employment upon the Company notifying the Stockholder in writing of its exercise of the option hereunder and the number of Shares with respect to which such option is being exercised. Upon the exercise by the Company of its option hereunder, the Stockholder shall immediately become obligated to sell and the Company shall immediately become obligated to pay to the Stockholder as the purchase price for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof. Payment of such purchase price shall be made pursuant to the terms specified in Section 5 hereof. The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Company of its option hereunder, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the delivery by the Company of its written notice of option exercise.

(b) If all or any part of the Shares held by the Stockholder shall be subject to an involuntary transfer to any person or entity whether by operation of law or otherwise (such as, without limitation, to a trustee in bankruptcy, a purchaser in any creditor's or court sale, or conservator), or a transfer in accordance with any divorce proceeding (collectively a "Transfer Event"), then as a result of such event, the Company shall have an option to purchase from the

Page 4

transferee that number of Shares which are subject to the Transfer Event. Such option shall be exercisable for a period of sixty (60) days after the Company's receipt of actual notice of the Transfer Event, and shall be exercised by the delivery of written notice of option exercise by the Company to the Stockholder and the Stockholder's transferee. Upon the exercise by the Company of its option under this Section 3, the Company shall become obligated to pay to the transferee, as the purchase price for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof. Payment of such purchase price shall be on the terms set forth in Section 5 hereof. The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Company of its option hereunder, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after the exercise by the Company of its option.

(c) The Company may, in its discretion, assign its right to purchase the Shares under Sections 3(a) and (b), and its obligation to purchase the Shares under Section 2, to the ESOP.

4. PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(b), the purchase price for each Share to be purchased by the Company pursuant to this Agreement from a Stockholder or his estate, heirs or personal representative or a transferee (collectively referred to as the "Seller") shall equal the Fair Market Value determined as of the date of purchase. The "Fair Market Value" shall be based upon the fair market value of the shares of common stock of the Company held by the ESOP, after applying the applicable discounts including a nonmarketable, minority interest discount to the ESOP Valuation, as determined as by an independent appraiser.

Page 5

(b) Notwithstanding the above, if the purchase of Shares by the Company under this Agreement is pursuant to Section 3 hereof following the Stockholder's termination of employment for "cause" (as defined below), the purchase price per Share shall be the lower of (i) the purchase price per share originally paid by the Stockholder to acquire his or her Shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share (determined in accordance with Section 4(a)). For purposes of this Agreement, "cause" shall mean termination by the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates because of (i) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the Stockholder's duties or in the course of the Stockholder's employment, (ii) unreasonable neglect or refusal by Stockholder to perform his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from Stockholder's incapacity due to permanent disability), (iii) the engaging by Stockholder in willful, reckless, or grossly negligent misconduct which is or may be materially injurious to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or
(iv) Stockholder's conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony. For purposes of this option, the Stockholder will be considered permanently disabled if he or she is unable to perform his or her stated duties with the Company by reason of illness, accident or other incapacity and does not engage in any occupation or employment for wage or profit for which the Stockholder is reasonably qualified by education, training, or experience, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

5. PAYMENT FOR SHARES. Shares purchased pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be paid for in full upon the closing date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event the aggregate consideration to be paid to the Seller under this Agreement exceeds $10,000.00, if the Company so elects the purchase price may be paid for in installments and shall be evidenced by a promissory note dated the date of the closing of the purchase. Such

Page 6

note shall be payable in three (3) equal annual installments, with the first installment to be due and payable upon the closing date and the remaining installments to be due and payable on the second through and including the third annual anniversaries, respectively, of the closing, and shall provide for interest on the principal outstanding from time to time at a fixed rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest announced by Cole Taylor as its prime rate as of the closing, or the highest lawful rate which may be charged on this transaction, whichever is less. The Company shall, in all events, have the right to prepay the entire principal balance of any note delivered under this Section 5 at any time or from time to time without a premium or a penalty.

6. DELIVERY OF STOCK CERTIFICATES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS UPON A REPURCHASE OF SHARES. Simultaneously with the transfer of the purchase price by the Company under Section 6 hereof (whether in cash or by delivery of a note) as a result of a repurchase of Shares by the Company, the Seller of the Shares shall deliver to the Company the certificates representing the Shares being sold, properly endorsed for transfer, together with any other assignments and documents as may be necessary to transfer title to the Shares.

7. NOTICE OF RESTRICTIONS. The certificates representing the Shares affected by this Agreement shall be inscribed with the following legend:

"The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to, and are transferable only in compliance with, the terms and conditions of a certain Stock Transfer Agreement dated September 30, 1997 between the registered holder of these shares and Taylor Capital Group, Inc., which Agreement is on file with the Secretary of Taylor Capital Group, Inc., and the holder hereof accepts and holds this certificate subject to and with notice of all of the terms, conditions and provisions of said Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby."

Page 7

8. DEPOSIT OF CERTIFICATES. The certificates representing the Shares, together with applicable stock powers duly executed by the Stockholder in blank, shall be held by the Company subject to the terms of this Agreement. The Company agrees to release and deliver to the Stockholder any such certificates when they are no longer subject to the terms of this Agreement or in order to facilitate any sale or other disposition thereof permitted hereunder.

9. PUBLIC COMPANY. If shares of Common Stock of the Company are sold to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or if shares of Common Stock of the Company are registered pursuant to Section 12 or Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company shall be deemed a "Public Company". If the Company becomes a Public Company at any time hereafter, unless an event which gives rise to a purchase option or obligation in favor of the Company has already occurred, the Shares held by the Stockholder at the time the Company becomes a Public Company shall thereafter be free of the terms of this Agreement and the rights, options or obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3, and 10 hereof shall terminate.

10. CHANGE OF CONTROL OF THE COMPANY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Board of Directors of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock approve a sale of the Company that constitutes a Change of Control of the Company (as defined below), the Company will give the Stockholder thirty (30) days' notice of the proposed transaction. The Company will, at the Stockholder's request given by him or her within five (5) days of the receipt of notice required under the preceding sentence, cause the buyer also to offer to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares held by the Stockholder and, upon the request of the Company within such 5-day

Page 8

period, the Stockholder shall, upon the request of the Company, be obligated to sell his or her Shares to the buyer, for the same price and on the same terms and conditions as the buyer's purchase of the shares of Common Stock from the majority shareholders of the Company. The Stockholder further agrees to take all necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of a Change of Control of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control of the Company" shall occur:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Sale of the Company; or

Page 9

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family owns less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Taylor Family means (i) Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (ii) a descendant of Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (iii) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of any individual described in (i) or (ii) above, or (iv) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

11. COMPANY'S OBLIGATION REGARDING STOCK OPTION EXERCISES. In the event of an exercise by Stockholder of any stock option to acquire Shares of Company stock following his or her termination of employment with the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or an exercise of such a stock option by the executor or administrator of the Stockholder's estate or the Stockholder's personal representative following the Stockholder's death, any such shares of common stock that are acquired pursuant to any such option exercise will be subjected to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Furthermore, the Company shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to provide the Stockholder (in the event of an exercise of an option by the Stockholder following termination of employment) or the Stockholder's executor or administrator

Page 10

(in the event of his or her death), with a payment in lieu of such option exercise in an amount equal to the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value per Share (as defined in Section 4(a) hereof) over the option exercise price under such option, multiplied by the number of Shares subjected to such exercise. In the event the Company exercises its right to provide a payment in lieu of such option exercise, such payment may be made by delivery of a promissory note from the Company in accordance with the terms set forth in Section 5 hereof.

12. NOTICE. Any and all notices, designations, consents, offers, acceptances or any other communication provided for herein shall be given in writing and personally delivered or sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, which shall be addressed, in the case of the Company, to its principal office in the State of Illinois, and in the case of the Stockholder, to his or her last known address as reflected in the Company's records. Notices sent by United States certified mail will be deemed received on the second business day following mailing.

13. NECESSARY DOCUMENTS. The Stockholder and his or her administrators, executors, heirs or personal representatives shall execute and deliver all necessary documents required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, irrespective of the fact that the Stockholder is or may become a resident of a different state.

15. INVALID PROVISION. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

Page 11

16. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company, Stockholder, and their respective heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Any rights given or duties imposed upon the estate of the Stockholder upon his or her death shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the fiduciary of the decedent's estate in his or her fiduciary capacity.

17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and contains all of the agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements or understandings, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement whether expressed or implied, this Agreement shall only apply to shares of stock of the Company acquired pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the Plan, including any additional shares received by Stockholder in connection with such shares pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits, or similar transactions. This Agreement shall not apply to any shares of capital stock of the Company which the Stockholder owns and which were acquired other than pursuant to the exercise of such stock options.

(b) No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Stockholder and the Company. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing.

Page 12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By
Its: President

STOCKHOLDER


Page 13

EXHIBIT 10.28

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD ("Award") is entered into as of this 30th day of September, 1997, by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and (the "Employee").

RECITALS:

The Board of Directors of the Company has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders for designated officers, employees and directors of the Company and its Subsidiaries to obtain or increase their stock interest in the Company in order to create a greater incentive to work for and manage the Company's affairs in such a way that its shares may become more valuable. Employee is employed by the Company or a Subsidiary as an officer or employee and the Company acknowledges that Employee has rendered valuable services to the Company and has contributed to its success.

In consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants set forth herein, and other good and valuable consideration the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Award, the following terms shall have the following meanings:


(a) "Cause" shall mean termination because of (1) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the Employee's duties or in the course of the Employee's employment, (2) unreasonable neglect or refusal by the Employee to perform his duties (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee's incapacity due to disability), (3) the engaging by the Employee in willful, reckless, or grossly negligent misconduct which is or may be materially injurious to the Company, or (4) the Employee's conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony.

(b) "Change of Control" shall mean, and be deemed to have occurred, on the date of the first to occur of any of the following:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

-2-

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Sale of the Company; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family owns less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Taylor Family means (i) Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (ii) a descendant of Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (iii) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of any individual described in (i) or (ii) above, or (iv) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

(c) "Common Stock" shall mean a share of the common stock of the Company.

-3-

(d) "Permanent Disability" shall mean Employee's inability to perform his or her stated duties with the Company by reason of illness, accident or other incapacity and inability to engage in any occupation or employment for wage or profit for which he or she is reasonably qualified by education, training, or experience, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion;

(f) "Plan" shall mean the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan;

(g) "Qualified Retirement" shall mean the termination of Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason other than for Cause after Employee reaches age sixty-five (65).

(h) "Restricted Shares" shall have the meaning specified in Section 2.

(i) "Restrictions" shall have the meaning specified in Section 3.

(j) "Section 83(b) Election" shall mean an election made pursuant to
Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, electing to be taxed with respect to the Restricted Shares at the time of grant rather than upon the forfeiture of the Restrictions.

(k) "Stock Transfer Agreement" shall mean the Stock Transfer Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

(l) "Subsidiary" or "Subsidiaries" shall mean any corporation, 50% or more of whose stock is owned, directly or indirectly, by or for the Company.

(m) "Vested Shares" shall have the meaning specified in Section 4.

-4-

(n) "Vesting Date" shall mean the earliest to occur of (1) June 30, 2000 on which date 50 percent of the Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares, June 30, 2001 on which date 75 percent of the Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares, and June 30, 2002 on which date 100 percent of the Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares; (2) the date of Employee's termination of employment with the Company or any Subsidiary by reason of Employee's death, Permanent Disability, or Qualified Retirement on which date 100 percent of the Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares; or (3) the effective date of a Change of Control of the Company on which date 100 percent of the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares.

Section 2. Award of Shares. Subject to all of the terms and conditions set forth below and in the Plan, the Company hereby grants to Employee a total of ( ) shares of Common Stock (the "Restricted Shares"). The transfer of the Restricted Shares to Employee is conditioned upon Employee, concurrently with the execution of this Award, delivering to the Company: (1) a duly signed stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Restricted Shares, (2) a duly signed Stock Transfer Agreement in the form attached as Exhibit A, (3) a duly signed
Section 83(b) Election, only if the Employee, in his sole discretion, intends to make such election, and (4) such other documents or agreements as the Company may request.

Section 3. Restrictions. The Restricted Shares are being awarded to Employee subject to the transfer and forfeiture restrictions set forth in Sections 3(a) and (b) below (collectively, the "Restrictions").

-5-

(a) Transfer. Prior to the date that the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares, Employee may not directly or indirectly, by operation of law or otherwise, voluntarily or involuntarily, anticipate, alienate, attach, sell, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or otherwise transfer all or any part of the Restricted Shares without the written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion.

(b) Forfeiture. Upon termination of Employee's employment with the Company or any Subsidiary, all Restricted Shares which are not Vested Shares at the effective time of such termination shall immediately thereafter be returned to or canceled by the Company, and shall be deemed to have been forfeited by Employee to the Company. Upon a forfeiture of Employee's Restricted Shares under this paragraph 3(b), the Company will not be obligated to pay Employee any consideration whatsoever for the forfeited Restricted Shares.

4. Lapse of Restrictions. The Restrictions shall lapse with respect to the Restricted Shares awarded hereunder upon the Vesting Date of such Restricted Shares. To the extent the Restrictions shall have lapsed under this Section 4 with respect to the Restricted Shares subject to this Award, those shares (the "Vested Shares") will thereafter be free of the terms and conditions of this Award; provided, however, that all Vested Shares shall at all times remain subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Restricted Stock Transfer Agreement.

5. Adjustments. If there is any change in the capital stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or distribution, stock split, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, combination or exchange of shares, or any similar change affecting the capital stock of the Company, which has occurred after the date hereof, the terms "Restricted Shares" and "Vested Shares" shall include any shares, securities, or other property that Employee

-6-

receives or becomes entitled to receive as a result of Employee's ownership of the original Restricted Shares.

6. Issuance of Shares; Restrictive Legend. Stock certificates in respect of the Restricted Shares shall be issued by the Company subject to Employee's fulfillment of the conditions set forth in Section 2 hereof. Such certificates shall be registered in Employee's name and shall be inscribed with a legend evidencing the Restrictions, the Stockholders Agreement, and such additional legend as may be required to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and other applicable federal or state securities laws.

7. Custody. All certificates representing the Restricted Shares (other than Vested Shares) shall be deposited, together with stock powers executed by Employee, in proper form for transfer, with the Company. The Company shall provide Employee with a copy of a certificate representing the Restricted Shares, which shall contain the legend set forth in Section 6. The Company is hereby authorized to cause the transfer to come into its name of all certificates representing the Restricted Shares which are forfeited to the Company pursuant to Section 3 hereof. At the request of Employee, certificates representing Vested Shares shall, subject to any applicable securities law restrictions or any restrictions imposed by the Stockholders Agreement, be delivered by the Company to Employee or Employee's personal representative. Certificates representing shares that have become Vested Shares in accordance with Section 4 shall be issued without the legend evidencing the Restrictions, other than those transfer restrictions provided in the Stock Transfer Agreement.

-7-

8. Voting and Other Rights. Upon Employee's timely compliance with each of the conditions set forth in Section 2 hereof, Employee shall have all of the rights and status as a shareholder of the Company in respect of the Restricted Shares, including the right to vote such shares and to receive dividends or other distributions thereon.

9. Miscellaneous.

(a) Entire Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan, this Award contains the entire understanding and agreement between the parties and cannot be amended, modified or supplemented in any respect, except as permitted under the Plan or by a subsequent written agreement entered into by both parties.

(b) Successors. This Award is binding upon and will inure to the benefit of any successor to the Company whether by way of a merger, purchase, consolidation or otherwise.

(c) Applicable Law. This Award shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the substantive laws of the State of Illinois (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable New York principles of conflicts of laws).

[Signature page follows]

-8-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Award to be effective as of the day and year first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:
Its: President

EMPLOYEE


-9-

EXHIBIT 10.29

STOCK TRANSFER AGREEMENT
FOR RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

THIS STOCK TRANSFER RESTRICTION AGREEMENT is made as of the 30th day of September, 1997, by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and (the "Stockholder");

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Stockholder is a Director of the Company or one of its subsidiaries; and WHEREAS, Stockholder is or may become the owner of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the "Shares") acquired following the Vesting Date
(as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement (the "Restricted Stock Agreement")
between the Company and the Stockholder issued under the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") of Restricted Shares granted by the Company to Stockholder; and

WHEREAS, it is a condition to the grant of such Restricted Shares that Stockholder and the Company enter into a stock transfer restriction agreement in substantially the form hereof, and Stockholder agreed to enter into such an agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, and in consideration of each of the parties hereto entering into this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

Page 1

1. RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER. Except as otherwise provided in Sections 2, 3, or 10 hereof, or until this Agreement terminates under Section 9, the Stockholder agrees not to sell, transfer, assign, give, pledge, or otherwise dispose of or encumber any part or all of the Shares, whether voluntarily, by operation of law, or otherwise without the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company. Any attempted transfer in violation of this Agreement shall be considered null and void and the Stockholder shall continue to be treated as the owner of the Shares for all purposes of this Agreement and shall continue to be bound by all of the terms and provisions hereof.

2. STOCKHOLDER'S "PUT" OPTION.

(a) During the put period, as defined herein, the Stockholder shall have an option to sell to the Company, a number of Vested Shares (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement) limited to the number that is sufficient to satisfy the Stockholder's Federal and State income tax liability that results from the vesting of the Shares. The put period shall be the 60-day period commencing on the Vesting Date of the Shares. The Stockholder's option to sell the Shares to the Company shall be effective upon the Stockholder notifying the Company in writing. Upon the exercise by the Stockholder of the option hereunder, the Company shall immediately become obligated to pay to the Stockholder as the purchase price for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof. The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Stockholder of its option hereunder, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the delivery by the Stockholder of its written notice of option exercise.

Page 2

(b) To the extent the Company does not exercise its option under Section 3(a) hereof within six months following the termination of the Stockholder's employment with the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, the Stockholder shall thereafter have an option to sell to the Company, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 2(b), all or a portion of the Shares owned by the Stockholder at the time of such option exercise. Such option shall be exercisable during the 60-day period after the expiration of the above-referenced six-month time period, upon the Stockholder notifying the Company, in writing, of Stockholder's exercise of the option hereunder. Upon the exercise by the Stockholder of the option hereunder, the Company shall immediately become obligated to pay to the Stockholder as the purchase price paid for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof. Payment of such purchase price shall be made pursuant to the terms specified in Section 5 hereof. The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Stockholder of its option hereunder, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the delivery by the Stockholder of its written notice of option exercise.

3. COMPANY'S PURCHASE OPTIONS.

(a) In the event that the Stockholder should cease to be a Director of the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates, then as a result the Company shall have an option to purchase from the Stockholder all or any part of the Shares owned by the Stockholder at the time of such option exercise. Such option shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time following the Stockholder's end of service as a Director under circumstances described in the preceding sentence, upon the Company notifying the Stockholder

Page 3

in writing, of its exercise of the option hereunder and the number of Shares with respect to which such option is being exercised. Upon the exercise by the Company of its option hereunder, the Stockholder shall immediately become obligated to sell and the Company shall immediately become obligated to pay to the Stockholder as the purchase price for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof. Payment of such purchase price shall be made pursuant to the terms specified in Section 5 hereof. The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Company of its option hereunder, but in no event more than sixty (60) days after the delivery by the Company of its written notice of option exercise.

(b) If all or any part of the Shares held by the Stockholder shall be subject to an involuntary transfer to any person or entity whether by operation of law or otherwise (such as, without limitation, to a trustee in bankruptcy, a purchaser in any creditor's or court sale, or conservator), or a transfer in accordance with any divorce proceeding (collectively a "Transfer Event"), then as a result of such event, the Company shall have an option to purchase from the transferee that number of Shares which are subject to the Transfer Event. Such option shall be exercisable for a period of sixty (60) days after the Company's receipt of actual notice of the Transfer Event, and shall be exercised by the delivery of written notice of option exercise by the Company to the Stockholder and the Stockholder's transferee. Upon the exercise by the Company of its option hereunder, the Company shall become obligated to pay to the transferee, as the purchase price for the Shares so acquired by the Company, the price established in Section 4 hereof. Payment of such purchase price shall be on the terms set forth in Section 5 hereof. The closing shall take place as soon as practicable after the exercise by the Company of its option

Page 4

hereunder, but in no event more than thirty (30) days after the exercise by the Company of its option.

(c) The Company may, in its discretion, assign its right to purchase the Shares under Sections 3(a) and (b) and its obligation to purchase the Shares under Section 2 to the ESOP.

4. PURCHASE PRICE.

(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4(b), the purchase price for each Share to be purchased by the Company pursuant to this Agreement from a Stockholder or his estate, heirs or personal representative or a transferee (collectively referred to as the "Seller") shall equal the Fair Market Value determined as of the date of purchase. The "Fair Market Value" shall be based upon the fair market value of the shares of stock of the Company held by the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust (the "ESOP Valuation"), after applying a nonmarketable minority interest discount to the ESOP Valuation, as determined as by an independent appraiser.

(b) Notwithstanding the above, if the purchase of Shares by the Company under this Agreement is pursuant to Section 3(a) hereof following the Stockholder's end of service as a Director for "cause" (as defined below), the purchase price per Share shall be the lower of (i) the purchase price per share originally paid by the Stockholder to acquire his or her Shares or (ii) the Fair Market Value per share (determined in accordance with Section 4(a). For purposes of this Agreement, "cause" shall mean release from duties as a Director by the Company or one of its subsidiaries or affiliates because of (i) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the Stockholder's duties or in the course of the Stockholder's service period as Director, (ii)

Page 5

unreasonable neglect or refusal by Stockholder to perform his or her duties (other than any such failure resulting from Stockholder's incapacity due to permanent disability), (iii) the engaging by Stockholder in willful, reckless, or grossly negligent misconduct which is or may be materially injurious to the Company or its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (iv) Stockholder's conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony. For purposes of this option, the Stockholder will be considered permanently disabled if he or she is unable to perform his or her stated duties with the Company by reason of illness, accident or other incapacity and does not engage in any occupation or employment for wage or profit for which the Stockholder is reasonably qualified by education, training, or experience, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

5. PAYMENT FOR SHARES. Shares purchased pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be paid for in full upon the closing date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, in the event the aggregate consideration to be paid to the Seller under this Agreement exceeds $10,000.00, if the Company so elects the purchase price may be paid for in installments and shall be evidenced by a promissory note dated the date of the closing of the purchase. Such note shall be payable in three (3) equal annual installments, with the first installment to be due and payable upon the closing date and the remaining installments to be due and payable on the second through and including the third annual anniversaries, respectively, of the closing, and shall provide for interest on the principal outstanding from time to time at a fixed rate per annum equal to the prime rate of interest announced by Cole Taylor as its prime rate as of the closing, or the highest lawful rate which may be charged on this transaction, whichever is less. The Company shall, in all events, have the right to prepay the entire principal balance of any note delivered under this Section 5 at any time or from time to time without a premium or a penalty.

Page 6

Shares purchased pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be paid for in full upon the closing date.

6. DELIVERY OF STOCK CERTIFICATES AND OTHER DOCUMENTS UPON A REPURCHASE OF SHARES. Simultaneously with the transfer of the purchase price by the Company under Section 6 hereof (whether in cash or by delivery of a note) as a result of a repurchase of Shares by the Company, the Seller of the Shares shall deliver to the Company the certificates representing the Shares being sold, properly endorsed for transfer, together with any other assignments and documents as may be necessary to transfer title to the Shares.

7. NOTICE OF RESTRICTIONS. The certificates representing the Shares affected by this Agreement shall be inscribed with the following legend:

"The shares of stock represented by this certificate are subject to, and are transferable only in compliance with, the terms and conditions of a certain Stock Transfer Agreement dated February 9, 1998 between the registered holder of these shares and Taylor Capital Group, Inc., which Agreement is on file with the Secretary of Taylor Capital Group, Inc., and the holder hereof accepts and holds this certificate subject to and with notice of all of the terms, conditions and provisions of said Agreement and agrees to be bound thereby."

8. DEPOSIT OF CERTIFICATES. The certificates representing the Shares, together with applicable stock powers duly executed by the Stockholder in blank, shall be held by the Company subject to the terms of this Agreement. The Company agrees to release and deliver to the Stockholder any such certificates when they are no longer subject to the terms of this Agreement or in order to facilitate any sale or other disposition thereof permitted hereunder.

9. PUBLIC COMPANY. If shares of Common Stock of the Company are sold to the public pursuant to a registration statement filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,

Page 7

or if shares of Common Stock of the Company are registered pursuant to Section 12 or Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Company shall be deemed a "Public Company". If the Company becomes a Public Company at any time hereafter, unless an event which gives rise to a purchase option or obligation in favor of the Company has already occurred, the Shares held by the Stockholder at the time the Company becomes a Public Company shall thereafter be free of the terms of this Agreement and the rights, options or obligations under Sections 1, 2, 3, and 10 hereof shall terminate.

10. CHANGE OF CONTROL OF THE COMPANY. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if the Board of Directors of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Company's outstanding shares of Common Stock approve a sale of the Company that constitutes a Change of Control of the Company (as defined below), the Company will give the Stockholder thirty (30) days' notice of the proposed transaction. The Company will, at the Stockholder's request given by him or her within five (5) days of the receipt of notice required under the preceding sentence, cause the buyer also to offer to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Shares held by the Stockholder and, upon the request of the Company within such 5-day period, the Stockholder shall, upon the request of the Company, be obligated to sell his or her Shares to the buyer, for the same price and on the same terms and conditions as the buyer's purchase of the shares of Common Stock from the majority shareholders of the Company. The Stockholder further agrees to take all necessary and desirable actions in connection with the consummation of a Change of Control of the Company. For purposes of this Agreement, a "Change of Control of the Company" shall occur:

Page 8

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Sale of the Company; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family

Page 9

owns less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

For purposes of this Agreement, the Taylor Family means (i) Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (ii) a descendant of Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (iii) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of any individual described in (i) or (ii) above, or (iv) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

11. COMPANY'S OBLIGATION REGARDING CERTAIN RESTRICTED SHARES. In the case of Restricted Shares that become Vested Shares (as defined in the Restricted Stock Agreement) upon the Stockholder's death, any such shares of common stock that become Vested Shares pursuant to the Restricted Stock Agreement will be subjected to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

12. NOTICE. Any and all notices, designations, consents, offers, acceptances or any other communication provided for herein shall be given in writing and personally delivered or sent by United States certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, which shall be addressed, in the case of the Company, to its principal office in the State of Illinois, and in the case of the Stockholder, to his or her last known address as reflected in the Company's records. Notices sent by United States certified mail will be deemed received on the second business day following mailing.

Page 10

13. NECESSARY DOCUMENTS. The Stockholder and his or her administrators, executors, heirs or personal representatives shall execute and deliver all necessary documents required to carry out the terms of this Agreement.

14. GOVERNING LAW. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, irrespective of the fact that the Stockholder is or may become a resident of a different state.

15. INVALID PROVISION. The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

Page 11

16. BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company, Stockholder, and their respective heirs, legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Any rights given or duties imposed upon the estate of the Stockholder upon his or her death shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the fiduciary of the decedent's estate in his or her fiduciary capacity.

17. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.

(a) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and contains all of the agreements among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes any and all other agreements or understandings, either oral or written, among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement whether expressed or implied, this Agreement shall only apply to shares of stock of the Company acquired pursuant to the grant under the Plan, including any additional shares received by Stockholder in connection with such shares pursuant to stock dividends, stock splits, or similar transactions. This Agreement shall not apply to any shares of capital stock of the Company which the Stockholder owns and which were acquired other than pursuant to grants under the Plan.

(b) No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Stockholder and the Company. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless it is in writing.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

Page 12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By
Its: President

STOCKHOLDER


Page 13

EXHIBIT 10.30

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

1. PURPOSE. The Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (the "1997 LTIP"), is intended to provide incentives which will attract and retain highly competent persons as officers and key employees of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. ("Taylor Capital") and it's designated subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company"), by providing them long-term opportunities for wealth accumulation pursuant to the plan described related to cumulative long-term performance.

2. PARTICIPANTS. Participants will consist of such officers and key employees of the Company as the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Taylor Capital (the "Committee") in it's sole discretion determines to be significantly responsible for the success and future growth and profitability of the Company. Designation of a participant in any year shall not require the Committee to designate such person to participate in any other year or, once designated, to receive the same targeted level of participation as any other participant or as in any other year. The Committee shall consider such factors as it deems pertinent in selecting participants and in determining the amount, type and terms and conditions of their respective Awards.

3. PERFORMANCE MEASUREMENT. On an annual basis, the performance measurement(s) and the corresponding accrued contribution schedule/formula for each Measurement Period (fiscal year of the company) will be reviewed and approved by the Committee. This should occur by March 31 of each Measurement Period. The accrued contribution schedule/formula for the 1997 Measurement Period will be based upon the attached matrix (Appendix 1).

4. ANNUAL CONTRIBUTION. Annually, after taking into account the provisions listed below, an accrued contribution will be made to the Plan. The accrued contribution will be based upon the achievement of performance measurement(s), as discussed in section 3.

4.1 The actual results of the established performance measurement(s) in any given performance Measurement Period may result in an accrued contribution to the Plan or an accrued reduction from the Plan. As of 1/1/97, the beginning accrued balance under the 1997 LTIP is $0 dollars.

4.2 All forfeited Account Balances, as described in section 7 herein, will be added to the accrued contribution amount for the Measurement Period in which they are forfeited.

5. PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTING Each participant will be awarded a number of units ("Plan Units") which represent the participant's interest in the 1997 LTIP.

5.1 The number of units awarded to an individual will typically not change from year to year. With the approval of the TCG Compensation Committee, additional units can be issued to current and new participants.


TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

5.2 Plan Units will be the basis for the annual allocation of the accrued contribution made to the Plan, as provided in section 4 above. At the end of each Measurement Period and after the completion of the calculations outlined in section 4, the total accrued contribution will be used to calculate the change in Plan Unit value for the Measurement Period.

(a) The change in Plan Unit value of the annual accrued contribution will be calculated as follows:

Total Annual Accrued Contribution / Total Plan Units

(b) Persons who become participants and receive Plan Units during a Measurement Period will have their Plan Units included in the calculation of the change in Plan Unit value for the accrued contribution only if they enter the plan on or before September 30 of the Measurement Period. Participant Plan Units included in the calculation will be pro-rata based on months of participation.

(c) Except as noted in 5.2 (d) below, participants must be an active employee of the Company as of December 31 of the measurement year to have their Plan Units included in the calculation of the change in Plan Unit value for accrued contribution.

(d) Participants who retire, become disabled or die during any Measurement Period will have their Plan Units included in the calculation of the change in Plan Unit value for the accrued contribution for the Measurement Period in which the event occurs. Participant Plan Units included in the calculation will be pro-rata based on months of participation.

5.3 Each participant will have an Account Balance which will be updated annually. The Account Balance will be updated after the accrued contribution amount is calculated, per section 4, and after the calculation of the change in Plan Unit value for is performed per section 5.2.

(a) If the accrued contribution results in a Plan Unit value increase, the participant's Plan Units will be multiplied by the dollar change in Plan Unit value and the resulting amount will be added to the participant's Account Balance.

(b) If the accrued contribution results in a in a Plan Unit value decrease, participant's Plan Units will be multiplied by the dollar change in Plan Unit value and the resulting amount will be subtracted from the participant's Account Balance. A participant's Account Balance can be negative.

2

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

(c) In order to have his/her Account Balance updated, a participant must satisfy the same rules as discussed in section 5.2 (b), (c), & (d), regarding the Plan Unit value calculation.

6. DISTRIBUTIONS. Distributions will be processed by March 31 of each year (i.e. March 31, 2000 for the 1999 Measurement Period). Distributions will be processed in a manner described below.

6.1 Payments made will be 30% of the participant's Account Balance after subtracting all previous distributions.

6.2 Distributions will begin after the participant is has been a Plan participant for three (3) Measurement Periods.

6.3 Distributions will be not be processed if the value of the participant's Account Balance, including changes as described section 4 and 5, is less than $1,000 as of the end of the Measurement Period.

7. PARTICIPANT TERMINATION. A participant who terminates employment or is terminated by the Company will forfeit all Account Balances except as outlined in 7.1 and 7.2 below.

7.1 In the event of the participant's termination of employment with the Company due to retirement at age 65 or older, permanent disability (as defined below), or death, at any time following the effective date of the 1997 LTIP, 100% of Account Balances outstanding on December 31 of the year in which such event occurs, after application of provisions in section 4 and 5, shall be paid at the subsequent and normal annual payment date as outlined in section 6 herein.

"Permanent Disability" shall mean Employee's inability to perform his or her stated duties with the Company by reason of illness, accident or other incapacity and inability to engage in any occupation or employment for wage or profit for which he or she is reasonably qualified by education, training, or experience, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.

7.2 In the event of the participant's termination of employment with the Company due to a position elimination, the participant will receive 0% of Account Balance value if termination occurs in the first year of plan participation, 25% of Account Balance value if termination occurs in the second year of plan participation, 50% of Account Balance value balances if termination occurs in the third year of plan participation and 75% of Account Balance value if termination occurs in the fourth year of plan participation or thereafter. Payments will be based on Account Balance value outstanding on December 31 of the year in which such event occurs and shall be paid at the subsequent and normal annual payment date as established by the Committee.

3

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

8. EARNINGS ON ACCRUED FUNDS. Account Balances will be credited with interest using an interest rate index. The interest rate credited is the preceding calendar year average composite yield on Corporate Bonds, an index published by Moody's Investors Service. Earnings will be accrued at the end of the fourth year of participation. The rate of return for this accrual will be the average composite yield on Corporate Bonds for the calendar year (i.e. the rate for the year 2000 for accrued earnings for the same year).

The rate of return will be applied to Account Balances outstanding at the end of the applicable Measurement Period, including allocated changes, as outlined in section 4 and 5, for the period then ended.

9. CHANGE OF CONTROL. In the event of a change of control, 100% of Account Balances, as of the date of the event, will be paid to participants within 30 days thereof. "Change of Control" shall mean, and be deemed to have occurred, on the date of the first to occur of any of the following:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Sale of the Company; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family owns less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

4

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

For purposes of this Agreement, the Taylor Family means (i) Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (ii) a descendant of Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (iii) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of any individual described in (i) or (ii) above, or (iv) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (i), (ii), or (iii) above.

10. OTHER PROVISIONS. Awards under the Plan may also be subject to such other provisions (whether or not applicable to the Award granted to any other participant) as the Committee determines appropriate. The participant shall have no rights to any accrued Account Balances outside of the provisions of this plan.

11. TENURE. A participant's right, if any, to continue to serve the Company as an officer, employee, or otherwise, shall not be enlarged or otherwise affected by his or her designation as a participant under the 1997 LTIP, nor shall this 1997 LTIP in any way interfere with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any separate employment agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such employment or to increase or decrease the compensation of the participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Award.

12. ADMINISTRATION. The 1997 LTIP will be administered by the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Compensation Committee. The Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of the 1997 Incentive Compensation Plan and the 1997 LTIP, to establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the 1997 LTIP and to make such determinations and interpretations and to take such action in connection with the 1997 LTIP and any Awards granted hereunder as it deems necessary or advisable. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be binding and conclusive on all participants and their legal representatives. No member of the Board, no member of the Committee and no employee of the Company shall be liable for any act or failure to act hereunder, by any other member or employee or by any agent to whom duties in connection with the administration of this 1997 LTIP have been delegated or, except in circumstances involving his or her bad faith, gross negligence or fraud, for any act or failure to act by such member of the Board or employee.

13. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION. The 1997 LTIP is intended to continue until terminated by the TCG Compensation Committee. The TCG Compensation Committee may amend the 1997 LTIP from time to time or terminate the Plan at any time. Upon termination, Account Balances may continue to be distributed as outlined in section 7 or, at the discretion of the Company, be paid in a lump sum at an earlier date.

14. GOVERNING LAW. This 1997 LTIP and actions taken in connection herewith shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois (regardless of the law that might otherwise govern under applicable Illinois principles of conflict of laws).

15. APPROVAL. The 1997 LTIP was adopted by the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Compensation Committee on December 8, 1997.1997 LTIP Contribution Matrix


TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
1997 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

APPENDIX 1

1997 LTIP CONTRIBUTION MATRIX
For the 1997 Measurement Period

                       -1.00         1.00        2.00        3.00        4.00         5.00          6.00
                      -------      -------      ------      ------       -----        ----          -----

Net Income (000)      $10,956      $12,521      $14,086     $15,651      $17,217      $18,782      $20,347

Percent to Pool        -2.85%       0.00%        2.22%       3.75%        5.45%        6.66%        7.68%

LTIP Contribution      ($313)         $0         $313         $625        $938        $1,250        $1,563
(000)

Estimated Change     $-4 to $-6   $-1 to $1    $4 to $6    $9 to $11   $14 to $16   $18 to $22    $23 to $27
in Unit Value

NOTES:
20% of any amount of Net Income in excess of the numbers noted in each column will be added to the contribution from the prior column. For example; NI of $16,000,000 will result in a $695,000 contribution ($625,000 at column three plus 20% of $349,000, which is the amount of NI above $15,651,000)


EXHIBIT 10.31

SERVICING RIGHTS PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT

SERVICING RIGHTS PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT, dated the 30th day of January, 1998 (the "Agreement"), by and between FIRST NATIONWIDE MORTGAGE CORPORATION (the "Purchaser") and COLE TAYLOR BANK (the "Seller").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Seller owns the right to service certain one-to-four family residential mortgage loans with an aggregate outstanding principal balance, as of October 31, 1997, of approximately $310,000,000, each of which loans is identified on Exhibit A attached hereto (the "Mortgage Loans");

WHEREAS, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, Seller desires to sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser all of Seller's right, title and interest to service the Mortgage Loans (the "Servicing Rights"), and Purchaser desires to purchase and assume all right, title and interest in and to the Servicing Rights.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, covenants and conditions and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, and upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION

1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings specified below.

"Advances": The moneys that have been advanced by Seller from its funds in connection with its servicing of the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the Applicable Requirements (including, without limitation, advances for principal, interest, taxes, ground rents, assessments, insurance premiums and other costs, fees and expenses pertaining to the acquisition of title to and preservation and repair of Mortgaged Properties) and for which Seller has a right of reimbursement from Mortgagors, Agencies, Insurers, Investors or otherwise.

"Agencies": FHLMC, FNMA, IHDA, FHA, VA and State Agencies, as applicable.

"Agreement": This Servicing Rights Purchase and Sale Agreement, including all amendments hereof and supplements hereto, and all Exhibits and Schedules attached hereto or delivered pursuant hereto.

"Ancillary Fees": Charges for late Mortgage Loan Payments, charges for dishonored checks, pay-off fees, assumption fees, commissions and administrative fees on insurance, all income earned or that could be earned in connection with the solicitation of Mortgagors, and similar fees and charges collected from or assessed against the Mortgagor, other than those charges payable to an Agency or Investor under the terms of the Servicing Agreements.

1

"Applicable Percentage": One hundred thirty-eight basis points (1.38%).

"Applicable Requirements": As of the time of reference, (i) all contractual obligations of Seller and any Originators or Prior Services with respect to the Servicing Rights, including without limitation those contractual obligations contained in the Servicing Agreements, in any agreement with any Agency, Insurer, Investor or other Person or in the Mortgage Loan Documents for which Seller, or any Originator or Prior Servicer, is responsible or at any time was responsible; (ii) all federal, state and local laws, statutes, rules, regulations and ordinances applicable to Seller, any Originators or Prior Servicers, or to the Servicing Rights or the origination, purchase, sale, enforcement and insuring or guaranty of, or filing of claims in connection with, the Mortgage Loans, including without limitation the applicable requirements and guidelines of any Agency, Investor or Insurer, or any other governmental agency, board, commission, instrumentality or other governmental or quasi-governmental body or office; (iii) all other judicial and administrative judgments, orders, stipulations, awards, writs and injunctions applicable to Seller, any Originators or Prior Servicers, the Servicing Rights or the Mortgage Loans; and (iv) all Investor and Agency guides, manuals, handbooks, bulletins, circulars, announcements, issuances, releases, letters, correspondence and other instructions applicable to the Servicing Rights.

"Assignments of Mortgage Instruments": A written instrument that, when recorded in the appropriate office of the local jurisdiction in which the related Mortgaged Property is located, will reflect the transfer of the Mortgage Instrument identified therein from the transferor to the transferee named therein.

"Bankruptcy Loan": A Mortgage Loan with respect to which, as of the Sale Date, the Mortgagor thereof has sought relief under or has otherwise been subjected to the federal bankruptcy laws (including, without limitation, chapter 7) or any other similar federal or state laws of general application for the relief of debtors, through the institution of appropriate proceedings, and such proceedings are continuing.

"Business Day": Any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which banking institutions in the State of Maryland are required by law or executive order to be closed.

"Buydown": The waiver by Purchaser (or by Seller during the Interim Period) of a portion of the indebtedness of a Mortgage Loan, which can take the form of a reduction of the principal, a credit to escrow or unapplied funds accounts, the forgiveness of accrued interest or any combination of the foregoing, and which causes the VA to pay off the remaining amount of the indebtedness owed and acquire the Mortgaged Property.

"Buydown Loss": The portion, if any, of the indebtedness waived by Purchaser (or by Seller during the Interim Period) in order to effect a Buydown.

"Claim": Any claim, demand or litigation related to the Mortgage Loans or this Agreement.

"Custodial Accounts": The accounts in which Custodial Funds are deposited and held by Servicer.

"Custodial Funds": All funds held by Seller with respect to the Mortgage Loans, including, but not limited to, all principal and interest funds and any other funds due Investors, buydown funds, funds for the payment of taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, ground rents and similar charges, funds from hazard insurance loss drafts and other mortgage escrow and impound amounts (including interest

2

accrued thereon for the benefit of the Mortgagors under the Mortgage Loans, if required by law or contract) maintained by Seller relating to the Mortgage Loans.

"Delinquent Loan": A Mortgage Loan that as of a specified date is ninety
(90) days or more past due. A Mortgage Loan is ninety (90) days or more past due if a Mortgage Loan Payment due on the first day of a month is not paid by the last calendar day of the second succeeding month.

"Effective Date": The date set forth in the introductory phrase of this Agreement.

"Excluded Loan": Any Mortgage Loan that, as of the Sale Date, is a Bankruptcy Loan, Delinquent Loan, Forbearance Loan, Foreclosure Loan or Litigation Loan.

"Federal Funds Rate": The "high" interest rate for reserves traded among commercial banks for overnight use in amounts of one million dollars ($1 million) or more, as reported by The Wall Street Journal under "Federal Funds" rates as of the first Business Day of each month.

"FHA": The Federal Housing Administration of the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development, or any successor thereto.

"FHLMC": The Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, or any successor thereto.

"FNMA": The Federal National Mortgage Association, or any successor thereto.

"Forbearance Loan": A Mortgage Loan with respect to which, as of the Sale Date, a written agreement is in effect pursuant to which the Mortgagor pays less than the monthly payment provided for in the original Mortgage Loan Documents.

"Foreclosure": The procedure pursuant to which a lienholder acquires title to a Mortgaged Property in a foreclosure sale, or a sale under power of sale, or other acquisition of title to the Mortgaged Property based upon a default by the Mortgagor under the Mortgage Loan Documents, under the law of the state wherein the Mortgaged Property is located.

"Foreclosure Loan": A Mortgage Loan with respect to which, as of the Sale Date, the first action necessary to be taken to commence proceedings in Foreclosure has been taken or may be taken under the terms of the applicable Mortgage Loan Documents and Servicing Agreement at the election of the mortgagee or Servicer.

"IHDA": The Illinois Housing Development Authority, or any successor thereto.

"Insurer" or "Insurers": FHA, VA or any private mortgage insurer and any insurer or guarantor under any standard hazard insurance policy, any federal flood insurance policy, any title insurance policy, any earthquake insurance policy or other insurance policy, and any successor thereto, with respect to the Mortgage Loan or the Mortgaged Property.

"Interim Period": The period of time between the Sale Date and the applicable Transfer Date.

"Interim Servicing Agreement": That certain Interim Servicing Agreement of even date herewith by and between Seller and Purchaser and attached hereto as Exhibit B.

"Investor" or "Investors": FHLMC, FNMA and/or IHDA, as applicable.

3

"Investor Consent": The written consent of FHLMC, FNMA or IHDA to the transfer of the applicable Servicing Rights from Seller to Purchaser, without adverse modification to the rights of the Servicer with respect thereto.

"Litigation Loan": A Mortgage Loan with respect to which, as of the Sale Date, a Claim is pending or threatened relating to the Mortgage Loan the adverse outcome of which could have a material adverse effect on the Servicing Rights to such Mortgage Loan.

"Loss" or "Losses": Any and all losses, damages, deficiencies, claims, costs or expenses, including without limitation costs of investigation, attorneys' fees and disbursements, and internal and administrative costs and expenses.

"Mortgage Escrow Payments": The portion, if any, of the Mortgage Loan Payment in connection with a Mortgage Loan that relates to funds for the payment of taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, ground rents and similar charges, and other mortgage escrow amounts.

"Mortgage File": Those documents (which, to the extent required by the Applicable Requirements, shall include original documents) related to the origination and servicing of the Mortgage Loans; the Mortgage Loan Documents with respect to each Mortgage Loan; the related credit and closing packages; all disclosures; all custodial documents; all documents required to be delivered to Purchaser pursuant to the Servicing Transfer Instructions; and all other files, books, records and documents necessary to (i) establish the eligibility of the Mortgage Loans for insurance by an Insurer or sale to or pooling by the Investor; (ii) service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with Applicable Requirements; and (iii) otherwise comply with Applicable Requirements regarding the Mortgage Loan documentation to be maintained by the Servicer of the Mortgage Loans or its document custodian.

"Mortgage Instrument": Any deed of trust, security deed, mortgage, security agreement or any other instrument which constitutes a first-lien on real estate (or shares of stock in the case of cooperatives) securing payment by a Mortgagor of a Mortgage Note.

"Mortgage Loan Documents": The Mortgage Instruments and Mortgage Notes.

"Mortgage Loan Payment": With respect to a Mortgage Loan, the amount of each monthly installment on such Mortgage Loan, whether principal and interest or interest alone or escrow or other payment, required or permitted to be paid by the Mortgagor in accordance with the terms of the Mortgage Loan Documents.

"Mortgage Loans": The one-to-four family residential mortgage loans as to which Seller is the owner of the Servicing Rights, detailed and included on Exhibit A attached hereto. Mortgage Loans shall not include (i) any loan which has been bought out of a Pool, or (ii) any real property owned by Seller (whether for its own account or on behalf of an Investor, FHA or VA) as a result of Foreclosure.

"Mortgage Note": The promissory note executed by a Mortgagor and secured by a Mortgage Instrument evidencing the indebtedness of the Mortgagor under a Mortgage Loan.

"Mortgaged Property": The one- to four-family residential real property that is encumbered by a Mortgage Instrument, including all buildings and fixtures thereon.

4

"Mortgagor": Any obligor under a Mortgage Note and Mortgage Instrument.

No Bid": A delinquent Mortgage Loan with respect to which the VA has notified Purchaser or Seller that the VA intends to exercise its option to pay the amount guaranteed by the VA (and relinquish all rights with respect to the Mortgaged Property to Purchaser or Seller, as the case may be).

"Originator": With respect to any Mortgage Loan, the Person(s) that performed one or more of the following functions: (i) took the loan application, (ii) processed the loan application, (iv) underwrote the loan application, and/or (iv) closed or funded the Mortgage Loan.

"Parties": Seller and Purchaser.

"Person": An individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a joint venture, a trust, an unincorporated association or organization, a government body, agency or instrumentality or any other entity.

"Pool": One or more Mortgage Loans that have been aggregated pursuant to the requirements of the applicable Investor, and have been pledged to secure securities.

"Prior Servicer: Any Person that was a Servicer of any Mortgage Loan before Seller became the Servicer of the Mortgage Loan.

"Purchase Price": The total amount to be paid by Purchaser pursuant to
Section 3.1 to acquire the Servicing Rights.

"Purchaser": As defined in the introductory phrase of this Agreement.

"Sale Date": January 30, 1998, the date on which Purchaser acquires all of Seller's economic right, title and interest in and to the Servicing Rights.

"Seller": As defined in the introductory phrase of this Agreement.

"Servicer": The Person contractually obligated to administer the Servicing Rights under the Servicing Agreements.

"Servicing Agreements": The contracts, and all applicable rules, regulations, procedures, manuals and guidelines incorporated therein defining the rights and obligations of the Investors and Servicer, with respect to the servicing of the Mortgage Loans.

"Servicing Fee": The annual amount payable to Servicer under the applicable Servicing Agreement related to a Mortgage Loan as consideration for servicing the Mortgage Loan, expressed as a percentage.

"Servicing Rights": The rights and obligations of Servicer to administer, collect the payments for the reduction of principal and application of interest, collect payments on account of taxes and insurance, pay taxes and insurance, remit collected payments, provide foreclosure services, provide full escrow administration and any other obligations required by any Agency, Investor or Insurer in, of, for or in connection with the Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Servicing Agreements, together with the right to receive the Servicing Fee and any Ancillary Fees arising from or connected to the Mortgage Loans, and all rights, powers and privileges incident to any of the foregoing.

5

"Servicing Transfer Instructions": The instructions, attached hereto as Exhibit C, detailing the procedures pursuant to which Seller shall effect the transfer of the Servicing Rights, the Advances, the Custodial Funds, the Mortgage Files and the Servicing Agreements to Purchaser.

"State Agency": Any state or local agency with authority to (i) regulate the business of Purchaser or Seller, including without limitation any state or local agency with authority to determine the investment or servicing requirements with regard to mortgage loans originated, purchased or serviced by Purchaser or Seller, or (ii) originate, purchase or service mortgage loans, or otherwise promote mortgage lending, including without limitation state and local housing finance authorities.

"Trailing Documents": Those documents that are unavailable to Seller on the applicable Transfer Date as a result of the transactions described herein (but not as a result of the acts or omissions of Seller or any Originator or Prior Servicer), such as recorded Mortgage Instruments, recorded Assignments of Mortgage Instruments, government insurance certificates and title policies, which have not yet been received back from the appropriate recording office or Insurer.

"Transfer Date": The date on which, pursuant to the applicable Investor Consent, Purchaser shall commence servicing, and acquire all of Seller's legal right, title and interest in and to the applicable Servicing Rights.

"VA": The United States Department of Veterans Affairs or any successor thereto.

1.2. General Interpretive Principles. For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

(a) Terms used in this Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in this Agreement (as defined herein), and include the plural as well as the singular, and the use of any gender herein shall be deemed to include the other gender.

(b) Accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

(c) References herein to a "section," shall be to the specified section(s) of this Agreement and shall include all subsections of such section(s).

(d) The words "herein," "hereof," "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provisions.

(e) Section headings and other similar headings are not to be considered part of this Agreement, are solely for convenience of reference, and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement or any of its provisions.

(f) Each reference to any federal, state or local statute or law shall be deemed also to refer to all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

ARTICLE II

SALE OF SERVICING RIGHTS AND RELATED MATTERS

6

2.1 Items to be Sold. Transferred and Assigned. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, and subject to the Applicable Requirements, Seller should on and as of the Sale Date, sell, transfer and assign to Purchaser, and Purchaser shall purchase and assume from Seller, all beneficial right, title, interest of Seller in and to (i) the Servicing Rights,
(ii) the Advances, (iii) the Custodial Funds and (iv) the Mortgage Files. On and as of the applicable Transfer Date, Purchaser shall have the exclusive right to receive all and to enter into arrangements that generate, Ancillary Fees with respect to the Mortgage Loans.

2.2 Evidence of Sale. Prior to the applicable Transfer Date, Purchaser and Seller shall execute and deliver the documents required by each Investor in connection with the transfer of the Servicing Rights hereunder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser and Seller, and shall execute and deliver such other instruments or documents as Purchaser shall reasonably determine are necessary or appropriate to evidence the transactions contemplated hereby.

2.3 Interim Servicing. Simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement, Purchaser and Seller shall execute and deliver the Interim Servicing Agreement between Purchaser and Seller, providing for the servicing of the Mortgage Loans between the Sale Date and the applicable Transfer Date.

2.4 Servicing Transfer Instructions. In connection with the transfer of the Servicing Rights from Seller to Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement, Seller and Purchaser shall follow the Servicing Transfer Instructions.

ARTICLE III

PURCHASE PRICE AND RELATED MATTERS

3.1 Purchase Price. In consideration for the transfer and sale contemplated herein of the Servicing Rights, Purchaser shall pay to Seller in the manner, and subject to the adjustments, provided for in this Article III, an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage multiplied by the aggregate outstanding principal balance, as of the Sale Date, of the Mortgage Loans other than Excluded Loans.

3.2 Verification of Purchase Price Items.

(a) Promptly following the Sale Date, but in no event after the date on which Purchaser is required to make the initial payment of the Purchase Price under Section 3.3(a), Seller shall provide Purchaser with a draft Schedule 3.2(a) that sets forth (i) the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Mortgage Loans relating to the Servicing Rights as of the Sale Date and the aggregate outstanding principal balance of all Excluded Loans as of the Sale Date, and (ii) each Mortgage Loan that as of the Sale Date was an Excluded Loan, and Seller shall include appropriate supporting documentation with the Schedule. Promptly following Purchaser's receipt of the draft Schedule 3.2(a), but in no event after the date on which Purchaser is required to make the initial payment of the Purchase Price under Section 3.3(a), the Parties shall finalize such Schedule and append it hereto.

(b) Within five (5) days following each Transfer Date, Seller shall prepare and provide Purchaser with a draft Schedule 3.2(b) that lists all Mortgage Loans (i) for which a payoff check is received by Servicer from the Sale Date to the Transfer Date and (ii) the principal balance of which was included in the calculation of the Purchase Price, and Seller shall include appropriate supporting

7

documentation with such Schedule. Promptly following Purchaser's receipt of the draft Schedule 3.2(b), the Parties shall finalize such Schedule and append it hereto.

3.3 Payment of Purchase Price by Purchaser. The Purchase Price shall be paid by Purchaser to Seller as follows:

(a) Sale Date Related Payment. Upon the finalization of Schedule 3.2(a) by the Parties, Purchaser shall pay to Seller an amount equal to twenty percent (20%) of the Purchase Price.

(b) Transfer Date Related Payments. By the fifth (5th) Business Day following each applicable Transfer Date, subject to Purchaser's receipt of (i) all Custodial Funds, and (ii) substantially all of the Mortgage Files, delivery of which is in conformity with the Servicing Transfer Instructions and is confirmed by Purchaser within a reasonable period of time following receipt, Purchaser shall pay to Seller an amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the applicable portion of the Purchase Price less the applicable portion of the amount paid to Seller under Section 3.3(a) above.

(c) Final Payment. Thirty (30) days following the final Transfer Date, subject to (i) Purchaser's receipt of all Custodial Funds and Mortgage Files, delivery of which is in conformity with the Servicing Transfer Instructions and is confirmed by Purchaser within a reasonable period of time following receipt, and (ii) Seller's fulfillment of all of its other obligations hereunder, Purchaser shall pay to Seller the remaining unpaid portion of the Purchase Price.

3.4 Escrows and Advances; Reconciliation. Unless otherwise set forth in the Servicing Transfer Instructions, within three (3) Business Days following each Transfer Date, (a) Seller shall remit and deliver to Purchaser, or Purchaser's designee, the Custodial Funds and all other funds and collections held by Seller in connection with the Mortgage Loans; and (b) Purchaser shall remit to Seller an amount equal to the then outstanding Advances related to the Mortgage Loans the Servicing Rights to which are being transferred on such date. Unless otherwise set forth in the Servicing Transfer Instructions, (a) within three (3) Business Days following the Sale Date, Seller shall provide to Purchaser a reconciliation, as of the Sale Date, of the Custodial Funds and Advances held as of such date; and (b) within three (3) Business Days following each Transfer Date, Seller shall provide to Purchaser a reconciliation, as of the respective Transfer Date, of the Custodial Funds and Advances held as of such date. In the event of an error in the amount of Custodial Funds transferred to Purchaser, or in the amount remitted by Purchaser to Seller for the Advances in connection with a Transfer Date, Seller shall promptly remit the appropriate amount to Purchaser or Purchaser shall promptly remit the appropriate amount to Seller, as applicable. Purchaser and Seller shall perform all of their respective obligations under this section 3.4 in accordance with the Servicing Transfer Instructions.

3.5 Certain Adjustments and Refunds.

3.5.1 Prepayments. Upon the finalization by the Parties of Schedule
3.2(b) (regarding certain Mortgage Loans that prepay in full), Seller shall remit to Purchaser an amount equal to the product of (i) the outstanding principal balance, as of the Sale Date, of such prepaid Mortgage Loans required to be listed in Schedule 3.2(b) and (ii) the Applicable Percentage. Seller shall be obligated to pay to Purchaser the amount required under this Section 3.5.1 and Purchaser shall have no obligation to offset such amount against any payment Purchaser is required to make to Seller under section 3.3.

8

3.5.2 NSF Payments. If Purchaser discovers that the payment on any one
(1) or more of the Mortgage Loans for the last month preceding the Sale Date was made by the Mortgagor by an "NSF" check, and that the return of such "NSF" check causes such Mortgage Loan to be ninety (90) days or more past due as of the Sale Date, such Mortgage Loan shall be treated as a Delinquent Loan as defined herein. In each case, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted accordingly and Seller shall promptly reimburse Purchaser.

3.5.3 Adjustments. If subsequent to the payment of any portion of the Purchase Price, transfer of the Custodial Funds, payment for the Advances, or payment or transfer of any other amounts due under this Agreement to either Party, the Purchase Price or such other amounts are found to be in error, within five (5) Business Days after the receipt of information sufficient to provide notice that payment is due, the Party benefiting from the error shall pay an amount sufficient to correct and reconcile the Purchase Price, Custodial Fund, Advances or such other amounts and shall provide a reconciliation statement and such other documentation sufficient to satisfy the other Party (in such other Party's exercise of its reasonable discretion), concerning the accuracy of such reconciliation.

3.6 Form of Payment to be Made. Unless otherwise agreed to by the Parties, all payments to be made by a Party to another Party, or such other Party's designee, shall be made by wiring immediately available funds to the accounts designated by the Party receiving the payment.

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER

As an inducement to Purchaser to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Seller represents and warrants as follows (it being understood that, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, each such representation and warranty is made to Purchaser as of the Effective Date and the Sale Date, and all of the representations and warranties of Seller contained herein shall survive the Sale Date and Transfer Date as provided in Section 11.4):

4.1 Due Organization and Good Standing. Seller is a bank, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the United States. Seller has, and at all relevant times has had, in full force and effect (without notice of possible suspension, revocation or impairment) all required qualifications, permits, approvals, licenses, and registrations to conduct all activities in all states in which its activities with respect to the Mortgage Loans or the Servicing Rights require it to be qualified or licensed, except where the failure of Seller to possess such qualifications, licenses, permits, approvals and registrations would not have a material adverse effect on the ability of Servicer to enforce any Mortgage Loan or to realize the full benefits of any Servicing Rights.

4.2 Authority and Capacity. Seller has all requisite corporate power, authority and capacity to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder.

4.3 Effective Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement by Seller and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been or will be duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate or other action; this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement have been duly and validly executed and delivered by Seller, and this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement are valid and legally

9

binding agreements of Seller enforceable against Seller in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors rights and the discretion of a court to grant specific performance.

4.4 No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor compliance with their respective terms and conditions, shall (a) violate, conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default under, be prohibited by, or require any additional approval (except as shall have been obtained or made as of the Sale Date) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of (i) organizational documents of Seller or (ii) of any mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or other agreement or instrument to which Seller is now a party or by which Seller is bound, or any law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any governmental authority applicable to Seller, or any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental authority applicable to Seller, except as would not have a material adverse effect on the Mortgage Loans, taken as a whole, or the value of the Servicing Rights, taken as a whole; or (b) result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any nature upon, the Servicing Rights or any of the Mortgage Loans.

4.5 Consents. Approvals and Compliance. Except for the Investor Consents, there is no requirement applicable to Seller to make any filing with, or to obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Person as a condition to the lawful performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder. Seller is approved and in good standing with each applicable Agency, Investor and Insurer. Seller has complied with, and is not in default under, any law, ordinance, requirement, regulation, rule, or order applicable to its business or properties, the violation of which might materially and adversely affect the operations or financial condition of Seller or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

4.6 Material Adverse Change. The transfer, assignment and conveyance of the Servicing Rights by Seller pursuant to this Agreement is not subject to the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act, or the bulk transfer or any similar statutory provisions in effect in any jurisdiction, the laws of which apply to such transfer, assignment and conveyance. Seller shall continue to act as a Servicer of mortgage loans following the Transfer Dates. There has been no material adverse change in the Servicing Rights or their value since October 31, 1997.

4.7 Insurance. Error and omissions and fidelity insurance coverage, in amounts as required by the Applicable Requirements, is in effect with respect to Seller and will be maintained until the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement have been consummated in accordance with terms hereof and thereof

4.8 Litigation. There is no litigation, claim, demand, proceeding or governmental investigation existing or pending, or any order, injunction or decree outstanding, against or relating to Seller that could materially adversely affect the Servicing Rights being purchased by Purchaser hereunder, the Mortgage Loans, the performance by Seller of its obligations (or by Purchaser of its future obligations) under the Servicing Agreements or the performance by Seller of its obligations under this Agreement.

4.9 Facts and Omissions. No representation, warranty or written statement made by Seller in this Agreement, in any Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement, in the Interim Servicing Agreement, in the Magnetic Media or in any data tape provided by Seller to Purchaser hereunder, contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or will omit to state a material Act necessary in order to make the statements in light of the circumstances in which they are made not misleading.

10

4.10 Mortgage Loans and Servicing Rights.

4.10.1 General Compliance. Each Mortgage Loan and Servicing Rights conforms in all material respects to the Applicable Requirements, and each Mortgage Loan was eligible for sale to, insurance by, or pooling to back securities issued or guaranteed by, or participation certificates issued by, the applicable Agency, Investor or Insurer upon such sale, issuance of insurance or pooling. There has been no improper act or omission or alleged improper act or omission or error by Seller or any Originator or Prior Servicer with respect to the origination underwriting or servicing of any of the Mortgage Loans. Each Mortgage Loan has been originated, underwritten and serviced in compliance with all Applicable Requirements. Seller is not otherwise in default with respect to Sellers obligations under the Servicing Agreements or Applicable Requirements.

4.10.2 Enforceability of Mortgage Loan. Each Mortgage Loan is evidenced by a note and is duly secured by a mortgage or deed of trust, in each case, on such forms and with such terms as comply with all Applicable Requirements. Each Mortgage Note and the related Mortgage Instrument is genuine and each is the legal, valid and binding obligation of the maker thereof, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors' rights and the discretion of a court to grant specific performance. All parties to the Mortgage Note and the Mortgage Instrument had legal capacity to execute the Mortgage Note and the Mortgage Instrument and each Mortgage Note and Mortgage Instrument has been duly and properly executed by such parties. The Mortgage Loan is not subject to any rights of rescission set-off, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury, nor will the operation of any of the terms of the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage Instrument, or the exercise of any right thereunder, render either the Mortgage Note or the Mortgage Instrument unenforceable by the Seller or Purchaser, in whole or in part, or subject to any right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim or defense, including the defense of usury, and no such right of rescission, set-off, counterclaim, or defense has been asserted with respect thereto.

4.10.3 Disbursement: Future Advances. The full original principal amount of each Mortgage Loan (net of any discounts) has been fully advanced or disbursed to the Mortgagor named therein, there is no requirement for future advances and any and all requirements as to completion of any on-site or off-site improvements and as to disbursements of any escrow funds therefor have been satisfied. AD costs, fees and expenses incurred in making, closing or recording the Mortgage Loan were paid. There is no obligation on the part of Seller, or of any other party, to make supplemental payments in addition to those made by the Mortgagor. Any future advances that were made in connection with a Mortgage Loan have been consolidated with the outstanding principal amount secured by the Mortgage Instrument, and the secured principal amount, as consolidated, bears a single interest rate and single repayment term. The lien of the Mortgage Instrument securing the consolidated principal amount is expressly insured as having first lien priority by a title insurance policy meeting the standards set forth in section 4.10.5. The consolidated principal amount does not exceed the original principal amount of the Mortgage Loan.

4.10.4 Priority of Lien. Each Mortgage Instrument has been duly acknowledged and recorded or sent for recordation and is a valid and subsisting first lien, and the Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all encumbrances and liens having priority over the lien of the Mortgage Instruments, except for
(i) liens for real estate taxes and special assessments not yet due and payable, (ii) covenants, conditions and restrictions, rights of way, easements and other matters of the public record as of the date of recording, acceptable to mortgage lending institutions generally and (iii) other matters to which like properties are commonly subject which do not interfere with the benefits of the security intended to be provided by the Mortgage Instrument or the use, enjoyment, value or marketability of the related

11

Mortgaged Property. All tax identifications and property descriptions in the Mortgage Instrument are legally sufficient.

4.10.5 Title Insurance. . Except for any Mortgage Loan secured by a Mortgage Property located in Iowa, as to which an opinion of counsel of the type customarily rendered in such state in lieu of title insurance has been received, a valid and enforceable title policy, or a commitment to issue such a policy (with respect to which a title policy will be received to replace such commitment), has been issued and is in full force and effect for such Mortgage Loan in the amount not less that the original principal amount of such Mortgage Loan, which title policy insures that the related Mortgage Instrument is a valid first Lien on the Mortgage Property therein described and that the Mortgaged Property is free and clear of all Liens having priority over the Lien of the Mortgage Instrument, subject to the exceptions set forth in this Section.

4.10.6 No Default/No Waiver. There is no default, breach, violation or event of acceleration existing under any Mortgage Loan, and no event has occurred that, with the passage of time or with notice and the expiration of any grace or cure period, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event of acceleration. Except as permitted or required by the applicable Investor or Insurer, neither Seller nor any Originator or Prior Servicer has
(i) agreed to any material modification, extension or forbearance in connection with a Mortgage Note or Mortgage Instrument, (ii) released, satisfied or canceled any Mortgage Note or Mortgage Argument in whole or in part, (iii) subordinated any Mortgage Instrument in whole or in part, or (iv) released any Mortgaged Property in whole or in part from the lien of any Mortgage Instrument.

4.10.7 Application of Funds. All payments received by Seller with respect to any Mortgage Loan have been remitted and properly accounted for as required by Applicable Requirements.

4.10.8 Mortgage Insurance. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10.8, each Mortgage Loan that has FHA insurance is identified as an FHA Loan on the Magnetic Media and, is, or is eligible in the normal course of business to be, insured pursuant to the National Housing Act. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10.8, each Mortgage Loan that is identified as a VA Loan on the Magnetic Media is guaranteed by the VA and is, or is eligible in the normal course of business to be, guaranteed under the provisions of Chapter 37 of Title 38 of the United States Code. Except as set forth in Schedule 4.10.8, if required by FNMA or FHLMC, each conforming conventional loan is, or prior to the Sale Date will be, insured as to payment defaults by a policy of primary mortgage guaranty insurance in the amount required, and by an Insurer approved, by FNMA or FHLMC, and all provisions of such primary mortgage guaranty insurance policy have been and are being complied with, such policy is in full force and effect and all premiums due thereunder have been paid. As to each mortgage insurance or guaranty certificate, the Seller and any Originator and Prior Servicer have complied with applicable provisions of the insurance or guaranty contract and Federal statutes and regulations, all premiums or other charges due in connection with such insurance or guaranty have been paid, there has been no act or omission which would or may invalidate any such insurance or guaranty with respect to the Seller, and the insurance or guaranty is, or when issued, will be, in full force and effect with respect to each Mortgage Loan. There are no defenses, counterclaims, or rights of set-off against the Seller affecting the validity or enforceability of any mortgage insurance or guaranty with respect to a Mortgage Loan.

4.10.9 Compliance with Laws. Seller and each Originator and Prior Servicer have complied with the Applicable Requirements pertaining to the subject matter of this Agreement, including, without limitation, the federal Fair Housing Act, federal Equal Credit Opportunity Act and Regulation B, federal Fair Credit Reporting Act, federal Truth in Lending Act and Regulation Z.

12

National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, federal Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, federal Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act and Regulation X, federal Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, federal Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, and state consumer credit and usury codes and laws. Each Originator and Prior Servicer was qualified to do business, and had all requisite licenses, permits and approvals, in the jurisdictions in which the applicable Mortgaged Properties are located, except where the failure to possess such qualifications, licenses, permits and approvals would not materially and adversely affect the enforceability of the Mortgage Loan Documents by Purchaser.

4.10.10 Filing of Reports. Seller has filed or will file in a timely manner all reports required by the Agencies, Investors and Insurers with respect to the Mortgage Loans and the Servicing Rights. Seller has filed all IRS Forms, including but not limited to Forms 1041 Kl, 1041, 1099 INT, 1099 MISC, 1099A and 1098, as appropriate, which are required to be filed with respect to the Servicing Rights for activity that occurred on or before December 31, 1996.

4.10.11 Custodial Accounts. All Custodial Accounts required to be maintained by Seller have been established and continuously maintained in accordance with Applicable Requirements. Custodial Funds received by Seller have been credited to the appropriate Custodial Account, and have been retained in and disbursed from the Custodial Accounts in accordance with the Applicable Requirements. Seller has analyzed the payments required to be deposited into the Custodial Accounts and adjusted the payment thereto in order to eliminate any deficiency, except with respect to Mortgage Loans originated within the twelve months prior to the Sale Date. With regard to Mortgage Loans that provide for Mortgage Escrow Payments, Seller and each Originator and Prior Servicer has (a) computed the amount of such payments in accordance with Applicable Requirements, (b) paid on a timely basis all charges and other items to be paid out of the Mortgage Escrow Payments, and when required by the applicable Servicing Agreement has advanced its own funds to pay such charges and items, and (c) delivered to the related Mortgagors the statements and notices required by Applicable Requirements in connection with Custodial Accounts, including without limitation statements of taxes and other items paid out of the Mortgage Escrow Payments and notices of adjustments to the amount of the Mortgage Escrow Payments. With respect to Mortgage Escrow Payments, there exist no deficiencies in connection therewith for which customary arrangements for repayment thereof have not been made in accordance with the Applicable Requirements, and no Mortgage Escrow Payments or other charges or prepayments due from Mortgagor have been capitalized under any Mortgage Instrument or the related Mortgage Note. Purchaser reserves the right to independently verify the sufficiency of the Custodial Accounts, employing such industry accepted practices as, among other things, a test for minimum cash required. Should the Purchaser, the Investor(s) or an auditor determine that the Custodial Account(s) did not contain the required deposits as of the applicable Transfer Date, then Purchaser may make claim against Seller for the amount of the unrecoverable shortage (without interest thereon).

4.10.12 Advances. The Advances are valid and subsisting accounts owing to Seller, are carried on the books of Seller at values determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and are not subject to any set-off or claim that could be asserted against Seller and Seller has not received any notice from an Investor, Insurer or other Person in which the Investor, Insurer or Person disputes or denies a claim by Seller for reimbursement in connection with an Advance.

4.10.13 Investor Remittances and Reporting. Seller and each Originator and Prior Servicer have remitted or otherwise made available to each Investor
(i) all principal and interest payments received to which the Investor is entitled under the applicable Servicing Agreements, including without limitation any guaranty fees, and (ii) all advances of principal and interest payments

13

required by such Servicing Agreements. In accordance with the Applicable Requirements, Seller has prepared and submitted to each Investor all reports in connection with such payments required by the Applicable Requirements.

4.10.14 Taxes. All taxes, governmental assessments, insurance premiums, water, sewer and municipal charges, leasehold payments and ground rents relating to the Mortgage Loans have been paid by Seller to the extent such items are required to be paid by Seller pursuant to Applicable Requirements. Each Mortgage Loan is covered by a valid and assignable, fully paid, life of loan tax service contract, in full force and effect, with Transamerica Real Estate Tax Services.

4.10.15 Hazard and Related Insurance. All improvements upon the Mortgaged Property are insured against loss by fire, hazard (and, where required pursuant to Applicable Requirements, flood) and/or extended coverage insurance policies, in the amount, by the Insurer and otherwise in the manner as may be required by Applicable Requirements. All such insurance policies are in full force and effect, and all premiums with respect to such policies have been paid.

4.10.16 Damage. Condemnation. and Related Matters. There exists no physical damage to any Mortgaged Property from fire, flood, windstorm, earthquake, tornado, hurricane or any other similar casualty, which physical damage is not adequately insured against or would materially and adversely affect the value or marketability of any Mortgage Loan, the Servicing Rights, the Mortgaged Property or the eligibility of the Mortgage Loan for insurance benefits by any Insurer. There is no proceeding pending for the total or partial condemnation of, or eminent domain with respect to, the Mortgaged Property. All of the improvements that were included for the purpose of determining the appraised value of the Mortgaged Property for a Mortgage Loan lie wholly within the boundaries and building restriction lines of the Mortgaged Property, and no improvements on adjoining properties encroach upon the Mortgaged Property. With respect to any Mortgaged Property, the related Mortgagor is not in and has not been in violation of, no prior owner of such property was in violation of, and the property does not violate any standards under, all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or decisions relating to pollution, protection of human health or the environment (including, without limitation, ambient air, surface water, ground water, land surface or subsurface strata and natural resources), including, without limitation, all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders or decisions relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, wastes, toxic substances, petroleum and petroleum products, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls and lead and lead-containing materials, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of such items.

4.10.17 Pools. Prior to each applicable Transfer Date, all Pools have been initially certified, finally certified and/or recertified if required by and otherwise in accordance with the Applicable Requirements, and the securities backed by Pools have been issued on uniform documents, as required by the Applicable Requirements without any material deviations therefrom.

4.10.18 Mortgage File. The Mortgage File contains each of the documents and instruments specified to be included therein and required to be maintained under the Applicable Requirements.

4.10.19 Good Title. Seller is the sole owner and holder of all right, title and interest in and to the Servicing Rights. The sale, transfer and assignment by Seller to Purchaser of the Servicing Rights, and the instruments required to be executed by Seller and delivered to Purchaser pursuant to the Applicable Requirements, are, and will be on the Transfer Date, valid and enforceable in

14

accordance with their terms and win effectively vest in Purchaser good and marketable title to the Servicing Rights, free and clear of any and all liens, claims, or encumbrances, except for those encumbrances required by the Applicable Requirements. Seller has full right and authority, subject to no interest, or agreement with, any other party to sell and assign the Servicing Rights to Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

4.10.20 Fraud. No fraud occurred on the part of any Person in connection with any Mortgage Loan that could materially and adversely affect the Servicing Rights, or result in Purchaser incurring Losses.

4.10.21 Agency and Internal Audits.

(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10.21(a), since January 31, 1995, neither Seller nor any Originator or Prior Servicer has been the subject of an audit by any Agency, Investor or Insurer, which audit asserted a material failure to comply with Applicable Requirements, or resulted in a repurchase of ten or more Mortgage Loans or indemnification in connection with ten or more Mortgage Loans in a period equal to or less than one year or resulted in rescission of an insurance or guaranty contract or agreement applicable to ten or more Mortgage Loans, payment of a material penalty by the Seller or restrictions on the activities or commitment authority of the Seller that are currently in effect.

(b) The Mortgage Loans have been subject to Seller's origination and servicing quality control reviews and internal audits to no less a degree than other residential mortgage loans originated or serviced by Seller. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.10.21(b), within the three (3) years immediately preceding the Effective Date, Seller's internal quality control reviews and audits have not revealed a failure to comply with Applicable Requirements in connection with the Mortgage Loans that could reasonably be expected to have an adverse effect on all or any portion of the Servicing Rights or on Seller's ability to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

4.10.22 Representations and Warranties to Agencies, Investors and Insurers. All representations and warranties made by Seller to the applicable Agencies, Investors and Insurer in connection with the Mortgage Loans and Servicing Rights are incorporated herein by reference and inure to the benefit of Purchaser.

4.10.23 Mortgage Loan Characteristics. All information contained on any magnetic tape with regard to the Mortgage Loans is as of the date thereof true, complete and correct.

4.10.24 No Recourse. None of the Servicing Agreements nor any other agreement or understanding applicable to any of the Mortgage Loans provides for recourse to the Servicer for losses incurred in connection with (or any obligation to repurchase or reimburse, indemnify or hold harmless any Person based upon) the default or foreclosure of, or acceptance of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or other transfer or sale of the Mortgaged Property in connection with, a Mortgage Loan, except insofar as such recourse is based upon a failure of the Servicer to comply with the Applicable Requirements.

4.10.25 No ARMs Loans. The interest rate and Mortgage Loan Payment for each of the Mortgage Loans may not be adjusted at any time by the borrower or pursuant to the Mortgage Loan Documents.

4.10.26 "B and C" Loans. None of the Mortgage Loans were originated or sold to

15

any investor pursuant to a loan program involving subprime lending, or pursuant to any loan program not typically identified as "A paper" lending.

4.10.27 Non-Amortizing Loans. All Mortgage Loans are self-amortizing and will have no principal amount due to be paid to any Investor notwithstanding payment by the Mortgagor of the full amount scheduled to be paid to retire the indebtedness of the Mortgage Loan.

4.10.28 Temporary Buydowns. Other than loan numbers 290018036, 290026669, 290028215, and 290016164 (expires February 1, 1998), none of the Mortgage Loans have temporary buydowns in effect.

ARTICLE V

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF PURCHASER

As an inducement to Seller to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, Purchaser represents and warrants as follows (it being understood that, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, each such representation and warranty is made to Seller as of the Effective Date and the Sale Date, and all of the representations and warranties of Purchaser contained herein shall survive the Sale Date and Transfer Date as provided in Section 11.4):

Due Incorporation and Good Standing. Purchaser is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. Purchaser has in full force and effect (without notice of possible suspension, revocation or impairment) all required qualifications, permits, approvals, licenses, and registrations to conduct all activities in all states in which its activities with respect to the Mortgage Loans or the Servicing Rights require it to be qualified or licensed, except where the failure of Purchaser to possess such qualifications, licenses, permits, approvals and registrations would not have a material adverse effect on Seller.

5.2 Authority and Capacity. Purchaser has all requisite corporate power, authority and capacity, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement and to perform all of its obligations hereunder and thereunder. Purchaser does not believe, nor does it have any cause or reason to believe, that it cannot perform each and every covenant required of it contained in this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement.

5.3 Effective Agreement. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement by Purchaser and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been or will be duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate, shareholder or other action by Purchaser; and this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement have been or will be duly and validly executed and delivered by Purchaser, and this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement are valid and legally binding agreements of Purchaser and enforceable against Purchaser in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency and similar laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditor's rights and the discretion of a court to grant specific performance.

5.4 No Conflict. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, nor compliance with their respective terms and conditions, shall (a) violate, conflict with, result in the breach of, or constitute a default under, be prohibited by, or require any additional approval under any

16

of the terms, conditions or provisions of Purchaser's Articles of Incorporation or By-Laws, or of any mortgage, indenture, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement or instrument to which Purchaser is now a party or by which it is bound, or of any order, judgment or decree of any court or governmental authority applicable to Purchaser, or (b). result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance of any material nature upon any of the properties or assets of Purchaser.

5.5 Consents. Approvals and Compliance. Except for the Investor Consents, there is no requirement applicable to Purchaser to make any filing with, or to obtain any permit, authorization, consent or approval of, any Person as a condition to the lawful performance by Purchaser of its obligations hereunder. Purchaser is approved by and in good standing with each Agency, Investor or Insurer, as necessary, in order to purchase and assume responsibility for the Servicing Rights. Purchaser has complied with, and is not in default under, any law, ordinance, requirement, regulation, rule, or order applicable to its business or properties, the violation of which might materially and adversely affect the operations or financial condition of Purchaser or its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

5.6 Litigation. There is no litigation, claim, demand, proceeding or governmental investigation existing or pending, or to Purchaser's knowledge, threatened, or any order, injunction or decree outstanding, against or relating to Purchaser that could materially and adversely effect or delay the performance by Purchaser of its obligations under this Agreement.

5.7 Facts and Omissions. No representation, warranty or written statement made by Purchaser in this Agreement, in any Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement, or in the Interim Servicing Agreement contains or will contain any material misstatement of fact or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they are made.

ARTICLE VI

COVENANTS

6.1 Investor Consent. The purchase and sale of the Servicing Rights are subject to approval by the applicable Investors. In accordance with the Applicable Requirements, Seller shall submit to the Investors all materials necessary to obtain the Investor Consents in a timely manner with respect to the transfer of the Servicing Rights from Seller to Purchaser. Seller shall use its best efforts to obtain Investor Consents promptly, and Purchaser shall cooperate with Seller in obtaining the Investor Consents. Seller shall pay any and all costs of securing Investor Consents for the transactions contemplated in this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees to the Investors for the transfer of the Servicing Rights in accordance with the Applicable Requirements.

6.2 FNMA Transfer Date. Subject to the following, the Transfer Date for the FNMA Mortgage Loans shall be April 1, 1998. Seller shall promptly notify Purchaser in writing if (i) FNMA advises Seller that the applicable Transfer Date, for all or any portion of the Servicing Rights, will be a date other than April 1, 1998, or (ii) FNMA advises Seller that all or any portion of the Servicing Rights may not be transferred to Purchaser. The Transfer Date for the FNMA Mortgage Loans may be changed upon the written agreement of the Parties.

6.3 FHLMC and IHDA Transfer Dates. Subject to the following, the Transfer Date for the FHLMA and IHDA Mortgage Loans shall be April 16, 1998. Seller shall promptly notify

17

Purchaser in writing if (i) FHLMC or IHDA advises Seller that the Transfer Date for all or any portion of the FHLMC or IHDA Servicing Rights will be any other date, or (ii) FHLMC or IHDA advises Seller that all or any portion of the FHLMC or IHDA Servicing Rights may not be transferred to Purchaser. The FHLMC and IHDA Transfer Date may be changed upon the written agreement of the Parties.

6.4 Mortgage Loan Files and Related Materials.

6.4.1 Conversion Data Tape. In accordance with the dates and format specified in the Servicing Transfer Instructions, Seller shall provide Purchaser with a data tape or tapes containing the information necessary to service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the Applicable Requirements so as to permit Purchaser to test the conversion of Seller's records to Purchaser's data processing system. Seller shall be responsible for all costs with respect to the conversion or modification of Seller's data tapes to Purchaser's format if the tapes cannot be properly read or do not contain the information necessary to service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with the Applicable Requirements. In addition, Seller shall provide master file data tape(s) to Purchaser on or within three (3) Business Days of the Effective Date to support Purchaser's conversion pre-planning activities. On or before the Transfer Date, Seller shall cause its servicing system, and all data tapes provided by Seller to Purchaser related to the Servicing Rights, to accurately reflect the Mortgage Loans and Servicing Rights, including without limitation the information contained in the Mortgage Loan Documents and all tax and insurance records. All such data tapes shall be in such format as to allow their transfer and conversion to Purchaser's servicing system without modification.

6.4.2 Packaging and Shipment of Mortgage Files. At Seller's sole expense, Seller shall (or shall cause its document custodian to) package and ship to Purchaser, or Purchaser's designee, on the Transfer Date, all Mortgage Files pertaining to the Mortgage Loans. Seller shall provide Purchaser with prior written notice of the carrier, shipping arrangements and insurance arrangements with respect to the delivery of the Mortgage Files. In the event that any document required to be delivered to Purchaser hereunder is missing, defective, not in accordance with Applicable Requirements or otherwise not delivered, Seller shall obtain and/or cure all such documents at Seller's sole cost and expense. Each Mortgage File shall clearly indicate the Purchaser's, Seller's and Investor's loan numbers and the related Pool numbers.

6.4.3 Assignments and Related Matters. Seller shall, in accordance with all Applicable Requirements, utilize MERS in order to assign nominal title to the Mortgage Instruments to Purchaser; to prepare and record or cause to be prepared and recorded, as required by the applicable Investor, all prior intervening Assignments of Mortgage Instruments and all Assignments of Mortgage Instruments from Seller to Purchaser and from Purchaser to the applicable Investor; and to endorse or cause to be endorsed, as appropriate, the Mortgage Notes to Purchaser without recourse. In connection with the foregoing, Seller shall reimburse Purchaser for the cost of registering each Mortgage Loan with MERS at a rate of $3.00 per Mortgage Loan. Seller shall deliver to Purchaser certified copies of all recorded Assignments of Mortgage Instruments promptly upon receipt of same from the applicable recording offices or otherwise.

6.5 Remittances. Seller shall take appropriate steps to make the first payment of principal and interest due following each applicable Transfer Date to the appropriate parties, and shall pay all related guaranty fees for the applicable month, from payments received by Seller with respect to such Mortgage Loans pursuant to the Interim Servicing Agreement. In the event the payments so received by Seller are insufficient to pay these amounts by wiring immediately available funds to Seller no later than twenty-four (24) hours prior to the required remittance date.

18

6.6 Undertakings by Seller.

6.6.1 Forwarding of Pavements and Other Items. All bills (including, without limitation, tax and insurance bills) pertaining to the Mortgage Loans which are due and payable on or before the applicable Transfer Date or with respect to which the earlier of the payment deadline to take advantage of a discount or the payment deadline to avoid a penalty is before, on or within thirty (30) days after the applicable Transfer Date shall be paid by Seller, and Seller shall pay such bills in accordance with the Applicable Requirements. All Mortgage Loan Payments and other funds or payments, all other bills, and all transmittal lists or any other information used to pay bills pertaining to the Mortgage Loans, and all documents, notices, correspondence and other documentation related to the Mortgage Loans, that are received by Seller after the applicable Transfer Date shall be forwarded by Seller to Purchaser, at Seller's expense, by overnight delivery within one (1) Business Day following Seller's receipt thereof for the first two (2) months after the applicable Transfer Date, and thereafter by first class mail within one (1) Business Day following Seller's receipt thereof. All penalties and interest due on any Mortgage Loan resulting from Seller's failure to pay a bill or to forward bills or other items to Purchaser as provided above shall be borne by Seller. Seller shall cooperate with Purchaser to obtain tax bills with respect to which the earlier of the payment deadline to take advantage of a discount or the payment deadline to avoid a penalty is between the thirty first (31st) and sixtieth
(60th) day after the applicable Transfer Date. All documents, notices, correspondence and other documentation related to the Mortgage Loans that are received by Seller after the applicable Transfer Date shall clearly indicate the Purchaser's, Seller's and Investor's loan numbers and the related Pool numbers.

6.6.2 Assignment or Termination of Certain Contracts. Purchaser elects to utilize the services of First American Real Estate Information Services, Inc. ("First American") for life of loan tax service. Accordingly, Seller will cancel tax service with Transamerica Real Estate Tax Service and any other tax service provider other than First American as of the applicable Transfer Date with respect to all Mortgage Loans. Thirty (30) days prior to the applicable Transfer Date, Seller will provide a data tape to First American, which contains information that First American requires to execute a "verified takeover" in favor of Purchaser. It is anticipated that such data tape shall be in the standard "AB38A3" format. If a data tape cannot be produced by Seller in the required format, the Seller shall, with respect to each Mortgage Loan, provide a hard copy of legal descriptions, identifying the parcels subject to tax. Seller also shall assign to Purchaser, effective as of the applicable Transfer Date, fully paid, transferable, life of the loan flood zone certification contracts issued by First American Flood Data Services, Inc. related to all Mortgage Loans, or Seller shall reimburse Purchaser for the cost of securing such certifications; provided that Seller's liability in connection with securing such certifications shall in no event be greater than $18.00 per Mortgage Loan. Seller shall obtain, at its expense, the required consents, if any, to assign such flood zone certification contracts to Purchaser.

6.6.3 Custodial Fund Interest and Reporting. Seller shall pay interest on Custodial Funds accrued through the applicable Transfer Date to the extent interest with respect to Custodial Funds is required to be paid under the Applicable Requirements for the benefit of Mortgagors under the Mortgage Loans. Seller shall either credit such interest to the related Custodial Account before the Custodial Funds are transferred to Purchaser or forward such interest to Purchaser or Purchaser's designee within three (3) Business Days after the applicable Transfer Date, with appropriate information regarding the proper crediting of the interest.

6.6.4 IRS Reporting. Seller shall, at its sole cost and expense, prepare and file with the Internal Revenue Service all reports, forms, notices and filings required by the Internal Revenue Code and rules, regulations and interpretations thereunder in connection with the Servicing Rights and

19

Mortgage Loans with respect to events that occurred prior to the applicable Transfer Date thereof, including without limitation, the reporting of all interest paid by Seller for the account of Mortgagors under the Mortgage Loans.

6.7 Final Certification and Recertification.

6.7.1 Transfer Date Deadline. Seller shall use its best efforts to obtain the final certification or recertification, as applicable, of any Pool with respect to which the deadline for final certification or recertification is a date that occurs on or before the applicable Transfer Date. If it appears that a Pool required to be finally certified or recertified on or before the scheduled Transfer Date will not be so certified or recertified, then, subject to any necessary approval of the Investor, Seller shall, as directed by Purchaser, (i) request that the Transfer Date with respect to such Pool be delayed until the Pool is so certified or recertified, or (ii) if permitted by the applicable Investor, repurchase any Mortgage Loan that is preventing the Pool from being finally certified or recertified in time to permit the Pool to be so certified or recertified by the scheduled Transfer Date. As a condition to the transfer of the Servicing Rights to a Pool that is required to be, but is not, finally certified or recertified on the applicable Transfer Date, Seller shall pay the cost of posting any letter of credit or performance bond required by the applicable Investor with respect to the Pool and reimburse Purchaser for any Losses resulting from, arising out of or relating to the Pool not being finally certified or recertified by the deadline.

6.7.2 Post Transfer Date Deadline. Seller shall cooperate with the Purchaser to obtain by the appropriate deadline the final certification or recertification, as applicable, of any Pool with respect to which the deadline for final certification or recertification is after the applicable Transfer Date, including the recertification of Pools in connection with the transfer of Servicing Rights to Purchaser hereunder. On and after the applicable Transfer Date, Seller shall use its reasonable and timely best efforts to cause to be delivered by Seller to Purchaser, at Purchaser's sole cost and expense, all documents (including without limitation all missing documents and all documents referred to in section 6.4.3 herein) necessary for the final certification or recertification of a Pool.

6.8 Notification of Mortgagors, Insurance Companies, etc. By no later than thirty (30) days prior to the applicable Transfer Date, Seller shall deliver to Purchaser for approval a form of Mortgagor notification letter in connection with the transfer of the Servicing Rights. Fifteen (15) days prior to the applicable Transfer Date and otherwise in accordance with Applicable Requirements, Seller, at its expense, shall mail the approved form of notification to the Mortgagors of the transfer of the Servicing Rights and instruct the Mortgagors to deliver all Mortgage Loan Payments and all tax and insurance notices to Purchaser after the applicable Transfer Date. Seller also shall, at its expense, notify any applicable taxing authority, the custodian of the Mortgage Files, the Purchaser's and Seller's electronic data processing servicing bureau, and Insurers that the Servicing Rights are being transferred and instruct such entities to deliver all tax bills, payments, notices and insurance statements to Purchaser after the applicable Transfer Date. Purchaser, at its expense, shall prepare and mail notification to the Mortgagors of the transfer of the Servicing Rights after the applicable Transfer Date in accordance with Applicable Requirements.

6.9 Non-Solicitation. As part of the sale and transfer contemplated hereunder, Seller shall sell, transfer, assign and convey to Purchaser all intangible rights related to the Mortgage Loans and Servicing Rights, including without limitation the exclusive right to receive all, and to enter into arrangements that generate, Ancillary Fees with respect to the Mortgage Loans. From and after the Effective Date, Seller shall not, and shall cause its affiliates, officers, directors, shareholders,

20

managers, employees and agents not to, directly or indirectly, during the remaining term of any of the Mortgage Loans, by telephone, by mail, by personal solicitation or otherwise, (a) take any action to solicit the Mortgagors (i) for refinance or prepayment of the Mortgage Loans, in whole or in part, (ii) for mortgage-related products (including without limitation optional insurance products), (iii) for any other products or services for which a Servicer or its contractors or agents may solicit the Mortgagors or (iv) for any other purpose,
(b) take any action to facilitate or encourage any Person to solicit the Mortgagors for any matter or item enumerated in clause (a) above, or (c) disseminate to any third party, for compensation or otherwise, any complete or partial list of the Mortgagors. Nothing in this Section shall prohibit Seller from taking applications from those Mortgagors who initiate refinance action on their own, or from engaging in a mass advertising program to the general public at large such as mass mailings based on commercially acquired, non-targeted mailing lists or newspaper, radio or television advertisements.

6.10 Dispute Resolution. Purchaser and Seller agree to attempt in good faith to resolve any dispute between or among them hereunder. If, notwithstanding such efforts, within thirty (30) days after one party gives another party notice of the dispute, which notice shall contain a reasonable description of the dispute, the parties cannot resolve such dispute, the matter shall be submitted to an independent consulting, accounting or brokerage firm (or, in the case of disputes of legal issues, an arbitrator) reasonably acceptable to the applicable parties that is knowledgeable in the area in which the dispute arises (the "Firm") whose determination shall be final and binding on all of the parties. The Firm's determination may be entered as a judgment in any court having jurisdiction, subject only to challenges on the grounds set forth in the appropriate jurisdiction's statutes relating to the enforceability or appealability of binding arbitration, or the Firm's incorrect application of the substantive laws of the state where the Firm conducts its hearing on the dispute. If the Firm is at any time unable or unwilling to serve in such capacity, the parties shall in good faith select another firm which the parties reasonably agree is knowledgeable and independent to serve as the "Firm" hereunder. The fees of the Firm shall be paid by the party determined by the Firm to be the non-prevailing party with respect to such dispute, and in the event that the Firm determines that the non-prevailing party had no reasonable basis to raise such dispute or that the dispute was not raised in good faith, the non-prevailing party also shall pay all costs and expenses (including all attorney and other professional fees) of the other party in connection with such dispute. The Firm shall be chosen within fifteen (15) Business Days after written notice by a party to the other parties that a Firm be chosen to resolve the dispute. If the parties cannot agree on the Firm, then the Firm shall be selected by the appropriate court of law having jurisdiction over the dispute by filing an application with the presiding judge of that court for the selection of the Firm. Each party shall present to the Firm its position, in the form of a proposed monetary settlement, with regard to the dispute. The Firm shall render its decision, which shall be one of the parties' positions, within sixty (60) days after the Firm has had a hearing with the parties. All discovery issues shall be resolved by the Firm and shall be final. The parties may use consultants and advisors to assist them and participate in the hearing. The parties shall indemnify the Firm in connection with its services as long as the Firm acts in good faith and without negligence. The parties shall enter into any retention and indemnification agreements as may be reasonably required by the Firm in connection with the performance of its duties under this section 6.10 which are not inconsistent with the provisions of this section 6.10.

6.11 Payment of Costs. Except as otherwise provided herein (a) Seller shall be responsible for all fees, costs and expenses with respect to (i) the transfer of the Servicing Rights, (ii) the delivery of the Mortgage Files and related documents, (iii) the remittance of the Custodial Funds, and (iv) all other fees, costs and expenses incurred by Seller in its performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation the fees of Seller's document custodian, attorneys and

21

accountants, and (b) Purchaser shall be responsible for the fees, costs and expenses of Purchaser in its performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation the fees of Purchaser's document custodian, attorneys and accountants.

6.12 Access to Information. Prior to each Transfer Date, Seller shall allow Purchaser and its counsel accountants, and other representatives, reasonable access, during normal business hours, to all of Seller's files, books and records directly relating to the Servicing Rights, the Mortgage Loans, Custodial Accounts and Advances. Purchaser (or a contractor of Purchaser) shall have the right, among other things, to inventory the Mortgage Files during the Interim Period if it wishes. Each Party shall, except in the event one Party has brought an action against the other Party, allow the other Party and their respective counsel, accountants, and other representatives, reasonable access, during normal business hours following each Transfer Date, to all of such Party's files, books and records directly relating to the Servicing Rights, the Mortgage Loans, Custodial Accounts and Advances. Each Party and its representatives and affiliates shall treat all information so obtained, not otherwise in the public domain, as confidential and shall not use any such information for its own benefit.

6.13 Cooperation. To the extent reasonably possible, the Parties shall cooperate with and assist each other, as requested, in carrying out the purposes of this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing, Seller shall cooperate with Purchaser in connection with, among other things, the preparation and recordation of all Assignments of Mortgage Instruments and all prior intervening Assignments of Mortgage Instruments, the endorsement of all Mortgage Notes, the execution of appropriate powers of attorney, and the delivery of all documents, and the final certification and recertification of all Pools (including, without limitation, the correction, completion and preparation of appropriate Mortgage File documents).

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF PURCHASER

The obligations of Purchaser under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction in all material respects, at or prior to the Sale Date and, solely with respect to section 7.4, at or prior to the initial Transfer Date, of each of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived in writing by Purchaser:

7.1 Correctness of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Seller in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Sale Date.

7.2 Compliance with Covenants. All terms and covenants contained in this Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement required to be complied with and performed by Seller at or prior to the Sale Date shall have been duly complied with and performed by Seller in all material respects as of the Sale Date.

7.3 Corporate Resolution or Other Approval. Purchaser shall have received from Seller a duly executed Certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary reciting the approval of the Board of Directors of Seller of the transfer and sale of the Servicing Rights to Purchaser and authorizing the officers of Seller to execute such documents as may be necessary to accomplish the transactions contemplated hereby.

7.4 Investor Approval. At or prior to the initial Transfer Date, the Investor Consents shall

22

have been issued by all of FHLMC, FNMA and IHDA and delivered to Purchaser and shall not contain any term or condition that could adversely affect the value of the Servicing Rights to Purchaser or impose any cost or obligation on Purchaser not normally imposed in the ordinary course of a transfer of servicing rights.

7.5 Litigation. No court order shall have been entered in any action or proceeding instituted by any Person which enjoins, restrains or prohibits or seeks to enjoin, restrain or prohibit this Agreement or consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

7.6 Financial Condition of Seller. On or before the Sale Date, Seller shall have provided to Purchaser information reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser to evidence that the financial condition of Seller is adequate to support the performance by Seller on a timely basis of Seller's potential indemnification and other obligations hereunder.

7.7 No Material Adverse Change. Prior to the Sale Date, there shall have been no material adverse change (or pending adverse change) in the characteristics of the Mortgage Loans, Servicing Rights or Advances (including without limitation delinquency rates, escrow balances, average weighted servicing spread, interest rates, outstanding principal balances and loan modifications) since October 31, 1997.

ARTICLE VIII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATIONS OF SELLER

The obligations of Seller under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction in all material respects, at or prior to the Sale Date and, solely with respect to section 8.3, at or prior to the initial Transfer Date, of each of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived in writing by Seller:

8.1 Correctness of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made by Purchaser in this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects as of the Sale Date.

8.2 Compliance with Covenants. All terms and covenants in the Agreement required to be complied with and performed by Purchaser at or prior to the Sale Date shall have been duly complied with and performed by Purchaser in all material respects as of the Sale Date.

8.3 Investor Consents. Seller shall have received the Investor Consents of FHLMC, FNMA and IHDA.

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION

9.1 Indemnification of Purchaser. Subject to Section 9.5 below, Seller shall indemnify and hold Purchaser harmless from, and will reimburse Purchaser for, any and all Losses incurred by Purchaser to the extent that such Losses arise out of, relate to, or result from:

(a) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by Seller in this

23

Agreement;

(b) the failure by Seller to perform or observe any term or provision of this Agreement;

(c) any Claim pending or arising out of events occurring in whole or in part before each transfer Date in connection with the Servicing Rights transferred to Purchaser on such Transfer Date;

(d) any missing documents that are required to be delivered to Purchaser hereunder;

(e) any and all items listed on any disclosure schedule hereto or stated as an exception to Seller's representations and warranties in this Agreement;

(f) any Excluded Loan, the Servicing Rights to which are transferred to Purchaser hereunder;

(g) Seller's escrow, forced placement and other servicing practices in connection with the Servicing Rights and any such practices of Seller different from Purchaser's practices that Purchaser continues in connection with the Servicing Rights until the first anniversary of the Transfer Date or, with respect to escrow practices, Purchaser's earlier completion of its annual escrow analysis of the Servicing Rights;

(b) No Bids, and Buydowns resulting from or made to avoid a No Bid, in connection with any VA Mortgage Loan for which Foreclosure proceedings have been initiated prior to the third anniversary of the Sale Date.

For purposes of establishing whether any matter is indemnifiable under
Section 9.1, the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Seller contained herein shall be determined without giving effect to the qualifications to such representations and warranties concerning knowledge or materiality (including, without limitation, any reference to "material adverse effect" or any other terms similar thereto).

9.2 Repurchase of Mortgage Loans and Servicing Rights. In the event Purchaser discovers that any of the representations and warranties made in this Agreement by Seller were not accurate at or as of the time they were made by Seller, or if there exists a basis to demand indemnification under Section 9.1 hereof, or if Purchaser repurchases a Mortgage Loan or indemnifies an Investor or Agency with respect to a Mortgage Loan as a result of any event arising in whole or in part before the applicable Transfer Date, Purchaser, subject to any limitations of the applicable Investor, may demand that Seller (i) repurchase from Purchaser the Servicing Rights to the affected Mortgage Loans, or (ii) provide Purchaser with the amount of funds necessary to repurchase such Mortgage Loans and repurchase from Purchaser the Mortgage Loans and related Servicing Rights. To the extent permitted by the applicable Investor, Purchaser shall provide Seller with the opportunity, at Seller's sole cost and expense, to cure any defects in the affected Servicing Rights and Mortgage Loans. The purchase price under this Section for any repurchased Servicing Rights shall equal the sum of (i) the Applicable Percentage multiplied by the then outstanding principal balance for the related Mortgage Loan, (ii) all other sums paid by Purchaser to Seller for such Servicing Rights and for the related Advances to the extent Purchaser has not been reimbursed for such Advances,
(iii) all other documented unreimbursed Losses incurred by

24

Purchaser in connection with such Mortgage Loans and Servicing Rights, except to the extent that such Losses are attributable to Purchaser's failure to service the related Mortgage Loans in accordance with Applicable Requirements; and (iv) the carrying costs incurred by Purchaser, calculated at the Federal Funds Rate, with respect to the funds that Purchaser is or was required to provide to the applicable Agency or Investor to effect the repurchase or indemnity. In connection with the repurchase of a Mortgage Loan, the amount of funds that Seller shall provide to Purchaser shall equal the amount of funds that Purchaser must pay to buy the Mortgage Loan out of a Pool and to otherwise effect the repurchase. Subject to Applicable Requirements, when Seller is required to repurchase a Mortgage Loan or Servicing Rights from Purchaser, such repurchase shall be accomplished by Seller within fifteen (15) Business Days following receipt of written demand from Purchaser pursuant hereto. Purchaser shall sub-service such repurchased Mortgage Loan for such period of time that will enable the Parties to provide proper transfer notices to be given to the Mortgagor in accordance with the Applicable Requirements, but in no event for longer than thirty (30) days, and Purchaser shall be entitled to all Servicing Fees and Ancillary Fees as consideration for sub-servicing the Mortgage Loan. Upon completion of such repurchase by Seller, Purchaser shall forward to Seller all servicing records and all documents relating to such Mortgage Loans and\or Servicing Rights, as applicable.

9.3 Indemnification of Seller. Subject to Section 9.5 below, Purchaser shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless from, and will reimburse Seller for, any and all Losses incurred by Seller after the applicable Transfer Date to the extent that such Losses result from:

(a) the inaccuracy of any representation or warranty made by Purchaser in this Agreement;

(b) the failure by Purchaser to perform or observe any term of provision of this Agreement; or

(c) the failure by Purchaser following the applicable Transfer Date to service the Mortgage Loans with respect to which the Servicing Rights are transferred to Purchaser hereunder in accordance with the Applicable Requirements.

9.4 Notice and Settlement of Claims.

(a) Each Party to this Agreement shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of the existence of any material fact known to it giving rise to any obligations of any Party under Article 9 and, in the case of any Claim brought by a third party, which may give rise to any such obligations, each Party shall promptly notify the other Party of the making of such Claim or the commencement of such action by a third party as and when same becomes known to it. The failure to provide notice in such manner shall not relieve the Party receiving such notice of any obligation to indemnify or reimburse any other Party hereunder unless such failure materially prejudices the rights or increases the liability of the Party receiving such notice with respect to the matter as to which such notice relates, and then such Party's obligation to indemnify or reimburse hereunder shall be reduced only by the amount that it actually has been damaged thereby. The indemnifying Party (the "Indemnifying Party") may, at its own cost and expenses, assume and control defense of any Claim, including, without limitation, the right to designate counsel and to control, all negotiations, litigation, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such Claim or potential Claim; provided that such counsel shall be satisfactory to the indemnified Party ("Indemnified Party") in the exercise of its reasonable discretion. The Party not controlling the defense or prosecution of any such Claim may participate at its own costs and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Purchaser is the Indemnified Party and

25

Purchaser reasonably believes that the assumption of the defense or prosecution of all or a portion of such Claim is necessary to assure that its right or ability to enforce a material portion of its other Mortgage Loans or Servicing Rights or to assure that its method of doing business or its authority and approvals to service are not materially impaired, then, upon notice to Seller from Purchaser, Seller shall permit such assumption by Purchaser. Neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to settle, compromise, decline to appeal, or otherwise dispose of any Claim, without the written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, such consent shall not be required for a Claim involving less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), unless the other Party reasonably believes that the settlement, compromise, declination to appeal or other disposition may (a) prejudice the Party in connection with other Claims or potential Claims, or (b) result in injunctive or other relief (excepting the payment of monetary damages) against the Party that could materially interfere with the business or operations of the Party. Following the discharge of the Indemnifying Party's obligations with respect to any Claim under Article 9, the Indemnified Party shall, subject to Applicable Requirements, assign to the Indemnifying Party any and all related Claims against third parties. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt, the Indemnified Party shall refund to the Indemnifying Party the amounts of all recoveries received by the Indemnified Party with respect to any claim with respect to which it is reimbursed for Losses. The obligations of the Indemnifying Party under this section 9.4(a) shall include Losses for Claims that are settled (with the Indemnifying Party's prior written consent) whether or not such settlement includes any acknowledgment or admission of fault, liability or breach by the Indemnifying Party.

(b) Following the receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of a demand for indemnification, the Indemnifying Party shall seek to cure the problem giving rise to the demand, if possible, and pay the amount for which it is liable, or otherwise take the actions which it is required to take within thirty (30) days or such lesser time as may be required by the applicable Investor, Insurer or third party claimant. As to any Claim for indemnity for which notice is given as hereinbefore provided, the corresponding obligation of indemnity shall continue to survive, subject to Section 11.4, until whichever of the following events first occurs: (1) the Indemnifying Party shall have discharged its obligation of indemnity to the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim, as required hereunder; (2) a court of competent jurisdiction shall have finally determined that the Indemnifying Party is not liable to the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim; or (3) the Indemnified Party shall have released in writing (or be held to have released) the Indemnified Party from any liability with respect to such Claim.

(c) In the event that Mortgage Loans related to Servicing Rights acquired by Purchaser hereunder become subject to any Claim covered by Section 9.1, and other mortgage loans owned or serviced by the Purchaser also are subject to such Claim, then the extent of Seller's indemnification under
Section 9.1 shall equal (i) the amount of any judgment or settlement attributable to Seller's actions or omissions for which Seller must indemnify Purchaser under Section 9.1, and (ii) a share of (a) the expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by the Purchaser after the relevant Transfer Date in the defense and/or settlement of any such Claim and (b) the expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by the claimants after the relevant Transfer Date that Purchaser is required to pay pursuant to the terms of any judgment or settlement. Seller's share of (a) and (b) shall be calculated by multiplying the percentage of the amount that Seller is required to pay under clause (i) of the entire judgment or settlement amount by the total amount of expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by Purchaser under clauses (ii)(a) and (ii)(b). For example, if the amount payable by Seller to the Purchaser under clause (i) above is equal to 10% of the full amount payable by Purchaser under the terms of any judgment or settlement (regardless of the percentage of Purchaser's servicing portfolio (or portion thereof) that is the subject matter of any claim or settlement that is comprised of Servicing Rights purchased from Seller), then Seller would also be responsible for 10% of the amounts under clauses (ii)(a) and (ii)(b).

26

9.5 Losses Net of Insurance. Etc. The amount of any Loss for which indemnification is provided under this Article IX shall be net of (i) any amount recovered by the indemnified party pursuant to any indemnification by or indemnification agreement with any third party, (ii) any insurance proceeds or other cash receipts or sources of reimbursement received with respect to such loss (and no right of subrogation shall accrue to any insurer or third party indemnitor hereunder). If the amount to be netted hereunder from any payment required under Sections 9.1 or 9.2 is determined after payment to the indemnified party pursuant to this Article IX, the indemnified party shall repay to the indemnifying party, promptly after such determination, any amount that the indemnifying party would not have had to pay pursuant to this Article IX had such determination had been made at the time of such payment.

ARTICLE X

TERMINATION

10.1 Termination.

(a) This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby may be terminated as follows:

(i) by mutual written consent of the parties at any time prior to the Sale Date; or

(ii) by Purchaser or Seller, by written notice to the other, if any condition precedent to the other Party's obligations under this Agreement is not met within the specified time period and the failure to meet such condition would have a material and adverse affect on the transactions contemplated hereunder; provided, however, that neither of the Parties may terminate this Agreement pursuant to this section 10.1 (ii) if such Party is itself in breach in any material respect of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other obligations set forth herein.

(b) In the event that an Investor Consent of one or more Investors is not obtained pursuant hereto, or in the event that any such Investor Consent contains any term or condition that could adversely affect the value of the related Servicing Rights to Purchaser or impose any material cost or obligation on Purchaser not normally imposed in the ordinary course of a transfer or servicing rights, then Purchaser, in addition to its termination rights afforded through section 7.4, shall have the right to terminate this Agreement with respect to the related Servicing Rights only, and upon such a termination, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, Seller shall return to Purchaser any portions of the Purchase Price related to such Servicing Rights that were paid by Purchaser to Seller, plus interest on such amounts at the Federal Funds Rate, less all Servicing Fees paid by Seller to Purchaser pursuant to the Interim Servicing Agreement with respect to such Servicing Rights.

10.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to section 10.1 hereof, this Agreement (other than Section 11.2 and this Section 10.2) shall forthwith become void and have no effect, without any liability on the part of any Party other than liability pursuant to this section 10.2. Upon such a termination of this Agreement for any reason, within five (5) Business Days thereafter, Seller shall return to Purchaser any portions of the Purchase Price paid by Purchaser to Seller, plus interest on such amounts at the Federal Funds Rate, less all Servicing Fees paid by Seller to Purchaser pursuant to the Interim Servicing Agreement. If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 10.l(ii) as a result of a willful breach or default by the non-terminating Party, then the terminating Party shall be entitled to such additional remedies as may be available to it at law or in equity.

27

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

11.1 Supplementary Information. From time to time prior to and after the Transfer Date, each Party shall furnish to the other Party such information supplementary to the information contained in the documents and schedules delivered pursuant hereto which is reasonably available and may reasonably be requested or which may be necessary to file any reports due to the Investors in connection with the Mortgage Loans or Servicing Rights.

11.2 No Broker's Fees. Each party hereto represents and warrants to the others that it has made no agreement to pay any agent, finder, or broker or any other representative, any fee or commission in the nature of a finder's or broker's fee arising out of or in connection with the subject matter of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, Seller shall be responsible for all fees and commissions of Countrywide Servicing Exchange.

11.3 Further Assurances. Each Party shall, at any time and from time to time, promptly, upon the reasonable request of the other Party or its representatives, execute, acknowledge, deliver or perform all such further acts, deeds, assignments, transfers, conveyances, and assurances as may be required for the better vesting and confining to Purchaser and its successors and assigns of title to Servicing Rights or as shall be necessary to effect the transactions provided for in this Agreement. Purchaser and Seller shall cooperate in good faith to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

11.4 Survival. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein, all warranties, representations, covenants, indemnities and other agreements of the Parties set forth herein shall survive the closing of the sale hereunder until the expiration of the one-year period commencing on the date that all of the Mortgage Loans have been paid in full, foreclosed or otherwise retired.

11.5 Assignment. No party hereto shall assign, sub-license, sub-contract, charge or otherwise encumber any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party.

11.6 Due Diligence. The parties hereto agree that any and all determinations made by Purchaser in connection with its due diligence review of the Mortgage Loans, Servicing Rights and related books and records shall have no bearing on, and shall not limit the effect of, Seller's representations, warranties, covenants, indemnities and other obligations under this Agreement.

11.7 Notices. Except as otherwise expressly permitted by this Agreement, all notices and statements to be given under this Agreement are to be in writing, delivered by hand, facsimile, telegram, national overnight mail service, or first class United States mail postage prepaid and registered or certified with return receipt requested, to the following addresses or facsimile numbers, as applicable (which addresses and facsimile numbers may be revised by notice):

28

(a) If to the Purchaser, to:

Lawrence P. Washington
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer First Nationwide Mortgage Corporation 5280 Corporate Drive
Frederick, MD 21701
Facsimile Number: (301) 696-5111

- and -

Stephen E. Simcock, Esq.
Senior Vice President and Senior Counsel First Nationwide Mortgage Corporation 5280 Corporate Drive
Frederick, MD 21701
Facsimile Number: (301) 815-5612

With a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

Weiner, Brodsky, Sidman & Kider, P.C.

1350 New York Avenue, N.W.

Suite 800
Washington, DC 20005
Attn: Don J. Halpern, Esq.

Facsimile Number: (202) 628-2011

(b) If to Seller, to:

Cole Taylor Bank
5501 West 79th Street
Burbank, Illinois 60459
Attn: Tom Pisapia
Facsimile Number: (708) 857-3377

All notices and statements shall be deemed given, delivered, received and effective upon personal delivery or receipt of facsimile or telegram, one (1) Business Day after sending by overnight mail or three (3) Business Days after mailing by first class United States mail in the manner set forth above.

11.8 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Interim Servicing Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. No amendments, modifications or supplements of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. The Exhibits and Schedules are part of this Agreement.

11.9 Binding Effect; Third Parties. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer on any Person, other than the parties hereto and their successors and permitted assigns, any rights, obligations, remedies or liabilities.

29

11.10 Applicable Laws. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with federal law and the laws of the State of Maryland, without reference to the choice of law principles under the laws of the State of Maryland. Any lawsuit or other legal action instituted by any party hereto in connection with this Agreement shall be brought in a federal or state court of appropriate jurisdiction in Frederick County, Maryland.

11.11 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute full and proper execution hereof.

11.12 No Remedy Exclusive. No remedy under this Agreement is intended to be exclusive of any other available remedy, but each remedy shall be cumulative AND shall be in addition to any remedies given under this Agreement or existing at law or in equity.

11.13 Attorney's Fees and Expenses. If any Party shall bring suit against the other Party as a result of any alleged breach or failure by the other Party to fulfill or perform any covenants or obligations under this Agreement, then the prevailing party in such action shall be entitled to receive from the non-prevailing party reasonable attorney's fees incurred by reason of such action and all costs of suit and preparation at both trial and appellate levels.

11.14 Waiver. Any forbearance by a Party in exercising any right or remedy under this Agreement or otherwise afforded by applicable law shall not be a waiver or preclude the exercise of that or any other right or remedy.

11.15 Announcements. Neither Party shall issue press releases or announcements regarding, or otherwise disclose to the general public or mortgage industry, the existence or terms of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other parties hereto, except to the extent required by any court, tribunal, regulatory authority or law.

11.16 Interpretation of Representations and Warranties. The failure of any event or occurrence to constitute a breach of any one of Seller's representations or warranties contained herein or in the Interim Servicing Agreement shall not, by and of itself, prevent such event or occurrence from constituting a breach of any other representation or warranty of Seller. Without limiting the foregoing, if a representation or warranty specifically related to a particular issue is not breached by the occurrence of an event as to which a loss is incurred, a breach and the related indemnity protection therefor shall exist hereunder if a general representation and warranty (for instance, a representation regarding compliance with Applicable Requirements) would be breached by such occurrence.

11.17 Exclusivity. From the Effective Date to the earlier of the Transfer Date or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with the terms hereof, Seller and its affiliates, shareholders, employees, directors and agents shall not, and Seller shall cause its affiliates, shareholders, employees, directors and agents to not, directly or indirectly, initiate, encourage, entertain or accept any bid, submission, proposal or offer to purchase directly or indirectly all or a portion of the Servicing Rights.

30

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned parties to this Agreement has caused this Agreement to be duly executed in its name by one of its duly authorized officers, all as of the date first above written

FIRST NATIONWIDE MORTGAGE CORPORATION

By:   /s/ SIGNATURE
   ----------------------------------
Its: Senior Vice President
    ---------------------------------

COLE TAYLOR BANK

    /s/ Frank S. DeGradi
    ---------------------------------
By:   Frank S. DeGradi
    ---------------------------------
Its:  Group Executive Vice President
     --------------------------------

31

EXHIBIT A

LIST OF MORTGAGE LOANS

32

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF INTERIM SERVICING AGREEMENT

33

EXHIBIT C

SERVICING TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS

34

INTERIM SERVICING AGREEMENT

THIS INTERIM SERVICING AGREEMENT (Interim Agreement") is entered into on the 30th day of January, 1998 by and between FIRST NATIONWIDE MORTGAGE CORPORATION ("FNMC") and COLE TAYLOR BANK ("Subservicer").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, FNMC AND SUBSERVICER ENTERED INTO A SERVICING RIGHTS PURCHASE AND

SALE AGREEMENT DATED JANUARY 30, 1998 (the "PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT");

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement, Subservicer has sold, assigned and transferred to FNMC on the Sale Date all beneficial rights and interest in and to the Servicing Rights relating to the Mortgage Loans, the Custodial Accounts and the Mortgage Files; and

WHEREAS, the Purchase and Sale Agreement provides that, effective as of the Sale Date, the parties thereto shall enter into an Interim Servicing Agreement regarding: (i) Subservicer's Obligations to perform servicing functions with respect to the Mortgage Loans for a temporary period from the Sale Date until the respective Transfer Dates, and (ii) the compensation to be paid by FNMC to Subservicer for the performance of such functions.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, FNMC and Subservicer agree as follows:

SECTION I. DEFINITIONS

All capitalized terms used but not defined in this Interim Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

SECTION 2. TERM

(a) The term of this Interim Agreement shall commence as of the Sale Date and shall terminate with respect to the Mortgage Loans upon the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the applicable Transfer Date (except with respect to reconciliations and related matters required by the Purchase and Sale Agreement and remittances to the applicable Investor on the following remittance date and the related reports), unless earlier terminated by either party pursuant to Section 14.

(b) FNMC is and during the term of this Interim Agreement shall remain the beneficial owner of the Servicing Rights, the Custodial Accounts and the Mortgage Files, and, subject to the rights of the applicable Investor and the terms of this Interim Agreement, is entitled to possession thereof.

1

SECTION 3. SERVICING ACTIVITIES

During the term of this Interim Agreement:

(a) Subservicer shall perform all servicing activities with respect to the Mortgage Loans that are required by, and in accordance with the Applicable Requirements. Subservicer shall observe and perform all material covenants, undertakings and obligations required to be observed or performed under to the Interim Agreement, the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the Applicable Requirements. All representations and warranties of Subservicer continued in the Purchase and Sale Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and deemed made by Subservicer on and as of the Sale Date and the Transfer Date. Subservicer shall exercise at least the same standard of care as it usually does in servicing mortgage loans for its own account.

(b) Subservicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect payments due from Mortgagors under the Mortgage Loans as they become due, including but not limited to (i) principal, (ii) interest, (iii) amounts for hazard and flood insurance premiums, mortgage insurance or guaranty premiums, taxes, legal fees, and costs, as well as repayment of amounts advanced by the Subservicer on behalf of the Mortgagor, (iv) late charges, (v) assumption fees and (vi) bad check charges.

(c) During the term of this Interim Agreement, Subservicer shall prepare and deliver to the applicable Investors (with a copy to FNMC) all reports relating to the Mortgage Loans that are required pursuant to the Applicable Requirements. All such reports shall be delivered in a timely manner. Subservicer will provide FNMC with copies of existing computer reports as reasonably requested or a monthly master tape, if requested and to the extent available.

(d) Subservicer shall not, without the prior written consent of FNMC, destroy any Mortgage File records in its possession that relate to the Mortgage Loans, nor shall it instruct any third party to destroy such records.

(e) During the term of this Interim Agreement, FNMC shall have the right to inspect and audit Subservicer's servicing activities and operations, during normal business hours provided that any such inspection and audit shall not unreasonably interfere with Subservicer's activities hereunder and that reasonable notice is given. Subservicer agrees to cooperate with FNMC and to make available such Mortgage File records and other information as FNMC may reasonably request. In the event that FNMC discovers any pattern or practice of Subservicer that is materially inconsistent with Applicable Requirements, FNMC may notify Subservicer thereof and Subservicer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cure or correct such pattern or practice. This paragraph
(e) shall not limit the indemnification obligations of Subservicer hereunder or under the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

(f) In addition to the other obligations of Subservicer set forth herein, Subservicer shall process all loan payoffs in the ordinary and normal course of business, and materially in accordance with Applicable Requirements. Subservicer shall cause all payoff checks received by it, or on its behalf, to be date-stamped on the same date that it is received.

2

(g) Seller shall cause all forced order policies to be canceled as of the applicable Transfer Date.

SECTION 4. CUSTODIAL ACCOUNTS

(a) During the term of this Interim Agreement, Subservicer shall maintain and subservice the Custodial Accounts as required pursuant to the Applicable Requirements in the depository institution presently utilized by Subservicer for such purpose; provided, however, that the Custodial Accounts must at all times be on deposit in an institution that meets the requirements of the applicable Investor.

(b) The Custodial Accounts will be held in the name of Subservicer in the manner required by the Purchase and Sale Agreement and the Applicable Requirements. Subservicer will not withdraw funds from any such account except as specifically authorized in the Purchase and Sale Agreement, this Interim Agreement and the Applicable Requirements.

(c) On each Business Day during the term of this Interim Agreement, Subservicer shall deposit in the appropriate Custodial Account all principal and interest, escrow/impound and other collections received by it with respect to the Mortgage Loans. Subservicer shall be responsible for making all advances required by the Applicable Requirements, and shall be responsible for prompt payment of all monthly remittances to the applicable Investor (including the guaranty fees) and securities holders, all taxes, assessments, premiums for mortgage insurance and guaranty and premiums for hazard insurance and flood insurance policies, and all other related fees and charges during the term of this Interim Agreement. If adequate funds are not held in the Custodial Accounts to pay such amounts when due, Subservicer shall advance sufficient funds to cover any such deficiency in a manner to ensure payment of such amounts prior to the time at which any such items become delinquent. Subservicer shall be responsible for any damages or tax penalties to the extent provided for in the Purchase and Sale Agreement. Subservicer shall transfer the Custodial Accounts to FNMC in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement.

SECTION 5. FEES

(a) The interim servicing fee during the term of this Interim Agreement shall be equal to Five Dollars ($5.00) per Mortgage Loan for each full or partial calendar month during the term hereof (the "Interim Servicing Fee"), provided, however, that FNMC shall have no obligation to pay the Interim Servicing Fee in any calendar month with respect to any Mortgage Loan that is serviced by Subservicer hereunder for three (3) or fewer Business Days in such calendar month. Subservicer shall remit to FNMC within five (5) Business Days after the monthly Investor cutoff dates, as applicable, all servicing fee income, less guarantee fees and less the Interim Servicing Fee. In addition, Subservicer will retain all Ancillary Fees, as collected during the term of this Interim Agreement, and Subservicer will retain all benefits related to the Custodial Accounts during the term of this Interim Agreement.

(b) Subservicer will carry out all of its obligations hereunder at its own expense, except as otherwise specifically provided herein.

3

(c) Subservicer shall be responsible for the payment of any document custodian fees (other than the fees of FNMC's document custodian). .

SECTION 6. INSURANCE

At all times while this Interim Agreement is in force, FNMC and Subservicer each shall maintain at their own expense polices of fidelity, theft, forgery and errors and omissions insurance in such amounts as are required to maintain FNMC and Subservicer, respectively, in good standing under all applicable laws and under the requirements of the Applicable Requirements.

SECTION 7. REPRESENTATIONS OF SUBSERVICER

Subservicer hereby represents and warrants to and covenants with FNMC (such representations and warranties to be true and correct throughout the term of this Interim Agreement) as follows:

(a) Subservicer is a duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the United States. Subservicer has obtained and will maintain all necessary permits, qualifications, registrations, licenses, and other governmental, FHLMC, FNMA, IHDA, HUD, FHA, VA, State Agency and Insurer approvals, as are necessary in order to conduct its activities hereunder.

(b) Subservicer has the power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform this Interim Agreement and to perform each of the obligations required of it hereunder, and this Interim Agreement and any document or instrument delivered to FNMC by Subservicer pursuant hereto has been duly authorized, executed and delivered.

(c) This Interim Agreement and any documents or instruments now or hereafter executed and delivered to FNMC by Subservicer pursuant to this Interim Agreement constitute (or shall, when delivered to FNMC by Subservicer, constitute) valid and legally binding obligations of Subservicer enforceable against Subservicer in accordance with their respective terms, except as may be limited by or subject to (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and (ii) general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(d) Subservicer has in full force and effect all insurance required under Section 6.

(e) During the term of this Interim Agreement, Subservicer will service the Mortgage Loans in accordance with all Applicable Requirements.

4

SECTION 8. REPRESENTATIONS OF FNMC

FNMC hereby represents and warrants to and covenants with subservicer (such representations and warranties to be true and correct throughout the term of the Interim Agreement) as follows:

(a) FNMC is a duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware. FNMC has obtained and will maintain all necessary permits, qualifications, registrations, licenses, and other governmental, FHLMC, FNMA, GNMA, HUD, FHA, VA and any Insurer approvals, as are necessary in order to conduct its activities hereunder.

(b) FNMC has the power, authority and legal right to enter into and perform this Interim Agreement, and this Interim Agreement and any document or instrument to be delivered by FNMC to Subservicer pursuant hereto has been duly authorized, executed and delivered.

(c) This Interim Agreement and any document or instruments now or hereafter executed or delivered by FNMC to Subservicer pursuant to this Agreement constitute (or shall, when delivered by FNMC to Subservicer, constitute), valid and legally binding obligations of FNMC enforceable against FNMC in accordance with their respective terms except as may be limited by or subject to (i) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors' rights generally, and (ii) general principals or equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

(d) FNMC has in full force and effect all insurance required under
Section 6.

SECTION 9. INDEMNIFICATION

(a) In addition to and not in limitation of the respective obligations of the parties set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement, each party shall indemnify and hold harmless the other party against, and reimburse such other party for, any Losses resulting from or arising out of a breach of any representation or warranty or covenant, agreement or other requirement of the indemnifying party contained in this Interim Agreement.

(b) For purposes of establishing whether any matter is indemnifiable under
Section 9, the accuracy of the representations and warranties of Subservicer and the performance of and compliance with the covenants and other obligations and agreements of Subservicer contained herein shall be determined without giving effect to the qualifications to such representations, warranties, covenants, other obligations and agreements concerning knowledge or materiality (including, without limitation, any reference to "in all material respects," "materially" or any other terms similar thereto).

(c) Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party in writing of the existence of any material fact known to it giving rise to any obligations of any Party under this Section 9 and, in the case of any Claim brought by a third Party, which may give rise to any such obligations, each Party shall promptly notify the other Party of the making of such Claim or the commencement of such action by a third Party as and when same becomes known to it. The failure to provide notice in such manner shall not relieve the Party receiving such notice of any obligation to indemnify or reimburse any other

5

Party hereunder unless such failure materially prejudices the rights or increases the liability of the Party receiving such notice with respect to the matter as to which such notice relates, and then such Party's obligation to indemnify or reimburse hereunder shall be reduced only by the amount that it actually has been damaged thereby. The indemnifying Party or Parties, as the case may be (the "Indemnifying Party") may, at its own cost and expenses, assume and control defense of any Claim, including, without limitation, the right to designate counsel and to control, all negotiations, litigation, settlements, compromises and appeals of any such Claim or potential Claim; provided that the counsel is satisfactory to the indemnified Party or Parties, as the case may be ("Indemnified Party") in the exercise of its reasonable discretion. The Party not controlling the defense or prosecution of any such Claim may participate at its own costs and expense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if FNMC is the Indemnified Party and FNMC reasonably believes that the assumption of the defense or prosecution OF all or a portion of such Claim is necessary to assure that its right or ability to enforce a material portion of its other mortgage loans or servicing rights or to assure that its method of doing business or its authority and approvals to service are not materially impaired, then, upon notice to Subservicer from FNMC, Subservicer shall permit such assumption by FNMC. Neither the Indemnifying Party nor the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to settle, compromise, decline to appeal, or otherwise dispose of any Claim, without the written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided, however, such consent shall not be required for a Claim involving less than Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), unless the other Party reasonably believes that the settlement, compromise, declination to appeal or other disposition may (a) prejudice the Party in connection with other Claims or potential Claims, or (b) result in injunctive or other relief (excepting the payment of monetary damages) against the Party that could materially interfere with the business or operations of the Party. Following the discharge of the Indemnifying Party's obligations with respect to any Claim under this Section 9, the Indemnified Party shall, subject to Applicable Requirements, assign to the Indemnifying Party any and all related Claims against third parties. Within fifteen (15) days after receipt, the Indemnified Party shall refund to the Indemnifying Party the amounts of all recoveries received by the Indemnified Party with respect to any claim with respect to which it is reimbursed for Losses. The obligations of the Indemnifying Party under this section 9(d) shall include Losses for Claims that are settled (with the Indemnifying Party's prior written consent) whether or not such settlement includes any acknowledgment or admission of fault, liability or breach by the Indemnifying Party.

(d) Following the receipt of written notice from the Indemnified Party of a demand for indemnification, the Indemnifying Party shall seek to cure the problem giving rise to the demand, if possible, and pay the amount for which it is liable, or otherwise take the actions which it is required to take within thirty (30) days or such lesser time as may be required by the applicable Investor, Insurer or third party claimant. As to any Claim for indemnity for which notice is given as hereinbefore provided, the corresponding obligation of indemnity shall continue to survive, subject to Section 9(c)(ii), until whichever of the following events first occurs: (1) the Indemnifying Party shall have discharged its obligation of indemnity to the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim, as required hereunder; (2) a court of competent jurisdiction shall have finally determined that the Indemnifying Party is not liable to the Indemnified Party with respect to such claim; or (3) the Indemnified Party shall have released in writing (or be held to have released) the Indemnified Party from any liability with respect to such Claim.

(e) In the event that Mortgage Loans related to Servicing Rights acquired by FNMC under the Purchase and Sale Agreement become subject to any Claim covered by Section 9(a) prior to the

6

applicable Transfer Date, and other mortgage loans owned or serviced by FNMC also are subject to such Claim, then the extent of Subservicer's indemnification under Section 9(a) shall equal (i) the amount of any judgment or settlement attributable to Subservicer's actions or omissions for which Subservicer must indemnify FNMC under Section 9(a), and (ii) a share of (a) the expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by FNMC after the relevant Transfer Date in the defense and/or settlement of any such Claim and (b) the expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by the claimants after the relevant Transfer Date that FNMC is required to pay pursuant to the terms of any judgment or settlement. Subservicer's share of (a) and (b) shall be calculated by multiplying the percentage of the amount that Subservicer is required to pay under clause (i) of the entire judgment or settlement amount by the total amount of expenses and attorneys' fees incurred by FNMC under Clauses (ii)(a) and (ii)(b). For example, if the amount payable by Subservicer to FNMC under clause (i) above is equal to 10% of the full amount payable by FNMC under the terms of any judgment or settlement (regardless of the percentage of FNMC's servicing portfolio (or portion thereof) that is the subject matter of any claim or settlement that is comprised of Servicing Rights purchased from Subservicer), then Subservicer shall also be responsible for 10% of the amounts under clauses (ii)(a) and (ii)(b).

SECTION 10. NOTICE OF PROBLEMS

Subservicer shall promptly furnish to FNMC (a) any notice it receives from any governmental authority, Insurer, Investor, Agency or Mortgagor of a possible or asserted claim or lawsuit against Subservicer or FNMC for repurchase of a Mortgage Loan, indemnification for damages, rescission of an insurance policy or denial of an insurance claim, or other possible remedy or sanction based upon an alleged breach or violation by Subservicer, or any prior servicer, of any Applicable Requirement with respect to the Servicing Rights it subservices hereunder, or (b) notice of any prior servicing or origination deficiency of which it receives notice or discovers following its assumption of servicing responsibilities hereunder, and in either case, shall consult with FNMC.

SECTION 11. NOTIFICATIONS

Each party shall immediately upon receipt, notify the other party of any notice, instruction, demand, or any communication from any Investor which affects the Mortgage Loans, the Servicing Rights, the Custodial Accounts or the Mortgage File documents.

SECTION 12. DEFAULT

The failure of Subservicer or FNMC to materially perform or materially comply with any term, condition, or agreement applicable to it contained in this Interim Agreement shall be an event of default ("Event of Default").

SECTION 13. RIGHT TO CURE

If an Event of Default occurs which does not relate to the payment of money, then the defaulting party shall have until the earlier of ten ( 10) days after receipt of written notice of such Event of Default or the applicable Transfer Date to cure such Event of Default. A party that becomes aware of an Event of Default by it shall promptly notify the other party.

7

SECTION 14. REMEDIES

If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured within any applicable cure period, FNMC may require Subservicer to repurchase each Mortgage Loan for which FNMC has incurred a Loss as a result of such Event of Default in accordance with Section 9.2 of the Purchase and Sale Agreement. The non-defaulting party may pursue any other remedy available to it under the terms of this Interim Agreement, the Purchase and Sale Agreement or at law or in equity.

SECTION 15. EFFECT OF TERMINATION

Each party's indemnification obligations pursuant to Section 9 of this Interim Agreement shall continue after the term or any termination of this Interim Agreement subject to the limitations contained in Section 9 of this Interim Servicing Agreement.

SECTION 16. MISCELLANEOUS

(a) Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications that are required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon the delivery or mailing thereof, as the case may be, sent by overnight delivery service or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the persons and at the addresses set forth in the corresponding provision in the Purchase and Sale Agreement or to such other address as FNMC or Subservicer shall have specified in writing to the other.

(b) Severability of Provisions. If any one or more of the covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms of this Interim Agreement shall be held invalid for any reasons whatsoever, then such covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms shall be deemed severable from the remaining covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms of this Interim Agreement and shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of other covenants, agreements, provisions, or terms to this Interim Agreement. If the invalidity of any part, provision, representation, or warranty of this Interim Agreement shall deprive any party of the economic benefit intended to be conferred by this Interim Agreement, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to develop a structure the economic effect of which is nearly as possible the same as the economic effect of this Interim Agreement without regard to such invalidity.

(c) No Partnership. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between the parties hereto and the services of Subservicer shall be rendered as an independent contractor and not as agent for FNMC.

(d) Execution. This Interim Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed to be an original; such counterparts, together, shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(e) Assignment. This Interim Agreement is not assignable.

8

(f) Effect of Headings. The headings in this Interim Agreement are for purpose of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Other Agreements. This Interim Agreement Supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, except for the Purchase and Sale Agreement. In the event of any conflict, contradiction or inconsistency between the Interim Agreement and Purchase and Sale Agreement, the terms of the Purchase and Sale agreement shall control over the Interim Agreement.

(h) Amendments: Waiver. Neither this Interim Agreement nor any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated orally, but only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against whom enforcement of the change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought. A failure or delay on the part of either party to exercise any right, power or privilege hereunder shall not operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall a single or partial exercise thereof preclude any other or further exercise or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege, nor shall any waiver as to a particular matter constitute a waiver as to any future similar matter.

(i) Agreement. The parties agree to execute and deliver such instruments and take such actions as either party may, from time to time, reasonably request in order to effectuate the purposes and carry out the terms of this Interim Agreement.

(j) Existence of the Parties. During the term of this Interim Agreement, the parties will keep in full force and effect their existence, rights and franchises, and their status as a HUD-approved mortgagee, a VA-approved lender, an IHDA originator and servicer, a FHLMC seller/servicer and a FNMA seller/servicer in good standing.

(k) Governing Law. This Interim Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Maryland, without giving effect to its choice of law principles.

(l) Access to Information. Subservicer shall, except with respect to those items as to which one Party has brought an action against the other Party, allow FNMC and its counsel, accountants, and other representatives, reasonable access, during normal business hours throughout the Interim Period, to all of Subservicer's files, books and records directly relating to the Servicing Rights, the Mortgage Loans, Custodial Accounts and Advances. FNMC and its representatives and affiliates shall treat all information obtained in such investigation, not otherwise in the public domain, as confidential and shall not use any such information for its own benefit, unless FNMC acquires the related Servicing Rights hereunder.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned parties to this Interim Agreement has caused this Interim Agreement to be duly executed in its name by one of its duly authorized officers, all as of the date first above written.

FIRST NATIONWIDE MORTGAGE CORPORATION

By:

Its:

COLE TAYLOR BANK


By:
Its: Group Executive Vice President

9

EXHIBIT 10.32

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

by and among

JEFFREY W. TAYLOR
AND
CINDY TAYLOR BLEIL,
AS SELLERS

AND

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP TRUST,
AS BUYER

AND

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

DATED AS OF NOVEMBER 25, 1998

STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") dated November 25, by and among (i) Jeffrey W. Taylor and Cindy Taylor Bleil, (the "Sellers"), (ii) Cole Taylor Bank, not in its corporate capacity, but solely as trustee (the "Trustee") of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust (the "Trust" or "Buyer"), which implements and forms a part of the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Plan") (the Plan and Trust are collectively referred to as the "ESOP"), and (iii) Taylor Capital Group, a Delaware corporation (the "Company").

WHEREAS, the Sellers desire to sell collectively 24,000 shares of the Company's common stock, $.01 par value (the "Common Shares") to the Buyer and the Buyer desire to purchase the Common Shares from the Sellers; and

WHEREAS, the Company and will make a loan to the Buyer in order to permit the Buyer to purchase shares of Company Stock;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual agreements, covenants, representations and warranties hereinafter contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Purchase and Sale of Common Shares.

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing (as defined in Section 3 hereof), each of the Sellers will sell to the Buyer, and the Buyer will purchase from the Sellers the number of Common Shares, as defined in the recitals, set forth opposite such Seller's name in Schedule 1, attached hereto.


SECTION 2. Purchase Price and Payment.

In full consideration of the Sellers' sale, conveyance, transfer and delivery to the Buyer of the Common Shares at the Closing, the Buyer shall pay the aggregate purchase price for the Common Shares (the "Purchase Price") of Five Hundred Seventy-Six Thousand Dollars ($576,000), payable to each Seller by delivery of separate certified or cashier's check to her order, or by wire transfer to an account designated by such Seller, in the amount set forth opposite each Seller's name in Schedule 1.

SECTION 3. Closing.

3.1 Time and Place. The documents to be transferred and the payments to be made on the Closing shall be transferred and made at the offices of the Company 350 East Dundee Rd., Wheeling, IL 60090, at 9:00 a.m., on November 25, 1998, or at such other time as shall be mutually agreed upon by the parties. However, as used herein, the term "Closing" shall

mean the date on which the Common Shares are delivered to Buyer and the Purchase Price is paid to the Sellers.

3.2 Deliveries. At or prior to the Closing: (i) each Sellers shall deliver, or previously have delivered, to the Buyer certificates representing the number of Common Shares set forth opposite such Seller's name in Schedule 1, which certificates shall be duly endorsed to the Buyer or accompanied by duly executed stock powers, in transferable form, accompanied by all documentation required for transfer; and (ii) the Buyer shall deliver to the Sellers the Purchase Price as described in Section 2. On the Closing, and from time to time thereafter, the Sellers shall, at the request of the Buyer, take all action necessary to put the Buyer in actual possession and control of the Common Shares and shall execute and deliver such further instruments of transfer and conveyance and take such other actions as the Buyer may reasonably request, in order more effectively to transfer and convey the Common Shares to the Buyer, to confirm the title of the Buyer to the Common Shares, and to assist the Buyer in exercising any rights with respect thereto. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer's obligation to consummate the Closing is conditioned on the Trustee's receipt of a favorable opinion from Alex Sheshunoff & Co. ("Sheshunoff") that the Purchase Price does not exceed "Adequate Consideration" (as defined in Section 3(18) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA")).

SECTION 4. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers.

Each Seller severally and not jointly represents and warrants to the Buyer as follows only with respect to himself or herself and only with respect to his or her Shares:

4.1 Title to Common Shares. Each Seller is the lawful record and beneficial owners of their Common Shares, free and clear of any security interest, claim, lien, pledge, option, encumbrance or restriction (on transferability or otherwise) whatsoever in law or at equity, and the delivery of the Common Shares by each Seller to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement will convey to the Buyer lawful, valid and indefeasible title thereto, free and clear of any security interest, claim, lien, pledge, option, encumbrance or restriction whatsoever.

4.2 Necessary Authority. The Seller has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Seller and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally now or hereafter in effect, and subject to the availability of equitable remedies. The Seller's execution and performance of this Agreement, as well as the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions of any agreement or instrument to which the Seller is a party or by which the Common Shares are bound.

4.3. No Bankruptcy, etc. There has not been filed any petition or application, or any proceedings commenced, by or against, or with respect to any assets of the Seller under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other law, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy,

2

reorganization, compromise, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt or creditors' rights, and the Seller has not made any assignment for the benefit of creditors.

4.4 Legal Proceedings. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending (or, to the knowledge of the Seller, threatened) affecting the right of the Seller to sell the Seller's shares pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, in any court, at law or in equity, or before or by any Federal, state, local or other governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality, domestic or foreign, or before any arbitrator of any kind.

4.5 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby do not and will not conflict with or result in a breach of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (i) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, instrument, order, arbitration award, judgment or decree to which the Seller is a party or by which the Seller is bound, or (ii) any statute, rule or regulation of any federal, state or local government or agency applicable to the Seller or his or her assets or properties.

4.6 Required Consents. No consent, approval or authorization of, or declaration, filing or registration with any governmental or regulatory authority is required to be obtained by the Seller in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 5. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers and the Company.

The Sellers and the Company represent and warrant to the Buyer as follows.

5.1 Necessary Authority. The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into, deliver and perform this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated herein. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes its valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, now or hereafter in effect, and subject to the availability of equitable remedies.

5.2 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Company and its consummation of the transactions contemplated herein, do not and will not (i) require the consent, approval, authorization, order, filing, registration or qualification of or with any court, governmental authority or third person which has not been obtained, (ii) conflict with or result in any violation of or default under any provision of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company or of any mortgage, indenture, lease, agreement or other instrument, permit, concession, grant, franchise or license to which the Company is a party or by which it or its properties are bound, (iii) violate any law, ordinance,

3

rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree applicable to the Company, or (iv) result in the creation of any security interest, claim, lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the Shares (except as otherwise contemplated herein).

5.3 Corporate Organization and Good Standing of the Company. The Company is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, operate and lease its properties and to carry on its business as such business is now being conducted.

5.4 Authorized and Outstanding Stock. The Company's authorized capital stock consists of 7,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value per share and 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value per share. The Common Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free of preemptive rights. There are no liens, charges, encumbrances, security interests or restrictions agreed to or granted by the Company as to such Common Shares, and they were issued in full compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. Other than stock options and shares of restricted stock granted pursuant to the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Incentive Compensation Plan to key employees and directors of the Company, there are no options, warrants or rights to acquire, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of the Company's capital stock which were issued or granted by the Company.

5.5 Ownership of Subsidiaries. The Company's only material subsidiary is Cole Taylor Bank (the "Subsidiary").

5.6 Financial Statements.

(a) True and complete copies of the annual reviewed consolidated financial statements of the Company and the Subsidiary for the years ended December 31, 1995 through December 31, 1997, and the interim statement for the period ending October 31, 1998 (collectively and including any notes thereto, the "Financial Statements") have been delivered to Sheshunoff.

(b) To the knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, the Financial Statements: (i) are true and correct in all material respects, are in accordance with the books and records of the Company and the Subsidiary, present fairly the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiary at and for the periods indicated, and (ii) have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

(c) To the knowledge of the Company and the Sellers and except as would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company, the Company and the Subsidiary have no liabilities, commitments or obligations of any nature whether absolute, accrued, contingent, known or unknown, due or to become due or otherwise, except: (i) as reflected in the Financial Statements and not heretofore discharged, (ii) as otherwise disclosed in the SEC Reports (as defined in Section 6.4, and (iii) as incurred as a result of the normal and ordinary course of business since the date of such Financial Statements.

4

5.7 Taxes.

(a) The Company and the Subsidiary have duly filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns necessary to be filed (all such returns being true and correct in all material respects) and has duly paid or made provisions for the payment of all taxes (including any interest or penalties) which are due or payable pursuant to such returns or pursuant to any assessment with respect to taxes, whether or not in conjunction with such returns.

(b) To the knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, the liability for taxes reflected in the most recent balance sheet(s) of the Company and the Subsidiary included within the Financial Statements is sufficient for the payment of all unpaid federal, state, local and foreign taxes (including interest and penalties), whether or not disputed, for all years and periods ended prior thereto.

(c) Except as would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company or the Subsidiary, proper amounts have been withheld by the Company and the Subsidiary from its employees for all prior periods in compliance with the tax withholding provisions of all applicable federal, state, local and other laws. Accurate and complete federal, state, local and other returns have been filed by the Company and the Subsidiary for all periods for which returns were due with respect to income tax withholding, social security and unemployment taxes and the amounts shown on such returns to be due and payable have been paid in full or adequate provision therefor has been included by the Company and the Subsidiary in the Financial Statements.

5.8 No Violation. To the knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, except as disclosed in the SEC Reports (as defined in Section 6.4) and except as would not have a material adverse effect on the Company, neither the Company nor the Subsidiary is in violation of, or under investigation with respect to, nor has it been formally charged with or been given notice of any violation of, any applicable law, statute, order, rule, regulation, policy or guideline promulgated, or judgment entered, by any federal, state, local or foreign court or governmental authority relating to or affecting the Company or the Subsidiary, the businesses or properties of the Company or the Subsidiary, including without limitation, any immigration law, zoning, building, health or safety, or noise reduction law or ordinance.

5.9 Title to and Condition of Assets.

(a) The Company and the Subsidiary have good and valid title to all of their real and personal property and leasehold interests including, but not limited to, the property and assets reflected in the Financial Statements (other than property and assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business since such date) free and clear of all title defects and all liens, pledges, claims, charges, security interests, and other encumbrances and (in the case of real property) rights of way, building or use restrictions, exceptions, variances, reservations or limitations of any nature whatsoever, except, with respect to all mortgages and liens securing debt which is reflected as a liability in the Financial Statements. There are no existing claims adverse or challenges to the title or ownership of any property of the Company or the Subsidiary.

5

(b) All personal property material to the condition (financial or otherwise), operations, business or prospects of the Company and the Subsidiary, and all buildings, structures and fixtures used by the Company in the conduct of its business are, considering their ages and uses, in good operating condition (subject to normal maintenance and repair).

5.10 Contracts. To the knowledge of the Company and the Sellers, the Company and the Subsidiary are not in material violation of, or in default in respect of, any contract, lease, agreement, instrument, arrangement or understanding, to which it is a party, and there are no facts or circumstances which would reasonably indicate that the Company or the Subsidiary will be in violation of or in default in respect of any such contract, lease, agreement, instrument, arrangement or understanding subsequent to the date hereof.

5.11 Litigation and Compliance with Governmental Rules. Except as described in Schedule 5.11 or the SEC Reports there are no actions, suits, proceedings, arbitrations or investigations pending, or to the best of the Company's and Sellers' knowledge, threatened, in any court or before any governmental agency or instrumentality or arbitration panel or otherwise, or judgments, orders, decrees, or governmental restrictions, against, by or affecting the Company which would interfere with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or which have or, if adversely determined would have, a materially adverse effect on the financial condition, assets, liabilities, business, operations or prospects of the Company or the Subsidiary.

5.12 Insurance. The insurance maintained by the Company with respect to its property and the conduct of its business is adequate for the risks facing the Company and has not been and will not be canceled, terminated or allowed to lapse through the Closing Date. The insurance coverage provided by such policies of insurance will not in any respect be affected by, and will not terminate or lapse by reason of, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.13 Plan Compliance. The Plan in form and in operation, to the knowledge of the Company and Sellers, satisfies the requirements to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and constitutes an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code, and the Buyer is exempt from taxation under Section 501(a) of the Code.

SECTION 6. Representations and Warranties of the Buyer.

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows, which representations and warranties shall continue in full force and effect to and including the Closing and shall survive the Closing:

6.1 Necessary Authority. The Buyer has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Buyer and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Buyer, enforceable against the Buyer in accordance with its terms, except as the same may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other laws

6

affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally now or hereafter in effect, and subject to the availability of equitable remedies.

6.2 No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Buyer and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein do not and will not: (i) require the consent or approval of, or filing with, any person or public authority or (ii) constitute or result in the breach of any provision of, or constitute a default under, the ESOP or any agreement indenture or other instrument to which the ESOP is a party or by which it or its assets may be bound.

6.3 Shares Not Registered. Buyer acknowledges that the Common Shares are not registered under the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933.

6.4 Securities Law Representations.

(a) Buyer is an "accredited investor" as such term is defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. Buyer has received a copy of (i) the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 and (ii) Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended March 31, 1998, June 30, 1998 and September 30, 1998 (collectively, the "SEC Reports").

(b) Buyer (i) has been provided the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and Sellers, or their respective representatives, concerning the operations, business and financial condition of the Company, and all such questions have been answered to Buyers full satisfaction and any information necessary to verify such responses has been made available to Buyer; (ii) confirms that Buyer has carefully read and understands the SEC Reports and is relying on the accuracy and completeness of the SEC Reports without independent certification thereof; (iii) confirms that the Common Shares have not been offered to him by any means of general solicitation or general advertising; (iv) has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that Buyer is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Common Shares;
(v) is acquiring the Common Shares for its own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view towards the sale or other distribution thereof, in whole or in part; and (vi) understands that there are restrictions on the transferability of the Common Shares.

(c) Buyer agrees with the Company and Sellers that the Common Shares will not be sold or otherwise disposed of except pursuant to (i) an exemption or exclusion from the registration requirements under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), which does not require the filing by the Company with the Commission of any registration statement, offering circular or other document, in which case Buyer shall first supply to the Company an opinion of counsel (which opinion and counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company) that such exemption or exclusion is available, (iii) a registration statement filed by the Company with the Commission under the Securities Act.

7

(d) Buyer agrees that the certificates for the Common Shares shall bear the following legend:

THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT (i) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT; (ii) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, PROVIDED THAT AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, HAS BEEN GIVEN BY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED; or (iii) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN.

SECTION 7. Closing Conditions for the Benefit of the Buyer

Each and every obligation of the Buyer under this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by the Trustee on behalf of the Buyer (except that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.5 and 7.6 shall not be waived by the Buyer):

7.1 Representations and Warranties True. The representations and warranties of the Sellers and the Company contained in this Agreement shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date hereof and shall be deemed to have been made again at and as of the Closing and shall then be true in all material respects (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement).

7.2 Performance. Each of the obligations of the Sellers and the Company to be performed by them on or before the Closing pursuant to the terms hereof shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects by the Closing.

7.3 Opinion of Valuation Consultants. The Trustee shall have been furnished with an opinion of Sheshunoff to the effect that the Purchase Price to be paid by the Buyer for the Shares is not in excess of "Adequate Consideration" within the meaning of Section 3(18)(B) of ERISA, and such opinion shall remain in effect and shall not have been withdrawn by such valuation consulting firm prior to the Closing.

7.4 Trustee Approval. The Trustee shall not have determined that the purchase of the Common Shares is imprudent or that such purchases would result in a prohibited transaction under Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code or otherwise violate the provisions of applicable law.

8

7.5. ESOP Loan Agreement. The Company and the Buyer shall have entered into the ESOP Loan and Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof and the Buyer shall have received the proceeds of such loan extended to Buyer pursuant thereto.

7.6 Deliveries by Sellers. The Sellers shall have made the deliveries required by Section 3.2.

SECTION 8. Closing Conditions for the Benefit of the Selling Stockholder and the Company

Each and every obligation of the Sellers and the Company under this Agreement shall be subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing, of each of the following conditions, any of which may be waived in writing by the Selling Stockholder and the Company:

8.1 Representations and Warranties True. The representations and warranties of the Trustee on behalf of the Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and shall be deemed to have been made again at and as of the Closing and shall then be true in all material respects (except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement).

8.2. The Buyer's Performance. Each of the obligations of the Trustee on behalf of the Buyer to be performed by it on or before the Closing pursuant to the terms hereof shall have been duly performed and complied with in all material respects by the Closing.

8.3 ESOP Loan Agreement. The Company and the Buyer shall have entered into the ESOP Loan and Pledge Agreement and the Buyer shall have received the proceeds of the loan extended thereunder.

8.4 Deliveries by the Buyer. The Buyer shall have made the deliveries required by Section 3.2.

SECTION 9. Restriction on the Disposition of the Common Shares.

Until such time as the Common Shares are registered pursuant to the provision of the 1933 Securities Act, any certificate or certificates representing the Common Shares delivered pursuant to Section 3.2, or thereafter upon transfer, exchange or substitution, will bear a legend in substantially the following form:

"THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR RESOLD EXCEPT (i) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE ACT; (ii) PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,

9

PROVIDED THAT AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER, HAS BEEN GIVEN BY COUNSEL SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED; or (iii) IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN."

SECTION 10. Survival of Representations and Warranties; Indemnification

10.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties made under this Agreement shall survive the Closing for a period of two years from the date hereof.

10.2 Indemnification. The Sellers agree to defend, indemnify and hold Buyer harmless against and shall reimburse Buyer for any actions, claims, proceedings, losses, liabilities and damages, including reasonable attorneys' fees) (collectively, "Damages") incurred by the Buyer on or after the Closing Date arising out of the breach of any representation, warranty, covenant, or agreement of the Company and the Sellers pursuant to this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement or in this
Section 10.2 to the contrary, the liability of Sellers for any action pertaining to the breach of any covenant, representation or warranty or for any action for indemnification with respect to any of the foregoing under this Agreement shall be strictly limited to the Purchase Price paid by the Buyer hereunder.

10.3 Third Party Claims. With respect to claims or demands by third parties, whenever the Company or the Buyer shall have received notice that such a claim or demand has been asserted or threatened, which, if valid, would be subject to indemnity under this Section 10, the Buyer or the Company shall, as soon as possible, and in any event within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice, give written notice to the Sellers of such claim or demand and of all relevant facts within its knowledge which relate thereto; provided, however, that the failure to give timely notice hereunder shall not relieve the Sellers of his or her obligations under this Section 10 unless, and only to the extent that, such failure prejudiced the Sellers. The Sellers shall have the right at his or her expense to undertake the defense of any such claims or demands utilizing counsel selected by the Sellers. In the event that the Sellers should fail to give notice of her intention to undertake the defense of any such claim or demand within sixty (60) days after receiving notice that it has been asserted or threatened, the Buyer or the Company shall have the right to satisfy and discharge the same by payment, compromise or otherwise. In such case, the Buyer and/or the Company shall give written notice to the Sellers of its satisfaction or discharge of the claim or demand by payment, compromise or otherwise.

SECTION 11. General.

10

11.1 Actions After the Closing. After the date of Closing, the parties shall execute and deliver such other and further instruments and perform such other and further acts as may reasonably be required fully to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

11.2 Execution of Counterparts. For the convenience of the parties, this Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.

11.3 Notices. All notices which are required or may be given pursuant to the terms of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered personally or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid to the address indicated on the signature page.

11.4 Assignment, Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns.

11.5 Applicable Laws. This Agreement shall be construed and governed by the internal laws, and not the law of conflicts, of the State of Illinois applicable to agreements made and to be performed in Illinois, to the extent that such laws are not preempted by Federal law.

11

11.6 Entire Agreement. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto, and no party hereto shall be bound by any communications between them on the subject matter hereof unless such communications are in writing and bear a date contemporaneous with or subsequent to the date hereof. Any prior written agreements or letters of intent among the parties shall, upon the execution of this Agreement, be null and void.

11.7 Reliance by the Buyer Upon Representations and Warranties. The parties mutually agree that, notwithstanding any right of the Buyer to fully investigate the affairs of the Sellers and notwithstanding any knowledge of facts determined or determinable by the Buyer pursuant to such investigation or right of investigation, the Buyer has the right to fully rely upon the representations and warranties of the Sellers contained in this Agreement and on the accuracy of any document or certificate given or delivered to the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]

12

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

COMPANY:                                BUYER:

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.              THE TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
                                        PROFIT SHARING AND EMPLOYEE STOCK
                                        OWNERSHIP TRUST

By:      /s/ J. Christopher Alstrin     By:  Cole Taylor Bank,
         ------------------------
Title:   CFO                            Not in its corporate capacity but solely
         ------------------------       as Trustee of The Taylor Capital Group,
                                        Inc. Profit Sharing and  Employee
                                        Stock Ownership Trust
Address:
350 East Dundee                         By:      /s/ Thomas S. McCarten
Wheeling, IL 60090                               ------------------------
                                        Title:   Trustee of ESOP
                                                 ------------------------

Attention:  Secretary                   Address:
                                        Cole Taylor Bank
with a copy to                          350 East Dundee Rd.
Helen H. Morrison.                      Wheeling, IL  60090
McDermott, Will & Emery                 Attn:
Suite 4400                                    ----------
Chicago, IL 60606

SELLERS:

/s/
------------------------
Jeffrey W. Taylor

/s/
------------------------
Cindy Taylor Bleil

13

SCHEDULE 1

    Name of                       No. of Shares                    Allocation
  Stockholder               of Common Stock to be Sold         of Purchase Price

Jeffrey W. Taylor            10,000                                $240,000

Cindy Taylor Bleil           14,000                                $336,000

14

SCHEDULE 5.11

Litigation

Jeffrey W. Taylor, Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Bruce W. Taylor, President of the Company, Iris A. Taylor, Sidney J. Taylor, Cindy Taylor Bleil, related trusts and a related partnership (collectively, the "Taylor Family") have been named as defendants in the lawsuits described below relating to (1) the Split-Off Transactions and (2) the financial and public reporting of Reliance. Certain of the lawsuits also named other current or former officers and directors of the Company and Reliance, other stockholders of the Company, Reliance's public accountants at the time of the Split-Off Transactions, Reliance and the Company as additional defendants. The filing dates of these lawsuits range from October, 1997 to September, 1998.

The Split-Off Transactions were a series of transactions completed on February 12, 1997 in accordance with the Share Exchange Agreement, dated June 12, 1997 (the "Share Exchange Agreement") between Reliance and the Taylor Family, which owned approximately 25% of the outstanding common stock of Reliance prior to the Split-Off Transactions. Pursuant to the Split-Off Transactions, the Taylor Family and certain other stockholders of Reliance exchanged all of their common stock of the Company. On February 9, 1998, Reliance filed a voluntary petition under Chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy code.

In September, 1998, five class actions, brought on behalf of current and former stockholders of Reliance and pending in Delaware Chancery Court, were consolidated into one class action. The consolidated class action alleges that the Taylor Family, certain directors and officers of the Company, and certain other defendants breached their fiduciary duties in connection with disclosures made to the stockholders prior to the vote which approved the Split-Off Transactions. The case seeks relief in the form of unspecified damages, attorneys' fees and recission of the Split-Off Transactions. On September 9, 1998 the Delaware Chancery Court stayed this consolidated class action indefinitely pending resolution of the consolidated class action in Texas that is described below.

In August, 1998, nine class actions, brought on behalf of current and former stockholders of Reliance and pending in the United States District court for the Western District of Texas, were consolidated into one class action. One class action, brought on behalf of current and former stockholders of Reliance, is pending in the Northern District of Illinois. These cases allege that the Taylor Family, certain directors and officers of the Company, and certain other defendants violated the federal securities laws and breached common law fiduciary duties. In addition, the cases allege that the Company and certain other defendants violated ERISA and breached certain fiduciary duties including fiduciary duties owed to a subclass consisting of participants in Reliance's ESOP and 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan. The Texas and Illinois cases seek unspecified damages and attorney's fees. Cole Taylor Bank is named as an additional defendant in the Illinois action. A motion is pending to transfer the Texas case to Illinois, and a motion is pending to transfer the Illinois case to Texas.

On August 19, 1998, Irwin Cole and other members of his family, who collectively owned approximately 25% of the outstanding common stock of Reliance prior to the Split-Off Transactions, brought suit in Delaware Chancery Court against members of the Taylor Family, the Company, other current and/or former officers and directors of Reliance and the company, and other stockholders of the Company. The suite alleges that the Taylor Family, certain directors and officers of the Company, and certain other defendants breached their fiduciary duties, committed fraud and/or engaged in self-dealing in connection with the operation of Reliance and the Split-Off Transactions. The lawsuit seeks unspecified damages, attorneys' fees and requests that the Court place all of the shares of the Company held by the Taylor Family in a constructive trust.

On October 5, 1998, the United States Bankruptcy Court of the District of Delaware (the "Bankruptcy Court") entered an order preliminarily enjoining the plaintiffs in most of the above lawsuits from prosecuting their cases on account of the pending adversary proceedings by the Reliance Estate Representative that are described below. The Company expects that

15

the Bankruptcy court's order will be amended in the near future to preliminarily enjoin the remaining plaintiffs from prosecuting their cases.

On July 6, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court entered a confirmation order that discharged the liability of Reliance and its subsidiaries in connection with all of the lawsuits described above and permanently enjoined the filing of similar new suits against them. The Bankruptcy Court also appointed an Estate Representative (the "Estate representative") for the Post-Confirmation chapter 11 Estate of Reliance and its subsidiaries. On September 4, 1998, the Estate Representative filed two adversary proceeding complaints which named as defendants members of the Taylor Family, certain other directors and officers of the Company, one of Reliance's former legal counsel and Reliance's former public accountants (both of whom continue to serve the Company), the Company and Cole Taylor Bank, as trustee. The complaints allege fraudulent conveyance and breaches of fiduciary duties and contract with respect to the Taylor family, the Company, and Cole Taylor Bank, as trustee. The complaints charge certain of the other defendants with alleged breaches of fiduciary duty, breaches of contract, malpractice and negligent misrepresentation and aiding and abetting the Taylor Family's and the Company's alleged breaches. These complaints seek unspecified damages and attorneys' fees and avoidance of the Split-Off Transactions by the transfer to the Estate Representative of either the assets exchanged in the Split-Off Transactions or the value of such assets. One of the complaints demands monetary damages pursuant to the Taylor Family's obligation under the Share Exchange Agreement to indemnify Reliance for certain losses resulting from the Split-Off Transactions, and asks the court to disallow any claims for indemnification that any of the defendants have against Reliance or, in the alternative equitably subordinate such claims to all other creditor claims against Reliance.

In accordance with the terms and conditions of the Share Exchange Agreement relating to the Split-Off Transactions, the Taylor Family has agreed to indemnify Reliance for certain loses incurred by Reliance, including certain losses relating to the Split-Off Transactions ("Taylor Family Indemnification Obligations"). In accordance with the terms of an agreement dated February 6, 1997 between the Taylor Family and the Company, the Company agreed to indemnify the Taylor Family for certain losses that the Taylor Family may incur as a result of the Split-Off Transactions, including a portion of the Taylor Family Indemnification Obligations under the Share Exchange Agreement. The Company is unable at this time to predict the extent to which it will be required to pay amounts under its indemnification obligation to the Taylor Family. The Company and its subsidiaries have paid and may continue to pay defense and other legal costs of the lawsuits described above that are not otherwise advanced by insurance carriers on behalf of the Taylor family and other directors, officers and stockholders of the Company who are defendants in these lawsuits.

The Company believes that it has meritorious defenses to all of the actions against the Company, and the company intends to defend itself and its subsidiaries vigorously. However, the Company is unable to predict, at this time, the potential impact of the litigation, the indemnification obligations and the payment of legal fees described above on the management, business, financial condition, liquidity and operating results of the Company. Even if the Taylor Family, the Company and the other defendants are successful in defending themselves in the lawsuits, the Company will incur significant costs with respect to such lawsuits.

The Company is from time to time a party to various other legal actions arising in the normal course of business. Management knows of no such other threatened or pending legal actions against the Company that are likely to have a material adverse impact on the financial condition of the Company.

16

EXHIBIT 10.33

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
401(K) PLAN

(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

McDermott, Will & Emery
Chicago


CERTIFICATE

I, ________________________, Secretary of TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC., hereby certify that the attached document is a correct copy of the TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. 401(k) PLAN (Effective as of October 1, 1998).

Dated this ______________ day of ____________, 1999.


Secretary of the Corporation


TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 1...................................................................................................    1
         Background of Plan.................................................................................    1
                  1.1.     Purpose of Plan; Applicable Requirements.........................................    1
                  1.2.     History of Plan..................................................................    1
                  1.3.     Effective Date; Plan Year........................................................    2
                  1.4.     Trustee; Trust Agreement.........................................................    2
                  1.5.     Plan Administration..............................................................    2
                  1.6.     Employers........................................................................    3
                  1.7.     Predecessor Plans................................................................    3
                  1.8.     Plan Supplements.................................................................    3
SECTION 2...................................................................................................    5
         Eligibility and Participation......................................................................    5
                  2.1.     Eligibility to Participate.......................................................    5
                  2.2.     Notice of Participation and Election to Contribute...............................    6
                  2.3.     Period of Participation..........................................................    7
                  2.4.     Leave of Absence.................................................................    7
                  2.5.     Leased Employees.................................................................    7
                  2.6      Military Service.................................................................    8
SECTION 3...................................................................................................    9
         Participant Contributions..........................................................................    9
                  3.1.     Income Deferral Contributions....................................................    9
                  3.2.     Change, Discontinuance, or Resumption of Income Deferral Contributions...........    9
                  3.3.     Rollover Contributions...........................................................   10
                  3.4.     Earnings.........................................................................   10
SECTION 4...................................................................................................   12
         Employer Contributions.............................................................................   12
                  4.1.     Employer Contributions of Income Deferral Contributions..........................   12
                  4.2.     Employer Matching Contributions..................................................   12
                  4.3.     Individual Employer's Share of Employer Contributions; Limitations on
                           Employers' Contributions.........................................................   12
                  4.4.     Form of Payment of Employer Contributions........................................   13
SECTION 5...................................................................................................   14
         Investment of Participant and Employer Contributions...............................................   14
                  5.1.     Investment Options...............................................................   14
                  5.2.     Participants' Investment Elections...............................................   14

-i-

SECTION 6...................................................................................................   16
         Accounting.........................................................................................   16
                  6.1.     Participants' Accounts...........................................................   16
                  6.2.     Trust Accounts...................................................................   17
                  6.3.     General Accounting Rules.........................................................   17
                  6.4.     Adjustment of Accounts in Investment Funds.......................................   17
                  6.5.     Temporary Investment of Cash in Trust............................................   18
                  6.6.     Statement of Accounts............................................................   18
SECTION 7...................................................................................................   19
         Contribution and Benefit Limitations...............................................................   19
                  7.1.     Contribution Limitations.........................................................   19
                  7.2.     Combined Contribution Limitations................................................   20
                  7.3.     Combining of Plans...............................................................   21
                  7.4.     Dollar Limitation on Income Deferral Contributions...............................   21
                  7.5.     Percentage Limitation on Income Deferral Contributions...........................   21
                  7.6.     Percentage Limitation on Employer Matching Contributions.........................   23
                  7.7.     Highly Compensated Participant...................................................   24
                  7.8.     Multiple Use of Alternative Limitations..........................................   25
                  7.9.     Calculating Income Allocable to Excess Deferrals, Excess
                           Aggregate Contributions, and Excess Income Deferral Contributions................   25
                  7.10.    Disaggregation of Plan...........................................................   26
SECTION 8...................................................................................................   27
         Period of Participation............................................................................   27
                  8.1.     Settlement Date..................................................................   27
                  8.2.     Restricted Participation.........................................................   27
SECTION 9...................................................................................................   29
         In-Service Withdrawals and Participant Loans.......................................................   29
                  9.1.     Hardship Withdrawals.............................................................   29
                  9.2.     In-Service Withdrawal............................................................   30
                  9.3.     Loans to Participants............................................................   30
SECTION 10..................................................................................................   35
         Vesting............................................................................................   35
                  10.1.    Retirement.......................................................................   35
                  10.2.    Resignation or Dismissal.........................................................   35
                  10.3.    Death of Participant.............................................................   37
                  10.4.    Forfeitures......................................................................   37

-ii-

SECTION 11..................................................................................................   38
         Distributions Following Settlement Date............................................................   38
                  11.1.    Manner of Distribution...........................................................   38
                  11.2.    Determination of Account Balances................................................   38
                  11.3.    Timing of Distributions..........................................................   39
                  11.4.    Direct Rollovers.................................................................   40
                  11.5.    Immediate Distributions to Alternate Payees......................................   41
                  11.6.    Designation of Beneficiary.......................................................   42
                  11.7.    Missing Participants or Beneficiaries............................................   43
                  11.8.    Facility of Payment..............................................................   44
SECTION 12..................................................................................................   45
         Reemployment.......................................................................................   45
                  12.1.    Commencement or Resumption of Participation......................................   45
                  12.2.    Credited Service for Vesting.....................................................   45
                  12.3.    Reinstatement of Forfeitures.....................................................   46
SECTION 13..................................................................................................   47
         General Provisions.................................................................................   47
                  13.1.    Interests Not Transferable.......................................................   47
                  13.2.    Absence of Guaranty..............................................................   47
                  13.3.    Employment Rights................................................................   47
                  13.4     Litigation by Participants or other Persons......................................   47
                  13.5.    Evidence.........................................................................   48
                  13.6.    Waiver of Notice.................................................................   48
                  13.7.    Controlling Law..................................................................   48
                  13.8.    Statutory References.............................................................   48
                  13.9.    Severability.....................................................................   48
                  13.10    Additional Employers.............................................................   48
                  13.11    Action By Employers..............................................................   49
                  13.12    Gender and Number................................................................   49
                  13.13    Examination of Documents.........................................................   49
                  13.14    Fiduciary Responsibilities.......................................................   49
                  13.15    Indemnification..................................................................   49
SECTION 14..................................................................................................   51
         Restrictions as to Reversion of Trust Assets to the Employers......................................   51
SECTION 15..................................................................................................   53
         Amendment and Termination..........................................................................   53
                  15.1.    Amendment........................................................................   53
                  15.2.    Termination......................................................................   53
                  15.3.    Nonforfeitability and Distribution on Termination................................   54

-iii-

                  15.4     Notice of Termination............................................................   55
                  15.5.    Plan Merger, Consolidation, Etc..................................................   55
SECTION 16..................................................................................................   56
         The Committee......................................................................................   56
                  16.1.    The Committee....................................................................   56
                  16.2.    The Committee's General Powers, Rights, and Duties...............................   56
                  16.3.    Manner of Action of the Committee................................................   57
                  16.4.    Interested Committee Member......................................................   58
                  16.5.    Resignation or Removal of Committee Members......................................   58
                  16.6.    Committee Expenses...............................................................   59
                  16.7.    Uniform Rules....................................................................   59
                  16.8.    Information Required by the Committee............................................   59
                  16.9.    Review of Benefit Determinations.................................................   59
                  16.10    Committee's Decision Final.......................................................   59
                  16.11    Denial Procedure and Appeal Process..............................................   59
SECTION 17..................................................................................................   61
         Special Rules Applicable When Plan is Top-Heavy....................................................   61
                  17.1     Purpose and Effect...............................................................   61
                  17.2     Top-Heavy Plan...................................................................   61
                  17.3     Key Employee.....................................................................   62
                  17.4     Aggregated Plans.................................................................   62
                  17.5     Minimum Employer Contribution....................................................   63
                  17.6     Coordination of Benefits.........................................................   63
                  17.7     Adjustment of Combined Benefit Limitations.......................................   63

-iv-

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
401(K) PLAN

(EFFECTIVE AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1998)

SECTION 1

BACKGROUND OF PLAN

1.1. PURPOSE OF PLAN; APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS

Effective as of October 1, 1998 (the "effective date"), Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") establishes the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "Plan") for the following purposes:

(i) to receive a transfer of certain accounts under the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Prior Plan") of those employees and former employees of employers who become participants in the Plan; and

(ii) to permit eligible employees to accumulate funds for their future security by electing to make income deferral contributions and sharing in employer contributions to the Plan.

The Plan is a profit sharing plan intended to meet the applicable requirements of Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the "Code") and contains a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code.

1.2. HISTORY OF PLAN

The Prior Plan was designed to meet the applicable requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code and maintained the following components: (i) a cash or deferred arrangement intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Code (the "401(k) component"), (ii) an employee stock ownership plan that is designed to invest primarily in stock of the Company (the "ESOP component") and to meet the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a), 409 and 4975(e)(7) of the Code, and
(iii) a profit sharing plan intended to meet the applicable requirements of
Section 401(a) of the Code (the "profit sharing component"). This Plan is a spinoff from the Prior Plan, and is intended as an amendment, restatement and continuation of the 401(k) component of the Prior Plan. As of the effective date, the Prior Plan was amended and restated to continue the ESOP component and the profit sharing component of the Prior Plan.

-1-

Prior to October 1, 1996, eligible Employees of the Company and its subsidiaries were eligible to participate in the Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc.
401(k)/Profit Sharing Plan (As Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 1993) (the "CTFG Profit Sharing Plan") and the Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. Employee Stock Ownership Plan (As Amended and Restated effective as of January 1, 1994) (the "CTFG ESOP"). The CTFG Profit Sharing Plan was originally established by CTFG effective January 1, 1984 as a merger of various plans, and was amended and restated from time-to-time thereafter, most recently effective as of January 1, 1993. The CTFG ESOP was originally established by CTFG effective as of January 1, 1984 and was amended from time to time thereafter, and was amended and restated most recently effective as of January 1, 1994.

In connection with the spin-off of the Company (and its subsidiaries) from the controlled group of corporations that includes Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc. f/k/a Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. ("CTFG"), the account balances of the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan and the CTFG ESOP attributable to the employees and former employees of the Company and its subsidiaries were spun-off and then merged to form the Prior Plan.

1.3. EFFECTIVE DATE; PLAN YEAR

The "effective date" of the Plan as set forth herein is October 1, 1998. The Plan will be administered on the basis of a "plan year." The "plan year" means the three month period from October 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, and thereafter the twelve-month period beginning each January 1 and ending the following December 31.

1.4. TRUSTEE; TRUST AGREEMENT

Amounts contributed under the Plan are held and invested, until distributed, by a Trustee appointed by the Company (the "Trustee"). The Trustee acts in accordance with the terms of a trust agreement between the Company and the Trustee, which trust agreement is known as the "Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
401(k) Trust" (the "Trust"). The Trust implements and forms a part of the Plan. The provisions of and benefits under the Plan are subject to the terms and provisions of the Trust.

1.5. PLAN ADMINISTRATION

The Plan is administered by a Committee (the "Committee") as described in
Section 16. Any notice or document required to be given to or filed with the Committee will be properly given or filed if delivered or mailed, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the Committee, in care of the Company at 350 East Dundee Road, Suite 201, Wheeling IL 60090. Each participant in the Plan shall be a "named fiduciary"

-2-

within the meaning of Section 402 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") with respect to the investment direction of their account balances. The Committee and the Company are "named fiduciaries," but solely to the extent that they have any fiduciary responsibilities under the Plan and related Trust.

1.6. EMPLOYERS

Any Controlled Group Member described in paragraph (a) or (b) of this subsection with respect to the Company may adopt the Plan with the Company's consent, as described in subsection 13.10. The Company and any such Controlled Group Members that adopt the Plan are referred to below collectively as the "Employers" and sometimes individually as an "Employer." A "Controlled Group Member" means:

(a) any corporation that is a member of a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1563(a) of the Code, determined without regard to Sections 1563(a)(4) and 1563(e)(3)(C) thereof) that contains the Company;

(b) any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of
Section 414(c) of the Code); or

(c) any entity that is affiliated with the Company under Section 414(m) of the Code.

As of the effective date, the following Employers have adopted the Plan: Cole Taylor Bank and CT Mortgage Company.

1.7. PREDECESSOR PLANS

Any other qualified profit sharing, stock bonus, or money purchase pension plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and maintained by an Employer may, with the consent of the Company, be merged into, and continued in the form of, the Plan. Any such plan merged into, and continued in the form of, this Plan shall be referred to as a "predecessor plan." Special provisions relating to participants in the Plan who were participants in a predecessor plan shall be set forth in one or more supplements to the Plan.

1.8. PLAN SUPPLEMENTS

The provisions of the Plan may be modified by supplements to the Plan. The terms and provisions of each supplement are a part of the Plan and supersede the provisions of the

-3-

Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between the Plan and such supplement.

-4-

SECTION 2

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

2.1. ELIGIBILITY TO PARTICIPATE

(a) Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each employee who was employed by an Employer and who was a participant in the Prior Plan immediately before the effective date shall automatically be a participant in the Plan on the effective date.

(b) Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each other employee of an Employer will become a participant in the Plan as of the January 1st, April 1st, July 1st, or October 1st coincident with or next following the date he satisfies the following requirements:

(i) he has attained age 21;

(ii) (A) he has completed six months of continuous service in which he is credited with at least 500 hours of service or,

(B) if he fails to satisfy paragraph (A) above, he has completed 1,000 hours of service (as defined below) during the 12-month period commencing on his date of hire, or if he has not completed 1,000 hours of service during such 12-month period, he has completed 1,000 hours of service during a Plan Year ending before such January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1; and

(iii) he is employed as a member of a group of employees to which the Plan has been extended, either by unilateral action of an Employer in the case of an employee who is not represented by a collective bargaining representative or, if he is a member of a group of employees represented by a collective bargaining representative, through a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his Employer and the collective bargaining

-5-

representative of the group of employees of which he is a member.

(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, an employee who is not yet a participant but who is eligible to become a participant may make a rollover contribution to the Plan (in accordance with subsection 3.3) prior to the employee's entry date, at the discretion of the Committee. Any eligible employee who makes a rollover contribution to the Plan will be treated as a participant, except that such employee shall not be eligible, until he becomes a participant, to make income deferral contributions pursuant to subsection 3.1 or to share in any employer contributions made pursuant to subsections 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4.

For the purposes of the Plan, an "hour of service" means each hour for which an employee is directly or indirectly paid or entitled to payment by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member for the performance of duties and for reasons other than the performance of duties, including each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, has been either awarded or agreed to by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, as determined and credited in accordance with Department of Labor Reg. Sec. 2530.200b-2. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, an hour of service includes service prior to the effective date with CTFG or an affiliate of CTFG.

For all purposes of the Plan, an individual shall be an "employee" of or be "employed" by an Employer for any Plan Year only if such individual is treated by the Employer for such Plan Year as its employee for purposes of employment taxes and wage withholding for Federal income tax purposes, regardless of any subsequent reclassification by an Employer, any government agency or a court.

2.2. NOTICE OF PARTICIPATION AND ELECTION TO CONTRIBUTE

The Committee will notify each employee of the date the employee becomes a participant. Such notification will be in writing and will include a form or forms on which the participant may elect to make participant contributions in accordance with Section 3.

-6-

2.3. PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION

Subject to the provisions of subsections 8.2 and 12.1, relating to restricted participation and resumption of participation, respectively, an employee who becomes a participant will continue as a participant until the later to occur of the date of his termination of employment with the Employers or the date on which all assets in his accounts under the Plan to which he is entitled hereunder have been distributed.

2.4. LEAVE OF ABSENCE

A leave of absence will not interrupt continuity of service or participation in the Plan. A "leave of absence" for purposes of the Plan means an absence from work that is not treated by an Employer as a termination of employment or that is required by law to be treated as a leave of absence. Leaves of absence will be granted under rules established by an Employer and applied uniformly to all similarly situated employees.

2.5. LEASED EMPLOYEES

Only common-law employees of the Employers are eligible to participate in the Plan. If a leased employee (as defined below) subsequently becomes a common-law employee of an Employer, the period during which the leased employee performed services for the Employer shall be taken into account for purposes of subsections 2.1 and 10.2 of the Plan; unless (i) such leased employee was a participant in a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization that provides a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least 15 percent of earnings, immediate participation for all employees and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than twenty percent of the Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce. A "leased employee" means any person who is not a common-law employee of an Employer, but who has provided services to an Employer under the Employer's primary direction and control, on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and a leasing organization. The period during which a leased employee performs services for the Employer shall be taken into account for purposes of subsections 2.1 and 10.2 if such leased employee becomes an employee of the Employer; unless (i) such leased employee is a participant in a money purchase pension plan maintained by the leasing organization which provides a non-integrated employer contribution rate of at least 10 percent of compensation, immediate participation for all employees, and full and immediate vesting, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer's nonhighly compensated workforce.

-7-

2.6 MILITARY SERVICE

Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits, and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u). A participant returning from employment after serving in the uniformed services is treated as not having incurred a break in service during the period of qualified military service, as defined herein. Each period of qualified military service is considered under the plan to be service with the Employer for the purposes of:

(a) determining the nonforfeitability of the participant's account balances, in accordance with the provisions of subsection 10.2 of the plan; and

(b) determining the participant's benefit allocations under subsection 4.2 of the plan.

-8-

SECTION 3

PARTICIPANT CONTRIBUTIONS

3.1. INCOME DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

References in the Plan to participants' "income deferral contributions" mean deferrals made by participants' from their earnings (as defined in subsection 3.4) before the imposition of Federal income taxes, irrespective of whether the income deferral contributions made from such earnings are either before or after the imposition of state, local or other taxes. An employee is not required to make income deferral contributions in order to participate in the Plan. Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, a participant may elect to make income deferral contributions for any plan year of a percentage (in increments of one percent) of the participant's earnings for such plan year at a rate of not less than one percent and not greater than fifteen percent of such earnings. The amount to be deferred will be withheld from the participant's earnings and contributed to the Plan on the participant's behalf by the participant's Employer. A participant's election under this subsection may be made effective as of the participant's entry date or as of any January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1 following the participant's entry date. A participant's election to make income deferral contributions must be made in writing on a form furnished by the Committee and filed with the Committee at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall determine. Subject to the limitations of Section 7, a participant's deferral authorization made pursuant to this subsection shall remain in effect until any change or suspension properly elected by the participant under subsection 3.2 becomes effective.

3.2. CHANGE, DISCONTINUANCE, OR RESUMPTION OF INCOME DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

A participant may elect, within the limits described in subsection 3.1, to change the rate of the participant's income deferral contributions as of any January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1. A participant may elect to discontinue making income deferral contributions as of the first day of any month. If a participant elects to discontinue making income deferral contributions, the participant may elect to make or to resume making income deferral contributions as of any following January 1, April 1, July 1, or October 1. Each election under this subsection shall be made by completing the form designated by the Committee and filing such form with the Committee at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall determine.

-9-

3.3. ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS

On behalf of a participant, the Committee may direct the Trustee to receive a "rollover contribution" of all or any portion of an eligible rollover distribution (as described in paragraph 11.4(a)) or a rollover amount described in Section 408(d)(3) of the Code (an "IRA rollover"), subject to the following:

(a) The Trustee may accept an eligible rollover distribution in the form of a direct rollover (as described in Section 401(a)(31) of the Code) or an indirect rollover (as described in Section 402(c) of the Code). The Committee shall establish such rules and procedures as it deems necessary regarding the acceptance of rollover contributions, including the methods by which direct rollovers, indirect rollovers, and IRA rollovers may be made to the Plan.

(b) Any rollover contributions received by the Trustee on behalf of a participant (or an eligible employee) shall be credited to the rollover account of the participant (or the eligible employee) in accordance with subsection 6.1. A participant (or an eligible employee) shall at all times have a nonforfeitable right to the net credit balance in the participant's rollover account.

(c) If after a rollover contribution has been received by the Trustee on behalf of a participant (or an eligible employee) the Committee learns that all or part of such rollover contribution did not meet the requirements of the Code and the regulations and rulings thereunder, the Committee may direct the Trustee to make a distribution to the participant (or eligible employee) of the nonqualified portion of such rollover contribution (and earnings thereon) that were credited to the rollover account of the participant (or eligible employee).

3.4. EARNINGS

Except as otherwise provided below, a participant's "earnings" for a plan year means all compensation paid to the participant for services rendered to an Employer as an employee as reported on the participant's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), but including for such plan year all of a participant's income deferral contributions under this Plan and all salary reductions made pursuant to an arrangement maintained by an Employer under Section 125 of the Code during the plan year. A participant's earnings shall not include any of the following (to the extent applicable):

(a) Income from bonuses paid under stock purchase agreements;

-10-

(b) Employer contributions under this or any retirement plan;

(c) Amounts realized from the exercise of non-qualified stock options; and

(d) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option.

For purposes of subsection 6.3, a participant's earnings for the 1998 plan year shall include earnings for the entire 1998 calendar year. In no event shall the amount of a participant's earnings taken into account for purposes of the Plan for any plan year exceed the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section
401(a)(17) (as that limitation is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)).

-11-

SECTION 4

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1. EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS OF INCOME DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each Employer will make a contribution under the Plan on behalf of each participant employed by the Employer of the amount of the participant's income deferral contributions. Income deferral contributions shall be paid to the Trustee in cash as soon as practicable (but not later than the 15th business day of the month following the month in which such contribution are withheld) after the end of the payroll period for which the reduction in earnings is made.

4.2. EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each Employer will make a contribution to the Plan ("employer matching contributions") as of the last day of each plan year quarter on behalf of each participant who makes income deferral contributions during such plan year quarter and who is employed on the last day of such plan year quarter or terminated employment during such plan year quarter under subsections 8.1(a),(b), or (c). The "base matching contribution" shall be 100 percent (100%) of the participant's income deferral contribution, not to exceed one percent (1%) of his compensation; and the "excess matching contribution" shall be fifty percent (50%) of the participant's income deferral contribution in excess of one percent (1%) of his compensation, not to exceed six percent (6%) of his compensation. The Board of Directors of the Company may, in its discretion, prospectively increase, decrease or discontinue the employer matching contribution. Employer matching contributions for a plan year shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as practicable after the end of the period to which they relate.

4.3. INDIVIDUAL EMPLOYER'S SHARE OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS; LIMITATIONS ON EMPLOYERS' CONTRIBUTIONS

The Company shall determine each Employer's share of employer contributions to be made pursuant to subsection 4.2. The certificate of an independent certified public accountant selected by the Company as to the correctness of any amounts or calculations relating to the employers' contributions under the Plan shall be conclusive on all persons. In no event will an Employer's share of the employers' contributions described in this Section 4 for any plan year cause the Employer's share of the employers' contributions for that plan year to exceed an amount equal to the maximum

-12-

amount deductible on account thereof by that Employer for that year for purposes of Federal taxes on income.

4.4. FORM OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, any employer matching contribution or employer discretionary contribution shall be made in the form of cash prior to the end of the plan year or within a reasonable period of time after the end of the plan year. Any such matching contribution that is made in the form of cash, and designated as a cash contribution, shall be allocated to the participants' employer matching contribution account.

-13-

SECTION 5

INVESTMENT OF PARTICIPANT AND EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS

5.1. INVESTMENT OPTIONS

The Committee may designate, in its sole discretion, one or more funds under the Trust for the investment of participants' account balances. The Committee, in its discretion, may from time to time designate or establish new investment funds or eliminate existing investment funds. The funds designated by the Committee for this purpose shall be referred to herein as the "investment funds."

5.2. PARTICIPANTS' INVESTMENT ELECTIONS

Participants' investment elections with respect to the investment funds shall be made as follows:

(a) Participant contributions. Participants may elect to invest their existing account balances and future income deferral contributions, rollover contributions, and loan repayments in one or more of the investment funds. Subject to the provisions of this subparagraph (a), the participant's investment elections in effect under the Prior Plan will remain in effect under the Plan on and after the effective date until changed by the participant in accordance with the provisions of the Plan. If no investment election is in effect with respect to a participant, the participant's contributions made pursuant to
Section 3 and loan repayments will be invested in the investment fund that is designated by the Committee for that purpose.

(b) Committee procedures; election method. Each investment election made by a participant pursuant to this subsection shall be made in accordance with rules established by the Committee and shall be effective as determined by the Committee. Each election made pursuant to this subsection shall be in such percentage increments as shall be determined by the Committee. As determined by the Committee, participants may make investment or transfer elections under this subsection by the following methods: (i) by filing written elections on forms furnished by the Committee, (ii) by telephone through the telephone system established for such purpose,

-14-

or (iii) by such other method as may be designated by the Committee.

-15-

SECTION 6

ACCOUNTING

6.1. PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS

The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained under the Plan the following accounts in the name of each participant (to the extent applicable):

(a) Income deferral contribution account. An "income deferral contribution account" to reflect the participant's income deferral contributions made under the Plan, the participant's pre-tax contributions (if any) made under the Prior Plan, the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan or a predecessor plan (and earnings thereon) that have been transferred to this Plan, Benefit Credit Contributions made under the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan were transferred to the Prior Plan, and the income, losses, appreciation, and depreciation attributable thereto. A participant shall be fully vested in his income deferral contribution account at all times.

(b) Employer matching contribution account. An "employer matching contribution account" to reflect employer matching contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the participant and the income, losses, appreciation, and depreciation attributable thereto. The employer matching contribution account shall be separated into: (i) the "vested employer matching contribution subaccount," which shall reflect the participant's base matching contributions, if any, and the base matching contributions and the excess matching contributions transferred from the CTFG Profit Sharing Plan to the Prior Plan, which became fully vested, and (ii) the "excess matching contribution subaccount," which shall reflect the participant's excess matching contributions, if any, made under this Plan.

(c) Loan repayment account. A "loan repayment account" to reflect the amounts repaid by the participant under a loan to the participant from this Plan or a predecessor plan and the income, losses, appreciation, and depreciation attributable thereto.

(d) Rollover account. A "rollover account" to reflect any rollover contributions credited to the participant's account and the income, losses, appreciation, and depreciation attributable thereto (other

-16-

than amounts invested in Company stock in accordance with
Section 6).

(e) Vested transfer account. A "vested transfer account" to reflect the participant's vested transfer contributions, if any, and any income, losses, appreciation and depreciation attributable thereto. The term "vested transfer" means an amount directly transferred from the Trustee of another tax-qualified retirement plan to this Plan to be held for the benefit of a participant, except that the Committee will in no event accept such a transfer from a tax-qualified retirement plan to which Section 401(a)(11)(B) of the Code is applicable.

Each account described in paragraphs (a) through (e) above shall be divided into separate subaccounts reflecting the portions of such accounts that are invested in the investment funds described in subsection 5.1. In addition to the accounts described above, the Committee may maintain such other accounts and subaccounts in the names of participants or otherwise as the Committee may consider necessary or advisable. Except as expressly modified, all accounts and subaccounts maintained for a participant are referred to collectively as the participant's "accounts." The Committee may establish such nondiscriminatory rules and procedures relating to the maintenance, adjustment and liquidation of participants' accounts as the Committee may consider necessary or advisable.

6.2. TRUST ACCOUNTS

The Committee shall maintain or cause to be maintained in the Trust an "investment fund account" in the name of each investment fund to reflect the property held in such fund. The Committee may maintain or cause to be maintained such other trust accounts and subaccounts as it considers advisable.

6.3. GENERAL ACCOUNTING RULES

Contributions shall be credited to accounts, distributions and other payments shall be charged to accounts, and accounts shall be adjusted to reflect investment experience as provided in subsection 6.4.

6.4. ADJUSTMENT OF ACCOUNTS IN INVESTMENT FUNDS

Participants' accounts invested in the various investment funds shall be maintained on the basis of dollar values or units that may be converted to dollar values. Pursuant to rules established by the Committee and applied on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, participants' subaccounts in an investment fund will be adjusted on each business

-17-

day to reflect the adjusted net worth (as described below) of that fund as of such business day, including adjustments to reflect any distributions, contributions, income, losses, appreciation, or depreciation with respect to such subaccounts since the previous business day on which such subaccounts were adjusted, provided any income, losses, appreciation or depreciation shall be allocated after adjusting for distributions and before adjusting for contributions since the last business day. The "adjusted net worth" of an investment fund (other than a mutual fund) as at any business day means the then net worth of that fund (that is, the fair market value of the fund, less its liabilities other than liabilities to persons entitled to benefits under the Plan) as reported to the Trustee.

Each participant's income deferral contributions (if any) shall be credited to the participant's income deferral contribution account as soon as practicable after the contributions are received by the Trustee, in accordance with rules established by the Committee. A participant's rollover contribution (if any) shall be credited to the participant's rollover account as soon as practicable following the date such rollover contribution is accepted by the Trustee, in accordance with rules established by the Committee. The amount of a participant's repayment on a participant loan will be credited to the participant's loan repayment account as soon as practicable after the date of the repayment, in accordance with rules established by the Committee. Contributions so credited shall be further credited to separate subaccounts reflecting the participant's current election as to investment of his participant contributions in one or more of the investment funds described in subsection 5.1.

6.5. TEMPORARY INVESTMENT OF CASH IN TRUST

At the direction of the Committee, cash awaiting investment pursuant to participants' instruction will be invested by the Trustee, to the extent practicable, in short term securities or cash equivalents having ready marketability or as otherwise provided in the trust agreement. Temporary investment income resulting from such investments shall be credited to the account to which it pertains. The term "temporary investment income" means income resulting from the temporary investment of, income deferral contributions, employer contributions and any other amounts.

6.6. STATEMENT OF ACCOUNTS

The Committee will provide each participant with a statement reflecting the balances in the participant's accounts under the Plan at such times as are established by the Committee. No participant, except a person authorized by the Company or the Committee, shall have the right to inspect the records reflecting the accounts of any other participant.

-18-

SECTION 7

CONTRIBUTION AND BENEFIT LIMITATIONS

7.1. CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

For each limitation year, the "annual addition" (as defined below) to a participant's accounts shall not exceed the lesser of $30,000 or twenty-five percent of the participant's compensation (as defined in Treasury Regulations
Section 1.415-2(d)) during that limitation year. For purposes of this subsection, the term "compensation" shall include any elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) made by the participant and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the participant by reason of Code Section 125. Reference herein to a "limitation year" means the plan year (or, with respect to the 1998 plan year, the period commencing on January 1, 1998 and ending on December 31, 1998). The term "annual addition" for any limitation year means the sum of the participant contributions (other than rollover contributions) under Section 3, employer contributions under subsection 4.2, corrective deferral contributions described in subsection 7.5, and corrective matching contributions described in subsection 7.6 that are credited to a participant's accounts for that limitation year. If it is anticipated that a participant's annual additions to this Plan and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employers may exceed the limitations of this subsection, the Committee shall reduce a participant's annual addition to the extent necessary in accordance with the following:

(a) First, reduce the participant's income deferral contributions in excess of the percentage matched by the Employer pursuant to subsection 4.2 to the extent necessary to meet the above limitations. The Committee may suspend a participant's income deferral contributions for the limitation year or direct the Trustee to distribute to the participant the amount of income deferral contributions that cannot be allocated to the participant's income deferral contribution account for the limitation year. If any income deferral contributions are distributed to the participant, such distribution shall include any earnings attributable to such income deferral contributions.

(b) Next, reduce, in proportion, the income deferral contributions made by the participant that are matched by the Employer pursuant to subsection 4.2 and the employer matching contributions attributable to such income deferral contributions. The Committee may suspend a participant's income deferral contributions for the

-19-

limitation year or direct the Trustee to distribute to the participant the amount of income deferral contributions that cannot be allocated to the participant's income deferral contribution account for the limitation year. If any income deferral contributions are distributed to the participant, such distribution shall include any earnings attributable to such income deferral contributions. The amount of employer matching contributions that cannot be allocated to the participant's accounts shall be applied to reduce employer matching or discretionary contributions in succeeding limitation years in order of time.

(c) Next, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, reduce such participant's share for that limitation year of the employer matching contributions, corrective deferral contributions, or corrective matching contributions to the extent necessary to meet the above limitations. The amount of any employer contributions that cannot be allocated to a participant's accounts shall be applied to reduce employer matching or discretionary contributions in succeeding limitation years in order of time.

(d) Finally, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee of the ESOP, reduce such participant's share for that limitation year of the employer discretionary contributions and employer loan contributions to the extent necessary to meet the above limitations.

7.2. COMBINED CONTRIBUTION LIMITATIONS

If a participant in this Plan also is a participant in a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member, the aggregate benefits payable to, or on account of, the participant under both plans will be determined in a manner consistent with Section 415 of the Code and Section 1106 of the Tax Reform Act of 1986. Accordingly, there will be determined with respect to the participant a defined contribution plan fraction and a defined benefit plan fraction in accordance with such Sections 415 and 1106. The benefits provided for the participant under this Plan and the defined benefit plan will be adjusted to the extent necessary so that the sum of such fractions determined with respect to the participant does not exceed 1.0. Effective January 1, 2000, this subsection 7.2 will have no effect.

-20-

7.3. COMBINING OF PLANS

In applying the limitations set forth in subsections 7.1 and 7.2, reference to this Plan shall mean this Plan and all other defined contribution plans (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employers and the Controlled Group Members, and reference to a defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer shall include all defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employers and the Controlled Group Members. It is intended that in complying with the requirements of subsections 7.1 and 7.2, a participant's benefits under this Plan shall be limited after the participant's benefits under any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Employers are limited and after the participant's benefits under any defined benefit plan maintained by the Employers are limited, unless such other plan provides otherwise.

7.4. DOLLAR LIMITATION ON INCOME DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

In no event shall the participant's income deferral contributions for any calendar year exceed $10,000 (or such greater amount as the Secretary of the Treasury shall specify from time to time pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5)). As of each December 31, the Committee shall determine the total income deferral contributions made by each participant during the calendar year ending on that December 31. In the event that such total for a participant exceeds the amount specified pursuant to Code Section 402(g)(5), such excess income deferral contributions ("excess deferrals") (and any income thereon determined in accordance with subsection 7.9) shall be paid to the participant by the following April 15.

7.5. PERCENTAGE LIMITATION ON INCOME DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

In no event shall the average deferral percentage (as defined below) of the highly compensated participants (as defined in subsection 7.7) for any plan year exceed the greater of:

a) the average deferral percentage of all other eligible employees for the preceding plan year multiplied by 1.25; or

(b) the average deferral percentage of all other eligible employees for the preceding plan year multiplied by 2.0; provided that the average deferral percentage of the highly compensated participants does not exceed that of all other eligible employees by more than two percentage points.

The "average deferral percentage" of a group of eligible employees for a plan year means the average of the ratios (determined separately for each eligible employee in

-21-

such group) of A to B where A equals the sum of the income deferral contributions actually paid to the Trust on behalf of such eligible employee for such plan year, and B equals the eligible employee's testing compensation (as described below) received by the employee for the portion of such plan year during which the employee participated in the Plan or was eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of this subsection, the Committee shall determine the testing compensation of each and every eligible employee for a plan year under any definition of compensation that satisfies the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The Committee shall determine whether the foregoing limitation will be satisfied and, to the extent necessary to ensure compliance with such limitation, shall reduce the income deferral contributions of highly compensated participants. If for a plan year the income deferral contributions made on behalf of highly compensated participants exceed the foregoing limitation ("excess income deferral contributions"), such excess income deferral contributions shall be corrected by using one or both of the following measures:

(c) The Company may, in its sole discretion, direct the Employers to make contributions on behalf of participants who are not highly compensated participants in such an amount as will satisfy the foregoing limitation ("corrective deferral contributions"). The corrective deferral contributions, if any, made by the Employers pursuant to this paragraph shall be allocated to all participants (i) who are not highly compensated participants for such plan year, (ii) made income deferral contributions during such plan year, and (iii) either completed at least 1,000 hours of service in such plan year and are employed by the Employers on the last day of such plan year or terminated employment with the Employers during such plan year under paragraph 8.1(a), (b), or (c). The Employers' corrective deferral contributions for a plan year shall be allocated to eligible participants in proportion to such participants' income deferral contributions for the plan year. Any corrective deferral contributions shall be credited to eligible participants' income deferral contribution accounts and invested in accordance with each such participant's election in effect for the participant's income deferral contributions.

(d) Excess income deferral contributions (and any income thereon determined in accordance with subsection 7.9) will be refunded to the highly compensated participants (in the order of their average deferral amount, beginning with the highest amount) to the extent necessary to meet such limitation, generally within two and one-half months after the end of that plan year but in no event later than the last day of the first plan year beginning after that plan year. Employer matching contributions attributable to excess

-22-

income deferral contributions distributed to a highly compensated participant will be forfeited. Employer matching contributions forfeited under this subparagraph will be reallocated to eligible participants described in subparagraphs (c)(i), (ii) and (iii) above, in proportion to their income deferral contributions for the plan year.

7.6. PERCENTAGE LIMITATION ON EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

In no event shall the contribution percentage (as defined below) of the highly compensated participants (as defined in subsection 7.7) for any plan year exceed the greater of:

(a) the contribution percentage of all other eligible employees for the preceding plan year multiplied by 1.25; or

(b) the contribution percentage of all other eligible employees for the preceding plan year multiplied by 2.0; provided that the contribution percentage of the highly compensated participants does not exceed that of all other eligible employees by more than 2 percentage points.

The "contribution percentage" of a group of eligible employees for a plan year means the average of the ratios (determined separately for each eligible employee in such group) of A to B where A equals the employer matching contributions made on behalf of such eligible employee for such plan year, and B equals the eligible employee's testing compensation (as described below) received by the employee for the portion of such plan year during which the employee participated in the Plan or was eligible to participate in the Plan. For purposes of this subsection, the Committee shall determine the testing compensation of each and every eligible employee for a plan year under any definition of compensation that satisfies the requirements of Section 414(s) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. If for a plan year the employer matching contributions made by or on behalf of highly compensated participants exceed the foregoing limitation ("excess aggregate contributions"), such excess aggregate contributions shall be corrected by using one or both of the following measures:

(c) The Company may, in its sole discretion, direct the Employers to make contributions on behalf of participants who are not highly compensated participants in such an amount as will satisfy the foregoing limitation ("corrective matching contributions"). The corrective matching contributions, if any, made by the Employers pursuant to this paragraph shall be allocated to all participants who meet the requirements described in subparagraphs 7.5(c)(i), (ii),

-23-

and (iii) for the plan year, in proportion to such participants' income deferral contributions for the plan year. Any corrective matching contributions shall be credited to participants' accounts and invested in accordance with the provisions of Section 5. Notwithstanding subsection 10.2 to the contrary, any corrective matching contributions allocated to a participant's accounts will be fully vested and nonforfeitable at all times.

(d) The Committee may direct that such excess aggregate contributions, and any income thereon determined in accordance with subsection 7.9, be distributed to the highly compensated participants to the extent vested (in the order of their contribution amounts beginning with the highest amounts), or if not vested shall be forfeited, to the extent necessary to meet the limitation of this subsection. (Forfeitures under this subparagraph will be reallocated to eligible participants described in subparagraphs 7.5(c)(i), (ii) and (iii), in proportion to their income deferral contributions for the plan year.) If excess aggregate contributions made by or on behalf of a highly compensated participant (and any income thereon determined in accordance with subsection 7.9) are to be distributed to the participant, such distribution generally will be made within two and one-half months after the end of that plan year but in no event later than the last day of the first plan year beginning after that plan year.

7.7. HIGHLY COMPENSATED PARTICIPANT

A "highly compensated participant" means an eligible employee who is a "highly compensated employee" as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code. The term "highly compensated employee" means any employee defined in Code Section 414(q), which includes any employee who:

(a) was at any time a 5% owner (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code) of any Employer or any Controlled Group Member during the year or the preceding year, or;

(b) for the preceding year:

(i) received compensation from an Employer or any Controlled Group Member in excess of $80,000, and

(ii) if the Company elects, was in the top-paid group of employees for such preceding year.

-24-

For purposes of this subsection, an employee's compensation for a plan year shall be the employee's compensation for such plan year for services rendered to the Employers and the Controlled Group Members as reported on the employee's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), but including the employee's elective deferral contributions made pursuant to Sections 125 and 401(k) of the Code (including income deferral contributions made under this Plan). For purposes of paragraph (b)(2) above, the term "top-paid group of employees" means the top-paid twenty percent of the employees of the Employers and the Controlled Group Members, exclusive of (i) employees who have not completed six months of service with the Employers or the Controlled Group Members, (ii) employees who normally work less than seventeen and one-half hours per week, (iii) employees who normally work not more than six months during any plan year, (iv) employees who have not attained age twenty-one years, (v) except to the extent provided in applicable Treasury Regulations, employees who are included in a unit of employees covered by an agreement that the Secretary of Labor finds to be a collective bargaining agreement between employee representatives and an Employer, and (vi) employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2) of the Code) from the Employers that constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Section 861(a)(3) of the Code). A former employee shall be treated as a highly compensated participant if such employee was a highly compensated participant when such employee separated from service or such employee was a highly compensated participant at any time after attaining age 55 years.

7.8. MULTIPLE USE OF ALTERNATIVE LIMITATIONS

Multiple use of the alternative limitations described in paragraph 7.5(b) and paragraph 7.6(b) shall be tested in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-2. If multiple use occurs for any plan year, such multiple use will be corrected in the manner described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(m)-1(e).

7.9. CALCULATING INCOME ALLOCABLE TO EXCESS DEFERRALS, EXCESS AGGREGATE CONTRIBUTIONS, AND EXCESS INCOME DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS

The income allocable to a distribution to a participant of excess deferrals, excess income deferral contributions, or excess aggregate contributions (as required under subsection 7.4, 7.5, or 7.6, respectively) shall be determined as follows:

(a) Income for the plan year. The income allocable to a participant's excess deferrals, excess income deferral contributions, or excess aggregate contributions, as the case may be, for the plan year in which such excess amount arose shall be determined by multiplying the income allocable for that plan year to the participant's

-25-

income deferral contribution account or employer matching contribution account, as applicable, by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the excess amount to be distributed. The denominator of the fraction is the total balance in the applicable account of the participant, as determined as of the end of that plan year, to which such excess amount was credited. Such account balance shall be reduced by the gain and increased by the loss allocable to such account balance for that plan year.

(b) Income for the gap period. No income will be allocated to any excess deferrals, excess income deferral contributions, or excess aggregate contributions to be distributed to a participant for the period between the end of the plan year in which such excess amount arose and the date of distribution of such excess amount.

7.10. DISAGGREGATION OF PLAN

For purposes of subsections 7.5, 7.6, and 7.8, the Plan may be disaggregated in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 1.410(b)-7(c)(2).

-26-

SECTION 8

PERIOD OF PARTICIPATION

8.1. SETTLEMENT DATE

A participant's "settlement date" will be the date on which his employment with the Employers and the related companies is terminated because of the first to occur of the following events:

(a) Normal Retirement. The participant retires or is retired from the employ of the Employers and the related companies on or after the date on which he attains age 65 years.

(b) Disability Retirement. The participant is retired on account of permanent disability when the Company determines, based upon an independent doctor's examination and certificate, that a participant is under such physical or mental disability that he is no longer capable of rendering satisfactory service to the Company. This determination will be made in a nondiscriminatory manner to all participants.

(c) Death. The participant's death.

(d) Resignation or Dismissal. The participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of the Employers and the related companies before retirement in accordance with paragraph (a) or (b) next above.

If a participant is transferred from employment with an Employer to employment with a Controlled Group Member that is not an Employer, then for purposes of determining when the participant's settlement date occurs under this subsection, the participant's employment with such Controlled Group Member (or any Controlled Group Member to which the participant is subsequently transferred) shall be considered as employment with the Employers.

8.2. RESTRICTED PARTICIPATION

If (i) a participant's settlement date has occurred but full payment of all of the participant's account balances has not yet been made, or (ii) a participant transfers to a Controlled Group Member that is not an Employer under the Plan, the participant or the

-27-

participant's beneficiary will be treated as a participant for purposes of the Plan, except as follows:

(a) The participant (or beneficiary) may not make any income deferral contributions or rollover contributions and may not share in any Employer contributions, except as specifically provided in subsections 4.2, 7.5, and 7.6.

(b) The participant's beneficiary cannot designate a beneficiary under subsection 11.6 and may not obtain a loan under subsection 9.3.

If a participant subsequently again satisfies the requirements for participation in the Plan, the participant will become an active participant in the Plan on the date the participant satisfies such requirements.

-28-

SECTION 9

IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS AND PARTICIPANT LOANS

9.1. HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS

Subject to the limitations set forth below, a participant whose settlement date has not occurred may request a hardship withdrawal from the participant's income deferral contribution account by filing a written request with the Committee to make such a withdrawal. A participant's request for a hardship withdrawal must include such evidence as may be deemed necessary by the Committee. Such request shall be filed with the Committee at such time and in such manner as the Committee may determine. A hardship withdrawal made under this subsection shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) A participant may withdraw all or any portion of the income deferral contributions (including any pre-tax contributions under a predecessor plan) credited to the participant's income deferral contribution account (but not any earnings thereon that were credited after December 31, 1988, to the participant's account under the Plan or under a predecessor plan).

(b) A hardship withdrawal may be made only on account of one of the following immediate and heavy financial needs of a participant:

(i) Payment of unreimbursed medical expenses described in
Section 213(d) of the Code previously incurred by the participant, the participant's spouse, or any dependents of the participant (as defined in Section 152 of the Code) or payment of unreimbursed expenses necessary for these persons to obtain medical care described in Section 213(d);

(ii) Purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of the principal residence of the participant;

(iii) Payment of post-secondary tuition expenses and room and board expenses for the participant, the participant's spouse, or the participant's dependents;

(iv) Prevention of the eviction of the participant from the participant's principal residence or prevention of the

-29-

foreclosure on the mortgage on the participant's principal residence;

(c) A hardship withdrawal shall not be in excess of the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy financial need of the participant. In accordance with such rules and procedures as the Committee may establish, the amount of a hardship withdrawal may include the amount necessary to pay any Federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the withdrawal. A hardship withdrawal will not be permitted if the participant's immediate and heavy financial need could be satisfied from other sources reasonably available to the participant.

(d) If (i) a participant elects to withdraw an amount pursuant to this subsection and (ii) the participant's income deferral contribution account is invested in more than one investment fund, the amount to be withdrawn shall be withdrawn from the investment funds in the order determined by the Committee for withdrawals from the Plan.

(e) If a participant elects to withdraw an amount pursuant to this subsection, his ability to make income deferral contributions will be suspended for a period of 12 months following the date of the withdrawal.

The Committee may rely on a participant's written representation as to the satisfaction of the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (c).

9.2. IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWAL

A participant who has attained age 65 may receive a distribution of all or a portion (in increments of 10 percent) from vested amounts credited to the participant's accounts by filing a request in writing with the Committee in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, in its sole discretion. A request for withdrawal shall be effective as soon as practicable after the date the request is delivered to the Committee and the distribution shall be made as soon as practical thereafter. A participant shall be limited to two (2) in-service withdrawals in any twelve-month period.

9.3. LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

Although the primary purpose of the Plan is to allow participants to accumulate funds for retirement, it is recognized that under some circumstances it would be in the best

-30-

interest of participants to permit loans to be made to them from certain of their accounts under the Plan. Accordingly, the Committee may (pursuant to such nondiscriminatory rules as the Committee may from time to time establish and uniformly apply, which rules are hereby incorporated into and made a part of the Plan), approve a loan to a participant, subject to the following:

(a) Terms and conditions of loans. All loans shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

(i) A loan will be made to a participant only for the purposes described in paragraph 9.1(b). A participant shall provide the Committee with such evidence as the Committee may require to determine the loan is for such purpose. Each request for a loan must be made on a form furnished by the Committee and filed with the Committee at such time and in such manner as the Committee may determine. The spouse of a participant must consent to a loan if required under Treasury Regulations 1.401(a)-20 with respect to amounts transferred to this Plan from a predecessor plan.

(ii) A loan may not be made to a participant after the participant's settlement date or after the participant transfers employment to a Controlled Group Member. If a participant's settlement date or transfer to a Controlled Group Member should occur after the participant has requested a loan but before the loan is actually made to the participant, the participant's request for a loan automatically will be cancelled.

(iii) Each loan shall be evidenced by a note in a form furnished by the Committee and shall bear interest at the rate that is in effect on the date of the loan. The interest rate for loans shall be determined by the Committee no less frequently than quarterly based on appropriate factors in accordance with Department of Labor regulations.

(iv) Each participant may have no more than one loan outstanding at any time.

-31-

(v) Each loan to a participant shall be secured by a pledge of a portion of the participant's vested account balances under the Plan. However, in the case of a loan that will be used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as the principal residence of the participant, the loan may be secured by the dwelling unit itself. As of the effective date of a loan, no more than fifty percent of the participant's vested account balances may be pledged as security for that loan.

(vi) The making of a loan shall be deemed to be consent by the participant to charging the participant's accounts if any portion of the loan (and any accrued interest thereon) has not been paid as of the participant's settlement date or such earlier date after the participant's loan is suspended under paragraph (e) next below as provided under rules established by the Committee pursuant to that paragraph.

(vii) Loan repayments will be suspended under the Plan as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).

(b) Amount of loans. The principal amount of any loan (when added to the outstanding balance of any prior loans) made to a participant shall not exceed the lesser of (i) or (ii) below:

(i) $50,000, reduced by the excess (if any) of:

(A) the highest outstanding balance of all loans under the Plan during the one-year period ending immediately preceding the date of the loan, over

(B) the outstanding balance on the date of the loan of all loans under the Plan.

(ii) Fifty percent of the amount of the participant's vested account balances under the Plan as of the date of the loan.

-32-

The principal amount of any loan made to a participant shall not be less than $1,000.

(c) Sources for loans. A loan to a participant shall be made solely from vested amounts credited to the participant's accounts. A loan granted under this subsection to a participant shall be made by liquidating and converting to cash the participant's accounts (and the participant's interest in the investment funds) in the order specified by the Committee for loans to participants.

(d) Repayment of loans. Each loan shall specify a payment period of from one to five years. However, in the case of a loan that will be used to acquire any dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time, is to be used (determined at the time the loan is made) as the principal residence of the participant, the payment period may be up to fifteen years. Payments must be made by payroll deduction, except that a participant on an authorized paid leave of absence may make loan payments by check. Loan payments made by a participant who is not actively at work due to a leave of absence or a disability may be suspended during the period the participant is not actively at work but for a period not to exceed one year. Suspension of payments will not be permitted if the participant is collecting disability payments or other payments from an Employer and these payments exceed the amount of the loan payments scheduled during the participant's leave of absence or disability. As repayments are made with respect to a loan, the unpaid balance of such loan shall be reduced. Payments of principal and interest shall be credited to the participant's loan repayment account. Pursuant to subsection 5.2, a participant must elect how loan repayments will be invested. Participants may pay the entire outstanding balance of a loan and accrued interest thereon after the first month of a loan period; partial prepayments may not be made.

(e) Unpaid loans. If a participant fails to make scheduled loan payments or reaches his settlement date with an outstanding loan balance, the following shall apply:

(i) If a participant whose settlement date has not occurred (and who is not on an authorized unpaid leave of absence) fails for three consecutive months to pay any portion of a loan made to the participant under the Plan and accrued interest thereon in accordance with the terms of the loan, the participant will

-33-

have thirty days to pay the amount then owing. If such payment is not made, the loan will be considered in default. A participant who has a loan in default shall not be eligible to obtain further loans. Loans in default shall be further handled under uniform rules established by the Committee in accordance with Internal Revenue Service and Department of Labor rules and regulations.

(ii) If immediately prior to a participant's settlement date any loan or portion of a loan made to the participant under the Plan remains outstanding, the participant may repay an amount equal to the unpaid balance of such loan, provided such repayment is made (A) within thirty days following the participant's termination date if the participant will not be receiving an immediate distribution of the participant's benefits under the Plan or (B) prior to the time distribution of the participant's Plan benefits will be made if the participant will receive an immediate distribution of the participant's Plan benefits. If a participant does not repay the entire balance of the loan within the time period specified above, the balance of the loan shall be considered in default as of the participant's settlement date. On the date that a loan is considered in default, the promissory note shall immediately become due and payable and an amount equal to such loan or any part thereof, together with the accrued interest thereon, shall be deemed distributed to the participant and shall be charged to the participant's accounts after all other adjustments required under the Plan have been made, but before any other distribution.

-34-

SECTION 10

VESTING

10.1. RETIREMENT

A participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to all of the participant's account balances on and after attaining normal retirement age. A participant's right to all of the participant's account balances shall be nonforfeitable on and after the participant becomes eligible for disability retirement. If a participant's employment with the Employers and the Controlled Group Members is terminated because of retirement under paragraph 8.1(a) or (b), the balances in the participant's accounts shall be distributable to the participant under
Section 11.

10.2. RESIGNATION OR DISMISSAL

If a participant resigns or is dismissed from the employ of the Employers and the Controlled Group Members before retirement under paragraph 8.1(d), the balances in the participant's accounts shall be treated as follows:

(a) The balances in the participant's income deferral contribution account, vested employer matching contribution subaccount, vested employer discretionary contribution subaccount, rollover, vested transfer, and loan repayment accounts shall be nonforfeitable and shall be distributable to the participant under Section 11.

(b) The balances in the participant's employer discretionary contribution subaccount, excess employer matching contribution subaccount, (referred to collectively for the purposes of this subsection 10.2 and subsection 12.2 as the "forfeitable accounts") shall be subject to the following:

(i) If the participant has completed five or more years of vesting service (as defined in subparagraph (iii) below) as of his settlement date, the balances in his forfeitable accounts shall be nonforfeitable and shall be distributable to the participant under
Section 11.

(ii) If the participant has not completed five years of vesting service as of the participant's settlement date, the participant shall receive the vested portion of the balances in his forfeitable accounts. The

-35-

participant shall forfeit the nonvested portion of such account balances. The vested portion of the balances in the participant's forfeitable accounts shall be distributable to the participant under
Section 11. Except as provided below, the vested portion of such balances shall be determined under the following schedule:

Number of Completed                         Vested
 Years of Service                          Percentage
-------------------                        ----------
Less than 1 year                              0%
1 year but less than 2 years                 20%
2 years but less than 3 years                40%
3 years but less than 4 years                60%
4 years but less than 5 years                80%
5 years or more                             100%

Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection 10.2 to the contrary, a participant who has less than five years of vesting service and has not yet attained normal retirement age may be deemed to have no vested interest in his employer discretionary contribution account, employer matching contribution account, and his entire balance in such accounts may be forfeitable, if he is discharged by an Employer due to theft, fraud, embezzlement, other criminal acts or willful misconduct causing either significant loss or property damage to an Employer or personal injury to any other employee of an Employer.

(iii) A participant's "vesting service" means any plan year in which the participant has completed at least 1,000 hours of service with the Employers and the Controlled Group Members (including service prior to the effective date) measured from the date the participant first performs an hour of service (as defined in subsection 2.1) with the Employers or the Controlled Group Members, or, prior to the effective date, CTFG or an affiliate of CTFG.

-36-

(iv) Non-vested amounts shall be forfeited under this subsection on the earlier of (i) the date the participant's vested benefits are distributed, or
(ii) the date that the participant incurs five consecutive one year breaks in service (as defined in subsection 12.2). Forfeitures shall be drawn from a participant's accounts in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(4).

10.3. DEATH OF PARTICIPANT

If a participant's settlement date occurs under paragraph 8.1(c), the balances in the participant's accounts will be nonforfeitable and distributable to the participant's beneficiary in accordance with Section 11. If a participant dies after the participant's settlement date but before all of the participant's account balances have been paid to the participant in full pursuant to the provisions of Section 11, the vested portion of the participant's account balances (as determined under subsection 10.1 or 10.2, whichever is applicable) will be distributable to the participant's beneficiary in accordance with
Section 11.

10.4. FORFEITURES

The amount of a participant's accounts forfeited under subsection 10.2 shall be a "forfeiture." As determined by the Committee, forfeitures shall be (1) applied to reduce employer matching contributions otherwise required under the Plan or
(2) used to pay proper expenses of the Plan and trust. If a participant is reemployed by the Employers before he incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in service, subsection 12.2 shall apply.

-37-

SECTION 11

DISTRIBUTIONS FOLLOWING SETTLEMENT DATE

11.1. MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION

Subject to the conditions set forth below, distribution of the balances in a participant's accounts will be made to, or for the benefit of, the participant or, in the case of the participant's death, to or for the benefit of the participant's beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum.

In accordance with subsection 11.4, a participant may elect a direct rollover of any payment that constitutes an eligible rollover distribution. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11, if a participant's vested account balances equal $5,000 or less at or after the participant's settlement date, the participant (or the participant's beneficiary) shall receive a lump sum payment of such amount in accordance with subsection 11.3. The aforementioned dollar amount shall be subject to cost-of-living adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury. In accordance with such rules and procedures as the Committee shall establish, the amount to be paid to a participant who elects to receive a distribution that is less than the total vested balance in the participant's accounts shall be drawn from the participant's accounts in the order specified by the Committee for distributions from participants' accounts. The life expectancy of a participant, the participant's spouse or the participant's designated beneficiary shall be determined at the time benefit payments commence by use of the expected return multiples contained in the regulations under Section 72 of the Code. Life expectancies determined in accordance with the foregoing shall not be recalculated. A participant may select, in accordance with such rules as the Committee may establish, the method of distributing the participant's benefits to him; a participant, if the participant so desires, may direct how the participant's benefits are to be paid to the participant's beneficiary; and the Committee shall select the method of distributing the participant's benefits to the participant's beneficiary if the participant has not filed a direction with the Committee.

11.2. DETERMINATION OF ACCOUNT BALANCES

After a participant's settlement date has occurred and pending complete distribution of the participant's account balances, the participant's accounts will be held under the Plan and will be subject to adjustment under Section 6. For purposes of subsection 11.1, a participant's account balances will be determined as of the applicable accounting date coincident with or immediately preceding the date of distribution of the participant's account.

-38-

11.3. TIMING OF DISTRIBUTIONS

Distribution of the balance of a participant's accounts shall be made or shall commence within a reasonable time after the date on which the participant's account balances have been determined pursuant to subsection 11.2, but not later than sixty days after (a) the end of the plan year in which his settlement date occurs or (b) such later date on which the amount of payment can be ascertained by the Committee.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 11, if a participant's vested account balances equal $5,000 or less at any time at or after his settlement date, the participant (or the participant's beneficiary) shall receive an immediate lump sum payment of such amount. Such distribution shall be made as soon as practicable after the participant's settlement date. If the present value of a participant's entire vested benefit under the Plan is zero, the participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such vested benefit. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a participant's vested account balances exceed or have ever exceeded $5,000 at any time at or after the participant's settlement date, distributions may not be made to the participant before age 65 without the participant's consent. The aforementioned dollar amount shall be subject to cost-of-living adjustments prescribed by the Secretary of the Treasury.

Irrespective of any contrary provision of the Plan, distribution of the account balance of a participant shall be made or shall commence by April 1 of the calendar year next following the latter of (A) the calendar year on which the participant attains age 70-1/2 or (B) the calendar year in which the participant's settlement date occurs ("required commencement date"); provided, however, that the required commencement date of a participant who is a five-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416) of an Employer or Controlled Group Member in the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70-1/2 shall be April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year which the participant attains age 70-1/2. If a participant dies before the participant's required commencement date, the participant's benefits must be distributed over a period not exceeding the greater of: (i) five years from the death of the participant; (ii) in the case of payments to a designated beneficiary other than the participant's spouse, the life expectancy of such beneficiary, provided payments begin within one year of the participant's death (or such later date as may be prescribed under Treasury Regulations); or (iii) in the case of payments to the participant's spouse, the life expectancy of such spouse, provided payments begin by the date the participant would have attained age 70-1/2. If a participant dies after the participant's required commencement date, the remaining portion of the participant's benefits will be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution in effect at the participant's death. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may honor a participant's written designation made under a predecessor plan prior to January 1, 1984, to have the

-39-

participant's benefits commence at any date permitted under the terms of such predecessor plan as in effect immediately prior to January 1, 1984.

A participant who is not a 5 percent owner and who attains age 70-1/2 on or before January 1, 1999 while still employed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member may elect to receive a distribution commencing April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2.

11.4. DIRECT ROLLOVERS

Individuals who are to receive distributions under the Plan may elect that such distributions be paid in the form of a direct rollover (as described in Section 401(a)(31) of the Code and the regulations thereunder) to the Trustee or custodian of a plan eligible to accept direct rollovers, subject to the following:

(a) Eligible rollover distribution. A distribution may be paid in a direct rollover under this subsection only if the distribution constitutes an eligible rollover distribution. An "eligible rollover distribution" means any distribution under the Plan to an eligible distributee (as defined below) other than (i) a distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal payments made annually or more frequently either over the life (or life expectancy) of the participant or the joint lives (or life expectancies) of the participant and his designated beneficiary or over a specified period of ten years or more, (ii) a distribution required to meet the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, or (iii) a distribution excluded from the definition of an "eligible rollover distribution" under applicable Treasury Regulations. Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, an eligible rollover distribution includes only those amounts that would be includible in the gross income of the eligible distributee if such amounts were not rolled over to another plan as provided under Section 402(c) of the Code.

(b) Eligible distributee. An "eligible distributee" is (i) a participant, (ii) a participant's surviving spouse who is entitled to receive payment of the participant's account balances after the participant's death, or (iii) the spouse or former spouse of a participant who is an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code).

(c) Eligible retirement plan. A direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution may be made to no more than one "eligible retirement

-40-

plan." Except as otherwise provided below, an "eligible retirement plan" is (i) an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code, (ii) an individual retirement annuity described in Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract), (iii) an annuity plan described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or (iv) a plan qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code that by its terms permits the acceptance of rollover contributions. With respect to the surviving spouse of a deceased participant who is entitled to receive a distribution of the participant's accounts, an "eligible retirement plan" shall mean only an individual retirement account described in Section 408(a) of the Code or an individual retirement annuity described in
Section 408(b) of the Code (other than an endowment contract).

(d) Minimum amounts. An eligible distributee may elect a direct rollover of all or a portion of an eligible rollover distribution only if the total amount of the eligible rollover distributions expected to be received by the eligible distributee during the plan year is $200 or more (or such lesser amount as the Committee may establish). An eligible distributee may elect payment of a portion of an eligible rollover distribution as a direct rollover and may receive directly the remainder of such distribution, provided that the amount paid by direct rollover is at least $500 (or such lesser amount as the Committee may establish).

(e) Elections. An eligible distributee's election of a direct rollover pursuant to this subsection must be in writing on a form designated by the Committee and must be filed with the Committee at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall determine. The Committee shall establish such rules and procedures as it deems necessary to provide for distributions by means of direct rollover.

11.5. IMMEDIATE DISTRIBUTIONS TO ALTERNATE PAYEES

The Committee shall direct distribution of the amount of a participant's account balances assigned to an alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code) on the earliest date specified in such qualified domestic relations order, without regard to whether such payments commence prior to the participant's earliest retirement age (as defined in Section 414(p)(4)(B) of the Code).

-41-

11.6. DESIGNATION OF BENEFICIARY

Each participant may designate any person or persons (who may be designated concurrently, contingently or successively) to whom the participant's benefits are to be paid if the participant dies before the participant receives all of participant's benefits. A beneficiary designation must be made on a form furnished by the Committee for this purpose, and such form must be signed by the participant. A beneficiary designation form shall include any beneficiary designation forms executed in compliance with the Prior Plan. A beneficiary designation form will be effective only when the form is filed with the Committee while the participant is alive and will cancel all the participant's beneficiary designation forms previously filed with the Committee.
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this subsection and any beneficiary designation filed with the Committee in accordance with this subsection, if a participant dies and has a surviving spouse at the participant's date of death, the account balances described in the preceding sentence shall be payable in full to the participant's surviving spouse in accordance with this Section 11 (treating such surviving spouse as the participant's beneficiary), unless prior to the participant's death the following requirements were met:

(a) The participant elected that the participant's benefits under the Plan be paid to a person other than the participant's surviving spouse;

(b) The participant's spouse consented in writing to such election;

(c) The spouse's consent acknowledged the effect of such election and was witnessed by a notary public; and

(d) Such election designates a beneficiary that may not be changed without further spousal consent, unless the spouse executed a general written consent expressly permitting changes of the beneficiary without any requirement of further consent of the spouse.

For purposes of the Plan, and subject to the provisions of any qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code), a participant's "spouse" means the person to whom the participant is legally married at the earlier of the date of the participant's death or the date payment of the participant's benefits commenced and who is living at the date of the participant's death. If a deceased participant failed to designate a beneficiary as provided above, or if the designated beneficiary dies before the participant or before complete payment of the participant's benefits, the participant's benefits shall be distributed to the participant's spouse, or if there is none, the Committee, in its discretion, may direct the Trustee to pay the participant's benefits as follows:

-42-

(e) To or for the benefit of any one or more of the participant's relatives by blood, adoption or marriage and in such proportions as the Committee determines; or

(f) To the legal representative or representatives of the estate of the last to die of the participant and the participant's designated beneficiary.

The term "designated beneficiary" or "beneficiary" as used in the Plan means the natural or legal person or persons designated by a participant as the participant's beneficiary under the last effective beneficiary designation form filed with the Committee under this subsection and to whom the participant's benefits would be payable under this subsection.

11.7. MISSING PARTICIPANTS OR BENEFICIARIES

Each participant and each designated beneficiary must file with the Committee from time to time in writing his post office address and each change of post office address. If a participant dies before the participant receives all of the participant's vested account balances, the participant's beneficiary must file any change in his post office address with the Committee. Any communication, statement or notice addressed to a participant or beneficiary at the last post office address filed with the Committee, or if no address is filed with the Committee then, in the case of a participant, at the participant's last post office address as shown on the Employers' records, will be binding on the participant and the participant's beneficiary for all purposes of the Plan. The Employers, the Trustee, and the Committee shall not be required to search for or locate a participant or beneficiary. If the Committee notifies a participant or beneficiary that the participant or beneficiary is entitled to a payment and also notifies the participant or beneficiary of the provisions of this subsection, and the participant or beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known to the Committee within three years after the notification, the benefits of the participant or beneficiary may be disposed of, to the extent permitted by applicable law, as follows:

(a) If the whereabouts of the participant then are unknown to the Committee but the whereabouts of the participant's spouse then are known to the Committee, payment may be made to the spouse;

(b) If the whereabouts of the participant and the participant's spouse, if any, then are unknown to the Committee but the whereabouts of the participant's designated beneficiary then are known to the Committee, payment may be made to the designated beneficiary;

-43-

(c) If the whereabouts of the participant, the participant's spouse and the participant's designated beneficiary then are unknown to the Committee but the whereabouts of one or more relatives by blood, adoption or marriage of the participant are known to the Committee, the Committee may direct the Trustee to pay the participant's benefits to one or more of such relatives and in such proportions as the Committee decides; or

(d) If the whereabouts of such relatives and the participant's designated beneficiary then are unknown to the Committee, the benefits of such participant or beneficiary may be disposed of in an equitable manner permitted by law under rules adopted by the Committee.

11.8. FACILITY OF PAYMENT

When a person entitled to benefits under the Plan is under legal disability, or, in the Committee's opinion, is in any way incapacitated so as to be unable to manage the person's financial affairs, the Committee may direct the Trustee to pay the benefits to such person's legal representative, or to a relative or friend of such person for such person's benefit, or the Committee may direct the application of such benefits for the benefit of such person. Any payment made in accordance with the preceding sentence shall be a full and complete discharge of any liability for such payment under the Plan.

-44-

SECTION 12

REEMPLOYMENT

12.1. COMMENCEMENT OR RESUMPTION OF PARTICIPATION

If a participant should terminate employment with the Employers and subsequently be reemployed by an Employer, the participant shall again become a participant as of the day of the participant's reemployment with the Employer. If an employee who has not become a participant terminates employment with the Employers and subsequently is reemployed by an Employer, the employee shall become a participant on the entry date immediately following the employee's date of hire if the employee then meets the requirements of subsection 2.1.

12.2. CREDITED SERVICE FOR VESTING

The years of vesting service accrued prior to termination of employment by a non-vested participant or employee shall be disregarded for purposes of subsection 10.2 only if his number of consecutive one-year breaks in vesting service occurring after his termination equal or exceed the greater of (i) five or (ii) his years of vesting service prior to his termination. The years of vesting service of any vested participant shall be reinstated upon reemployment. However, in no event shall years of vesting service occurring after a participant incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in vesting service be used to determine the nonforfeitable amount of the participant's forfeitable accounts as of a prior settlement date.

A "one-year break in vesting service" means any plan year during which a terminated employee or participant does not complete 500 hours of service (as defined in subsection 2.1). In the case of a maternity or paternity absence (as defined below), an employee shall be credited, for the first plan year in which he otherwise would have incurred a one-year break in service (and solely for purposes of determining whether such a break in service has occurred), with the hours of service which normally would have been credited to him but for such absence (or, if the Committee is unable to determine hours which would have been so credited, 8 hours for each day of such absence), but in no event more than 501 hours for any one absence. A "maternity or paternity absence" means an employee's absence from work because of the pregnancy of the employee or birth of a child of the employee, the placement of a child with the employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the employee, or for purposes of caring for a child immediately following such birth or placement. The Committee may require an employee to furnish such information as the Committee considers necessary to establish that the employee's absence was for one of the reasons specified above.

-45-

12.3. REINSTATEMENT OF FORFEITURES

If a participant whose employment had terminated with the Employers because of resignation or dismissal before the participant was entitled to the full balance in the participant's employer matching contribution account is reemployed by the Employers before incurring five consecutive one-year breaks in credited service, the following shall apply:

(a) If the participant did not receive distribution of any part of the vested portion of the participant's account, the amount of the participant's account previously forfeited pursuant to subsection 10.2 will be credited to the participant's account as soon as practicable following the date the participant is reemployed by the Employers.

(b) If the participant received distribution of any part of the vested portion of the participant's account, the participant may repay to the Trustee the total amount distributed to the participant from the participant's employer matching contribution account as a result of such earlier termination of employment. However, such repayment must be made before the earlier of (i) the fifth anniversary of the participant's date of reemployment by the Employers or (ii) the date the participant incurs five consecutive one-year breaks in credited service commencing after the distribution. If a participant makes such a repayment to the Trustee, the amount of the repayment shall be credited to the participant's accounts, and the previously forfeited amounts that resulted from the participant's earlier termination of employment (unadjusted for subsequent gains or losses) shall be credited to the participant's accounts as soon as practicable following the date of repayment.

Forfeitures that are to be credited to participants' accounts under this subsection shall be drawn first from outstanding forfeitures and then, if necessary, from special employer contributions made for this purpose.

-46-

SECTION 13

GENERAL PROVISIONS

13.1. INTERESTS NOT TRANSFERABLE

The interests of participants and their beneficiaries under the Plan are not in any way subject to their debts or other obligations and, except as may be required by the tax withholding provisions of the Code or any state's income tax act, may not be voluntarily or involuntarily sold, transferred, alienated or assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall comply with any domestic relations order that, in accordance with procedures established by the Committee, is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(A) of the Code).

13.2. ABSENCE OF GUARANTY

The Committee, the Employers, and the Trustee do not in any way guarantee the Trust from loss or depreciation. The liability of the Committee or the Trustee to make any payment under the Plan will be limited to the assets held by the Trustee that are available for that purpose.

13.3. EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS

The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of an Employer, nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued under the terms of the Plan.

13.4 LITIGATION BY PARTICIPANTS OR OTHER PERSONS

To the extent permitted by law, if a legal action against the Trustee, an Employer, or the Committee by or on behalf of any person results adversely to that person, or if a legal action arises because of conflicting claims to a participant's or beneficiary's benefits, the cost to the Trustee, an Employer, or the Committee of defending the action will be charged to the extent possible to the sums, if any, that were involved in the action or were payable to the participant or beneficiary concerned.

-47-

13.5. EVIDENCE

Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other information that the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party or parties.

13.6. WAIVER OF NOTICE

Any notice required under the Plan may be waived by the person entitled to such notice.

13.7. CONTROLLING LAW

To the extent not superseded by the laws of the United States, the laws of Illinois shall be controlling in all matters relating to the Plan.

13.8. STATUTORY REFERENCES

Any reference in the Plan to the Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Any reference in the Plan to ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Any reference in the Plan to a section of the Code or ERISA, or to a section of any other Federal law, shall include any comparable section or sections of any future legislation that amends, supplements or supersedes that section.

13.9. SEVERABILITY

In case any provisions of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provisions had never been set forth in the Plan.

13.10 ADDITIONAL EMPLOYERS

With the consent of the Company, any Controlled Group Member described in paragraph 1.6(a) or (b) may, by filing with the Company a written instrument to that effect, become an Employer hereunder by adopting the Plan and becoming a party to the trust agreement.

-48-

13.11 ACTION BY EMPLOYERS

Any action authorized or required to be taken by an Employer under the Plan shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors, by resolution of a duly authorized committee of its Board of Directors, or by a person or persons authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors or such committee.

13.12 GENDER AND NUMBER

Where the context admits, words in the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders, the plural includes the singular, and the singular includes the plural.

13.13 EXAMINATION OF DOCUMENTS

Copies of the plan and trust agreement, and any amendments thereto, are on file at the office of the Company where they may be examined by any participant or other person entitled to benefits under the Plan during normal business hours.

13.14 FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITIES

It is specifically intended that all provisions of the Plan shall be applied so that all fiduciaries with respect to the Plan shall be required to meet the prudence and other requirements and responsibilities of applicable law to the extent such requirements or responsibilities apply to them. In general, a fiduciary shall discharge the fiduciary's duties with respect to the Plan and the Trust solely in the interests of participants and beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of like character and with like aims.

13.15 INDEMNIFICATION

To the extent permitted by law, any member or former member of the Committee, any person who was, is or becomes an officer or director of the Company, an Employer, or a Controlled Group Member or any employee of an Employer to whom the Committee or any Employer has delegated any portion of its responsibilities under the Plan, and each of them, shall be indemnified and saved harmless by the Employers (to the extent not indemnified or saved harmless under any liability insurance contract or other indemnification arrangement with respect to the Plan) from and against any and all liability to which the Committee members and such other persons may be subject by reason of any act done or omitted to be done in good faith with respect to the administration of the Plan and the trust, including all expenses reasonably incurred in their

-49-

defense in the event that the Employers failed to provide such defense after having been requested in writing to do so.

-50-

SECTION 14

RESTRICTIONS AS TO REVERSION OF TRUST ASSETS TO THE EMPLOYERS

The Employers shall have no right, title or interest in the assets of the trust, except as may be provided in a pledge agreement entered into between an Employer and the Trustee in connection with an acquisition loan (a "pledge agreement"). No part of the assets of the Trust at any time will revert or will be repaid to the Employers, directly or indirectly, except as follows:

(a) If the Internal Revenue Service initially determines that the Plan, as applied to an Employer, does not meet the requirements of a "qualified plan" under Section 401(a) of the Code, the assets of the Trust attributable to contributions made by the Employer under the Plan shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the date of denial of qualification of the Plan as applied to the Employer.

(b) If a contribution or a portion of a contribution is made by an Employer as a result of a mistake of fact, such contribution or portion of a contribution shall not be considered to have been contributed to the Trust by the Employer and, after having been reduced by any losses of the Trust allocable thereto, shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the date the amount is paid to the trust.

(c) If a contribution made by an Employer is conditioned upon the deductibility of such contribution as an expense for Federal income tax purposes, to the extent the deduction for the contribution made by the Employer is disallowed, such contribution, or portion of such contribution, after having been reduced by any losses of the Trust allocable thereto, shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the date of disallowance of the deduction.

(d) If there is a default on an acquisition loan, an Employer may exercise its rights under a pledge agreement with respect to the shares of Company stock subject to the pledge agreement (including, but not limited to, the sale of pledged shares, the transfer of pledged shares to the Employer, and the registration of pledged shares in the Employer's name).

Contributions may be returned to an Employer pursuant to paragraph (a) above only if they are conditioned upon initial qualification of the Plan as applied to that Employer and an application for determination was made by the time prescribed by law for filing

-51-

the Employer's Federal income tax return for the taxable year in which the Plan was adopted (or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe). In no event may the return of a contribution pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) above cause any participant's account balances to be less than the amount of such balances had the contribution not been made under the Plan.

-52-

SECTION 15

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

15.1. AMENDMENT

While the Company expects and intends to continue the Plan, the Company reserves the right to amend the Plan from time to time by action of the Company's Board of Directors or the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. However, the Committee is authorized to cause to be prepared, to approve, and to execute any amendments of the Plan that the Committee determines are necessary to comply with applicable law, regulations, and rulings or to reflect rules and procedures developed by the Committee; provided, however, that any amendment (other than an amendment needed to comply with applicable law, regulations, and rulings) that is expected to change the level of participant or employer contributions made under the Plan or to materially increase the cost of the Plan to the Employers shall be approved by the Company's Board of Directors or by the Executive Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(a) An amendment may not change the duties and liabilities of the Committee or the Trustee without the consent of the Committee or the Trustee, whichever is applicable;

(b) An amendment shall not reduce the value of a participant's nonforfeitable benefits accrued prior to the later of the adoption or the effective date of the amendment; and

(c) Except as provided in Section 14, under no condition shall any amendment result in the return or repayment to the Employers of any part of the Trust or the income therefrom or result in the distribution of the Trust for the benefit of anyone other than employees and former employees of the Employers and any other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan.

The Committee shall notify the Trustee of any amendment of the Plan within a reasonable period of time.

15.2. TERMINATION

The Plan will terminate as to all Employers on any date specified by the Company if thirty days' advance written notice of the termination is given to the Committee, the

-53-

Trustee and the other Employers. The Plan will terminate as to an individual Employer on the first to occur of the following:

(a) The date it is terminated by that Employer if thirty days' advance written notice of the termination is given to the Committee, the Trustee and the other Employers.

(b) The date that Employer is judicially declared bankrupt or insolvent.

(c) The date that Employer completely discontinues its contributions under the Plan.

(d) The dissolution, merger, consolidation or reorganization of that Employer or the sale by that Employer of all or substantially all of its assets, except that:

(i) in any such event arrangements may be made with the consent of the Company whereby the Plan will be continued by any purchaser of all or substantially all of its assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted for that Employer under the Plan and the trust agreement; and

(ii) if an Employer is merged, dissolved or in any other way reorganized into, or consolidated with, any other Employer, the Plan as applied to the former Employer will automatically continue in effect without a termination thereof.

15.3. NONFORFEITABILITY AND DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION

On termination or partial termination of the Plan, the rights of all affected participants to benefits accrued to the date of such termination, after all adjustments then required have been made, shall be nonforfeitable. As soon as practicable after all adjustments required as of that date have been made to the account balances of participants, the Committee shall direct the Trustee to distribute to each such affected participant his benefits under the Plan in one lump sum provided the participant is no longer employed by an Employer or a Controlled Group Member. All appropriate provisions of the Plan will continue to apply until the account balances of all such participants have been distributed under the Plan.

-54-

15.4 NOTICE OF TERMINATION

Participants will be notified of the termination of the Plan within a reasonable time.

15.5. PLAN MERGER, CONSOLIDATION, ETC.

In the case of any merger or consolidation with, or transfer of assets or liabilities to, any other plan, each participant's benefits (if the Plan terminated immediately after such merger, consolidation or transfer) shall be equal to or greater than the benefits the participant would have been entitled to receive if the Plan had terminated immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer.

-55-

SECTION 16

THE COMMITTEE

16.1. THE COMMITTEE

As provided in subsection 1.5, the Plan is administered by the Committee. The Committee shall consist of at least three persons (who may but need not be employees of the Employers) appointed by the Company. The Company will certify to the Trustee from time to time the names of the members of the Committee.

16.2. THE COMMITTEE'S GENERAL POWERS, RIGHTS, AND DUTIES

The Committee shall have all the powers necessary and appropriate to discharge its duties under the Plan, which powers shall be exercised in the sole and absolute discretion of the Committee, including, but not limited to, the following:

(a) To construe and interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make factual determinations thereunder, including the power to determine the rights or eligibility under the Plan of employees, participants, or any other persons, and the amounts of their benefits (if any) under the Plan, and to remedy ambiguities, inconsistencies or omissions, and such determinations by the Committee shall be binding on all parties.

(b) To adopt such rules of procedure and regulations as in its opinion may be necessary for the proper and efficient administration of the Plan and as are consistent with the Plan and trust agreement.

(c) To enforce the Plan in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust and in accordance with the rules and regulations the Committee has adopted.

(d) To direct the Trustee as respects payments or distributions from the Trust in accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

(e) To furnish the Employers with such information as may be required by them for tax or other purposes in connection with the Plan.

(f) To employ agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries or other persons (who also may be employed by the Employers) and to allocate or delegate to them such powers, rights and duties as the

-56-

Committee may consider necessary or advisable to properly carry out administration of the Plan, provided that such allocation or delegation and the acceptance thereof by such agents, attorneys, accountants, actuaries or other persons, shall be in writing.

(g) To appoint an investment manager as defined in Section 3(38) of ERISA ("investment manager") to manage (with power to acquire and dispose of) the assets of the Plan, which investment manager may or may not be a subsidiary of the Company, and to delegate to any such investment manager all of the powers, authorities and discretion granted to the Committee hereunder or under the trust agreement (including the power to delegate and the power, with prior notice to the Committee, to appoint an investment manager), in which event any direction the Trustee from any duly appointed investment manager with respect to the acquisition, retention or disposition of Plan assets shall have the same force and effect as if such direction had been given by the Committee, and to remove any investment manager; provided, however, that the power and authority to manage, acquire, or dispose of any asset of the Plan shall not be delegated except to an investment manager, and provided further that the acceptance by any investment manager of such appointment and delegation shall be in writing, and the Committee shall give notice to the Trustee, in writing, of any appointment of, delegation to or removal of an investment manager.

16.3. MANNER OF ACTION OF THE COMMITTEE

During a period in which two or more members of the Committee are acting, the following provisions apply where the context admits:

(a) The members of the Committee may select a secretary, if they believe it advisable, who may or may not be a member of the Committee.

(b) A Committee member by writing may delegate any or all of such member's rights, powers, duties and discretion to any other member of the Committee, with the written consent of the latter.

(c) The members of the Committee may act by meeting or by writing signed without meeting, and such members may sign any document by signing one document or concurrent documents.

-57-

(d) An action or a decision of a majority of the members of the Committee as to a matter shall be as effective as if taken or made by all members of the Committee.

(e) If, because of the number qualified to act, there is an even division of opinion among members of the Committee as to a matter, a disinterested party selected by the Committee shall decide the matter and such person's decision shall control.

(f) Except as otherwise provided by law, no member of the Committee shall be liable or responsible for an act or omission of the other members of the Committee in which the former has not concurred.

(g) The certificate of the secretary of the Committee or of a majority of the members of the Committee that the Committee has taken or authorized any action shall be conclusive in favor of any person relying on the certificate.

16.4. INTERESTED COMMITTEE MEMBER

If a member of the Committee is also a participant in the Plan, the Committee member may not decide or determine any matter or question concerning distributions of any kind to be made to the Committee member or the nature or mode of settlement of the Committee member's benefits, unless such decision or determination could be made by the Committee member under the Plan if the Committee member were not serving on the Committee.

16.5. RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF COMMITTEE MEMBERS

A member of the Committee may be removed by the Company at any time by ten days' prior written notice to that member and the other members of the Committee. A member of the Committee may resign at any time by giving ten days' prior written notice to the Company and the other members of the Committee. The Company may fill any vacancy in the membership of the Committee; provided, however, that if a vacancy reduces the membership of the Committee to less than three, such vacancy shall be filled as soon as practicable. The Company shall give prompt written notice thereof to the other members of the Committee. Until any such vacancy is filled, the remaining members of the Committee may exercise all of the powers, rights and duties conferred on the Committee.

-58-

16.6. COMMITTEE EXPENSES

All costs, charges and expenses reasonably incurred by the Committee will be paid by the Company to the extent not paid from the assets of the trust. No compensation will be paid to a member of the Committee as such.

16.7. UNIFORM RULES

The Committee shall administer the Plan on a reasonable and nondiscriminatory basis and shall apply uniform rules to all persons similarly situated.

16.8. INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THE COMMITTEE

Each person entitled to benefits under the Plan shall furnish the Committee with such documents, evidence, data or information as the Committee considers necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan. The Employers shall furnish the Committee with such data and information as the Committee may deem necessary or desirable in order to administer the Plan. The records of the Employers as to an employee's or a participant's period of employment, hours of service, termination of employment and the reason therefore, leave of absence, reemployment and earnings will be conclusive on all persons unless determined to the Committee's satisfaction to be incorrect.

16.9. REVIEW OF BENEFIT DETERMINATIONS

The Committee will provide notice in writing to any participant or beneficiary whose claim for benefits under the Plan is denied, and the Committee shall afford such participant or beneficiary a full and fair review of its decision if so requested.

16.10 COMMITTEE'S DECISION FINAL

Subject to applicable law, any interpretation of the provisions of the Plan and any decisions on any matter within the discretion of the Committee made by the Committee in good faith shall be binding on all persons. A misstatement or other mistake of fact shall be corrected when it becomes known, and the Committee shall make such adjustment on account thereof as it considers equitable and practicable.

16.11 DENIAL PROCEDURE AND APPEAL PROCESS

If a participant, beneficiary or any other person who believes he may be entitled to benefits under the Plan (a "claimant") has an unresolved question about eligibility for

-59-

benefits, the form of benefits, or the amount of benefits to be received or being received under the Plan after consulting with the Committee or its representatives, a formal review of the situation may be requested in writing of the Committee within sixty days after receiving notification of the claimant's Plan benefits or an estimate of the claimant's Plan benefits. A review decision will be made within sixty days after receipt of such request (one hundred twenty days in special circumstances) and the claimant will be informed of the decision within ninety days after receipt of such request (one hundred eighty days in special circumstances). However, if the claimant is not informed of the decision within the period described above, the claimant may request a further review by the Committee as described below as if the claimant had received notice of an adverse decision at the end of that period. The decision will be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, setting forth the specific reasons for any denial of a benefit or benefit option, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which such denial is based, a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure. The claimant also shall be advised that the claimant or the claimant's duly authorized representative may request a further review by the Committee of the decision denying the claim by filing with the Committee within sixty days after such notice has been received by the claimant a written request for such review and that claimant may review pertinent documents, and submit issues and comments in writing, within the same sixty-day period. If such request is so filed, such review shall be made by the Committee within sixty days after receipt of such request, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing in which case the review will be completed and decision rendered within one hundred twenty days. The claimant shall be given written notice of the decision which shall include specific reasons for the decision, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based, and such decision by the Committee shall be final and shall terminate the review process.

-60-

SECTION 17

SPECIAL RULES APPLICABLE WHEN PLAN IS TOP-HEAVY

17.1 PURPOSE AND EFFECT

The purpose of this Section 17 is to comply with the requirements of Section 416 of the Code. The provisions of this Section 17 are effective for each plan year beginning on or after the effective date in which the Plan is a "top-heavy plan" within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code.

17.2 TOP-HEAVY PLAN

In general, the Plan will be a top-heavy plan for any plan year if, as of the "determination date" (that is, the last day of the preceding plan year), the sum of the amounts in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below for key employees (as defined generally below and in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code) exceeds sixty percent of the sum of such amounts for all employees who are covered by this Plan or by a defined contribution plan or defined benefit plan that is aggregated with this Plan in accordance with subsection 17.4:

(a) The aggregate account balances of participants under this Plan.

(b) The aggregate account balances of participants under any other defined contribution plan included under subsection 17.4.

(c) The present value of the cumulative accrued benefits of participants calculated under any defined benefit plan included in subsection 17.4.

In making the foregoing determination, (i) a participant's account balances or cumulative accrued benefits shall be increased by the aggregate distributions, if any, made with respect to the participant during the 5-year period ending on the determination date, including distributions under a terminated plan that, if it had not been terminated, would have been required to be included in the aggregation group, (ii) the account balances or cumulative accrued benefits of a participant who was previously a key employee, but who is no longer a key employee, shall be disregarded, (iii) the account balances or cumulative accrued benefits of a beneficiary of a participant shall be considered accounts or accrued benefits of the participant, (iv) the account balances or cumulative accrued benefits of a participant who has not performed services for an Employer or a Controlled Group Member at any time during the 5-year period ending on the determination date shall be disregarded and (v) any rollover contribution (or

-61-

similar transfer) from a plan maintained by a corporation other than an Employer under this Plan initiated by a participant shall not be taken into account as part of the participant's aggregate account balances under this Plan.

17.3 KEY EMPLOYEE

In general, a "key employee" is an employee (or a former or deceased employee) who, at any time during the plan year or any of the 4 preceding plan years, is or was:

(a) an officer of an Employer having annual compensation greater than fifty percent of the amount in effect under Section 415(b)(1)(A) for any such plan year; provided that, for purposes of this paragraph, no more than fifty employees of the Employer (or, if lesser, the greater of three employees or ten percent of the employees) shall be treated as officers;

(b) one of the ten employees who have annual compensation from an Employer of more than the limitation in effect under Section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code for that year and owning or considered as owning, within the meaning of Section 318 of the Code, the largest interests in the Employer; provided that if two employees have the same interest in the Employer, the employee having greater annual compensation from the Employer shall be treated as having a larger interest;

(c) a five percent or greater owner of an Employer; or

(d) a one percent or greater owner of an Employer having annual compensation from the Employer of more than $150,000.

For purposes of this subsection the term "compensation" means compensation as defined by Code Section 414(q)(7).

17.4 AGGREGATED PLANS

Each other defined contribution plan and defined benefit plan maintained by an Employer that covers a "key employee" as a participant or that is maintained by an Employer in order for a plan covering a key employee to satisfy Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code shall be aggregated with this Plan in determining whether this Plan is top-heavy. In addition, any other defined contribution or defined benefit plan of an Employer may be included if all such plans that are included, when aggregated, will not discriminate in favor of officers, shareholders or highly compensated participants and will satisfy all of the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

-62-

17.5 MINIMUM EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION

Subject to the following provisions of this subsection and subsection 17.7, for any plan year in which the Plan is a top-heavy plan, the employer contribution credited to each participant who is not a key employee shall not be less than 3 percent of such participant's total compensation (as defined in subsection 7.1) from the Employers for that year. In no event, however, shall the total employer contribution credited in any year to a participant who is not a key employee (expressed as a percentage of such participant's total compensation from the Employer) exceed the maximum total employer contribution credited in that year to a key employee (expressed as a percentage of such key employee's total compensation from an Employer). Contributions made by an Employer under the Plan pursuant to participants' income deferral authorizations shall not be deemed employer contributions for purposes of this subsection. The amount of minimum employer contribution otherwise required to be allocated to any participant for any plan year under this subsection shall be reduced by the amount of employer contributions allocated to him for a plan year ending with or within that plan year under any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer.

17.6 COORDINATION OF BENEFITS

For any plan year in which the Plan is top-heavy, in the case of a participant who is a non-key employee and who is a participant in a top-heavy tax-qualified defined benefit plan that is maintained by an Employer and that is subject to
Section 416 of the Code, subsection 17.5 shall not apply, and the minimum benefit to be provided to each such participant in accordance with this Section 17 and Section 416(c) of the Code shall be the minimum annual retirement benefit to which he is entitled under such defined benefit plan in accordance with such
Section 416(c), reduced by the amount of annual retirement benefit purchasable with his Plan accounts (or portions thereof) attributable to employer contributions (as defined in subsection 17.5) under this Plan and any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer.

17.7 ADJUSTMENT OF COMBINED BENEFIT LIMITATIONS

For any plan year in which the Plan is a top-heavy plan, the determination of the defined contribution plan fraction and defined benefit plan fraction under subsection 7.2 shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of Section 416(h) of the Code by substituting "1.0" for "1.25" where the latter number appears in Sections 415(e)(2)(B)(i) and 415(e)(3)(B)(i) of the Code with respect to the calculation of those fractions; except that with respect to a participant described in subsection 17.6, such adjustment shall not be required under this Plan for any plan year for which such adjustment is not required under the defined benefit plan referred to in subsection 17.6.

-63-

EXHIBIT 10.34

FIRST AMENDMENT

OF

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

401(k) PLAN

WHEREAS, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") established and maintains the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of this Company believe the best interests of this Company and the employees of this Company would be served by amending the loan provisions of the Plan to extend the time in which a loan may be repaid upon an employee's termination of employment;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED that, pursuant to the power to amend the Plan reserved to this Company by Section 15.1 of the Plan, and by authority granted to the officers of this Company by the Board of Directors of this Company in resolutions adopted on ______________, 1999, the text of Section 9.3(e)(ii) of the Plan is hereby replaced by the following effective January 1, 1999:

"A participant whose settlement date has occurred and who has an unpaid loan or unpaid portion of a loan still outstanding immediately prior to the settlement date may repay an amount equal to the unpaid balance of such loan.

If (A) the participant will not receive an immediate distribution of his Plan benefits, repayment may be made by the last day of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which his settlement date occurs, or if (B) the participant will receive an immediate distribution of his Plan benefits, repayment may be made prior to the time distribution of his Plan benefits will be made.


If a participant does not repay the entire balance of the loan within the time period specified in (A) or (B) of this subparagraph (ii), the balance of the loan shall be considered in default as of the date specified in (A) or (B) of this subparagraph (ii).

On the date that a loan is considered in default, the promissory note shall immediately become due and payable and an amount equal to such loan or any part thereof, together with the accrued interest thereon, shall be deemed distributed to the participant and shall be charged to the participant's accounts after all other adjustments required under the Plan have been made, but before any other distribution.

The provisions of this subparagraph (ii) shall apply to existing loans provided the loan recipients are notified of the terms of this subparagraph (ii), as well as to new loans."

* * *

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. has caused these presents to be signed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer this 16th day of September, 1999.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: /s/ Jeff Taylor
   ________________________________

 Its: Chairman
     ______________________________

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.35

SECOND AMENDMENT
OF
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. 401(K) PLAN

(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

WHEREAS, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (Effective as of October 1, 1998) (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, the Plan has been amended, and further amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 16 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended, effective as of October 1, 1998, in the following particulars:

1. By substituting the phrase "employment commencement date" for the phrase "date of hire" where the latter appears in subparagraph 2.1(b)(ii) of the Plan.

2. By deleting paragraph 3.4(a) of the Plan and by redesignating paragraphs 3.4(b), 3.4(c) and 3.4(d) of the Plan as paragraphs 3.4(a), 3.4(b) and 3.4(c), respectively.


3. By inserting the following after the final sentence of paragraph 7.5(d) of the Plan:

"Accordingly, in order to distribute excess contributions under section
401(k)(8), as amended, the following procedure is used:

1. Calculate the dollar amount of excess contributions, which amount shall equal the excess of: (a) the aggregate amount of employer contributions actually paid over to the trust on behalf of highly compensated employees for such plan year, over (b) the maximum amount of such contributions permitted under the limitations of this section (determined by reducing contributions made on behalf of highly compensated employees ('HCE') in order of the actual deferral percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages), as described in section 401(k)(8)(B) and section 1.401(k)-1(f)(2). However, in applying these rules, rather than distributing the amount necessary to reduce the actual deferral ratio ('ADR') of each affected HCE in order of these employees' ADRs, beginning with the highest ADR, the plan uses these amounts in step 2.

2. Determine the total of the dollar amounts calculated in step 1. This total amount in step 2 (total excess contributions) should be distributed in accordance with steps 3 and 4 below:

3. The elective contributions of the HCE with the highest dollar amount of elective contributions are reduced by the amount required to cause that HCE's elective contributions to equal the dollar amount of the elective contributions of the HCE with the next highest dollar amount of elective contributions. This amount is then distributed to the HCE with the highest dollar amount. However, if a lesser reduction, when added to the total dollar amount already distributed under this step, would equal the total excess contributions, the lesser reduction amount is distributed.

4. If the total amount distributed is less than the total excess contributions, step 3 is repeated.

If these distributions are made, the cash or deferred arrangement is treated as meeting the nondiscrimination test of section 401(k)(3) regardless of whether the actual deferral percentage ('ADP'), if recalculated after distributions, would satisfy section 401(k)(3)."

-2-

4. By substituting the following for the last sentence in paragraph 7.6(c) of the Plan:

"Notwithstanding subsection 10.2 to the contrary, any corrective matching contributions allocated to a participant's accounts will be fully vested, nonforfeitable at all times and distributable in accordance with the terms of the Plan."

5. By inserting the following after the final sentence of paragraph 7.6(d) of the Plan:

"A parallel method to the one described in paragraph 7.5(d) is used for the purpose of distributing excess aggregate contributions under this section. Further, if a corrective distribution of excess contributions has been made, the ADP for HCEs is deemed to be the largest amount permitted under section 401(k)(3). Similarly, if a corrective distribution of excess aggregate contributions has been made, the actual contribution percentage ('ACP') for HCEs is deemed to be the largest amount permitted under section 401(m)(2)."

6. By substituting the following for subsection 7.10 of the Plan:

"7.10 Aggregation Rules

For purposes of subsections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.8, all participant 401(k) contributions and employer matching contributions made under two or more plans that are aggregated for purposes of Section 401(a)(4) and
Section 410(b) of the Code (other than Section 410(b)(2)(A)(ii)) are to be treated as made under a single plan; and if two or more plans are aggregated for purposes of Section 401(k) or Section 401(m) of the Code, the aggregated plans must satisfy Sections 410(b) and 401(a)(4) of the Code as if they were a single plan. A highly compensated employee's deferral percentage shall be determined by treating all cash or deferred arrangements under which such employee is eligible as one arrangement."

7. By substituting the following for subparagraph 9.3(b)(i)(A) of the Plan:

-3-

"(A) the highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the one year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan was made, over"

8. By substituting the following for subparagraph 9.3(b)(ii) of the Plan:

"(ii) The greater of:

(A) Fifty percent of the amount of the participant's vested account balances under the Plan as of the date of the loan, or

(B) $10,000."

9. By substituting the following for the final sentence in subparagraph 10.2(b)(ii) of the Plan:

"Notwithstanding any other provision of this subsection 10.2 to the contrary and subject only to the minimum vesting standards of Sections 411(a) and 416(b) of the Code, a participant who has less than five years of vesting service and has not yet attained normal retirement age may be deemed to have no vested interest in his employer discretionary contribution account, employer matching contribution account, and his entire balance in such accounts may be forfeitable, if he is discharged by an Employer due to theft, fraud, embezzlement, other criminal acts or willful misconduct causing either significant loss or property damage to an Employer or personal injury to any other employee of an Employer."

10. By inserting the following sentence at the end of subparagraph 10.2(b)(iv) of the Plan:

"Notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary, if at a participant's settlement date, the vested percentage in such participant's forfeitable accounts under subparagraph (ii) is zero, the amounts shall be deemed forfeited at such participant's settlement date."

-4-

11. By substituting the following for the first sentence in the third paragraph of subsection 11.3:

"Irrespective of any contrary provision of the Plan, distribution of the account balance of a participant shall be made or shall commence by April 1 of the calendar year next following the latter of (A) the calendar year on which the participant attains age 70-1/2 or (B) the calendar year in which the participant's settlement date occurs ('required commencement date'); provided, however, that (i) the required commencement date of a participant who is a five-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416) of an Employer or Controlled Group Member in the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70-1/2 shall be April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the participant attains age 70-1/2, and (ii) participants who attained age 70-1/2 prior to October 1, 1999 may elect to commence retirement income payments on the April 1 next following the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2."

12. By inserting the following sentence at the end of the first paragraph of subsection 11.3:

"All distributions shall be made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder."

13. By substituting the following for paragraph 12.3(a) of the Plan:

"(a) If a participant was not vested in any portion of his account at his settlement date and is reemployed before incurring a one-year break in service, any amounts deemed forfeited under subparagraph 10.2(b)(iv) will be credited to the participant's account as soon as practicable following the date the participant is reemployed by the Employers."

-5-

14. By substituting the following three sentences for the final two sentences in subsection 17.5 of the Plan:

"Contributions made by an Employer under the Plan pursuant to income deferral election made by participants who are not key employees shall not be deemed employer contributions for purposes of this subsection. The amount of minimum employer contribution otherwise required to be allocated to any participant for any plan year under this subsection shall be reduced by the amount of employer contributions allocated to him for a plan year ending with or within that plan year under any other tax-qualified defined contribution plan maintained by an Employer. However, the amount of minimum employer contribution not offset by the amount of employer contributions shall meet the nondiscrimination requirements of Section 401(a)(4) of the Code without regard to Section 401(m) of the Code."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized member of the Committee has caused the foregoing amendment to be executed this 13th day of April, 2000.

/s/ Jeffrey Taylor
-----------------------------------------
On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid

-6-

EXHIBIT 10.36

THIRD AMENDMENT
OF
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. 401(K) PLAN

(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

WHEREAS, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (Effective as of October 1, 1998) (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, the Plan has been amended, and further amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 16 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended in the following particulars:

1. Effective January 1, 2001, by substituting the following for subsection 3.4 of the Plan:

"3.4. EARNINGS

Unless stated otherwise, a participant's 'earnings' for a plan year means all compensation paid to the participant for services rendered to an Employer as an employee as reported on the participant's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), including (i) the participant's income deferral contributions made during the plan year under this Plan, and (ii) all salary reductions made during the plan year pursuant to an arrangement maintained by an Employer under Section 125 of the

Code,


but excluding (iii) disability payments (short term or long term), (iv) non-qualified deferred compensation amounts, (v) stock based compensation, including any dividends paid on restricted shares and any other payments from any such plans or programs, (vi) severance payments, and (vii) any other 'fringe' benefit (as defined by the Committee). In no event, however, shall the amount of a Participant's earnings taken into account for purposes of the plan for any plan year exceed the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 410(a)(17) (as that limitation is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 410(a)(17) and which is $170,000 for the 2001 plan year)."

2. Effective as of January 1, 2000, by substituting the following for the fourth sentence in the second paragraph of subsection 11.3 of the Plan:

"Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, if a participant's vested account balances exceed $5,000 at the time a distribution under subsection 11.1 is to commence, distributions may not be made to the participant before age 65 without the participant's consent."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized member of the Committee has caused the foregoing amendment to be executed this 20th day of December, 2000.

/s/ Melvin Pearl
---------------------------------------
On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.37

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.
401(K) PLAN

WHEREAS, effective October 1, 1998 the Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
401(k) Plan (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan") was established; and

WHEREAS, the Employer has amended the Plan from time to time; and

NOW, THEREFORE, effective October 1, 2000, the Employer hereby amends the Plan as set forth below by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 16 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 15.1 of the Plan. The provisions of this Amendment shall take precedence over any conflicting provisions of the Plan:

I. Section 2.1 "Eligibility to Participate" of the plan document is amended to add subsection (c) as follows:

2.1 (c) Regardless of any of the above age and/or service requirements, any former Corus Bankshares, Inc. employee who became an employee of Taylor Capital Group, Inc. on October 1, 2000 shall be eligible to Participate hereunder and shall enter the Plan as of such date.

II. Section 4.2 "Employer Matching Contributions" of the plan document is amended to add the following paragraph:

Any former Corus Bankshares, Inc. employee who became a Participant in the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan on October 1, 2000, shall be eligible to share in any employer matching contributions and forfeitures for the plan year ending December 31, 2000 regardless of the number of hours worked from October 1, 2000 through December 31, 2000.

III. Section 10.2(b)(iii) "Resignation or Dismissal" of the plan document is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

A participant's "vesting service" means any plan year in which the participant has completed at least 1,000 hours of service with the Employers and the Controlled Group Members (including service prior to the effective date) measured from the date the participant first performs an hour of service (as defined in subsection 2.1 of the Plan Document as amended) with the Employers or the Controlled Group Members, or, prior to the effective date, CTFG or an affiliate of CTFG. In addition, any former Corus Bankshares, Inc. employee whose date of participation commenced on October 1, 2000 pursuant to Section 2.1 of the plan document as amended shall be credited with their prior years of service with Corus Bankshares, Inc. to be applied to the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan vesting schedule.

IV. In all other respects, the Plan shall remain unchanged.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto affix their signatures on this 14th day of June, 2001, in adoption of this aforementioned amendment.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. (EMPLOYER)

By (print): Jeffrey Taylor

Title: Chairman

/s/ Jeffrey Taylor
__________________________________________________
Signature: On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid


EXHIBIT 10.38

FIFTH AMENDMENT
OF
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. 401(K) PLAN
(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

WHEREAS, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (Effective as of October 1, 1998) (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 16 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended in the following particulars:

1. Effective January 1, 2001, by substituting the following for subsection 3.4 of the Plan:

"3.4. EARNINGS

Unless stated otherwise, a participant's `earnings' for a plan year means all compensation paid to the participant for services rendered to an Employer as an employee as reported on the participant's Federal wage and tax statement (Form W-2), including (i) the participant's income deferral contributions made during the plan year under this Plan, and (ii) all salary reductions made during the plan year pursuant to an arrangement maintained by an Employer under Section 125 or
Section 132(f) of the Code, but excluding (iii) disability payments (short term or long term), (iv) non-qualified deferred compensation amounts, (v) stock based compensation, including any dividends paid on restricted shares and any other payments from any such plans or programs, (vi) severance


payments, and (vii) any other `fringe' benefit (as defined by the Committee). In no event, however, shall the amount of a Participant's earnings taken into account for purposes of the plan for any plan year exceed the dollar limitation in effect under Code Section 410(a)(17) (as that limitation is adjusted from time to time by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to Code Section 410(a)(17) and which is $170,000 for the 2001 plan year)."

2. Effective January 1, 2001, by substituting the following for the first sentence of subsection 7.1 of the Plan:

"For each limitation year, the `annual addition' (as defined below) to a participant's account shall not exceed the lesser of $35,000 (or such greater amount as may be provided by the Secretary of the Treasury under Code Section 415(c)) or twenty-five percent of the participant's compensation (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 415-2(d)) during that limitation year."

3. Effective January 1, 2001, by adding the following at the end of Section 11.1 of the Plan:

"With respect to distributions under the Plan made for calendar years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, the plan will apply the minimum distribution requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) in accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any provision of the plan to the contrary; this provision shall continue in effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service."

4. Effective January 1, 2001, by adding the following at the end of paragraph 11.4(a) of the Plan:

"A hardship distribution (as described in Code
Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) shall not be an eligible rollover distribution."

-2-

5. Effective August 5, 1997, by adding the following at the end of subsection 13.1 of the Plan:

"The foregoing shall not apply to a judgment, settlement, order or requirement described in Code Section 401(a)(13)(C)."

6. Effective January 1, 2000, by adding the following at the end of subsection 17.7 of the Plan:

"Notwithstanding the above, the provisions of this subsection 17.7 shall not apply to any plan year beginning after December 31, 1999."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized member of the Committee has caused the foregoing amendment to be executed this 20th day of September, 2001.

/s/ Jeffrey W. Taylor
----------------------------------------
On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid

-3-

EXHIBIT 10.39

SIXTH AMENDMENT
OF
TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. 401(K) PLAN
(Effective as of October 1, 1998)

WHEREAS, Taylor Capital Group, Inc. (the "Company") maintains the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (Effective as of October 1, 1998) (the "Plan"); and

WHEREAS, amendment of the Plan is now considered desirable;

NOW, THEREFORE, by virtue of the power reserved to the Company by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, and in exercise of the authority delegated to the Committee established pursuant to Section 16 of the plan (the "Committee") by subsection 15.1 of the Plan, the Plan is hereby amended in the following particulars:

1. By substituting the following for subparagraph 2.1(b) of the Plan, effective January 1, 2002:

"(b) Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each other employee of an Employer will become a participant in the Plan as of the first day of the first payroll coincident with or next following the date he satisfies the following requirements:

(i) he has attained age 18;

(ii) he has completed 30 days of employment with an Employer,

(iii) he is not a seasonal or temporary employee and he is employed as a member of a group of employees to which the Plan has been extended, either by unilateral action of an Employer in the case of an


employee who is not represented by a collective bargaining representative or, if he is a member of a group of employees represented by a collective bargaining representative, through a currently effective collective bargaining agreement between his Employer and the collective bargaining representative of the group of employees of which he is a member.

(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, an employee who is not yet a participant but who is eligible to become a participant may make a rollover contribution to the Plan (in accordance with subsection 3.3) prior to the employee's entry date, at the discretion of the Committee. Any eligible employee who makes a rollover contribution to the Plan will be treated as a participant, except that such employee shall not be eligible, until he becomes a participant, to make income deferral contributions pursuant to subsection 3.1 or to share in any employer contributions made pursuant to subsections 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4."

2. By substituting the following for subsection 2.2 of the Plan, effective April 1, 2002:

"2.2 Notice of Participation and Election to Contribute

The Committee will notify each employee of the date the employee becomes a participant and will notify each employee that he will be deemed to have elected to make income deferral contributions of 3% of his earnings unless he elects in accordance with subsection 3.4 not to make income deferral contributions or to make such contributions in an amount other than 3% of earnings."

3. By substituting the following for subsections 3.1 and 3.2 of the Plan, effective April 1, 2002:

-2-

"3.1. Income Deferral Contributions

References in the Plan to participants' 'income deferral contributions' mean deferrals made by participants from their earnings (as defined in subsection 3.4) before the imposition of Federal income taxes, irrespective of whether the income deferral contributions made from such earnings are either before or after the imposition of state, local or other taxes. Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, a participant may elect to make income deferral contributions for any plan year of a percentage (in increments of one percent) of the participant's earnings for such plan year at a rate of not less than one percent and not greater than seventy-five percent of such earnings. The amount to be deferred will be withheld from the participant's earnings and contributed to the Plan on the participant's behalf by the participant's Employer. Each participant who first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on or after April 1, 2002, and each participant who as of April 1, 2002 is making no income deferral contributions, shall be deemed to have elected to make income deferral contributions of 3% of earnings, unless the participant elects otherwise in accordance with rules established by the committee. A participant's election to make income deferral contributions must be made at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall determine. Subject to the limitations of Section 7, a participant's deferral authorization made pursuant to this subsection shall remain in effect until any change or suspension properly elected by the participant under subsection 3.2 becomes effective.

3.2. Change, Discontinuance, or Resumption of Income Deferral Contributions

A participant may elect, within the limits described in subsection 3.1, to change the rate of the participant's income deferral contributions. A participant may elect to discontinue making income deferral contributions as of the first day of any subsequent payroll period. If a participant elects to discontinue making income deferral contributions, the participant may elect to make or to resume making income deferral contributions. Each election under this subsection shall be made at such time and in such manner as the Committee shall determine, and shall be effective in accordance with rules established by the Committee."

4. By adding the following at the end of subsection 3.3(a), effective January 1, 2002:

-3-

"Such rules may include a determination of whether to accept rollovers from individual retirement accounts and whether to accept rollovers of amounts not includible in an individual's gross income (i.e.

after-tax amounts)."

5. By substituting the following for subsection 4.2 of the Plan, effective January 1, 2002:

"4.2 Employer Matching Contributions

Subject to the conditions and limitations of the Plan, each Employer will make a contribution to the Plan ('employer matching contributions') on behalf of each participant who makes income deferral contributions. The 'base matching contribution' shall be 100 percent (100%) of the participant's income deferral contribution, not to exceed one percent (1%) of his compensation; and the 'excess matching contribution' shall be fifty percent (50%) of the participant's income deferral contribution in excess of one percent (1%) of his compensation, not to exceed six percent (6%) of his compensation. The Board of Directors of the Company may, in its discretion, prospectively increase, decrease or discontinue the employer matching contribution. Employer matching contributions for a plan year shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as practicable after the end of the period to which they relate."

6. By substituting the following for subsection 7.8 of the Plan, effective January 1, 2002:

"7.8 Separate Testing of Participants with Less Than One Year of Service

The limitations of subsections 7.6 and 7.7 may, at the election of the Committee, be determined separately for (a) those participants with less than one year of service and (b) those participants with one or more years of service, as provided in regulations issued under Section 401(k), 401(m) and 410(b) of the Internal Revenue Code."

7. By substituting the following for subparagraph 9.1(e) of the Plan, effective January 1, 2002:

-4-

"(e) If a participant elects to withdraw an amount pursuant to this subsection, his ability to make income deferral contributions will be suspended for a period of 6 months following the date of the withdrawal."

8. By substituting the following for subsection 12.1 of the Plan, effective April 1, 2002:

"12.1 Commencement or Resumption of Participation

If a participant should terminate employment with the Employer and subsequently be reemployed by an Employer, the participant shall again become a participant as of the day of the participant's reemployment with the Employer, and shall be deemed to have elected to make income deferral contributions of 3% of earnings, unless he elects otherwise in accordance with subsection 3.1. If an employee who has not become a participant terminates employment with the Employer and subsequently is reemployed by an Employer, the employee shall become a participant in accordance with subsection 2.1."

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned duly authorized member of the Committee has caused the foregoing amendment to be executed this 20th day of December, 2001.

 /s/ J. Christopher Alstrin
-----------------------------------------
On behalf of the Committee as Aforesaid

-5-

EXHIBIT 10.40

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

401(K) TRUST

McDermott, Will & Emery Chicago


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                        PAGE

ARTICLE I
Name                                                                       2

ARTICLE II
Management and Control of Trust Fund Assets                                2
         II-1.    The Trust Fund                                           2
         II-2.    Plan Administration                                      2
         II-3.    Exercise of Trustee's Duties                             3
         II-4.    General Powers                                           3
         II-5.    Investment Managers                                      6
         II-6.    Responsibility of Trustee                                7
         II-7.    Compensation and Expenses                                7
         II-8.    Continuation of Powers Upon Trust Termination            7

ARTICLE III
Miscellaneous                                                              8
         III-1.   Disagreement as to Acts                                  8
         III-2.   Persons Dealing with Trustee                             8
         III-3.   Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated                8
         III-4.   Evidence                                                 8
         III-5.   Waiver of Notice                                         8
         III-6.   Counterparts                                             8
         III-7.   Governing Laws and Severability                          8
         III-8.   Successors, Etc                                          9
         III-9.   Action                                                   9
         III-10.  Conformance with Plan                                    9
         III-11.  Indemnification                                          9
         III-12.  Headings                                                 9
         III-13.  Notice                                                  10

ARTICLE IV
No Reversion to Company                                                   10

ARTICLE V
Change of Trustee                                                         11
         V-1.     Resignation                                             11
         V-2.     Removal of the Trustee                                  11
         V-3.     Duties of Resigning or Removed Trustee and of
                      Successor Trustee                                   11


                                                                        PAGE
         V-4.     Filling Trustee Vacancy                                 12

ARTICLE VI
Additional Employers                                                      12

ARTICLE VII
Amendment and Termination                                                 13
         VII-1.   Amendment                                               13
         VII-2.   Termination                                             13


TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

401(K) TRUST

THIS AGREEMENT, made effective as of , by and between Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois state chartered bank organized under the laws of the State of Illinois, and its successor or successors and assigns in the trust hereby evidenced, as trustee (the "Trustee").

WITNESSETH THAT:

WHEREAS, effective as of October 1, 1996, the Company established a tax-qualified plan known as the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "Prior Plan") for the exclusive benefit of its eligible employees and those of any Related Company (as defined in Article VII) that adopted the Prior Plan and became a party to the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k)/Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Trust (the "Prior Trust")(the Company and the Related Companies that are parties hereto are sometimes referred to below collectively as the "Employers" and individually as "Employer"); and

WHEREAS, effective as of October 1, 1998, the Company has amended, restated and continued the Prior Plan as the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. Profit Sharing and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP"); and

WHEREAS, effective October 1, 1998, the cash or deferred portion of the Prior Plan (the "cash or deferred portion") has been spun-off from the Prior Plan to the Taylor Capital Group, Inc. 401(k) Plan (the "Plan"), which is an amendment, restatement and continuation of the cash or deferred portion of the Prior Plan; and

WHEREAS, the Plan is intended to meet the applicable requirements of Sections 401(a) and 401(k) of the Code; and

WHEREAS, the portion of the Prior Trust which was attributable to the cash or deferred portion of the Prior Plan has been spun off from the Prior Trust into the trust established pursuant to this agreement (the "Trust"), which will implement and form a part of the Plan and is intended to be tax-exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code; and

WHEREAS, the Prior Trust was amended, restated and continued into a trust agreement which forms a part of the ESOP;

NOW THEREFORE, pursuant to the authority delegated to the undersigned officers of the Company by resolution of its Board of Directors, IT IS AGREED, by and between the parties


hereto, that the trust provisions contained herein shall constitute the agreement between the Company and the Trustee in connection with the Plan; and

IT IS FURTHER AGREED, that the Trustee hereby accepts its appointment as such under this Trust Agreement.

IT IS FURTHER AGREED, by and between the parties hereto as follows:

ARTICLE I

Name

This Trust Agreement and Trust hereby evidenced shall be known as the
"TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC. 401(K) TRUST."

ARTICLE II

Management and Control of Trust Fund Assets

II-1. The Trust Fund. The "Trust Fund" as at any date means all property of every kind then held by the Trustee pursuant to this Trust Agreement. The Trustee may manage, administer and invest all contributions made by the several Employers under the Plan as one Trust Fund, except to the extent that the authority to manage investments has been allocated to one or more investment managers pursuant to Article II-5. If, for any reason, it becomes necessary to determine the portion of the Trust Fund allocable to employees and former employees of any Employer as of any date, the Committee (as defined in Article II-2) shall specify such date as an accounting date, and after all adjustments required under the Plan as of that accounting date have been made, the portion of the Trust Fund attributable to such employees and former employees shall be determined and shall consist of an amount equal to the aggregate of the account balances of employees and former employees of that Employer plus an amount equal to any allocable contributions made by that Employer since the close of the immediately preceding plan year. The indicia of ownership of all assets of the Trust Fund must always reside within the jurisdiction of the district courts of the United States.

II-2. Plan Administration. The Plan shall be administered by a committee (the "Committee"), the members of which shall be certified to the Trustee by the Company. Except as provided in Article II-4, the Trustee shall have no authority to act unless directed in writing by


the Committee. Such directions shall take effect when received by the Trustee. The Committee may authorize one or more individuals to sign all communications between the Committee and Trustee and shall at all times keep the Trustee advised of the names of the members of the Committee and individuals authorized to sign on behalf of the Committee, and provide specimen signatures thereof. With the Trustee's prior written consent, the Committee may authorize the Trustee to act, without specific directions or other directions or instructions from the Committee, on any matter or class of matters with respect to which directions or instructions from the Committee are called for hereunder. A written statement signed by a majority of the Committee members or by an authorized Committee member shall be conclusive in favor of the Trustee acting in reliance thereon. The Trustee shall be fully protected in relying on any communication sent by any authorized person and shall not be required to verify the accuracy or validity of any signature unless the Trustee has reasonable grounds to doubt the authenticity of any signature. If the Trustee requests any directions hereunder and does not receive them, the Trustee shall act or refrain from acting, as it may determine, with no liability for such action or inaction.

II-3. Exercise of Trustee's Duties. The Trustee shall discharge its duties hereunder solely in the interest of the Plan Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, and:

(a) for the exclusive purpose of:

(i) providing benefits to Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan; and

(ii) defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan;

(b) with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims; and

(c) in accordance with the documents and instruments governing the Plan unless, in the good faith judgment of the Trustee, the documents and instruments are not consistent with the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA").

II-4. General Powers. Subject to the provisions of Articles II-2 and II-3, with respect to the Trust Fund, the Trustee shall have the following powers, rights and duties in addition to those provided elsewhere in this Trust Agreement or by law:

(a) to receive and to hold all contributions paid to it under the Plan; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no duty to require any contributions to


be made to it, or to determine that the contributions received by it comply with the provisions of the Plan or with any resolution of the Board providing therefor;

(b) as directed by the Committee, to retain in cash (pending investment, reinvestment or the distribution of dividends) such reasonable amount as may be required for the proper administration of the Trust and to invest such cash as determined by the Trustee; provided, however, that pending receipt of directions from the Committee, the Trustee may retain reasonable amounts of cash, in its discretion, without any liability for interest;

(c) as directed by the Committee, to make distributions from the Trust Fund to such persons or trusts, in such manner, at such times and in such forms (cash or other property) as directed without inquiring as to whether a payee is entitled to the payment, or as to whether a payment is proper, and without liability for a payment made in good faith without actual notice or knowledge of the changed condition or status of the payee. If any payment of benefits directed to be made from the Trust Fund by the Trustee is not claimed, the Trustee shall notify the Committee of that fact promptly. The Committee shall make a diligent effort to ascertain the whereabouts of the payee or distributee of benefits returned unclaimed. The Trustee shall dispose of such payments as the Committee shall direct. The Trustee shall have no obligation to search for or ascertain the whereabouts of any payee or distributee of benefits from the Trust Fund;

(d) to vote stocks, bonds or other securities held in the Trust, or otherwise consent to or request any action on the part of the issuer in person, by proxy or power of attorney;

(e) to compromise, contest, arbitrate, settle or abandon claims and demands by or against the Trust Fund;

(f) to begin, maintain or defend any litigation necessary in connection with the investment, reinvestment and administration of the Trust, and, to the extent not paid from the Trust Fund, the Company shall indemnify the Trustee against all expenses and liabilities reasonably sustained or anticipated by it by reason thereof (including reasonable attorneys' fees);

(g) to retain any funds or property subject to any dispute without liability for the payment of interest, or to decline to make payment or delivery thereof until final adjudication is made by a court of competent jurisdiction;

(h) to report to the Company as of the last day of each Plan Year (which shall be the same as the Trust's fiscal year), as of any accounting date (or as soon


thereafter as practicable), or at such other times as may be required under the Plan, the then "Net Worth" of the Trust Fund, that is, the fair market value of all property held in the Trust Fund, reduced by any liabilities other than liabilities to Participants in the Plan and their Beneficiaries, as determined by the Trustee;

(i) to furnish to the Company an annual written account and accounts for such other periods as may be required under the Plan, showing the Net Worth of the Trust Fund at the end of the period, all investments, receipts, disbursements and other transactions made by the Trustee during the accounting period, and such other information as the Trustee may possess which the Company requires in order to comply with Section 103 of ERISA. The Trustee shall keep accurate accounts of all investments, earnings thereon, and all accounts, books and records related to such investments shall be open to inspection by any person designated by the Company or the Committee. All accounts of the Trustee shall be kept on an accrual basis. If, during the term of this Trust Agreement, the Department of Labor issues regulations under ERISA regarding the valuation of securities or other assets for purposes of the reports required by ERISA, the Trustee shall use such valuation methods for purposes of the accounts described by this subparagraph. The Company may approve such accounting by written notice of approval delivered to the Trustee or by failure to express objection to such accounting in writing delivered to the Trustee within sixty (60) days from the date upon which the accounting was delivered to the Company. Upon the receipt of a written approval of the accounting, or upon the passage of the period of time within which objection may be filed without written objections having been delivered to the Trustee, such accounting shall be deemed to be approved, and the Trustee shall be released and discharged as to all items, matters and things set forth in such account, as fully as if such accounting had been settled and allowed by decree of a court of competent jurisdiction in an action or proceeding in which the Trustee, the Company and all persons having or claiming to have any interest in the Trust Fund or under the Plan were parties.

(j) as directed by the Committee, to pay any estate, inheritance, income or other tax, charge or assessment attributable to any benefit which shall or may be required to pay out of such benefit; provided that the Trustee in its sole undirected discretion may require before making any payment such release or other document from any taxing authority and such indemnity from the intended payee as the Trustee shall deem necessary for its protection;

(k) to employ and to reasonably rely upon information and advice furnished by


agents, attorneys, accountants or other persons of its choice for such purposes as the Trustee considers desirable;

(m) to assume, until advised to the contrary, that the Trust evidenced by this Agreement is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code and is entitled to tax exemption under Section 501(a) thereof;

(n) to have the authority to invest and reinvest the assets of the Trust Fund, upon direction from the Committee, in personal property of any kind, including, but not limited to bonds, notes, debentures, mortgages, equipment trust certificates, investment trust certificates, guaranteed investment contracts, preferred or common stock, and registered investment companies. The Trustee shall follow the directions of the Committee and shall have no duty or obligation to review the assets from time to time so acquired, nor to make any recommendations with respect to the investment, reinvestment or retention thereof;

(o) as directed by the Committee, to exercise any options, subscription rights and other privileges with respect to Trust assets;

(p) to register ownership of any securities or other property held by it in its own name or in the name of a nominee, with or without the addition of words indicating that such securities are held in a fiduciary capacity, and may hold any securities in bearer form, but the books and records of the Trustee shall at all times reflect that all such investments are part of the Trust;

(q) with the approval of the Committee, to borrow such sum or sums from time to time as the Trustee considers necessary or desirable and in the best interest of the Trust Fund, and for that purpose to mortgage or pledge any part of the Trust Fund (subject to the provisions of Code Section 4795(c) and the regulations issued thereunder);

(r) to participate in and use the Federal Book-Entry Account System, a service provided by the Federal Reserve Bank for its member banks for deposit of Treasury securities; and

(s) as directed by the Committee, to perform any and all other acts which are necessary or appropriate for the proper management, investment and distribution of the Trust Fund.

II-5. Investment Managers. The Committee may appoint one or more investment managers (as defined in section 3(38) of ERISA) to manage the investment of any part or all of the assets of the Trust Fund. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Trustee shall have no


obligation for investment of any assets of the trust fund which are subject to management by an investment manager. Appointment of an investment manager shall be made by written notice to the investment manager and the Trustee, which notice shall specify those powers, rights and duties of the Trustee under this agreement that are allocated to the investment manager and that portion of the assets of the trust fund subject to investment management. An investment manager so appointed pursuant to this paragraph shall be either a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, a bank, as defined in said Act, or an insurance company qualified to manage, acquire and dispose of the assets of the plan under the laws of more than one state of the United States. Any such investment manager shall acknowledge to the company in writing that it accepts such appointment and that it is a fiduciary with respect to the plan and trust. An investment manager may resign at any time upon written notice to the Trustee and the Committee. The Committee may remove an investment manager at any time by written notice to the investment manager and the Trustee.

II-6. Responsibility of Trustee. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any way for the adequacy of the Trust Fund to meet and discharge any or all liabilities under the Plan or for the proper application of distributions made or other action taken upon the written direction of the Committee. The powers, duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be limited to those set forth in this Trust Agreement, and nothing contained in the Plan, either expressly or by implication, shall be deemed to impose any additional powers, duties or responsibilities on the Trustee.

II-7. Compensation and Expenses. The Trustee shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services, as agreed to between the Company and the Trustee from time to time in writing and to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred by the Trustee in the administration of the Trust. The Trustee is authorized to pay from the Trust Fund all expenses of administering the Plan and Trust, including its compensation, compensation to any agents employed by the Trustee and any accounting and legal expenses, to the extent they are not paid directly by the Employers. The Trustee shall be fully protected in making payments of administrative expenses pursuant to the written directions of the Committee.


II-8. Continuation of Powers Upon Trust Termination. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, upon termination of the Trust, the powers, rights and duties of the Trustee hereunder shall continue until all Trust Fund assets have been liquidated.

ARTICLE III

Miscellaneous

III-1. Disagreement as to Acts. If there is a disagreement between the Trustee and anyone as to any act or transaction reported in any accounting, the Trustee shall have the right to have its account settled by a court of competent jurisdiction.

III-2. Persons Dealing with Trustee. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be required to see to the application of any money paid or property delivered to the Trustee, or to determine whether or not the Trustee is acting pursuant to any authority granted to it under this Agreement or the Plan.

III-3. Benefits May Not Be Assigned or Alienated. The interests under the Plan and this Agreement of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan are not subject to the claims of their creditors and may not be voluntarily or involuntarily assigned, alienated or encumbered, except to the extent that the Committee directs the Trustee that any such interests are subject to a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.

III-4. Evidence. Evidence required of anyone under this Agreement may be by certificate, affidavit, document or other instrument which the person acting in reliance thereon considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, made or presented by the proper party.

III-5. Waiver of Notice. Any notice required under this Agreement may be waived in writing by the person entitled thereto.

III-6. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and no other counterparts need be produced.

III-7. Governing Laws and Severability. This Agreement shall be construed and administered according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts to the extent that such laws are not preempted by the laws of the United States of America. If any provision of this Agreement is held illegal, invalid or contrary to ERISA, the illegality or invalidity or contrary provisions shall not affect the remaining provisions of the Agreement, but shall be severable, and the Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had never


been inserted herein.

III-8. Successors, Etc. This Agreement shall be binding on the Employers, and any successor thereto by virtue of any merger, sale, dissolution, consolidation or reorganization, on the Trustee and its successor and on all persons entitled to benefits under the Plan and their respective heirs and legal representatives.

III-9. Action. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the Company under this Agreement shall be by resolution of its Board of Directors or by a person or persons authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors. The Trustee shall not recognize or take notice of any appointment of any representative of the Company or Committee unless and until the Company or the Committee shall have notified the Trustee in writing of such appointment and the extent of such representative's authority. The Trustee may assume that such appointment and authority continue in effect until it receives written notice to the contrary from the Company or Committee. Any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Trustee by authority of any representative of the Company or Committee within the scope of his authority shall be as effective for all purposes hereof as if such action or nonaction had been authorized by the Company or Committee.

III-10. Conformance with Plan. Unless otherwise indicated in this Trust Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have the meaning as stated in the Plan. The Company has provided the Trustee with an executed or certified copy of the Plan and shall provide the Trustee with a certified copy of each amendment thereto promptly upon adoption. To the extent the provisions of the Plan and this Agreement conflict, the provisions of the Plan shall govern; provided however, that the Trustee's duties and obligations shall be determined solely under this Trust Agreement.

III-11. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee from all loss or liability (including expenses and reasonable attorneys' fee) to which the Trustee may be subject by reason of the execution of its duties under this Trust Agreement, or by reason of any acts taken in good faith in accordance with directions, or acts omitted in good faith due to absence of directions, from the Committee unless such loss or liability is due to the Trustee's gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee is entitled to collect on the indemnity provided by this Article IV-11 only from the Company, and is not entitled to any direct or indirect indemnity payment from assets of the Trust Fund.

III-12. Headings. The headings of Sections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall have no substantive effect on the provisions of this Agreement.


III-13. Notice. All notices that are required or may be given pursuant to the terms of this Trust Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficient in all respects if delivered personally or by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

If to the Company to:

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
350 East Dundee Road
Wheeling, Illinois, 60090
Attn: Director of Human Resources

If to the Trustee:

Cole Taylor Bank
350 East Dundee Road
Wheeling, Illinois, 60090
Attn: Scott McCartan

Any notice required under this Trust Agreement may be waived by the person entitled to notice.

ARTICLE IV

No Reversion to Company

No part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund shall revert to any Employer or be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants and other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan, provided, however, that:

(a) Each Employer's contribution under the Plan is conditioned on the initial qualification of the Plan as applied to that Employer under Section 401(a) of the Code and if that Plan does not so initially qualify, the Trustee shall, upon written direction of the Committee, return to that Employer the amount of such contribution and any increment thereon within one calendar year after the date that qualification of the Plan, as applied to that Employer, is denied, but only if the application for qualification is submitted within the time prescribed by law.

(b) If, upon termination of the Plan with respect to any Employer, any amounts are held in a 415 Suspense Account which are attributable to the contributions of such Employer and such amounts may not be credited to


the Accounts of Participants, such amounts, upon the written direction of the Committee, will be returned to that Employer as soon as practicable after the termination of the Plan with respect to that Employer.

(c) Employer contributions under the Plans are conditioned upon the deductibility thereof under Section 404 of the Code, and, to the extent any such deduction of an Employer is disallowed, the Trustee shall, upon the written direction of the Committee, return the amount of the contribution (to the extent disallowed), reduced by the amount of any losses thereon, to the Employer within one year after the date the deduction is disallowed.

(d) If a contribution or any portion thereof is made by an Employer by a mistake of fact, the Trustee shall, upon written direction of the Committee, return the amount of the contribution or such portion, reduced by the amount of any losses there on, to the Employer within one year after the date of payment to the Trustee.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee has no responsibility as to the sufficiency of the Trust Fund to provide any distribution to an Employer under this Article IV.

ARTICLE V

Change of Trustee

V-1. Resignation. The Trustee may resign at any time by giving thirty
(30) days' advance written notice to the Company and the Committee.

V-2. Removal of the Trustee. The Committee may, with the consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, remove the Trustee by giving thirty (30) days' advance written notice to the Trustee, subject to providing the removed Trustee with satisfactory written evidence of the appointment of a successor Trustee and of the successor Trustee's acceptance of the trusteeship.

V-3. Duties of Resigning or Removed Trustee and of Successor Trustee. If the Trustee resigns or is removed, it shall promptly transfer and deliver the assets of the Trust Fund to the successor Trustee, and may reserve such amount to provide for the payment of all fees and expenses, or taxes then or thereafter chargeable against the Trust Fund, to the extent not previously paid by the Company. The Company shall be obligated to reimburse the Trust for any amount reserved by the Trustee. Within 120 days, the resigned or removed Trustee shall furnish


to the Company and the successor Trustee an account of its administration of the Trust from the date of its last account. Each successor Trustee shall succeed to the title to the Trust Fund vested in his predecessor without the signing or filing of any further instrument, but any resigning or removed Trustee shall execute all documents and do all acts necessary to vest such title or record in any successor Trustee. Each successor shall have all the powers, rights and duties conferred by this Trust Agreement as if originally named Trustee. No successor Trustee shall be personally liable for any act or failure to act of a predecessor Trustee. With the approval of the Committee, a successor Trustee may accept the account rendered and the property delivered to it by its predecessor Trustee as a full and complete discharge to the predecessor Trustee without incurring any liability or responsibility for so doing.

V-4. Filling Trustee Vacancy. The Committee may, with the consent of the Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, fill a vacancy in the office of Trustee as soon as practicable by a writing filed with the person or entity appointed to fill the vacancy.

ARTICLE VI

Additional Employers

Any Related Company (as defined below) may become a party to this Trust Agreement by:

(a) filing with the Company and the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of its Board of Directors to that effect; and

(b) filing with the Trustee a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company consenting to such action.

A "Related Company" is any corporation, trade or business during any period in which it is, along with the Company, a member of a controlled group of corporations, a group of trades or businesses under common control or an affiliated service group, as described in section 414(b), 414(c) and 414(m), respectively, of the Code or as described in regulations issued by the Secretary of the Treasury or his delegate pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code. Any Related Company so becoming a party to this Trust Agreement shall be deemed to have irrevocably appointed the Company as its agent for all purposes of this Trust Agreement to the end that the Trustee may deal with the Company as if the Company were the only Employer party to this Trust Agreement.


ARTICLE VII

Amendment and Termination

VII-1. Amendment. While the Employers expect and intend to continue the Trust, the Company reserves the right to amend the Trust at any time pursuant to an action of the Company's Board of Directors, except that no amendment shall change the rights, duties and liabilities of the Trustee under this Trust Agreement without its prior written agreement, nor reduce a Participant's benefits to less than the amount such Participant would be entitled to receive if such Participant had resigned from the employ of the Employers on the date of the amendment. Amendments to the Trust shall be effective upon execution of such amendments by both the Company and the Trustee.

VII-2. Termination. The Trust may be terminated as to all Employees on any date specified by the Company. The Trust will terminate as to any Employer on the first to occur of the following:

(a) the date it is terminated by that Employer;

(b) the date such Employer's contributions to the Trust are completely discontinued;

(c) the date such Employer is judicially declared bankrupt under Chapter 7 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code; or

(d) the dissolution, merger, consolidation, or reorganization of that Employer, or the sale by that Employer of all or substantially all of its assets, except that, with the consent of the Company, such arrangements may be made whereby the Trust will be continued by any successor to that Employer or any purchaser of all or substantially all of that Employer's assets, in which case the successor or purchaser will be substituted for that Employer under the Trust.

The Trustee's powers upon termination as described above will continue until liquidation of the Trust Fund, or the portion thereof attributable to an Employer, as the case may be. Upon termination of this Trust the Trustee shall first reserve such reasonable amounts as it may deem necessary to provide for the payment of any expenses or fees then or thereafter chargeable to the Trust Fund. Subject to such reserve, the balance of the Trust Fund shall be liquidated and distributed by the Trustee to or for the benefit of the Participants or their beneficiaries, as directed by the Committee after compliance with applicable requirements of ERISA, as amended from time to time, or other applicable law, accompanied by a certification that the disposition is in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trustee need not question the propriety of such


certification. The Company shall have full responsibility to see that such distribution is proper and within the terms of the Plan and this Trust.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and Trustee have caused these presents to be signed and their seals to be hereunto affixed and attested by their duly authorized officers all as of the day and year first above written.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

/s/ Jeffrey Taylor
-----------------------------------
President

Cole Taylor Bank

/s/ Christopher Alstrin
-----------------------------------
Senior Vice President


Form of Exhibit 10.41

CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This AGREEMENT entered into as of by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc. a Delaware corporation, Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois banking corporation (the "Bank"), and Employee Name (the "executive").

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Executive provides valuable services as an employee of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to provide security to the Executive to induce the Executive to continue in the employ of the Bank.

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained the value of which is hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Bank Obligation. Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, if during the Change in Control Period the Bank shall terminate the Executive's employment, or if during the Change in Control Period the Executive shall terminate his employment with the Bank for Good Reason, the Bank shall pay to the Executive in a single sum within thirty (30) days after the termination of employment an amount equal to [one and one-half (1-1/2) times] the Executive's annual Compensation and the Bank shall continue to the Executive, for a period of eighteen consecutive months beginning with the date of the Executive's termination of employment, Medical and Hospital Benefits. The Bank shall also provide executive level outplacement assistance benefits beginning with the date of the Executive's termination of employment. If the Executive's employment is terminated with the Bank during the Change in Control Period for any reason, excluding a termination for Good Reason, or if the Bank shall terminate the Executive's employment due to Cause, death or the Executive's disability which renders him unable to perform the essential functions of the position, this Agreement shall terminate without any obligation of the Company to the Executive hereunder. If the Executive is offered employment by a successor to the Bank or its business or assets or by an Affiliate or a successor to an Affiliate or its business or assets on terms and conditions that are reasonably comparable to the Executive's terms and conditions of employment with the Bank (including this Agreement), the Company shall not have an obligation hereunder to the Executive. If any payment under this Agreement, either alone or together with any other payment, benefit or transfer of property which the Executive receives or has a right to receive from the Bank or its Affiliate, ("Total Payments"), would constitute a nondeductible "excess parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, amended


("Code")) or nondeductible "employee remuneration" under Section 162(m) of the Code, such payment under this Agreement shall be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of the payment under this Agreement being such a nondeductible payment under the Code. The Bank agrees to undertake such reasonable efforts as it may determine in its sole discretion to prevent any payment under this Agreement from constituting a nondeductible payment, provided the Bank is not obligated to incur additional cost in order to make a payment nondeductible. The determination of any reduction under the preceding sentences shall be made by the Bank in good faith, and such determination shall be binding on the Executive. The reduction provided by the fifth sentence of this paragraph 1 shall apply only if, after reduction for any applicable federal excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code and federal income tax imposed by the Code, the total payment accruing to the Executive would be less than the amount of the Total Payments as reduced under said fifth sentence and after reduction for federal income taxes.

2. Other Benefits. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any other plan, program, policy or practice of the Company, Bank or any Affiliate for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything in this Agreement limit or otherwise affect the rights of the Bank or the Executive under any other plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement to which the Company, Bank or any Affiliate may be a party. Any amounts payable or rights or benefits furnished the Executive under any other plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement with the Company, Bank or any of its Affiliates at or subsequent to the date of the Executive's termination of employment shall be payable in accordance with the terms of such plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement and without regard to this Agreement, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement. Amounts payable or in respect of this Agreement shall not be taken into account with respect to any other employee benefit plan or arrangement.

3. Mitigation. The Executive shall not be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under this Agreement, and the amount payable under this Agreement shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company's obligation to make the payment provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others.

4. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and

-2-

shall not be assignable by the Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive's legal representatives including the Executive's executor, trustee or administrator.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement.

5. Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute related to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement shall be enforceable only by arbitration in Cook County, Illinois (or such other metropolitan area to which the Company's principal executive officers may be relocated if such relocation does not result in Good Reason for the Executive to terminate employment), in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, one of whom shall be selected by the Company, the second of whom shall be selected by the Executive and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two arbitrators. In the absence of the American Arbitration Association, or if for any reason arbitration under the arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association cannot be initiated, or if one of the parties fails or refuses to select an arbitrator, or if the arbitrators selected by the Company and the Executive cannot agree on the selection of the third arbitrator within seven days after such time as the Company and the Executive have each been notified of the selection of the other's arbitrator, the necessary arbitrator or arbitrators shall be selected by the presiding judge of the court of general jurisdiction in the metropolitan area where arbitration under this Section would otherwise have been conducted. The arbitrators shall award to the Executive his reasonable legal fees and expenses in connection with any arbitration proceeding hereunder if (i) the arbitration is commenced by the Company, and the Company has no reasonable basis for initiating such proceeding, or (ii) the arbitration is commenced by the Executive, and the Executive prevails on the Executive's claim in the arbitration proceeding. The arbitrators shall award to the Company its legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with any arbitration proceeding hereunder if the arbitration proceeding is commenced by the Executive, and the Executive has no reasonable basis for initiating such proceeding. The parties agree that the arbitration panel shall construe this paragraph to determine whether either party is entitled to recover its cost and fees hereunder. Any award entered by the arbitrators shall be formal, binding and nonappealable and judgment may be entered thereon by

-3-

any party in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.

6. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Executive:

Employee Name

Employee Address
Employee City, State, Zip

If to the Company:

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.

350 East Dundee Road
Suite 300
Wheeling, Illinois 60090 Attention: Chairperson of the Compensation Committee

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(e) The Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company or the Bank,

-4-

the employment of the Executive by the Bank is 'at will" and, may be terminated by either the Executive or the Company at any time. Moreover, if prior to the Effective Date, the Executive's employment with the Bank terminates, then the Executive shall have no rights under this Agreement.

(f) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and contains all the agreements between such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all other agreements, oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

7. Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement the following whenever used in the capitalized form shall have the meaning set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

(a) "Affiliate" means, with respect to any person, any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated association or other entity (other than such person) that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with that person.

(b) "Annual Bonus" means the gross, annual bonus payable to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ending immediately preceding the Effective Date, but annualized in the event the Executive was not employed for the entire fiscal year with respect to which such bonus was paid.

(c) "Cause" shall means termination because of (1) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the Employee's duties or in the course of the Employee's employment, (2) unreasonable neglect or refusal by the Employee to perform his duties (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee's incapacity due to disability),
(3) the engaging by the Employee in willful, reckless, or grossly negligent misconduct which is or may be materially injurious to the Company, or (4) the Employee's conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony.

(d) "Change of Control" means, and be deemed to have occurred, on the date of the first to occur of any of the following:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the

-5-

effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Sale of the Company; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family owns less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(e) "Change in Control Period" means the continuous period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the SECOND anniversary of the Effective Date.

(f) "Compensation" means the gross, annual base salary and Annual Bonus paid by the Bank (including amounts accrued but not paid) to the Executive in accordance with the generally applied payroll practices of the Bank for the completed fiscal year of the Bank immediately preceding the Effective Date. Compensation, for purposes of applying the one and one half (1-1/2) multiplier in paragraph 1 of this agreement, does not include any accrued balances in the 1997

-6-

Long Term Incentive Plan or any other compensation program the executive participates in. For purposes of this Agreement, any amounts due the Executive under any compensation plan other than base salary and annual bonus, shall be paid out in accordance with the provisions of the specific plan governing those said programs.

(g) "Effective Date" means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Change in Control occurs and if the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which the Change in Control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by the Executive that such termination of employment (i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect the Change in Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of the Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.

(h) "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events unless, (i) such event occurs with the Executive's express prior written consent, (ii) the event is an isolated, insubstantial or inadvertent action or failure to act which was not in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive, (iii) the event occurs in connection with the termination of the Executive's employment for Cause, Disability or death or (iv) the event occurs in connection with the Executive's voluntary termination of employment or other than due to the occurrence of one of the following events:

(A) the assignment to the Executive by the Company or the Bank of any duties which are inconsistent with, or are a diminution of, the Executive's positions, duty, title, office, responsibility and status with the Company or the Bank, including without limitation, any diminution of the Executive's position or responsibility in the decision or management processes of the Company, or any removal of the Executive from, or any failure to reelect the Executive to, any of such positions;

(B) a reduction by the Company or the Bank in the Executive's rate of base salary as in effect on the Effective Date or as the same may be increased from time to time during the term of the Agreement, other than a reduction which is a reduction generally applicable to all senior officers or executives of the

-7-

Company;

(C) any failure to either continue in effect any material benefit or incentive plan or arrangement (including, without limitation, a plan meeting the applicable provisions of Section 401(a) of the Code, group life insurance plan, medical, dental, accident and disability plans) in which the Executive is participating or eligible to participate on the Effective Date or to substitute and continue other plans providing the Executive with substantially similar benefits (all of the foregoing is hereinafter referred to as "Benefit Plans"), or the taking of any action which would substantially and adversely affect the Executive's participation in or materially reduce the Executive's benefits or compensation under any such Benefit Plan or deprive the Executive of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by the Executive on the Effective Date;

(D) a relocation of more than 50 miles from their location of the principal executive offices of the Company or the Bank, or the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment for the Company or the Bank of more than 50 miles, to any place other than the location at which the Executive performed his duties on the Effective Date; and

(E) any failure by any successor or assignee of the Company to continue this Agreement in full force and effect.

If the Executive does not notify the Company or the Bank and incurs the termination of employment within 120 days of the date the Executive knew or should have reasonably known of the event giving rise to Good Reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have waived his right to a termination for Good Reason based upon such event or the continuing effect or occurrence of such event.

(i) "Medical and Hospital Benefits" mean the medical and hospital benefits that would have been offered to the Executive and the Executive's family members if the Executive's employment had not terminated based on the same terms and conditions applicable to non-terminated similarly situated executives of the Company or its successor and their family members. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (A) any Medical and Hospital Benefits offered in accordance with this Agreement run simultaneously with any rights to health coverage continuation available to the Executive and the Executive's family under applicable law and this Agreement shall

-8-

constitute notice to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members of any right to elect health continuation coverage under the provisions of Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Service of 1986, as amended, Section 601 et. al. of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (to the extent applicable) following the expiration of the Medical and Hospital Benefits coverage period under this Agreement; and (B) if the Executive or any of the Executive's family members are covered under a group health plan of another employer, nothing in this Agreement shall obligate a plan maintained by the Company to pay benefits on a primary basis with respect to such person.

(j) "Taylor Family" means (A) Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (B) a descendant of Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (C) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of any individual described in (A) or (B) above, or (C) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (A), (B), or (C) above.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Change of Control and Severance Agreement on the date first written above. Executed this 15th day of June, 2000.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By:

Jeffrey Taylor, Chairman & Chief Executive Officer

COLE TAYLOR BANK

By:

Bruce W. Taylor President and CEO

EXECUTIVE


Employee Name

-9-

FORM OF
CHANGE IN CONTROL SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.42

This AGREEMENT entered into as of the by and among Taylor Capital Group, Inc. a Delaware corporation, Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois banking corporation (the "Bank"), and Employee Name (the "Executive"),

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, the Executive provides valuable services as an employee of the Bank;

WHEREAS, the Company wishes to provide security to the Executive to induce the Executive to continue in the employ of the Bank.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the mutual covenants herein contained the value of which is hereby acknowledged, the Executive and the Bank agree as follows:

1. Bank Obligation. Subject to the limitations of this Agreement, if during the Change in Control Period the Bank shall terminate the Executive's employment, or if during the Change in Control Period the Executive shall terminate his employment with the Bank for Good Reason, the Bank shall pay to the Executive in a single sum within thirty (30) days after the termination of employment an amount equal to [two and one-half (2-1/2) times] the Executive's annual Compensation and the Bank shall continue to the Executive, for a period of eighteen consecutive months beginning with the date of the Executive's termination of employment, Medical and Hospital Benefits. The Bank shall also provide executive level outplacement assistance benefits beginning with the date of the Executive's termination of employment. If the Executive's employment is terminated with the Bank during the Change in Control Period for any reason, excluding a termination for Good Reason, or if the Bank shall terminate the Executive's employment due to Cause, death or the Executive's disability which renders him unable to perform the essential functions of the position, this Agreement shall terminate without any obligation of the Company to the Executive hereunder. If the Executive is offered employment by a successor to the Bank or its business or assets or by an Affiliate or a successor to an Affiliate or its business or assets on terms and conditions that are reasonably comparable to the Executive's terms and conditions of employment with the Bank (including this Agreement), the Company shall not have an obligation hereunder to the Executive. If any payment under this Agreement, either alone or together with any other payment, benefit or transfer of property which the Executive receives or has a right to receive form the Bank or its Affiliate, ("Total Payments"), would constitute a nondeductible "excess parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, amended ("Code")) or nondeductible "employee remuneration" under Section


162(m) of the Code, such payment under this Agreement shall be reduced to the largest amount as will result in no portion of the payment under this Agreement being such a nondeductible payment under the Code. The Bank agrees to undertake such reasonable efforts as it may determine in its sole discretion to prevent any payment under this Agreement from constituting a nondeductible payment, provided the Bank is not obligated to incur additional cost in order to make a payment nondeductible. The determination of any reduction under the preceding sentences shall be made by the Bank in good faith, and such determination shall be binding on the Executive. The reduction provided by the fifth sentence of this paragraph 1 shall apply only if, after reduction for any applicable federal excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code and federal income tax imposed by the Code, the total payment accruing to the Executive would be less than the amount of the Total Payments as reduced under said fifth sentence and after reduction for federal income taxes.

2. Other Benefits. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive's continuing or future participation in any other plan, program, policy or practice of the Company, Bank or any Affiliate for which the Executive may qualify, nor shall anything in this Agreement limit or otherwise affect the rights of the Bank or the Executive under any other plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement to which the Company, Bank or any Affiliate may be a party. Any amounts payable or rights or benefits furnished the Executive under any other plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement with the Company, Bank or any of its Affiliates at or subsequent to the date of the Executive's termination of employment shall be payable in accordance with the terms of such plan, program, policy, practice, contract or agreement and without regard to this Agreement, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement. Amounts payable or in respect of this Agreement shall not be taken into account with respect to any other employee benefit plan or arrangement.

3. Mitigation. The Executive shall not be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under this Agreement, and the amount payable under this Agreement shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company's obligation to make the payment provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other claim, right or action which the Company may have against the Executive or others.

4. Successors.

(a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive and shall not be assignable by the Executive. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the

-2-

Executive's legal representatives including the Executive's executor, trustee or administrator.

(b) This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns.

(c) The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement.

5. Resolution of Disputes. Any dispute related to the interpretation or enforcement of this Agreement shall be enforceable only by arbitration in Cook County, Illinois (or such other metropolitan area to which the Company's principal executive officers may be relocated if such relocation does not result in Good Reason for the Executive to terminate employment), in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules then in effect of the American Arbitration Association, before a panel of three arbitrators, one of whom shall be selected by the Company, the second of whom shall be selected by the Executive and the third of whom shall be selected by the other two arbitrators. In the absence of the American Arbitration Association, or if for any reason arbitration under the arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association cannot be initiated, or if one of the parties fails or refuses to select an arbitrator, or if the arbitrators selected by the Company and the Executive cannot agree on the selection of the third arbitrator within seven days after such time as the Company and the Executive have each been notified of the selection of the other's arbitrator, the necessary arbitrator or arbitrators shall be selected by the presiding judge of the court of general jurisdiction in the metropolitan area where arbitration under this Section would otherwise have been conducted. The arbitrators shall award to the Executive his reasonable legal fees and expenses in connection with any arbitration proceeding hereunder if (i) the arbitration is commenced by the Company, and the Company has no reasonable basis for initiating such proceeding, or (ii) the arbitration is commenced by the Executive, and the Executive prevails on the Executive's claim in the arbitration proceeding.

The arbitrators shall award to the Company its legal fees and expenses incurred in connection with any arbitration proceeding hereunder if the arbitration proceeding is commenced by the Executive, and the Executive has no reasonable basis for initiating such proceeding. The parties agree that the arbitration panel shall construe this paragraph to determine whether either party is entitled to recover its cost and fees hereunder. Any award entered by the arbitrators shall be formal, binding and nonappealable and judgment may be entered thereon by any party in accordance with applicable law in any court of competent jurisdiction. This arbitration provision shall be specifically enforceable.

-3-

6. Miscellaneous.

(a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois, without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified otherwise than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

(b) All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Executive:

Employee Name
Employee Address
Employee City, State, Zip

If to the Company:

Taylor Capital Group, Inc.
350 East Dundee Road
Suite 300
Wheeling, Illinois 60090
Attention: Chairperson of the Compensation Committee

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notices and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

(c) The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

(d) The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such Federal, state or local taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

(e) The Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company or the Bank, the employment of the Executive by the Bank is "at will" and, may be terminated by either the Executive or the Company at any time. Moreover, if prior to the Effective Date, the Executive's employment with the Bank terminates, then the Executive shall have no rights under this

-4-

Agreement.

(f) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto and contains all the agreements between such parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes all other agreements, oral or in writing, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

7. Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement the following whenever used in the capitalized form shall have the meaning set forth below unless the context clearly indicates otherwise.

(a) "Affiliate" means, with respect to any person, any individual, corporation, partnership, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated association or other entity (other than such person) that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with that person.

(b) "Annual Bonus" means the gross, annual bonus payable to the Executive for the fiscal year of the Company ending immediately preceding the Effective Date, but annualized in the event the Executive was not employed for the entire fiscal year with respect to which such bonus was paid.

(c) "Cause" shall means termination because of (1) an act of fraud, embezzlement or theft in connection with the Employee's duties or in the course of the Employee's employment, (2) unreasonable neglect or refusal by the Employee to perform his duties (other than any such failure resulting from the Employee's incapacity due to disability), (3) the engaging by the Employee in willful, reckless, or grossly negligent misconduct which is or may be materially injurious to the Company, or (4) the Employee's conviction of or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to a felony.

(d) "Change of Control" means, and be deemed to have occurred, on the date of the first to occur of any of the following:

(i) upon the vote of the shareholders of the Company approving a merger or consolidation in which the Company's shareholders immediately prior to the effective time of the merger or consolidation will beneficially own immediately after the effective time of the merger or consolidation securities of the surviving or new corporation having less than 50% of the "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation, including "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or

-5-

deferred basis as well as immediately exercisable "voting power"; provided, however, that no such merger or consolidation shall constitute a "change of control" in the event that following such transaction the Taylor Family (as defined below) owns, directly or indirectly, 30% or more of the combined "voting power" of the surviving or new corporation's outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(ii) upon the consummation of a sale, lease, exchange or other transfer or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, provided, however, that the mortgage, pledge or hypothecation of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis, in connection with a bona fide financing shall not constitute a Sale of the Company; or

(iii) when any "person" (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule 13d-3 of the Securities Exchange Act as in effect on date hereof, but excluding (a) any Company sponsored employee benefit plan and (b) any member of the Taylor Family), directly or indirectly, of shares of Company stock such that the Taylor Family owns less than 30% of the combined "voting power" of the Company's then outstanding securities, excluding "voting power" exercisable on a contingent or deferred basis.

(e) "Change in Control Period" means the continuous period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the SECOND anniversary of the Effective Date.

(f) "Compensation" means the gross, annual base salary and Annual Bonus paid by the Bank (including amounts accrued but not paid) to the Executive in accordance with the generally applied payroll practices of the Bank for the completed fiscal year of the Bank immediately preceding the Effective Date. Compensation, for purposes of applying the two and one half (2 1/2) multiplier in paragraph 1 of this agreement, does not include any accrued balances in the 1997 Long Term Incentive Plan or any other compensation program the executive participates in. For purposes of this Agreement, any amounts due the Executive under any compensation plan other than base salary and annual bonus, shall be paid out in accordance with the provisions of the specific plan governing those said programs.

-6-

(g) "Effective Date" means the date on which a Change in Control occurs. Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, if a Change in Control occurs and if the Executive's employment with the Company is terminated prior to the date on which the Change in Control occurs, and if it is reasonably demonstrated by the Executive that such termination of employment
(i) was at the request of a third party who has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect the Change in Control or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of the Change in Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement the "Effective Date" shall mean the date immediately prior to the date of such termination of employment.

(h) "Good Reason" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events unless, (i) such event occurs with the Executive's express prior written consent, (ii) the event is an isolated, insubstantial or inadvertent action or failure to act which was not in bad faith and which is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive, (iii) the event occurs in connection with the termination of the Executive's employment for Cause, Disability or death or (iv) the event occurs in connection with the Executive's voluntary termination of employment or other than due to the occurrence of one of the following events:

(A) the assignment to the Executive by the Company or the Bank of any duties which are inconsistent with, or are a diminution of, the Executive's positions, duty, title, office, responsibility and status with the Company or the Bank, including without limitation, any diminution of the Executive's position or responsibility in the decision or management processes of the Company, or any removal of the Executive from, or any failure to reelect the Executive to, any of such positions;

(B) a reduction by the Company or the Bank in the Executive's rate of base salary as in effect on the Effective Date or as the same may be increased from time to time during the term of the Agreement, other than a reduction which is a reduction generally applicable to all senior officers or executives of the Company;

(C) any failure to either continue in effect any material benefit or incentive plan or arrangement (including, without limitation, a plan meeting the applicable provisions of Section 401(a) of the Code, group life insurance plan, medical, dental, accident and disability plans) in which the Executive is

-7-

participating or eligible to participate on the Effective Date or to substitute and continue other plans providing the Executive with substantially similar benefits (all of the foregoing is hereinafter referred to as "Benefit Plans"), or the taking of any action which would substantially and adversely affect the Executive's participation in or materially reduce the Executive's benefits or compensation under any such Benefit Plan or deprive the Executive of any material fringe benefit enjoyed by the Executive on the Effective Date;

(D) a relocation of more than 50 miles from their location of the principal executive offices of the Company or the Bank, or the relocation of the Executive's principal place of employment for the Company or the Bank of more than 50 miles, to any place other than the location at which the Executive performed his duties on the Effective Date; and

(E) any failure by any successor or assignee of the Company to continue this Agreement in full force and effect.

If the Executive does not notify the Company or the Bank and incurs the termination of employment within 120 days of the date the Executive knew or should have reasonably known of the event giving rise to Good Reason, the Executive shall be deemed to have waived his right to a termination for Good Reason based upon such event or the continuing effect or occurrence of such event.

(i) "Medical and Hospital Benefits" mean the medical and hospital benefits that would have been offered to the Executive and the Executive's family members if the Executive's employment had not terminated based on the same terms and conditions applicable to non-terminated similarly situated executives of the Company or its successor and their family members. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (A) any Medical and Hospital Benefits offered in accordance with this Agreement run simultaneously with any rights to health coverage continuation available to the Executive and the Executive's family under applicable law and this Agreement shall constitute notice to the Executive and the Executive's eligible family members of any right to elect health continuation coverage under the provisions of Section 4980B of the Internal Revenue Service of 1986, as amended, Section 601 et. al. of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, (to the extent applicable) following the expiration of the Medical and Hospital Benefits coverage period under this Agreement; and (B) if the Executive or any of the Executive's family members are covered under a group

-8


health plan of another employer, nothing in this Agreement shall obligate a plan maintained by the Company to pay benefits on a primary basis with respect to such person.

(j) "Taylor Family" means (A) Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (B) a descendant of Sidney J. Taylor and Iris Taylor, (C) any estate, trust, guardianship or custodianship for the primary benefit of any individual described in (A) or (B) above, or (C) a proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, or corporation controlled by and substantially all the interest in which are owned, directly or indirectly, by one or more individuals or entities described in (A), (B), or (C) above.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Change of Control and Severance Agreement on the date first written above. Executed this 16th day of September, 2000.

TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

By: --------------------------------
Jeffrey Taylor, Chairman & Chief
Executive Officer

COLE TAYLOR BANK

By: --------------------------------
Bruce W. Taylor
President and CEO

EXECUTIVE


Employee Name

-9-

Exhibit 10.43

IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE


IN RE RELIANCE SECURITIES LITIGATION MDL Docket No. 1304

Civil Action No. 99-146-RRM


FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED

STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT

BY AND AMONG

THE ESTATE PARTIES

AND

THE TAYLOR DEFENDANTS


This First Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement (the "Stipulation of Settlement") is dated and executed as of October 10, 2001 (the "Stipulation Execution Date"). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Section IV.1 hereof. This Stipulation of Settlement is made and entered into by and among the Settling Parties, by and through their undersigned attorneys of record. This Stipulation, which is entered into after extensive discovery and investigation conducted by counsel for the Estate Parties and the Taylor Defendants, is intended by the Settling Parties, upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to fully, finally, and forever resolve, discharge, and settle the Claims and Causes of Action released herein.

I. THE ESTATE'S LITIGATION

A. The RAG Bankruptcy Filing and Plan Confirmation

On February 9, 1998 (the "Petition Date"), the Debtors filed with the Bankruptcy Court their petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. RAG's petition was filed as Case No. 98-288 (PJW). The petitions for RAG's subsidiaries are consecutively numbered through Case No. 98-310 (PJW).

On July 2, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court entered the Confirmation Order, which confirmed the Debtors' Reorganization Plan (the "Confirmation Order"). Under the Reorganization Plan, and through the Confirmation Order, the Debtors and their respective chapter 11 estates were substantively consolidated pursuant to Section 1123(a)(5)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code for purposes of classification, distributions, and all other purposes under the Reorganization Plan. The Reorganization Plan became effective on July 31, 1998.

The Reorganization Plan divided the holders of Claims against and Equity Interests in the Debtors into various classes. Class 4 of the Reorganization Plan ("Class 4") consisted of the holders of unsecured claims against the Debtors. Class 5 of the Reorganization Plan ("Class 5") included the holders of Allowed Equity Interests in Class 5 and the holders of Allowed Class 5 Litigation Claims. The Reorganization Plan specified how the recoveries from

1

Causes of Action brought by the Estate Representative were to be divided among the Claims and Equity Interests classified in Class 4 and Class 5 of the Reorganization Plan. The Reorganization Plan, however, did not specify how distributions under the Reorganization Plan to Class 5 are to be divided within Class 5 among holders of Allowed Equity Interests in Class 5 and holders of Allowed Class 5 Litigation Claims.

B. The Estate's Adversary Proceedings

The Reorganization Plan provides, pursuant to Section 1123(b)(3)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code, for the appointment of a post-confirmation Estate Representative to carry out the provisions of the Reorganization Plan on behalf of the Debtors, the Estate, and the Post-Confirmation Estate. The Bankruptcy Court appointed David T. Allen to be the Estate Representative of the Post-Confirmation Estate. Under the Reorganization Plan, the Estate Representative is authorized to investigate and assert certain Claims and Causes of Action belonging to the Estate Parties.

On September 4, 1998, the Estate Representative filed two adversary proceedings with the Bankruptcy Court: the 398 Adversary and the 399 Adversary.

In the 398 Adversary, the Estate Representative alleged that the Split-Off Transaction was voidable as a fraudulent transfer under federal bankruptcy laws. In the 399 Adversary, the Estate Representative alleged, inter alia, that the Split-Off Transaction was an intentional fraudulent transfer and that certain of the Taylor Defendants and others had breached fiduciary duties owed to RAG or had aided in the breach of those fiduciary duties.

On July 15, 1999, the Court consolidated the 398 Adversary and the 399 Adversary into a single action (the "Consolidated Adversary Proceeding"). On July 22, 1999, the Court withdrew the reference of the 398 Adversary and the 399 Adversary from the Bankruptcy Court.

On December 30, 1999, the Estate Representative filed amended complaints in the 398 Adversary and 399 Adversary (the "Amended Estate Adversary Complaints"). The

2

Consolidated Adversary Proceeding and the Amended Estate Adversary Complaints are now pending before the Court.

The Consolidated Adversary Proceeding was actively litigated, with the parties producing and examining millions of pages of documents, engaging in extensive written discovery, and taking the depositions of approximately 85 fact witnesses. In addition, the parties to the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding identified and produced reports by 17 experts concerning numerous complex issues. Discovery was completed in the fall of 2000. Summary judgment motions by the Taylor Defendants and the Estate Representative were denied by the Court in December 2000. Trial on the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding against the Taylor Defendants was originally scheduled for January 3, 2001, but has been deferred pending finalization of this Stipulation of Settlement.

II. DEFENDANTS' STATEMENTS AND DENIALS OF WRONGDOING AND LIABILITY

The Taylor Defendants have denied and continue to deny each and every one of the claims and contentions alleged by the Estate Representative in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding, and do not admit any liability for the Claims or Causes of Action released or dismissed herein. The Taylor Defendants further have expressly denied and continue to deny all charges of wrongdoing or liability arising out of any of the conduct, statements, acts or omissions alleged in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding and believe they have valid defenses to the Claims asserted in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

The Taylor Defendants have concluded that their further involvement in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding would be protracted and expensive, and that it is desirable that all Claims and Causes of Action asserted against them in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding be fully and finally settled in the manner and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Stipulation of Settlement in order to limit further expense, inconvenience, and distraction, and to dispose of burdensome and protracted litigation. The Taylor Defendants have determined that it is desirable and beneficial that the Consolidated

3

Adversary Proceeding against them be settled in the manner and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Settlement Stipulation.

III. CLAIMS OF THE ESTATE REPRESENTATIVE AND BENEFITS OF THE STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT

The Estate Representative believes that the Claims asserted in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding have merit, and that the evidence developed to date supports the Claims and Causes of Action asserted. However, the Estate Representative recognizes and acknowledges the expense and length of continued proceedings necessary to prosecute the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding against the Taylor Defendants through trial and through appeals. The Estate Representative also has taken into account the uncertain outcome and the risk of any litigation, especially in complex actions such as the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding, as well as the difficulties and delays inherent in such litigation. The Estate Representative is also mindful of the inherent problems of proof and possible defenses to the Claims that have been asserted in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding against the Taylor Defendants. The Estate Representative believes that the settlement set forth in this Stipulation of Settlement confers substantial benefits upon, and is in the best interests of, the Estate Parties and their constituencies.

IV. TERMS OF STIPULATION AND AGREEMENT OF SETTLEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the payment, promises, and covenants contained herein, it is hereby stipulated and agreed by and between the Estate Parties and the Taylor Defendants, by and through their respective counsel or attorneys of record, as follows:

1. Definitions and Interpretations

The following terms shall have the following meanings when used in capitalized form in this Stipulation of Settlement. Such meanings shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. The words "herein," "hereof," and "hereunder" and

4

other words of similar import refer to this Stipulation of Settlement as a whole and (unless otherwise specified) not any particular section, subsection, or clause contained herein.

1.1 "Allowed" when used with respect to any Claim or Equity Interest, means the Claim or Equity Interest or applicable portion thereof that has been, or will be, allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to the Reorganization Plan (or if the Claim or Equity Interest was objected to, that a final, nonappealable order has been, or will be, entered allowing the Claim or Equity Interest).

1.2 "Bankruptcy Cases" means the jointly administered chapter 11 bankruptcy cases of the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court, Case No. 98-288 (PJW) (Jointly Administered).

1.3 "Bankruptcy Code" means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended, 11 U.S.C. Sections 101, et seq.

1.4 "Bankruptcy Court" means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.

1.5 "Causes of Action" means all Claims, choses in action, third-party Claims, counterclaims and crossclaims.

1.6 "Claim" means (a) a right to payment, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured; or (b) a right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right of payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured.

1.7 "Class 4" means the impaired class designated as "Class 4" in the Reorganization Plan.

1.8 "Class 5" means the impaired class designated as "Class 5" under the Reorganization Plan, which consists of (i) all Class 5 Equity Interests and (ii) all Class 5 Litigation Claims.

5

1.9 "Class 5 Litigation Claims" means the Claims defined in the Reorganization Plan as "Class 5 Litigation Claims."

1.10 "Class Settlement Agreement" means that certain agreement, dated October 10, 2001, by and among the Graham Class, the Estate Parties, the Taylor Defendants, and certain other Persons. This Stipulation of Settlement is attached as Exhibit C thereto.

1.11 "Class Settlement Effective Date" means the first date by which all of the events and conditions specified in Section IV.4.1 of the Class Settlement Agreement have been met and have occurred (or have been waived in the manner contemplated by Section IV.4.7 thereof).

1.12 "Class Settlement Fund" means the escrow fund established by counsel for the Graham Class to accept recoveries on behalf of the Graham Class.

1.13 "Cole Family" means any or all of the following Persons: Irwin H. Cole; the Estate of Irwin H. Cole; Shirley B. Cole, individually and as trustee of any Cole Family Trust; Lori Cole, individually and as trustee of any Cole Family Trust; Cathy Cole Williams, individually and as trustee of any Cole Family Trust; Justin C. Williams; Ian Hunt and Justin Williams, individually and as co-successor trustees to certain Cole Family Trusts; and the Cole Family Trusts.

1.14 "Cole Family Chancery Action" means that certain litigation commenced on August 19, 1998, by the Cole Family in the Delaware Court of Chancery, Civil Action No. 16594NC, against certain of the Taylor Defendants and others for breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, and related Causes of Action.

1.15 "Cole Family Trusts" means any or all of the following Persons: the 1993 Exempt Trust f/b/o Lori Cole; the 1993 Non-Exempt Trust f/b/o Lori Cole; the 1985 Trust for Todd Justin Williams; the Cathy Cole Williams Trust UGMA for Bradley F. Williams; the 1992 Trust for Bradley F. Williams; the 1992 Trust for Todd Justin Williams; the Cathy Cole Tayco Trust; the Lori Cole Tayco Trust; the Randy Cole Tayco Trust; the 1993 Non-Exempt

6

Trust for Cathy Cole; the 1993 Exempt Trust for Cathy Cole; the 1985 Trust for Jamie Lee Matthews.

1.16 "Confirmation Order" means (i) the order of the Bankruptcy Court dated as of July 2, 1998, confirming the Reorganization Plan, and (ii) the order of the Bankruptcy Court dated September 3, 1998, approving certain post-confirmation technical amendments to the Reorganization Plan and confirming the Reorganization Plan as amended.

1.17 "Consolidated Adversary Proceeding" means the consolidated proceeding ordered by the Court on July 15, 1999, resulting in the consolidation of the 398 Adversary and the 399 Adversary into a single case before the Court, captioned David T. Allen v. Sidney J. Taylor, et al., Civil Action No. 99-146-RRM.

1.18 "Consolidated Amended Complaint" means that certain complaint filed on August 18, 1999, in the Graham Litigation.

1.19 "Court" means the United States District Court for the District of Delaware.

1.20 "CT Mortgage" means CT Mortgage Company, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Taylor Capital Group.

1.21 "Debtors" means any of the following entities at any time before the Reorganization Plan Effective Date: Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., formerly known as Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc. ("RAG"), Reliance Acceptance Corporation, formerly known as Cole Taylor Finance Company ("RAC"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Reliance, and the following 21 wholly-owned subsidiaries of RAC: Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Arizona, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Colorado, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Florida, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Georgia, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Illinois, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Indiana, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Iowa, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Kentucky, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Minnesota, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Missouri, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Michigan, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of New Mexico, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Nevada, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of North Carolina, Reliance

7

Acceptance Corp. of Ohio, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Oregon, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of South Carolina, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Tennessee, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Texas, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Utah, and Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Washington, including their predecessors or successors in interest.

1.22 "Delaware Chancery Court" means the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County.

1.23 "Delaware Class Litigation" means the case captioned In re Consolidated Reliance Acceptance Group Shareholder Litigation, C.A. No. 15989NC, presently pending before the Delaware Chancery Court representing the following consolidated actions: (i) Levin v. Reliance Acceptance Group, et al., C.A. No. 15989NC; (ii) Curnyn v. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 16150NC; (iii) Hansen v. Taylor Capital Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 16198NC; (iv) Pama Partnership v. Taylor Capital Group, Inc. et al., C.A. No. 16212NC; and (v) Block, et al. v. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 16328NC.

1.24 "Disallowed" means a Claim that is not Allowed.

1.25 "Equity Interest" means any equity interest in the Debtors represented by common stock or options issued by RAG.

1.26 "Estate" means the estates of the Debtors created by Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases and substantively consolidated pursuant to the terms of the Reorganization Plan.

1.27 "Estate Parties" means the Debtors, the Estate, the Post-Confirmation Estate, and the Estate Representative.

1.28 "Estate Released Parties" means the each of the Estate Parties and each of their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, directors, employees, partners, trustees, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, assigns and heirs.

8

1.29 "Estate Representative" means David T. Allen, not individually, but solely as the representative of the Post-Confirmation Estate appointed pursuant to Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.30 "Extraordinary Costs" means (i) the costs incurred in the Insurance Litigation by the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs to retain experts and (ii) such other extraordinary costs incurred in the Insurance Litigation that are designated by the Estate Representative, in his sole and absolute discretion, as "Extraordinary Costs" for purposes of this Settlement Stipulation.

1.31 "Final" means, with respect to an order of any court, a final and non-appealable order of said court.

1.32 "Graham Class" means the class certified in the Graham Litigation by order of the Court dated October 31, 2000, or as modified by any subsequent Court order.

1.33 "Graham Litigation" means the Texas Actions, the Illinois Action, the MDL Proceeding, and all Claims asserted therein.

1.34 "Illinois Action" means that certain class action complaint filed on February 2, 1998, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois entitled Graham v. Taylor Capital Group, Inc., et al., Civil No. 98 C 0779, alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties under Delaware law and ERISA.

1.35 "Insurance Litigation" means (i) that certain action pending before the Court, captioned Alstrin v. St. Paul Mercury Ins. Co., et al., Civil Action No. 98-683-RRM (the "Alstrin Litigation"), (ii) any Causes of Action the director and officer defendants in the Graham Litigation and/or any of the Estate Parties may have against Dann Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Freeborn & Peters, and/or David H. Kistenbroker, (iii) any other action related to the Insurance Policies brought by the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs against any Person (including, without limitation, actions based upon denials of coverage under the Insurance Policies).

9

1.36 "Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs" means the plaintiffs of record in the Insurance Litigation.

1.37 "Insurance Policies" means, collectively, the following policies of insurance: (i) a ten million dollar ($10,000,000) "Excess Insurance Policy," Number DOX 132022519, issued by Continental Casualty Company, incepting July 31, 1996 (the "CNA Insurance Policy"); (ii) a ten million dollar ($10,000,000) "Excess Financial Products Insurance Policy," Number NDA 0117927-96, issued by Reliance Insurance Company, incepting July 31, 1996 (the "Reliance Insurance Policy"); and (iii) a thirty million dollar ($30,000,000) "Directors, Officers and Corporate Liability Insurance Policy," Number 484-93-25, issued by the National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa., incepting February 12, 1997 (the "National Union Policy").

1.38 "Insurance Recoveries" means recoveries of proceeds obtained from or in connection with the Insurance Policies or the Insurance Litigation (whether such recoveries arise in contract or tort); provided, however, that Insurance Recoveries shall not include amounts payable pursuant to the St. Paul Insurance Policy.

1.39 "LaSalle" means LaSalle National Bank, N.A.

1.40 "MDL Proceeding" means the multidistrict litigation proceeding captioned In Re Reliance Securities Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1304, C.A. No. 99-858-RRM, pending in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware.

1.41 "Person" means a natural person, individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, joint stock company, estate, legal representative, trust, unincorporated association, government or any political subdivision or agency thereof, and any business or legal entity and their spouses, heirs, executors, administrators, predecessors, successors, representatives, or assigns.

10

1.42 "Post-Confirmation Estate" means the substantively consolidated Estate upon and after the Reorganization Plan Effective Date.

1.43 "RAC" means Reliance Acceptance Corporation, a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Cole Taylor Finance Corporation), on or before the Reorganization Plan Effective Date.

1.44 "RAG" means Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc.), on or before the Reorganization Plan Effective Date.

1.45 "Registration Statement" means a filing with the SEC on Form S-1 or such other form as may be applicable.

1.46 "Released Parties" means, collectively, the Estate Released Parties and the Taylor Defendant Released Parties.

1.47 "Reliance Subsidiaries" means any subsidiary of RAG or RAC at any time on or before the Reorganization Plan Effective Date.

1.48 "Reorganization Plan" means the "Fourth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Dated April 30, 1998 of Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., Reliance Acceptance Corporation and Its Subsidiaries with Technical Amendments," which was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order.

1.49 "Reorganization Plan Effective Date" means July 31, 1998, the effective date of the Reorganization Plan.

1.50 "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

1.51 "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, 15 U.S.C.SectionSection77a, et seq., as amended.

1.52 "Securities Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, 15 U.S.C. Sections 78a, et seq., as amended.

1.53 "Settling Parties" means, collectively, the Estate Parties and the Taylor Defendants.

11

4

1.54 "Split-Off Transaction" means the transactions effective February 12, 1997, whereby, inter alia, RAG transferred all of the shares of common stock of Taylor Capital Group to the Taylor Defendants, among others, in exchange for the 4.5 million shares of common stock of RAG owned by the Taylor Defendants, among others, which shares were transferred to RAG.

1.55 "St. Paul Insurance Policy" means the $10 million ($10,000,000), Financial Institution Corporate Indemnification and Directors and Officers Policy, Number 0400JW4206, issued by St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, incepting July 31, 1996.

1.56 "Stipulation Effective Date" means the date that distributions are made to the Estate Representative under Section IV.5 hereof, which date shall be no later than thirty (30) days following the latest to occur of the conditions precedent to effectiveness of this Stipulation of Settlement set forth in
Section IV.6 hereof.

1.57 "Stipulation Execution Date" means October 10, 2001.

1.58 "Taylor Capital Group" means Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

1.59 "Taylor D&O Defendants" means the following Persons: Sidney J. Taylor, Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor, and J. Christopher Alstrin.

1.60 "Taylor Defendants" means the following Persons: Sidney J. Taylor, individually and as Trustee; Bruce W. Taylor; Jeffrey W. Taylor; Cindy Taylor Bleil; Iris A. Taylor, individually and as trustee; Melvin E. Pearl, as trustee; Cole Taylor Bank, as trustee; Taylor Family Partnership, L.P.; Taylor Capital Group, Inc.; J. Christopher Alstrin; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 12/14/82 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Adam Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 6/10/82 Bruce Taylor Gift Trust; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Brett Daniel Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 11/18/85 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Brett Daniel Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a 12/14/82 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Brian Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 12/14/82 Taylor Annual

12

Gift Trust fbo Bruce W. Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 1/20/78 Shirley Tark Great Grandchildren's Trust fbo Family of Bruce Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 12/14/82 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Cindy Taylor Bleil; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 1/20/78 Shirley Tark Great Grandchildren's Trust fbo Family of Cindy Taylor Bleil; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 6/10/82 Cindy L. Taylor Gift Trust; Iris Taylor, Jeffrey Taylor, Bruce Taylor, and Cindy Taylor Bleil, co-trustees under self declaration of trust dated 9/17/76; Cole Taylor Bank as Co-trustee u/a dated 10/20/71 Lillian Tark Iris Fund; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Elizabeth Ann Bleil; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 12/15/87 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Elizabeth Ann Bleil; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Elliott Benjamin Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 12/14/82 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Emily Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 1/20/78 Shirley Tark Grandchildren's Trust fbo Bruce Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 1/20/78 Shirley Tark Grandchildren's Trust fbo Cindy Taylor Bleil; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 1/20/78 Shirley Tark Great Grandchildren's Trust fbo Family of Jeffrey Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 6/10/82 Jeffrey W. Taylor Gift Trust; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 12/14/82 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Jeffrey W. Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 1/20/78 Shirley Tark Grandchildren's Trust fbo Jeffrey Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Lisa Rebecca Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 7/10/83 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Lisa Rebecca Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 12/14/82 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Melissa Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Rebecca Inez Bleil; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 11/18/85 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Rebecca Inez Bleil; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Ryan Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 8/1/88 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Ryan Taylor; Iris Taylor as trustee u/a dated 7/10/83 Taylor Annual Gift Trust fbo Stephanie Lynn Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl as trustee u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Stephanie Lynn Taylor; Sidney J.

13

Taylor as trustee under Self Declaration of Trust dated 9/17/76; Susan Taylor as trustee u/a dated 3/25/94 Susan Taylor Revocable Trust; Melvin E. Pearl Trust u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Brian Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl Trust u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Adam Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl Trust u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Melissa Taylor; Melvin E. Pearl Trust u/a dated 12/17/92 Taylor 1992 Trust fbo Emily Taylor; Bruce W. Taylor Trust u/a dated 4/10/84 Bruce W. Taylor Revocable Trust; Jeffrey W. Taylor Trust u/a dated 8/20/79 Jeffrey W. Taylor Revocable Trust; Cindy Taylor Bleil Trust u/a dated 3/7/94 Cindy Taylor Bleil Revocable Trust; Barbara Taylor Trust u/a dated 11/18/98 Barbara Taylor Revocable Trust.

1.61 "Taylor Defendant Released Parties" means each of the Taylor Defendants and each of their respective subsidiaries, affiliates, officers, directors, employees, partners, trustees, shareholders, beneficiaries, agents, attorneys, predecessors, successors, assigns, and heirs, but shall not include the following Persons: Thomas L. Barlow, Scott Barlow, James Barlow, Lori Cole, Irwin H. Cole, Solway F. Firestone, William S. Race, Dean L. Griffith, Ross J. Mangano, Howard B. Silverman, James D. Dolph, Russell Dann, Dann Brothers Insurance, Tri-City Brokers, David Kistenbroker, and Freeborn & Peters.

1.62 "TCG Common Stock" means the common stock of Taylor Capital Group.

1.63 "Texas Actions" means, collectively, the following nine class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties under Delaware law, all of which were consolidated under the case captioned Michael Sabbia, et al. v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0044: (1) Michael Sabbia, et al. v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0044; (2) Brian J. O'Connor v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0099; (3) Walter M. Goldberg IRA Rollover v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0111; (4) Keith Jacobs, et al. v. Jeffrey W. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 98-0119; (5) Seymour Irwin Levin, et al. v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0120; (6) Darius Antia, et al.

14

v. KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, et al., C.A. No. 98-0146; (7) Bank West Financial Corp., et al. v. Jeffrey W. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 98-0184; (8) Harold M. Nofzinger v. KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, et al., C.A. No. 98-0188; and (9) Allen Aron, et al. v. Jeffrey W. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 98-0222.

1.64 "Trust" means TCG Capital Trust I, a statutory business trust to be formed pursuant to the Delaware Business Trust Act, as required by Section
IV.4.4 hereof.

1.65 "Trust Preferred Securities" means the equity securities to be issued by the Trust, as described in Section IV.5 hereof.

1.66 "Unknown Claims" means any Claims which any Person does not know or suspect to exist in his, her, or its favor at the time of the release of the Released Party which, if known by him, her, or it, might have affected his, her, or its settlement with and release of the Released Party, or might have affected his, her, or its decision not to object to this Stipulation of Settlement.

1.67 "1996 Examination Report" means that certain report issued by the State of Illinois Office of Banks and Real Estate and the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago (bearing an examination date of June 30, 1996) marked as Plaintiff's Exhibit 44 in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding and entitled "Combined Report of Commercial Bank Examination and Bank Holding Company Inspection."

1.68 "398 Adversary" means the adversary proceeding captioned David T. Allen v. Sidney J. Taylor, et al., Adversary Proceeding Number A-98-398, filed with the Bankruptcy Court and subsequently withdrawn to the District Court, consolidated with the 399 Adversary, and assigned Civil Action No. 99-146-RRM in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

1.69 "399 Adversary" means the adversary proceeding captioned David T. Allen v. Sidney J. Taylor, et al., Adversary Proceeding Number A-98-399, filed with the Bankruptcy Court and subsequently withdrawn to the District Court, consolidated with the 398 Adversary, and assigned Civil Action No. 99-146-RRM in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

15

2. Dismissal or Bar Orders

2.1 Before the Stipulation Effective Date, the Estate Representative shall obtain and provide to the Taylor Defendants a Final order from the Court dismissing the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding against the Taylor Defendants with prejudice and without costs.

2.2 Before the Stipulation Effective Date, either of the following shall have occurred in the manner prescribed therein: (1) the Final orders described in Section IV.2.2(A) hereof shall have been entered; or (2) the Class Settlement Effective Date shall have occurred.

(A) (i) the Estate Representative shall obtain a Final order from the Court (and, unless prior thereto the Court has withdrawn the reference of the Bankruptcy Case for purposes of considering this Stipulation of Settlement, a Final order from the Bankruptcy Court) permanently enjoining and barring any holder of an Equity Interest in Class 5 or Class 5 Litigation Claim from commencing or continuing litigation against the Taylor Defendants based upon any Claims or Causes of Action that are based upon, arise out of, or relate in any way to RAG, RAC, the Reliance Subsidiaries, or the Split-Off Transaction (including, without limitation, Claims asserted against the Taylor Defendants in the Texas Actions, the Illinois Action, the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, and the Cole Family Chancery Action); and

(ii) within 14 days from the date on which the Taylor Defendants receive notice from the Estate Representative that the order contained in
Section IV.2.2(A)(i) has been entered, the Taylor Defendants shall file motions to obtain the following orders:

a. a Final order of the Court (or if the Illinois Action, any of the Texas Actions, or the Graham Litigation shall have been transferred to another United States District Court(s), from each United States District Court in which any such actions are

16

pending) that: (I) dismisses each and every one of the Texas Actions, the Illinois Action, and the Graham Litigation pending before the court(s) as to the Taylor Defendants with prejudice and without costs; and (II) pursuant to the provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act, bars all defendants in said actions from bringing any Claims or Causes of Action that arise out of the Texas Actions, the Illinois Action, and the Graham Litigation against the Taylor Defendants, including but not limited to claims for contribution or indemnification;

b. a Final order from the Delaware Chancery Court dismissing the Cole Family Chancery Action as to the Taylor Defendants with prejudice and without costs; and

c. a Final order from the Delaware Chancery Court dismissing the Delaware Class Litigation as to the Taylor Defendants with prejudice and without costs.

2.3 In the motion to be filed by the Estate Representative seeking entry of the order described in Section IV.2.2(A)(1)(i) hereof, the Estate Representative shall also move for entry of a Final order from the Court (and, unless prior thereto the Court has withdrawn the reference of the Bankruptcy Case for purposes of considering this Stipulation of Settlement, a Final order from the Bankruptcy Court) permanently enjoining and barring any holders of Claims classified in Class 4 of the Reorganization Plan from commencing or continuing litigation against any of the Taylor Defendants that are based upon, arise out of, or relate in any way to RAG, RAC, the Reliance Subsidiaries, or the Split-Off Transaction (including, without limitation, Claims of a type asserted against the Taylor Defendants in the Texas Actions, the Illinois Action, the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, and the Cole Family Chancery Action).

17

2.4 Any order obtained pursuant to Section IV.2 hereof shall contain the following provision (or one in substantially conformity therewith):

This order is entered pursuant to the requirements of that certain "First Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement By and Among the Estate Representative and the Taylor Defendants" dated October 10, 2001, pursuant to which cash and securities are being transferred (as provided in Section
IV.5 of said stipulation) within thirty (30) days following the satisfaction of all conditions precedent described in Section IV.6 thereof.

3. Termination Rights

The following termination rights may be exercised as provided herein, but shall expire on, and be of no further effect on and after, the Stipulation Effective Date:

3.1 The Estate Representative or the Taylor Defendants may terminate this Stipulation of Settlement upon written notice to the other Settling Parties and declare it null and void if within 180 days from the Stipulation Execution Date (A) the Settling Parties have not obtained the order required by Section IV.2.1 hereof or (B) neither of the following has occurred: (1) the obtaining of the orders required by Sections IV.2.2(A)(i) and (ii) hereof, or (2) the Class Settlement Effective Date; provided, however, that (i) if the orders required by Sections IV.2.1 hereof and IV.2.2(A)(i) and (ii) have been entered by the respective courts in which those actions are pending, the obligations of the Taylor Defendants and the Estate Representative under this Stipulation of Settlement shall remain in full force and effect (subject to those orders becoming Final) for so long as is necessary to make those orders Final, and (2) if the orders required by Section IV.2.1 hereof and Sections IV.4.1(b), (c),
(d), (e), (f), (g), and (i) of the Class Settlement Agreement have been entered by the respective courts in which those matters are pending, the obligations of the Taylor Defendants and the Estate Representative under the Stipulation of Settlement shall remain in full force and effect (subject to those orders becoming Final) for so long as is necessary to make those orders Final.

3.2 The Estate Representative or the Taylor Defendants may terminate this Stipulation of Settlement upon written notice to the other Settling Parties and declare it null and void if, prior to the Stipulation Effective Date, Taylor Capital Group receives objections

18

from the Federal Reserve Bank to the transactions contemplated by this Stipulation of Settlement.

3.3 The Estate Representative or the Taylor Defendants may terminate this Stipulation of Settlement upon written notice to the other Settling Parties and declare it null and void if, after 180 days following the Stipulation Execution Date, all of the following becomes true with respect to either or both of the Trust Preferred Securities or the TCG Common Stock: (i) (x) the SEC fails to provide a letter (a "no-action letter") confirming that, based on the facts set forth in Article I hereof and contingent upon approval of this Stipulation of Settlement by the Court following a hearing with respect thereto, it will not recommend any enforcement action to the SEC if Taylor Capital Group issues shares of TCG Common Stock, and causes the Trust to issue the Trust Preferred Securities, pursuant to the terms of this Stipulation of Settlement without registration under the Securities Act or (y) a no-action letter that is provided by the SEC fails to remain in effect until said securities are issued, or, if such letter is obtained, the Court fails to enter an order finding that the transactions contemplated by this Stipulation of Settlement are fair to the Estate Representative, the Estate Parties, and the members of Class 4 and Class 5 within the meaning of Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act; (ii) a Registration Statement filed under the Securities Act relating to said securities is not declared effective by the SEC or a stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Registration Statement is issued or any proceeding for that purpose is initiated or is threatened by the SEC; and (iii) the Company is unable to obtain from its securities counsel an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Estate Representative (whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), which provides that said securities may be issued by the Company pursuant to the terms of this Stipulation of Settlement without registration under the Securities Act.

3.4 The Estate Representative or the Taylor Defendants may terminate this Stipulation of Settlement upon written notice to the other Settling Parties and declare it null and void if, within 180 days following the Stipulation Execution Date, applications for either

19

or both of the Trust Preferred Securities or the TCG Common Stock to be registered under Sections 12 of the Securities Exchange Act are not declared effective by the SEC or, at any time prior to the Stipulation Effective Date, are subject to any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (which stop order remains in effect for more than twenty (20) days).

3.5 The Estate Representative may terminate this Stipulation of Settlement upon written notice to the other Settling Parties and declare it null and void if, within 180 days following the Stipulation Execution Date, neither the Nasdaq National Market nor the American Stock Exchange has approved an application for the TCG Common Stock to be listed, subject to customary conditions, unless the reason for denial of the applications is (i) the failure to satisfy the "round lot" holder requirements of these quotation systems or exchanges, (ii) the uncertainty of when the TCG Common Stock will be available to be traded, or
(iii) the application is deemed to be premature.

3.6 The Estate Representative or the Taylor Defendants may terminate this Stipulation of Settlement upon written notice to the other Settling Parties and declare it null and void if, within 180 days following the Stipulation Execution Date, Taylor Capital Group fails to obtain the approval of the transactions contemplated herein by its primary bank lender (which, at present, is LaSalle).

3.7 The Estate Representative may terminate this Stipulation of Settlement upon written notice to the other Settling Parties and declare it null and void if Taylor Capital Group fails to deliver the consideration contemplated by
Section IV.5 of this Stipulation of Settlement within thirty (30) days following the latest to occur of the conditions precedent to effectiveness of this Stipulation of Settlement set forth in Section IV.6.1 hereof.

3.8 Any termination right exercised pursuant to this Stipulation of Settlement shall become effective twenty (20) days following the receipt by the other Settling Parties of a Settling Party's notice of intention to exercise such termination right, which notice shall specify

20

the reasons for termination (the "Termination Date"); provided, however, that termination of this Stipulation of Settlement for the reasons specified in the notice shall not become effective if the reasons for termination specified in the notice are cured prior to the expiration of said twenty (20) day period.

4. Obligations Following Stipulation Execution Date

The Taylor Defendants shall cause the acts set forth in Sections IV.4.1 through IV.4.7 hereof to be performed by Taylor Capital Group during the period following the Stipulation Execution Date and prior to the Stipulation Effective Date, and shall cause the acts set forth in Section IV.4.8 hereof to be performed by Taylor Capital Group during the periods of time set forth therein.

4.1 If Taylor Capital Group so elects, as promptly as practicable after the Stipulation Execution Date, Taylor Capital Group shall prepare and file with the SEC a request for no-action with respect to the distributions of the Trust Preferred Securities and/or TCG Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act, in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(10) of the Securities Act.

4.2 If Taylor Capital Group does not elect under Section IV.4.1 hereof to seek a no-action letter from the SEC, or if Taylor Capital Group fails to receive a favorable response with respect to the distributions of the Trust Preferred Securities and/or TCG Common Stock contemplated herein, then as promptly as practicable after such election or failure to receive, Taylor Capital Group shall either: (i) prepare and file with the SEC a Registration Statement in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of the Trust Preferred Securities and/or TCG Common Stock, as the case may be, or (ii) use its commercially reasonable efforts to issue the Trust Preferred Securities and/or TCG Common Stock, as the case may be, in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and to obtain from its securities counsel an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Estate Representative (whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), which provides that such

21

securities may be issued by Taylor Capital Group pursuant to the terms of this Stipulation of Settlement without registration under the Securities Act. If Taylor Capital Group files such Registration Statement (as contemplated by cause
(i) of the preceding sentence), it shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable. Taylor Capital Group will advise the Estate Representative of the time when the Registration Statement, if filed, has become effective and of the institution by the SEC of any stop order proceedings in respect of a Registration Statement and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prevent the issuance of any such stop order and, if issued, to obtain its lifting as soon as possible.

4.3 If (i) Taylor Capital Group does not elect to seek a no-action letter from the SEC or fails to receive from the SEC a no-action letter with respect to the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities and/or TCG Common Stock (as contemplated by this Stipulation of Settlement), and (ii) the SEC refuses to declare the Registration Statement effective, institutes any stop order proceedings that Taylor Capital Group cannot successfully oppose, or issues a stop order that Taylor Capital Group is unable to have lifted, then Taylor Capital Group shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to issue the Trust Preferred Securities and/or TCG Common Stock, as the case may be, in a transaction that is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and to obtain from its securities counsel an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the Estate Representative (whose consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), as to the availability of such exemption.

4.4 Taylor Capital Group shall cause the Trust to be formed as a statutory business trust in accordance with the Delaware Business Trust Act. Other than the common interests having a nominal value of the Trust, which shall be issued to and held by Taylor Capital Group, the Trust Preferred Securities shall be the only equity interests issued by the Trust and the Trust shall not incur any liabilities, except with respect to ordinary and necessary maintenance expenses. The only asset of the Trust shall be the Debentures. Taylor Capital

22

Group shall be responsible for taking all actions and paying all reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable trustee fees, transfer agent fees, and compliance fees) necessary to insure the continued existence of the Trust for the purposes set forth herein.

4.5 Taylor Capital Group shall use commercially reasonable efforts to take any and all actions required under applicable law (including state securities laws) to permit issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities and the TCG Common Stock; provided, however, that neither Taylor Capital Group nor the Trust may offer or distribute the Trust Preferred Securities or TCG Common Stock in any state where the offer or distribution is not permitted.

4.6 Taylor Capital Group shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the approval of the transactions contemplated herein from its primary bank lender.

4.7 The Taylor Defendants shall notify the Estate Representative any time any one of them believes that (i) any of the property described in Section IV.5 hereof is reasonably likely not to be delivered or is reasonably likely to be delayed in being delivered or (ii) any of the approvals contemplated by Sections
IV.3.2, IV.3.3, IV.3.4, IV.3.5, and IV.3.6 hereof is reasonably likely to be denied or to be delayed in being obtained. Prior to completion of their performance of their obligations to deliver the property and securities described in Section IV.5 hereto, to the extent permitted by law and applicable bank regulations, the Taylor Defendants further agree to promptly give the Estate Representative a copy of any filing with any bank regulatory agency (subject to execution of a mutually acceptable confidentiality agreement with respect thereto).

4.8 Taylor Capital Group shall file applications, pay fees and expenses, and otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts in its dealings with the SEC and stock exchanges after the Stipulation Effective Date to cause:

i) the Trust Preferred Securities and the TCG Common Stock to continue to be registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act if so required by Section 12, as in effect from time to time, or if otherwise required

23

to continue satisfying the listing obligations of Section IV.4.8(ii) hereof and permitted by Section 12; and

ii) the Trust Preferred Securities and TCG Common Stock to be approved for listing in, or inclusion on, the Nasdaq National Market, the American Stock Exchange, or another national stock exchange, for so long as the listing criteria in effect of any said exchange are satisfied.

4.9 Nothing contained in Section IV.4.8 shall prevent Taylor Capital Group from entering into any transaction approved by its board of directors or from taking any other action in pursuit of lawful objectives.

5. Cash and Securities to Be Delivered by the Taylor Defendants

On the Stipulation Effective Date, the Taylor Defendants shall cause Taylor Capital Group to deliver the following in the manner prescribed herein:

5.1 Cash. Fifteen million dollars cash ($15,000,000) by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Estate Representative.

5.2 Debentures and Trust Preferred Securities.

(A) Certain junior subordinated debentures (the "Debentures") in the aggregate face amount of thirty million dollars ($30,000,000) shall be delivered to the Trust, which Debentures shall mature thirty (30) years following their issuance.

(B) Thirty million dollars ($30,000,000) in face amount of Trust Preferred Securities shall be delivered to the Estate Representative, which securities shall be free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances and security interests immediately prior to their delivery.

(C) The Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities issued hereunder shall contain the following terms and conditions, along with such other terms and conditions as are customary for similar securities:

24

(1) Coupon Rate: The Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities shall each have a coupon rate of ten and one- half percent (10.5%) per annum. The coupon shall be cumulative in nature.

(2) Distributions. The Debentures and the Trust Preferred Securities will pay cash distributions quarterly in arrears on January 31st, April 30th, July 31st and October 31st of each year, commencing with the first such date following the issuance of the Trust Preferred Securities.

(3) Deferral of Distributions. As long as Taylor Capital Group is not in default under the Debentures, Taylor Capital Group may, at one or more times, defer interest payments on the Debentures up to twenty (20) consecutive quarters, but not beyond the due date of the Trust Preferred Securities on the thirtieth (30th) anniversary of their issuance. If Taylor Capital Group defers interest payments on the Debentures, the Trust will defer distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities in like amount and for like duration, which deferred distributions payments will accumulate and earn interest at the rate of 10.5% per annum, compounded quarterly. If Taylor Capital Group elects to defer distributions on the Debentures, Taylor Capital Group shall not make any dividend distributions with respect to TCG Common Stock until such time as all omitted or deferred interest payments on the Debentures and all omitted or deferred distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities shall have been paid in full.

25

(4) Early Redemption. Prior to maturity, the Trust may redeem the Trust Preferred Securities, in whole or in part, with cash at their face amount (plus accrued or deferred and unpaid interest) at any time, subject to the prior approval, if required, of the Federal Reserve Bank.

(5) Guarantee. Taylor Capital Group will guarantee (in a form customary for similar issuances) that the Trust will use its assets to pay distributions on the Trust Preferred Securities and to pay, upon the liquidation of the Trust, the lesser of (i) the remaining amounts owing under the Trust Preferred Securities or (ii) the Trust's remaining assets.

(6) Transferability. Neither the Debentures nor the Trust Preferred Securities shall contain any terms restricting their transferability, except for customary terms as to minimum principal amounts that may be transferred.

(7) Voting Rights. The Trust Preferred Securities shall have no voting rights.

5.3 Common Stock.

(A) Such number of shares of TCG Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, shall be delivered to the Estate Representative as shall represent fifteen percent (15%) of the issued and outstanding TCG Common Stock (excluding treasury stock) as of their date of issuance and immediately after giving effect to their issuance (the "TCG Issued Shares"), which shares shall be free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances, and security interests immediately prior to their delivery.

26

(B) Anti-Dilution Rights. Taylor Capital Group agrees that, for a period of eighteen (18) months following the Stipulation Effective Date, Taylor Capital Group and its subsidiaries shall not either (i) grant stock options to any member of the Taylor family at an exercise price of less than the "fair market value" of the TCG Common Stock as of the date of the grant as determined by the non-Taylor family members of Taylor Capital Group's Board of Directors, supported by an independent opinion as to the "fair market value" of the TCG Common Stock (the "Determined Fair Market Value"), or (ii) issue non-option shares of TCG Common Stock to any member of the Taylor family for less than the Determined Fair Market Value, except in accordance with Taylor Capital Group's customary practices.

6. Stipulation Effective Date; Conditions Precedent

6.1 The conditions precedent to the Stipulation Effective Date are as follows:

(A) the order required by Section IV.2.1 hereof shall have become Final and either (1) the orders required by Section IV.2.2(A) hereof shall have become Final or (2) the Class Settlement Effective Date shall have occurred;

(B) Taylor Capital Group shall have received at least one of the items contemplated by Section IV.3.3 hereof (i.e., a no-action letter and corresponding order of the Court, an effectiveness order, or an opinion of counsel), unless such requirement shall have been waived in writing by Taylor Capital Group and the Estate Representative;

(C) Taylor Capital Group shall have obtained the approval of the transactions contemplated herein by its primary bank lender, as contemplated by Section IV.3.6 hereof, unless such requirement shall have been waived in writing by Taylor Capital Group and the Estate Representative;

27

(D) the Trust Preferred Securities and TCG Common Stock shall be registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act and the TCG Common Stock shall be approved for listing on the Nasdaq National Market or the American Stock Exchange, unless such requirements have been waived in writing by the Estate Representative; and

(E) the Court shall have entered an order in form substantially similar to the proposed form of order attached hereto as Exhibit A.

6.2 Entry of the Final order contemplated by Section IV.2.3 hereof shall not be a condition precedent to the Stipulation Effective Date.

6.3 Acceptance of the deliveries contemplated by the Stipulation of Settlement by the Settling Parties as of the Settlement Effective Date shall constitute full and complete satisfaction of all of the Settling Parties' obligations under this Stipulation of Settlement.

7. Releases; Contribution Bar

7.1 On the Stipulation Effective Date, the following mutual releases shall become effective:

(A) The Estate Parties fully, finally, and forever release, relinquish, and discharge the Taylor Defendant Released Parties from any and all Claims, from the beginning of time up to including the Stipulation Effective Date, of every nature and kind whatsoever, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or contingent (including, but not limited to, claims for fraudulent conveyance, negligence, gross negligence, professional negligence, breach of duty of care and/or breach of duty of loyalty and/or breach of duty of candor, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, breach of contract, negligent misrepresentation, contribution, indemnification, any other common law or equitable claims, and violations of any state or federal statutes, rules or regulations), that the Estate Parties have asserted or could

28

have asserted in this or any other forum against any of the Taylor Defendant Released Parties and are based upon, arise out of, or relate in any way to RAG, RAC, the Reliance Subsidiaries, or the Split-Off Transaction.

(B) The Taylor Defendants fully, finally, and forever release, relinquish, and discharge each of the Estate Released Parties from any and all Claims, from the beginning of time up to including the Stipulation Effective Date, of every nature and kind whatsoever, known or unknown, suspected or unsuspected, fixed or contingent (including, but not limited to, claims for negligence, gross negligence, professional negligence, breach of duty of care and/or breach of duty of loyalty and/or breach of duty of candor, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, breach of contract, negligent misrepresentation, contribution, indemnification, any other common law or equitable claims, and violations of any state or federal statutes, rules or regulations), that the Taylor Defendants have asserted or could have asserted in this or any other forum against any of the Estate Released Parties and are based upon, arise out of, or relate in any way to RAG, RAC, the Reliance Subsidiaries, or the Split-Off Transaction.

7.2 The Estate Parties agree that any damages recovered by the Estate Parties against any other tortfeasor, as a result of any injury or damages found to have been also caused by any of the Taylor Defendant Released Parties, shall (upon entry of an order of court) be reduced in accordance with the provisions of 10 Del. C. Chapter 63 to the extent of the Taylor Defendant Released Parties' pro rata share of the Estate Parties' damages recoverable against all other joint tortfeasors. The foregoing is solely intended to comply with 10 Del. C.
Section 6304 so as to preclude any liability of the Taylor Defendant Released Parties to other joint tortfeasors, if any, for contribution.

29

7.3 Following the Stipulation Execution Date, and in sufficient time to allow for a hearing thereon by the Court prior to the Court's scheduled final hearing on the Class Settlement Agreement, the Settling Parties shall jointly file with the Court a motion requesting a finding that this settlement has been made and entered into in good faith for purposes of the Illinois Contribution Among Tortfeasors Act, 740 ILCS 100/1, et seq. If the Court refuses to enter such an order, the Taylor Defendants have the option, at their discretion and election, to terminate this Stipulation upon written notice to the Settling Parties and to declare this Stipulation of Settlement null and void.

8. Certain Representations and Warranties

8.1 The Taylor Defendants represent and warrant as follows:

(A) They have been authorized to enter into this Stipulation of Settlement with the Estate Parties and perform the obligations required of them hereunder.

(B) The execution and delivery of this Stipulation of Settlement by Taylor Capital Group and the Taylor Defendants do not, and the performance of the transactions contemplated herein by Taylor Capital Group and the Taylor Defendants shall not, result in any material breach of any material contract, agreement, or other instrument to which Taylor Capital Group or any of the Taylor Defendants are a party, assuming the consents contemplated by this Stipulation of Settlement are obtained.

(C) Taylor Capital Group is duly incorporated, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware.

(D) Upon its formation, the Trust shall be duly incorporated and validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the state of Delaware.

(E) Taylor Capital Group does not hold any interest in any entity other than Cole Taylor Bank, and CT Mortgage, Solutions On-Site LLC, Alpha

30

Capital Fund II, L.P., Alpha Capital Fund III, L.P., and Primecom Interactive, Inc. (together, the "TCG Entities"), owns all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Cole Taylor Bank and CT Mortgage, and its interests in the TCG Entities are owned free and clear of any pledge, lien, security interest, or encumbrance, other than as listed on the "Schedule of Permitted Liens" attached hereto as Exhibit B.

(F) Taylor Capital Group's certificate of incorporation and by-laws, each as amended through the Stipulation Execution Date (complete and correct copies of which have been provided previously to the Estate Representative) are in full force and effect.

(G) Taylor Capital Group is not in violation of any of the material provisions of such certificate of incorporation or by-laws.

(H) The authorized capital stock of Taylor Capital Group as of the Stipulation Execution Date consists of (i) 7,000,000 shares of TCG Common Stock and (ii) 3,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.01 par value, of which 1,530,000 shares have been designated 9.0% Noncumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the "Series A Preferred Stock").

(I) No shares of capital stock or other voting or non-voting equity securities of any kind whatsoever (including options to purchase such stock or securities) were issued or outstanding as of the Stipulation Execution Date, except for the following: (i) 4,601,526 shares of TCG Common Stock, (ii) 1,530,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, (iii) 127,144 shares of TCG Common Stock held in the treasury of the Taylor Capital Group, and (iv) the options, warrants, or other securities exercisable or convertible into TCG Common Stock as identified on a schedule to be delivered to the Estate Representative on the Stipulation Effective Date (the "Option Shares"). All

31

securities (other than the Option Shares) are validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, and not subject to preemptive rights.

(J) Management of Taylor Capital Group is unaware of any non- compliance with any federal, state, and local statutes, rules, or regulations by either Taylor Capital Group or Cole Taylor Bank, which non-compliance management believes would have a material adverse effect on either Taylor Capital Group or Cole Taylor Bank.

(K) Cole Taylor Bank is validly existing, in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois, and deemed to be "well capitalized" pursuant to regulatory definitions.

(L) Cole Taylor Bank has a composite CAMEL rating at a level equal to or better than the composite CAMEL rating assigned to Cole Taylor Bank in the 1996 Examination Report.

8.2 The Estate Parties represent and warrant as follows:

(A) They are authorized to enter into and perform their obligations under this Stipulation of Settlement, and they have obtained any and all instructions and approvals they are required to obtain under the terms of the Reorganization Plan to enter into and perform his obligations under this Stipulation of Settlement, including but not limited to the approvals of the Class 4 Designee (as defined in the Reorganization Plan) and the requisite number of Class 5 Designees (as defined in the Reorganization Plan). The Estate Representative shall provide written evidence of such authorization at the time of the Stipulation Execution Date.

(B) He has not assigned any rights, Claims, or Causes of Action that were asserted or could have been asserted in connection with, under, or arising out of the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

32

8.3 All representations contained in Sections IV.8.1 and IV.8.2 by the Taylor Defendants and the Estate Representative shall be true and correct as of the Stipulation Effective Date as if made on such date, except for changes occurring in the ordinary course of business or resulting from a change in the capital structure of Taylor Capital Group in connection with a split in TCG Common Stock. All actions based on any breach of the representations and warranties contained in Sections IV.8.1 and IV.8.2 hereof shall be forever barred and enjoined if not commenced within eighteen months following the Stipulation Effective Date. The sole remedy of the Settling Parties for breach of any representation or warranty contained in Sections IV.8.1 and IV.8.2 hereof of which they are aware prior to the Stipulation Effective Date shall be to terminate this Stipulation of Settlement by notice as provided in Section IV.3.8 hereof to all Settling Parties.

8.4 Insurance Recoveries.

(A) If the Class Settlement Agreement has not yet been approved as of the Stipulation Effective Date by Final order entered by the Court, the Taylor D&O Defendants represent and warrant that on and after the Stipulation Effective Date they shall turn over and pay to the Estate Representative all Insurance Recoveries obtained by them, for distribution by the Estate Representative in the following manner:

(1) the proceeds obtained from the CNA Insurance Policy and the Reliance Insurance will be retained by the Estate Representative on behalf of, and for the sole benefit of, the holders of Class 5 Litigation Claims;

(2) the first $5,000,000 in proceeds obtained from or related to the National Union Policy shall be paid directly to the Estate Representative for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Post-Confirmation Estate (subject to the distribution priorities

33

required by Section IV.2.4 of the Class Settlement Agreement or as otherwise approved by Final order of the Court or the Bankruptcy Court);

(3) the next proceeds obtained from or related to the National Union Policy (including both contractual and extracontractual recoveries obtained in the Insurance Litigation related to the National Union Policy), in an amount equal to the product of the following, shall be paid directly to the Estate Representative for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Post-Confirmation Estate: (i) a fraction whose numerator shall equal the total amount that would be paid to the Class Settlement Fund from recoveries obtained under the National Union Policy pursuant to Section IV.8.4(A)(6) hereof absent the distributions required by this Section IV.8.4(A)(3) on account of Extraordinary Costs and whose denominator shall equal the sum of the numerator plus the total amount paid the Estate Representative pursuant to Section IV.8.4(A)(2), multiplied by (ii) the total Extraordinary Costs;

(4) the next $2,000,000 in proceeds obtained from or related to the National Union Policy shall be paid directly to Taylor Capital Group as compensation for advances made to counsel of record in the Insurance Litigation on account of legal fees charged (or to be charged) and expenses incurred (or to be incurred) in the Insurance Litigation, regardless of the amount actually incurred;

34

(5) the next proceeds obtained from or related to the National Union Policy, in an amount equal to 10% of the positive difference (if any) between the total amount of Insurance Recoveries obtained from or related to the National Union Policy and $15 million, shall be paid directly to Taylor Capital Group as further compensation for advances made to its counsel of record in the Insurance Litigation on account of legal fees charged (or to be charged) and expenses incurred (or to be incurred) in the Insurance Litigation, regardless of the amount actually incurred; and

(6) all remaining proceeds obtained from or related to the National Union Policy shall be paid directly to the Class Settlement Fund for the exclusive benefit of the Class.

(B) The Taylor D&O Defendants make no warranties or representations regarding either the assignability, value, collectibility, or recoverability of Insurance Recoveries under any of the Insurance Policies.

9. Miscellaneous Provisions

9.1 Except as expressly provided herein, each Settling Party shall bear its own costs. Under no circumstances shall the Taylor Defendants be required to pay any amounts, provide any property, or perform any acts with respect to this Stipulation of Settlement beyond those specified in this Stipulation of Settlement.

9.2 The Settling Parties acknowledge that this Stipulation of Settlement is entered into after extensive discovery has been completed in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding, and that they have had a full opportunity to evaluate with their legal counsel the merits of all claims that are being asserted, or that could have been asserted, in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

35

9.3 This Stipulation of Settlement may be executed in one or more counterparts. All executed counterparts and each of them shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Counsel for the Settling Parties shall exchange among themselves signed counterparts of this Stipulation of Settlement.

9.4 The Court shall retain jurisdiction with respect to implementation and enforcement of the terms of this Stipulation of Settlement, and the Settling Parties submit to the jurisdiction of the Court for purposes of implementing and enforcing the settlement embodied in the Stipulation. Any claim or dispute arising out of or relating in any way to this Stipulation of Settlement must be brought before the Court.

9.5 This Stipulation of Settlement shall be considered to have been negotiated, executed and delivered, and to be wholly performed, in the State of Illinois, and the rights and obligations of the Parties to the Stipulation shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the choice of law principles of the State of Illinois or any other State or jurisdiction.

9.6 The Settling Parties (a) acknowledge that it is their intent to consummate this Stipulation of Settlement, (b) agree to cooperate to the extent necessary to effectuate and implement all terms and conditions of this Stipulation of Settlement and to exercise their commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the terms and conditions of this Stipulation of Settlement and obtain entry of the orders of Court contemplated herein, and (c) agree to exchange drafts of orders and transactional documents to be delivered on or before the Stipulation Effective Date. If any party fails to object within ten
(10) business days following receipt to an aspect of any exchanged drafts of orders or transactional documents designated as final, then such designated drafts shall be deemed to be in conformity with this Stipulation of Settlement and acceptable to the Settling Parties.

9.7 The Settling Parties agree that the terms of this Stipulation of Settlement reflect a good faith settlement of the Claims released herein and of the other terms and conditions

36

contained herein, reached voluntarily after consultation with experienced legal counsel. Neither this Stipulation of Settlement nor the settlements contained herein, nor any act performed, document executed, or statement made pursuant to, or in support or in furtherance of, this Stipulation of Settlement or the settlements contained herein: (i) is or may be deemed to be or may be used as an admission of, or evidence of, the validity of any Released Claim or of any wrongdoing or liability of any of the Released Parties; or (ii) is or may be deemed to be or may be used as an admission of, or evidence of, any fault or omission of any of the Released Parties in any civil, criminal or administrative proceeding in any court, administrative agency, or other tribunal. Any of the Released Parties may file this Stipulation of Settlement and/or judgment in any other action that may be brought against them in order to support a defense or counterclaim based on principles of res judicata, collateral estoppel, release, good faith settlement, accord and satisfaction, judgment bar or reduction, or any theory of claim preclusion or issue preclusion or similar defense or counterclaim. The Settling Parties may file this Stipulation of Settlement in any proceeding brought to enforce any of its terms.

9.8 The Released Parties intend this Stipulation of Settlement to be a final and complete resolution of all disputes between them with respect to the Claims released herein. This Stipulation of Settlement compromises Claims which are contested, and it shall not be deemed an admission by any Settling Party as to the merits of any Claim or defense. The Settling Parties acknowledge and agree that they have at all times complied with the requirements of Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 11. The Settling Parties reserve their right to rebut, in a manner that such party determines to be appropriate, any contention made in any manner that the Claims released herein were brought or defended in bad faith or without reasonable basis.

37

9.9 All agreements made and orders entered during the course of the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding relating to the confidentiality of information shall survive this Stipulation of Settlement.

9.10 This Stipulation of Settlement may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by or on behalf of the party to be bound by such modification.

9.11 This Stipulation of Settlement entirely amends and restates that certain "Stipulation of Settlement By and Among the Estate Representative and the Taylor Defendants" dated August 29, 2001, and constitutes the entire agreement between the Settling Parties, and no representations, warranties, or inducements have been made to any party concerning this Stipulation of Settlement other than the representations, warranties, and covenants contained and memorialized herein.

9.12 All of the Exhibits to this Stipulation of Settlement are material and integral parts thereof and are fully incorporated therein by this reference.

9.13 This Stipulation of Settlement shall not be construed more strictly against one party than another merely because it, or any part of it, may have been prepared by counsel for one of the parties. The Settling Parties acknowledge and agree that the Stipulation of Settlement is the result of arm's-length negotiations between the parties and all parties have contributed substantially and materially to the preparation of this Stipulation of Settlement.

9.14 All counsel and any other Person executing this Stipulation of Settlement or any related settlement documents represent and warrant that they have the full authority to take appropriate action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to the Stipulation of Settlement to effectuate its terms.

9.15 This Stipulation of Settlement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Settling Parties.

9.16 All notices required or permitted hereunder or process relating hereto shall be in writing and signed by the party giving notice, shall be effective only upon delivery, and shall

38

be delivered by personal delivery, facsimile (with a confirming copy sent by personal delivery or overnight courier), or by Federal Express or similar service and a delivery receipt obtained, addressed as follows:

If to the Estate Parties:

Robert F. Coleman, Esq.
ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES
77 West Wacker Drive

Suite 4800
Chicago, Illinois 60601 Telephone: (312) 444-1000 Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

If to the Taylor Defendants:

Steven P. Handler, Esq.
McDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY
227 West Monroe Street

Suite 3100
Chicago, Illinois 60606 Telephone: (312) 372-2000 Facsimile: (312) 984-7700

* * * *

(REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK)

39

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Settling Parties have caused this Stipulation of Settlement to be executed by their duly authorized attorneys.

COUNSEL FOR THE ESTATE PARTIES

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

By: /s/ Robert F. Coleman
    _______________________________
      Robert F. Coleman

Robert F. Coleman Steven R. Jakubowski Sean B. Crotty Cassandra A. Crotty 77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800 Chicago, Illinois 60601 Telephone: (312) 444-1000 Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Lead Counsel and Chairman of Estate Representative's Executive Committee

COUNSEL FOR THE TAYLOR DEFENDANTS

MCDERMOTT WILL & EMERY

By: /s/ Steven P. Handler
    _______________________________
      Steven P. Handler

Steven P. Handler Steven H. Hoeft David S. Rosenbloom
MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY

227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Telephone: (312) 372-2000
Facsimile: (312) 984-7700

Counsel for the Taylor Defendants

40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----
I.    THE ESTATE'S LITIGATION                                                  1

      A.    The RAG Bankruptcy Filing and Plan Confirmation ..............     1

      B.    The Estate's Adversary Proceedings ...........................     2


II.   DEFENDANTS' STATEMENTS AND DENIALS OF WRONGDOING AND LIABILITY .....     4


III.  CLAIMS OF THE ESTATE REPRESENTATIVE AND BENEFITS OF
      THE STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT ......................................     4


IV.   TERMS OF STIPULATION AND AGREEMENT OF SETTLEMENT ...................     5

      1.    Definitions and Interpretations ..............................     5

      2.    Dismissal or Bar Orders ......................................    18

      3.    Termination Rights ...........................................    21

      4.    Obligations Following Stipulation Execution Date .............    25

      5.    Cash and Securities to Be Delivered by the Taylor Defendants .    28

      6.    Stipulation Effective Date; Conditions Precedent .............    32

      7.    Releases; Contribution Bar ...................................    33

      8.    Certain Representations and Warranties .......................    36

      9.    Miscellaneous Provisions .....................................    42

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A [Proposed] Order re Taylor Settlement Agreement

EXHIBIT B Permitted Liens


EXHIBIT B

PERMITTED LIENS

The pledge of 1,500,000 shares of common stock of Cole Taylor Bank to LaSalle National Bank


EXHIBIT 10.44

SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT

This Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement (this "Amendment") is made as of March 15, 2002, by and between the Taylor Defendants (as defined in the Stipulation of Settlement described below) and the Estate Representative (as defined in the Stipulation of Settlement described below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into that certain Stipulation of Settlement, as amended and restated as of October 10, 2001 (the "Stipulation of Settlement"); all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the Stipulation of Settlement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stipulation of Settlement, the Estate Representative or the Taylor Defendants have the right to terminate the Stipulation of Settlement if certain conditions have not been satisfied or waived within a period of time ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Stipulation Execution Date (the "Termination Date"); and

WHEREAS, the Stipulation of Settlement contemplates, among other things, that Taylor Capital Group will be issuing: (1) the Trust Preferred Securities and (ii) a number of shares of TCG Common Stock representing 15% of the issued and outstanding TCG Common Stock (excluding treasury stock) as of their date of issuance and immediately after giving effect to their issuance (the "TCG Common Shares" and, together with the Trust Preferred Securities, the "Settlement Stock") to the Estate Representative;

WHEREAS, the parties determined that it is in both of their interests to explore the possibility of the Taylor Defendants causing Taylor Capital Group to pursue an initial public offering of the Settlement Stock, as a possible alternative to said issuance; and

WHEREAS, the parties have determined that it is therefore in both of their interests to extend the Termination Date.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree that the Termination Date shall be May 10, 2002.


COUNSEL FOR THE ESTATE REPRESENTATIVE

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

By: /s/ Steven R. Jakubowski
    -------------------------------------------------
    Steven R. Jakubowski

Robert F. Coleman Steven R. Jakubowski Sean B. Crotty Cassandra A. Crotty 77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800 Chicago, Illinois 60601 Telephone: (312)444-1000 Facsimile: (312)444-1028

Estate Representative's Lead Counsel and Chairman of Estate Representative's Executive Committee

COUNSEL FOR THE TAYLOR DEFENDANTS

MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY

By: /s/ Steven P. Handler
    -------------------------------------------------
    Steven P. Handler

Steven P. Handler Steven H. Hoeft David S. Rosenbloom
MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY

227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Telephone: (312)372-2000
Facsimile: (312)984-7700

Counsel for the Taylor Defendants

-2-

EXHIBIT 10.45

THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE
AMENDED AND RESTATED STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT

This Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Stipulation of Settlement (this "Amendment") is made as of May 10, 2002, by and between the Taylor Defendants (as defined in the Stipulation of Settlement described below) and the Estate Representative (as defined in the Stipulation of Settlement described below).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the parties hereto have entered into that certain Stipulation of Settlement, as amended and restated as of October 10, 2001 (the "Stipulation of Settlement"); all capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meaning set forth for such terms in the Stipulation of Settlement;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Stipulation of Settlement, the Estate Representative or the Taylor Defendants have the right to terminate the Stipulation of Settlement if certain conditions have not been satisfied or waived within a period of time ending on the one hundred eightieth (180th) day following the Stipulation Execution Date (the "Termination Date"); and

WHEREAS, the Stipulation of Settlement contemplates, among other things, that Taylor Capital Group will be issuing: (1) the Trust Preferred Securities and (ii) a number of shares of TCG Common Stock representing 15% of the issued and outstanding TCG Common Stock (excluding treasury stock) as of their date of issuance and immediately after giving effect to their issuance (the "TCG Common Shares" and, together with the Trust Preferred Securities, the "Settlement Stock") to the Estate Representative;

WHEREAS, as of March 15, 2002, the parties extended the Termination Date to May 10, 2002 so that the parties could explore the possibility of the Taylor Defendants causing Taylor Capital Group to pursue an initial public offering of the Settlement Stock, as a possible alternative to said issuance (the "Public Offering"); and

WHEREAS, the parties have determined that it is in both of their interests to again extend the Termination Date so that they can continue to explore the Public Offering.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above premises and the mutual covenants contained herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree that the Termination Date shall be May 31, 2002.


COUNSEL FOR THE ESTATE REPRESENTATIVE

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

By:    /s/ Steven R. Jakubowski
       -------------------------------------
       Steven R. Jakubowski

Robert F. Coleman Steven R. Jakubowski Sean B. Crotty Cassandra A. Crotty 77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800 Chicago, Illinois 60601 Telephone: (312) 444-1000 Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Counsel for the Estate Representative

COUNSEL FOR THE TAYLOR DEFENDANTS

MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY

By:    /s/ Steven P. Handler
       -------------------------------------
       Steven P. Handler

Steven P. Handler Steven H. Hoeft David S. Rosenbloom
MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY

227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Telephone: (312) 372-2000
Facsimile: (312) 984-7700

Counsel for the Taylor Defendants

-2-

Exhibit 10.47

IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT
FOR THE DISTRICT OF DELAWARE

IN RE RELIANCE SECURITIES LITIGATION MDL Docket No. 1304

Civil Action No. 99-858-RRM

IN RE:

Chapter 11

RELIANCE ACCEPTANCE GROUP, INC.,
et al., Case No. 98-288 (PJW)


(Jointly Administered)

Debtors.

STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT

BY AND AMONG

THE CLASS,

THE ESTATE PARTIES,

THE GRAHAM DEFENDANTS,

THE COLE FAMILY, AND

THE TAYLOR DEFENDANTS


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                             Page
                                                                             ----
I.    BACKGROUND TO THE SETTLEMENT .......................................    1

      A.    The Class Litigation .........................................    1

      B.    The RAG Bankruptcy Filing and Plan Confirmation ..............    3


II.   DEFENDANTS' STATEMENTS AND DENIALS OF WRONGDOING AND LIABILITY .....    4


III.  CLAIMS OF THE CLASS PLAINTIFFS AND BENEFITS OF SETTLEMENT ..........    4


IV.   TERMS OF STIPULATION AND AGREEMENT OF SETTLEMENT ...................    6

      1.    Definitions and Interpretations ..............................    6

      2.    Releases and Agreements Among the Settling Parties ...........   24

      3.    Preliminary Order and Settlement Hearing .....................   44

      4.    Conditions to Settlement; Effect of Disapproval or Termination   45

      5.    The Class Settlement Fund ....................................   51

      6.    Administration and Calculation of Claims, Final Awards, and
            Supervision and Distribution of Class Settlement Fund ........   56

      7.    Class Attorneys' Fees and Reimbursement of Expenses ..........   58

      8.    Miscellaneous Provisions .....................................   60

i

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A         [Proposed] Order Preliminarily Approving Settlement and
                  Providing for Notice

EXHIBIT A-1       Notice of Proposed Settlement of Class Action

EXHIBIT A-2       Summary Notice for Publication

EXHIBIT A-3       Proof of Claim and Release Form

EXHIBIT B         [Proposed] Final Judgment and Order of Dismissal with
                  Prejudice

EXHIBIT C         Taylor Settlement Agreement

EXHIBIT D         Summary of Certain Defense Costs of Certain D&O
                  Indemnity Claimants

EXHIBIT E         Agreed Allocation of Remaining St. Paul Insurance
                  Proceeds Among the Graham D&O Defendants

EXHIBIT F         Agreement By and Among the Lead Plaintiffs and the Class
                  5 Participants Regarding Proposed Plan of Allocation for
                  Class 5 Distributions

ii

This Stipulation of Settlement (the "Settlement Stipulation") is dated and executed as of October 10, 2001 (the "Settlement Execution Date"). All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in Section IV.1 hereof. This Settlement Stipulation is made and entered into by and among the Settling Parties, by and through their undersigned attorneys of record. This Settlement Stipulation is intended by the Settling Parties, upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, to (among other things) fully, finally, and forever resolve, discharge, and settle the Released Class Claims and the Released Graham Defendant Claims.

I. BACKGROUND TO THE SETTLEMENT

A. THE CLASS LITIGATION

In early 1998, the following class action lawsuits were filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties under Delaware law:

1. Michael Sabbia, et al. v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0044;

2. Brian J. O'Connor v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0099;

3. Walter M. Goldberg IRA Rollover v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0111;

4. Keith Jacobs, et al. v. Jeffrey W. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 98-0119;

5. Seymour Irwin Levin, et al. v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0120;

6. Darius Antia, et al. v. KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, et al., C.A. No. 98-0146;

7. Bank West Financial Corp., et al. v. Jeffrey W.


Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 98-0184;

8. Harold M. Nofzinger v. KPMG Peat Marwick, LLP, et al., C.A. No. 98-0188; and

9. Allen Aron, et al. v. Jeffrey W. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 98-0222.

The Texas Actions were consolidated under the case captioned Michael Sabbia, et al. v. Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 98-0044. By order dated June 29, 1998, the Lead

1

Plaintiffs and Class Co-Lead Counsel were appointed in the Texas Actions pursuant to the requirements of the PSLRA.

On February 2, 1998, a class action was filed in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois entitled Graham v. Taylor Capital Group, Inc., et al., Civil No. 98 C 0779, alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties under Delaware law and ERISA. By order dated July 15, 1998, the Lead Plaintiffs and Class Co-Lead Counsel were appointed in the Illinois Action pursuant to the requirements of the PSLRA. On August 18, 1999, the Lead Plaintiffs filed the Consolidated Amended Complaint.

On December 9, 1999, the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation transferred the Texas Actions and the Illinois Action to the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for coordinated pretrial proceedings with the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding being pursued by the Estate. The caption of the consolidated proceedings before the Court is In re Reliance Securities Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1304, Civil Action No. 99-858-RRM.

On October 31, 2000, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware entered an order certifying the Class and approving Class Co-Lead Counsel as counsel for the Class.

B. THE RAG BANKRUPTCY FILING AND PLAN CONFIRMATION

On February 9, 1998 (the "Petition Date"), the Debtors filed with the Bankruptcy Court their petitions for relief under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code. RAG's petition was filed as Case No. 98-288 (PJW). The petitions for RAG's subsidiaries are consecutively numbered through Case No. 98-310 (PJW).

On July 2, 1998, the Bankruptcy Court confirmed the Debtors' Reorganization Plan. Under the Reorganization Plan, and through the Confirmation Order, the Debtors and their respective chapter 11 estates were substantively consolidated pursuant to Section 1123(a)(5)(C) of the Bankruptcy Code for purposes of classification, distributions, and all other purposes under the Reorganization Plan. The Reorganization Plan became effective on July 31, 1998.

2

The Reorganization Plan divided the holders of Claims and Equity Interests in the Debtors into various classes. Class 4 of the Reorganization Plan consisted of the holders of certain Allowed unsecured claims against the Debtors. Class 5 of the Reorganization Plan included the holders of Allowed Equity Interests and the holders of Allowed Class 5 Litigation Claims. The Reorganization Plan specified how the recoveries from Causes of Action brought by the Estate Representative were to be divided among the Claims and Equity Interests classified in Class 4 and Class 5 of the Reorganization Plan. The Reorganization Plan, however, did not specify how distributions under the Reorganization Plan to Class 5 are to be divided within Class 5.

Approximately 40 proofs of claim were filed in RAG's Bankruptcy Case on behalf of various holders of securities and related litigation claims. A number of these proofs of claim were filed by the Lead Plaintiffs and by the Class Co-Lead Counsel. On December 15, 2000, the Lead Plaintiffs filed an amended proof of claim (the "Class Proof of Claim") in RAG's Bankruptcy Case based on the actions described in the Consolidated Amended Complaint. The Class Proof of Claim stated that RAG was liable to the Class for substantial damages, primarily based upon alleged violations of Sections 10(b) and 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and Rules 10b-5 and 14a-9 promulgated thereunder.

II. DEFENDANTS' STATEMENTS AND DENIALS OF WRONGDOING AND LIABILITY

The Graham Defendants have denied and continue to deny each and every one of the claims and contentions asserted against them by the plaintiffs in the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation. The Graham Defendants further have expressly denied and continue to deny all charges of wrongdoing or liability arising out of any of the conduct, statements, acts or omissions asserted against them in the Graham Litigation or the Delaware Class Litigation.

Nonetheless, the Graham Defendants have concluded that their further involvement in the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation would be protracted and expensive, and that it is desirable that all Claims and Causes of Action against them be fully and finally settled in the manner and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Settlement Stipulation in order to limit

3

further expense, inconvenience, and distraction, and to dispose of burdensome and protracted litigation.

III. CLAIMS OF THE CLASS PLAINTIFFS AND BENEFITS OF SETTLEMENT

The plaintiffs in the Delaware Class Litigation and the Graham Litigation believe that the Claims asserted in the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation have merit, and that the evidence developed to date supports the Claims asserted. However, Class Co-Lead Counsel recognize and acknowledge the expense and length of continued proceedings necessary to prosecute the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation against the Graham Defendants through trial and through appeals. Class Co-Lead Counsel also have taken into account the uncertain outcome and the risk of any litigation, especially in complex actions (such as the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation), as well as the difficulties and delays inherent in such litigation. Class Co-Lead Counsel are also mindful of the inherent problems of proof under and defenses to the claims they have asserted in the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation against the Graham Defendants.

The Lead Plaintiffs further believe that their Class Proof of Claim filed in RAG's Bankruptcy Case has merit, and that the evidence developed in the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, and the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding supports the Claims asserted therein. However, Class Co-Lead Counsel recognize and acknowledge the expense and length of continued proceedings necessary to prosecute their Claims against the Estate through trial and through appeals. Class Co-Lead Counsel also have taken into account the uncertain outcome and the risk of any litigation, especially in such complex actions, as well as the difficulties and delays inherent in such litigation. Class Co-Lead Counsel are also mindful of the inherent problems of proof under and defenses to the Class Proof of Claim.

In light of the foregoing, Class Co-Lead Counsel believe that the settlement set forth in this Settlement Stipulation confers substantial benefits upon the Class. Based on their evaluation, Class

4

Co-Lead Counsel have determined that the settlement set forth in this Settlement Stipulation is in the best interests of the Class.

IV. TERMS OF STIPULATION AND AGREEMENT OF SETTLEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, including the payments, promises, and covenants contained herein, it is hereby stipulated and agreed by and among the Settling Parties, by and through their respective counsel or attorneys of record, as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATIONS

The following terms shall have the following meanings when used in capitalized form in this Settlement Stipulation. Such meanings shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of such terms. The words "herein," "hereof," and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Settlement Stipulation as a whole and (unless otherwise specified) not any particular section, subsection, or clause contained herein.

1.1 "Allowed," when used with respect to any Claim or Equity Interest, means the Claim or Equity Interest or applicable portion thereof that has been, or will be, allowed pursuant to section 502 of the Bankruptcy Code or pursuant to the Reorganization Plan (or if the Claim or Equity Interest was objected to, that a final, nonappealable order has been, or will be, entered allowing the Claim or Equity Interest).

1.2 "Allowed Class Claim" means the Claim of the Class in the Bankruptcy Cases that, pursuant to Section IV.2.1 of this Settlement Stipulation, will be Allowed on the Settlement Effective Date in the amount of $58,000,000 and treated under the Reorganization Plan as an Allowed Class 5 Litigation Claim.

1.3 "Authorized Claimant" means any Class Member who files a proof of claim in the Graham Litigation in such form and manner, and within such time, as the Court shall prescribe.

1.4 "Bankruptcy Cases" means the jointly administered chapter 11 bankruptcy cases of the Debtors in the Bankruptcy Court, Case No. 98-288 (PJW) (Jointly Administered).

5

1.5 "Bankruptcy Code" means the Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, as amended, 11 U.S.C. Sections 101, et seq.

1.6 "Bankruptcy Court" means the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware.

1.7 "Barlow" means Thomas L. Barlow, an individual.

1.8 "Causes of Action" means all Claims, choses in action, third-party Claims, counterclaims, and crossclaims.

1.9 "Claim" means (a) a right to payment, whether or not such right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured, or (b) a right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a right of payment, whether or not such right to an equitable remedy is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured, or unsecured.

1.10 "Class" means the class certified in the Graham Litigation by order of the Court dated October 31, 2000, or as modified by any subsequent Court order entered with the consent of all of the Settling Parties.

1.11 "Class 4" means the impaired class designated as "Class 4" in the Reorganization Plan.

1.12 "Class 5" means the impaired class designated as "Class 5" in the Reorganization Plan, which consists of (i) all Class 5 Equity Interests and (ii) all Class 5 Litigation Claims.

1.13 "Class 5 Equity Interest" means any Equity Interest.

1.14 "Class 5 Litigation Claims" means the Claims defined in the Reorganization Plan as "Class 5 Litigation Claims."

1.15 "Class 5 Plan of Allocation" means that certain plan of allocation to be approved by order of the Court or the Bankruptcy Court for distribution of proceeds payable under the Reorganization Plan to holders of Class 5 Equity Interests and Class 5 Litigation Claims.

6

1.16 "Class Co-Lead Counsel" means the following firms: Milberg Weiss Bershad Hynes & Lerach LLP (the "Milberg Firm"); and David B. Kahn & Associates (the "Kahn Firm"), which were appointed as counsel for the Class in the Graham Litigation and for the Persons designated as lead plaintiffs in the Delaware Class Litigation.

1.17 "Class Member" means a Person who falls within the definition of the Class, as set forth herein.

1.18 "Class Period" means the period from (and including) March 14, 1995, through (and including) November 14, 1997.

1.19 "Class Settlement Fund" means the escrow fund established by Class Co-Lead Counsel to accept distributions and recoveries on behalf of the Class, including (i) distributions of cash and securities from the Estate on account of the Allowed Class Claim, (ii) recoveries obtained pursuant to the terms hereof, and (iii) all other Class recoveries.

1.20 "Cole Family" means any or all of the following Persons: Irwin H. Cole; the Estate of Irwin H. Cole; Shirley B. Cole, individually, as trustee or investment advisor of any Cole Family Trust, and as executrix of the Estate of Irwin H. Cole; Lori Cole, individually, as trustee or investment advisor of any Cole Family Trust, and as successor executrix of the Estate of Irwin H. Cole; Cathy Cole Williams, individually, as trustee or investment advisor of any Cole Family Trust, and as successor executrix of the Estate of Irwin H. Cole; Ian Hunt, individually and as trustee or investment advisor to certain Cole Family Trusts; Justin Williams, individually and as trustee or investment advisor to certain Cole Family Trusts; and each of the Cole Family Trusts.

1.21 "Cole Family Chancery Action" means that certain litigation commenced on August 19, 1998, by certain members of the Cole Family in the Delaware Court of Chancery, Civil Action No. 16594NC, against certain of the Graham Defendants and others for breach of fiduciary duty, fraud, and related Causes of Action.

1.22 "Cole Family Trusts" means any or all of the following Persons:
the 1993 Exempt Trust for Lori Cole; the 1993 Non-Exempt Trust for Lori Cole; the 1985 Trust for Todd Justin

7

Williams; the Cathy Cole Williams Custodial Account for Bradley F. Williams; the 1992 Trust for Bradley F. Williams; the 1992 Trust for Todd Justin Williams; the Cathy Cole Tayco Trust; the Lori Cole Tayco Trust; the Randy Cole Tayco Trust; the 1993 Non-Exempt Trust for Cathy Cole; the 1993 Exempt Trust for Cathy Cole; the 1985 Trust for Jamie Lee Matthews, and any of the foregoing Persons' past or present trustees, investment advisors, or beneficiaries.

1.23 "Confirmation Order" means (i) the order of the Bankruptcy Court dated as of July 2, 1998, confirming the Reorganization Plan, and (ii) the order of the Bankruptcy Court dated September 3, 1998, approving certain post-confirmation technical amendments to the Reorganization Plan and confirming the Reorganization Plan as amended.

1.24 "Consolidated Adversary Proceeding" means the consolidated proceeding ordered by the Court on July 15, 1999, resulting in the consolidation of the 398 Adversary and the 399 Adversary into a single case before the Court, captioned David T. Allen v. Sidney J. Taylor, et al., Civil Action No. 99-146-RRM.

1.25 "Consolidated Amended Complaint" means that certain complaint filed on August 18, 1999, in the Graham Litigation, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.26 "Court" means the United States District Court for the District of Delaware.

1.27 "D&O Indemnity Claimants" means Lori Cole, Irwin H. Cole, Cathy Cole Williams, the Estate of Irwin H. Cole (including through its executrix), Solway F. Firestone, William S. Race, Dean L. Griffith, Ross J. Mangano, Howard B. Silverman ("Silverman"), and James D. Dolph.

1.28 "D&O Indemnity Claims" means all the Class 5 Litigation Claims of all the D&O Indemnity Claimants against the Debtors and the Estate for indemnification or contribution (whether contractual or otherwise) based upon, arising out of, or in any way related to, the defense of the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, the Split-Off Transaction, or the Debtors.

1.29 "Debtors" means any of the following entities at any time before the Reorganization Plan Effective Date (including any of their predecessors or successors in interest): (i) RAG; (ii) Reliance Acceptance Corporation, formerly known as Cole Taylor Finance Company ("RAC"), a

8

wholly-owned subsidiary of RAG; and (iii) the following 21 wholly-owned subsidiaries of RAC: Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Arizona, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Colorado, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Florida, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Georgia, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Illinois, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Indiana, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Iowa, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Kentucky, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Minnesota, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Missouri, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Michigan, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of New Mexico, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Nevada, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of North Carolina, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Ohio, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Oregon, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of South Carolina, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Tennessee, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Texas, Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Utah, and Reliance Acceptance Corp. of Washington.

1.30 "Delaware Chancery Court" means the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware in and for New Castle County.

1.31 "Delaware Class Litigation" means the case captioned In re Consolidated Reliance Acceptance Group Shareholder Litigation, C.A. No. 15989NC, presently pending before the Delaware Chancery Court and represented by the following consolidated actions: (i) Levin v. Reliance Acceptance Group, et al., C.A. No. 15989NC; (ii) Curnyn v. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 16150NC; (iii) Hansen v. Taylor Capital Group, Inc., et al., C.A. No. 16198NC; (iv) Pama Partnership v. Taylor Capital Group, Inc. et al., C.A. No. 16212NC; and (v) Block, et al. v. Taylor, et al., C.A. No. 16328NC.

1.32 "Equity Interest" means any equity interest in the Debtors represented by common stock or options issued by RAG.

1.33 "Escrow Agent" means Class Co-Lead Counsel or their successors.

1.34 "Estate" means the estates of the Debtors created by Section 541 of the Bankruptcy Code upon the commencement of the Bankruptcy Cases and substantively consolidated pursuant to the terms of the Reorganization Plan.

9

1.35 "Estate Parties" means the Debtors, the Estate, the Post-Confirmation Estate, the Estate Representative, and the "Class 4 Designee" (as defined in the Reorganization Plan).

1.36 "Estate Representative" means David T. Allen, not individually, but solely as the representative of the consolidated Post-Confirmation Estate appointed pursuant to Section 1123 of the Bankruptcy Code.

1.37 "Extraordinary Costs" means the costs incurred in the Insurance Litigation by the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs to retain experts, jury consultants, and trial technology consultants (and related equipment charges).

1.38 "Final" means, with respect to an order of any court, a final order as to which the appeal or time to appeal has concluded and no further appeal process is or will be available.

1.39 "Graham Defendants" means Taylor Capital Group, Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor, Sidney J. Taylor, Cole Taylor Bank, Irwin H. Cole, the Estate of Irwin H. Cole, Shirley Cole (individually and in her representative capacity), Lori Cole (individually and in her representative capacity), Cathy Cole Williams (individually and in her representative capacity), Howard B. Silverman, James D. Dolph, J. Christopher Alstrin, William S. Race, Ross J. Mangano, Solway F. Firestone, Melvin E. Pearl, Dean L. Griffith, and the Voluntarily Dismissed Defendants.

1.40 "Graham D&O Defendants" means Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor, Sidney J. Taylor, Irwin H. Cole, the Estate of Irwin H. Cole, Shirley Cole (individually and in her representative capacity), Lori Cole (individually and in her representative capacity), Cathy Cole Williams (individually and in her representative capacity), Howard B. Silverman, James D. Dolph, J. Christopher Alstrin, William S. Race, Ross J. Mangano, Solway F. Firestone, Melvin E. Pearl, Dean L. Griffith, and the Voluntarily Dismissed Defendants.

1.41 "Graham Litigation" means the Texas Actions, the Illinois Action, the MDL Proceeding, and all Claims asserted therein.

1.42 "Illinois Action" means that certain class action complaint filed on February 2, 1998, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Illinois entitled Graham v. Taylor

10

Capital Group, Inc., et al., Civil No. 98 C 0779, as it may be amended from time to time, alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties under Delaware law and ERISA.

1.43 "Insurance Arbitration" means the arbitration proceeding captioned David T. Allen, as Estate Representative for Substantially Consolidated Post-Confirmation Estate of Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc. (f/k/a The Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc.) and its Subsidiaries, Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor, Sidney J. Taylor, J. Christopher Alstrin, and Melvin E. Pearl v. National Union Fire Ins. Co. of Pittsburgh, PA, No. 51 Y 195 00162 01, pending before the American Arbitration Association.

1.44 "Insurance Litigation" means (i) that certain action pending before the Court, captioned Alstrin v. St. Paul Mercury Ins. Co., et al., Civil Action No. 98-683-RRM (the "Alstrin Litigation"), (ii) any Causes of Action the Graham D&O Defendants and/or any of the Estate Parties may have against Dann Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Freeborn & Peters, and/or David H. Kistenbroker,
(iii) any other action related to the Insurance Policies brought by the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs against any Person (including, without limitation, the Insurance Arbitration and actions based upon denials of coverage under the Insurance Policies).

1.45 "Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs" means the parties of record in the Insurance Litigation (whether as plaintiffs or defendants) who are insureds under the Insurance Policies, including, without limitation, the Estate Representative (in its capacity as cross-claimant), the Graham D&O Defendants, and any other party of record who is, or asserts a claim as, a plaintiff in the Insurance Litigation.

1.46 "Insurance Policies" means, collectively, the following policies of insurance: (i) a ten million dollar ($10,000,000) "Excess Insurance Policy," Number DOX 132022519, issued by Continental Casualty Company ("CNA"), incepting July 31, 1996; (ii) a ten million dollar ($10,000,000) "Excess Financial Products Insurance Policy," Number NDA 0117927-96, issued by Reliance Insurance Company ("Reliance Insurance"), incepting July 31, 1996; and (iii) a thirty

11

million dollar ($30,000,000) "Directors, Officers and Corporate Liability Insurance Policy," Number 484-93-25, issued by the National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA ("National Union"), incepting February 12, 1997 (the "National Union Policy").

1.47 "Insurance Recoveries" means recoveries of proceeds obtained from or in connection with the Insurance Policies or the Insurance Litigation (whether such recoveries arise in contract or tort); provided, however, that Insurance Recoveries shall not include amounts payable pursuant to the St. Paul Insurance Policy, which shall be distributed in accordance with the provisions of Section IV.2.4 hereof.

1.48 "Judgment" means the "Final Judgment and Order of Dismissal with Prejudice" to be entered by the Court, substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT B, approving this Settlement Stipulation, and granting further relief as provided therein.

1.49 "Lead Plaintiffs" means the Persons who were appointed as lead plaintiffs in the Graham Litigation.

1.50 "MDL Proceeding" means the multidistrict litigation proceeding captioned In Re Reliance Securities Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1304, C.A. No. 99-858-RRM, pending in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware.

1.51 "Non-Released Party" means any Person that is not a Released Party.

1.52 "Person" means a natural person, individual, corporation, partnership, limited partnership, limited liability partnership, limited liability company, association, joint venture, joint stock company, estate, legal representative, trust, unincorporated association, government or any political subdivision or agency thereof, any business or legal entity, and any spouse, heir, executor, administrator, predecessor, successor, representative, or assign of any of the foregoing.

1.53 "Post-Confirmation Estate" means the substantively consolidated Estate upon and after the Reorganization Plan Effective Date.

1.54 "Preliminary Order" means the "Order Preliminarily Approving Settlement and Providing for Notice" to be entered by the Court, substantially in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT

12

A, preliminarily approving this Settlement Stipulation, authorizing the form and manner of notice of the Settlement Hearing (as defined in Section IV.3.2 hereof), and granting further relief as provided therein.

1.55 "PSLRA" means the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended, 15 U.S.C. Sections 78u-4.

1.56 "RAG" means Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (formerly known as Cole Taylor Financial Group, Inc.), on or before the Reorganization Plan Effective Date.

1.57 "Related Persons" means any of the following with respect to a Person: (i) present or former directors, officers, partners, principals, members, stockholders, owners, employees, agents, servants, attorneys, personal or legal representatives, parent companies, subsidiaries, divisions, related or affiliated entities, predecessors, successors, joint ventures, heirs, executors, spouses, associates, administrators, transferees, assigns; (ii) any entity in which that Person has a controlling interest; (iii) any members of that Person's immediate family; or (iv) any trusts in which that Person has a nominal or beneficial interest or acts in an advisory, controlling, or fiduciary capacity. However, the foregoing definition shall not include the following Persons: KPMG, LLP; The Chicago Corporation (d/b/a ABN-Amro); Sandler O'Neill & Partners, L.P.; Barlow; Scott Barlow; James Barlow; or any of the following parties in connection with the Insurance Litigation: Dann Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Freeborn & Peters, David H. Kistenbroker, CNA, Reliance Insurance, National Union, or St. Paul Insurance.

1.58 "Released Barlow Claims" means, collectively, all Claims (including Unknown Claims), demands, rights, liabilities, and Causes of Action of every nature and description whatsoever, known or unknown, direct or indirect, whether or not concealed or hidden (including, without limitation, claims for negligence, gross negligence, professional negligence, breach of duty of care and/or breach of duty of loyalty and/or breach of duty of candor, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, breach of contract, negligent misrepresentation, violations of any state or federal statutes, rules or regulations), that were asserted or might have been asserted

13

by Barlow against (A) any other Graham Defendant and any of their Related Persons, (B) any of the Lead Plaintiffs and any of their Related Persons, (C) any Class Member and any of their Related Persons, (D) any member of the Cole Family and any of their Related Persons, or (E) any of the Taylor Defendants and any of their Related Persons from the beginning of time up to and including the Settlement Effective Date, arising, based upon, or related to (I) the facts, transactions, events, occurrences, acts, disclosures, statements, omissions, or failures to act which were or could have been alleged in the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, the Insurance Litigation, or the Cole Family Chancery Action or (II) the assertion, prosecution, resolution, other pursuit, or receipt of payments in respect of the Class Proof of Claim, the Allowed Class Claim, the Graham Litigation, the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding, the Cole Family Chancery Action, the Insurance Litigation, or the Delaware Class Litigation. For purposes of this Section IV.1.58, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the "Released Barlow Claims" shall not include any Claims Barlow may have asserted against the Estate Parties in the Bankruptcy Cases.

1.59 "Released Claims" means, collectively, the Released Class Claims, the Released Estate Claims, and the Released Graham Defendant Claims.

1.60 "Released Class Claims" means, collectively, all Claims (including Unknown Claims), demands, rights, liabilities and Causes of Action of every nature and description whatsoever, known or unknown, direct or indirect, whether concealed or hidden, asserted or that might have been asserted (including, without limitation, Claims for negligence, gross negligence, breach of duty of care and/or breach of duty of loyalty and/or breach of duty of candor, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, breach of contract, negligent misrepresentation, or violations of any state or federal statutes, rules or regulations) by the Class or any Lead Plaintiff, Class Member, or Delaware Class Litigation plaintiff against the Graham Defendants, any member of the Cole Family, any of the Taylor Defendants, any of the Estate Parties (including their counsel of record in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding), Barlow, or any Related Person to any of the foregoing, from the beginning of time up to and including the Settlement Effective Date, arising out

14

of, based upon, or related to (A) both (i) the purchase of RAG common stock by any Class Member during the Class Period or the holding of RAG common stock on September 23, 1996 (the record date for the vote on the Split-Off Transaction), and (ii) the facts, transactions, events, occurrences, acts, disclosures, statements, omissions, or failures to act that were or could have been alleged in the Graham Litigation or the Delaware Class Litigation, or (B) the assertion, prosecution, resolution, other pursuit, or receipt of payments in respect of the Class Proof of Claim, the Allowed Class Claim, the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding, the Graham Litigation, the Cole Family Chancery Action, the Insurance Litigation, or the Delaware Class Litigation; provided, however, that
(I) nothing herein shall in any way be deemed or construed as constituting a release of (a) the Estate or the Post-Confirmation Estate from the liabilities associated with the Allowed Class Claim or (b) the liabilities or obligations of the Settling Parties arising pursuant to this Settlement Stipulation and (II) the release provided herein to Barlow shall become null and void and of no force and effect unless (a) Barlow shall have executed, as of the Settlement Effective Date, a form of release that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation, and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties thereto, fully, finally, and forever releases, relinquishes, and discharges the Released Barlow Claims, and (b) either (1) Barlow shall have executed all releases requested pursuant to Section IV.2.15 hereof (or shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of Section IV.2.15 hereof as though he were a Settling Party) or (2) the order contemplated by Section
IV.4.1(h) hereof shall become Final.

1.61 "Released Estate Claims" means, collectively, all Claims (including Unknown Claims), demands, rights, liabilities and Causes of Action of every nature and description whatsoever, known or unknown, direct or indirect, whether concealed or hidden, asserted or that might have been asserted (including, without limitation, Claims for negligence, gross negligence, breach of duty of care and/or breach of duty of loyalty and/or breach of duty of candor, fraud, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, negligent misrepresentation, or violations of any state, bankruptcy or other federal statutes, rules or regulations) by the Estate

15

Parties against the Class, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, any Lead Plaintiff, any Class Member, or Class Co-Lead Counsel, or any Related Person to any of the foregoing from the beginning of time up to and including the Settlement Effective Date, arising out of, based upon, or related to (A) both (i) the purchase of RAG common stock by any Class Member during the Class Period or the holding of RAG common stock on September 23, 1996 (the record date for the vote on the Split-Off Transaction), and (ii) the facts, transactions, events, occurrences, acts, disclosures, statements, omissions, or failures to act that were or could have been alleged in the Graham Litigation or the Delaware Class Litigation, or (B) the assertion, prosecution, resolution, other pursuit, or receipt of payments in respect of the Class Proof of Claim, the Allowed Class Claim, the Graham Litigation, the Cole Family Chancery Action, the Insurance Litigation, or the Delaware Class Litigation; provided, however, that nothing herein shall in any way be deemed or construed as constituting a release of the liabilities or obligations of the other Settling Parties arising pursuant to this Settlement Stipulation.

1.62 "Released Graham Defendant Claims" means, collectively, all Claims (including Unknown Claims), demands, rights, liabilities, and Causes of Action of every nature and description whatsoever, known or unknown, direct or indirect, whether or not concealed or hidden (including, without limitation, claims for negligence, gross negligence, professional negligence, breach of duty of care and/or breach of duty of loyalty and/or breach of duty of candor, fraud, breach of fiduciary duty, mismanagement, corporate waste, breach of contract, negligent misrepresentation, violations of any state or federal statutes, rules or regulations), that were asserted or might have been asserted by any Graham Defendant, by any Cole Family member, or by any Taylor Defendant against (A) any other Graham Defendant and any of their Related Persons, (B) any of the Lead Plaintiffs and any of their Related Persons, (C) any Class Member and any of their Related Persons, (D) any member of the Cole Family and any of their Related Persons, (E) any of the Taylor Defendants and any of their Related Persons, (F) any of the Estate Parties and any of their Related Persons, or (G) Barlow and any of his Related Persons from the beginning of time up to and including the Settlement

16

Effective Date, arising, based upon, or related to (A) the facts, transactions, events, occurrences, acts, disclosures, statements, omissions, or failures to act which were or could have been alleged in the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, the Insurance Litigation, or the Cole Family Chancery Action, or (B) the assertion, prosecution, resolution, other pursuit, or receipt of payments in respect of the Class Proof of Claim, the Allowed Class Claim, the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding, the Graham Litigation, the Cole Family Chancery Action, the Insurance Litigation, or the Delaware Class Litigation; provided, however, that (I) nothing herein shall in any way be deemed or construed as constituting a release of (a) Claims or Causes of Action against KPMG related to the Cole Family Chancery Action or (b) the liabilities or obligations of the other Settling Parties arising pursuant to this Settlement Stipulation and (II) the release provided herein to Barlow shall become null and void and of no force and effect unless (a) Barlow shall have executed, as of the Settlement Effective Date, a form of release that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation, and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties thereto, fully, finally, and forever releases, relinquishes, and discharges the Released Barlow Claims, and (b) either (1) Barlow shall have executed a release requested pursuant to Section IV.2.15 hereof (or shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of Section
IV.2.15 hereof as though he were a Settling Party) or (2) the order contemplated by Section IV.4.1(h) hereof shall become Final.

1.63 "Released Parties" means, collectively, the Persons that are released from the Released Class Claims, the Released Estate Claims, and the Released Graham Defendant Claims.

1.64 "Releasing Party" means any Person providing a release pursuant to this Settlement Stipulation.

1.65 "Reorganization Plan" means the "Fourth Amended Joint Plan of Reorganization Dated April 30, 1998 of Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc., Reliance Acceptance Corporation and Its Subsidiaries with Technical Amendments," which was confirmed by the Bankruptcy Court pursuant to the Confirmation Order.

17

1.66 "Reorganization Plan Effective Date" means July 31, 1998, the effective date of the Reorganization Plan.

1.67 "Settlement Effective Date" means the first date by which all of the events and conditions specified in Section IV.4.1 of this Settlement Stipulation have been met and have occurred (or have been waived in the manner contemplated in Section IV.4.7 hereof).

1.68 "Settlement Execution Date" means October 10, 2001.

1.69 "Settling Parties" means, collectively, the Estate Parties, the Class, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, and the Taylor Defendants.

1.70 "Split-Off Transaction" means the transactions effective February 12, 1997, whereby, inter alia, RAG transferred all of the shares of common stock of Taylor Capital Group to the Taylor Defendants, among others, in exchange for the 4.5 million shares of common stock of RAG owned by the Taylor Defendants, among others, which shares were transferred to RAG.

1.71 "St. Paul" means St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company.

1.72 "St. Paul Insurance Policy" means the $10 million ($10,000,000), Financial Institution Corporate Indemnification and Directors and Officers Policy, Number 0400JW4206, issued by St. Paul, incepting July 31, 1996.

1.73 "Taylor Capital Group" means Taylor Capital Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a Graham Defendant.

1.74 "Taylor Defendants" means Taylor Capital Group, Jeffrey W. Taylor, Bruce W. Taylor, Sidney J. Taylor, J. Christopher Alstrin, Iris Taylor, Cindy Taylor Bleil, Taylor Family Partnership, Melvin E. Pearl, and such other of their Related Persons that are named defendants in either the Graham Litigation or the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

1.75 "Taylor Settlement Agreement" means that certain executed agreement, attached hereto as EXHIBIT C, between the Estate Representative and certain of the Taylor Defendants settling all Claims and Causes of Action asserted in the Estate's Consolidated Adversary Proceeding against the Taylor Defendants.

18

1.76 "Taylor Settlement Consideration" means the cash and securities that are to be delivered by Taylor Capital Group as provided in Section IV.5 of the Taylor Settlement Agreement.

1.77 "Texas Actions" means, collectively, the nine class action lawsuits identified in Section I.A hereof filed in the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas alleging violations of the federal securities laws and breaches of fiduciary duties under Delaware law.

1.78 "Unknown Claims" means any Claims which any Person does not know or suspect to exist in his, her, or its favor at the time of the release of the Released Party which, if known by him, her, or it, might have affected his, her, or its settlement with and release of the Released Party, or might have affected his, her, or its decision not to object to this Settlement Stipulation.

1.79 "Voluntarily Dismissed Defendants" means Richard W. Tinberg, Adelyn Dougherty, and James Kaplan, who were named as defendants in certain of the Graham Litigation lawsuits and/or the Delaware Class Litigation, but who were voluntarily dismissed without prejudice or otherwise dropped from the lawsuits.

1.80 "398 Adversary" means the adversary proceeding captioned David T. Allen v. Sidney J. Taylor, et al., Adversary Proceeding Number A-98-398, filed with the Bankruptcy Court and subsequently withdrawn to the Court, consolidated with the 399 Adversary, and assigned Civil Action No. 99-146-RRM in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

1.81 "399 Adversary" means the adversary proceeding captioned David T. Allen v. Sidney J. Taylor, et al., Adversary Proceeding Number A-98-399, filed with the Bankruptcy Court and subsequently withdrawn to the Court, consolidated with the 398 Adversary, and assigned Civil Action No. 99-146-RRM in the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding.

2. RELEASES AND AGREEMENTS AMONG THE SETTLING PARTIES

In exchange for good and valuable consideration, including the promises and covenants contained herein, the Settling Parties agree that:

2.1 On the Settlement Effective Date, and subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, the Class Proof of Claim filed in the Bankruptcy Cases shall

19

be Allowed in an amount equal to $58,000,000, and such Allowed Class Claim shall be treated under the Reorganization Plan as a $58,000,000 Allowed Class 5 Litigation Claim; provided, however, that all distributions of consideration to be made to the Class on account of its Allowed Class Claim shall be made only after entry of a Final order of the Court or the Bankruptcy Court approving the Class 5 Plan of Allocation and the entry of the Final Judgment.

2.2 On the Settlement Effective Date, and subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, the Settling Parties agree that the Claims and Causes of Action that were or could have been asserted by the Class, the Lead Plaintiffs, or any Class Member in the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation as against the Graham Defendants, Barlow, and their Related Persons shall be settled and released in exchange for the receipt by the Class of the following: (i) all recoveries (if any) on all coverage under the Insurance Policies (subject to the allocations and distributions described in Sections IV.2.3 and IV.2.4 hereof), including, without limitation, all coverages available to the Graham D&O Defendants and the Estate Parties; (ii) all other extra-contractual recoveries (if any) that have been or will be obtained from any source under the Insurance Policies or in connection with the Insurance Litigation (including, without limitation, any recoveries pursuant to Claims covered by any tolling agreements entered into by any Person with any of the Estate Parties or the Graham Defendants); and (iii) all distributions to the Class Settlement Fund pursuant to the Class 5 Plan of Allocation; provided, however, that the release provided herein to Barlow shall become null and void and of no force and effect unless (A) Barlow shall have executed, as of the Settlement Effective Date, a form of release that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation, and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties thereto, fully, finally, and forever releases, relinquishes, and discharges the Released Barlow Claims, and (B) either (1) Barlow shall have executed a release requested pursuant to Section IV.2.15 hereof (or shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of Section
IV.2.15 hereof as though he were a Settling Party) or (2) the order contemplated by Section IV.4.1(h) hereof shall become Final.

20

2.3 All Insurance Recoveries received by any of the Graham D&O Defendants or the Estate Parties shall be held in trust for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Class, shall be paid over to the Class Settlement Fund as soon as practicable after receipt, and shall not in any manner become property of the Graham D&O Defendants (except as otherwise provided in Section
IV.2.21 hereof) or the Estate Parties; provided, however, that on and after the Settlement Effective Date, and subject to the satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, the Class and Class Co-Lead Counsel shall cause the Insurance Recoveries obtained from or related to the National Union Policy (including both contractual and extracontractual recoveries obtained in the Insurance Litigation related to the National Union Policy) to be allocated and distributed in the following order of priority and sequence:

(a) $5,000,000 in proceeds shall be paid directly to the Estate Representative for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Post-Confirmation Estate (subject to the distribution priorities required by Section IV.2.4 hereof);

(b) proceeds in an amount equal to the product of the following shall be paid directly to the Estate Representative for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Post-Confirmation Estate:
(i) a fraction whose numerator shall equal the total amount that would be paid to the Class Settlement Fund from recoveries obtained under the National Union Policy pursuant to Section IV.2.3(e) hereof absent the distributions required by this Section IV.2.3(b) on account of Extraordinary Costs and whose denominator shall equal the sum of the numerator plus the total amount paid the Estate Representative pursuant to Section IV.2.3(a), multiplied by (ii) the total Extraordinary Costs;

(c) $2,000,000 in proceeds shall be paid directly to Taylor Capital Group as compensation for advances made to counsel of record in the Insurance Litigation on account of legal fees charged (or to be charged) and expenses

21

incurred (or to be incurred) in the Insurance Litigation, regardless of the amount actually incurred;

(d) proceeds in an amount equal to 10% of the positive difference (if any) between the total amount of Insurance Recoveries obtained from or related to the National Union Policy and $15 million shall be paid directly to Taylor Capital Group as further compensation for advances made to counsel of record in the Insurance Litigation on account of legal fees charged (or to be charged) and expenses incurred (or to be incurred) in the Insurance Litigation, regardless of the amount actually incurred; and

(e) all remaining proceeds from the total amount of Insurance Recoveries obtained from or related to the National Union Policy shall be paid directly to the Class Settlement Fund for the exclusive benefit of the Class.

2.4 SETTLEMENT OF D&O INDEMNITY CLAIMS

(a) Upon the Estate Representative's receipt of proceeds pursuant to Section IV.2.3(a) hereof, all D&O Indemnity Claims shall be settled for and Allowed in the aggregate amount of exactly $2,000,000 (the "Aggregate D&O Indemnity Settlement"), and shall be paid in the manner provided hereinafter.

(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Reorganization Plan or the Class 5 Plan of Allocation to the contrary, of the net recoveries obtained by the Estate Representative pursuant to Section IV.2.3(a) hereof, the first $2,597,403 of such recoveries shall be allocated in the following manner: $597,403 of such recoveries shall be allocated to holders of Class 4 Claims under the Reorganization Plan on account of their right under the Reorganization Plan to receive 23% of all net recoveries after such holders have been paid the "100% Threshold Amount" (as defined in the Reorganization Plan); the remaining $2,000,000.00 of such recoveries shall be allocated to Class 5 under the Reorganization Plan and shall be paid to

22

principal counsel for each of the D&O Indemnity Claimants in the amounts specified in EXHIBIT D hereto in full and final satisfaction of the Estate Parties' obligations in respect of the Aggregate D&O Indemnity Settlement and all D&O Indemnity Claims. Such payments shall be made in cash within thirty (30) days after receipt of said recoveries by the Estate Representative.

(c) No other recoveries may be obtained by any D&O Indemnity Claimant from any of the Estate Parties or from any other Released Parties on account of any unpaid D&O Indemnity Claims, except that recoveries made or relating to the St. Paul Insurance Policy shall be preserved exclusively for the Graham D&O Defendants and Barlow as reimbursement for defense costs incurred and shall be distributed by agreement of the Settling Parties pursuant to the allocations set forth in EXHIBIT E as soon as practicable following the Settlement Execution Date (subject to St. Paul obtaining (i) releases from all the Graham D&O Defendants, Barlow, and the Estate Parties, which the Graham D&O Defendants and the Estate Parties agree to provide promptly in substantially the form previously tendered by St. Paul or (ii) the order contemplated by Section IV.2.14 hereof in favor of St. Paul). The Settling Parties agree that the proceeds of the St. Paul Insurance Policy shall be distributed in full prior to the Settlement Effective Date (subject to said releases being provided to St. Paul) and that said distribution shall be final notwithstanding any cancellation, termination, or other event rendering this Settlement Stipulation ineffective.

2.5 The Graham D&O Defendants and the Estate Parties make no warranties or representations regarding either the assignability, value, collectibility, or recoverability of (i) the Insurance Recoveries, (ii) the distributions to be made to the Class on account of its Allowed Class Claim, (iii) the Taylor Settlement Consideration, (iv) the coverage available under the Insurance Policies, or (v) the consideration provided in Section IV.2.2 hereof. The Settling Parties further

23

acknowledge, understand, and agree that the Graham D&O Defendants are specifically relying on the Class's and Class Co-Lead Counsel's covenants that regardless of the Insurance Recoveries obtained by the Class, the Settling Parties shall have no right of recovery from the personal assets of the Graham D&O Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, or any Related Person to any of the foregoing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Lead Plaintiffs, the Class, the Class Members, and Class Co-Lead Counsel (on behalf of themselves and their Related Persons) jointly and severally covenant, agree, and acknowledge to each of the Graham D&O Defendants, the Cole Family, and the Taylor Defendants as follows:

(a) He, she, or it will not seek to collect or obtain any sums from any of the personal assets of the Graham D&O Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, or any Related Person to any of the foregoing, by any means, formal or informal.

(b) He, she, or it (or Class Co-Lead Counsel on his, her, or its behalf) has carefully read each of the Insurance Policies and the pleadings and discovery in the Insurance Litigation and understands and acknowledges that the issuers of the Insurance Policies have asserted (or may assert) several arguments in the Insurance Litigation or under the Insurance Policies as to why there should be no Insurance Recoveries by or on behalf of the Graham D&O Defendants.

(c) He, she, or it (or Class Co-Lead Counsel on his, her, or its behalf) understands that this Settlement Stipulation does not guarantee that he, she, or it will receive any Insurance Recoveries and that the settlement and releases set forth in this Settlement Stipulation may become effective, and the Judgment may become Final, without he, she, or it receiving any Insurance Recoveries.

2.6 Only the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs shall have the right and authority to prosecute the Claims asserted in the Insurance Litigation on behalf of themselves and all other Settling Parties; provided, however, that (i) the Class or its designated representatives shall at all times have exclusive

24

decision-making authority regarding all amounts to be accepted by way of settlement under the Insurance Policies or the Insurance Litigation, (ii) the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs shall not settle or compromise any Claims arising under the Insurance Policies or the Insurance Litigation without the prior express written consent of the Class or its designated representatives,
(iii) the Estate Parties shall advance Extraordinary Costs incurred in the Alstrin Litigation as and when billed (subject to reimbursement as provided in
Section IV.2.3(b) hereof), (iv) after the Settlement Execution Date, the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs will continue in the prosecution of the Alstrin Litigation, provide Class Co-Lead Counsel with reasonable access to the documents, records, and other materials consistent with past practice, and bring in courts determined by the Class or its designated representatives (with the Class or its designated representatives bearing all fees, costs, and expenses in respect thereof) any portion of the Insurance Litigation that is not then pending in any court and appeal any result obtained in the Insurance Litigation at the direction of the Class and its designated representatives (except that Melvin E. Pearl shall not be obligated to bring such actions against Freeborn & Peters or David H. Kistenbroker), and (v) after the Settlement Effective Date, the Settling Parties shall otherwise continue and cooperate in the prosecution of all aspects of the Insurance Litigation pursuant to the terms hereof under the direction and control of the Class and its designated representatives. The Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs have agreed to the foregoing rights, authority, restrictions, and limitations and have offered the foregoing to the Class as partial compensation for the releases and other consideration granted them herein. To the extent that the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs or their counsel are held liable for any actions taken or not taken at the direction of the Class and its designated representatives, the Class and its designated representatives shall hold them harmless from any damages resulting therefrom (including losses arising under Section IV.4.3 hereof). Notwithstanding anything in this Settlement Stipulation to the contrary, nothing herein shall require any Insurance Litigation Plaintiff to initiate or proceed with any aspect of the Insurance Litigation that is not reasonably grounded in law or fact. The Judgment or a Final order entered by the Court in the Alstrin Litigation shall provide that the foregoing

25

arrangement is valid, effective, and enforceable, is not a valid defense to the assertion of the underlying Claims or rights, and is entitled to full faith and credit in any court of competent jurisdiction.

2.7 The Settling Parties agree that counsel for the Taylor Defendants shall have the right to withdraw as counsel from the Alstrin Litigation in their sole discretion, subject only to the approval of the Court to the withdrawal. The Settling Parties agree not to object to a request by counsel for the Taylor Defendants to withdraw. In the event that counsel for the Taylor Defendants choose to withdraw and the Taylor Defendants do not arrange for substitute counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Class or its designated representatives, the Class or its designated representatives shall have the right in their sole discretion (and at their sole cost and expense) to choose new counsel to assume prosecution of the Alstrin Litigation in place of said withdrawing counsel. If said counsel does withdraw, and the Taylor Defendants do not arrange for substitute counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Class or its designated representatives, then the payments otherwise due Taylor Capital Group pursuant to Sections IV.2.3(c) and IV.2.3(d) shall be forfeited to the Class Settlement Fund. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, current counsel for any of the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs shall have no obligation to act as counsel of record (i) in filing or pursuing appeals of any judgments in the Insurance Litigation, or (ii) in any Insurance Litigation that is not pending as of the Settlement Execution Date, including, but not limited to, prosecuting Claims against Dann Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Freeborn & Peters, or David Kistenbroker, and the failure of said counsel to so act shall have no effect on the right of Taylor Capital Group to receive the payments set forth in Sections
IV.2.3(c) and IV.2.3(d) hereof. In the event that the current counsel for the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs shall, for any reason, cease to act as counsel in the Alstrin litigation, not act as counsel in any appeals of any part of the Insurance Litigation, or not act as counsel in any other Insurance Litigation matter, such counsel shall provide the Class or its designated representatives with reasonable access to its documents, records, and work product with respect to the Insurance Litigation and thereafter cooperate reasonably with any substituting counsel

26

for an orderly transition of the legal representation in the matter transferred. All Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs hereby authorize their current counsel to take all actions necessary or proper to comply with the requirements of the foregoing sentence. Any Insurance Litigation Plaintiff may, at its own expense, retain its own counsel in the Insurance Litigation, who also would be subject to the requirements imposed upon the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs by this
Section IV.2.7.

2.8 Pursuant to that certain allocation agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT F (the "Allocation Agreement"), the Lead Plaintiffs (for themselves and on behalf of the Class), the Cole Family, and certain other Persons (collectively, the "Allocation Movants") intend to jointly propose a Class 5 Plan of Allocation for approval by the Court or the Bankruptcy Court, as the case may be (hereinafter, the "Proposed Plan of Allocation"). As set forth herein and in EXHIBIT F hereto, the Allocation Movants intend to propose in the Proposed Plan of Allocation that the Class 5 recovery be divided among the various Class 5 interests and that all sums payable thereunder to the Class shall be paid into the Class Settlement Fund for further distribution pursuant to order of the Court. In addition, the Allocation Movants intend in connection with the Proposed Plan of Allocation to seek an order requiring that, with respect to each and every distribution (except for distributions provided in
Section IV.2.4 hereof) of proceeds payable by the Estate to holders of Class 4 Claims, holders of Class 5 Equity Interests, holders of Class 5 Litigation Claims, and the attorneys for the Estate Parties (the "Distributees"), the respective amounts of cash, common stock, trust preferred securities, and any other types of instruments or securities available for distribution to each Distributee shall equal the percentage proportion that each Distributee's distribution bears to the total amount of distributions to all Distributees. Thus, if the stipulated value of a particular Distributee's distribution is equal to one percent (1%) of the total stipulated value of all of the distributions to all Distributees, that Distributee would receive one percent (1%) of the total cash available for distribution, one percent (1%) of the total common stock available for distribution, and so on with respect to every other item of value being distributed to all Distributees. The Class and the Cole Family hereby acknowledge and agree that their agreement to the provisions of this Section IV.2.8, and their

27

separate agreement regarding the Proposed Plan of Allocation and other matters, are material inducements to their entering into this Settlement Stipulation and agreeing to be bound by its terms.

2.9 The Settling Parties agree that they shall not (at any time, in any venue, or in any manner); (i) oppose any aspect of the Proposed Plan of Allocation, (ii) propose an alternative Class 5 Plan of Allocation, (iii) support or endorse any aspect of any other proposed Class 5 Plan of Allocation,
(iv) assert or support another's assertion that the Class' recovery under any Class 5 Plan of Allocation should be reduced or diminished in any fashion as a result of actual or projected recoveries by the Class from other sources, or (v) recognize, allow, pay, or otherwise approve or support any other Person's Claim in the Bankruptcy Cases that seeks a recovery based upon the Claims and Causes of Action asserted by the Class in the Allowed Class Claim or any such Person's asserted right to represent the interests of the Class in any manner in the Bankruptcy Cases; provided, however, that if this Settlement Stipulation fails to become effective (or becomes effective and fails to remain effective pursuant to Section IV.4.8 hereof), then (subject to their duties and obligations, if any, pursuant to the Allocation Agreement) the Settling Parties shall have the right to take any of the actions set forth in subsections (i) through (v) of this Section IV.2.9. The Settling Parties acknowledge, accept, and agree that, in addition to not opposing any aspect of the Proposed Plan of Allocation, the Estate Parties are not endorsing any aspect of the Proposed Plan of Allocation.

2.10 The Allocation Movants shall initiate the proceedings in the Court or the Bankruptcy Court (as the case may be) in respect of the Proposed Plan of Allocation as soon as practicable after the Settlement Execution Date. All Settling Parties shall reasonably cooperate with the Allocation Movants in initiating these proceedings and bringing them to prompt conclusion.

2.11 On the Settlement Effective Date, subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, the Lead Plaintiffs, the Class, and the Class Members shall be deemed to have, and by operation of the Judgment shall have, fully, finally, and forever released, relinquished, and discharged all Released Class Claims. On and after the Settlement Effective Date, the Lead

28

Plaintiffs, the Class, the Class Members, and their Related Persons shall be forever permanently enjoined from asserting or pursuing any and all Released Class Claims.

2.12 On the Settlement Effective Date, subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, and the Taylor Defendants shall be deemed to have, and by operation of the Judgment shall have, fully, finally, and forever released, relinquished, and discharged each and all of the Released Graham Defendant Claims. On and after the Settlement Effective Date, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, and any Related Person to any of the foregoing shall be forever permanently enjoined from asserting or pursuing any and all Released Graham Defendant Claims.

2.13 On the Settlement Effective Date, subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, the Estate Parties shall be deemed to have, and by operation of the Judgment shall have, fully, finally, and forever released, relinquished, and discharged each and all of the Released Estate Claims. On and after the Settlement Effective Date, the Estate Parties and their Related Persons shall be forever permanently enjoined from asserting or pursuing any and all Released Estate Claims.

2.14 The Settling Parties agree that, based on the releases provided herein by the Class to Barlow on the Settlement Effective Date (subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof) and the other terms contained herein, they shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Court to provide in the Judgment to be entered that, on and after the Settlement Effective Date, subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, (i) Barlow shall be deemed to have released any and all Persons that are actual, potential, or prospective defendants in the Insurance Litigation (including, without limitation, St. Paul, National Union, CNA, Reliance Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Dann Insurance, Freeborn & Peters, and David H. Kistenbroker) from any and all Claims or Causes of Action that were or could have been asserted by Barlow in any matter comprising the Insurance Litigation and (ii) Barlow shall be forever permanently enjoined from asserting or pursuing any and all Claims or Causes of Action against any

29

and all Persons that are actual, potential, or prospective defendants in the Insurance Litigation (including, without limitation, National Union, St. Paul, CNA, Reliance Insurance, Dann Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Freeborn & Peters, and David H. Kistenbroker) that were or could have been asserted by Barlow in any matter comprising the Insurance Litigation.

2.15 On or after the Settlement Effective Date, subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, the Settling Parties shall execute all releases reasonably necessary or proper to cause any defendant in any aspect of the Insurance Litigation with whom a settlement has been reached or against whom a judgment has been entered to make payments in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation; provided, however, that such releases shall be (i) mutually provided by said defendant in favor of the Settling Parties, (ii) consistent with the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation, and (iii) in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties thereto. Said releases shall fully, finally, and forever release, relinquish, and discharge the liabilities of the parties thereto to one another with respect to RAG or the issues or Claims that were or could have been asserted in the Insurance Litigation. On and after the date upon which said releases have become effective, the parties to the releases and each of their Related Persons shall be forever permanently enjoined from asserting or pursuing any of the matters released therein.

2.16 Within five (5) business days following the Judgment becoming Final, the Estate Parties shall file a motion with the Third Circuit Court of Appeals dismissing the appeal from the June 2, 1999 opinion of the Court regarding the preliminary injunction entered by the Bankruptcy Court enjoining the Graham Litigation with prejudice and without costs. The Settling Parties shall cooperate with the Estate Parties in respect of this motion and provide such documentation as is reasonably required to implement the foregoing.

2.17 Within five (5) business days following the Judgment becoming Final, the Class (by and through Class Co-Lead Counsel), for itself and on behalf of the Persons designated as lead plaintiffs in the Delaware Class Litigation, shall file a motion with the Delaware Chancery Court

30

dismissing the Delaware Class Litigation with prejudice and without costs. The Settling Parties shall cooperate with the Class in respect of this motion and provide such documentation as is reasonably required to implement the foregoing.

2.18 Within five (5) business days following the Judgment becoming Final, the Cole Family shall cause a motion to be filed with the Delaware Chancery Court dismissing the Taylor Defendants, Barlow, and Silverman from the Cole Family Chancery Action with prejudice and without costs. The Settling Parties shall cooperate with the Cole Family in respect of this motion and provide such documentation as is reasonably required to implement the foregoing.

2.19 With respect to any and all Released Claims, each Releasing Party stipulates and agrees that, upon the Settlement Effective Date (subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof), said Releasing Party shall be deemed to have, and by operation of the Judgment shall have, expressly waived the provisions, rights, and benefits of California Civil Code Section 1542, which provides:

A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.

The Releasing Parties expressly have, shall be deemed to have, and by operation of the Judgment shall have, expressly waived any and all provisions, rights and benefits conferred by any law of any state or territory of the United States, or principle of common law, which is similar, comparable or equivalent to California Civil Code Section 1542. A Releasing Party may hereafter discover facts in addition to or different from those which he, she or it now knows or believes to be true with respect to the subject matter of the Released Claims, but each Releasing Party shall expressly have, shall be deemed to have, and by operation of the Judgment shall have, as of the Settlement Effective Date, fully, finally, and forever settled and released any and all Released Claims, known or unknown, direct or indirect, suspected or unsuspected, contingent or non-contingent, whether or not concealed or hidden, which now exist, or heretofore have existed, upon any theory of law or equity now existing or coming into existence in the future, including, but not limited to, conduct which is

31

negligent, intentional, with or without malice, or a breach of any duty, law or rule, without regard to the subsequent discovery or existence of such different or additional facts. Each Releasing Party acknowledges, and shall be deemed by operation of the Judgment to have acknowledged, that the foregoing waiver was separately bargained for and a key element of this Settlement Stipulation of which the Released Claims are a part.

2.20 Prior to the Settlement Hearing, the Settling Parties shall jointly file with the Court a motion in the Graham Litigation pursuant to 15 U.S.C. Section 78u-4(f)(7) seeking a bar order in favor of the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, and any Related Person to any of the foregoing with respect to all Claims and Causes of Action which were brought or could have been brought against any of the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, or any Related Person to any of the foregoing. The bar order shall, as of the Settlement Effective Date (subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof), constitute a final discharge of the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, and any Related Person to any of the foregoing from all claims of contribution which have been or may be brought by any Non-Released Party and from any obligations to the Class arising out of the Graham Litigation. The bar order shall also provide that a judgment in favor of the Class (if any) against any of the Non-Released Parties shall be reduced in accordance with 15 U.S.C.
Section 78u-4(f)(7)(B) by the greater of (i) an amount equal to the aggregate percentage of responsibility of the Settling Parties, or (ii) the amount paid to the Class. For purposes of this Section IV.2.20, "the amount paid to the Class" shall not exceed the cash and the value (measured as of the date of distribution to the Class Settlement Fund) of the securities actually received by the Class through this Settlement Stipulation (including under the Reorganization Plan through the Class 5 Plan of Allocation). The foregoing is intended to comply with 15 U.S.C. Section 78u-4(f)(7) so as to preclude any liability of the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, and any Related Person to any of the foregoing to other alleged joint tortfeasors, if any, for contribution and to define and limit any reduction of the Class's Claims against any Non-Released Party. The Lead Plaintiffs (on behalf of themselves, the

32

Class, and all Class Members) further agree that they shall not initiate or pursue (and shall on the Settlement Effective Date dismiss with prejudice) any Claim or Cause of Action of any nature whatsoever arising under state law that would not be covered by the bar order in favor of the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, and any Related Person to any of the foregoing contemplated by this Section IV.2.20. The bar order provided by this
Section IV.2.20 shall also apply to Barlow in the event that (A) he shall have executed, as of the Settlement Effective Date, a form of release that, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation, and in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the parties thereto, fully, finally, and forever releases, relinquishes, and discharges the Released Barlow Claims, and (B) either (1) Barlow shall have executed a release pursuant to Section
IV.2.15 hereof (or shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of
Section IV.2.15 hereof as though he were a Settling Party) or (2) the order contemplated by Section IV.4.1(h) hereof shall become Final.

2.21 Promptly after the Settlement Execution Date, Class Co-Lead Counsel shall use commercially reasonable efforts to enter into final executed agreements with CNA and Reliance Insurance consistent with this Settlement Stipulation. The Settling Parties shall, at Class Co-Lead Counsel's request, promptly execute all reasonable mutual releases and settlement agreements (consistent with the terms of this Settlement Stipulation) as may be necessary or proper to cause either CNA or Reliance Insurance (collectively, the "Settling Insurers") to pay the settlement amounts which Class Co-Lead Counsel has previously negotiated with the Settling Insurers and has agreed to accept on behalf of the Class (i.e., $5,500,000 (plus accrued interest from date of agreement) from CNA and $1,750,000 from Reliance Insurance). On and after the date upon which said releases have become effective, the parties to the releases and each of their Related Persons shall be forever permanently enjoined from asserting or pursuing any of the matters released therein. Any amounts paid in settlement by the Settling Insurers before the Settlement Effective Date shall be held in the Class Settlement Fund for the mutual benefit of all Settling Parties. Such amounts so paid in settlement shall be held in the Class Settlement Fund until the earlier of the following shall have

33

occurred: (i) the condition subsequent set forth in Section IV.4.8 hereof and the conditions precedent set forth in Section IV.4.1 hereof shall have been satisfied or waived; or (ii) sixty (60) days after this Settlement Stipulation shall have been terminated. If the condition subsequent set forth in Section
IV.4.8 hereof and the conditions precedent set forth in Section IV.4.1 hereof shall not have been satisfied or waived, or this Settlement Stipulation shall have been terminated, then the amounts paid by the Settling Insurers, less the amounts paid or owing pursuant to Sections IV.5.5 and IV.5.7 hereof shall be held solely for the benefit of the Graham D&O Defendants until the earlier of such time as (A) the Graham D&O Defendants agree among themselves on the amounts to be distributed to each Graham D&O Defendant or (B) the Court enters an order allocating the amounts paid by the Settling Insurers among the Graham D&O Defendants. In the event that the Taylor Settlement Agreement becomes effective and this Settlement Stipulation does not, the Taylor Defendants waive all rights to the amounts paid by the Settling Insurers. The Settling Parties understand in connection herewith that an Order of Liquidation in respect of Reliance Insurance has been entered in the Commonwealth Court of Pennsylvania on October 3, 2001.

2.22 The Cole Family members agree that any damages recovered by them against any other tortfeasor, as a result of any injury or damages found to have been also caused by any of the Graham Defendants or the Taylor Defendants (or Barlow if he shall have executed by the Settlement Effective Date a release in respect of the Released Barlow Claims and (i) Barlow shall have executed a release requested pursuant to Section IV.2.15, or (ii) Barlow shall have agreed in writing to be bound by the terms of Section IV.2.15 hereof as though he were a Settling Party, or (iii) the order contemplated by Section IV.4.1(h) hereof shall be Final), or any Related Person to any of the foregoing shall (upon entry of an order of court) be reduced in accordance with the provisions of 10 Del. C. Chapter 63 to the extent of the pro rata share of the Cole Family's damages attributable to the Graham Defendants or the Taylor Defendants (or Barlow if he shall have executed by the Settlement Effective Date a release in respect of the Released Barlow Claims), or any Related Person to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that any reduction pursuant to 10 Del. C. Section 6304(a)

34

of the Cole Family's Claims against Persons that are not Released Parties shall be limited to the value of the consideration actually received by the Cole Family members through this Settlement Stipulation. The foregoing is intended to comply with 10 Del. C. Section 6304 so as to preclude any liability of the Graham Defendants or the Taylor Defendants (or any of their Related Persons) to other joint tortfeasors, if any, for contribution and to define and limit any reduction of the Cole Family's Claims against any Non-Released Party.

3. PRELIMINARY ORDER AND SETTLEMENT HEARING

3.1 Within five (5) business days after the Settlement Execution Date, the Settling Parties shall submit this Settlement Stipulation together with its Exhibits to the Court and shall apply for entry of an order (the "Preliminary Order"), substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A hereto, requesting, inter alia, the preliminary approval of the settlement set forth in this Settlement Stipulation, and approval for the mailing and publication of a settlement notice (substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-1 and EXHIBIT A-2 (the "Notices")) and a Proof of Claim and Release Form substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-3, attached hereto, which shall include the general terms of the settlement set forth in this Settlement Stipulation and the date of the Settlement Hearing (as defined in Section IV.3.2 hereof).

3.2 Class Co-Lead Counsel shall request that, after notice is given, the Court hold a final hearing (the "Settlement Hearing") and approve this Settlement Stipulation. At or after the Settlement Hearing, Class Co-Lead Counsel will request that the Court approve a proposed plan of allocation (to be determined by Class Co-Lead Counsel in their sole discretion) regarding distribution of the Class Settlement Fund. If the request for Court approval of said plan of allocation is to be made at the Settlement Hearing, Class Co-Lead Counsel shall distribute appropriate notice to the Settling Parties of said request at least fourteen (14) days in advance of the Settlement Hearing. For purposes of the foregoing, EXHIBIT A-1 and EXHIBIT A-2 shall constitute satisfactory notice.

35

4. CONDITIONS TO SETTLEMENT; EFFECT OF DISAPPROVAL OR TERMINATION

4.1 The Settlement Effective Date shall be conditioned on the occurrence of all of the following events, any of which may be waived only as provided in Section 4.7 hereof:

(a) counsel for the Settling Parties shall have exchanged fully executed copies of this Settlement Stipulation;

(b) the Court shall have entered the Preliminary Order;

(c) the Court shall have entered the Judgment substantially in the form of EXHIBIT B hereto, which shall have become Final;

(d) the Cole Family Chancery Action against the Taylor Defendants and Silverman shall have been dismissed with prejudice and without costs;

(e) either (1) National Union shall have entered into an agreement acceptable to Class Co-Lead Counsel (in their sole discretion) regarding the effect of this Settlement Stipulation upon the right of the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs to Insurance Recoveries under the National Union Policy, or (2) the Court shall have entered a Final order (the "Specified Coverage Order") providing that:
(A) the settlement creates a "loss" to one or more of the "Insured Persons" (as defined hereinafter) sufficient to trigger coverage under the National Union Policy to the full extent of its $30,000,000 in policy limits, subject only to any coverage defenses asserted by National Union; (B) that National Union shall be obligated to pay the full amount of the policy limit if National Union loses all of its coverage defenses in the Alstrin Litigation with respect to any or all of the following Persons (hereinafter, the "Insured Persons"): any of the Estate Parties, Jeffrey Taylor, Bruce Taylor, Sidney Taylor, J. Christopher Alstrin, William S. Race, Ross J. Mangano, Solway F. Firestone, Dean L. Griffith, Lori Cole, Irwin H. Cole, the Estate of Irwin H. Cole, Howard B. Silverman, Melvin E. Pearl, and Thomas L. Barlow; and (C) any transfers of Insurance Recoveries by the Insurance Litigation Plaintiffs to the Class pursuant

36

to this Settlement Stipulation are valid and enforceable transfers which do not void coverage or create a valid coverage defense under the National Union policy; provided, however, that if circumstances arise that render the finality of the Specified Coverage Order moot (e.g., if National Union prevails through entry of a Final order on any other coverage defenses asserted in the Insurance Litigation against all the Insured Persons, a settlement approved by the Class is reached with National Union, or a Final order is entered in which National Union is found liable under the National Union Policy), then the condition precedent represented by this Section IV.4.1(e) shall not apply and this Settlement Stipulation may become effective without the need for satisfaction of this condition precedent;

(f) the order described at Section IV.2.20 barring contribution claims and setting forth the judgment reductions with respect to certain Non-Settling Parties shall have been entered in substantially the form described therein;

(g) the Delaware Class Litigation shall have been dismissed with prejudice and without costs;

(h) the Court shall have entered an order, which need not become Final in order for this condition precedent to be satisfied, to the effect that on and after the Settlement Effective Date, subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 hereof, (i) Barlow shall be deemed to have released any and all Persons that are actual, potential, or prospective defendants in the Insurance Litigation (including, without limitation, St. Paul, National Union, CNA, Reliance Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Dann Insurance, Freeborn & Peters, and David H. Kistenbroker) from any and all Claims or Causes of Action that were or could have been asserted by Barlow in any matter comprising the Insurance Litigation and (ii) Barlow shall be forever permanently enjoined from asserting or pursuing any and all Claims or Causes of Action against any and all Persons that are actual, potential, or

37

prospective defendants in the Insurance Litigation (including, without limitation, National Union, St. Paul, CNA, Reliance Insurance, Dann Insurance, Tri-City Brokerage, Freeborn & Peters, and David H. Kistenbroker) that were or could have been asserted by Barlow in any matter comprising the Insurance Litigation; and

(i) the Judgment or a Final order entered by the Court in the Alstrin Litigation shall provide that the arrangement described in
Section IV.2.6 hereof shall be valid, effective, and enforceable, is not a valid defense to the assertion of the underlying Claims or rights, and is entitled to full faith and credit in any court of competent jurisdiction.

4.2 If all of the conditions specified in Section IV.4.1 hereof are not met within 180 days following the Settlement Execution Date (the "180 Day Period"), then this Settlement Stipulation shall be canceled and terminated and the Settling Parties returned to their respective positions as of the Settlement Execution Date (subject to Section IV.4.3 hereof) unless the Settling Parties consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) in writing to extend the 180 Day Period within which the conditions precedent in Section IV.4.1 hereof must be satisfied; provided however, that if the Judgment set forth in Section
IV.4.1(c) and the Specified Coverage Order set forth in Section IV.4.1(e) shall have been entered, the obligations of the Settling Parties under this Settlement Stipulation shall remain in full force and effect (subject to the Judgment and the Specified Coverage Order becoming Final) for so long as is necessary to make that Judgment and Specified Coverage Order Final.

4.3 Unless otherwise ordered by the Court, in the event the Settlement Stipulation shall terminate or be cancelled, then (subject to Section IV.2.21 hereof) within five (5) business days after written notification of such event is sent by counsel for the Estate Parties or any of the Graham D&O Defendants or by Class Co-Lead Counsel to the Escrow Agent, the Class Settlement Fund (including accrued interest), plus any amount then remaining in the Class Notice and Administration Fund (including accrued interest), less expenses and any costs which have either been disbursed pursuant

38

to Section IV.5 hereof, or are determined to be chargeable to the Class Notice and Administration Fund shall be disbursed to such Persons as ordered by the Court. At the request of counsel for any of the Graham D&O Defendants, the Escrow Agent or its designee shall apply for any tax refund owed to the Class Settlement Fund and pay the proceeds, after deduction of any fees or expenses incurred in connection with such application(s) for refund, to such Persons as ordered by the Court).

4.4 Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that this Settlement Stipulation is not approved by the Court, is terminated, or is cancelled, then (i) the Settling Parties shall be restored to their respective positions in the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, the Cole Family Chancery Action, the Insurance Litigation (except with respect to the Settling Insurers to the extent provided in Section IV.2.21 hereof and the distribution of St. Paul proceeds pursuant to Section IV.2.4(c) hereof), and otherwise as of the Settlement Execution Date, and none of the Settling Parties shall argue or assert a defense in the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, the Cole Family Chancery Action, or the Insurance Litigation that is based upon or relies in any way on the entry of the Judgment or the passage of time thereafter, (ii) any orders contrary to, or inconsistent with, such positions shall be treated as vacated, nunc pro tunc, and (iii) the Settling Parties shall take any steps and execute any documents necessary to accomplish the foregoing results (including the execution of stipulations in the Cole Family Chancery Action and the Delaware Class Litigation that would have the effect of vacating any orders entered by the Delaware Chancery Court nunc pro tunc). In such event, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (A) the terms and provisions of this Settlement Stipulation (except Sections IV.5.5 and
IV.5.7 hereof and the distribution of the proceeds of the St. Paul Insurance Policy under Section IV.2.4(c) hereof) and, unless the releases specify otherwise, all of the releases given pursuant to this Settlement Stipulation shall have no force and effect with respect to anyone or anything (including the Settling Parties) and shall not be used, and shall be inadmissible, in the Graham Litigation, the Delaware Class Litigation, the Cole Family Chancery Action, the Bankruptcy Case, the Insurance Litigation or in any other proceeding for any purpose, and (B) any Judgment or order entered by any

39

court in accordance with or in furtherance of the terms of this Settlement Stipulation shall be treated as vacated, nunc pro tunc.

4.5 If the Settlement Effective Date does not occur, or if the Settlement Stipulation is terminated pursuant to its terms, neither the Lead Plaintiffs nor any of their counsel shall have any obligation to repay any amounts actually and properly disbursed from the Class Notice and Administration Fund. In addition, any unpaid expenses already incurred and properly chargeable to the Class Notice and Administration Fund pursuant to Section IV.5.5 hereof at the time of such termination or cancellation, shall be paid by the Escrow Agent in accordance with the terms of the Settlement Stipulation prior to the balance being distributed in accordance with Section IV.4.3 hereof.

4.6 Any termination right exercised pursuant to this Settlement Stipulation shall become effective twenty (20) days following the receipt by the other Settling Parties of written notice of a Settling Party's intention to exercise such termination right (the "Termination Date"); provided, however, that termination of this Settlement Stipulation for the reasons specified in the notice shall not become effective if cured prior to the expiration of said twenty (20) day period.

4.7 The conditions set forth in Sections IV.4.1(a) through IV.4.1(c), and Sections IV.4.1(f) through IV.4.1(g) hereof may be waived with the express written consent of all the Settling Parties. The conditions precedent set forth in Section IV.4.1(d) hereof may be waived with the express written consent of the Taylor Defendants and Silverman. The conditions precedent set forth in
Section IV.4.1(e), Section IV.4.1(h), and Section IV.4.1(i) hereof may be waived with the express written consent of Class Co-Lead Counsel. The condition subsequent set forth in Section IV.4.8 hereof may be waived with the express written consent of Class Co-Lead Counsel and the Cole Family.

4.8 Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if, within thirty (30) days following the latest to occur of the conditions precedent to effectiveness set forth in Section IV.6.1 of the Taylor Settlement Agreement, the delivery obligations under Section 5 of the Taylor

40

Settlement Agreement shall not have been fully performed, then Class Co-Lead Counsel or the Cole Family shall have the right (in their sole discretion) to terminate this Settlement Stipulation. In the event said termination right becomes effective pursuant to Section IV.4.6 hereof, the provisions of Sections
IV.4.3 through IV.4.5 hereof shall become applicable.

5. THE CLASS SETTLEMENT FUND

5.1 The Escrow Agent shall invest funds deposited within the Class Settlement Fund in instruments backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government or fully insured by the United States Government or an agency thereof and shall reinvest the proceeds of these instruments as they mature in similar instruments at their then-current market rates. The Escrow Agent shall bear all risks related to investment of the Class Settlement Fund.

5.2 The Escrow Agent shall not disburse the Class Settlement Fund except as provided in this Settlement Stipulation, by Final order of the Court, or with the written agreement of counsel for all Settling Parties.

5.3 Subject to further orders and/or directions of the Court, the Escrow Agent is authorized to execute such transactions on behalf of the Class Members as are consistent with the terms of the Settlement Stipulation.

5.4 All funds held by the Escrow Agent shall be deemed and considered to be in custodia legis of the Court, and shall remain subject to the jurisdiction of the Court, until such time as such funds shall be distributed pursuant to the Settlement Stipulation and/or further order(s) of the Court.

5.5 Within ten (10) days following deposit of funds into the Class Settlement Fund, the Escrow Agent may establish a separate "Class Notice and Administration Fund," and may deposit up to $100,000 from the Class Settlement Fund into it. The Class Notice and Administration Fund may be used by Class Co-Lead Counsel to pay costs and expenses reasonably and actually incurred in connection with providing notice to the Class, locating Class Members, soliciting Class claims, assisting with the filing of claims, administering and distributing the Class Settlement Fund to Authorized Claimants, processing Proof of Claim and Release forms and paying escrow fees and

41

costs, if any. The Class Notice and Administration Fund may also be invested and earn interest as provided for in Section IV.5.1 of this Settlement Stipulation.

5.6 No portion of the Class Settlement Fund shall revert to the Estate Parties, any Graham Defendant, or any other Person for any reason whatsoever unless this Settlement Stipulation is not approved by Final order of the Court or is otherwise terminated, cancelled, or fails to become effective for any reason set forth herein; provided, however, that any sums remaining in the Class Settlement Fund after payment of all amounts to be paid to Authorized Claimants under Section IV.6.2(d) hereof shall be distributed only pursuant to a separate order of the Court obtained following notice to all the Settling Parties and Barlow's counsel of record in the Graham Litigation.

5.7 TAXES

(a) The Settling Parties and the Escrow Agent agree to treat the Class Settlement Fund as being at all times a "qualified settlement fund" within the meaning of Treas. Reg. Section 1.468B-1. In addition, the Escrow Agent shall timely make such elections as necessary or advisable to carry out the provisions of this Section IV.5.7, including the "relation-back election" (as defined in Treas. Reg. Section 1.468B-1) back to the earliest permitted date. Such elections shall be made in compliance with the procedures and requirements contained in such regulations. It shall be the responsibility of the Escrow Agent to timely and properly prepare and deliver the necessary documentation for signature by all necessary parties, and thereafter to cause the appropriate filing to occur.

(b) For the purpose of Section 468B of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, the "administrator" shall be the Escrow Agent. The Escrow Agent shall timely and properly file all informational and other tax returns necessary or advisable with respect to the Class Settlement Fund (including without limitation the returns described in Treas. Reg.
Section 1.468B- 2(k)). Such returns (as well as the election described in Section IV.5.7(a) hereof)

42

shall be consistent with Section IV.5.7 hereof, and in all events shall reflect that all taxes (including any estimated taxes, interest or penalties) on the income earned by the Class Settlement Fund shall be paid out of the Class Settlement Fund as provided in Section IV.5.7(c) hereof and Treas. Reg. Section 1.468B-2(a).

(c) All (i) taxes (including any estimated taxes, interest or penalties) arising with respect to the income earned by the Class Settlement Fund, including any taxes or tax detriments that may be imposed upon the Graham Defendants with respect to any income earned by the Class Settlement Fund for any period during which the Class Settlement Fund does not qualify as a "qualified settlement fund" for federal or state income tax purposes ("taxes"), and (ii) expenses and costs incurred in connection with the operation and implementation of
Section IV.5.7 hereof (including, without limitation, expenses of tax attorneys and/or accountants and mailing and distribution costs and expenses relating to filing (or failing to file) the returns described in Section IV.5.7) ("Tax Expenses"), shall be paid out of the Class Settlement Fund; provided, however, that in all events the Estate Parties and the Graham Defendants shall have no liability or responsibility for the taxes or the Tax Expenses. The Escrow Agent shall indemnify and hold the Estate Parties and each of the Graham Defendants harmless for taxes and Tax Expenses (including, without limitation, taxes payable by reason of any such indemnification); provided, however, that the Escrow Agent's indemnification obligation in this Section IV.5.7(c) shall be limited to funds available or remaining in the Class Settlement Fund at the time such indemnification obligation comes due and shall not be paid out of any of the personal assets of the Escrow Agent. Further, taxes and Tax Expenses shall be treated as, and considered to be, a cost of administration of the Class Settlement Fund and shall be timely paid by the Escrow Agent out of the Class Settlement Fund without prior order from the Court and the Escrow Agent shall be obligated (notwithstanding

43

anything herein to the contrary) to withhold from distribution to Authorized Claimants any funds necessary to pay such amounts including the establishment of adequate reserves for any taxes and Tax Expenses (as well as any amounts that may be required to be withheld under Treas. Reg. Section 1.468B-2(l)(2)); neither the Graham Defendants, nor their counsel are responsible nor shall they have any liability therefor. The Settling Parties agree to cooperate with the Escrow Agent, each other, and their tax attorneys and accountants to the extent reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of Section
IV.5.7 hereof.

(d) For the purpose of Section IV.5.7 hereof, references to the Class Settlement Fund shall include both the Class Settlement Fund and the Class Notice and Administration Fund and shall also include any earnings thereon.

5.8 The Escrow Agent shall not be personally liable to any Settling Party for any reason other than for damages proximately resulting from its own intentional misconduct or gross recklessness.

5.9 In the event the Settlement Stipulation is not approved, or is terminated, cancelled, or fails to become effective for any reason, the Class Settlement Fund (including accrued interest) less expenses actually incurred or due and owing in connection with the settlement provided for herein, shall be refunded as described in Sections IV.4.3 and IV.4.5 hereof.

6. ADMINISTRATION AND CALCULATION OF CLAIMS, FINAL AWARDS, AND SUPERVISION AND DISTRIBUTION OF CLASS SETTLEMENT FUND

6.1 Class Co-Lead Counsel, or their authorized agents, acting on behalf of the Class, and subject to such supervision and direction of the Court as may be necessary or as circumstances may require, shall administer and calculate the claims submitted by Class Members and shall oversee distribution of the Class Settlement Fund to Authorized Claimants.

6.2 The Class Settlement Fund shall be applied as follows:

(a) to pay the taxes and Tax Expenses described in Section
IV.5.7 hereof;

44

(b) to pay Class Counsel attorneys' fees and expenses with interest thereon, if and to the extent allowed by the Court, as provided in Section IV.7.1 hereof;

(c) to pay all the costs and expenses reasonably and actually incurred in connection with providing notice, locating Class Members, soliciting claims of Class Members, assisting with the filing of claims, administering and distributing the Class Settlement Fund to Authorized Claimants, processing proofs of claim and release forms and paying escrow fees and costs, if any; and

(d) to distribute the balance of the Class Settlement Fund (the "Net Settlement Fund") to Authorized Claimants as allowed by the Settlement Stipulation, a Court-approved plan of allocation, or otherwise by the Court.

6.3 Upon the Settlement Effective Date and thereafter, and in accordance with the terms of this Settlement Stipulation, the Plan of Allocation, or such further approval and further order(s) of the Court as may be necessary or as circumstances may require, the Net Settlement Fund shall be distributed to Authorized Claimants, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Settlement Stipulation.

6.4 Within ninety (90) days after the mailing of the Notices or such other time as may be set by the Court, each Person claiming to be an Authorized Claimant shall be required to submit to the claims administrator a completed form entitled "Proof of Claim and Release," substantially in the form of EXHIBIT A-3 hereto (the "Proof of Claim and Release Form"), signed under penalty of perjury and supported by such documents as are specified in the Proof of Claim and Release Form and as are reasonably available to the Authorized Claimant.

6.5 Except as otherwise ordered by the Court, all Class Members who fail to timely submit a Proof of Claim and Release Form within such period, or such other period as may be ordered by the Court, or otherwise allowed, shall be forever barred from receiving any payments pursuant to the Settlement Stipulation and the terms set forth therein, but will in all other respects

45

be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Settlement Stipulation, the releases contained therein, and the Judgment.

6.6 The Net Settlement Fund shall be distributed to the Authorized Claimants substantially in accordance with a plan of allocation to be described in the Notices and approved by the Court. However, if there is any balance remaining in the Net Settlement Fund after six (6) months from the date of distribution of the Net Settlement Fund (whether by reason of tax refunds, uncashed checks or otherwise), Class Co-Lead Counsel shall reallocate such balance among Authorized Claimants in an equitable and economic fashion. Thereafter, any balance which still remains in the Net Settlement Fund shall be donated to an appropriate non-profit organization or distributed as may be ordered by the Court consistent with the terms of this Settlement Stipulation.

6.7 The Estate and the Graham Defendants shall have no responsibility for, interest in, or liability whatsoever with respect to, (i) the investment, distribution, or administration of the Net Settlement Fund, (ii) the determination or administration of a plan of allocation in respect of the Net Settlement Fund, (iii) the solicitation or calculation of Proofs of Claim and Release Forms from Authorized Claimants, and (iv) the payment or withholding of taxes, or any losses incurred in connection therewith from the Class Settlement Fund.

6.8 No Person shall have any Claim against Class Co-Lead Counsel or any claims administrator, or other agent designated by Class Co-Lead Counsel, the Estate Parties, or the Graham Defendants (or any counsel of any of the foregoing) or any of their Related Persons, based on the distributions made under this Settlement Stipulation and terms contained therein, the plan of allocation to Authorized Claimants from the Net Settlement Fund, or further orders of the Court.

7. CLASS ATTORNEYS' FEES AND REIMBURSEMENT OF EXPENSES

7.1 The Lead Plaintiffs or their counsel may submit an application or applications (the "Fee and Expense Application") for distributions to them for:
(a) an award of attorneys' fees; plus (b) reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with prosecuting the Litigation, plus any interest on such attorneys' fees and expenses at the same rate and for the same periods as earned by

46

the Class Settlement Fund (until paid) as may be awarded by the Court (the "Fee and Expense Award"). Class Co-Lead Counsel reserve the right to make additional applications for fees and expenses incurred.

7.2 The Fee and Expense Award shall be paid to Class Co-Lead Counsel, solely out of the Class Settlement Fund, in such manner as ordered by the Court, proportionate to the cash, securities, and other consideration paid into the Class Settlement Fund. Class Co-Lead Counsel intends to request the Court to order payment within three days of that award. Class Co-Lead Counsel shall thereafter allocate the attorneys' fees amongst Class counsel in a manner in which they in good faith believe reflects the contributions of such counsel to the prosecution and settlement of the Litigation. In the event the Settlement Effective Date does not occur, or the Judgment or order approving the Fee and Expense Award is reversed or modified, or this Settlement Stipulation is cancelled or terminated for any other reason, and in the event that the Fee and Expense Award has been paid to any extent, then Class Co-Lead Counsel shall refund the fees and expenses previously paid to them to the Class Settlement Fund (for distribution to the Graham D&O Defendants in accordance with Section
IV.2.21 hereof) within five (5) business days after receiving notice from any Settling Party or a court of appropriate jurisdiction that (i) the Settlement Effective Date has not occurred in accordance with the terms hereof, (ii) the Settlement Stipulation has been cancelled or terminated, or (iii) the Fee and Expense Award has been reversed or modified. Each such Class counsel's law firm, as a condition of receiving such fees and expenses, on behalf of itself and each partner, shareholder or member of it, agrees that the law firm and its partners and/or shareholders are subject to the jurisdiction of the Court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this section and that the Milberg Firm shall be jointly and severally liable for the obligation to refund fees and expenses as provided in this Section IV.7.2.

7.3 The Graham Defendants, the Estate, the Debtors, the Estate Representative, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, and any Related Person to any of the foregoing shall have no responsibility for, and no liability whatsoever with respect to any payment to, Class Co-Lead

47

Counsel or the allocation among Class Co-Lead Counsel and/or any other Person who may assert some claim thereto, of any Fee and Expense Award that the Court may make in the Graham Litigation.

7.4 It is understood and agreed by the Settling Parties that any proposed plan of allocation of the Class Settlement Fund including, without limitation, any adjustments to an Authorized Claimant's claim set forth therein, any ruling on the Fee and Expense Application, or any Fee and Expense Award is not a part of this Settlement Stipulation and is to be considered by the Court separately from the Court's consideration of the fairness, reasonableness and adequacy of the settlement set forth in this Settlement Stipulation. Any order, proceeding, or appeal relating to said plan of allocation, Fee and Expense Application, or Fee and Expense Award shall not operate to terminate or cancel this Settlement Stipulation or affect the finality of the Court's Judgment approving this Settlement Stipulation, the settlements and agreements set forth therein, or any other orders entered or documents executed pursuant hereto.

8. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

8.1 The Settling Parties (a) acknowledge that it is their intent to consummate this Settlement Stipulation and (b) agree to cooperate to the extent necessary to effectuate and implement all terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation and to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to accomplish the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation and obtain entry of the orders of Court contemplated herein.

8.2 By executing this Settlement Stipulation, and subject to entry of an order in form and substance acceptable to the Settling Parties (whose acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld), the Settling Parties provide their consent and withdraw any objections to the pending motion before the Court captioned "Motion Of The Lead Plaintiffs In The Class Action For An Order Certifying The Class Of Securities Class Action Claimants Pursuant to Fed. R. Bankr. P. 7023 And Other Relief."

48

8.3 The Estate Parties shall have no responsibility for, interest in, or liability whatsoever with respect to (i) the securities issued under the Taylor Settlement Agreement and distributed under the terms of the Reorganization Plan to the Released Parties on account of their Allowed Claims or Allowed Equity Interests in the Bankruptcy Case, (ii) the determination, administration, or calculation of the Claims against the Class Settlement Fund asserted by individual Class Members, (iii) the payment or withholding of taxes, or (iv) any losses incurred in connection therewith.

8.4 The Settling Parties further acknowledge that this Settlement Stipulation is entered into after extensive discovery has been completed and that they have had a full opportunity to evaluate with their legal counsel the merits of all Claims that are being asserted, or that could have been asserted, in the Graham Litigation.

8.5 The Settling Parties agree that the terms of this Settlement Stipulation reflect a good faith settlement of the Released Claims and of the other terms and conditions contained herein, reached voluntarily after consultation with experienced legal counsel. Neither this Settlement Stipulation nor the settlements contained herein, nor any act performed, document executed, or statement made pursuant to or in support of or in furtherance of this Settlement Stipulation or the settlements contained herein: (i) is or may be deemed to be or may be used as an admission of, or evidence of, the validity or amount of any Released Claim or any other Claim, or of any wrongdoing or liability of the Released Party; or (ii) is or may be deemed to be or may be used as an admission of, or evidence of, any fault or omission of any Released Party in any civil, criminal or administrative proceeding in any court, administrative agency, or other tribunal. Any Released Party may file this Settlement Stipulation and/or Judgment in any other action that may be brought against them in order to support a defense or counterclaim based on principles of res judicata, collateral estoppel, release, good faith settlement, accord and satisfaction, judgment bar or reduction, or any theory of claim preclusion or issue preclusion or similar defense or counterclaim. The Settling Parties may file this Settlement Stipulation in any proceeding brought to enforce any of its terms.

49

8.6 The Lead Plaintiffs (on their own behalf and on behalf of each of the Class Members) and the Released Parties intend this settlement to be a final and complete resolution of all disputes between them with respect to the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation. This settlement compromises Claims which are contested, and it shall not be deemed an admission by any Settling Party as to the merits of any Claim or defense. The Judgment will contain a finding that during the course of the Graham Litigation and the Delaware Class Litigation, the Class and the Released Parties at all times complied with the requirements of Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 11 and comparable state procedural rules. The Settling Parties reserve their right to rebut, in a manner that such party determines to be appropriate, any contention made in any public forum that the Released Claims were brought or defended in bad faith or without reasonable basis.

8.7 All agreements made and orders entered during the course of the Graham Litigation relating to the confidentiality of information shall survive this Settlement Stipulation.

8.8 The Settling Parties agree that any communications they make to any taxing authorities shall be consistent with this Settlement Stipulation. Without limitation of the foregoing, the Lead Plaintiffs, the Class, the Class Members, and Class Co-Lead Counsel agree that no tax information reporting and no other tax returns are required to or will be made by them to any tax authorities with respect to the Graham D&O Defendants.

8.9 This Settlement Stipulation may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by or on behalf of all the Settling Parties; provided, however, that if a Settling Party unreasonably refuses to execute an amendment or modification deemed by another Settling Party to be (i) necessary to implement the terms and conditions of this Settlement Stipulation consistent with the intent of the Settling Parties as reflected herein or (ii) of immaterial effect to the Settling Party refusing to execute such amendment or modification, then Section IV.8.17 shall apply.

8.10 This Settlement Stipulation and the Exhibits attached hereto constitute the entire agreement between the Settling Parties, except for the agreements (hereinafter, the "Other Agreements") represented by the (i) Taylor Settlement Agreement (and agreements among any of

50

the Settling Parties with respect to certain waiver rights of the Estate Parties thereunder), (ii) the agreements between and among the Allocation Movants, (iii) agreements (if any) between the Class (or its designated representatives) and the Taylor Defendants regarding the Insurance Litigation, and (iv) any agreements--not expressly addressed in this Settlement Stipulation--between the Estate Representative and any Settling Party regarding the allowance of that Settling Party's Claims or Equity Interests in the Bankruptcy Cases. Except as otherwise contained in any of the Other Agreements, no representations, warranties, or inducements have been made to any party concerning this Settlement Stipulation other than the representations, warranties, and covenants contained and memorialized herein. The Settling Parties shall bear their own costs, except as otherwise provided herein.

8.11 All of the Exhibits to this Settlement Stipulation are material and integral parts thereof and are fully incorporated therein by this reference.

8.12 This Settlement Stipulation may be executed in one or more counterparts. All executed counterparts and each of them shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Counsel for the Settling Parties shall exchange among themselves signed counterparts of this Settlement Stipulation.

8.13 This Settlement Stipulation shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Settling Parties and their Related Persons.

8.14 The Settling Parties hereby represent and warrant that they have not assigned any rights, Claims, or Causes of Action that were asserted or could have been asserted in connection with, under, or arising out of any of the claims being settled or released herein, except as provided herein.

8.15 Any Claim or dispute arising out of or relating in any way to the Settlement Stipulation must be brought before the Court, which shall retain jurisdiction of this matter and the Settling Parties for the purposes of enforcing and implementing the terms and conditions of this

51

Settlement Stipulation and resolving disputes as to the rights and obligations of the Settling Parties hereunder. The Settling Parties submit to the jurisdiction of the Court for these purposes.

8.16 This Settlement Stipulation shall be considered to have been negotiated, executed and delivered, and to be wholly performed, in the State of Illinois and the rights and obligations of the Settling Parties to this Settlement Stipulation shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Illinois without giving effect to the choice of law principles of the State of Illinois or any other State or jurisdiction.

8.17 The Settling Parties consent, pursuant to 28 U.S.C.Section 636(c) and Rule 73 of the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure, to the conduct by United States Magistrate Judge Mary Pat Thynge (the "Magistrate Judge") of all proceedings and to the entry by the Magistrate Judge of such orders and judgments, including, without limitation, the Judgment, as are necessary or required to (i) implement or act upon the Settlement Stipulation, (ii) approve, implement, or act upon the Fee and Expense Applications or the plan of allocation regarding distribution of the Class Settlement Fund, (iii) implement or act upon any petition or motion related to the foregoing, or (iv) resolve disputes regarding amendment or modification of this Settlement Stipulation arising pursuant to Section IV.8.9 hereof. To the extent any proceedings are conducted before the Magistrate Judge pursuant to this Section IV.8.17, references in this Settlement Stipulation to the "Court" shall be construed to mean the Magistrate Judge.

8.18 This Settlement Stipulation shall not be construed more strictly against one party than another merely because it, or any part of it, may have been prepared by counsel for one of the parties. The Settling Parties acknowledge and agree that the Settlement Stipulation is the result of arm's- length negotiations between the parties and all parties have contributed substantially and materially to the preparation of this Settlement Stipulation.

8.19 All counsel and any other Person executing this Settlement Stipulation or any related settlement documents represent and warrant that they have the full authority to take appropriate

52

action required or permitted to be taken pursuant to the Settlement Stipulation to effectuate its terms (including, without limitation, execution of this Settlement Stipulation).

8.20 All notices required or permitted hereunder or process relating hereto shall be in writing and signed by the party giving notice, shall be effective only upon delivery, and shall be delivered by personal delivery, facsimile (with a confirming copy sent by personal delivery or overnight courier), or by overnight delivery and a delivery receipt obtained, to the signatories to this Settlement Stipulation at the addresses indicated below.

8.21 The Settling Parties agree that they shall execute such additional documents, statements, releases, instruments or assurances as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the terms of this Settlement Stipulation provided that such additional documents, statements, releases, instruments or assurances are generally consistent with the material terms and conditions set forth herein.

* * * *

(REMAINDER OF PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK)

53

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Settling Parties have caused this Settlement Stipulation to be executed by their duly authorized attorneys.

COUNSEL FOR LEAD PLAINTIFFS AND THE CLASS

MILBERG WEISS BERSHAD HYNES & LERACH LLP

By: /s/ Helen J. Hodges
    __________________________________
         Helen J. Hodges

William S. Lerach Helen J. Hodges Katherine L. Blanck 600 West Broadway, Suite 1800 San Diego, California 92101 Telephone: (619) 231-1058 Facsimile: (619) 231-4723

Class Co-Lead Counsel

DAVID B. KAHN & ASSOCIATES, LTD.

By: /s/ Mark E. King
    __________________________________
         Mark E. King

David B. Kahn Mark E. King Elissa C. Chase One Northfield Plaza Suite 100 Northfield, Illinois 60093 Telephone: (847) 501-5083 Facsimile: (847) 501-5086

Class Co-Lead Counsel

54

COUNSEL FOR THE ESTATE REPRESENTATIVE

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

By: /s/ Robert F. Coleman
   __________________________________
         Robert F. Coleman

Robert F. Coleman Steven R. Jakubowski Sean B. Crotty Cassandra A. Crotty 77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800 Chicago, Illinois 60601 Telephone: (312) 444-1000 Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Counsel for the Estate Parties

COUNSEL FOR THE GRAHAM DEFENDANTS

MCDERMOTT WILL & EMERY

By: /s/ Steven P. Handler
   __________________________________
         Steven P. Handler

Steven P. Handler Steven H. Hoeft David S. Rosenbloom
MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY

227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 372-2000
Fax: (312) 984-7700

Counsel for the Taylor Defendants

55

JENNER & BLOCK

By: /s/ David J. Bradford
   __________________________________
         David J. Bradford

David J. Bradford
JENNER & BLOCK
One IBM Plaza, 47th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Tel: (312) 222-9350
Fax: (312) 527-0484

Counsel for Melvin E. Pearl and
the Voluntarily Dismissed
Defendants

LAW OFFICE OF JONAH ORLOFSKY

By: /s/ Jonah Orlofsky
   __________________________________
         Jonah Orlofsky

LAW OFFICE OF JONAH ORLOFSKY
122 South Michigan Avenue
Suite 1850
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Tel: (312) 566-0455
Fax: (312) 427-1850

Counsel for Certain of the Taylor
Defendants in the Alstrin
Litigation

56

WILDMAN HARROLD ALLEN & DIXON

By: /s/ Thomas I. Matyas
   __________________________________
        Thomas I. Matyas

Thomas I. Matyas Richard M. Hoffman
WILDMAN HARROLD ALLEN & DIXON

225 West Wacker Drive
Suite 3000
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 201-2000
Fax: (312) 201-2555

Counsel for the Cole Family in the
Graham Litigation and the
Bankruptcy Cases

MUNSCH, HARDT, KOPF & HARR, P.C.

By: /s/ Dean W. Ferguson
   __________________________________
        Dean W. Ferguson

Dean W. Ferguson David Matka
MUNSCH, HARDT, KOPF & HARR, P.C.

4000 Fountain Place
1445 Ross Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75202
Tel: (214) 855-7500
Fax: (214) 855-7584

Counsel for the Cole Family in the
Delaware Chancery Action and the
Alstrin Litigation

57

BELL, BOYD & LLOYD

By: /s/ Stephen J. O'Neil
    --------------------------------------
        Stephen J. O'Neil

Stephen J. O'Neil John W. Rotunno
BELL, BOYD & LLOYD

70 West Madison Street
Suite 3300
Chicago, Illinois 60602
Tel: (312) 372-1121
Fax: (312) 372-2098

Counsel for Solway F. Firestone,
Dean L. Griffith, Ross J. Mangano,
and William S. Race

ROSS & HARDIES

By: /s/ Steven R. Smith
    --------------------------------------
        Steven R. Smith

Steven R. Smith
ROSS & HARDIES
150 North Michigan Avenue,
Suite 2500
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Tel: (312) 558-1000
Fax: (312) 750-8600

Counsel for Howard B. Silverman

58

D'ANCONA & PFLAUM LLC

By: /s/ George W. Spellmire, Jr.
    --------------------------------------
        George W. Spellmire, Jr.

George W. Spellmire, Jr.

John Everhardus
D'ANCONA & PFLAUM LLC
111 East Wacker Drive, Suite 2800
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Tel: (312) 602-2000
Fax: (312) 602-3041

Counsel for James D. Dolph

59

EXHIBIT 10.48

FIRST ADDENDUM TO THE (A) STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT
BY AND AMONG THE CLASS, THE ESTATE PARTIES, THE GRAHAM DEFENDANTS,
THE COLE FAMILY, AND THE TAYLOR DEFENDANTS;
AND (B) AGREEMENT BY AND AMONG THE LEAD PLAINTIFFS AND
THE CLASS 5 PARTICIPANTS REGARDING THOMAS L. BARLOW

WHEREAS, certain class action lawsuits filed in Texas and Illinois arising out of the sale and voting of the securities of Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc. were transferred to the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for coordinated pretrial proceedings by order of the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation;

WHEREAS, these actions are pending before the Delaware District Court under the caption In re Reliance Securities Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1304, Civil Action No. 99-858-RRM;

WHEREAS, the Settling Parties have executed the Stipulation of Settlement, dated as of October 10, 2001 (the "Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation"), that has been entered into by the Lead Plaintiffs (on behalf of themselves and all Class Members), the Estate Parties, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, and the Taylor Defendants (collectively, the "Settling Parties");

WHEREAS, the Lead Plaintiffs (on behalf of themselves and all Class Members) and the Class 5 Participants (the Cole Family, Howard B. Silverman, William S. Race, Ross J. Mangano, Solway F. Firestone, and Dean L. Griffith) have executed an allocation agreement with respect to the allocation of funds payable to Class 5 under the Reorganization Plan (the "Allocation Agreement");

WHEREAS, Thomas L. Barlow, a defendant in In re Reliance Securities Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1304, Civil Action No. 99-858-RRM, ("Barlow") is not a party to either the Estate- D&O Settlement Stipulation or the Allocation Agreement but wishes to become a party to each such agreement on the terms and conditions set forth herein;

1

WHEREAS, the parties to both the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation and the Allocation Agreement wish to add Barlow as a party to both agreements on the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, all defined terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation or the Allocation Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. This Addendum is dated as of January 1, 2002.

2. The parties to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation and Barlow agree as follows with respect to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation:

A. This Addendum shall constitute the first amendment to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation pursuant to Section IV.8.9 thereof. This Addendum is a material and integral part of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation and is fully incorporated therein by this reference.

B. The terms "Graham Defendants", "Graham D&O Defendants", and "Settling Parties" as defined at Section IV.1.39, Section IV.1.40 and Section
IV.1.69 respectively of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be amended to add Barlow to the list of Persons falling within the scope of these definitions. None of the current Persons listed thereunder shall be deleted or otherwise altered. As a result of this change, all rights, privileges, obligations, duties, representations and warranties of the Graham Defendants, Graham D&O Defendants, and Settling Parties respectively set forth in the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be deemed to apply with equal force to Barlow. However, nothing herein shall be deemed to have in any way amended Exhibits D and E to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation.

2

C. The term "Related Persons" as defined at Section IV.1.57 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be amended to (i) delete the phrase "Barlow; Scott Barlow; James Barlow" from what is now the last sentence thereof, and (ii) add the following as the new second sentence of this definition: "In addition to the foregoing, as to Barlow, the term 'Related Persons' shall also include Scott Barlow and Jim Barlow."

D. The term "Released Barlow Claims" as defined at Section
IV.1.58 of the Estate- D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be amended to: (i) revise the portion of this section that now reads: "or (E) any of the Taylor Defendants and any of their Related Persons" to read as follows: "(E) any of the Taylor Defendants and any of their Related Persons, or (F) the Estate Parties and any of their Related Persons"; and (ii) delete what is now the last sentence thereof in its entirety.

E. The term "Released Claims" as defined at Section IV.1.59 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be amended to read as follows:
"'Released Claims' means, collectively, the Released Class Claims, the Released Estate Claims, the Released Graham Defendant Claims and the Released Barlow Claims."

F. The term "Released Estate Claims" as defined at Section
IV.1.61 of the Estate- D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be amended to: (i) revise the portion of this section that now reads: "against the Class, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, any Lead Plaintiff, ..." to read as follows: "against the Class, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, the Taylor Defendants, Barlow, any Lead Plaintiff, ..."; and (ii) revise the portion of this section that now reads: "the Class Proof of Claim, the Allowed Class Claim, the Graham Litigation, the Cole Family Chancery Action,

3

..." to read as follows: "the Class Proof of Claim, the Allowed Class Claim, the Graham Litigation, the Consolidated Adversary Proceeding, the Cole Family Chancery Action, ...".

G. The term "Released Parties" as defined at Section IV.1.63 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be amended to read as follows:
"'Released Parties' means, collectively, the Persons that are released from the Released Class Claims, the Released Estate Claims, the Released Graham Defendant Claims and the Released Barlow Claims."

H. On the Settlement Effective Date, and subject to satisfaction of the condition subsequent in Section IV.4.8 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation, Barlow shall be deemed to have, and by operation of the Judgment shall have released the Released Barlow Claims as that term is defined at Section IV.1.58 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation. When the foregoing release is effective pursuant to the terms of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation, the condition to the effectiveness of the releases and/or the bar orders in favor of Barlow pursuant to the definitions of Released Class Claims
(at Section IV.1.60) and Released Graham Defendant Claims (at Section IV.1.62)
and as otherwise set forth in Section IV.2.2, Section IV2.20, and Section
IV.2.22 shall be deemed to be fully and completely satisfied.

I. Barlow hereby consents to the inclusion in the Judgment of language consistent with the terms set forth in Section IV.2.14 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation. The Settling Parties shall revise the form of Judgment (Exhibit B to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation) in a manner consistent with the amendments set forth in this Addendum.

J. In light of the agreements set forth in this Addendum and so long as the terms of this Addendum remain in full force and effect: (i) no party thereto shall seek the order described in Section IV.2.14 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation and the failure to pursue such an order shall not be

4

a violation of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation; and (ii) the condition precedent set forth at Section IV.4.1(h) of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be deemed satisfied.

K. That each reference to Section IV.2.15 in the following sections of the Estate- D&O Settlement Stipulation (Sections IV.1.60,
IV.1.62, IV.2.2, IV2.20 and IV.2.22) shall be understood to be a reference to
Section IV.2.14 thereof.

L. This Addendum and those agreements described at Section
IV.8.10 of the Estate- D&O Settlement Stipulation constitute the entire agreement between the parties to the Estate- D&O Settlement Stipulation. Except as otherwise contained in any of the foregoing agreements, no representations, warranties, or inducements have been made to any party other than the representations, warranties, and covenants contained and memorialized herein and the agreements noted at Section IV.8.10 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation.

3. The parties to the Allocation Agreement (which does not include the Estate Representative) and Barlow agree as follows with respect to the Allocation Agreement:

A. This Addendum shall constitute the first amendment to the Allocation Agreement pursuant to Section II.5.2 thereof. This Addendum is a material and integral part of the Allocation Agreement and is fully incorporated therein by this reference.

B. The term "Class 5 Participants" as defined at Section
II.1.5 of the Allocation Agreement shall be amended to add Barlow to the list of Persons falling within the scope of the definition. None of the current Persons listed thereunder shall be deleted or otherwise altered. As a result of this change, all rights, privileges, obligations, duties, representations and warranties of the Class

5

5 Participants set forth in the Allocation Agreement shall be deemed to apply with equal force to Barlow.

C. The Class 5 Allocation percentages set forth at Section
II.2.1 of the Allocation Agreement shall be amended pursuant to Section II.2.2 thereof as follows: the Net Class 5 Recovery shall be divided 74.1% to the Graham Class, 22.9% to the Class 5 Participants and the lesser of 3.0% or $0.40 per share to all other Allowed Class 5 Claims.

D. The percentage reference to 3.9% in Section II.2.3 of the Allocation Agreement shall be amended to read 3.0%.

E. Barlow further agrees as follows:

(i) Within five (5) business days following the Judgment becoming Final (but prior to any payments being made to Barlow pursuant to the Allocation Agreement), Barlow shall withdraw all Claims asserted by him in Class 5 of the Reorganization Plan.

(ii) If and only if the Class 5 Participants are awarded 22.9% or more of the Net Class 5 Recovery pursuant to the Class 5 Plan of Allocation as a result of a Final order entered by the Court or the Bankruptcy Court (as the case may be), Barlow shall receive an amount equal to exactly 0.9% of the Net Class 5 Recovery. In no event shall Barlow be entitled to any amount greater than 0.9% of the Net Class 5 Recovery.

(iii) If the Class 5 Participants are awarded less than 22.9% of the Net Class 5 Recovery pursuant to the Class 5 Plan of Allocation as a result of a Final order entered by the Court or the Bankruptcy Court (as the case may be), Barlow shall receive an amount equal to exactly 0.9% of the Net Class 5 Recovery multiplied by the fraction whose numerator is the percentage of the

6

Net Class 5 Recovery awarded to the Class 5 Participants as a whole and whose denominator is 22.9. The following example illustrates the application of the foregoing rules. If the Court ultimately awards the Class 5 Participants only 20% of the Net Class 5 Recovery (instead of the 22.9% it will request pursuant to the terms of the Allocation Agreement as amended herein), Barlow would receive an amount equal to 0.9% of the Net Class 5 Recovery multiplied by the fraction whose numerator was 20 and whose denominator was 22.9. Under this example, Barlow would actually receive approximately 0.79% of the Net Class 5 Recovery.

(iv) If any distribution received by the Class 5 Participants pursuant to the Class 5 Plan of Allocation includes both cash and securities, the distribution to Barlow shall include both cash and securities as well. The cash component of any distribution to Barlow shall be in the same proportion as the total amount of cash received by the Class 5 Participants bears to the total value of all amounts received by the Class 5 Participants. For purposes of both the foregoing sentence and determining the amount of securities to be distributed to Barlow pursuant to this Addendum, the values of the securities shall be equal to the values that were ascribed to them in determining the amount of securities to be paid to the Class 5 Participants as a whole. Any subsequent market fluctuations of value (if any) shall be ignored.

(v) The distributions payable to Barlow hereunder shall be paid as soon as practicable after payment shall have been made to the Class 5 Participants pursuant to the Class 5 Plan of Allocation.

(vi) The Class 5 Participants (excluding Barlow) shall divide the cash and securities allocated to them by the Class 5 Plan of Allocation pursuant to the separate understandings

7

referenced in Section II.2.10 of the Allocation Agreement as they may be amended from time to time. For purposes of Section II.2.10 alone of the Allocation Agreement, the reference to "Class 5 Participants" shall be understood to refer to the Class 5 Participants excluding Barlow.

F. This Addendum and those agreements described at Section
II.5.3 of the Allocation Agreement constitute the entire agreement between the parties to the Allocation Agreement. Except as otherwise contained in any of the foregoing agreements, no representations, warranties, or inducements have been made to any party other than the representations, warranties, and covenants contained and memorialized herein and the agreements noted at Section II.5.3 of the Allocation Agreement.

4. As a material inducement to the other parties to enter into this Addendum, Barlow represents and warrants that among himself, Scott Barlow and James Barlow, he is the only one who has asserted or will assert claims against the RAG bankruptcy estate. Scott Barlow and James Barlow join in the making of this representation and warranty and shall be deemed to be parties to this Addendum for purposes of this section only.

5. The terms of this Addendum shall be effective immediately.

6. Except as otherwise amended herein, the terms of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation and the Allocation Agreement, including without limitation any conditions precedent or subsequent to the effectiveness thereof, shall be unchanged.

7. This Addendum may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by or on behalf of all the parties hereto; provided, however, that the terms of Section IV.8.9 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall fully apply to any amendments to this Addendum.

8

8. This Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts. All executed counterparts and each of them shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Counsel for the parties hereto shall exchange among themselves signed counterparts of this Addendum.

9. All counsel and any other Person executing this Addendum represent and warrant that they have the full authority to take appropriate action required or permitted to be taken hereunder to effectuate its terms (including, without limitation, execution of this Addendum).

10. The parties hereto agree that they shall execute such additional documents, statements, releases, instruments or assurances as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the terms of this Addendum provided that such additional documents, statements, releases, instruments or assurances are generally consistent with the material terms and conditions set forth herein.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Addendum to be executed by their duly authorized attorneys.

COUNSEL FOR LEAD PLAINTIFFS
AND THE CLASS

DAVID B. KAHN & ASSOCIATES, LTD.

By: /s/ Mark E. King
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Mark E. King

David B. Kahn
Mark E. King
Elissa C. Chase
One Northfield Plaza, Suite 100
Northfield, Illinois 60093
Telephone: (847) 501-5083
Facsimile: (847) 501-5086

Class Co-Lead Counsel

MILBERG WEISS BERSHAD HYNES &
LERACH LLP

By: /s/ Keith F. Park
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Keith F. Park

William S. Lerach
Helen J. Hodges
Keith F. Park
401 B Street, Suite 1700
San Diego, California 92101-4297
Telephone: (619) 231-1058
Facsimile: (619) 231-7423

Class Co-Lead Counsel

9

COUNSEL FOR THE ESTATE
REPRESENTATIVE

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

By:  /s/ Robert F. Coleman
     -----------------------------------------------------
         Robert F. Coleman

Robert F. Coleman
Steven R. Jakubowski
Sean B. Crotty
Cassandra A. Crotty
77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Telephone: (312) 444-1000
Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Counsel for the Estate Parties

COUNSEL FOR THE GRAHAM
DEFENDANTS

MCDERMOTT WILL & EMERY

By:  /s/ Steven P. Handler
     -----------------------------------------------------
         Steven P. Handler

Steven P. Handler
Steven H. Hoeft
David S. Rosenbloom
MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY
227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 372-2000
Fax: (312) 984-7700

Counsel for the Taylor Defendants

JENNER & BLOCK

By:  /s/ David J. Bradford
     -----------------------------------------------------
         David J. Bradford

David J. Bradford
JENNER & BLOCK
One IBM Plaza, 47th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Tel: (312) 222-9350
Fax: (312) 527-0484

Counsel for Melvin E. Pearl and the
Voluntarily Dismissed Defendants

10

LAW OFFICE OF JONAH ORLOFSKY

By:  /s/ Jonah Orlofsky
     -----------------------------------------------------
         Jonah Orlofsky

LAW OFFICE OF JONAH ORLOFSKY
122 South Michigan Avenue
Suite 1850
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Tel: (312) 566-0455
Fax: (312) 427-1850

Counsel for Certain of the Taylor
Defendants in the Alstrin Litigation

WILDMAN HARROLD ALLEN & DIXON

By:  /s/ Thomas I. Matyas
     -----------------------------------------------------
         Thomas I. Matyas

Thomas I. Matyas
Richard M. Hoffman

WILDMAN HARROLD ALLEN & DIXON
225 West Wacker Drive
Suite 3000
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 201-2000
Fax: (312) 201-2555

Counsel for the Cole Family in the Graham Litigation and the Bankruptcy Cases

MUNSCH, HARDT, KOPF & HARR, P.C.

By:  /s/ Dean W. Ferguson
     -----------------------------------------------------
         Dean W. Ferguson

Dean W. Ferguson
David Matka
MUNSCH, HARDT, KOPF & HARR, P.C.
4000 Fountain Place
1445 Ross Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75202
Tel: (214) 855-7500
Fax: (214) 855-7584

Counsel for the Cole Family in the Delaware Chancery Action and the Alstrin Litigation

BELL, BOYD & LLOYD

By:  /s/ Stephen J. O'Neil
     -----------------------------------------------------
         Stephen J. O'Neil

Stephen J. O'Neil
John W. Rotunno
BELL, BOYD & LLOYD
70 West Madison Street
Suite 3300
Chicago, Illinois 60602
Tel: (312) 372-1121
Fax: (312) 372-2098

Counsel for Solway F. Firestone, Dean L. Griffith, Ross J. Mangano, and William S. Race

11

ROSS & HARDIES

By:  /s/ Steven R. Smith
     -----------------------------------------------------
         Steven R. Smith

Steven R. Smith
ROSS & HARDIES
150 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2500
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Tel: (312) 558-1000
Fax: (312) 750-8600

Counsel for Howard B. Silverman

D'ANCONA & PFLAUM LLC

By:  /s/ George W. Spellmire, Jr.
     -----------------------------------------------------
         George W. Spellmire, Jr.

George W. Spellmire, Jr.
John Everhardus
D'ANCONA & PFLAUM LLC
111 East Wacker Drive, Suite 2800
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Tel: (312) 602-2000
Fax: (312) 602-3041

Counsel for James D. Dolph

MECKLER BULGER & TILSON

By:  /s/ James H. Kallianis, Jr.
     -----------------------------------------------------
         James H. Kallianis, Jr.

Bruce R. Meckler
James H. Kallianis, Jr.
Christopher E. Kentra
MECKLER BULGER & TILSON
233 South Wacker Drive
8200 Sears Tower
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 474-7931
Fax: (312) 474-7898

Counsel for Thomas Barlow, Scott Barlow
and James Barlow

12

EXHIBIT 10.49

SECOND ADDENDUM TO THE STIPULATION OF SETTLEMENT
BY AND AMONG THE CLASS, THE ESTATE PARTIES, THE GRAHAM DEFENDANTS,
THE COLE FAMILY, AND THE TAYLOR DEFENDANTS

WHEREAS, certain class action lawsuits filed in Texas and Illinois arising out of the sale and voting of the securities of Reliance Acceptance Group, Inc. were transferred to the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for coordinated pretrial proceedings by order of the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation;

WHEREAS, these actions are pending before the Delaware District Court under the caption In re Reliance Securities Litigation, MDL Docket No. 1304, Civil Action No. 99-858-RRM;

WHEREAS, the Settling Parties have executed the Stipulation of Settlement, dated as of October 10, 2001 (the "Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation"), that has been entered into by the Lead Plaintiffs (on behalf of themselves and all Class Members), the Estate Parties, the Graham Defendants, the Cole Family, and the Taylor Defendants;

WHEREAS, the Settling Parties have executed the First Addendum to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation dated as of January 1, 2002 ("First Addendum") for the purpose of adding Thomas L. Barlow as a party to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation on the terms and conditions set forth therein;

WHEREAS, the 180 Day Period allotted for the satisfaction of all of the conditions specified in Section IV.4.1 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall expire on April 8, 2002;

WHEREAS, it does not appear that all of the conditions specified in
Section IV.4.1 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be met by April 8, 2002;

1

WHEREAS, the Settling Parties must consent in writing to extend the 180 Day Period, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld;

WHEREAS, the Settling Parties now wish to further amend the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation by executing this Second Addendum to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation ("Second Addendum") to extend the 180 Day Period; and

WHEREAS, all defined terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as set forth in the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation as modified by the First Addendum;

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. This Second Addendum is dated as of April 5, 2002.

2. The Settling Parties agree as follows with respect to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation:

A. This Second Addendum shall constitute the second amendment to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation pursuant to Section IV.8.9 thereof. This Second Addendum is a material and integral part of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation and is fully incorporated therein by this reference.

B. Pursuant to Section IV.4.2 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation, the 180 Day Period allotted for the satisfaction of all of the conditions specified in Section IV.4.1 of the Estate- D&O Settlement Stipulation shall be extended until 12:01 a.m. (C.D.T.) on September 1, 2002.

C. This Second Addendum along with the First Addendum and those agreements described at Section IV.8.10 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation (collectively, the "Agreements") constitute the entire agreement between the parties to the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation. Except

2

as otherwise contained in the Agreements, no representations, warranties, or inducements have been made to any party other than the representations, warranties, and covenants contained and memorialized in the Agreements.

3. The terms of this Second Addendum shall be effective immediately.

4. Except as otherwise amended herein, the terms of the Agreements, including without limitation any conditions precedent or subsequent to the effectiveness thereof, shall be unchanged.

5. This Second Addendum may be amended or modified only by a written instrument signed by or on behalf of all the parties hereto; provided, however, that the terms of Section IV.8.9 of the Estate-D&O Settlement Stipulation shall fully apply to any amendments to this Addendum.

6. This Second Addendum may be executed in one or more counterparts. All executed counterparts and each of them shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Counsel for the parties hereto shall exchange among themselves signed counterparts of this Second Addendum.

7. All counsel and any other Person executing this Second Addendum represent and warrant that they have the full authority to take appropriate action required or permitted to be taken hereunder to effectuate its terms (including, without limitation, execution of this Second Addendum).

8. The parties hereto agree that they shall take such additional actions and/or execute such additional documents, statements, releases, instruments or assurances as may be reasonably necessary to effectuate the terms of this Second Addendum provided that such additional actions, documents, statements, releases, instruments or assurances are generally consistent with the material terms and conditions set forth herein.

3

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Addendum to be executed by their duly authorized attorneys.

COUNSEL FOR LEAD PLAINTIFFS
AND THE CLASS

DAVID B. KAHN & ASSOCIATES, LTD.

By:  /s/ Mark E. King
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Mark E. King

David B. Kahn
Mark E. King
Elissa C. Chase
One Northfield Plaza, Suite 100
Northfield, Illinois 60093
Telephone: (847) 501-5083
Facsimile: (847) 501-5086

Class Co-Lead Counsel

MILBERG WEISS BERSHAD HYNES &
LERACH LLP

By:  /s/ Keith F. Park
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Keith F. Park

William S. Lerach
Helen J. Hodges
Keith F. Park
401 B Street, Suite 1700
San Diego, California 92101-4297
Telephone: (619) 231-1058
Facsimile: (619) 231-7423

Class Co-Lead Counsel

COUNSEL FOR THE ESTATE
REPRESENTATIVE

ROBERT F. COLEMAN & ASSOCIATES

By:  /s/ Robert F. Coleman
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Robert F. Coleman

Robert F. Coleman
Steven R. Jakubowski
Sean B. Crotty
Cassandra A. Crotty
77 West Wacker Drive, Suite 4800
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Telephone: (312) 444-1000
Facsimile: (312) 444-1028

Counsel for the Estate Parties

4

COUNSEL FOR THE GRAHAM
DEFENDANTS

MCDERMOTT WILL & EMERY

By:  /s/ Steven P. Handler
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Steven P. Handler

Steven P. Handler
Steven H. Hoeft
David S. Rosenbloom
MCDERMOTT, WILL & EMERY
227 West Monroe Street
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 372-2000
Fax: (312) 984-7700

Counsel for the Taylor Defendants

JENNER & BLOCK

By:  /s/ David J. Bradford
   -------------------------------------------------------
         David J. Bradford

David J. Bradford
JENNER & BLOCK
One IBM Plaza, 47th Floor
Chicago, Illinois 60611
Tel: (312) 222-9350
Fax: (312) 527-0484

Counsel for Melvin E. Pearl and the
Voluntarily Dismissed Defendants

LAW OFFICE OF JONAH ORLOFSKY

By:  /s/ Jonah Orlofsky
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Jonah Orlofsky

LAW OFFICE OF JONAH ORLOFSKY
122 South Michigan Avenue
Suite 1850
Chicago, Illinois 60603
Tel: (312) 566-0455
Fax: (312) 427-1850

Counsel for Certain of the Taylor
Defendants in the Alstrin Litigation

WILDMAN HARROLD ALLEN & DIXON

By:  /s/ Thomas I. Matyas
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Thomas I. Matyas

Thomas I. Matyas
Richard M. Hoffman

WILDMAN HARROLD ALLEN & DIXON
225 West Wacker Drive
Suite 3000
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 201-2000
Fax: (312) 201-2555

Counsel for the Cole Family in the Graham Litigation and the Bankruptcy Cases

5

MUNSCH, HARDT, KOPF & HARR, P.C.

By:  /s/ Dean W. Ferguson
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Dean W. Ferguson

Dean W. Ferguson
David Matka
MUNSCH, HARDT, KOPF & HARR, P.C.
4000 Fountain Place
1445 Ross Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75202
Tel: (214) 855-7500
Fax: (214) 855-7584

Counsel for the Cole Family in the Delaware Chancery Action and the Alstrin Litigation

BELL, BOYD & LLOYD

By:  /s/ Stephen J. O'Neil
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Stephen J. O'Neil

Stephen J. O'Neil
John W. Rotunno
BELL, BOYD & LLOYD
70 West Madison Street
Suite 3300
Chicago, Illinois 60602
Tel: (312) 372-1121
Fax: (312) 372-2098

Counsel for Solway F. Firestone, Dean L. Griffith, Ross J. Mangano, and William S. Race

ROSS & HARDIES

By:  /s/ Steven R. Smith
   -------------------------------------------------------
         Steven R. Smith

Steven R. Smith
ROSS & HARDIES
150 North Michigan Avenue, Suite 2500
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Tel: (312) 558-1000
Fax: (312) 750-8600

Counsel for Howard B. Silverman

D'ANCONA & PFLAUM LLC

By:  /s/ George W. Spellmire, Jr.
   -------------------------------------------------------
         George W. Spellmire, Jr.

George W. Spellmire, Jr.
John Everhardus
D'ANCONA & PFLAUM LLC
111 East Wacker Drive, Suite 2800
Chicago, Illinois 60601
Tel: (312) 602-2000
Fax: (312) 602-3041

Counsel for James D. Dolph

6

MECKLER BULGER & TILSON

By:  /s/ James H. Kallianis, Jr.
   -------------------------------------------------------
         James H. Kallianis, Jr.

Bruce R. Meckler
James H. Kallianis, Jr.
Christopher E. Kentra
MECKLER BULGER & TILSON
233 South Wacker Drive
8200 Sears Tower
Chicago, Illinois 60606
Tel: (312) 474-7931
Fax: (312) 474-7898

Counsel for Thomas Barlow

7

EXHIBIT 21.1

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES OF TAYLOR CAPITAL GROUP, INC.

1. Cole Taylor Bank, an Illinois chartered bank

2. CT Mortgage Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors
Taylor Capital Group, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus.

                                                       /s/ KPMG LLP


Chicago, Illinois
May 23, 2002